fdisk-1.2.5/0000755000175000017500000000000011564002645007623 500000000000000fdisk-1.2.5/README0000644000175000017500000000152611527750770010437 00000000000000This is GNU fdisk, a GNU package attempting to replace partitioning programs not based on libparted. Currently implemented are: * util-linux cfdisk * util-linux fdisk (compatible clone 'lfdisk', extended clone 'gfdisk') Implementations targeted (please contribute!): * util-linux sfdisk * mac-fdisk * FreeBSD fdisk You need libparted from GNU Parted >= 1.7.0 to compile and run the programs. The GNU fdisk home page can be found at http://www.gnu.org/software/fdisk Leslie P. Polzer GNU fdisk Maintainer ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- This file is part of GNU fdisk Copyright (C) 2006 Free Software Foundation Inc. This file may be modified and/or distributed without restriction. This is not an invitation to misrepresent the history of GNU fdisk. fdisk-1.2.5/fdisk.spec0000644000175000017500000000101311527750770011522 00000000000000Name: fdisk Version: 0.9 Release: 1 License: GPL Group: File tools Summary: GNU fdisk URL: http://svn.debian.org/wsvn/parted/upstream/people/leslie/fdisk/?rev=0&sc=0 Source: %name-%version.tar.gz BuildRequires: libparted-devel >= 1.7.0 libe2fs-devel %description Clone of Linux fdisk with libparted as backend. %prep %setup -q %build autoreconf -fisv %configure %make_build %install %makeinstall install %files %_sbindir/%name %changelog * Sat Mar 11 2006 polzer@gnu.org 0.9 - conversion to stand-alone package. fdisk-1.2.5/INSTALL0000644000175000017500000003633211331674343010605 00000000000000Installation Instructions ************************* Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc. Copying and distribution of this file, with or without modification, are permitted in any medium without royalty provided the copyright notice and this notice are preserved. This file is offered as-is, without warranty of any kind. Basic Installation ================== Briefly, the shell commands `./configure; make; make install' should configure, build, and install this package. The following more-detailed instructions are generic; see the `README' file for instructions specific to this package. Some packages provide this `INSTALL' file but do not implement all of the features documented below. The lack of an optional feature in a given package is not necessarily a bug. More recommendations for GNU packages can be found in *note Makefile Conventions: (standards)Makefile Conventions. The `configure' shell script attempts to guess correct values for various system-dependent variables used during compilation. It uses those values to create a `Makefile' in each directory of the package. It may also create one or more `.h' files containing system-dependent definitions. Finally, it creates a shell script `config.status' that you can run in the future to recreate the current configuration, and a file `config.log' containing compiler output (useful mainly for debugging `configure'). It can also use an optional file (typically called `config.cache' and enabled with `--cache-file=config.cache' or simply `-C') that saves the results of its tests to speed up reconfiguring. Caching is disabled by default to prevent problems with accidental use of stale cache files. If you need to do unusual things to compile the package, please try to figure out how `configure' could check whether to do them, and mail diffs or instructions to the address given in the `README' so they can be considered for the next release. If you are using the cache, and at some point `config.cache' contains results you don't want to keep, you may remove or edit it. The file `configure.ac' (or `configure.in') is used to create `configure' by a program called `autoconf'. You need `configure.ac' if you want to change it or regenerate `configure' using a newer version of `autoconf'. The simplest way to compile this package is: 1. `cd' to the directory containing the package's source code and type `./configure' to configure the package for your system. Running `configure' might take a while. While running, it prints some messages telling which features it is checking for. 2. Type `make' to compile the package. 3. Optionally, type `make check' to run any self-tests that come with the package, generally using the just-built uninstalled binaries. 4. Type `make install' to install the programs and any data files and documentation. When installing into a prefix owned by root, it is recommended that the package be configured and built as a regular user, and only the `make install' phase executed with root privileges. 5. Optionally, type `make installcheck' to repeat any self-tests, but this time using the binaries in their final installed location. This target does not install anything. Running this target as a regular user, particularly if the prior `make install' required root privileges, verifies that the installation completed correctly. 6. You can remove the program binaries and object files from the source code directory by typing `make clean'. To also remove the files that `configure' created (so you can compile the package for a different kind of computer), type `make distclean'. There is also a `make maintainer-clean' target, but that is intended mainly for the package's developers. If you use it, you may have to get all sorts of other programs in order to regenerate files that came with the distribution. 7. Often, you can also type `make uninstall' to remove the installed files again. In practice, not all packages have tested that uninstallation works correctly, even though it is required by the GNU Coding Standards. 8. Some packages, particularly those that use Automake, provide `make distcheck', which can by used by developers to test that all other targets like `make install' and `make uninstall' work correctly. This target is generally not run by end users. Compilers and Options ===================== Some systems require unusual options for compilation or linking that the `configure' script does not know about. Run `./configure --help' for details on some of the pertinent environment variables. You can give `configure' initial values for configuration parameters by setting variables in the command line or in the environment. Here is an example: ./configure CC=c99 CFLAGS=-g LIBS=-lposix *Note Defining Variables::, for more details. Compiling For Multiple Architectures ==================================== You can compile the package for more than one kind of computer at the same time, by placing the object files for each architecture in their own directory. To do this, you can use GNU `make'. `cd' to the directory where you want the object files and executables to go and run the `configure' script. `configure' automatically checks for the source code in the directory that `configure' is in and in `..'. This is known as a "VPATH" build. With a non-GNU `make', it is safer to compile the package for one architecture at a time in the source code directory. After you have installed the package for one architecture, use `make distclean' before reconfiguring for another architecture. On MacOS X 10.5 and later systems, you can create libraries and executables that work on multiple system types--known as "fat" or "universal" binaries--by specifying multiple `-arch' options to the compiler but only a single `-arch' option to the preprocessor. Like this: ./configure CC="gcc -arch i386 -arch x86_64 -arch ppc -arch ppc64" \ CXX="g++ -arch i386 -arch x86_64 -arch ppc -arch ppc64" \ CPP="gcc -E" CXXCPP="g++ -E" This is not guaranteed to produce working output in all cases, you may have to build one architecture at a time and combine the results using the `lipo' tool if you have problems. Installation Names ================== By default, `make install' installs the package's commands under `/usr/local/bin', include files under `/usr/local/include', etc. You can specify an installation prefix other than `/usr/local' by giving `configure' the option `--prefix=PREFIX', where PREFIX must be an absolute file name. You can specify separate installation prefixes for architecture-specific files and architecture-independent files. If you pass the option `--exec-prefix=PREFIX' to `configure', the package uses PREFIX as the prefix for installing programs and libraries. Documentation and other data files still use the regular prefix. In addition, if you use an unusual directory layout you can give options like `--bindir=DIR' to specify different values for particular kinds of files. Run `configure --help' for a list of the directories you can set and what kinds of files go in them. In general, the default for these options is expressed in terms of `${prefix}', so that specifying just `--prefix' will affect all of the other directory specifications that were not explicitly provided. The most portable way to affect installation locations is to pass the correct locations to `configure'; however, many packages provide one or both of the following shortcuts of passing variable assignments to the `make install' command line to change installation locations without having to reconfigure or recompile. The first method involves providing an override variable for each affected directory. For example, `make install prefix=/alternate/directory' will choose an alternate location for all directory configuration variables that were expressed in terms of `${prefix}'. Any directories that were specified during `configure', but not in terms of `${prefix}', must each be overridden at install time for the entire installation to be relocated. The approach of makefile variable overrides for each directory variable is required by the GNU Coding Standards, and ideally causes no recompilation. However, some platforms have known limitations with the semantics of shared libraries that end up requiring recompilation when using this method, particularly noticeable in packages that use GNU Libtool. The second method involves providing the `DESTDIR' variable. For example, `make install DESTDIR=/alternate/directory' will prepend `/alternate/directory' before all installation names. The approach of `DESTDIR' overrides is not required by the GNU Coding Standards, and does not work on platforms that have drive letters. On the other hand, it does better at avoiding recompilation issues, and works well even when some directory options were not specified in terms of `${prefix}' at `configure' time. Optional Features ================= If the package supports it, you can cause programs to be installed with an extra prefix or suffix on their names by giving `configure' the option `--program-prefix=PREFIX' or `--program-suffix=SUFFIX'. Some packages pay attention to `--enable-FEATURE' options to `configure', where FEATURE indicates an optional part of the package. They may also pay attention to `--with-PACKAGE' options, where PACKAGE is something like `gnu-as' or `x' (for the X Window System). The `README' should mention any `--enable-' and `--with-' options that the package recognizes. For packages that use the X Window System, `configure' can usually find the X include and library files automatically, but if it doesn't, you can use the `configure' options `--x-includes=DIR' and `--x-libraries=DIR' to specify their locations. Some packages offer the ability to configure how verbose the execution of `make' will be. For these packages, running `./configure --enable-silent-rules' sets the default to minimal output, which can be overridden with `make V=1'; while running `./configure --disable-silent-rules' sets the default to verbose, which can be overridden with `make V=0'. Particular systems ================== On HP-UX, the default C compiler is not ANSI C compatible. If GNU CC is not installed, it is recommended to use the following options in order to use an ANSI C compiler: ./configure CC="cc -Ae -D_XOPEN_SOURCE=500" and if that doesn't work, install pre-built binaries of GCC for HP-UX. On OSF/1 a.k.a. Tru64, some versions of the default C compiler cannot parse its `' header file. The option `-nodtk' can be used as a workaround. If GNU CC is not installed, it is therefore recommended to try ./configure CC="cc" and if that doesn't work, try ./configure CC="cc -nodtk" On Solaris, don't put `/usr/ucb' early in your `PATH'. This directory contains several dysfunctional programs; working variants of these programs are available in `/usr/bin'. So, if you need `/usr/ucb' in your `PATH', put it _after_ `/usr/bin'. On Haiku, software installed for all users goes in `/boot/common', not `/usr/local'. It is recommended to use the following options: ./configure --prefix=/boot/common Specifying the System Type ========================== There may be some features `configure' cannot figure out automatically, but needs to determine by the type of machine the package will run on. Usually, assuming the package is built to be run on the _same_ architectures, `configure' can figure that out, but if it prints a message saying it cannot guess the machine type, give it the `--build=TYPE' option. TYPE can either be a short name for the system type, such as `sun4', or a canonical name which has the form: CPU-COMPANY-SYSTEM where SYSTEM can have one of these forms: OS KERNEL-OS See the file `config.sub' for the possible values of each field. If `config.sub' isn't included in this package, then this package doesn't need to know the machine type. If you are _building_ compiler tools for cross-compiling, you should use the option `--target=TYPE' to select the type of system they will produce code for. If you want to _use_ a cross compiler, that generates code for a platform different from the build platform, you should specify the "host" platform (i.e., that on which the generated programs will eventually be run) with `--host=TYPE'. Sharing Defaults ================ If you want to set default values for `configure' scripts to share, you can create a site shell script called `config.site' that gives default values for variables like `CC', `cache_file', and `prefix'. `configure' looks for `PREFIX/share/config.site' if it exists, then `PREFIX/etc/config.site' if it exists. Or, you can set the `CONFIG_SITE' environment variable to the location of the site script. A warning: not all `configure' scripts look for a site script. Defining Variables ================== Variables not defined in a site shell script can be set in the environment passed to `configure'. However, some packages may run configure again during the build, and the customized values of these variables may be lost. In order to avoid this problem, you should set them in the `configure' command line, using `VAR=value'. For example: ./configure CC=/usr/local2/bin/gcc causes the specified `gcc' to be used as the C compiler (unless it is overridden in the site shell script). Unfortunately, this technique does not work for `CONFIG_SHELL' due to an Autoconf bug. Until the bug is fixed you can use this workaround: CONFIG_SHELL=/bin/bash /bin/bash ./configure CONFIG_SHELL=/bin/bash `configure' Invocation ====================== `configure' recognizes the following options to control how it operates. `--help' `-h' Print a summary of all of the options to `configure', and exit. `--help=short' `--help=recursive' Print a summary of the options unique to this package's `configure', and exit. The `short' variant lists options used only in the top level, while the `recursive' variant lists options also present in any nested packages. `--version' `-V' Print the version of Autoconf used to generate the `configure' script, and exit. `--cache-file=FILE' Enable the cache: use and save the results of the tests in FILE, traditionally `config.cache'. FILE defaults to `/dev/null' to disable caching. `--config-cache' `-C' Alias for `--cache-file=config.cache'. `--quiet' `--silent' `-q' Do not print messages saying which checks are being made. To suppress all normal output, redirect it to `/dev/null' (any error messages will still be shown). `--srcdir=DIR' Look for the package's source code in directory DIR. Usually `configure' can determine that directory automatically. `--prefix=DIR' Use DIR as the installation prefix. *note Installation Names:: for more details, including other options available for fine-tuning the installation locations. `--no-create' `-n' Run the configure checks, but stop before creating any output files. `configure' also accepts some other, not widely useful, options. Run `configure --help' for more details. fdisk-1.2.5/autotools/0000755000175000017500000000000011564002646011655 500000000000000fdisk-1.2.5/autotools/install-sh0000755000175000017500000002201711527750770013612 00000000000000#!/bin/sh # install - install a program, script, or datafile scriptversion=2004-12-17.09 # This originates from X11R5 (mit/util/scripts/install.sh), which was # later released in X11R6 (xc/config/util/install.sh) with the # following copyright and license. # # Copyright (C) 1994 X Consortium # # Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy # of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to # deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the # rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or # sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is # furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: # # The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in # all copies or substantial portions of the Software. # # THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR # IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, # FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE # X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN # AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNEC- # TION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. # # Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not # be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other deal- # ings in this Software without prior written authorization from the X Consor- # tium. # # # FSF changes to this file are in the public domain. # # Calling this script install-sh is preferred over install.sh, to prevent # `make' implicit rules from creating a file called install from it # when there is no Makefile. # # This script is compatible with the BSD install script, but was written # from scratch. It can only install one file at a time, a restriction # shared with many OS's install programs. # set DOITPROG to echo to test this script # Don't use :- since 4.3BSD and earlier shells don't like it. doit="${DOITPROG-}" # put in absolute paths if you don't have them in your path; or use env. vars. mvprog="${MVPROG-mv}" cpprog="${CPPROG-cp}" chmodprog="${CHMODPROG-chmod}" chownprog="${CHOWNPROG-chown}" chgrpprog="${CHGRPPROG-chgrp}" stripprog="${STRIPPROG-strip}" rmprog="${RMPROG-rm}" mkdirprog="${MKDIRPROG-mkdir}" chmodcmd="$chmodprog 0755" chowncmd= chgrpcmd= stripcmd= rmcmd="$rmprog -f" mvcmd="$mvprog" src= dst= dir_arg= dstarg= no_target_directory= usage="Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [-T] SRCFILE DSTFILE or: $0 [OPTION]... SRCFILES... DIRECTORY or: $0 [OPTION]... -t DIRECTORY SRCFILES... or: $0 [OPTION]... -d DIRECTORIES... In the 1st form, copy SRCFILE to DSTFILE. In the 2nd and 3rd, copy all SRCFILES to DIRECTORY. In the 4th, create DIRECTORIES. Options: -c (ignored) -d create directories instead of installing files. -g GROUP $chgrpprog installed files to GROUP. -m MODE $chmodprog installed files to MODE. -o USER $chownprog installed files to USER. -s $stripprog installed files. -t DIRECTORY install into DIRECTORY. -T report an error if DSTFILE is a directory. --help display this help and exit. --version display version info and exit. Environment variables override the default commands: CHGRPPROG CHMODPROG CHOWNPROG CPPROG MKDIRPROG MVPROG RMPROG STRIPPROG " while test -n "$1"; do case $1 in -c) shift continue;; -d) dir_arg=true shift continue;; -g) chgrpcmd="$chgrpprog $2" shift shift continue;; --help) echo "$usage"; exit 0;; -m) chmodcmd="$chmodprog $2" shift shift continue;; -o) chowncmd="$chownprog $2" shift shift continue;; -s) stripcmd=$stripprog shift continue;; -t) dstarg=$2 shift shift continue;; -T) no_target_directory=true shift continue;; --version) echo "$0 $scriptversion"; exit 0;; *) # When -d is used, all remaining arguments are directories to create. # When -t is used, the destination is already specified. test -n "$dir_arg$dstarg" && break # Otherwise, the last argument is the destination. Remove it from $@. for arg do if test -n "$dstarg"; then # $@ is not empty: it contains at least $arg. set fnord "$@" "$dstarg" shift # fnord fi shift # arg dstarg=$arg done break;; esac done if test -z "$1"; then if test -z "$dir_arg"; then echo "$0: no input file specified." >&2 exit 1 fi # It's OK to call `install-sh -d' without argument. # This can happen when creating conditional directories. exit 0 fi for src do # Protect names starting with `-'. case $src in -*) src=./$src ;; esac if test -n "$dir_arg"; then dst=$src src= if test -d "$dst"; then mkdircmd=: chmodcmd= else mkdircmd=$mkdirprog fi else # Waiting for this to be detected by the "$cpprog $src $dsttmp" command # might cause directories to be created, which would be especially bad # if $src (and thus $dsttmp) contains '*'. if test ! -f "$src" && test ! -d "$src"; then echo "$0: $src does not exist." >&2 exit 1 fi if test -z "$dstarg"; then echo "$0: no destination specified." >&2 exit 1 fi dst=$dstarg # Protect names starting with `-'. case $dst in -*) dst=./$dst ;; esac # If destination is a directory, append the input filename; won't work # if double slashes aren't ignored. if test -d "$dst"; then if test -n "$no_target_directory"; then echo "$0: $dstarg: Is a directory" >&2 exit 1 fi dst=$dst/`basename "$src"` fi fi # This sed command emulates the dirname command. dstdir=`echo "$dst" | sed -e 's,/*$,,;s,[^/]*$,,;s,/*$,,;s,^$,.,'` # Make sure that the destination directory exists. # Skip lots of stat calls in the usual case. if test ! -d "$dstdir"; then defaultIFS=' ' IFS="${IFS-$defaultIFS}" oIFS=$IFS # Some sh's can't handle IFS=/ for some reason. IFS='%' set x `echo "$dstdir" | sed -e 's@/@%@g' -e 's@^%@/@'` shift IFS=$oIFS pathcomp= while test $# -ne 0 ; do pathcomp=$pathcomp$1 shift if test ! -d "$pathcomp"; then $mkdirprog "$pathcomp" # mkdir can fail with a `File exist' error in case several # install-sh are creating the directory concurrently. This # is OK. test -d "$pathcomp" || exit fi pathcomp=$pathcomp/ done fi if test -n "$dir_arg"; then $doit $mkdircmd "$dst" \ && { test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dst"; } \ && { test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dst"; } \ && { test -z "$stripcmd" || $doit $stripcmd "$dst"; } \ && { test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd "$dst"; } else dstfile=`basename "$dst"` # Make a couple of temp file names in the proper directory. dsttmp=$dstdir/_inst.$$_ rmtmp=$dstdir/_rm.$$_ # Trap to clean up those temp files at exit. trap 'ret=$?; rm -f "$dsttmp" "$rmtmp" && exit $ret' 0 trap '(exit $?); exit' 1 2 13 15 # Copy the file name to the temp name. $doit $cpprog "$src" "$dsttmp" && # and set any options; do chmod last to preserve setuid bits. # # If any of these fail, we abort the whole thing. If we want to # ignore errors from any of these, just make sure not to ignore # errors from the above "$doit $cpprog $src $dsttmp" command. # { test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dsttmp"; } \ && { test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dsttmp"; } \ && { test -z "$stripcmd" || $doit $stripcmd "$dsttmp"; } \ && { test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd "$dsttmp"; } && # Now rename the file to the real destination. { $doit $mvcmd -f "$dsttmp" "$dstdir/$dstfile" 2>/dev/null \ || { # The rename failed, perhaps because mv can't rename something else # to itself, or perhaps because mv is so ancient that it does not # support -f. # Now remove or move aside any old file at destination location. # We try this two ways since rm can't unlink itself on some # systems and the destination file might be busy for other # reasons. In this case, the final cleanup might fail but the new # file should still install successfully. { if test -f "$dstdir/$dstfile"; then $doit $rmcmd -f "$dstdir/$dstfile" 2>/dev/null \ || $doit $mvcmd -f "$dstdir/$dstfile" "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null \ || { echo "$0: cannot unlink or rename $dstdir/$dstfile" >&2 (exit 1); exit 1 } else : fi } && # Now rename the file to the real destination. $doit $mvcmd "$dsttmp" "$dstdir/$dstfile" } } fi || { (exit 1); exit 1; } done # The final little trick to "correctly" pass the exit status to the exit trap. { (exit 0); exit 0 } # Local variables: # eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) # time-stamp-start: "scriptversion=" # time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" # time-stamp-end: "$" # End: fdisk-1.2.5/autotools/missing0000755000175000017500000002623311331674343013203 00000000000000#! /bin/sh # Common stub for a few missing GNU programs while installing. scriptversion=2009-04-28.21; # UTC # Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1999, 2000, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, # 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # Originally by Fran,cois Pinard , 1996. # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by # the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) # any later version. # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the # GNU General Public License for more details. # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License # along with this program. If not, see . # As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you # distribute this file as part of a program that contains a # configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under # the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. if test $# -eq 0; then echo 1>&2 "Try \`$0 --help' for more information" exit 1 fi run=: sed_output='s/.* --output[ =]\([^ ]*\).*/\1/p' sed_minuso='s/.* -o \([^ ]*\).*/\1/p' # In the cases where this matters, `missing' is being run in the # srcdir already. if test -f configure.ac; then configure_ac=configure.ac else configure_ac=configure.in fi msg="missing on your system" case $1 in --run) # Try to run requested program, and just exit if it succeeds. run= shift "$@" && exit 0 # Exit code 63 means version mismatch. This often happens # when the user try to use an ancient version of a tool on # a file that requires a minimum version. In this case we # we should proceed has if the program had been absent, or # if --run hadn't been passed. if test $? = 63; then run=: msg="probably too old" fi ;; -h|--h|--he|--hel|--help) echo "\ $0 [OPTION]... PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]... Handle \`PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]...' for when PROGRAM is missing, or return an error status if there is no known handling for PROGRAM. Options: -h, --help display this help and exit -v, --version output version information and exit --run try to run the given command, and emulate it if it fails Supported PROGRAM values: aclocal touch file \`aclocal.m4' autoconf touch file \`configure' autoheader touch file \`config.h.in' autom4te touch the output file, or create a stub one automake touch all \`Makefile.in' files bison create \`y.tab.[ch]', if possible, from existing .[ch] flex create \`lex.yy.c', if possible, from existing .c help2man touch the output file lex create \`lex.yy.c', if possible, from existing .c makeinfo touch the output file tar try tar, gnutar, gtar, then tar without non-portable flags yacc create \`y.tab.[ch]', if possible, from existing .[ch] Version suffixes to PROGRAM as well as the prefixes \`gnu-', \`gnu', and \`g' are ignored when checking the name. Send bug reports to ." exit $? ;; -v|--v|--ve|--ver|--vers|--versi|--versio|--version) echo "missing $scriptversion (GNU Automake)" exit $? ;; -*) echo 1>&2 "$0: Unknown \`$1' option" echo 1>&2 "Try \`$0 --help' for more information" exit 1 ;; esac # normalize program name to check for. program=`echo "$1" | sed ' s/^gnu-//; t s/^gnu//; t s/^g//; t'` # Now exit if we have it, but it failed. Also exit now if we # don't have it and --version was passed (most likely to detect # the program). This is about non-GNU programs, so use $1 not # $program. case $1 in lex*|yacc*) # Not GNU programs, they don't have --version. ;; tar*) if test -n "$run"; then echo 1>&2 "ERROR: \`tar' requires --run" exit 1 elif test "x$2" = "x--version" || test "x$2" = "x--help"; then exit 1 fi ;; *) if test -z "$run" && ($1 --version) > /dev/null 2>&1; then # We have it, but it failed. exit 1 elif test "x$2" = "x--version" || test "x$2" = "x--help"; then # Could not run --version or --help. This is probably someone # running `$TOOL --version' or `$TOOL --help' to check whether # $TOOL exists and not knowing $TOOL uses missing. exit 1 fi ;; esac # If it does not exist, or fails to run (possibly an outdated version), # try to emulate it. case $program in aclocal*) echo 1>&2 "\ WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if you modified \`acinclude.m4' or \`${configure_ac}'. You might want to install the \`Automake' and \`Perl' packages. Grab them from any GNU archive site." touch aclocal.m4 ;; autoconf*) echo 1>&2 "\ WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if you modified \`${configure_ac}'. You might want to install the \`Autoconf' and \`GNU m4' packages. Grab them from any GNU archive site." touch configure ;; autoheader*) echo 1>&2 "\ WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if you modified \`acconfig.h' or \`${configure_ac}'. You might want to install the \`Autoconf' and \`GNU m4' packages. Grab them from any GNU archive site." files=`sed -n 's/^[ ]*A[CM]_CONFIG_HEADER(\([^)]*\)).*/\1/p' ${configure_ac}` test -z "$files" && files="config.h" touch_files= for f in $files; do case $f in *:*) touch_files="$touch_files "`echo "$f" | sed -e 's/^[^:]*://' -e 's/:.*//'`;; *) touch_files="$touch_files $f.in";; esac done touch $touch_files ;; automake*) echo 1>&2 "\ WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if you modified \`Makefile.am', \`acinclude.m4' or \`${configure_ac}'. You might want to install the \`Automake' and \`Perl' packages. Grab them from any GNU archive site." find . -type f -name Makefile.am -print | sed 's/\.am$/.in/' | while read f; do touch "$f"; done ;; autom4te*) echo 1>&2 "\ WARNING: \`$1' is needed, but is $msg. You might have modified some files without having the proper tools for further handling them. You can get \`$1' as part of \`Autoconf' from any GNU archive site." file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_output"` test -z "$file" && file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_minuso"` if test -f "$file"; then touch $file else test -z "$file" || exec >$file echo "#! /bin/sh" echo "# Created by GNU Automake missing as a replacement of" echo "# $ $@" echo "exit 0" chmod +x $file exit 1 fi ;; bison*|yacc*) echo 1>&2 "\ WARNING: \`$1' $msg. You should only need it if you modified a \`.y' file. You may need the \`Bison' package in order for those modifications to take effect. You can get \`Bison' from any GNU archive site." rm -f y.tab.c y.tab.h if test $# -ne 1; then eval LASTARG="\${$#}" case $LASTARG in *.y) SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/y$/c/'` if test -f "$SRCFILE"; then cp "$SRCFILE" y.tab.c fi SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/y$/h/'` if test -f "$SRCFILE"; then cp "$SRCFILE" y.tab.h fi ;; esac fi if test ! -f y.tab.h; then echo >y.tab.h fi if test ! -f y.tab.c; then echo 'main() { return 0; }' >y.tab.c fi ;; lex*|flex*) echo 1>&2 "\ WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if you modified a \`.l' file. You may need the \`Flex' package in order for those modifications to take effect. You can get \`Flex' from any GNU archive site." rm -f lex.yy.c if test $# -ne 1; then eval LASTARG="\${$#}" case $LASTARG in *.l) SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/l$/c/'` if test -f "$SRCFILE"; then cp "$SRCFILE" lex.yy.c fi ;; esac fi if test ! -f lex.yy.c; then echo 'main() { return 0; }' >lex.yy.c fi ;; help2man*) echo 1>&2 "\ WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if you modified a dependency of a manual page. You may need the \`Help2man' package in order for those modifications to take effect. You can get \`Help2man' from any GNU archive site." file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_output"` test -z "$file" && file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_minuso"` if test -f "$file"; then touch $file else test -z "$file" || exec >$file echo ".ab help2man is required to generate this page" exit $? fi ;; makeinfo*) echo 1>&2 "\ WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if you modified a \`.texi' or \`.texinfo' file, or any other file indirectly affecting the aspect of the manual. The spurious call might also be the consequence of using a buggy \`make' (AIX, DU, IRIX). You might want to install the \`Texinfo' package or the \`GNU make' package. Grab either from any GNU archive site." # The file to touch is that specified with -o ... file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_output"` test -z "$file" && file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_minuso"` if test -z "$file"; then # ... or it is the one specified with @setfilename ... infile=`echo "$*" | sed 's/.* \([^ ]*\) *$/\1/'` file=`sed -n ' /^@setfilename/{ s/.* \([^ ]*\) *$/\1/ p q }' $infile` # ... or it is derived from the source name (dir/f.texi becomes f.info) test -z "$file" && file=`echo "$infile" | sed 's,.*/,,;s,.[^.]*$,,'`.info fi # If the file does not exist, the user really needs makeinfo; # let's fail without touching anything. test -f $file || exit 1 touch $file ;; tar*) shift # We have already tried tar in the generic part. # Look for gnutar/gtar before invocation to avoid ugly error # messages. if (gnutar --version > /dev/null 2>&1); then gnutar "$@" && exit 0 fi if (gtar --version > /dev/null 2>&1); then gtar "$@" && exit 0 fi firstarg="$1" if shift; then case $firstarg in *o*) firstarg=`echo "$firstarg" | sed s/o//` tar "$firstarg" "$@" && exit 0 ;; esac case $firstarg in *h*) firstarg=`echo "$firstarg" | sed s/h//` tar "$firstarg" "$@" && exit 0 ;; esac fi echo 1>&2 "\ WARNING: I can't seem to be able to run \`tar' with the given arguments. You may want to install GNU tar or Free paxutils, or check the command line arguments." exit 1 ;; *) echo 1>&2 "\ WARNING: \`$1' is needed, and is $msg. You might have modified some files without having the proper tools for further handling them. Check the \`README' file, it often tells you about the needed prerequisites for installing this package. You may also peek at any GNU archive site, in case some other package would contain this missing \`$1' program." exit 1 ;; esac exit 0 # Local variables: # eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) # time-stamp-start: "scriptversion=" # time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" # time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC" # time-stamp-end: "; # UTC" # End: fdisk-1.2.5/autotools/config.guess0000755000175000017500000012470211527750770014132 00000000000000#! /bin/sh # Attempt to guess a canonical system name. # Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, # 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc. timestamp='2004-11-12' # This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it # under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by # the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or # (at your option) any later version. # # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but # WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU # General Public License for more details. # # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License # along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software # Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. # # As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you # distribute this file as part of a program that contains a # configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under # the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. # Originally written by Per Bothner . # Please send patches to . Submit a context # diff and a properly formatted ChangeLog entry. # # This script attempts to guess a canonical system name similar to # config.sub. If it succeeds, it prints the system name on stdout, and # exits with 0. Otherwise, it exits with 1. # # The plan is that this can be called by configure scripts if you # don't specify an explicit build system type. me=`echo "$0" | sed -e 's,.*/,,'` usage="\ Usage: $0 [OPTION] Output the configuration name of the system \`$me' is run on. Operation modes: -h, --help print this help, then exit -t, --time-stamp print date of last modification, then exit -v, --version print version number, then exit Report bugs and patches to ." version="\ GNU config.guess ($timestamp) Originally written by Per Bothner. Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE." help=" Try \`$me --help' for more information." # Parse command line while test $# -gt 0 ; do case $1 in --time-stamp | --time* | -t ) echo "$timestamp" ; exit 0 ;; --version | -v ) echo "$version" ; exit 0 ;; --help | --h* | -h ) echo "$usage"; exit 0 ;; -- ) # Stop option processing shift; break ;; - ) # Use stdin as input. break ;; -* ) echo "$me: invalid option $1$help" >&2 exit 1 ;; * ) break ;; esac done if test $# != 0; then echo "$me: too many arguments$help" >&2 exit 1 fi trap 'exit 1' 1 2 15 # CC_FOR_BUILD -- compiler used by this script. Note that the use of a # compiler to aid in system detection is discouraged as it requires # temporary files to be created and, as you can see below, it is a # headache to deal with in a portable fashion. # Historically, `CC_FOR_BUILD' used to be named `HOST_CC'. We still # use `HOST_CC' if defined, but it is deprecated. # Portable tmp directory creation inspired by the Autoconf team. set_cc_for_build=' trap "exitcode=\$?; (rm -f \$tmpfiles 2>/dev/null; rmdir \$tmp 2>/dev/null) && exit \$exitcode" 0 ; trap "rm -f \$tmpfiles 2>/dev/null; rmdir \$tmp 2>/dev/null; exit 1" 1 2 13 15 ; : ${TMPDIR=/tmp} ; { tmp=`(umask 077 && mktemp -d -q "$TMPDIR/cgXXXXXX") 2>/dev/null` && test -n "$tmp" && test -d "$tmp" ; } || { test -n "$RANDOM" && tmp=$TMPDIR/cg$$-$RANDOM && (umask 077 && mkdir $tmp) ; } || { tmp=$TMPDIR/cg-$$ && (umask 077 && mkdir $tmp) && echo "Warning: creating insecure temp directory" >&2 ; } || { echo "$me: cannot create a temporary directory in $TMPDIR" >&2 ; exit 1 ; } ; dummy=$tmp/dummy ; tmpfiles="$dummy.c $dummy.o $dummy.rel $dummy" ; case $CC_FOR_BUILD,$HOST_CC,$CC in ,,) echo "int x;" > $dummy.c ; for c in cc gcc c89 c99 ; do if ($c -c -o $dummy.o $dummy.c) >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then CC_FOR_BUILD="$c"; break ; fi ; done ; if test x"$CC_FOR_BUILD" = x ; then CC_FOR_BUILD=no_compiler_found ; fi ;; ,,*) CC_FOR_BUILD=$CC ;; ,*,*) CC_FOR_BUILD=$HOST_CC ;; esac ;' # This is needed to find uname on a Pyramid OSx when run in the BSD universe. # (ghazi@noc.rutgers.edu 1994-08-24) if (test -f /.attbin/uname) >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then PATH=$PATH:/.attbin ; export PATH fi UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -m) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_MACHINE=unknown UNAME_RELEASE=`(uname -r) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_RELEASE=unknown UNAME_SYSTEM=`(uname -s) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_SYSTEM=unknown UNAME_VERSION=`(uname -v) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_VERSION=unknown # Note: order is significant - the case branches are not exclusive. case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in *:NetBSD:*:*) # NetBSD (nbsd) targets should (where applicable) match one or # more of the tupples: *-*-netbsdelf*, *-*-netbsdaout*, # *-*-netbsdecoff* and *-*-netbsd*. For targets that recently # switched to ELF, *-*-netbsd* would select the old # object file format. This provides both forward # compatibility and a consistent mechanism for selecting the # object file format. # # Note: NetBSD doesn't particularly care about the vendor # portion of the name. We always set it to "unknown". sysctl="sysctl -n hw.machine_arch" UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH=`(/sbin/$sysctl 2>/dev/null || \ /usr/sbin/$sysctl 2>/dev/null || echo unknown)` case "${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}" in armeb) machine=armeb-unknown ;; arm*) machine=arm-unknown ;; sh3el) machine=shl-unknown ;; sh3eb) machine=sh-unknown ;; *) machine=${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}-unknown ;; esac # The Operating System including object format, if it has switched # to ELF recently, or will in the future. case "${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}" in arm*|i386|m68k|ns32k|sh3*|sparc|vax) eval $set_cc_for_build if echo __ELF__ | $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null \ | grep __ELF__ >/dev/null then # Once all utilities can be ECOFF (netbsdecoff) or a.out (netbsdaout). # Return netbsd for either. FIX? os=netbsd else os=netbsdelf fi ;; *) os=netbsd ;; esac # The OS release # Debian GNU/NetBSD machines have a different userland, and # thus, need a distinct triplet. However, they do not need # kernel version information, so it can be replaced with a # suitable tag, in the style of linux-gnu. case "${UNAME_VERSION}" in Debian*) release='-gnu' ;; *) release=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-_].*/\./'` ;; esac # Since CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM: # contains redundant information, the shorter form: # CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM is used. echo "${machine}-${os}${release}" exit 0 ;; amd64:OpenBSD:*:*) echo x86_64-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; amiga:OpenBSD:*:*) echo m68k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; cats:OpenBSD:*:*) echo arm-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; hp300:OpenBSD:*:*) echo m68k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; luna88k:OpenBSD:*:*) echo m88k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; mac68k:OpenBSD:*:*) echo m68k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; macppc:OpenBSD:*:*) echo powerpc-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; mvme68k:OpenBSD:*:*) echo m68k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; mvme88k:OpenBSD:*:*) echo m88k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; mvmeppc:OpenBSD:*:*) echo powerpc-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; sgi:OpenBSD:*:*) echo mips64-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; sun3:OpenBSD:*:*) echo m68k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; *:OpenBSD:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; *:ekkoBSD:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-ekkobsd${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; macppc:MirBSD:*:*) echo powerppc-unknown-mirbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; *:MirBSD:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-mirbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; alpha:OSF1:*:*) case $UNAME_RELEASE in *4.0) UNAME_RELEASE=`/usr/sbin/sizer -v | awk '{print $3}'` ;; *5.*) UNAME_RELEASE=`/usr/sbin/sizer -v | awk '{print $4}'` ;; esac # According to Compaq, /usr/sbin/psrinfo has been available on # OSF/1 and Tru64 systems produced since 1995. I hope that # covers most systems running today. This code pipes the CPU # types through head -n 1, so we only detect the type of CPU 0. ALPHA_CPU_TYPE=`/usr/sbin/psrinfo -v | sed -n -e 's/^ The alpha \(.*\) processor.*$/\1/p' | head -n 1` case "$ALPHA_CPU_TYPE" in "EV4 (21064)") UNAME_MACHINE="alpha" ;; "EV4.5 (21064)") UNAME_MACHINE="alpha" ;; "LCA4 (21066/21068)") UNAME_MACHINE="alpha" ;; "EV5 (21164)") UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev5" ;; "EV5.6 (21164A)") UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev56" ;; "EV5.6 (21164PC)") UNAME_MACHINE="alphapca56" ;; "EV5.7 (21164PC)") UNAME_MACHINE="alphapca57" ;; "EV6 (21264)") UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev6" ;; "EV6.7 (21264A)") UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev67" ;; "EV6.8CB (21264C)") UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev68" ;; "EV6.8AL (21264B)") UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev68" ;; "EV6.8CX (21264D)") UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev68" ;; "EV6.9A (21264/EV69A)") UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev69" ;; "EV7 (21364)") UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev7" ;; "EV7.9 (21364A)") UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev79" ;; esac # A Pn.n version is a patched version. # A Vn.n version is a released version. # A Tn.n version is a released field test version. # A Xn.n version is an unreleased experimental baselevel. # 1.2 uses "1.2" for uname -r. echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-dec-osf`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/^[PVTX]//' | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'` exit 0 ;; Alpha\ *:Windows_NT*:*) # How do we know it's Interix rather than the generic POSIX subsystem? # Should we change UNAME_MACHINE based on the output of uname instead # of the specific Alpha model? echo alpha-pc-interix exit 0 ;; 21064:Windows_NT:50:3) echo alpha-dec-winnt3.5 exit 0 ;; Amiga*:UNIX_System_V:4.0:*) echo m68k-unknown-sysv4 exit 0;; *:[Aa]miga[Oo][Ss]:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-amigaos exit 0 ;; *:[Mm]orph[Oo][Ss]:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-morphos exit 0 ;; *:OS/390:*:*) echo i370-ibm-openedition exit 0 ;; *:z/VM:*:*) echo s390-ibm-zvmoe exit 0 ;; *:OS400:*:*) echo powerpc-ibm-os400 exit 0 ;; arm:RISC*:1.[012]*:*|arm:riscix:1.[012]*:*) echo arm-acorn-riscix${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0;; SR2?01:HI-UX/MPP:*:* | SR8000:HI-UX/MPP:*:*) echo hppa1.1-hitachi-hiuxmpp exit 0;; Pyramid*:OSx*:*:* | MIS*:OSx*:*:* | MIS*:SMP_DC-OSx*:*:*) # akee@wpdis03.wpafb.af.mil (Earle F. Ake) contributed MIS and NILE. if test "`(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null`" = att ; then echo pyramid-pyramid-sysv3 else echo pyramid-pyramid-bsd fi exit 0 ;; NILE*:*:*:dcosx) echo pyramid-pyramid-svr4 exit 0 ;; DRS?6000:unix:4.0:6*) echo sparc-icl-nx6 exit 0 ;; DRS?6000:UNIX_SV:4.2*:7* | DRS?6000:isis:4.2*:7*) case `/usr/bin/uname -p` in sparc) echo sparc-icl-nx7 && exit 0 ;; esac ;; sun4H:SunOS:5.*:*) echo sparc-hal-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'` exit 0 ;; sun4*:SunOS:5.*:* | tadpole*:SunOS:5.*:*) echo sparc-sun-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'` exit 0 ;; i86pc:SunOS:5.*:*) echo i386-pc-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'` exit 0 ;; sun4*:SunOS:6*:*) # According to config.sub, this is the proper way to canonicalize # SunOS6. Hard to guess exactly what SunOS6 will be like, but # it's likely to be more like Solaris than SunOS4. echo sparc-sun-solaris3`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'` exit 0 ;; sun4*:SunOS:*:*) case "`/usr/bin/arch -k`" in Series*|S4*) UNAME_RELEASE=`uname -v` ;; esac # Japanese Language versions have a version number like `4.1.3-JL'. echo sparc-sun-sunos`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/-/_/'` exit 0 ;; sun3*:SunOS:*:*) echo m68k-sun-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; sun*:*:4.2BSD:*) UNAME_RELEASE=`(sed 1q /etc/motd | awk '{print substr($5,1,3)}') 2>/dev/null` test "x${UNAME_RELEASE}" = "x" && UNAME_RELEASE=3 case "`/bin/arch`" in sun3) echo m68k-sun-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE} ;; sun4) echo sparc-sun-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE} ;; esac exit 0 ;; aushp:SunOS:*:*) echo sparc-auspex-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; # The situation for MiNT is a little confusing. The machine name # can be virtually everything (everything which is not # "atarist" or "atariste" at least should have a processor # > m68000). The system name ranges from "MiNT" over "FreeMiNT" # to the lowercase version "mint" (or "freemint"). Finally # the system name "TOS" denotes a system which is actually not # MiNT. But MiNT is downward compatible to TOS, so this should # be no problem. atarist[e]:*MiNT:*:* | atarist[e]:*mint:*:* | atarist[e]:*TOS:*:*) echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; atari*:*MiNT:*:* | atari*:*mint:*:* | atarist[e]:*TOS:*:*) echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; *falcon*:*MiNT:*:* | *falcon*:*mint:*:* | *falcon*:*TOS:*:*) echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; milan*:*MiNT:*:* | milan*:*mint:*:* | *milan*:*TOS:*:*) echo m68k-milan-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; hades*:*MiNT:*:* | hades*:*mint:*:* | *hades*:*TOS:*:*) echo m68k-hades-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; *:*MiNT:*:* | *:*mint:*:* | *:*TOS:*:*) echo m68k-unknown-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; m68k:machten:*:*) echo m68k-apple-machten${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; powerpc:machten:*:*) echo powerpc-apple-machten${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; RISC*:Mach:*:*) echo mips-dec-mach_bsd4.3 exit 0 ;; RISC*:ULTRIX:*:*) echo mips-dec-ultrix${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; VAX*:ULTRIX*:*:*) echo vax-dec-ultrix${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; 2020:CLIX:*:* | 2430:CLIX:*:*) echo clipper-intergraph-clix${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; mips:*:*:UMIPS | mips:*:*:RISCos) eval $set_cc_for_build sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c #ifdef __cplusplus #include /* for printf() prototype */ int main (int argc, char *argv[]) { #else int main (argc, argv) int argc; char *argv[]; { #endif #if defined (host_mips) && defined (MIPSEB) #if defined (SYSTYPE_SYSV) printf ("mips-mips-riscos%ssysv\n", argv[1]); exit (0); #endif #if defined (SYSTYPE_SVR4) printf ("mips-mips-riscos%ssvr4\n", argv[1]); exit (0); #endif #if defined (SYSTYPE_BSD43) || defined(SYSTYPE_BSD) printf ("mips-mips-riscos%sbsd\n", argv[1]); exit (0); #endif #endif exit (-1); } EOF $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c \ && $dummy `echo "${UNAME_RELEASE}" | sed -n 's/\([0-9]*\).*/\1/p'` \ && exit 0 echo mips-mips-riscos${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; Motorola:PowerMAX_OS:*:*) echo powerpc-motorola-powermax exit 0 ;; Motorola:*:4.3:PL8-*) echo powerpc-harris-powermax exit 0 ;; Night_Hawk:*:*:PowerMAX_OS | Synergy:PowerMAX_OS:*:*) echo powerpc-harris-powermax exit 0 ;; Night_Hawk:Power_UNIX:*:*) echo powerpc-harris-powerunix exit 0 ;; m88k:CX/UX:7*:*) echo m88k-harris-cxux7 exit 0 ;; m88k:*:4*:R4*) echo m88k-motorola-sysv4 exit 0 ;; m88k:*:3*:R3*) echo m88k-motorola-sysv3 exit 0 ;; AViiON:dgux:*:*) # DG/UX returns AViiON for all architectures UNAME_PROCESSOR=`/usr/bin/uname -p` if [ $UNAME_PROCESSOR = mc88100 ] || [ $UNAME_PROCESSOR = mc88110 ] then if [ ${TARGET_BINARY_INTERFACE}x = m88kdguxelfx ] || \ [ ${TARGET_BINARY_INTERFACE}x = x ] then echo m88k-dg-dgux${UNAME_RELEASE} else echo m88k-dg-dguxbcs${UNAME_RELEASE} fi else echo i586-dg-dgux${UNAME_RELEASE} fi exit 0 ;; M88*:DolphinOS:*:*) # DolphinOS (SVR3) echo m88k-dolphin-sysv3 exit 0 ;; M88*:*:R3*:*) # Delta 88k system running SVR3 echo m88k-motorola-sysv3 exit 0 ;; XD88*:*:*:*) # Tektronix XD88 system running UTekV (SVR3) echo m88k-tektronix-sysv3 exit 0 ;; Tek43[0-9][0-9]:UTek:*:*) # Tektronix 4300 system running UTek (BSD) echo m68k-tektronix-bsd exit 0 ;; *:IRIX*:*:*) echo mips-sgi-irix`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/-/_/g'` exit 0 ;; ????????:AIX?:[12].1:2) # AIX 2.2.1 or AIX 2.1.1 is RT/PC AIX. echo romp-ibm-aix # uname -m gives an 8 hex-code CPU id exit 0 ;; # Note that: echo "'`uname -s`'" gives 'AIX ' i*86:AIX:*:*) echo i386-ibm-aix exit 0 ;; ia64:AIX:*:*) if [ -x /usr/bin/oslevel ] ; then IBM_REV=`/usr/bin/oslevel` else IBM_REV=${UNAME_VERSION}.${UNAME_RELEASE} fi echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-ibm-aix${IBM_REV} exit 0 ;; *:AIX:2:3) if grep bos325 /usr/include/stdio.h >/dev/null 2>&1; then eval $set_cc_for_build sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c #include main() { if (!__power_pc()) exit(1); puts("powerpc-ibm-aix3.2.5"); exit(0); } EOF $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c && $dummy && exit 0 echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2.5 elif grep bos324 /usr/include/stdio.h >/dev/null 2>&1; then echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2.4 else echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2 fi exit 0 ;; *:AIX:*:[45]) IBM_CPU_ID=`/usr/sbin/lsdev -C -c processor -S available | sed 1q | awk '{ print $1 }'` if /usr/sbin/lsattr -El ${IBM_CPU_ID} | grep ' POWER' >/dev/null 2>&1; then IBM_ARCH=rs6000 else IBM_ARCH=powerpc fi if [ -x /usr/bin/oslevel ] ; then IBM_REV=`/usr/bin/oslevel` else IBM_REV=${UNAME_VERSION}.${UNAME_RELEASE} fi echo ${IBM_ARCH}-ibm-aix${IBM_REV} exit 0 ;; *:AIX:*:*) echo rs6000-ibm-aix exit 0 ;; ibmrt:4.4BSD:*|romp-ibm:BSD:*) echo romp-ibm-bsd4.4 exit 0 ;; ibmrt:*BSD:*|romp-ibm:BSD:*) # covers RT/PC BSD and echo romp-ibm-bsd${UNAME_RELEASE} # 4.3 with uname added to exit 0 ;; # report: romp-ibm BSD 4.3 *:BOSX:*:*) echo rs6000-bull-bosx exit 0 ;; DPX/2?00:B.O.S.:*:*) echo m68k-bull-sysv3 exit 0 ;; 9000/[34]??:4.3bsd:1.*:*) echo m68k-hp-bsd exit 0 ;; hp300:4.4BSD:*:* | 9000/[34]??:4.3bsd:2.*:*) echo m68k-hp-bsd4.4 exit 0 ;; 9000/[34678]??:HP-UX:*:*) HPUX_REV=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*.[0B]*//'` case "${UNAME_MACHINE}" in 9000/31? ) HP_ARCH=m68000 ;; 9000/[34]?? ) HP_ARCH=m68k ;; 9000/[678][0-9][0-9]) if [ -x /usr/bin/getconf ]; then sc_cpu_version=`/usr/bin/getconf SC_CPU_VERSION 2>/dev/null` sc_kernel_bits=`/usr/bin/getconf SC_KERNEL_BITS 2>/dev/null` case "${sc_cpu_version}" in 523) HP_ARCH="hppa1.0" ;; # CPU_PA_RISC1_0 528) HP_ARCH="hppa1.1" ;; # CPU_PA_RISC1_1 532) # CPU_PA_RISC2_0 case "${sc_kernel_bits}" in 32) HP_ARCH="hppa2.0n" ;; 64) HP_ARCH="hppa2.0w" ;; '') HP_ARCH="hppa2.0" ;; # HP-UX 10.20 esac ;; esac fi if [ "${HP_ARCH}" = "" ]; then eval $set_cc_for_build sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c #define _HPUX_SOURCE #include #include int main () { #if defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS) long bits = sysconf(_SC_KERNEL_BITS); #endif long cpu = sysconf (_SC_CPU_VERSION); switch (cpu) { case CPU_PA_RISC1_0: puts ("hppa1.0"); break; case CPU_PA_RISC1_1: puts ("hppa1.1"); break; case CPU_PA_RISC2_0: #if defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS) switch (bits) { case 64: puts ("hppa2.0w"); break; case 32: puts ("hppa2.0n"); break; default: puts ("hppa2.0"); break; } break; #else /* !defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS) */ puts ("hppa2.0"); break; #endif default: puts ("hppa1.0"); break; } exit (0); } EOF (CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c 2>/dev/null) && HP_ARCH=`$dummy` test -z "$HP_ARCH" && HP_ARCH=hppa fi ;; esac if [ ${HP_ARCH} = "hppa2.0w" ] then # avoid double evaluation of $set_cc_for_build test -n "$CC_FOR_BUILD" || eval $set_cc_for_build if echo __LP64__ | (CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD -E -) | grep __LP64__ >/dev/null then HP_ARCH="hppa2.0w" else HP_ARCH="hppa64" fi fi echo ${HP_ARCH}-hp-hpux${HPUX_REV} exit 0 ;; ia64:HP-UX:*:*) HPUX_REV=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*.[0B]*//'` echo ia64-hp-hpux${HPUX_REV} exit 0 ;; 3050*:HI-UX:*:*) eval $set_cc_for_build sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c #include int main () { long cpu = sysconf (_SC_CPU_VERSION); /* The order matters, because CPU_IS_HP_MC68K erroneously returns true for CPU_PA_RISC1_0. CPU_IS_PA_RISC returns correct results, however. */ if (CPU_IS_PA_RISC (cpu)) { switch (cpu) { case CPU_PA_RISC1_0: puts ("hppa1.0-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break; case CPU_PA_RISC1_1: puts ("hppa1.1-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break; case CPU_PA_RISC2_0: puts ("hppa2.0-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break; default: puts ("hppa-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break; } } else if (CPU_IS_HP_MC68K (cpu)) puts ("m68k-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); else puts ("unknown-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); exit (0); } EOF $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c && $dummy && exit 0 echo unknown-hitachi-hiuxwe2 exit 0 ;; 9000/7??:4.3bsd:*:* | 9000/8?[79]:4.3bsd:*:* ) echo hppa1.1-hp-bsd exit 0 ;; 9000/8??:4.3bsd:*:*) echo hppa1.0-hp-bsd exit 0 ;; *9??*:MPE/iX:*:* | *3000*:MPE/iX:*:*) echo hppa1.0-hp-mpeix exit 0 ;; hp7??:OSF1:*:* | hp8?[79]:OSF1:*:* ) echo hppa1.1-hp-osf exit 0 ;; hp8??:OSF1:*:*) echo hppa1.0-hp-osf exit 0 ;; i*86:OSF1:*:*) if [ -x /usr/sbin/sysversion ] ; then echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-osf1mk else echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-osf1 fi exit 0 ;; parisc*:Lites*:*:*) echo hppa1.1-hp-lites exit 0 ;; C1*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C1*:*) echo c1-convex-bsd exit 0 ;; C2*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C2*:*) if getsysinfo -f scalar_acc then echo c32-convex-bsd else echo c2-convex-bsd fi exit 0 ;; C34*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C34*:*) echo c34-convex-bsd exit 0 ;; C38*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C38*:*) echo c38-convex-bsd exit 0 ;; C4*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C4*:*) echo c4-convex-bsd exit 0 ;; CRAY*Y-MP:*:*:*) echo ymp-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/' exit 0 ;; CRAY*[A-Z]90:*:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} \ | sed -e 's/CRAY.*\([A-Z]90\)/\1/' \ -e y/ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ/abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz/ \ -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/' exit 0 ;; CRAY*TS:*:*:*) echo t90-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/' exit 0 ;; CRAY*T3E:*:*:*) echo alphaev5-cray-unicosmk${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/' exit 0 ;; CRAY*SV1:*:*:*) echo sv1-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/' exit 0 ;; *:UNICOS/mp:*:*) echo craynv-cray-unicosmp${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/' exit 0 ;; F30[01]:UNIX_System_V:*:* | F700:UNIX_System_V:*:*) FUJITSU_PROC=`uname -m | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'` FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/\///'` FUJITSU_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/ /_/'` echo "${FUJITSU_PROC}-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL}" exit 0 ;; 5000:UNIX_System_V:4.*:*) FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/\///'` FUJITSU_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/ /_/'` echo "sparc-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL}" exit 0 ;; i*86:BSD/386:*:* | i*86:BSD/OS:*:* | *:Ascend\ Embedded/OS:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; sparc*:BSD/OS:*:*) echo sparc-unknown-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; *:BSD/OS:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; *:FreeBSD:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` exit 0 ;; i*:CYGWIN*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-cygwin exit 0 ;; i*:MINGW*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-mingw32 exit 0 ;; i*:PW*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-pw32 exit 0 ;; x86:Interix*:[34]*) echo i586-pc-interix${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/\..*//' exit 0 ;; [345]86:Windows_95:* | [345]86:Windows_98:* | [345]86:Windows_NT:*) echo i${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-mks exit 0 ;; i*:Windows_NT*:* | Pentium*:Windows_NT*:*) # How do we know it's Interix rather than the generic POSIX subsystem? # It also conflicts with pre-2.0 versions of AT&T UWIN. Should we # UNAME_MACHINE based on the output of uname instead of i386? echo i586-pc-interix exit 0 ;; i*:UWIN*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-uwin exit 0 ;; p*:CYGWIN*:*) echo powerpcle-unknown-cygwin exit 0 ;; prep*:SunOS:5.*:*) echo powerpcle-unknown-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'` exit 0 ;; *:GNU:*:*) # the GNU system echo `echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}|sed -e 's,[-/].*$,,'`-unknown-gnu`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's,/.*$,,'` exit 0 ;; *:GNU/*:*:*) # other systems with GNU libc and userland echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-`echo ${UNAME_SYSTEM} | sed 's,^[^/]*/,,' | tr '[A-Z]' '[a-z]'``echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'`-gnu exit 0 ;; i*86:Minix:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-minix exit 0 ;; arm*:Linux:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu exit 0 ;; cris:Linux:*:*) echo cris-axis-linux-gnu exit 0 ;; crisv32:Linux:*:*) echo crisv32-axis-linux-gnu exit 0 ;; frv:Linux:*:*) echo frv-unknown-linux-gnu exit 0 ;; ia64:Linux:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu exit 0 ;; m32r*:Linux:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu exit 0 ;; m68*:Linux:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu exit 0 ;; mips:Linux:*:*) eval $set_cc_for_build sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c #undef CPU #undef mips #undef mipsel #if defined(__MIPSEL__) || defined(__MIPSEL) || defined(_MIPSEL) || defined(MIPSEL) CPU=mipsel #else #if defined(__MIPSEB__) || defined(__MIPSEB) || defined(_MIPSEB) || defined(MIPSEB) CPU=mips #else CPU= #endif #endif EOF eval `$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | grep ^CPU=` test x"${CPU}" != x && echo "${CPU}-unknown-linux-gnu" && exit 0 ;; mips64:Linux:*:*) eval $set_cc_for_build sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c #undef CPU #undef mips64 #undef mips64el #if defined(__MIPSEL__) || defined(__MIPSEL) || defined(_MIPSEL) || defined(MIPSEL) CPU=mips64el #else #if defined(__MIPSEB__) || defined(__MIPSEB) || defined(_MIPSEB) || defined(MIPSEB) CPU=mips64 #else CPU= #endif #endif EOF eval `$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | grep ^CPU=` test x"${CPU}" != x && echo "${CPU}-unknown-linux-gnu" && exit 0 ;; ppc:Linux:*:*) echo powerpc-unknown-linux-gnu exit 0 ;; ppc64:Linux:*:*) echo powerpc64-unknown-linux-gnu exit 0 ;; alpha:Linux:*:*) case `sed -n '/^cpu model/s/^.*: \(.*\)/\1/p' < /proc/cpuinfo` in EV5) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev5 ;; EV56) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev56 ;; PCA56) UNAME_MACHINE=alphapca56 ;; PCA57) UNAME_MACHINE=alphapca56 ;; EV6) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev6 ;; EV67) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev67 ;; EV68*) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev68 ;; esac objdump --private-headers /bin/sh | grep ld.so.1 >/dev/null if test "$?" = 0 ; then LIBC="libc1" ; else LIBC="" ; fi echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu${LIBC} exit 0 ;; parisc:Linux:*:* | hppa:Linux:*:*) # Look for CPU level case `grep '^cpu[^a-z]*:' /proc/cpuinfo 2>/dev/null | cut -d' ' -f2` in PA7*) echo hppa1.1-unknown-linux-gnu ;; PA8*) echo hppa2.0-unknown-linux-gnu ;; *) echo hppa-unknown-linux-gnu ;; esac exit 0 ;; parisc64:Linux:*:* | hppa64:Linux:*:*) echo hppa64-unknown-linux-gnu exit 0 ;; s390:Linux:*:* | s390x:Linux:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-ibm-linux exit 0 ;; sh64*:Linux:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu exit 0 ;; sh*:Linux:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu exit 0 ;; sparc:Linux:*:* | sparc64:Linux:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu exit 0 ;; x86_64:Linux:*:*) echo x86_64-unknown-linux-gnu exit 0 ;; i*86:Linux:*:*) # The BFD linker knows what the default object file format is, so # first see if it will tell us. cd to the root directory to prevent # problems with other programs or directories called `ld' in the path. # Set LC_ALL=C to ensure ld outputs messages in English. ld_supported_targets=`cd /; LC_ALL=C ld --help 2>&1 \ | sed -ne '/supported targets:/!d s/[ ][ ]*/ /g s/.*supported targets: *// s/ .*// p'` case "$ld_supported_targets" in elf32-i386) TENTATIVE="${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnu" ;; a.out-i386-linux) echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnuaout" exit 0 ;; coff-i386) echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnucoff" exit 0 ;; "") # Either a pre-BFD a.out linker (linux-gnuoldld) or # one that does not give us useful --help. echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnuoldld" exit 0 ;; esac # Determine whether the default compiler is a.out or elf eval $set_cc_for_build sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c #include #ifdef __ELF__ # ifdef __GLIBC__ # if __GLIBC__ >= 2 LIBC=gnu # else LIBC=gnulibc1 # endif # else LIBC=gnulibc1 # endif #else #ifdef __INTEL_COMPILER LIBC=gnu #else LIBC=gnuaout #endif #endif #ifdef __dietlibc__ LIBC=dietlibc #endif EOF eval `$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | grep ^LIBC=` test x"${LIBC}" != x && echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-${LIBC}" && exit 0 test x"${TENTATIVE}" != x && echo "${TENTATIVE}" && exit 0 ;; i*86:DYNIX/ptx:4*:*) # ptx 4.0 does uname -s correctly, with DYNIX/ptx in there. # earlier versions are messed up and put the nodename in both # sysname and nodename. echo i386-sequent-sysv4 exit 0 ;; i*86:UNIX_SV:4.2MP:2.*) # Unixware is an offshoot of SVR4, but it has its own version # number series starting with 2... # I am not positive that other SVR4 systems won't match this, # I just have to hope. -- rms. # Use sysv4.2uw... so that sysv4* matches it. echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv4.2uw${UNAME_VERSION} exit 0 ;; i*86:OS/2:*:*) # If we were able to find `uname', then EMX Unix compatibility # is probably installed. echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-os2-emx exit 0 ;; i*86:XTS-300:*:STOP) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-stop exit 0 ;; i*86:atheos:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-atheos exit 0 ;; i*86:syllable:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-syllable exit 0 ;; i*86:LynxOS:2.*:* | i*86:LynxOS:3.[01]*:* | i*86:LynxOS:4.0*:*) echo i386-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; i*86:*DOS:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-msdosdjgpp exit 0 ;; i*86:*:4.*:* | i*86:SYSTEM_V:4.*:*) UNAME_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed 's/\/MP$//'` if grep Novell /usr/include/link.h >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-univel-sysv${UNAME_REL} else echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv${UNAME_REL} fi exit 0 ;; i*86:*:5:[78]*) case `/bin/uname -X | grep "^Machine"` in *486*) UNAME_MACHINE=i486 ;; *Pentium) UNAME_MACHINE=i586 ;; *Pent*|*Celeron) UNAME_MACHINE=i686 ;; esac echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}${UNAME_SYSTEM}${UNAME_VERSION} exit 0 ;; i*86:*:3.2:*) if test -f /usr/options/cb.name; then UNAME_REL=`sed -n 's/.*Version //p' /dev/null >/dev/null ; then UNAME_REL=`(/bin/uname -X|grep Release|sed -e 's/.*= //')` (/bin/uname -X|grep i80486 >/dev/null) && UNAME_MACHINE=i486 (/bin/uname -X|grep '^Machine.*Pentium' >/dev/null) \ && UNAME_MACHINE=i586 (/bin/uname -X|grep '^Machine.*Pent *II' >/dev/null) \ && UNAME_MACHINE=i686 (/bin/uname -X|grep '^Machine.*Pentium Pro' >/dev/null) \ && UNAME_MACHINE=i686 echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sco$UNAME_REL else echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv32 fi exit 0 ;; pc:*:*:*) # Left here for compatibility: # uname -m prints for DJGPP always 'pc', but it prints nothing about # the processor, so we play safe by assuming i386. echo i386-pc-msdosdjgpp exit 0 ;; Intel:Mach:3*:*) echo i386-pc-mach3 exit 0 ;; paragon:*:*:*) echo i860-intel-osf1 exit 0 ;; i860:*:4.*:*) # i860-SVR4 if grep Stardent /usr/include/sys/uadmin.h >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then echo i860-stardent-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} # Stardent Vistra i860-SVR4 else # Add other i860-SVR4 vendors below as they are discovered. echo i860-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} # Unknown i860-SVR4 fi exit 0 ;; mini*:CTIX:SYS*5:*) # "miniframe" echo m68010-convergent-sysv exit 0 ;; mc68k:UNIX:SYSTEM5:3.51m) echo m68k-convergent-sysv exit 0 ;; M680?0:D-NIX:5.3:*) echo m68k-diab-dnix exit 0 ;; M68*:*:R3V[5678]*:*) test -r /sysV68 && echo 'm68k-motorola-sysv' && exit 0 ;; 3[345]??:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??A:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??,*:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??/*:*:4.0:3.0 | 4400:*:4.0:3.0 | 4850:*:4.0:3.0 | SKA40:*:4.0:3.0 | SDS2:*:4.0:3.0 | SHG2:*:4.0:3.0 | S7501*:*:4.0:3.0) OS_REL='' test -r /etc/.relid \ && OS_REL=.`sed -n 's/[^ ]* [^ ]* \([0-9][0-9]\).*/\1/p' < /etc/.relid` /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \ && echo i486-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL} && exit 0 /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | /bin/grep entium >/dev/null \ && echo i586-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL} && exit 0 ;; 3[34]??:*:4.0:* | 3[34]??,*:*:4.0:*) /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \ && echo i486-ncr-sysv4 && exit 0 ;; m68*:LynxOS:2.*:* | m68*:LynxOS:3.0*:*) echo m68k-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; mc68030:UNIX_System_V:4.*:*) echo m68k-atari-sysv4 exit 0 ;; TSUNAMI:LynxOS:2.*:*) echo sparc-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; rs6000:LynxOS:2.*:*) echo rs6000-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; PowerPC:LynxOS:2.*:* | PowerPC:LynxOS:3.[01]*:* | PowerPC:LynxOS:4.0*:*) echo powerpc-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; SM[BE]S:UNIX_SV:*:*) echo mips-dde-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; RM*:ReliantUNIX-*:*:*) echo mips-sni-sysv4 exit 0 ;; RM*:SINIX-*:*:*) echo mips-sni-sysv4 exit 0 ;; *:SINIX-*:*:*) if uname -p 2>/dev/null >/dev/null ; then UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -p) 2>/dev/null` echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-sni-sysv4 else echo ns32k-sni-sysv fi exit 0 ;; PENTIUM:*:4.0*:*) # Unisys `ClearPath HMP IX 4000' SVR4/MP effort # says echo i586-unisys-sysv4 exit 0 ;; *:UNIX_System_V:4*:FTX*) # From Gerald Hewes . # How about differentiating between stratus architectures? -djm echo hppa1.1-stratus-sysv4 exit 0 ;; *:*:*:FTX*) # From seanf@swdc.stratus.com. echo i860-stratus-sysv4 exit 0 ;; *:VOS:*:*) # From Paul.Green@stratus.com. echo hppa1.1-stratus-vos exit 0 ;; mc68*:A/UX:*:*) echo m68k-apple-aux${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; news*:NEWS-OS:6*:*) echo mips-sony-newsos6 exit 0 ;; R[34]000:*System_V*:*:* | R4000:UNIX_SYSV:*:* | R*000:UNIX_SV:*:*) if [ -d /usr/nec ]; then echo mips-nec-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} else echo mips-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} fi exit 0 ;; BeBox:BeOS:*:*) # BeOS running on hardware made by Be, PPC only. echo powerpc-be-beos exit 0 ;; BeMac:BeOS:*:*) # BeOS running on Mac or Mac clone, PPC only. echo powerpc-apple-beos exit 0 ;; BePC:BeOS:*:*) # BeOS running on Intel PC compatible. echo i586-pc-beos exit 0 ;; SX-4:SUPER-UX:*:*) echo sx4-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; SX-5:SUPER-UX:*:*) echo sx5-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; SX-6:SUPER-UX:*:*) echo sx6-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; Power*:Rhapsody:*:*) echo powerpc-apple-rhapsody${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; *:Rhapsody:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-apple-rhapsody${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; *:Darwin:*:*) UNAME_PROCESSOR=`uname -p` || UNAME_PROCESSOR=unknown case $UNAME_PROCESSOR in *86) UNAME_PROCESSOR=i686 ;; unknown) UNAME_PROCESSOR=powerpc ;; esac echo ${UNAME_PROCESSOR}-apple-darwin${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; *:procnto*:*:* | *:QNX:[0123456789]*:*) UNAME_PROCESSOR=`uname -p` if test "$UNAME_PROCESSOR" = "x86"; then UNAME_PROCESSOR=i386 UNAME_MACHINE=pc fi echo ${UNAME_PROCESSOR}-${UNAME_MACHINE}-nto-qnx${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; *:QNX:*:4*) echo i386-pc-qnx exit 0 ;; NSR-?:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*) echo nsr-tandem-nsk${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; *:NonStop-UX:*:*) echo mips-compaq-nonstopux exit 0 ;; BS2000:POSIX*:*:*) echo bs2000-siemens-sysv exit 0 ;; DS/*:UNIX_System_V:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-${UNAME_SYSTEM}-${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; *:Plan9:*:*) # "uname -m" is not consistent, so use $cputype instead. 386 # is converted to i386 for consistency with other x86 # operating systems. if test "$cputype" = "386"; then UNAME_MACHINE=i386 else UNAME_MACHINE="$cputype" fi echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-plan9 exit 0 ;; *:TOPS-10:*:*) echo pdp10-unknown-tops10 exit 0 ;; *:TENEX:*:*) echo pdp10-unknown-tenex exit 0 ;; KS10:TOPS-20:*:* | KL10:TOPS-20:*:* | TYPE4:TOPS-20:*:*) echo pdp10-dec-tops20 exit 0 ;; XKL-1:TOPS-20:*:* | TYPE5:TOPS-20:*:*) echo pdp10-xkl-tops20 exit 0 ;; *:TOPS-20:*:*) echo pdp10-unknown-tops20 exit 0 ;; *:ITS:*:*) echo pdp10-unknown-its exit 0 ;; SEI:*:*:SEIUX) echo mips-sei-seiux${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; *:DragonFly:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-dragonfly`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` exit 0 ;; *:*VMS:*:*) UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -p) 2>/dev/null` case "${UNAME_MACHINE}" in A*) echo alpha-dec-vms && exit 0 ;; I*) echo ia64-dec-vms && exit 0 ;; V*) echo vax-dec-vms && exit 0 ;; esac ;; *:XENIX:*:SysV) echo i386-pc-xenix exit 0 ;; esac #echo '(No uname command or uname output not recognized.)' 1>&2 #echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" 1>&2 eval $set_cc_for_build cat >$dummy.c < # include #endif main () { #if defined (sony) #if defined (MIPSEB) /* BFD wants "bsd" instead of "newsos". Perhaps BFD should be changed, I don't know.... */ printf ("mips-sony-bsd\n"); exit (0); #else #include printf ("m68k-sony-newsos%s\n", #ifdef NEWSOS4 "4" #else "" #endif ); exit (0); #endif #endif #if defined (__arm) && defined (__acorn) && defined (__unix) printf ("arm-acorn-riscix"); exit (0); #endif #if defined (hp300) && !defined (hpux) printf ("m68k-hp-bsd\n"); exit (0); #endif #if defined (NeXT) #if !defined (__ARCHITECTURE__) #define __ARCHITECTURE__ "m68k" #endif int version; version=`(hostinfo | sed -n 's/.*NeXT Mach \([0-9]*\).*/\1/p') 2>/dev/null`; if (version < 4) printf ("%s-next-nextstep%d\n", __ARCHITECTURE__, version); else printf ("%s-next-openstep%d\n", __ARCHITECTURE__, version); exit (0); #endif #if defined (MULTIMAX) || defined (n16) #if defined (UMAXV) printf ("ns32k-encore-sysv\n"); exit (0); #else #if defined (CMU) printf ("ns32k-encore-mach\n"); exit (0); #else printf ("ns32k-encore-bsd\n"); exit (0); #endif #endif #endif #if defined (__386BSD__) printf ("i386-pc-bsd\n"); exit (0); #endif #if defined (sequent) #if defined (i386) printf ("i386-sequent-dynix\n"); exit (0); #endif #if defined (ns32000) printf ("ns32k-sequent-dynix\n"); exit (0); #endif #endif #if defined (_SEQUENT_) struct utsname un; uname(&un); if (strncmp(un.version, "V2", 2) == 0) { printf ("i386-sequent-ptx2\n"); exit (0); } if (strncmp(un.version, "V1", 2) == 0) { /* XXX is V1 correct? */ printf ("i386-sequent-ptx1\n"); exit (0); } printf ("i386-sequent-ptx\n"); exit (0); #endif #if defined (vax) # if !defined (ultrix) # include # if defined (BSD) # if BSD == 43 printf ("vax-dec-bsd4.3\n"); exit (0); # else # if BSD == 199006 printf ("vax-dec-bsd4.3reno\n"); exit (0); # else printf ("vax-dec-bsd\n"); exit (0); # endif # endif # else printf ("vax-dec-bsd\n"); exit (0); # endif # else printf ("vax-dec-ultrix\n"); exit (0); # endif #endif #if defined (alliant) && defined (i860) printf ("i860-alliant-bsd\n"); exit (0); #endif exit (1); } EOF $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c 2>/dev/null && $dummy && exit 0 # Apollos put the system type in the environment. test -d /usr/apollo && { echo ${ISP}-apollo-${SYSTYPE}; exit 0; } # Convex versions that predate uname can use getsysinfo(1) if [ -x /usr/convex/getsysinfo ] then case `getsysinfo -f cpu_type` in c1*) echo c1-convex-bsd exit 0 ;; c2*) if getsysinfo -f scalar_acc then echo c32-convex-bsd else echo c2-convex-bsd fi exit 0 ;; c34*) echo c34-convex-bsd exit 0 ;; c38*) echo c38-convex-bsd exit 0 ;; c4*) echo c4-convex-bsd exit 0 ;; esac fi cat >&2 < in order to provide the needed information to handle your system. config.guess timestamp = $timestamp uname -m = `(uname -m) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` uname -r = `(uname -r) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` uname -s = `(uname -s) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` uname -v = `(uname -v) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` /usr/bin/uname -p = `(/usr/bin/uname -p) 2>/dev/null` /bin/uname -X = `(/bin/uname -X) 2>/dev/null` hostinfo = `(hostinfo) 2>/dev/null` /bin/universe = `(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null` /usr/bin/arch -k = `(/usr/bin/arch -k) 2>/dev/null` /bin/arch = `(/bin/arch) 2>/dev/null` /usr/bin/oslevel = `(/usr/bin/oslevel) 2>/dev/null` /usr/convex/getsysinfo = `(/usr/convex/getsysinfo) 2>/dev/null` UNAME_MACHINE = ${UNAME_MACHINE} UNAME_RELEASE = ${UNAME_RELEASE} UNAME_SYSTEM = ${UNAME_SYSTEM} UNAME_VERSION = ${UNAME_VERSION} EOF exit 1 # Local variables: # eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) # time-stamp-start: "timestamp='" # time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d" # time-stamp-end: "'" # End: fdisk-1.2.5/autotools/texinfo.tex0000644000175000017500000110035111331674343013775 00000000000000% texinfo.tex -- TeX macros to handle Texinfo files. % % Load plain if necessary, i.e., if running under initex. \expandafter\ifx\csname fmtname\endcsname\relax\input plain\fi % \def\texinfoversion{2009-08-14.15} % % Copyright 1985, 1986, 1988, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, % 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, % 2007, 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc. % % This texinfo.tex file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or % modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as % published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the % License, or (at your option) any later version. % % This texinfo.tex file is distributed in the hope that it will be % useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty % of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU % General Public License for more details. % % You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License % along with this program. If not, see . % % As a special exception, when this file is read by TeX when processing % a Texinfo source document, you may use the result without % restriction. (This has been our intent since Texinfo was invented.) % % Please try the latest version of texinfo.tex before submitting bug % reports; you can get the latest version from: % http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ (the Texinfo home page), or % ftp://tug.org/tex/texinfo.tex % (and all CTAN mirrors, see http://www.ctan.org). % The texinfo.tex in any given distribution could well be out % of date, so if that's what you're using, please check. % % Send bug reports to bug-texinfo@gnu.org. Please include including a % complete document in each bug report with which we can reproduce the % problem. Patches are, of course, greatly appreciated. % % To process a Texinfo manual with TeX, it's most reliable to use the % texi2dvi shell script that comes with the distribution. For a simple % manual foo.texi, however, you can get away with this: % tex foo.texi % texindex foo.?? % tex foo.texi % tex foo.texi % dvips foo.dvi -o # or whatever; this makes foo.ps. % The extra TeX runs get the cross-reference information correct. % Sometimes one run after texindex suffices, and sometimes you need more % than two; texi2dvi does it as many times as necessary. % % It is possible to adapt texinfo.tex for other languages, to some % extent. You can get the existing language-specific files from the % full Texinfo distribution. % % The GNU Texinfo home page is http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo. \message{Loading texinfo [version \texinfoversion]:} % If in a .fmt file, print the version number % and turn on active characters that we couldn't do earlier because % they might have appeared in the input file name. \everyjob{\message{[Texinfo version \texinfoversion]}% \catcode`+=\active \catcode`\_=\active} \chardef\other=12 % We never want plain's \outer definition of \+ in Texinfo. % For @tex, we can use \tabalign. \let\+ = \relax % Save some plain tex macros whose names we will redefine. \let\ptexb=\b \let\ptexbullet=\bullet \let\ptexc=\c \let\ptexcomma=\, \let\ptexdot=\. \let\ptexdots=\dots \let\ptexend=\end \let\ptexequiv=\equiv \let\ptexexclam=\! \let\ptexfootnote=\footnote \let\ptexgtr=> \let\ptexhat=^ \let\ptexi=\i \let\ptexindent=\indent \let\ptexinsert=\insert \let\ptexlbrace=\{ \let\ptexless=< \let\ptexnewwrite\newwrite \let\ptexnoindent=\noindent \let\ptexplus=+ \let\ptexrbrace=\} \let\ptexslash=\/ \let\ptexstar=\* \let\ptext=\t \let\ptextop=\top {\catcode`\'=\active \global\let\ptexquoteright'}% Math-mode def from plain.tex. \let\ptexraggedright=\raggedright % If this character appears in an error message or help string, it % starts a new line in the output. \newlinechar = `^^J % Use TeX 3.0's \inputlineno to get the line number, for better error % messages, but if we're using an old version of TeX, don't do anything. % \ifx\inputlineno\thisisundefined \let\linenumber = \empty % Pre-3.0. \else \def\linenumber{l.\the\inputlineno:\space} \fi % Set up fixed words for English if not already set. \ifx\putwordAppendix\undefined \gdef\putwordAppendix{Appendix}\fi \ifx\putwordChapter\undefined \gdef\putwordChapter{Chapter}\fi \ifx\putwordfile\undefined \gdef\putwordfile{file}\fi \ifx\putwordin\undefined \gdef\putwordin{in}\fi \ifx\putwordIndexIsEmpty\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexIsEmpty{(Index is empty)}\fi \ifx\putwordIndexNonexistent\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexNonexistent{(Index is nonexistent)}\fi \ifx\putwordInfo\undefined \gdef\putwordInfo{Info}\fi \ifx\putwordInstanceVariableof\undefined \gdef\putwordInstanceVariableof{Instance Variable of}\fi \ifx\putwordMethodon\undefined \gdef\putwordMethodon{Method on}\fi \ifx\putwordNoTitle\undefined \gdef\putwordNoTitle{No Title}\fi \ifx\putwordof\undefined \gdef\putwordof{of}\fi \ifx\putwordon\undefined \gdef\putwordon{on}\fi \ifx\putwordpage\undefined \gdef\putwordpage{page}\fi \ifx\putwordsection\undefined \gdef\putwordsection{section}\fi \ifx\putwordSection\undefined \gdef\putwordSection{Section}\fi \ifx\putwordsee\undefined \gdef\putwordsee{see}\fi \ifx\putwordSee\undefined \gdef\putwordSee{See}\fi \ifx\putwordShortTOC\undefined \gdef\putwordShortTOC{Short Contents}\fi \ifx\putwordTOC\undefined \gdef\putwordTOC{Table of Contents}\fi % \ifx\putwordMJan\undefined \gdef\putwordMJan{January}\fi \ifx\putwordMFeb\undefined \gdef\putwordMFeb{February}\fi \ifx\putwordMMar\undefined \gdef\putwordMMar{March}\fi \ifx\putwordMApr\undefined \gdef\putwordMApr{April}\fi \ifx\putwordMMay\undefined \gdef\putwordMMay{May}\fi \ifx\putwordMJun\undefined \gdef\putwordMJun{June}\fi \ifx\putwordMJul\undefined \gdef\putwordMJul{July}\fi \ifx\putwordMAug\undefined \gdef\putwordMAug{August}\fi \ifx\putwordMSep\undefined \gdef\putwordMSep{September}\fi \ifx\putwordMOct\undefined \gdef\putwordMOct{October}\fi \ifx\putwordMNov\undefined \gdef\putwordMNov{November}\fi \ifx\putwordMDec\undefined \gdef\putwordMDec{December}\fi % \ifx\putwordDefmac\undefined \gdef\putwordDefmac{Macro}\fi \ifx\putwordDefspec\undefined \gdef\putwordDefspec{Special Form}\fi \ifx\putwordDefvar\undefined \gdef\putwordDefvar{Variable}\fi \ifx\putwordDefopt\undefined \gdef\putwordDefopt{User Option}\fi \ifx\putwordDeffunc\undefined \gdef\putwordDeffunc{Function}\fi % Since the category of space is not known, we have to be careful. \chardef\spacecat = 10 \def\spaceisspace{\catcode`\ =\spacecat} % sometimes characters are active, so we need control sequences. \chardef\colonChar = `\: \chardef\commaChar = `\, \chardef\dashChar = `\- \chardef\dotChar = `\. \chardef\exclamChar= `\! \chardef\lquoteChar= `\` \chardef\questChar = `\? \chardef\rquoteChar= `\' \chardef\semiChar = `\; \chardef\underChar = `\_ % Ignore a token. % \def\gobble#1{} % The following is used inside several \edef's. \def\makecsname#1{\expandafter\noexpand\csname#1\endcsname} % Hyphenation fixes. \hyphenation{ Flor-i-da Ghost-script Ghost-view Mac-OS Post-Script ap-pen-dix bit-map bit-maps data-base data-bases eshell fall-ing half-way long-est man-u-script man-u-scripts mini-buf-fer mini-buf-fers over-view par-a-digm par-a-digms rath-er rec-tan-gu-lar ro-bot-ics se-vere-ly set-up spa-ces spell-ing spell-ings stand-alone strong-est time-stamp time-stamps which-ever white-space wide-spread wrap-around } % Margin to add to right of even pages, to left of odd pages. \newdimen\bindingoffset \newdimen\normaloffset \newdimen\pagewidth \newdimen\pageheight % For a final copy, take out the rectangles % that mark overfull boxes (in case you have decided % that the text looks ok even though it passes the margin). % \def\finalout{\overfullrule=0pt} % @| inserts a changebar to the left of the current line. It should % surround any changed text. This approach does *not* work if the % change spans more than two lines of output. To handle that, we would % have adopt a much more difficult approach (putting marks into the main % vertical list for the beginning and end of each change). % \def\|{% % \vadjust can only be used in horizontal mode. \leavevmode % % Append this vertical mode material after the current line in the output. \vadjust{% % We want to insert a rule with the height and depth of the current % leading; that is exactly what \strutbox is supposed to record. \vskip-\baselineskip % % \vadjust-items are inserted at the left edge of the type. So % the \llap here moves out into the left-hand margin. \llap{% % % For a thicker or thinner bar, change the `1pt'. \vrule height\baselineskip width1pt % % This is the space between the bar and the text. \hskip 12pt }% }% } % Sometimes it is convenient to have everything in the transcript file % and nothing on the terminal. We don't just call \tracingall here, % since that produces some useless output on the terminal. We also make % some effort to order the tracing commands to reduce output in the log % file; cf. trace.sty in LaTeX. % \def\gloggingall{\begingroup \globaldefs = 1 \loggingall \endgroup}% \def\loggingall{% \tracingstats2 \tracingpages1 \tracinglostchars2 % 2 gives us more in etex \tracingparagraphs1 \tracingoutput1 \tracingmacros2 \tracingrestores1 \showboxbreadth\maxdimen \showboxdepth\maxdimen \ifx\eTeXversion\undefined\else % etex gives us more logging \tracingscantokens1 \tracingifs1 \tracinggroups1 \tracingnesting2 \tracingassigns1 \fi \tracingcommands3 % 3 gives us more in etex \errorcontextlines16 }% % add check for \lastpenalty to plain's definitions. If the last thing % we did was a \nobreak, we don't want to insert more space. % \def\smallbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\smallskipamount \removelastskip\penalty-50\smallskip\fi\fi} \def\medbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\medskipamount \removelastskip\penalty-100\medskip\fi\fi} \def\bigbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\bigskipamount \removelastskip\penalty-200\bigskip\fi\fi} % For @cropmarks command. % Do @cropmarks to get crop marks. % \newif\ifcropmarks \let\cropmarks = \cropmarkstrue % % Dimensions to add cropmarks at corners. % Added by P. A. MacKay, 12 Nov. 1986 % \newdimen\outerhsize \newdimen\outervsize % set by the paper size routines \newdimen\cornerlong \cornerlong=1pc \newdimen\cornerthick \cornerthick=.3pt \newdimen\topandbottommargin \topandbottommargin=.75in % Output a mark which sets \thischapter, \thissection and \thiscolor. % We dump everything together because we only have one kind of mark. % This works because we only use \botmark / \topmark, not \firstmark. % % A mark contains a subexpression of the \ifcase ... \fi construct. % \get*marks macros below extract the needed part using \ifcase. % % Another complication is to let the user choose whether \thischapter % (\thissection) refers to the chapter (section) in effect at the top % of a page, or that at the bottom of a page. The solution is % described on page 260 of The TeXbook. It involves outputting two % marks for the sectioning macros, one before the section break, and % one after. I won't pretend I can describe this better than DEK... \def\domark{% \toks0=\expandafter{\lastchapterdefs}% \toks2=\expandafter{\lastsectiondefs}% \toks4=\expandafter{\prevchapterdefs}% \toks6=\expandafter{\prevsectiondefs}% \toks8=\expandafter{\lastcolordefs}% \mark{% \the\toks0 \the\toks2 \noexpand\or \the\toks4 \the\toks6 \noexpand\else \the\toks8 }% } % \topmark doesn't work for the very first chapter (after the title % page or the contents), so we use \firstmark there -- this gets us % the mark with the chapter defs, unless the user sneaks in, e.g., % @setcolor (or @url, or @link, etc.) between @contents and the very % first @chapter. \def\gettopheadingmarks{% \ifcase0\topmark\fi \ifx\thischapter\empty \ifcase0\firstmark\fi \fi } \def\getbottomheadingmarks{\ifcase1\botmark\fi} \def\getcolormarks{\ifcase2\topmark\fi} % Avoid "undefined control sequence" errors. \def\lastchapterdefs{} \def\lastsectiondefs{} \def\prevchapterdefs{} \def\prevsectiondefs{} \def\lastcolordefs{} % Main output routine. \chardef\PAGE = 255 \output = {\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}} \newbox\headlinebox \newbox\footlinebox % \onepageout takes a vbox as an argument. Note that \pagecontents % does insertions, but you have to call it yourself. \def\onepageout#1{% \ifcropmarks \hoffset=0pt \else \hoffset=\normaloffset \fi % \ifodd\pageno \advance\hoffset by \bindingoffset \else \advance\hoffset by -\bindingoffset\fi % % Do this outside of the \shipout so @code etc. will be expanded in % the headline as they should be, not taken literally (outputting ''code). \ifodd\pageno \getoddheadingmarks \else \getevenheadingmarks \fi \setbox\headlinebox = \vbox{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makeheadline}% \ifodd\pageno \getoddfootingmarks \else \getevenfootingmarks \fi \setbox\footlinebox = \vbox{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makefootline}% % {% % Have to do this stuff outside the \shipout because we want it to % take effect in \write's, yet the group defined by the \vbox ends % before the \shipout runs. % \indexdummies % don't expand commands in the output. \normalturnoffactive % \ in index entries must not stay \, e.g., if % the page break happens to be in the middle of an example. % We don't want .vr (or whatever) entries like this: % \entry{{\tt \indexbackslash }acronym}{32}{\code {\acronym}} % "\acronym" won't work when it's read back in; % it needs to be % {\code {{\tt \backslashcurfont }acronym} \shipout\vbox{% % Do this early so pdf references go to the beginning of the page. \ifpdfmakepagedest \pdfdest name{\the\pageno} xyz\fi % \ifcropmarks \vbox to \outervsize\bgroup \hsize = \outerhsize \vskip-\topandbottommargin \vtop to0pt{% \line{\ewtop\hfil\ewtop}% \nointerlineskip \line{% \vbox{\moveleft\cornerthick\nstop}% \hfill \vbox{\moveright\cornerthick\nstop}% }% \vss}% \vskip\topandbottommargin \line\bgroup \hfil % center the page within the outer (page) hsize. \ifodd\pageno\hskip\bindingoffset\fi \vbox\bgroup \fi % \unvbox\headlinebox \pagebody{#1}% \ifdim\ht\footlinebox > 0pt % Only leave this space if the footline is nonempty. % (We lessened \vsize for it in \oddfootingyyy.) % The \baselineskip=24pt in plain's \makefootline has no effect. \vskip 24pt \unvbox\footlinebox \fi % \ifcropmarks \egroup % end of \vbox\bgroup \hfil\egroup % end of (centering) \line\bgroup \vskip\topandbottommargin plus1fill minus1fill \boxmaxdepth = \cornerthick \vbox to0pt{\vss \line{% \vbox{\moveleft\cornerthick\nsbot}% \hfill \vbox{\moveright\cornerthick\nsbot}% }% \nointerlineskip \line{\ewbot\hfil\ewbot}% }% \egroup % \vbox from first cropmarks clause \fi }% end of \shipout\vbox }% end of group with \indexdummies \advancepageno \ifnum\outputpenalty>-20000 \else\dosupereject\fi } \newinsert\margin \dimen\margin=\maxdimen \def\pagebody#1{\vbox to\pageheight{\boxmaxdepth=\maxdepth #1}} {\catcode`\@ =11 \gdef\pagecontents#1{\ifvoid\topins\else\unvbox\topins\fi % marginal hacks, juha@viisa.uucp (Juha Takala) \ifvoid\margin\else % marginal info is present \rlap{\kern\hsize\vbox to\z@{\kern1pt\box\margin \vss}}\fi \dimen@=\dp#1\relax \unvbox#1\relax \ifvoid\footins\else\vskip\skip\footins\footnoterule \unvbox\footins\fi \ifr@ggedbottom \kern-\dimen@ \vfil \fi} } % Here are the rules for the cropmarks. Note that they are % offset so that the space between them is truly \outerhsize or \outervsize % (P. A. MacKay, 12 November, 1986) % \def\ewtop{\vrule height\cornerthick depth0pt width\cornerlong} \def\nstop{\vbox {\hrule height\cornerthick depth\cornerlong width\cornerthick}} \def\ewbot{\vrule height0pt depth\cornerthick width\cornerlong} \def\nsbot{\vbox {\hrule height\cornerlong depth\cornerthick width\cornerthick}} % Parse an argument, then pass it to #1. The argument is the rest of % the input line (except we remove a trailing comment). #1 should be a % macro which expects an ordinary undelimited TeX argument. % \def\parsearg{\parseargusing{}} \def\parseargusing#1#2{% \def\argtorun{#2}% \begingroup \obeylines \spaceisspace #1% \parseargline\empty% Insert the \empty token, see \finishparsearg below. } {\obeylines % \gdef\parseargline#1^^M{% \endgroup % End of the group started in \parsearg. \argremovecomment #1\comment\ArgTerm% }% } % First remove any @comment, then any @c comment. \def\argremovecomment#1\comment#2\ArgTerm{\argremovec #1\c\ArgTerm} \def\argremovec#1\c#2\ArgTerm{\argcheckspaces#1\^^M\ArgTerm} % Each occurrence of `\^^M' or `\^^M' is replaced by a single space. % % \argremovec might leave us with trailing space, e.g., % @end itemize @c foo % This space token undergoes the same procedure and is eventually removed % by \finishparsearg. % \def\argcheckspaces#1\^^M{\argcheckspacesX#1\^^M \^^M} \def\argcheckspacesX#1 \^^M{\argcheckspacesY#1\^^M} \def\argcheckspacesY#1\^^M#2\^^M#3\ArgTerm{% \def\temp{#3}% \ifx\temp\empty % Do not use \next, perhaps the caller of \parsearg uses it; reuse \temp: \let\temp\finishparsearg \else \let\temp\argcheckspaces \fi % Put the space token in: \temp#1 #3\ArgTerm } % If a _delimited_ argument is enclosed in braces, they get stripped; so % to get _exactly_ the rest of the line, we had to prevent such situation. % We prepended an \empty token at the very beginning and we expand it now, % just before passing the control to \argtorun. % (Similarly, we have to think about #3 of \argcheckspacesY above: it is % either the null string, or it ends with \^^M---thus there is no danger % that a pair of braces would be stripped. % % But first, we have to remove the trailing space token. % \def\finishparsearg#1 \ArgTerm{\expandafter\argtorun\expandafter{#1}} % \parseargdef\foo{...} % is roughly equivalent to % \def\foo{\parsearg\Xfoo} % \def\Xfoo#1{...} % % Actually, I use \csname\string\foo\endcsname, ie. \\foo, as it is my % favourite TeX trick. --kasal, 16nov03 \def\parseargdef#1{% \expandafter \doparseargdef \csname\string#1\endcsname #1% } \def\doparseargdef#1#2{% \def#2{\parsearg#1}% \def#1##1% } % Several utility definitions with active space: { \obeyspaces \gdef\obeyedspace{ } % Make each space character in the input produce a normal interword % space in the output. Don't allow a line break at this space, as this % is used only in environments like @example, where each line of input % should produce a line of output anyway. % \gdef\sepspaces{\obeyspaces\let =\tie} % If an index command is used in an @example environment, any spaces % therein should become regular spaces in the raw index file, not the % expansion of \tie (\leavevmode \penalty \@M \ ). \gdef\unsepspaces{\let =\space} } \def\flushcr{\ifx\par\lisppar \def\next##1{}\else \let\next=\relax \fi \next} % Define the framework for environments in texinfo.tex. It's used like this: % % \envdef\foo{...} % \def\Efoo{...} % % It's the responsibility of \envdef to insert \begingroup before the % actual body; @end closes the group after calling \Efoo. \envdef also % defines \thisenv, so the current environment is known; @end checks % whether the environment name matches. The \checkenv macro can also be % used to check whether the current environment is the one expected. % % Non-false conditionals (@iftex, @ifset) don't fit into this, so they % are not treated as environments; they don't open a group. (The % implementation of @end takes care not to call \endgroup in this % special case.) % At run-time, environments start with this: \def\startenvironment#1{\begingroup\def\thisenv{#1}} % initialize \let\thisenv\empty % ... but they get defined via ``\envdef\foo{...}'': \long\def\envdef#1#2{\def#1{\startenvironment#1#2}} \def\envparseargdef#1#2{\parseargdef#1{\startenvironment#1#2}} % Check whether we're in the right environment: \def\checkenv#1{% \def\temp{#1}% \ifx\thisenv\temp \else \badenverr \fi } % Environment mismatch, #1 expected: \def\badenverr{% \errhelp = \EMsimple \errmessage{This command can appear only \inenvironment\temp, not \inenvironment\thisenv}% } \def\inenvironment#1{% \ifx#1\empty out of any environment% \else in environment \expandafter\string#1% \fi } % @end foo executes the definition of \Efoo. % But first, it executes a specialized version of \checkenv % \parseargdef\end{% \if 1\csname iscond.#1\endcsname \else % The general wording of \badenverr may not be ideal, but... --kasal, 06nov03 \expandafter\checkenv\csname#1\endcsname \csname E#1\endcsname \endgroup \fi } \newhelp\EMsimple{Press RETURN to continue.} %% Simple single-character @ commands % @@ prints an @ % Kludge this until the fonts are right (grr). \def\@{{\tt\char64}} % This is turned off because it was never documented % and you can use @w{...} around a quote to suppress ligatures. %% Define @` and @' to be the same as ` and ' %% but suppressing ligatures. %\def\`{{`}} %\def\'{{'}} % Used to generate quoted braces. \def\mylbrace {{\tt\char123}} \def\myrbrace {{\tt\char125}} \let\{=\mylbrace \let\}=\myrbrace \begingroup % Definitions to produce \{ and \} commands for indices, % and @{ and @} for the aux/toc files. \catcode`\{ = \other \catcode`\} = \other \catcode`\[ = 1 \catcode`\] = 2 \catcode`\! = 0 \catcode`\\ = \other !gdef!lbracecmd[\{]% !gdef!rbracecmd[\}]% !gdef!lbraceatcmd[@{]% !gdef!rbraceatcmd[@}]% !endgroup % @comma{} to avoid , parsing problems. \let\comma = , % Accents: @, @dotaccent @ringaccent @ubaraccent @udotaccent % Others are defined by plain TeX: @` @' @" @^ @~ @= @u @v @H. \let\, = \c \let\dotaccent = \. \def\ringaccent#1{{\accent23 #1}} \let\tieaccent = \t \let\ubaraccent = \b \let\udotaccent = \d % Other special characters: @questiondown @exclamdown @ordf @ordm % Plain TeX defines: @AA @AE @O @OE @L (plus lowercase versions) @ss. \def\questiondown{?`} \def\exclamdown{!`} \def\ordf{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize \underbar{a}}} \def\ordm{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize \underbar{o}}} % Dotless i and dotless j, used for accents. \def\imacro{i} \def\jmacro{j} \def\dotless#1{% \def\temp{#1}% \ifx\temp\imacro \ifmmode\imath \else\ptexi \fi \else\ifx\temp\jmacro \ifmmode\jmath \else\j \fi \else \errmessage{@dotless can be used only with i or j}% \fi\fi } % The \TeX{} logo, as in plain, but resetting the spacing so that a % period following counts as ending a sentence. (Idea found in latex.) % \edef\TeX{\TeX \spacefactor=1000 } % @LaTeX{} logo. Not quite the same results as the definition in % latex.ltx, since we use a different font for the raised A; it's most % convenient for us to use an explicitly smaller font, rather than using % the \scriptstyle font (since we don't reset \scriptstyle and % \scriptscriptstyle). % \def\LaTeX{% L\kern-.36em {\setbox0=\hbox{T}% \vbox to \ht0{\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize A}\vss}}% \kern-.15em \TeX } % Be sure we're in horizontal mode when doing a tie, since we make space % equivalent to this in @example-like environments. Otherwise, a space % at the beginning of a line will start with \penalty -- and % since \penalty is valid in vertical mode, we'd end up putting the % penalty on the vertical list instead of in the new paragraph. {\catcode`@ = 11 % Avoid using \@M directly, because that causes trouble % if the definition is written into an index file. \global\let\tiepenalty = \@M \gdef\tie{\leavevmode\penalty\tiepenalty\ } } % @: forces normal size whitespace following. \def\:{\spacefactor=1000 } % @* forces a line break. \def\*{\hfil\break\hbox{}\ignorespaces} % @/ allows a line break. \let\/=\allowbreak % @. is an end-of-sentence period. \def\.{.\spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor\space} % @! is an end-of-sentence bang. \def\!{!\spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor\space} % @? is an end-of-sentence query. \def\?{?\spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor\space} % @frenchspacing on|off says whether to put extra space after punctuation. % \def\onword{on} \def\offword{off} % \parseargdef\frenchspacing{% \def\temp{#1}% \ifx\temp\onword \plainfrenchspacing \else\ifx\temp\offword \plainnonfrenchspacing \else \errhelp = \EMsimple \errmessage{Unknown @frenchspacing option `\temp', must be on/off}% \fi\fi } % @w prevents a word break. Without the \leavevmode, @w at the % beginning of a paragraph, when TeX is still in vertical mode, would % produce a whole line of output instead of starting the paragraph. \def\w#1{\leavevmode\hbox{#1}} % @group ... @end group forces ... to be all on one page, by enclosing % it in a TeX vbox. We use \vtop instead of \vbox to construct the box % to keep its height that of a normal line. According to the rules for % \topskip (p.114 of the TeXbook), the glue inserted is % max (\topskip - \ht (first item), 0). If that height is large, % therefore, no glue is inserted, and the space between the headline and % the text is small, which looks bad. % % Another complication is that the group might be very large. This can % cause the glue on the previous page to be unduly stretched, because it % does not have much material. In this case, it's better to add an % explicit \vfill so that the extra space is at the bottom. The % threshold for doing this is if the group is more than \vfilllimit % percent of a page (\vfilllimit can be changed inside of @tex). % \newbox\groupbox \def\vfilllimit{0.7} % \envdef\group{% \ifnum\catcode`\^^M=\active \else \errhelp = \groupinvalidhelp \errmessage{@group invalid in context where filling is enabled}% \fi \startsavinginserts % \setbox\groupbox = \vtop\bgroup % Do @comment since we are called inside an environment such as % @example, where each end-of-line in the input causes an % end-of-line in the output. We don't want the end-of-line after % the `@group' to put extra space in the output. Since @group % should appear on a line by itself (according to the Texinfo % manual), we don't worry about eating any user text. \comment } % % The \vtop produces a box with normal height and large depth; thus, TeX puts % \baselineskip glue before it, and (when the next line of text is done) % \lineskip glue after it. Thus, space below is not quite equal to space % above. But it's pretty close. \def\Egroup{% % To get correct interline space between the last line of the group % and the first line afterwards, we have to propagate \prevdepth. \endgraf % Not \par, as it may have been set to \lisppar. \global\dimen1 = \prevdepth \egroup % End the \vtop. % \dimen0 is the vertical size of the group's box. \dimen0 = \ht\groupbox \advance\dimen0 by \dp\groupbox % \dimen2 is how much space is left on the page (more or less). \dimen2 = \pageheight \advance\dimen2 by -\pagetotal % if the group doesn't fit on the current page, and it's a big big % group, force a page break. \ifdim \dimen0 > \dimen2 \ifdim \pagetotal < \vfilllimit\pageheight \page \fi \fi \box\groupbox \prevdepth = \dimen1 \checkinserts } % % TeX puts in an \escapechar (i.e., `@') at the beginning of the help % message, so this ends up printing `@group can only ...'. % \newhelp\groupinvalidhelp{% group can only be used in environments such as @example,^^J% where each line of input produces a line of output.} % @need space-in-mils % forces a page break if there is not space-in-mils remaining. \newdimen\mil \mil=0.001in % Old definition--didn't work. %\parseargdef\need{\par % %% This method tries to make TeX break the page naturally %% if the depth of the box does not fit. %{\baselineskip=0pt% %\vtop to #1\mil{\vfil}\kern -#1\mil\nobreak %\prevdepth=-1000pt %}} \parseargdef\need{% % Ensure vertical mode, so we don't make a big box in the middle of a % paragraph. \par % % If the @need value is less than one line space, it's useless. \dimen0 = #1\mil \dimen2 = \ht\strutbox \advance\dimen2 by \dp\strutbox \ifdim\dimen0 > \dimen2 % % Do a \strut just to make the height of this box be normal, so the % normal leading is inserted relative to the preceding line. % And a page break here is fine. \vtop to #1\mil{\strut\vfil}% % % TeX does not even consider page breaks if a penalty added to the % main vertical list is 10000 or more. But in order to see if the % empty box we just added fits on the page, we must make it consider % page breaks. On the other hand, we don't want to actually break the % page after the empty box. So we use a penalty of 9999. % % There is an extremely small chance that TeX will actually break the % page at this \penalty, if there are no other feasible breakpoints in % sight. (If the user is using lots of big @group commands, which % almost-but-not-quite fill up a page, TeX will have a hard time doing % good page breaking, for example.) However, I could not construct an % example where a page broke at this \penalty; if it happens in a real % document, then we can reconsider our strategy. \penalty9999 % % Back up by the size of the box, whether we did a page break or not. \kern -#1\mil % % Do not allow a page break right after this kern. \nobreak \fi } % @br forces paragraph break (and is undocumented). \let\br = \par % @page forces the start of a new page. % \def\page{\par\vfill\supereject} % @exdent text.... % outputs text on separate line in roman font, starting at standard page margin % This records the amount of indent in the innermost environment. % That's how much \exdent should take out. \newskip\exdentamount % This defn is used inside fill environments such as @defun. \parseargdef\exdent{\hfil\break\hbox{\kern -\exdentamount{\rm#1}}\hfil\break} % This defn is used inside nofill environments such as @example. \parseargdef\nofillexdent{{\advance \leftskip by -\exdentamount \leftline{\hskip\leftskip{\rm#1}}}} % @inmargin{WHICH}{TEXT} puts TEXT in the WHICH margin next to the current % paragraph. For more general purposes, use the \margin insertion % class. WHICH is `l' or `r'. % \newskip\inmarginspacing \inmarginspacing=1cm \def\strutdepth{\dp\strutbox} % \def\doinmargin#1#2{\strut\vadjust{% \nobreak \kern-\strutdepth \vtop to \strutdepth{% \baselineskip=\strutdepth \vss % if you have multiple lines of stuff to put here, you'll need to % make the vbox yourself of the appropriate size. \ifx#1l% \llap{\ignorespaces #2\hskip\inmarginspacing}% \else \rlap{\hskip\hsize \hskip\inmarginspacing \ignorespaces #2}% \fi \null }% }} \def\inleftmargin{\doinmargin l} \def\inrightmargin{\doinmargin r} % % @inmargin{TEXT [, RIGHT-TEXT]} % (if RIGHT-TEXT is given, use TEXT for left page, RIGHT-TEXT for right; % else use TEXT for both). % \def\inmargin#1{\parseinmargin #1,,\finish} \def\parseinmargin#1,#2,#3\finish{% not perfect, but better than nothing. \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \def\lefttext{#1}% have both texts \def\righttext{#2}% \else \def\lefttext{#1}% have only one text \def\righttext{#1}% \fi % \ifodd\pageno \def\temp{\inrightmargin\righttext}% odd page -> outside is right margin \else \def\temp{\inleftmargin\lefttext}% \fi \temp } % @include FILE -- \input text of FILE. % \def\include{\parseargusing\filenamecatcodes\includezzz} \def\includezzz#1{% \pushthisfilestack \def\thisfile{#1}% {% \makevalueexpandable % we want to expand any @value in FILE. \turnoffactive % and allow special characters in the expansion \indexnofonts % Allow `@@' and other weird things in file names. \edef\temp{\noexpand\input #1 }% % % This trickery is to read FILE outside of a group, in case it makes % definitions, etc. \expandafter }\temp \popthisfilestack } \def\filenamecatcodes{% \catcode`\\=\other \catcode`~=\other \catcode`^=\other \catcode`_=\other \catcode`|=\other \catcode`<=\other \catcode`>=\other \catcode`+=\other \catcode`-=\other \catcode`\`=\other \catcode`\'=\other } \def\pushthisfilestack{% \expandafter\pushthisfilestackX\popthisfilestack\StackTerm } \def\pushthisfilestackX{% \expandafter\pushthisfilestackY\thisfile\StackTerm } \def\pushthisfilestackY #1\StackTerm #2\StackTerm {% \gdef\popthisfilestack{\gdef\thisfile{#1}\gdef\popthisfilestack{#2}}% } \def\popthisfilestack{\errthisfilestackempty} \def\errthisfilestackempty{\errmessage{Internal error: the stack of filenames is empty.}} \def\thisfile{} % @center line % outputs that line, centered. % \parseargdef\center{% \ifhmode \let\next\centerH \else \let\next\centerV \fi \next{\hfil \ignorespaces#1\unskip \hfil}% } \def\centerH#1{% {% \hfil\break \advance\hsize by -\leftskip \advance\hsize by -\rightskip \line{#1}% \break }% } \def\centerV#1{\line{\kern\leftskip #1\kern\rightskip}} % @sp n outputs n lines of vertical space \parseargdef\sp{\vskip #1\baselineskip} % @comment ...line which is ignored... % @c is the same as @comment % @ignore ... @end ignore is another way to write a comment \def\comment{\begingroup \catcode`\^^M=\other% \catcode`\@=\other \catcode`\{=\other \catcode`\}=\other% \commentxxx} {\catcode`\^^M=\other \gdef\commentxxx#1^^M{\endgroup}} \let\c=\comment % @paragraphindent NCHARS % We'll use ems for NCHARS, close enough. % NCHARS can also be the word `asis' or `none'. % We cannot feasibly implement @paragraphindent asis, though. % \def\asisword{asis} % no translation, these are keywords \def\noneword{none} % \parseargdef\paragraphindent{% \def\temp{#1}% \ifx\temp\asisword \else \ifx\temp\noneword \defaultparindent = 0pt \else \defaultparindent = #1em \fi \fi \parindent = \defaultparindent } % @exampleindent NCHARS % We'll use ems for NCHARS like @paragraphindent. % It seems @exampleindent asis isn't necessary, but % I preserve it to make it similar to @paragraphindent. \parseargdef\exampleindent{% \def\temp{#1}% \ifx\temp\asisword \else \ifx\temp\noneword \lispnarrowing = 0pt \else \lispnarrowing = #1em \fi \fi } % @firstparagraphindent WORD % If WORD is `none', then suppress indentation of the first paragraph % after a section heading. If WORD is `insert', then do indent at such % paragraphs. % % The paragraph indentation is suppressed or not by calling % \suppressfirstparagraphindent, which the sectioning commands do. % We switch the definition of this back and forth according to WORD. % By default, we suppress indentation. % \def\suppressfirstparagraphindent{\dosuppressfirstparagraphindent} \def\insertword{insert} % \parseargdef\firstparagraphindent{% \def\temp{#1}% \ifx\temp\noneword \let\suppressfirstparagraphindent = \dosuppressfirstparagraphindent \else\ifx\temp\insertword \let\suppressfirstparagraphindent = \relax \else \errhelp = \EMsimple \errmessage{Unknown @firstparagraphindent option `\temp'}% \fi\fi } % Here is how we actually suppress indentation. Redefine \everypar to % \kern backwards by \parindent, and then reset itself to empty. % % We also make \indent itself not actually do anything until the next % paragraph. % \gdef\dosuppressfirstparagraphindent{% \gdef\indent{% \restorefirstparagraphindent \indent }% \gdef\noindent{% \restorefirstparagraphindent \noindent }% \global\everypar = {% \kern -\parindent \restorefirstparagraphindent }% } \gdef\restorefirstparagraphindent{% \global \let \indent = \ptexindent \global \let \noindent = \ptexnoindent \global \everypar = {}% } % @asis just yields its argument. Used with @table, for example. % \def\asis#1{#1} % @math outputs its argument in math mode. % % One complication: _ usually means subscripts, but it could also mean % an actual _ character, as in @math{@var{some_variable} + 1}. So make % _ active, and distinguish by seeing if the current family is \slfam, % which is what @var uses. { \catcode`\_ = \active \gdef\mathunderscore{% \catcode`\_=\active \def_{\ifnum\fam=\slfam \_\else\sb\fi}% } } % Another complication: we want \\ (and @\) to output a \ character. % FYI, plain.tex uses \\ as a temporary control sequence (why?), but % this is not advertised and we don't care. Texinfo does not % otherwise define @\. % % The \mathchar is class=0=ordinary, family=7=ttfam, position=5C=\. \def\mathbackslash{\ifnum\fam=\ttfam \mathchar"075C \else\backslash \fi} % \def\math{% \tex \mathunderscore \let\\ = \mathbackslash \mathactive % make the texinfo accent commands work in math mode \let\"=\ddot \let\'=\acute \let\==\bar \let\^=\hat \let\`=\grave \let\u=\breve \let\v=\check \let\~=\tilde \let\dotaccent=\dot $\finishmath } \def\finishmath#1{#1$\endgroup} % Close the group opened by \tex. % Some active characters (such as <) are spaced differently in math. % We have to reset their definitions in case the @math was an argument % to a command which sets the catcodes (such as @item or @section). % { \catcode`^ = \active \catcode`< = \active \catcode`> = \active \catcode`+ = \active \catcode`' = \active \gdef\mathactive{% \let^ = \ptexhat \let< = \ptexless \let> = \ptexgtr \let+ = \ptexplus \let' = \ptexquoteright } } % Some math mode symbols. \def\bullet{$\ptexbullet$} \def\geq{\ifmmode \ge\else $\ge$\fi} \def\leq{\ifmmode \le\else $\le$\fi} \def\minus{\ifmmode -\else $-$\fi} % @dots{} outputs an ellipsis using the current font. % We do .5em per period so that it has the same spacing in the cm % typewriter fonts as three actual period characters; on the other hand, % in other typewriter fonts three periods are wider than 1.5em. So do % whichever is larger. % \def\dots{% \leavevmode \setbox0=\hbox{...}% get width of three periods \ifdim\wd0 > 1.5em \dimen0 = \wd0 \else \dimen0 = 1.5em \fi \hbox to \dimen0{% \hskip 0pt plus.25fil .\hskip 0pt plus1fil .\hskip 0pt plus1fil .\hskip 0pt plus.5fil }% } % @enddots{} is an end-of-sentence ellipsis. % \def\enddots{% \dots \spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor } % @comma{} is so commas can be inserted into text without messing up % Texinfo's parsing. % \let\comma = , % @refill is a no-op. \let\refill=\relax % If working on a large document in chapters, it is convenient to % be able to disable indexing, cross-referencing, and contents, for test runs. % This is done with @novalidate (before @setfilename). % \newif\iflinks \linkstrue % by default we want the aux files. \let\novalidate = \linksfalse % @setfilename is done at the beginning of every texinfo file. % So open here the files we need to have open while reading the input. % This makes it possible to make a .fmt file for texinfo. \def\setfilename{% \fixbackslash % Turn off hack to swallow `\input texinfo'. \iflinks \tryauxfile % Open the new aux file. TeX will close it automatically at exit. \immediate\openout\auxfile=\jobname.aux \fi % \openindices needs to do some work in any case. \openindices \let\setfilename=\comment % Ignore extra @setfilename cmds. % % If texinfo.cnf is present on the system, read it. % Useful for site-wide @afourpaper, etc. \openin 1 texinfo.cnf \ifeof 1 \else \input texinfo.cnf \fi \closein 1 % \comment % Ignore the actual filename. } % Called from \setfilename. % \def\openindices{% \newindex{cp}% \newcodeindex{fn}% \newcodeindex{vr}% \newcodeindex{tp}% \newcodeindex{ky}% \newcodeindex{pg}% } % @bye. \outer\def\bye{\pagealignmacro\tracingstats=1\ptexend} \message{pdf,} % adobe `portable' document format \newcount\tempnum \newcount\lnkcount \newtoks\filename \newcount\filenamelength \newcount\pgn \newtoks\toksA \newtoks\toksB \newtoks\toksC \newtoks\toksD \newbox\boxA \newcount\countA \newif\ifpdf \newif\ifpdfmakepagedest % when pdftex is run in dvi mode, \pdfoutput is defined (so \pdfoutput=1 % can be set). So we test for \relax and 0 as well as \undefined, % borrowed from ifpdf.sty. \ifx\pdfoutput\undefined \else \ifx\pdfoutput\relax \else \ifcase\pdfoutput \else \pdftrue \fi \fi \fi % PDF uses PostScript string constants for the names of xref targets, % for display in the outlines, and in other places. Thus, we have to % double any backslashes. Otherwise, a name like "\node" will be % interpreted as a newline (\n), followed by o, d, e. Not good. % http://www.ntg.nl/pipermail/ntg-pdftex/2004-July/000654.html % (and related messages, the final outcome is that it is up to the TeX % user to double the backslashes and otherwise make the string valid, so % that's what we do). % double active backslashes. % {\catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=\active @gdef@activebackslashdouble{% @catcode`@\=@active @let\=@doublebackslash} } % To handle parens, we must adopt a different approach, since parens are % not active characters. hyperref.dtx (which has the same problem as % us) handles it with this amazing macro to replace tokens, with minor % changes for Texinfo. It is included here under the GPL by permission % from the author, Heiko Oberdiek. % % #1 is the tokens to replace. % #2 is the replacement. % #3 is the control sequence with the string. % \def\HyPsdSubst#1#2#3{% \def\HyPsdReplace##1#1##2\END{% ##1% \ifx\\##2\\% \else #2% \HyReturnAfterFi{% \HyPsdReplace##2\END }% \fi }% \xdef#3{\expandafter\HyPsdReplace#3#1\END}% } \long\def\HyReturnAfterFi#1\fi{\fi#1} % #1 is a control sequence in which to do the replacements. \def\backslashparens#1{% \xdef#1{#1}% redefine it as its expansion; the definition is simply % \lastnode when called from \setref -> \pdfmkdest. \HyPsdSubst{(}{\realbackslash(}{#1}% \HyPsdSubst{)}{\realbackslash)}{#1}% } \newhelp\nopdfimagehelp{Texinfo supports .png, .jpg, .jpeg, and .pdf images with PDF output, and none of those formats could be found. (.eps cannot be supported due to the design of the PDF format; use regular TeX (DVI output) for that.)} \ifpdf % % Color manipulation macros based on pdfcolor.tex, % except using rgb instead of cmyk; the latter is said to render as a % very dark gray on-screen and a very dark halftone in print, instead % of actual black. \def\rgbDarkRed{0.50 0.09 0.12} \def\rgbBlack{0 0 0} % % k sets the color for filling (usual text, etc.); % K sets the color for stroking (thin rules, e.g., normal _'s). \def\pdfsetcolor#1{\pdfliteral{#1 rg #1 RG}} % % Set color, and create a mark which defines \thiscolor accordingly, % so that \makeheadline knows which color to restore. \def\setcolor#1{% \xdef\lastcolordefs{\gdef\noexpand\thiscolor{#1}}% \domark \pdfsetcolor{#1}% } % \def\maincolor{\rgbBlack} \pdfsetcolor{\maincolor} \edef\thiscolor{\maincolor} \def\lastcolordefs{} % \def\makefootline{% \baselineskip24pt \line{\pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}\the\footline}% } % \def\makeheadline{% \vbox to 0pt{% \vskip-22.5pt \line{% \vbox to8.5pt{}% % Extract \thiscolor definition from the marks. \getcolormarks % Typeset the headline with \maincolor, then restore the color. \pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}\the\headline\pdfsetcolor{\thiscolor}% }% \vss }% \nointerlineskip } % % \pdfcatalog{/PageMode /UseOutlines} % % #1 is image name, #2 width (might be empty/whitespace), #3 height (ditto). \def\dopdfimage#1#2#3{% \def\imagewidth{#2}\setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% \def\imageheight{#3}\setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}% % % pdftex (and the PDF format) support .png, .jpg, .pdf (among % others). Let's try in that order. \let\pdfimgext=\empty \begingroup \openin 1 #1.png \ifeof 1 \openin 1 #1.jpg \ifeof 1 \openin 1 #1.jpeg \ifeof 1 \openin 1 #1.JPG \ifeof 1 \openin 1 #1.pdf \ifeof 1 \openin 1 #1.PDF \ifeof 1 \errhelp = \nopdfimagehelp \errmessage{Could not find image file #1 for pdf}% \else \gdef\pdfimgext{PDF}% \fi \else \gdef\pdfimgext{pdf}% \fi \else \gdef\pdfimgext{JPG}% \fi \else \gdef\pdfimgext{jpeg}% \fi \else \gdef\pdfimgext{jpg}% \fi \else \gdef\pdfimgext{png}% \fi \closein 1 \endgroup % % without \immediate, ancient pdftex seg faults when the same image is % included twice. (Version 3.14159-pre-1.0-unofficial-20010704.) \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 \immediate\pdfimage \else \immediate\pdfximage \fi \ifdim \wd0 >0pt width \imagewidth \fi \ifdim \wd2 >0pt height \imageheight \fi \ifnum\pdftexversion<13 #1.\pdfimgext \else {#1.\pdfimgext}% \fi \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 \else \pdfrefximage \pdflastximage \fi} % \def\pdfmkdest#1{{% % We have to set dummies so commands such as @code, and characters % such as \, aren't expanded when present in a section title. \indexnofonts \turnoffactive \activebackslashdouble \makevalueexpandable \def\pdfdestname{#1}% \backslashparens\pdfdestname \safewhatsit{\pdfdest name{\pdfdestname} xyz}% }} % % used to mark target names; must be expandable. \def\pdfmkpgn#1{#1} % % by default, use a color that is dark enough to print on paper as % nearly black, but still distinguishable for online viewing. \def\urlcolor{\rgbDarkRed} \def\linkcolor{\rgbDarkRed} \def\endlink{\setcolor{\maincolor}\pdfendlink} % % Adding outlines to PDF; macros for calculating structure of outlines % come from Petr Olsak \def\expnumber#1{\expandafter\ifx\csname#1\endcsname\relax 0% \else \csname#1\endcsname \fi} \def\advancenumber#1{\tempnum=\expnumber{#1}\relax \advance\tempnum by 1 \expandafter\xdef\csname#1\endcsname{\the\tempnum}} % % #1 is the section text, which is what will be displayed in the % outline by the pdf viewer. #2 is the pdf expression for the number % of subentries (or empty, for subsubsections). #3 is the node text, % which might be empty if this toc entry had no corresponding node. % #4 is the page number % \def\dopdfoutline#1#2#3#4{% % Generate a link to the node text if that exists; else, use the % page number. We could generate a destination for the section % text in the case where a section has no node, but it doesn't % seem worth the trouble, since most documents are normally structured. \def\pdfoutlinedest{#3}% \ifx\pdfoutlinedest\empty \def\pdfoutlinedest{#4}% \else % Doubled backslashes in the name. {\activebackslashdouble \xdef\pdfoutlinedest{#3}% \backslashparens\pdfoutlinedest}% \fi % % Also double the backslashes in the display string. {\activebackslashdouble \xdef\pdfoutlinetext{#1}% \backslashparens\pdfoutlinetext}% % \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\pdfoutlinedest}}#2{\pdfoutlinetext}% } % \def\pdfmakeoutlines{% \begingroup % Thanh's hack / proper braces in bookmarks \edef\mylbrace{\iftrue \string{\else}\fi}\let\{=\mylbrace \edef\myrbrace{\iffalse{\else\string}\fi}\let\}=\myrbrace % % Read toc silently, to get counts of subentries for \pdfoutline. \def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{% \def\thischapnum{##2}% \def\thissecnum{0}% \def\thissubsecnum{0}% }% \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{% \advancenumber{chap\thischapnum}% \def\thissecnum{##2}% \def\thissubsecnum{0}% }% \def\numsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% \advancenumber{sec\thissecnum}% \def\thissubsecnum{##2}% }% \def\numsubsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% \advancenumber{subsec\thissubsecnum}% }% \def\thischapnum{0}% \def\thissecnum{0}% \def\thissubsecnum{0}% % % use \def rather than \let here because we redefine \chapentry et % al. a second time, below. \def\appentry{\numchapentry}% \def\appsecentry{\numsecentry}% \def\appsubsecentry{\numsubsecentry}% \def\appsubsubsecentry{\numsubsubsecentry}% \def\unnchapentry{\numchapentry}% \def\unnsecentry{\numsecentry}% \def\unnsubsecentry{\numsubsecentry}% \def\unnsubsubsecentry{\numsubsubsecentry}% \readdatafile{toc}% % % Read toc second time, this time actually producing the outlines. % The `-' means take the \expnumber as the absolute number of % subentries, which we calculated on our first read of the .toc above. % % We use the node names as the destinations. \def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{% \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{chap##2}}{##3}{##4}}% \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{% \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{sec##2}}{##3}{##4}}% \def\numsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{subsec##2}}{##3}{##4}}% \def\numsubsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% count is always zero \dopdfoutline{##1}{}{##3}{##4}}% % % PDF outlines are displayed using system fonts, instead of % document fonts. Therefore we cannot use special characters, % since the encoding is unknown. For example, the eogonek from % Latin 2 (0xea) gets translated to a | character. Info from % Staszek Wawrykiewicz, 19 Jan 2004 04:09:24 +0100. % % xx to do this right, we have to translate 8-bit characters to % their "best" equivalent, based on the @documentencoding. Right % now, I guess we'll just let the pdf reader have its way. \indexnofonts \setupdatafile \catcode`\\=\active \otherbackslash \input \tocreadfilename \endgroup } % \def\skipspaces#1{\def\PP{#1}\def\D{|}% \ifx\PP\D\let\nextsp\relax \else\let\nextsp\skipspaces \ifx\p\space\else\addtokens{\filename}{\PP}% \advance\filenamelength by 1 \fi \fi \nextsp} \def\getfilename#1{\filenamelength=0\expandafter\skipspaces#1|\relax} \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 \let \startlink \pdfannotlink \else \let \startlink \pdfstartlink \fi % make a live url in pdf output. \def\pdfurl#1{% \begingroup % it seems we really need yet another set of dummies; have not % tried to figure out what each command should do in the context % of @url. for now, just make @/ a no-op, that's the only one % people have actually reported a problem with. % \normalturnoffactive \def\@{@}% \let\/=\empty \makevalueexpandable % do we want to go so far as to use \indexnofonts instead of just % special-casing \var here? \def\var##1{##1}% % \leavevmode\setcolor{\urlcolor}% \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}% user{/Subtype /Link /A << /S /URI /URI (#1) >>}% \endgroup} \def\pdfgettoks#1.{\setbox\boxA=\hbox{\toksA={#1.}\toksB={}\maketoks}} \def\addtokens#1#2{\edef\addtoks{\noexpand#1={\the#1#2}}\addtoks} \def\adn#1{\addtokens{\toksC}{#1}\global\countA=1\let\next=\maketoks} \def\poptoks#1#2|ENDTOKS|{\let\first=#1\toksD={#1}\toksA={#2}} \def\maketoks{% \expandafter\poptoks\the\toksA|ENDTOKS|\relax \ifx\first0\adn0 \else\ifx\first1\adn1 \else\ifx\first2\adn2 \else\ifx\first3\adn3 \else\ifx\first4\adn4 \else\ifx\first5\adn5 \else\ifx\first6\adn6 \else\ifx\first7\adn7 \else\ifx\first8\adn8 \else\ifx\first9\adn9 \else \ifnum0=\countA\else\makelink\fi \ifx\first.\let\next=\done\else \let\next=\maketoks \addtokens{\toksB}{\the\toksD} \ifx\first,\addtokens{\toksB}{\space}\fi \fi \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi \next} \def\makelink{\addtokens{\toksB}% {\noexpand\pdflink{\the\toksC}}\toksC={}\global\countA=0} \def\pdflink#1{% \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]} goto name{\pdfmkpgn{#1}} \setcolor{\linkcolor}#1\endlink} \def\done{\edef\st{\global\noexpand\toksA={\the\toksB}}\st} \else % non-pdf mode \let\pdfmkdest = \gobble \let\pdfurl = \gobble \let\endlink = \relax \let\setcolor = \gobble \let\pdfsetcolor = \gobble \let\pdfmakeoutlines = \relax \fi % \ifx\pdfoutput \message{fonts,} % Change the current font style to #1, remembering it in \curfontstyle. % For now, we do not accumulate font styles: @b{@i{foo}} prints foo in % italics, not bold italics. % \def\setfontstyle#1{% \def\curfontstyle{#1}% not as a control sequence, because we are \edef'd. \csname ten#1\endcsname % change the current font } % Select #1 fonts with the current style. % \def\selectfonts#1{\csname #1fonts\endcsname \csname\curfontstyle\endcsname} \def\rm{\fam=0 \setfontstyle{rm}} \def\it{\fam=\itfam \setfontstyle{it}} \def\sl{\fam=\slfam \setfontstyle{sl}} \def\bf{\fam=\bffam \setfontstyle{bf}}\def\bfstylename{bf} \def\tt{\fam=\ttfam \setfontstyle{tt}} % Unfortunately, we have to override this for titles and the like, since % in those cases "rm" is bold. Sigh. \def\rmisbold{\rm\def\curfontstyle{bf}} % Texinfo sort of supports the sans serif font style, which plain TeX does not. % So we set up a \sf. \newfam\sffam \def\sf{\fam=\sffam \setfontstyle{sf}} \let\li = \sf % Sometimes we call it \li, not \sf. % We don't need math for this font style. \def\ttsl{\setfontstyle{ttsl}} % Default leading. \newdimen\textleading \textleading = 13.2pt % Set the baselineskip to #1, and the lineskip and strut size % correspondingly. There is no deep meaning behind these magic numbers % used as factors; they just match (closely enough) what Knuth defined. % \def\lineskipfactor{.08333} \def\strutheightpercent{.70833} \def\strutdepthpercent {.29167} % % can get a sort of poor man's double spacing by redefining this. \def\baselinefactor{1} % \def\setleading#1{% \dimen0 = #1\relax \normalbaselineskip = \baselinefactor\dimen0 \normallineskip = \lineskipfactor\normalbaselineskip \normalbaselines \setbox\strutbox =\hbox{% \vrule width0pt height\strutheightpercent\baselineskip depth \strutdepthpercent \baselineskip }% } % PDF CMaps. See also LaTeX's t1.cmap. % % do nothing with this by default. \expandafter\let\csname cmapOT1\endcsname\gobble \expandafter\let\csname cmapOT1IT\endcsname\gobble \expandafter\let\csname cmapOT1TT\endcsname\gobble % if we are producing pdf, and we have \pdffontattr, then define cmaps. % (\pdffontattr was introduced many years ago, but people still run % older pdftex's; it's easy to conditionalize, so we do.) \ifpdf \ifx\pdffontattr\undefined \else \begingroup \catcode`\^^M=\active \def^^M{^^J}% Output line endings as the ^^J char. \catcode`\%=12 \immediate\pdfobj stream {%!PS-Adobe-3.0 Resource-CMap %%DocumentNeededResources: ProcSet (CIDInit) %%IncludeResource: ProcSet (CIDInit) %%BeginResource: CMap (TeX-OT1-0) %%Title: (TeX-OT1-0 TeX OT1 0) %%Version: 1.000 %%EndComments /CIDInit /ProcSet findresource begin 12 dict begin begincmap /CIDSystemInfo << /Registry (TeX) /Ordering (OT1) /Supplement 0 >> def /CMapName /TeX-OT1-0 def /CMapType 2 def 1 begincodespacerange <00> <7F> endcodespacerange 8 beginbfrange <00> <01> <0393> <09> <0A> <03A8> <23> <26> <0023> <28> <3B> <0028> <3F> <5B> <003F> <5D> <5E> <005D> <61> <7A> <0061> <7B> <7C> <2013> endbfrange 40 beginbfchar <02> <0398> <03> <039B> <04> <039E> <05> <03A0> <06> <03A3> <07> <03D2> <08> <03A6> <0B> <00660066> <0C> <00660069> <0D> <0066006C> <0E> <006600660069> <0F> <00660066006C> <10> <0131> <11> <0237> <12> <0060> <13> <00B4> <14> <02C7> <15> <02D8> <16> <00AF> <17> <02DA> <18> <00B8> <19> <00DF> <1A> <00E6> <1B> <0153> <1C> <00F8> <1D> <00C6> <1E> <0152> <1F> <00D8> <21> <0021> <22> <201D> <27> <2019> <3C> <00A1> <3D> <003D> <3E> <00BF> <5C> <201C> <5F> <02D9> <60> <2018> <7D> <02DD> <7E> <007E> <7F> <00A8> endbfchar endcmap CMapName currentdict /CMap defineresource pop end end %%EndResource %%EOF }\endgroup \expandafter\edef\csname cmapOT1\endcsname#1{% \pdffontattr#1{/ToUnicode \the\pdflastobj\space 0 R}% }% % % \cmapOT1IT \begingroup \catcode`\^^M=\active \def^^M{^^J}% Output line endings as the ^^J char. \catcode`\%=12 \immediate\pdfobj stream {%!PS-Adobe-3.0 Resource-CMap %%DocumentNeededResources: ProcSet (CIDInit) %%IncludeResource: ProcSet (CIDInit) %%BeginResource: CMap (TeX-OT1IT-0) %%Title: (TeX-OT1IT-0 TeX OT1IT 0) %%Version: 1.000 %%EndComments /CIDInit /ProcSet findresource begin 12 dict begin begincmap /CIDSystemInfo << /Registry (TeX) /Ordering (OT1IT) /Supplement 0 >> def /CMapName /TeX-OT1IT-0 def /CMapType 2 def 1 begincodespacerange <00> <7F> endcodespacerange 8 beginbfrange <00> <01> <0393> <09> <0A> <03A8> <25> <26> <0025> <28> <3B> <0028> <3F> <5B> <003F> <5D> <5E> <005D> <61> <7A> <0061> <7B> <7C> <2013> endbfrange 42 beginbfchar <02> <0398> <03> <039B> <04> <039E> <05> <03A0> <06> <03A3> <07> <03D2> <08> <03A6> <0B> <00660066> <0C> <00660069> <0D> <0066006C> <0E> <006600660069> <0F> <00660066006C> <10> <0131> <11> <0237> <12> <0060> <13> <00B4> <14> <02C7> <15> <02D8> <16> <00AF> <17> <02DA> <18> <00B8> <19> <00DF> <1A> <00E6> <1B> <0153> <1C> <00F8> <1D> <00C6> <1E> <0152> <1F> <00D8> <21> <0021> <22> <201D> <23> <0023> <24> <00A3> <27> <2019> <3C> <00A1> <3D> <003D> <3E> <00BF> <5C> <201C> <5F> <02D9> <60> <2018> <7D> <02DD> <7E> <007E> <7F> <00A8> endbfchar endcmap CMapName currentdict /CMap defineresource pop end end %%EndResource %%EOF }\endgroup \expandafter\edef\csname cmapOT1IT\endcsname#1{% \pdffontattr#1{/ToUnicode \the\pdflastobj\space 0 R}% }% % % \cmapOT1TT \begingroup \catcode`\^^M=\active \def^^M{^^J}% Output line endings as the ^^J char. \catcode`\%=12 \immediate\pdfobj stream {%!PS-Adobe-3.0 Resource-CMap %%DocumentNeededResources: ProcSet (CIDInit) %%IncludeResource: ProcSet (CIDInit) %%BeginResource: CMap (TeX-OT1TT-0) %%Title: (TeX-OT1TT-0 TeX OT1TT 0) %%Version: 1.000 %%EndComments /CIDInit /ProcSet findresource begin 12 dict begin begincmap /CIDSystemInfo << /Registry (TeX) /Ordering (OT1TT) /Supplement 0 >> def /CMapName /TeX-OT1TT-0 def /CMapType 2 def 1 begincodespacerange <00> <7F> endcodespacerange 5 beginbfrange <00> <01> <0393> <09> <0A> <03A8> <21> <26> <0021> <28> <5F> <0028> <61> <7E> <0061> endbfrange 32 beginbfchar <02> <0398> <03> <039B> <04> <039E> <05> <03A0> <06> <03A3> <07> <03D2> <08> <03A6> <0B> <2191> <0C> <2193> <0D> <0027> <0E> <00A1> <0F> <00BF> <10> <0131> <11> <0237> <12> <0060> <13> <00B4> <14> <02C7> <15> <02D8> <16> <00AF> <17> <02DA> <18> <00B8> <19> <00DF> <1A> <00E6> <1B> <0153> <1C> <00F8> <1D> <00C6> <1E> <0152> <1F> <00D8> <20> <2423> <27> <2019> <60> <2018> <7F> <00A8> endbfchar endcmap CMapName currentdict /CMap defineresource pop end end %%EndResource %%EOF }\endgroup \expandafter\edef\csname cmapOT1TT\endcsname#1{% \pdffontattr#1{/ToUnicode \the\pdflastobj\space 0 R}% }% \fi\fi % Set the font macro #1 to the font named #2, adding on the % specified font prefix (normally `cm'). % #3 is the font's design size, #4 is a scale factor, #5 is the CMap % encoding (currently only OT1, OT1IT and OT1TT are allowed, pass % empty to omit). \def\setfont#1#2#3#4#5{% \font#1=\fontprefix#2#3 scaled #4 \csname cmap#5\endcsname#1% } % This is what gets called when #5 of \setfont is empty. \let\cmap\gobble % emacs-page end of cmaps % Use cm as the default font prefix. % To specify the font prefix, you must define \fontprefix % before you read in texinfo.tex. \ifx\fontprefix\undefined \def\fontprefix{cm} \fi % Support font families that don't use the same naming scheme as CM. \def\rmshape{r} \def\rmbshape{bx} %where the normal face is bold \def\bfshape{b} \def\bxshape{bx} \def\ttshape{tt} \def\ttbshape{tt} \def\ttslshape{sltt} \def\itshape{ti} \def\itbshape{bxti} \def\slshape{sl} \def\slbshape{bxsl} \def\sfshape{ss} \def\sfbshape{ss} \def\scshape{csc} \def\scbshape{csc} % Definitions for a main text size of 11pt. This is the default in % Texinfo. % \def\definetextfontsizexi{% % Text fonts (11.2pt, magstep1). \def\textnominalsize{11pt} \edef\mainmagstep{\magstephalf} \setfont\textrm\rmshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} \setfont\texttt\ttshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1TT} \setfont\textbf\bfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} \setfont\textit\itshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1IT} \setfont\textsl\slshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} \setfont\textsf\sfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} \setfont\textsc\scshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} \setfont\textttsl\ttslshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1TT} \font\texti=cmmi10 scaled \mainmagstep \font\textsy=cmsy10 scaled \mainmagstep \def\textecsize{1095} % A few fonts for @defun names and args. \setfont\defbf\bfshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1} \setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1TT} \setfont\defttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1TT} \def\df{\let\tentt=\deftt \let\tenbf = \defbf \let\tenttsl=\defttsl \bf} % Fonts for indices, footnotes, small examples (9pt). \def\smallnominalsize{9pt} \setfont\smallrm\rmshape{9}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\smalltt\ttshape{9}{1000}{OT1TT} \setfont\smallbf\bfshape{10}{900}{OT1} \setfont\smallit\itshape{9}{1000}{OT1IT} \setfont\smallsl\slshape{9}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\smallsf\sfshape{9}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\smallsc\scshape{10}{900}{OT1} \setfont\smallttsl\ttslshape{10}{900}{OT1TT} \font\smalli=cmmi9 \font\smallsy=cmsy9 \def\smallecsize{0900} % Fonts for small examples (8pt). \def\smallernominalsize{8pt} \setfont\smallerrm\rmshape{8}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\smallertt\ttshape{8}{1000}{OT1TT} \setfont\smallerbf\bfshape{10}{800}{OT1} \setfont\smallerit\itshape{8}{1000}{OT1IT} \setfont\smallersl\slshape{8}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\smallersf\sfshape{8}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\smallersc\scshape{10}{800}{OT1} \setfont\smallerttsl\ttslshape{10}{800}{OT1TT} \font\smalleri=cmmi8 \font\smallersy=cmsy8 \def\smallerecsize{0800} % Fonts for title page (20.4pt): \def\titlenominalsize{20pt} \setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3}{OT1} \setfont\titleit\itbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1IT} \setfont\titlesl\slbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1} \setfont\titlett\ttbshape{12}{\magstep3}{OT1TT} \setfont\titlettsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1TT} \setfont\titlesf\sfbshape{17}{\magstep1}{OT1} \let\titlebf=\titlerm \setfont\titlesc\scbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1} \font\titlei=cmmi12 scaled \magstep3 \font\titlesy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep4 \def\titleecsize{2074} % Chapter (and unnumbered) fonts (17.28pt). \def\chapnominalsize{17pt} \setfont\chaprm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep2}{OT1} \setfont\chapit\itbshape{10}{\magstep3}{OT1IT} \setfont\chapsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep3}{OT1} \setfont\chaptt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep2}{OT1TT} \setfont\chapttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep3}{OT1TT} \setfont\chapsf\sfbshape{17}{1000}{OT1} \let\chapbf=\chaprm \setfont\chapsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep3}{OT1} \font\chapi=cmmi12 scaled \magstep2 \font\chapsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep3 \def\chapecsize{1728} % Section fonts (14.4pt). \def\secnominalsize{14pt} \setfont\secrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1} \setfont\secit\itbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1IT} \setfont\secsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1} \setfont\sectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1TT} \setfont\secttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1TT} \setfont\secsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1} \let\secbf\secrm \setfont\secsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1} \font\seci=cmmi12 scaled \magstep1 \font\secsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep2 \def\sececsize{1440} % Subsection fonts (13.15pt). \def\ssecnominalsize{13pt} \setfont\ssecrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstephalf}{OT1} \setfont\ssecit\itbshape{10}{1315}{OT1IT} \setfont\ssecsl\slbshape{10}{1315}{OT1} \setfont\ssectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstephalf}{OT1TT} \setfont\ssecttsl\ttslshape{10}{1315}{OT1TT} \setfont\ssecsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstephalf}{OT1} \let\ssecbf\ssecrm \setfont\ssecsc\scbshape{10}{1315}{OT1} \font\sseci=cmmi12 scaled \magstephalf \font\ssecsy=cmsy10 scaled 1315 \def\ssececsize{1200} % Reduced fonts for @acro in text (10pt). \def\reducednominalsize{10pt} \setfont\reducedrm\rmshape{10}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\reducedtt\ttshape{10}{1000}{OT1TT} \setfont\reducedbf\bfshape{10}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\reducedit\itshape{10}{1000}{OT1IT} \setfont\reducedsl\slshape{10}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\reducedsf\sfshape{10}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\reducedsc\scshape{10}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\reducedttsl\ttslshape{10}{1000}{OT1TT} \font\reducedi=cmmi10 \font\reducedsy=cmsy10 \def\reducedecsize{1000} % reset the current fonts \textfonts \rm } % end of 11pt text font size definitions % Definitions to make the main text be 10pt Computer Modern, with % section, chapter, etc., sizes following suit. This is for the GNU % Press printing of the Emacs 22 manual. Maybe other manuals in the % future. Used with @smallbook, which sets the leading to 12pt. % \def\definetextfontsizex{% % Text fonts (10pt). \def\textnominalsize{10pt} \edef\mainmagstep{1000} \setfont\textrm\rmshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} \setfont\texttt\ttshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1TT} \setfont\textbf\bfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} \setfont\textit\itshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1IT} \setfont\textsl\slshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} \setfont\textsf\sfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} \setfont\textsc\scshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} \setfont\textttsl\ttslshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1TT} \font\texti=cmmi10 scaled \mainmagstep \font\textsy=cmsy10 scaled \mainmagstep \def\textecsize{1000} % A few fonts for @defun names and args. \setfont\defbf\bfshape{10}{\magstephalf}{OT1} \setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstephalf}{OT1TT} \setfont\defttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstephalf}{OT1TT} \def\df{\let\tentt=\deftt \let\tenbf = \defbf \let\tenttsl=\defttsl \bf} % Fonts for indices, footnotes, small examples (9pt). \def\smallnominalsize{9pt} \setfont\smallrm\rmshape{9}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\smalltt\ttshape{9}{1000}{OT1TT} \setfont\smallbf\bfshape{10}{900}{OT1} \setfont\smallit\itshape{9}{1000}{OT1IT} \setfont\smallsl\slshape{9}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\smallsf\sfshape{9}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\smallsc\scshape{10}{900}{OT1} \setfont\smallttsl\ttslshape{10}{900}{OT1TT} \font\smalli=cmmi9 \font\smallsy=cmsy9 \def\smallecsize{0900} % Fonts for small examples (8pt). \def\smallernominalsize{8pt} \setfont\smallerrm\rmshape{8}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\smallertt\ttshape{8}{1000}{OT1TT} \setfont\smallerbf\bfshape{10}{800}{OT1} \setfont\smallerit\itshape{8}{1000}{OT1IT} \setfont\smallersl\slshape{8}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\smallersf\sfshape{8}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\smallersc\scshape{10}{800}{OT1} \setfont\smallerttsl\ttslshape{10}{800}{OT1TT} \font\smalleri=cmmi8 \font\smallersy=cmsy8 \def\smallerecsize{0800} % Fonts for title page (20.4pt): \def\titlenominalsize{20pt} \setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3}{OT1} \setfont\titleit\itbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1IT} \setfont\titlesl\slbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1} \setfont\titlett\ttbshape{12}{\magstep3}{OT1TT} \setfont\titlettsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1TT} \setfont\titlesf\sfbshape{17}{\magstep1}{OT1} \let\titlebf=\titlerm \setfont\titlesc\scbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1} \font\titlei=cmmi12 scaled \magstep3 \font\titlesy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep4 \def\titleecsize{2074} % Chapter fonts (14.4pt). \def\chapnominalsize{14pt} \setfont\chaprm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1} \setfont\chapit\itbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1IT} \setfont\chapsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1} \setfont\chaptt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1TT} \setfont\chapttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1TT} \setfont\chapsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1} \let\chapbf\chaprm \setfont\chapsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1} \font\chapi=cmmi12 scaled \magstep1 \font\chapsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep2 \def\chapecsize{1440} % Section fonts (12pt). \def\secnominalsize{12pt} \setfont\secrm\rmbshape{12}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\secit\itbshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1IT} \setfont\secsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1} \setfont\sectt\ttbshape{12}{1000}{OT1TT} \setfont\secttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1TT} \setfont\secsf\sfbshape{12}{1000}{OT1} \let\secbf\secrm \setfont\secsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1} \font\seci=cmmi12 \font\secsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep1 \def\sececsize{1200} % Subsection fonts (10pt). \def\ssecnominalsize{10pt} \setfont\ssecrm\rmbshape{10}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\ssecit\itbshape{10}{1000}{OT1IT} \setfont\ssecsl\slbshape{10}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\ssectt\ttbshape{10}{1000}{OT1TT} \setfont\ssecttsl\ttslshape{10}{1000}{OT1TT} \setfont\ssecsf\sfbshape{10}{1000}{OT1} \let\ssecbf\ssecrm \setfont\ssecsc\scbshape{10}{1000}{OT1} \font\sseci=cmmi10 \font\ssecsy=cmsy10 \def\ssececsize{1000} % Reduced fonts for @acro in text (9pt). \def\reducednominalsize{9pt} \setfont\reducedrm\rmshape{9}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\reducedtt\ttshape{9}{1000}{OT1TT} \setfont\reducedbf\bfshape{10}{900}{OT1} \setfont\reducedit\itshape{9}{1000}{OT1IT} \setfont\reducedsl\slshape{9}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\reducedsf\sfshape{9}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\reducedsc\scshape{10}{900}{OT1} \setfont\reducedttsl\ttslshape{10}{900}{OT1TT} \font\reducedi=cmmi9 \font\reducedsy=cmsy9 \def\reducedecsize{0900} % reduce space between paragraphs \divide\parskip by 2 % reset the current fonts \textfonts \rm } % end of 10pt text font size definitions % We provide the user-level command % @fonttextsize 10 % (or 11) to redefine the text font size. pt is assumed. % \def\xword{10} \def\xiword{11} % \parseargdef\fonttextsize{% \def\textsizearg{#1}% \wlog{doing @fonttextsize \textsizearg}% % % Set \globaldefs so that documents can use this inside @tex, since % makeinfo 4.8 does not support it, but we need it nonetheless. % \begingroup \globaldefs=1 \ifx\textsizearg\xword \definetextfontsizex \else \ifx\textsizearg\xiword \definetextfontsizexi \else \errhelp=\EMsimple \errmessage{@fonttextsize only supports `10' or `11', not `\textsizearg'} \fi\fi \endgroup } % In order for the font changes to affect most math symbols and letters, % we have to define the \textfont of the standard families. Since % texinfo doesn't allow for producing subscripts and superscripts except % in the main text, we don't bother to reset \scriptfont and % \scriptscriptfont (which would also require loading a lot more fonts). % \def\resetmathfonts{% \textfont0=\tenrm \textfont1=\teni \textfont2=\tensy \textfont\itfam=\tenit \textfont\slfam=\tensl \textfont\bffam=\tenbf \textfont\ttfam=\tentt \textfont\sffam=\tensf } % The font-changing commands redefine the meanings of \tenSTYLE, instead % of just \STYLE. We do this because \STYLE needs to also set the % current \fam for math mode. Our \STYLE (e.g., \rm) commands hardwire % \tenSTYLE to set the current font. % % Each font-changing command also sets the names \lsize (one size lower) % and \lllsize (three sizes lower). These relative commands are used in % the LaTeX logo and acronyms. % % This all needs generalizing, badly. % \def\textfonts{% \let\tenrm=\textrm \let\tenit=\textit \let\tensl=\textsl \let\tenbf=\textbf \let\tentt=\texttt \let\smallcaps=\textsc \let\tensf=\textsf \let\teni=\texti \let\tensy=\textsy \let\tenttsl=\textttsl \def\curfontsize{text}% \def\lsize{reduced}\def\lllsize{smaller}% \resetmathfonts \setleading{\textleading}} \def\titlefonts{% \let\tenrm=\titlerm \let\tenit=\titleit \let\tensl=\titlesl \let\tenbf=\titlebf \let\tentt=\titlett \let\smallcaps=\titlesc \let\tensf=\titlesf \let\teni=\titlei \let\tensy=\titlesy \let\tenttsl=\titlettsl \def\curfontsize{title}% \def\lsize{chap}\def\lllsize{subsec}% \resetmathfonts \setleading{25pt}} \def\titlefont#1{{\titlefonts\rmisbold #1}} \def\chapfonts{% \let\tenrm=\chaprm \let\tenit=\chapit \let\tensl=\chapsl \let\tenbf=\chapbf \let\tentt=\chaptt \let\smallcaps=\chapsc \let\tensf=\chapsf \let\teni=\chapi \let\tensy=\chapsy \let\tenttsl=\chapttsl \def\curfontsize{chap}% \def\lsize{sec}\def\lllsize{text}% \resetmathfonts \setleading{19pt}} \def\secfonts{% \let\tenrm=\secrm \let\tenit=\secit \let\tensl=\secsl \let\tenbf=\secbf \let\tentt=\sectt \let\smallcaps=\secsc \let\tensf=\secsf \let\teni=\seci \let\tensy=\secsy \let\tenttsl=\secttsl \def\curfontsize{sec}% \def\lsize{subsec}\def\lllsize{reduced}% \resetmathfonts \setleading{16pt}} \def\subsecfonts{% \let\tenrm=\ssecrm \let\tenit=\ssecit \let\tensl=\ssecsl \let\tenbf=\ssecbf \let\tentt=\ssectt \let\smallcaps=\ssecsc \let\tensf=\ssecsf \let\teni=\sseci \let\tensy=\ssecsy \let\tenttsl=\ssecttsl \def\curfontsize{ssec}% \def\lsize{text}\def\lllsize{small}% \resetmathfonts \setleading{15pt}} \let\subsubsecfonts = \subsecfonts \def\reducedfonts{% \let\tenrm=\reducedrm \let\tenit=\reducedit \let\tensl=\reducedsl \let\tenbf=\reducedbf \let\tentt=\reducedtt \let\reducedcaps=\reducedsc \let\tensf=\reducedsf \let\teni=\reducedi \let\tensy=\reducedsy \let\tenttsl=\reducedttsl \def\curfontsize{reduced}% \def\lsize{small}\def\lllsize{smaller}% \resetmathfonts \setleading{10.5pt}} \def\smallfonts{% \let\tenrm=\smallrm \let\tenit=\smallit \let\tensl=\smallsl \let\tenbf=\smallbf \let\tentt=\smalltt \let\smallcaps=\smallsc \let\tensf=\smallsf \let\teni=\smalli \let\tensy=\smallsy \let\tenttsl=\smallttsl \def\curfontsize{small}% \def\lsize{smaller}\def\lllsize{smaller}% \resetmathfonts \setleading{10.5pt}} \def\smallerfonts{% \let\tenrm=\smallerrm \let\tenit=\smallerit \let\tensl=\smallersl \let\tenbf=\smallerbf \let\tentt=\smallertt \let\smallcaps=\smallersc \let\tensf=\smallersf \let\teni=\smalleri \let\tensy=\smallersy \let\tenttsl=\smallerttsl \def\curfontsize{smaller}% \def\lsize{smaller}\def\lllsize{smaller}% \resetmathfonts \setleading{9.5pt}} % Fonts for short table of contents. \setfont\shortcontrm\rmshape{12}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\shortcontbf\bfshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1} % no cmb12 \setfont\shortcontsl\slshape{12}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\shortconttt\ttshape{12}{1000}{OT1TT} % Define these just so they can be easily changed for other fonts. \def\angleleft{$\langle$} \def\angleright{$\rangle$} % Set the fonts to use with the @small... environments. \let\smallexamplefonts = \smallfonts % About \smallexamplefonts. If we use \smallfonts (9pt), @smallexample % can fit this many characters: % 8.5x11=86 smallbook=72 a4=90 a5=69 % If we use \scriptfonts (8pt), then we can fit this many characters: % 8.5x11=90+ smallbook=80 a4=90+ a5=77 % For me, subjectively, the few extra characters that fit aren't worth % the additional smallness of 8pt. So I'm making the default 9pt. % % By the way, for comparison, here's what fits with @example (10pt): % 8.5x11=71 smallbook=60 a4=75 a5=58 % --karl, 24jan03. % Set up the default fonts, so we can use them for creating boxes. % \definetextfontsizexi \message{markup,} % Check if we are currently using a typewriter font. Since all the % Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero interword stretch (and % shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all typewriter fonts to have % this property, we can check that font parameter. % \def\ifmonospace{\ifdim\fontdimen3\font=0pt } % Markup style infrastructure. \defmarkupstylesetup\INITMACRO will % define and register \INITMACRO to be called on markup style changes. % \INITMACRO can check \currentmarkupstyle for the innermost % style and the set of \ifmarkupSTYLE switches for all styles % currently in effect. \newif\ifmarkupvar \newif\ifmarkupsamp \newif\ifmarkupkey %\newif\ifmarkupfile % @file == @samp. %\newif\ifmarkupoption % @option == @samp. \newif\ifmarkupcode \newif\ifmarkupkbd %\newif\ifmarkupenv % @env == @code. %\newif\ifmarkupcommand % @command == @code. \newif\ifmarkuptex % @tex (and part of @math, for now). \newif\ifmarkupexample \newif\ifmarkupverb \newif\ifmarkupverbatim \let\currentmarkupstyle\empty \def\setupmarkupstyle#1{% \csname markup#1true\endcsname \def\currentmarkupstyle{#1}% \markupstylesetup } \let\markupstylesetup\empty \def\defmarkupstylesetup#1{% \expandafter\def\expandafter\markupstylesetup \expandafter{\markupstylesetup #1}% \def#1% } % Markup style setup for left and right quotes. \defmarkupstylesetup\markupsetuplq{% \expandafter\let\expandafter \temp \csname markupsetuplq\currentmarkupstyle\endcsname \ifx\temp\relax \markupsetuplqdefault \else \temp \fi } \defmarkupstylesetup\markupsetuprq{% \expandafter\let\expandafter \temp \csname markupsetuprq\currentmarkupstyle\endcsname \ifx\temp\relax \markupsetuprqdefault \else \temp \fi } { \catcode`\'=\active \catcode`\`=\active \gdef\markupsetuplqdefault{\let`\lq} \gdef\markupsetuprqdefault{\let'\rq} \gdef\markupsetcodequoteleft{\let`\codequoteleft} \gdef\markupsetcodequoteright{\let'\codequoteright} \gdef\markupsetnoligaturesquoteleft{\let`\noligaturesquoteleft} } \let\markupsetuplqcode \markupsetcodequoteleft \let\markupsetuprqcode \markupsetcodequoteright \let\markupsetuplqexample \markupsetcodequoteleft \let\markupsetuprqexample \markupsetcodequoteright \let\markupsetuplqverb \markupsetcodequoteleft \let\markupsetuprqverb \markupsetcodequoteright \let\markupsetuplqverbatim \markupsetcodequoteleft \let\markupsetuprqverbatim \markupsetcodequoteright \let\markupsetuplqsamp \markupsetnoligaturesquoteleft \let\markupsetuplqkbd \markupsetnoligaturesquoteleft % Allow an option to not replace quotes with a regular directed right % quote/apostrophe (char 0x27), but instead use the undirected quote % from cmtt (char 0x0d). The undirected quote is ugly, so don't make it % the default, but it works for pasting with more pdf viewers (at least % evince), the lilypond developers report. xpdf does work with the % regular 0x27. % \def\codequoteright{% \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxicodequoteundirected\endcsname\relax \expandafter\ifx\csname SETcodequoteundirected\endcsname\relax '% \else \char'15 \fi \else \char'15 \fi } % % and a similar option for the left quote char vs. a grave accent. % Modern fonts display ASCII 0x60 as a grave accent, so some people like % the code environments to do likewise. % \def\codequoteleft{% \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxicodequotebacktick\endcsname\relax \expandafter\ifx\csname SETcodequotebacktick\endcsname\relax % [Knuth] pp. 380,381,391 % \relax disables Spanish ligatures ?` and !` of \tt font. \relax`% \else \char'22 \fi \else \char'22 \fi } % [Knuth] pp. 380,381,391, disable Spanish ligatures ?` and !` of \tt font. \def\noligaturesquoteleft{\relax\lq} % Count depth in font-changes, for error checks \newcount\fontdepth \fontdepth=0 %% Add scribe-like font environments, plus @l for inline lisp (usually sans %% serif) and @ii for TeX italic % \smartitalic{ARG} outputs arg in italics, followed by an italic correction % unless the following character is such as not to need one. \def\smartitalicx{\ifx\next,\else\ifx\next-\else\ifx\next.\else \ptexslash\fi\fi\fi} \def\smartslanted#1{{\ifusingtt\ttsl\sl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx} \def\smartitalic#1{{\ifusingtt\ttsl\it #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx} % like \smartslanted except unconditionally uses \ttsl. % @var is set to this for defun arguments. \def\ttslanted#1{{\ttsl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx} % @cite is like \smartslanted except unconditionally use \sl. We never want % ttsl for book titles, do we? \def\cite#1{{\sl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx} \let\i=\smartitalic \let\slanted=\smartslanted \def\var#1{{\setupmarkupstyle{var}\smartslanted{#1}}} \let\dfn=\smartslanted \let\emph=\smartitalic % Explicit font changes: @r, @sc, undocumented @ii. \def\r#1{{\rm #1}} % roman font \def\sc#1{{\smallcaps#1}} % smallcaps font \def\ii#1{{\it #1}} % italic font % @b, explicit bold. Also @strong. \def\b#1{{\bf #1}} \let\strong=\b % @sansserif, explicit sans. \def\sansserif#1{{\sf #1}} % We can't just use \exhyphenpenalty, because that only has effect at % the end of a paragraph. Restore normal hyphenation at the end of the % group within which \nohyphenation is presumably called. % \def\nohyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = -1 \aftergroup\restorehyphenation} \def\restorehyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = `- } % Set sfcode to normal for the chars that usually have another value. % Can't use plain's \frenchspacing because it uses the `\x notation, and % sometimes \x has an active definition that messes things up. % \catcode`@=11 \def\plainfrenchspacing{% \sfcode\dotChar =\@m \sfcode\questChar=\@m \sfcode\exclamChar=\@m \sfcode\colonChar=\@m \sfcode\semiChar =\@m \sfcode\commaChar =\@m \def\endofsentencespacefactor{1000}% for @. and friends } \def\plainnonfrenchspacing{% \sfcode`\.3000\sfcode`\?3000\sfcode`\!3000 \sfcode`\:2000\sfcode`\;1500\sfcode`\,1250 \def\endofsentencespacefactor{3000}% for @. and friends } \catcode`@=\other \def\endofsentencespacefactor{3000}% default % @t, explicit typewriter. \def\t#1{% {\tt \rawbackslash \plainfrenchspacing #1}% \null } % @samp. \def\samp#1{{\setupmarkupstyle{samp}\lq\tclose{#1}\rq\null}} % definition of @key that produces a lozenge. Doesn't adjust to text size. %\setfont\keyrm\rmshape{8}{1000}{OT1} %\font\keysy=cmsy9 %\def\key#1{{\keyrm\textfont2=\keysy \leavevmode\hbox{% % \raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleleft}\kern-.08em\vtop{% % \vbox{\hrule\kern-0.4pt % \hbox{\raise0.4pt\hbox{\vphantom{\angleleft}}#1}}% % \kern-0.4pt\hrule}% % \kern-.06em\raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleright}}}} % definition of @key with no lozenge. If the current font is already % monospace, don't change it; that way, we respect @kbdinputstyle. But % if it isn't monospace, then use \tt. % \def\key#1{{\setupmarkupstyle{key}% \nohyphenation \ifmonospace\else\tt\fi #1}\null} % ctrl is no longer a Texinfo command. \def\ctrl #1{{\tt \rawbackslash \hat}#1} % @file, @option are the same as @samp. \let\file=\samp \let\option=\samp % @code is a modification of @t, % which makes spaces the same size as normal in the surrounding text. \def\tclose#1{% {% % Change normal interword space to be same as for the current font. \spaceskip = \fontdimen2\font % % Switch to typewriter. \tt % % But `\ ' produces the large typewriter interword space. \def\ {{\spaceskip = 0pt{} }}% % % Turn off hyphenation. \nohyphenation % \rawbackslash \plainfrenchspacing #1% }% \null } % We *must* turn on hyphenation at `-' and `_' in @code. % Otherwise, it is too hard to avoid overfull hboxes % in the Emacs manual, the Library manual, etc. % Unfortunately, TeX uses one parameter (\hyphenchar) to control % both hyphenation at - and hyphenation within words. % We must therefore turn them both off (\tclose does that) % and arrange explicitly to hyphenate at a dash. % -- rms. { \catcode`\-=\active \catcode`\_=\active \catcode`\'=\active \catcode`\`=\active \global\let'=\rq \global\let`=\lq % default definitions % \global\def\code{\begingroup \setupmarkupstyle{code}% % The following should really be moved into \setupmarkupstyle handlers. \catcode\dashChar=\active \catcode\underChar=\active \ifallowcodebreaks \let-\codedash \let_\codeunder \else \let-\realdash \let_\realunder \fi \codex } } \def\realdash{-} \def\codedash{-\discretionary{}{}{}} \def\codeunder{% % this is all so @math{@code{var_name}+1} can work. In math mode, _ % is "active" (mathcode"8000) and \normalunderscore (or \char95, etc.) % will therefore expand the active definition of _, which is us % (inside @code that is), therefore an endless loop. \ifusingtt{\ifmmode \mathchar"075F % class 0=ordinary, family 7=ttfam, pos 0x5F=_. \else\normalunderscore \fi \discretionary{}{}{}}% {\_}% } \def\codex #1{\tclose{#1}\endgroup} % An additional complication: the above will allow breaks after, e.g., % each of the four underscores in __typeof__. This is undesirable in % some manuals, especially if they don't have long identifiers in % general. @allowcodebreaks provides a way to control this. % \newif\ifallowcodebreaks \allowcodebreakstrue \def\keywordtrue{true} \def\keywordfalse{false} \parseargdef\allowcodebreaks{% \def\txiarg{#1}% \ifx\txiarg\keywordtrue \allowcodebreakstrue \else\ifx\txiarg\keywordfalse \allowcodebreaksfalse \else \errhelp = \EMsimple \errmessage{Unknown @allowcodebreaks option `\txiarg'}% \fi\fi } % @kbd is like @code, except that if the argument is just one @key command, % then @kbd has no effect. \def\kbd#1{{\setupmarkupstyle{kbd}\def\look{#1}\expandafter\kbdfoo\look??\par}} % @kbdinputstyle -- arg is `distinct' (@kbd uses slanted tty font always), % `example' (@kbd uses ttsl only inside of @example and friends), % or `code' (@kbd uses normal tty font always). \parseargdef\kbdinputstyle{% \def\txiarg{#1}% \ifx\txiarg\worddistinct \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\ttsl}% \else\ifx\txiarg\wordexample \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}% \else\ifx\txiarg\wordcode \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\tt}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}% \else \errhelp = \EMsimple \errmessage{Unknown @kbdinputstyle option `\txiarg'}% \fi\fi\fi } \def\worddistinct{distinct} \def\wordexample{example} \def\wordcode{code} % Default is `distinct'. \kbdinputstyle distinct \def\xkey{\key} \def\kbdfoo#1#2#3\par{\def\one{#1}\def\three{#3}\def\threex{??}% \ifx\one\xkey\ifx\threex\three \key{#2}% \else{\tclose{\kbdfont\setupmarkupstyle{kbd}\look}}\fi \else{\tclose{\kbdfont\setupmarkupstyle{kbd}\look}}\fi} % For @indicateurl, @env, @command quotes seem unnecessary, so use \code. \let\indicateurl=\code \let\env=\code \let\command=\code % @clicksequence{File @click{} Open ...} \def\clicksequence#1{\begingroup #1\endgroup} % @clickstyle @arrow (by default) \parseargdef\clickstyle{\def\click{#1}} \def\click{\arrow} % @uref (abbreviation for `urlref') takes an optional (comma-separated) % second argument specifying the text to display and an optional third % arg as text to display instead of (rather than in addition to) the url % itself. First (mandatory) arg is the url. Perhaps eventually put in % a hypertex \special here. % \def\uref#1{\douref #1,,,\finish} \def\douref#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{\begingroup \unsepspaces \pdfurl{#1}% \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}% \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \unhbox0 % third arg given, show only that \else \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \ifpdf \unhbox0 % PDF: 2nd arg given, show only it \else \unhbox0\ (\code{#1})% DVI: 2nd arg given, show both it and url \fi \else \code{#1}% only url given, so show it \fi \fi \endlink \endgroup} % @url synonym for @uref, since that's how everyone uses it. % \let\url=\uref % rms does not like angle brackets --karl, 17may97. % So now @email is just like @uref, unless we are pdf. % %\def\email#1{\angleleft{\tt #1}\angleright} \ifpdf \def\email#1{\doemail#1,,\finish} \def\doemail#1,#2,#3\finish{\begingroup \unsepspaces \pdfurl{mailto:#1}% \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% \ifdim\wd0>0pt\unhbox0\else\code{#1}\fi \endlink \endgroup} \else \let\email=\uref \fi % Typeset a dimension, e.g., `in' or `pt'. The only reason for the % argument is to make the input look right: @dmn{pt} instead of @dmn{}pt. % \def\dmn#1{\thinspace #1} % @l was never documented to mean ``switch to the Lisp font'', % and it is not used as such in any manual I can find. We need it for % Polish suppressed-l. --karl, 22sep96. %\def\l#1{{\li #1}\null} % @acronym for "FBI", "NATO", and the like. % We print this one point size smaller, since it's intended for % all-uppercase. % \def\acronym#1{\doacronym #1,,\finish} \def\doacronym#1,#2,#3\finish{% {\selectfonts\lsize #1}% \def\temp{#2}% \ifx\temp\empty \else \space ({\unsepspaces \ignorespaces \temp \unskip})% \fi } % @abbr for "Comput. J." and the like. % No font change, but don't do end-of-sentence spacing. % \def\abbr#1{\doabbr #1,,\finish} \def\doabbr#1,#2,#3\finish{% {\plainfrenchspacing #1}% \def\temp{#2}% \ifx\temp\empty \else \space ({\unsepspaces \ignorespaces \temp \unskip})% \fi } \message{glyphs,} % @point{}, @result{}, @expansion{}, @print{}, @equiv{}. % % Since these characters are used in examples, they should be an even number of % \tt widths. Each \tt character is 1en, so two makes it 1em. % \def\point{$\star$} \def\arrow{\leavevmode\raise.05ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\rightarrow$\hfil}} \def\result{\leavevmode\raise.05ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\Rightarrow$\hfil}} \def\expansion{\leavevmode\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\mapsto$\hfil}} \def\print{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\dashv$\hfil}} \def\equiv{\leavevmode\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\ptexequiv$\hfil}} % The @error{} command. % Adapted from the TeXbook's \boxit. % \newbox\errorbox % {\tentt \global\dimen0 = 3em}% Width of the box. \dimen2 = .55pt % Thickness of rules % The text. (`r' is open on the right, `e' somewhat less so on the left.) \setbox0 = \hbox{\kern-.75pt \reducedsf error\kern-1.5pt} % \setbox\errorbox=\hbox to \dimen0{\hfil \hsize = \dimen0 \advance\hsize by -5.8pt % Space to left+right. \advance\hsize by -2\dimen2 % Rules. \vbox{% \hrule height\dimen2 \hbox{\vrule width\dimen2 \kern3pt % Space to left of text. \vtop{\kern2.4pt \box0 \kern2.4pt}% Space above/below. \kern3pt\vrule width\dimen2}% Space to right. \hrule height\dimen2} \hfil} % \def\error{\leavevmode\lower.7ex\copy\errorbox} % @pounds{} is a sterling sign, which Knuth put in the CM italic font. % \def\pounds{{\it\$}} % @euro{} comes from a separate font, depending on the current style. % We use the free feym* fonts from the eurosym package by Henrik % Theiling, which support regular, slanted, bold and bold slanted (and % "outlined" (blackboard board, sort of) versions, which we don't need). % It is available from http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/eurosym. % % Although only regular is the truly official Euro symbol, we ignore % that. The Euro is designed to be slightly taller than the regular % font height. % % feymr - regular % feymo - slanted % feybr - bold % feybo - bold slanted % % There is no good (free) typewriter version, to my knowledge. % A feymr10 euro is ~7.3pt wide, while a normal cmtt10 char is ~5.25pt wide. % Hmm. % % Also doesn't work in math. Do we need to do math with euro symbols? % Hope not. % % \def\euro{{\eurofont e}} \def\eurofont{% % We set the font at each command, rather than predefining it in % \textfonts and the other font-switching commands, so that % installations which never need the symbol don't have to have the % font installed. % % There is only one designed size (nominal 10pt), so we always scale % that to the current nominal size. % % By the way, simply using "at 1em" works for cmr10 and the like, but % does not work for cmbx10 and other extended/shrunken fonts. % \def\eurosize{\csname\curfontsize nominalsize\endcsname}% % \ifx\curfontstyle\bfstylename % bold: \font\thiseurofont = \ifusingit{feybo10}{feybr10} at \eurosize \else % regular: \font\thiseurofont = \ifusingit{feymo10}{feymr10} at \eurosize \fi \thiseurofont } % Glyphs from the EC fonts. We don't use \let for the aliases, because % sometimes we redefine the original macro, and the alias should reflect % the redefinition. % % Use LaTeX names for the Icelandic letters. \def\DH{{\ecfont \char"D0}} % Eth \def\dh{{\ecfont \char"F0}} % eth \def\TH{{\ecfont \char"DE}} % Thorn \def\th{{\ecfont \char"FE}} % thorn % \def\guillemetleft{{\ecfont \char"13}} \def\guillemotleft{\guillemetleft} \def\guillemetright{{\ecfont \char"14}} \def\guillemotright{\guillemetright} \def\guilsinglleft{{\ecfont \char"0E}} \def\guilsinglright{{\ecfont \char"0F}} \def\quotedblbase{{\ecfont \char"12}} \def\quotesinglbase{{\ecfont \char"0D}} % % This positioning is not perfect (see the ogonek LaTeX package), but % we have the precomposed glyphs for the most common cases. We put the % tests to use those glyphs in the single \ogonek macro so we have fewer % dummy definitions to worry about for index entries, etc. % % ogonek is also used with other letters in Lithuanian (IOU), but using % the precomposed glyphs for those is not so easy since they aren't in % the same EC font. \def\ogonek#1{{% \def\temp{#1}% \ifx\temp\macrocharA\Aogonek \else\ifx\temp\macrochara\aogonek \else\ifx\temp\macrocharE\Eogonek \else\ifx\temp\macrochare\eogonek \else \ecfont \setbox0=\hbox{#1}% \ifdim\ht0=1ex\accent"0C #1% \else\ooalign{\unhbox0\crcr\hidewidth\char"0C \hidewidth}% \fi \fi\fi\fi\fi }% } \def\Aogonek{{\ecfont \char"81}}\def\macrocharA{A} \def\aogonek{{\ecfont \char"A1}}\def\macrochara{a} \def\Eogonek{{\ecfont \char"86}}\def\macrocharE{E} \def\eogonek{{\ecfont \char"A6}}\def\macrochare{e} % % Use the ec* fonts (cm-super in outline format) for non-CM glyphs. \def\ecfont{% % We can't distinguish serif/sans and italic/slanted, but this % is used for crude hacks anyway (like adding French and German % quotes to documents typeset with CM, where we lose kerning), so % hopefully nobody will notice/care. \edef\ecsize{\csname\curfontsize ecsize\endcsname}% \edef\nominalsize{\csname\curfontsize nominalsize\endcsname}% \ifx\curfontstyle\bfstylename % bold: \font\thisecfont = ecb\ifusingit{i}{x}\ecsize \space at \nominalsize \else % regular: \font\thisecfont = ec\ifusingit{ti}{rm}\ecsize \space at \nominalsize \fi \thisecfont } % @registeredsymbol - R in a circle. The font for the R should really % be smaller yet, but lllsize is the best we can do for now. % Adapted from the plain.tex definition of \copyright. % \def\registeredsymbol{% $^{{\ooalign{\hfil\raise.07ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize R}% \hfil\crcr\Orb}}% }$% } % @textdegree - the normal degrees sign. % \def\textdegree{$^\circ$} % Laurent Siebenmann reports \Orb undefined with: % Textures 1.7.7 (preloaded format=plain 93.10.14) (68K) 16 APR 2004 02:38 % so we'll define it if necessary. % \ifx\Orb\undefined \def\Orb{\mathhexbox20D} \fi % Quotes. \chardef\quotedblleft="5C \chardef\quotedblright=`\" \chardef\quoteleft=`\` \chardef\quoteright=`\' \message{page headings,} \newskip\titlepagetopglue \titlepagetopglue = 1.5in \newskip\titlepagebottomglue \titlepagebottomglue = 2pc % First the title page. Must do @settitle before @titlepage. \newif\ifseenauthor \newif\iffinishedtitlepage % Do an implicit @contents or @shortcontents after @end titlepage if the % user says @setcontentsaftertitlepage or @setshortcontentsaftertitlepage. % \newif\ifsetcontentsaftertitlepage \let\setcontentsaftertitlepage = \setcontentsaftertitlepagetrue \newif\ifsetshortcontentsaftertitlepage \let\setshortcontentsaftertitlepage = \setshortcontentsaftertitlepagetrue \parseargdef\shorttitlepage{\begingroup\hbox{}\vskip 1.5in \chaprm \centerline{#1}% \endgroup\page\hbox{}\page} \envdef\titlepage{% % Open one extra group, as we want to close it in the middle of \Etitlepage. \begingroup \parindent=0pt \textfonts % Leave some space at the very top of the page. \vglue\titlepagetopglue % No rule at page bottom unless we print one at the top with @title. \finishedtitlepagetrue % % Most title ``pages'' are actually two pages long, with space % at the top of the second. We don't want the ragged left on the second. \let\oldpage = \page \def\page{% \iffinishedtitlepage\else \finishtitlepage \fi \let\page = \oldpage \page \null }% } \def\Etitlepage{% \iffinishedtitlepage\else \finishtitlepage \fi % It is important to do the page break before ending the group, % because the headline and footline are only empty inside the group. % If we use the new definition of \page, we always get a blank page % after the title page, which we certainly don't want. \oldpage \endgroup % % Need this before the \...aftertitlepage checks so that if they are % in effect the toc pages will come out with page numbers. \HEADINGSon % % If they want short, they certainly want long too. \ifsetshortcontentsaftertitlepage \shortcontents \contents \global\let\shortcontents = \relax \global\let\contents = \relax \fi % \ifsetcontentsaftertitlepage \contents \global\let\contents = \relax \global\let\shortcontents = \relax \fi } \def\finishtitlepage{% \vskip4pt \hrule height 2pt width \hsize \vskip\titlepagebottomglue \finishedtitlepagetrue } %%% Macros to be used within @titlepage: \let\subtitlerm=\tenrm \def\subtitlefont{\subtitlerm \normalbaselineskip = 13pt \normalbaselines} \parseargdef\title{% \checkenv\titlepage \leftline{\titlefonts\rmisbold #1} % print a rule at the page bottom also. \finishedtitlepagefalse \vskip4pt \hrule height 4pt width \hsize \vskip4pt } \parseargdef\subtitle{% \checkenv\titlepage {\subtitlefont \rightline{#1}}% } % @author should come last, but may come many times. % It can also be used inside @quotation. % \parseargdef\author{% \def\temp{\quotation}% \ifx\thisenv\temp \def\quotationauthor{#1}% printed in \Equotation. \else \checkenv\titlepage \ifseenauthor\else \vskip 0pt plus 1filll \seenauthortrue \fi {\secfonts\rmisbold \leftline{#1}}% \fi } %%% Set up page headings and footings. \let\thispage=\folio \newtoks\evenheadline % headline on even pages \newtoks\oddheadline % headline on odd pages \newtoks\evenfootline % footline on even pages \newtoks\oddfootline % footline on odd pages % Now make TeX use those variables \headline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddheadline \else \the\evenheadline \fi}} \footline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddfootline \else \the\evenfootline \fi}\HEADINGShook} \let\HEADINGShook=\relax % Commands to set those variables. % For example, this is what @headings on does % @evenheading @thistitle|@thispage|@thischapter % @oddheading @thischapter|@thispage|@thistitle % @evenfooting @thisfile|| % @oddfooting ||@thisfile \def\evenheading{\parsearg\evenheadingxxx} \def\evenheadingxxx #1{\evenheadingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish} \def\evenheadingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{% \global\evenheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}} \def\oddheading{\parsearg\oddheadingxxx} \def\oddheadingxxx #1{\oddheadingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish} \def\oddheadingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{% \global\oddheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}} \parseargdef\everyheading{\oddheadingxxx{#1}\evenheadingxxx{#1}}% \def\evenfooting{\parsearg\evenfootingxxx} \def\evenfootingxxx #1{\evenfootingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish} \def\evenfootingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{% \global\evenfootline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}} \def\oddfooting{\parsearg\oddfootingxxx} \def\oddfootingxxx #1{\oddfootingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish} \def\oddfootingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{% \global\oddfootline = {\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}% % % Leave some space for the footline. Hopefully ok to assume % @evenfooting will not be used by itself. \global\advance\pageheight by -12pt \global\advance\vsize by -12pt } \parseargdef\everyfooting{\oddfootingxxx{#1}\evenfootingxxx{#1}} % @evenheadingmarks top \thischapter <- chapter at the top of a page % @evenheadingmarks bottom \thischapter <- chapter at the bottom of a page % % The same set of arguments for: % % @oddheadingmarks % @evenfootingmarks % @oddfootingmarks % @everyheadingmarks % @everyfootingmarks \def\evenheadingmarks{\headingmarks{even}{heading}} \def\oddheadingmarks{\headingmarks{odd}{heading}} \def\evenfootingmarks{\headingmarks{even}{footing}} \def\oddfootingmarks{\headingmarks{odd}{footing}} \def\everyheadingmarks#1 {\headingmarks{even}{heading}{#1} \headingmarks{odd}{heading}{#1} } \def\everyfootingmarks#1 {\headingmarks{even}{footing}{#1} \headingmarks{odd}{footing}{#1} } % #1 = even/odd, #2 = heading/footing, #3 = top/bottom. \def\headingmarks#1#2#3 {% \expandafter\let\expandafter\temp \csname get#3headingmarks\endcsname \global\expandafter\let\csname get#1#2marks\endcsname \temp } \everyheadingmarks bottom \everyfootingmarks bottom % @headings double turns headings on for double-sided printing. % @headings single turns headings on for single-sided printing. % @headings off turns them off. % @headings on same as @headings double, retained for compatibility. % @headings after turns on double-sided headings after this page. % @headings doubleafter turns on double-sided headings after this page. % @headings singleafter turns on single-sided headings after this page. % By default, they are off at the start of a document, % and turned `on' after @end titlepage. \def\headings #1 {\csname HEADINGS#1\endcsname} \def\HEADINGSoff{% \global\evenheadline={\hfil} \global\evenfootline={\hfil} \global\oddheadline={\hfil} \global\oddfootline={\hfil}} \HEADINGSoff % When we turn headings on, set the page number to 1. % For double-sided printing, put current file name in lower left corner, % chapter name on inside top of right hand pages, document % title on inside top of left hand pages, and page numbers on outside top % edge of all pages. \def\HEADINGSdouble{% \global\pageno=1 \global\evenfootline={\hfil} \global\oddfootline={\hfil} \global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}} \global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} \global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage } \let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager % For single-sided printing, chapter title goes across top left of page, % page number on top right. \def\HEADINGSsingle{% \global\pageno=1 \global\evenfootline={\hfil} \global\oddfootline={\hfil} \global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} \global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} \global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager } \def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble} \def\HEADINGSafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSdoublex} \let\HEADINGSdoubleafter=\HEADINGSafter \def\HEADINGSdoublex{% \global\evenfootline={\hfil} \global\oddfootline={\hfil} \global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}} \global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} \global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage } \def\HEADINGSsingleafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSsinglex} \def\HEADINGSsinglex{% \global\evenfootline={\hfil} \global\oddfootline={\hfil} \global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} \global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} \global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager } % Subroutines used in generating headings % This produces Day Month Year style of output. % Only define if not already defined, in case a txi-??.tex file has set % up a different format (e.g., txi-cs.tex does this). \ifx\today\undefined \def\today{% \number\day\space \ifcase\month \or\putwordMJan\or\putwordMFeb\or\putwordMMar\or\putwordMApr \or\putwordMMay\or\putwordMJun\or\putwordMJul\or\putwordMAug \or\putwordMSep\or\putwordMOct\or\putwordMNov\or\putwordMDec \fi \space\number\year} \fi % @settitle line... specifies the title of the document, for headings. % It generates no output of its own. \def\thistitle{\putwordNoTitle} \def\settitle{\parsearg{\gdef\thistitle}} \message{tables,} % Tables -- @table, @ftable, @vtable, @item(x). % default indentation of table text \newdimen\tableindent \tableindent=.8in % default indentation of @itemize and @enumerate text \newdimen\itemindent \itemindent=.3in % margin between end of table item and start of table text. \newdimen\itemmargin \itemmargin=.1in % used internally for \itemindent minus \itemmargin \newdimen\itemmax % Note @table, @ftable, and @vtable define @item, @itemx, etc., with % these defs. % They also define \itemindex % to index the item name in whatever manner is desired (perhaps none). \newif\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip \def\itemxpar{\par\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip\nobreak\vskip-\parskip\nobreak\fi} \def\internalBitem{\smallbreak \parsearg\itemzzz} \def\internalBitemx{\itemxpar \parsearg\itemzzz} \def\itemzzz #1{\begingroup % \advance\hsize by -\rightskip \advance\hsize by -\tableindent \setbox0=\hbox{\itemindicate{#1}}% \itemindex{#1}% \nobreak % This prevents a break before @itemx. % % If the item text does not fit in the space we have, put it on a line % by itself, and do not allow a page break either before or after that % line. We do not start a paragraph here because then if the next % command is, e.g., @kindex, the whatsit would get put into the % horizontal list on a line by itself, resulting in extra blank space. \ifdim \wd0>\itemmax % % Make this a paragraph so we get the \parskip glue and wrapping, % but leave it ragged-right. \begingroup \advance\leftskip by-\tableindent \advance\hsize by\tableindent \advance\rightskip by0pt plus1fil \leavevmode\unhbox0\par \endgroup % % We're going to be starting a paragraph, but we don't want the % \parskip glue -- logically it's part of the @item we just started. \nobreak \vskip-\parskip % % Stop a page break at the \parskip glue coming up. However, if % what follows is an environment such as @example, there will be no % \parskip glue; then the negative vskip we just inserted would % cause the example and the item to crash together. So we use this % bizarre value of 10001 as a signal to \aboveenvbreak to insert % \parskip glue after all. Section titles are handled this way also. % \penalty 10001 \endgroup \itemxneedsnegativevskipfalse \else % The item text fits into the space. Start a paragraph, so that the % following text (if any) will end up on the same line. \noindent % Do this with kerns and \unhbox so that if there is a footnote in % the item text, it can migrate to the main vertical list and % eventually be printed. \nobreak\kern-\tableindent \dimen0 = \itemmax \advance\dimen0 by \itemmargin \advance\dimen0 by -\wd0 \unhbox0 \nobreak\kern\dimen0 \endgroup \itemxneedsnegativevskiptrue \fi } \def\item{\errmessage{@item while not in a list environment}} \def\itemx{\errmessage{@itemx while not in a list environment}} % @table, @ftable, @vtable. \envdef\table{% \let\itemindex\gobble \tablecheck{table}% } \envdef\ftable{% \def\itemindex ##1{\doind {fn}{\code{##1}}}% \tablecheck{ftable}% } \envdef\vtable{% \def\itemindex ##1{\doind {vr}{\code{##1}}}% \tablecheck{vtable}% } \def\tablecheck#1{% \ifnum \the\catcode`\^^M=\active \endgroup \errmessage{This command won't work in this context; perhaps the problem is that we are \inenvironment\thisenv}% \def\next{\doignore{#1}}% \else \let\next\tablex \fi \next } \def\tablex#1{% \def\itemindicate{#1}% \parsearg\tabley } \def\tabley#1{% {% \makevalueexpandable \edef\temp{\noexpand\tablez #1\space\space\space}% \expandafter }\temp \endtablez } \def\tablez #1 #2 #3 #4\endtablez{% \aboveenvbreak \ifnum 0#1>0 \advance \leftskip by #1\mil \fi \ifnum 0#2>0 \tableindent=#2\mil \fi \ifnum 0#3>0 \advance \rightskip by #3\mil \fi \itemmax=\tableindent \advance \itemmax by -\itemmargin \advance \leftskip by \tableindent \exdentamount=\tableindent \parindent = 0pt \parskip = \smallskipamount \ifdim \parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi \let\item = \internalBitem \let\itemx = \internalBitemx } \def\Etable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak} \let\Eftable\Etable \let\Evtable\Etable \let\Eitemize\Etable \let\Eenumerate\Etable % This is the counter used by @enumerate, which is really @itemize \newcount \itemno \envdef\itemize{\parsearg\doitemize} \def\doitemize#1{% \aboveenvbreak \itemmax=\itemindent \advance\itemmax by -\itemmargin \advance\leftskip by \itemindent \exdentamount=\itemindent \parindent=0pt \parskip=\smallskipamount \ifdim\parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi % % Try typesetting the item mark that if the document erroneously says % something like @itemize @samp (intending @table), there's an error % right away at the @itemize. It's not the best error message in the % world, but it's better than leaving it to the @item. This means if % the user wants an empty mark, they have to say @w{} not just @w. \def\itemcontents{#1}% \setbox0 = \hbox{\itemcontents}% % % @itemize with no arg is equivalent to @itemize @bullet. \ifx\itemcontents\empty\def\itemcontents{\bullet}\fi % \let\item=\itemizeitem } % Definition of @item while inside @itemize and @enumerate. % \def\itemizeitem{% \advance\itemno by 1 % for enumerations {\let\par=\endgraf \smallbreak}% reasonable place to break {% % If the document has an @itemize directly after a section title, a % \nobreak will be last on the list, and \sectionheading will have % done a \vskip-\parskip. In that case, we don't want to zero % parskip, or the item text will crash with the heading. On the % other hand, when there is normal text preceding the item (as there % usually is), we do want to zero parskip, or there would be too much % space. In that case, we won't have a \nobreak before. At least % that's the theory. \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 \parskip=0in \fi \noindent \hbox to 0pt{\hss \itemcontents \kern\itemmargin}% % \vadjust{\penalty 1200}}% not good to break after first line of item. \flushcr } % \splitoff TOKENS\endmark defines \first to be the first token in % TOKENS, and \rest to be the remainder. % \def\splitoff#1#2\endmark{\def\first{#1}\def\rest{#2}}% % Allow an optional argument of an uppercase letter, lowercase letter, % or number, to specify the first label in the enumerated list. No % argument is the same as `1'. % \envparseargdef\enumerate{\enumeratey #1 \endenumeratey} \def\enumeratey #1 #2\endenumeratey{% % If we were given no argument, pretend we were given `1'. \def\thearg{#1}% \ifx\thearg\empty \def\thearg{1}\fi % % Detect if the argument is a single token. If so, it might be a % letter. Otherwise, the only valid thing it can be is a number. % (We will always have one token, because of the test we just made. % This is a good thing, since \splitoff doesn't work given nothing at % all -- the first parameter is undelimited.) \expandafter\splitoff\thearg\endmark \ifx\rest\empty % Only one token in the argument. It could still be anything. % A ``lowercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is nonzero. % An ``uppercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is both nonzero, and % not equal to itself. % Otherwise, we assume it's a number. % % We need the \relax at the end of the \ifnum lines to stop TeX from % continuing to look for a . % \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=0\relax \numericenumerate % a number (we hope) \else % It's a letter. \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=\expandafter`\thearg\relax \lowercaseenumerate % lowercase letter \else \uppercaseenumerate % uppercase letter \fi \fi \else % Multiple tokens in the argument. We hope it's a number. \numericenumerate \fi } % An @enumerate whose labels are integers. The starting integer is % given in \thearg. % \def\numericenumerate{% \itemno = \thearg \startenumeration{\the\itemno}% } % The starting (lowercase) letter is in \thearg. \def\lowercaseenumerate{% \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg \startenumeration{% % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet. \ifnum\itemno=0 \errmessage{No more lowercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger alphabet}% \fi \char\lccode\itemno }% } % The starting (uppercase) letter is in \thearg. \def\uppercaseenumerate{% \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg \startenumeration{% % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet. \ifnum\itemno=0 \errmessage{No more uppercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger alphabet} \fi \char\uccode\itemno }% } % Call \doitemize, adding a period to the first argument and supplying the % common last two arguments. Also subtract one from the initial value in % \itemno, since @item increments \itemno. % \def\startenumeration#1{% \advance\itemno by -1 \doitemize{#1.}\flushcr } % @alphaenumerate and @capsenumerate are abbreviations for giving an arg % to @enumerate. % \def\alphaenumerate{\enumerate{a}} \def\capsenumerate{\enumerate{A}} \def\Ealphaenumerate{\Eenumerate} \def\Ecapsenumerate{\Eenumerate} % @multitable macros % Amy Hendrickson, 8/18/94, 3/6/96 % % @multitable ... @end multitable will make as many columns as desired. % Contents of each column will wrap at width given in preamble. Width % can be specified either with sample text given in a template line, % or in percent of \hsize, the current width of text on page. % Table can continue over pages but will only break between lines. % To make preamble: % % Either define widths of columns in terms of percent of \hsize: % @multitable @columnfractions .25 .3 .45 % @item ... % % Numbers following @columnfractions are the percent of the total % current hsize to be used for each column. You may use as many % columns as desired. % Or use a template: % @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 template} % @item ... % using the widest term desired in each column. % Each new table line starts with @item, each subsequent new column % starts with @tab. Empty columns may be produced by supplying @tab's % with nothing between them for as many times as empty columns are needed, % ie, @tab@tab@tab will produce two empty columns. % @item, @tab do not need to be on their own lines, but it will not hurt % if they are. % Sample multitable: % @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 template} % @item first col stuff @tab second col stuff @tab third col % @item % first col stuff % @tab % second col stuff % @tab % third col % @item first col stuff @tab second col stuff % @tab Many paragraphs of text may be used in any column. % % They will wrap at the width determined by the template. % @item@tab@tab This will be in third column. % @end multitable % Default dimensions may be reset by user. % @multitableparskip is vertical space between paragraphs in table. % @multitableparindent is paragraph indent in table. % @multitablecolmargin is horizontal space to be left between columns. % @multitablelinespace is space to leave between table items, baseline % to baseline. % 0pt means it depends on current normal line spacing. % \newskip\multitableparskip \newskip\multitableparindent \newdimen\multitablecolspace \newskip\multitablelinespace \multitableparskip=0pt \multitableparindent=6pt \multitablecolspace=12pt \multitablelinespace=0pt % Macros used to set up halign preamble: % \let\endsetuptable\relax \def\xendsetuptable{\endsetuptable} \let\columnfractions\relax \def\xcolumnfractions{\columnfractions} \newif\ifsetpercent % #1 is the @columnfraction, usually a decimal number like .5, but might % be just 1. We just use it, whatever it is. % \def\pickupwholefraction#1 {% \global\advance\colcount by 1 \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{#1\hsize}% \setuptable } \newcount\colcount \def\setuptable#1{% \def\firstarg{#1}% \ifx\firstarg\xendsetuptable \let\go = \relax \else \ifx\firstarg\xcolumnfractions \global\setpercenttrue \else \ifsetpercent \let\go\pickupwholefraction \else \global\advance\colcount by 1 \setbox0=\hbox{#1\unskip\space}% Add a normal word space as a % separator; typically that is always in the input, anyway. \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{\the\wd0}% \fi \fi \ifx\go\pickupwholefraction % Put the argument back for the \pickupwholefraction call, so % we'll always have a period there to be parsed. \def\go{\pickupwholefraction#1}% \else \let\go = \setuptable \fi% \fi \go } % multitable-only commands. % % @headitem starts a heading row, which we typeset in bold. % Assignments have to be global since we are inside the implicit group % of an alignment entry. \everycr resets \everytab so we don't have to % undo it ourselves. \def\headitemfont{\b}% for people to use in the template row; not changeable \def\headitem{% \checkenv\multitable \crcr \global\everytab={\bf}% can't use \headitemfont since the parsing differs \the\everytab % for the first item }% % % A \tab used to include \hskip1sp. But then the space in a template % line is not enough. That is bad. So let's go back to just `&' until % we again encounter the problem the 1sp was intended to solve. % --karl, nathan@acm.org, 20apr99. \def\tab{\checkenv\multitable &\the\everytab}% % @multitable ... @end multitable definitions: % \newtoks\everytab % insert after every tab. % \envdef\multitable{% \vskip\parskip \startsavinginserts % % @item within a multitable starts a normal row. % We use \def instead of \let so that if one of the multitable entries % contains an @itemize, we don't choke on the \item (seen as \crcr aka % \endtemplate) expanding \doitemize. \def\item{\crcr}% % \tolerance=9500 \hbadness=9500 \setmultitablespacing \parskip=\multitableparskip \parindent=\multitableparindent \overfullrule=0pt \global\colcount=0 % \everycr = {% \noalign{% \global\everytab={}% \global\colcount=0 % Reset the column counter. % Check for saved footnotes, etc. \checkinserts % Keeps underfull box messages off when table breaks over pages. %\filbreak % Maybe so, but it also creates really weird page breaks when the % table breaks over pages. Wouldn't \vfil be better? Wait until the % problem manifests itself, so it can be fixed for real --karl. }% }% % \parsearg\domultitable } \def\domultitable#1{% % To parse everything between @multitable and @item: \setuptable#1 \endsetuptable % % This preamble sets up a generic column definition, which will % be used as many times as user calls for columns. % \vtop will set a single line and will also let text wrap and % continue for many paragraphs if desired. \halign\bgroup &% \global\advance\colcount by 1 \multistrut \vtop{% % Use the current \colcount to find the correct column width: \hsize=\expandafter\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname % % In order to keep entries from bumping into each other % we will add a \leftskip of \multitablecolspace to all columns after % the first one. % % If a template has been used, we will add \multitablecolspace % to the width of each template entry. % % If the user has set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize we will % use that dimension as the width of the column, and the \leftskip % will keep entries from bumping into each other. Table will start at % left margin and final column will justify at right margin. % % Make sure we don't inherit \rightskip from the outer environment. \rightskip=0pt \ifnum\colcount=1 % The first column will be indented with the surrounding text. \advance\hsize by\leftskip \else \ifsetpercent \else % If user has not set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize % we will advance \hsize by \multitablecolspace. \advance\hsize by \multitablecolspace \fi % In either case we will make \leftskip=\multitablecolspace: \leftskip=\multitablecolspace \fi % Ignoring space at the beginning and end avoids an occasional spurious % blank line, when TeX decides to break the line at the space before the % box from the multistrut, so the strut ends up on a line by itself. % For example: % @multitable @columnfractions .11 .89 % @item @code{#} % @tab Legal holiday which is valid in major parts of the whole country. % Is automatically provided with highlighting sequences respectively % marking characters. \noindent\ignorespaces##\unskip\multistrut }\cr } \def\Emultitable{% \crcr \egroup % end the \halign \global\setpercentfalse } \def\setmultitablespacing{% \def\multistrut{\strut}% just use the standard line spacing % % Compute \multitablelinespace (if not defined by user) for use in % \multitableparskip calculation. We used define \multistrut based on % this, but (ironically) that caused the spacing to be off. % See bug-texinfo report from Werner Lemberg, 31 Oct 2004 12:52:20 +0100. \ifdim\multitablelinespace=0pt \setbox0=\vbox{X}\global\multitablelinespace=\the\baselineskip \global\advance\multitablelinespace by-\ht0 \fi %% Test to see if parskip is larger than space between lines of %% table. If not, do nothing. %% If so, set to same dimension as multitablelinespace. \ifdim\multitableparskip>\multitablelinespace \global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace \global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller %% than skip between lines in the table. \fi% \ifdim\multitableparskip=0pt \global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace \global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller %% than skip between lines in the table. \fi} \message{conditionals,} % @iftex, @ifnotdocbook, @ifnothtml, @ifnotinfo, @ifnotplaintext, % @ifnotxml always succeed. They currently do nothing; we don't % attempt to check whether the conditionals are properly nested. But we % have to remember that they are conditionals, so that @end doesn't % attempt to close an environment group. % \def\makecond#1{% \expandafter\let\csname #1\endcsname = \relax \expandafter\let\csname iscond.#1\endcsname = 1 } \makecond{iftex} \makecond{ifnotdocbook} \makecond{ifnothtml} \makecond{ifnotinfo} \makecond{ifnotplaintext} \makecond{ifnotxml} % Ignore @ignore, @ifhtml, @ifinfo, and the like. % \def\direntry{\doignore{direntry}} \def\documentdescription{\doignore{documentdescription}} \def\docbook{\doignore{docbook}} \def\html{\doignore{html}} \def\ifdocbook{\doignore{ifdocbook}} \def\ifhtml{\doignore{ifhtml}} \def\ifinfo{\doignore{ifinfo}} \def\ifnottex{\doignore{ifnottex}} \def\ifplaintext{\doignore{ifplaintext}} \def\ifxml{\doignore{ifxml}} \def\ignore{\doignore{ignore}} \def\menu{\doignore{menu}} \def\xml{\doignore{xml}} % Ignore text until a line `@end #1', keeping track of nested conditionals. % % A count to remember the depth of nesting. \newcount\doignorecount \def\doignore#1{\begingroup % Scan in ``verbatim'' mode: \obeylines \catcode`\@ = \other \catcode`\{ = \other \catcode`\} = \other % % Make sure that spaces turn into tokens that match what \doignoretext wants. \spaceisspace % % Count number of #1's that we've seen. \doignorecount = 0 % % Swallow text until we reach the matching `@end #1'. \dodoignore{#1}% } { \catcode`_=11 % We want to use \_STOP_ which cannot appear in texinfo source. \obeylines % % \gdef\dodoignore#1{% % #1 contains the command name as a string, e.g., `ifinfo'. % % Define a command to find the next `@end #1'. \long\def\doignoretext##1^^M@end #1{% \doignoretextyyy##1^^M@#1\_STOP_}% % % And this command to find another #1 command, at the beginning of a % line. (Otherwise, we would consider a line `@c @ifset', for % example, to count as an @ifset for nesting.) \long\def\doignoretextyyy##1^^M@#1##2\_STOP_{\doignoreyyy{##2}\_STOP_}% % % And now expand that command. \doignoretext ^^M% }% } \def\doignoreyyy#1{% \def\temp{#1}% \ifx\temp\empty % Nothing found. \let\next\doignoretextzzz \else % Found a nested condition, ... \advance\doignorecount by 1 \let\next\doignoretextyyy % ..., look for another. % If we're here, #1 ends with ^^M\ifinfo (for example). \fi \next #1% the token \_STOP_ is present just after this macro. } % We have to swallow the remaining "\_STOP_". % \def\doignoretextzzz#1{% \ifnum\doignorecount = 0 % We have just found the outermost @end. \let\next\enddoignore \else % Still inside a nested condition. \advance\doignorecount by -1 \let\next\doignoretext % Look for the next @end. \fi \next } % Finish off ignored text. { \obeylines% % Ignore anything after the last `@end #1'; this matters in verbatim % environments, where otherwise the newline after an ignored conditional % would result in a blank line in the output. \gdef\enddoignore#1^^M{\endgroup\ignorespaces}% } % @set VAR sets the variable VAR to an empty value. % @set VAR REST-OF-LINE sets VAR to the value REST-OF-LINE. % % Since we want to separate VAR from REST-OF-LINE (which might be % empty), we can't just use \parsearg; we have to insert a space of our % own to delimit the rest of the line, and then take it out again if we % didn't need it. % We rely on the fact that \parsearg sets \catcode`\ =10. % \parseargdef\set{\setyyy#1 \endsetyyy} \def\setyyy#1 #2\endsetyyy{% {% \makevalueexpandable \def\temp{#2}% \edef\next{\gdef\makecsname{SET#1}}% \ifx\temp\empty \next{}% \else \setzzz#2\endsetzzz \fi }% } % Remove the trailing space \setxxx inserted. \def\setzzz#1 \endsetzzz{\next{#1}} % @clear VAR clears (i.e., unsets) the variable VAR. % \parseargdef\clear{% {% \makevalueexpandable \global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname=\relax }% } % @value{foo} gets the text saved in variable foo. \def\value{\begingroup\makevalueexpandable\valuexxx} \def\valuexxx#1{\expandablevalue{#1}\endgroup} { \catcode`\- = \active \catcode`\_ = \active % \gdef\makevalueexpandable{% \let\value = \expandablevalue % We don't want these characters active, ... \catcode`\-=\other \catcode`\_=\other % ..., but we might end up with active ones in the argument if % we're called from @code, as @code{@value{foo-bar_}}, though. % So \let them to their normal equivalents. \let-\realdash \let_\normalunderscore } } % We have this subroutine so that we can handle at least some @value's % properly in indexes (we call \makevalueexpandable in \indexdummies). % The command has to be fully expandable (if the variable is set), since % the result winds up in the index file. This means that if the % variable's value contains other Texinfo commands, it's almost certain % it will fail (although perhaps we could fix that with sufficient work % to do a one-level expansion on the result, instead of complete). % \def\expandablevalue#1{% \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax {[No value for ``#1'']}% \message{Variable `#1', used in @value, is not set.}% \else \csname SET#1\endcsname \fi } % @ifset VAR ... @end ifset reads the `...' iff VAR has been defined % with @set. % % To get special treatment of `@end ifset,' call \makeond and the redefine. % \makecond{ifset} \def\ifset{\parsearg{\doifset{\let\next=\ifsetfail}}} \def\doifset#1#2{% {% \makevalueexpandable \let\next=\empty \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#2\endcsname\relax #1% If not set, redefine \next. \fi \expandafter }\next } \def\ifsetfail{\doignore{ifset}} % @ifclear VAR ... @end ifclear reads the `...' iff VAR has never been % defined with @set, or has been undefined with @clear. % % The `\else' inside the `\doifset' parameter is a trick to reuse the % above code: if the variable is not set, do nothing, if it is set, % then redefine \next to \ifclearfail. % \makecond{ifclear} \def\ifclear{\parsearg{\doifset{\else \let\next=\ifclearfail}}} \def\ifclearfail{\doignore{ifclear}} % @dircategory CATEGORY -- specify a category of the dir file % which this file should belong to. Ignore this in TeX. \let\dircategory=\comment % @defininfoenclose. \let\definfoenclose=\comment \message{indexing,} % Index generation facilities % Define \newwrite to be identical to plain tex's \newwrite % except not \outer, so it can be used within macros and \if's. \edef\newwrite{\makecsname{ptexnewwrite}} % \newindex {foo} defines an index named foo. % It automatically defines \fooindex such that % \fooindex ...rest of line... puts an entry in the index foo. % It also defines \fooindfile to be the number of the output channel for % the file that accumulates this index. The file's extension is foo. % The name of an index should be no more than 2 characters long % for the sake of vms. % \def\newindex#1{% \iflinks \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname \openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1 % Open the file \fi \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% % Define @#1index \noexpand\doindex{#1}} } % @defindex foo == \newindex{foo} % \def\defindex{\parsearg\newindex} % Define @defcodeindex, like @defindex except put all entries in @code. % \def\defcodeindex{\parsearg\newcodeindex} % \def\newcodeindex#1{% \iflinks \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname \openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1 \fi \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% \noexpand\docodeindex{#1}}% } % @synindex foo bar makes index foo feed into index bar. % Do this instead of @defindex foo if you don't want it as a separate index. % % @syncodeindex foo bar similar, but put all entries made for index foo % inside @code. % \def\synindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\doindex{#1}{#2}} \def\syncodeindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\docodeindex{#1}{#2}} % #1 is \doindex or \docodeindex, #2 the index getting redefined (foo), % #3 the target index (bar). \def\dosynindex#1#2#3{% % Only do \closeout if we haven't already done it, else we'll end up % closing the target index. \expandafter \ifx\csname donesynindex#2\endcsname \relax % The \closeout helps reduce unnecessary open files; the limit on the % Acorn RISC OS is a mere 16 files. \expandafter\closeout\csname#2indfile\endcsname \expandafter\let\csname donesynindex#2\endcsname = 1 \fi % redefine \fooindfile: \expandafter\let\expandafter\temp\expandafter=\csname#3indfile\endcsname \expandafter\let\csname#2indfile\endcsname=\temp % redefine \fooindex: \expandafter\xdef\csname#2index\endcsname{\noexpand#1{#3}}% } % Define \doindex, the driver for all \fooindex macros. % Argument #1 is generated by the calling \fooindex macro, % and it is "foo", the name of the index. % \doindex just uses \parsearg; it calls \doind for the actual work. % This is because \doind is more useful to call from other macros. % There is also \dosubind {index}{topic}{subtopic} % which makes an entry in a two-level index such as the operation index. \def\doindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\singleindexer} \def\singleindexer #1{\doind{\indexname}{#1}} % like the previous two, but they put @code around the argument. \def\docodeindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\singlecodeindexer} \def\singlecodeindexer #1{\doind{\indexname}{\code{#1}}} % Take care of Texinfo commands that can appear in an index entry. % Since there are some commands we want to expand, and others we don't, % we have to laboriously prevent expansion for those that we don't. % \def\indexdummies{% \escapechar = `\\ % use backslash in output files. \def\@{@}% change to @@ when we switch to @ as escape char in index files. \def\ {\realbackslash\space }% % % Need these in case \tex is in effect and \{ is a \delimiter again. % But can't use \lbracecmd and \rbracecmd because texindex assumes % braces and backslashes are used only as delimiters. \let\{ = \mylbrace \let\} = \myrbrace % % I don't entirely understand this, but when an index entry is % generated from a macro call, the \endinput which \scanmacro inserts % causes processing to be prematurely terminated. This is, % apparently, because \indexsorttmp is fully expanded, and \endinput % is an expandable command. The redefinition below makes \endinput % disappear altogether for that purpose -- although logging shows that % processing continues to some further point. On the other hand, it % seems \endinput does not hurt in the printed index arg, since that % is still getting written without apparent harm. % % Sample source (mac-idx3.tex, reported by Graham Percival to % help-texinfo, 22may06): % @macro funindex {WORD} % @findex xyz % @end macro % ... % @funindex commtest % % The above is not enough to reproduce the bug, but it gives the flavor. % % Sample whatsit resulting: % .@write3{\entry{xyz}{@folio }{@code {xyz@endinput }}} % % So: \let\endinput = \empty % % Do the redefinitions. \commondummies } % For the aux and toc files, @ is the escape character. So we want to % redefine everything using @ as the escape character (instead of % \realbackslash, still used for index files). When everything uses @, % this will be simpler. % \def\atdummies{% \def\@{@@}% \def\ {@ }% \let\{ = \lbraceatcmd \let\} = \rbraceatcmd % % Do the redefinitions. \commondummies \otherbackslash } % Called from \indexdummies and \atdummies. % \def\commondummies{% % % \definedummyword defines \#1 as \string\#1\space, thus effectively % preventing its expansion. This is used only for control% words, % not control letters, because the \space would be incorrect for % control characters, but is needed to separate the control word % from whatever follows. % % For control letters, we have \definedummyletter, which omits the % space. % % These can be used both for control words that take an argument and % those that do not. If it is followed by {arg} in the input, then % that will dutifully get written to the index (or wherever). % \def\definedummyword ##1{\def##1{\string##1\space}}% \def\definedummyletter##1{\def##1{\string##1}}% \let\definedummyaccent\definedummyletter % \commondummiesnofonts % \definedummyletter\_% % % Non-English letters. \definedummyword\AA \definedummyword\AE \definedummyword\DH \definedummyword\L \definedummyword\O \definedummyword\OE \definedummyword\TH \definedummyword\aa \definedummyword\ae \definedummyword\dh \definedummyword\exclamdown \definedummyword\l \definedummyword\o \definedummyword\oe \definedummyword\ordf \definedummyword\ordm \definedummyword\questiondown \definedummyword\ss \definedummyword\th % % Although these internal commands shouldn't show up, sometimes they do. \definedummyword\bf \definedummyword\gtr \definedummyword\hat \definedummyword\less \definedummyword\sf \definedummyword\sl \definedummyword\tclose \definedummyword\tt % \definedummyword\LaTeX \definedummyword\TeX % % Assorted special characters. \definedummyword\bullet \definedummyword\comma \definedummyword\copyright \definedummyword\registeredsymbol \definedummyword\dots \definedummyword\enddots \definedummyword\equiv \definedummyword\error \definedummyword\euro \definedummyword\guillemetleft \definedummyword\guillemetright \definedummyword\guilsinglleft \definedummyword\guilsinglright \definedummyword\expansion \definedummyword\minus \definedummyword\ogonek \definedummyword\pounds \definedummyword\point \definedummyword\print \definedummyword\quotedblbase \definedummyword\quotedblleft \definedummyword\quotedblright \definedummyword\quoteleft \definedummyword\quoteright \definedummyword\quotesinglbase \definedummyword\result \definedummyword\textdegree % % We want to disable all macros so that they are not expanded by \write. \macrolist % \normalturnoffactive % % Handle some cases of @value -- where it does not contain any % (non-fully-expandable) commands. \makevalueexpandable } % \commondummiesnofonts: common to \commondummies and \indexnofonts. % \def\commondummiesnofonts{% % Control letters and accents. \definedummyletter\!% \definedummyaccent\"% \definedummyaccent\'% \definedummyletter\*% \definedummyaccent\,% \definedummyletter\.% \definedummyletter\/% \definedummyletter\:% \definedummyaccent\=% \definedummyletter\?% \definedummyaccent\^% \definedummyaccent\`% \definedummyaccent\~% \definedummyword\u \definedummyword\v \definedummyword\H \definedummyword\dotaccent \definedummyword\ogonek \definedummyword\ringaccent \definedummyword\tieaccent \definedummyword\ubaraccent \definedummyword\udotaccent \definedummyword\dotless % % Texinfo font commands. \definedummyword\b \definedummyword\i \definedummyword\r \definedummyword\sc \definedummyword\t % % Commands that take arguments. \definedummyword\acronym \definedummyword\cite \definedummyword\code \definedummyword\command \definedummyword\dfn \definedummyword\email \definedummyword\emph \definedummyword\env \definedummyword\file \definedummyword\kbd \definedummyword\key \definedummyword\math \definedummyword\option \definedummyword\pxref \definedummyword\ref \definedummyword\samp \definedummyword\strong \definedummyword\tie \definedummyword\uref \definedummyword\url \definedummyword\var \definedummyword\verb \definedummyword\w \definedummyword\xref } % \indexnofonts is used when outputting the strings to sort the index % by, and when constructing control sequence names. It eliminates all % control sequences and just writes whatever the best ASCII sort string % would be for a given command (usually its argument). % \def\indexnofonts{% % Accent commands should become @asis. \def\definedummyaccent##1{\let##1\asis}% % We can just ignore other control letters. \def\definedummyletter##1{\let##1\empty}% % Hopefully, all control words can become @asis. \let\definedummyword\definedummyaccent % \commondummiesnofonts % % Don't no-op \tt, since it isn't a user-level command % and is used in the definitions of the active chars like <, >, |, etc. % Likewise with the other plain tex font commands. %\let\tt=\asis % \def\ { }% \def\@{@}% % how to handle braces? \def\_{\normalunderscore}% % % Non-English letters. \def\AA{AA}% \def\AE{AE}% \def\DH{DZZ}% \def\L{L}% \def\OE{OE}% \def\O{O}% \def\TH{ZZZ}% \def\aa{aa}% \def\ae{ae}% \def\dh{dzz}% \def\exclamdown{!}% \def\l{l}% \def\oe{oe}% \def\ordf{a}% \def\ordm{o}% \def\o{o}% \def\questiondown{?}% \def\ss{ss}% \def\th{zzz}% % \def\LaTeX{LaTeX}% \def\TeX{TeX}% % % Assorted special characters. % (The following {} will end up in the sort string, but that's ok.) \def\bullet{bullet}% \def\comma{,}% \def\copyright{copyright}% \def\dots{...}% \def\enddots{...}% \def\equiv{==}% \def\error{error}% \def\euro{euro}% \def\expansion{==>}% \def\guillemetleft{<<}% \def\guillemetright{>>}% \def\guilsinglleft{<}% \def\guilsinglright{>}% \def\minus{-}% \def\point{.}% \def\pounds{pounds}% \def\print{-|}% \def\quotedblbase{"}% \def\quotedblleft{"}% \def\quotedblright{"}% \def\quoteleft{`}% \def\quoteright{'}% \def\quotesinglbase{,}% \def\registeredsymbol{R}% \def\result{=>}% \def\textdegree{o}% % % We need to get rid of all macros, leaving only the arguments (if present). % Of course this is not nearly correct, but it is the best we can do for now. % makeinfo does not expand macros in the argument to @deffn, which ends up % writing an index entry, and texindex isn't prepared for an index sort entry % that starts with \. % % Since macro invocations are followed by braces, we can just redefine them % to take a single TeX argument. The case of a macro invocation that % goes to end-of-line is not handled. % \macrolist } \let\indexbackslash=0 %overridden during \printindex. \let\SETmarginindex=\relax % put index entries in margin (undocumented)? % Most index entries go through here, but \dosubind is the general case. % #1 is the index name, #2 is the entry text. \def\doind#1#2{\dosubind{#1}{#2}{}} % Workhorse for all \fooindexes. % #1 is name of index, #2 is stuff to put there, #3 is subentry -- % empty if called from \doind, as we usually are (the main exception % is with most defuns, which call us directly). % \def\dosubind#1#2#3{% \iflinks {% % Store the main index entry text (including the third arg). \toks0 = {#2}% % If third arg is present, precede it with a space. \def\thirdarg{#3}% \ifx\thirdarg\empty \else \toks0 = \expandafter{\the\toks0 \space #3}% \fi % \edef\writeto{\csname#1indfile\endcsname}% % \safewhatsit\dosubindwrite }% \fi } % Write the entry in \toks0 to the index file: % \def\dosubindwrite{% % Put the index entry in the margin if desired. \ifx\SETmarginindex\relax\else \insert\margin{\hbox{\vrule height8pt depth3pt width0pt \the\toks0}}% \fi % % Remember, we are within a group. \indexdummies % Must do this here, since \bf, etc expand at this stage \def\backslashcurfont{\indexbackslash}% \indexbackslash isn't defined now % so it will be output as is; and it will print as backslash. % % Process the index entry with all font commands turned off, to % get the string to sort by. {\indexnofonts \edef\temp{\the\toks0}% need full expansion \xdef\indexsorttmp{\temp}% }% % % Set up the complete index entry, with both the sort key and % the original text, including any font commands. We write % three arguments to \entry to the .?? file (four in the % subentry case), texindex reduces to two when writing the .??s % sorted result. \edef\temp{% \write\writeto{% \string\entry{\indexsorttmp}{\noexpand\folio}{\the\toks0}}% }% \temp } % Take care of unwanted page breaks/skips around a whatsit: % % If a skip is the last thing on the list now, preserve it % by backing up by \lastskip, doing the \write, then inserting % the skip again. Otherwise, the whatsit generated by the % \write or \pdfdest will make \lastskip zero. The result is that % sequences like this: % @end defun % @tindex whatever % @defun ... % will have extra space inserted, because the \medbreak in the % start of the @defun won't see the skip inserted by the @end of % the previous defun. % % But don't do any of this if we're not in vertical mode. We % don't want to do a \vskip and prematurely end a paragraph. % % Avoid page breaks due to these extra skips, too. % % But wait, there is a catch there: % We'll have to check whether \lastskip is zero skip. \ifdim is not % sufficient for this purpose, as it ignores stretch and shrink parts % of the skip. The only way seems to be to check the textual % representation of the skip. % % The following is almost like \def\zeroskipmacro{0.0pt} except that % the ``p'' and ``t'' characters have catcode \other, not 11 (letter). % \edef\zeroskipmacro{\expandafter\the\csname z@skip\endcsname} % \newskip\whatsitskip \newcount\whatsitpenalty % % ..., ready, GO: % \def\safewhatsit#1{% \ifhmode #1% \else % \lastskip and \lastpenalty cannot both be nonzero simultaneously. \whatsitskip = \lastskip \edef\lastskipmacro{\the\lastskip}% \whatsitpenalty = \lastpenalty % % If \lastskip is nonzero, that means the last item was a % skip. And since a skip is discardable, that means this % -\whatsitskip glue we're inserting is preceded by a % non-discardable item, therefore it is not a potential % breakpoint, therefore no \nobreak needed. \ifx\lastskipmacro\zeroskipmacro \else \vskip-\whatsitskip \fi % #1% % \ifx\lastskipmacro\zeroskipmacro % If \lastskip was zero, perhaps the last item was a penalty, and % perhaps it was >=10000, e.g., a \nobreak. In that case, we want % to re-insert the same penalty (values >10000 are used for various % signals); since we just inserted a non-discardable item, any % following glue (such as a \parskip) would be a breakpoint. For example: % % @deffn deffn-whatever % @vindex index-whatever % Description. % would allow a break between the index-whatever whatsit % and the "Description." paragraph. \ifnum\whatsitpenalty>9999 \penalty\whatsitpenalty \fi \else % On the other hand, if we had a nonzero \lastskip, % this make-up glue would be preceded by a non-discardable item % (the whatsit from the \write), so we must insert a \nobreak. \nobreak\vskip\whatsitskip \fi \fi } % The index entry written in the file actually looks like % \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic} % or % \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic}{subtopic} % The texindex program reads in these files and writes files % containing these kinds of lines: % \initial {c} % before the first topic whose initial is c % \entry {topic}{pagelist} % for a topic that is used without subtopics % \primary {topic} % for the beginning of a topic that is used with subtopics % \secondary {subtopic}{pagelist} % for each subtopic. % Define the user-accessible indexing commands % @findex, @vindex, @kindex, @cindex. \def\findex {\fnindex} \def\kindex {\kyindex} \def\cindex {\cpindex} \def\vindex {\vrindex} \def\tindex {\tpindex} \def\pindex {\pgindex} \def\cindexsub {\begingroup\obeylines\cindexsub} {\obeylines % \gdef\cindexsub "#1" #2^^M{\endgroup % \dosubind{cp}{#2}{#1}}} % Define the macros used in formatting output of the sorted index material. % @printindex causes a particular index (the ??s file) to get printed. % It does not print any chapter heading (usually an @unnumbered). % \parseargdef\printindex{\begingroup \dobreak \chapheadingskip{10000}% % \smallfonts \rm \tolerance = 9500 \plainfrenchspacing \everypar = {}% don't want the \kern\-parindent from indentation suppression. % % See if the index file exists and is nonempty. % Change catcode of @ here so that if the index file contains % \initial {@} % as its first line, TeX doesn't complain about mismatched braces % (because it thinks @} is a control sequence). \catcode`\@ = 11 \openin 1 \jobname.#1s \ifeof 1 % \enddoublecolumns gets confused if there is no text in the index, % and it loses the chapter title and the aux file entries for the % index. The easiest way to prevent this problem is to make sure % there is some text. \putwordIndexNonexistent \else % % If the index file exists but is empty, then \openin leaves \ifeof % false. We have to make TeX try to read something from the file, so % it can discover if there is anything in it. \read 1 to \temp \ifeof 1 \putwordIndexIsEmpty \else % Index files are almost Texinfo source, but we use \ as the escape % character. It would be better to use @, but that's too big a change % to make right now. \def\indexbackslash{\backslashcurfont}% \catcode`\\ = 0 \escapechar = `\\ \begindoublecolumns \input \jobname.#1s \enddoublecolumns \fi \fi \closein 1 \endgroup} % These macros are used by the sorted index file itself. % Change them to control the appearance of the index. \def\initial#1{{% % Some minor font changes for the special characters. \let\tentt=\sectt \let\tt=\sectt \let\sf=\sectt % % Remove any glue we may have, we'll be inserting our own. \removelastskip % % We like breaks before the index initials, so insert a bonus. \nobreak \vskip 0pt plus 3\baselineskip \penalty 0 \vskip 0pt plus -3\baselineskip % % Typeset the initial. Making this add up to a whole number of % baselineskips increases the chance of the dots lining up from column % to column. It still won't often be perfect, because of the stretch % we need before each entry, but it's better. % % No shrink because it confuses \balancecolumns. \vskip 1.67\baselineskip plus .5\baselineskip \leftline{\secbf #1}% % Do our best not to break after the initial. \nobreak \vskip .33\baselineskip plus .1\baselineskip }} % \entry typesets a paragraph consisting of the text (#1), dot leaders, and % then page number (#2) flushed to the right margin. It is used for index % and table of contents entries. The paragraph is indented by \leftskip. % % A straightforward implementation would start like this: % \def\entry#1#2{... % But this freezes the catcodes in the argument, and can cause problems to % @code, which sets - active. This problem was fixed by a kludge--- % ``-'' was active throughout whole index, but this isn't really right. % % The right solution is to prevent \entry from swallowing the whole text. % --kasal, 21nov03 \def\entry{% \begingroup % % Start a new paragraph if necessary, so our assignments below can't % affect previous text. \par % % Do not fill out the last line with white space. \parfillskip = 0in % % No extra space above this paragraph. \parskip = 0in % % Do not prefer a separate line ending with a hyphen to fewer lines. \finalhyphendemerits = 0 % % \hangindent is only relevant when the entry text and page number % don't both fit on one line. In that case, bob suggests starting the % dots pretty far over on the line. Unfortunately, a large % indentation looks wrong when the entry text itself is broken across % lines. So we use a small indentation and put up with long leaders. % % \hangafter is reset to 1 (which is the value we want) at the start % of each paragraph, so we need not do anything with that. \hangindent = 2em % % When the entry text needs to be broken, just fill out the first line % with blank space. \rightskip = 0pt plus1fil % % A bit of stretch before each entry for the benefit of balancing % columns. \vskip 0pt plus1pt % % Swallow the left brace of the text (first parameter): \afterassignment\doentry \let\temp = } \def\doentry{% \bgroup % Instead of the swallowed brace. \noindent \aftergroup\finishentry % And now comes the text of the entry. } \def\finishentry#1{% % #1 is the page number. % % The following is kludged to not output a line of dots in the index if % there are no page numbers. The next person who breaks this will be % cursed by a Unix daemon. \setbox\boxA = \hbox{#1}% \ifdim\wd\boxA = 0pt \ % \else % % If we must, put the page number on a line of its own, and fill out % this line with blank space. (The \hfil is overwhelmed with the % fill leaders glue in \indexdotfill if the page number does fit.) \hfil\penalty50 \null\nobreak\indexdotfill % Have leaders before the page number. % % The `\ ' here is removed by the implicit \unskip that TeX does as % part of (the primitive) \par. Without it, a spurious underfull % \hbox ensues. \ifpdf \pdfgettoks#1.% \ \the\toksA \else \ #1% \fi \fi \par \endgroup } % Like plain.tex's \dotfill, except uses up at least 1 em. \def\indexdotfill{\cleaders \hbox{$\mathsurround=0pt \mkern1.5mu.\mkern1.5mu$}\hskip 1em plus 1fill} \def\primary #1{\line{#1\hfil}} \newskip\secondaryindent \secondaryindent=0.5cm \def\secondary#1#2{{% \parfillskip=0in \parskip=0in \hangindent=1in \hangafter=1 \noindent\hskip\secondaryindent\hbox{#1}\indexdotfill \ifpdf \pdfgettoks#2.\ \the\toksA % The page number ends the paragraph. \else #2 \fi \par }} % Define two-column mode, which we use to typeset indexes. % Adapted from the TeXbook, page 416, which is to say, % the manmac.tex format used to print the TeXbook itself. \catcode`\@=11 \newbox\partialpage \newdimen\doublecolumnhsize \def\begindoublecolumns{\begingroup % ended by \enddoublecolumns % Grab any single-column material above us. \output = {% % % Here is a possibility not foreseen in manmac: if we accumulate a % whole lot of material, we might end up calling this \output % routine twice in a row (see the doublecol-lose test, which is % essentially a couple of indexes with @setchapternewpage off). In % that case we just ship out what is in \partialpage with the normal % output routine. Generally, \partialpage will be empty when this % runs and this will be a no-op. See the indexspread.tex test case. \ifvoid\partialpage \else \onepageout{\pagecontents\partialpage}% \fi % \global\setbox\partialpage = \vbox{% % Unvbox the main output page. \unvbox\PAGE \kern-\topskip \kern\baselineskip }% }% \eject % run that output routine to set \partialpage % % Use the double-column output routine for subsequent pages. \output = {\doublecolumnout}% % % Change the page size parameters. We could do this once outside this % routine, in each of @smallbook, @afourpaper, and the default 8.5x11 % format, but then we repeat the same computation. Repeating a couple % of assignments once per index is clearly meaningless for the % execution time, so we may as well do it in one place. % % First we halve the line length, less a little for the gutter between % the columns. We compute the gutter based on the line length, so it % changes automatically with the paper format. The magic constant % below is chosen so that the gutter has the same value (well, +-<1pt) % as it did when we hard-coded it. % % We put the result in a separate register, \doublecolumhsize, so we % can restore it in \pagesofar, after \hsize itself has (potentially) % been clobbered. % \doublecolumnhsize = \hsize \advance\doublecolumnhsize by -.04154\hsize \divide\doublecolumnhsize by 2 \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize % % Double the \vsize as well. (We don't need a separate register here, % since nobody clobbers \vsize.) \vsize = 2\vsize } % The double-column output routine for all double-column pages except % the last. % \def\doublecolumnout{% \splittopskip=\topskip \splitmaxdepth=\maxdepth % Get the available space for the double columns -- the normal % (undoubled) page height minus any material left over from the % previous page. \dimen@ = \vsize \divide\dimen@ by 2 \advance\dimen@ by -\ht\partialpage % % box0 will be the left-hand column, box2 the right. \setbox0=\vsplit255 to\dimen@ \setbox2=\vsplit255 to\dimen@ \onepageout\pagesofar \unvbox255 \penalty\outputpenalty } % % Re-output the contents of the output page -- any previous material, % followed by the two boxes we just split, in box0 and box2. \def\pagesofar{% \unvbox\partialpage % \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize \wd0=\hsize \wd2=\hsize \hbox to\pagewidth{\box0\hfil\box2}% } % % All done with double columns. \def\enddoublecolumns{% % The following penalty ensures that the page builder is exercised % _before_ we change the output routine. This is necessary in the % following situation: % % The last section of the index consists only of a single entry. % Before this section, \pagetotal is less than \pagegoal, so no % break occurs before the last section starts. However, the last % section, consisting of \initial and the single \entry, does not % fit on the page and has to be broken off. Without the following % penalty the page builder will not be exercised until \eject % below, and by that time we'll already have changed the output % routine to the \balancecolumns version, so the next-to-last % double-column page will be processed with \balancecolumns, which % is wrong: The two columns will go to the main vertical list, with % the broken-off section in the recent contributions. As soon as % the output routine finishes, TeX starts reconsidering the page % break. The two columns and the broken-off section both fit on the % page, because the two columns now take up only half of the page % goal. When TeX sees \eject from below which follows the final % section, it invokes the new output routine that we've set after % \balancecolumns below; \onepageout will try to fit the two columns % and the final section into the vbox of \pageheight (see % \pagebody), causing an overfull box. % % Note that glue won't work here, because glue does not exercise the % page builder, unlike penalties (see The TeXbook, pp. 280-281). \penalty0 % \output = {% % Split the last of the double-column material. Leave it on the % current page, no automatic page break. \balancecolumns % % If we end up splitting too much material for the current page, % though, there will be another page break right after this \output % invocation ends. Having called \balancecolumns once, we do not % want to call it again. Therefore, reset \output to its normal % definition right away. (We hope \balancecolumns will never be % called on to balance too much material, but if it is, this makes % the output somewhat more palatable.) \global\output = {\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}}% }% \eject \endgroup % started in \begindoublecolumns % % \pagegoal was set to the doubled \vsize above, since we restarted % the current page. We're now back to normal single-column % typesetting, so reset \pagegoal to the normal \vsize (after the % \endgroup where \vsize got restored). \pagegoal = \vsize } % % Called at the end of the double column material. \def\balancecolumns{% \setbox0 = \vbox{\unvbox255}% like \box255 but more efficient, see p.120. \dimen@ = \ht0 \advance\dimen@ by \topskip \advance\dimen@ by-\baselineskip \divide\dimen@ by 2 % target to split to %debug\message{final 2-column material height=\the\ht0, target=\the\dimen@.}% \splittopskip = \topskip % Loop until we get a decent breakpoint. {% \vbadness = 10000 \loop \global\setbox3 = \copy0 \global\setbox1 = \vsplit3 to \dimen@ \ifdim\ht3>\dimen@ \global\advance\dimen@ by 1pt \repeat }% %debug\message{split to \the\dimen@, column heights: \the\ht1, \the\ht3.}% \setbox0=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox1}% \setbox2=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox3}% % \pagesofar } \catcode`\@ = \other \message{sectioning,} % Chapters, sections, etc. % \unnumberedno is an oxymoron, of course. But we count the unnumbered % sections so that we can refer to them unambiguously in the pdf % outlines by their "section number". We avoid collisions with chapter % numbers by starting them at 10000. (If a document ever has 10000 % chapters, we're in trouble anyway, I'm sure.) \newcount\unnumberedno \unnumberedno = 10000 \newcount\chapno \newcount\secno \secno=0 \newcount\subsecno \subsecno=0 \newcount\subsubsecno \subsubsecno=0 % This counter is funny since it counts through charcodes of letters A, B, ... \newcount\appendixno \appendixno = `\@ % % \def\appendixletter{\char\the\appendixno} % We do the following ugly conditional instead of the above simple % construct for the sake of pdftex, which needs the actual % letter in the expansion, not just typeset. % \def\appendixletter{% \ifnum\appendixno=`A A% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`B B% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`C C% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`D D% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`E E% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`F F% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`G G% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`H H% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`I I% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`J J% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`K K% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`L L% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`M M% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`N N% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`O O% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`P P% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Q Q% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`R R% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`S S% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`T T% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`U U% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`V V% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`W W% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`X X% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Y Y% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Z Z% % The \the is necessary, despite appearances, because \appendixletter is % expanded while writing the .toc file. \char\appendixno is not % expandable, thus it is written literally, thus all appendixes come out % with the same letter (or @) in the toc without it. \else\char\the\appendixno \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi} % Each @chapter defines these (using marks) as the number+name, number % and name of the chapter. Page headings and footings can use % these. @section does likewise. \def\thischapter{} \def\thischapternum{} \def\thischaptername{} \def\thissection{} \def\thissectionnum{} \def\thissectionname{} \newcount\absseclevel % used to calculate proper heading level \newcount\secbase\secbase=0 % @raisesections/@lowersections modify this count % @raisesections: treat @section as chapter, @subsection as section, etc. \def\raisesections{\global\advance\secbase by -1} \let\up=\raisesections % original BFox name % @lowersections: treat @chapter as section, @section as subsection, etc. \def\lowersections{\global\advance\secbase by 1} \let\down=\lowersections % original BFox name % we only have subsub. \chardef\maxseclevel = 3 % % A numbered section within an unnumbered changes to unnumbered too. % To achive this, remember the "biggest" unnum. sec. we are currently in: \chardef\unmlevel = \maxseclevel % % Trace whether the current chapter is an appendix or not: % \chapheadtype is "N" or "A", unnumbered chapters are ignored. \def\chapheadtype{N} % Choose a heading macro % #1 is heading type % #2 is heading level % #3 is text for heading \def\genhead#1#2#3{% % Compute the abs. sec. level: \absseclevel=#2 \advance\absseclevel by \secbase % Make sure \absseclevel doesn't fall outside the range: \ifnum \absseclevel < 0 \absseclevel = 0 \else \ifnum \absseclevel > 3 \absseclevel = 3 \fi \fi % The heading type: \def\headtype{#1}% \if \headtype U% \ifnum \absseclevel < \unmlevel \chardef\unmlevel = \absseclevel \fi \else % Check for appendix sections: \ifnum \absseclevel = 0 \edef\chapheadtype{\headtype}% \else \if \headtype A\if \chapheadtype N% \errmessage{@appendix... within a non-appendix chapter}% \fi\fi \fi % Check for numbered within unnumbered: \ifnum \absseclevel > \unmlevel \def\headtype{U}% \else \chardef\unmlevel = 3 \fi \fi % Now print the heading: \if \headtype U% \ifcase\absseclevel \unnumberedzzz{#3}% \or \unnumberedseczzz{#3}% \or \unnumberedsubseczzz{#3}% \or \unnumberedsubsubseczzz{#3}% \fi \else \if \headtype A% \ifcase\absseclevel \appendixzzz{#3}% \or \appendixsectionzzz{#3}% \or \appendixsubseczzz{#3}% \or \appendixsubsubseczzz{#3}% \fi \else \ifcase\absseclevel \chapterzzz{#3}% \or \seczzz{#3}% \or \numberedsubseczzz{#3}% \or \numberedsubsubseczzz{#3}% \fi \fi \fi \suppressfirstparagraphindent } % an interface: \def\numhead{\genhead N} \def\apphead{\genhead A} \def\unnmhead{\genhead U} % @chapter, @appendix, @unnumbered. Increment top-level counter, reset % all lower-level sectioning counters to zero. % % Also set \chaplevelprefix, which we prepend to @float sequence numbers % (e.g., figures), q.v. By default (before any chapter), that is empty. \let\chaplevelprefix = \empty % \outer\parseargdef\chapter{\numhead0{#1}} % normally numhead0 calls chapterzzz \def\chapterzzz#1{% % section resetting is \global in case the chapter is in a group, such % as an @include file. \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\chapno by 1 % % Used for \float. \gdef\chaplevelprefix{\the\chapno.}% \resetallfloatnos % % \putwordChapter can contain complex things in translations. \toks0=\expandafter{\putwordChapter}% \message{\the\toks0 \space \the\chapno}% % % Write the actual heading. \chapmacro{#1}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno}% % % So @section and the like are numbered underneath this chapter. \global\let\section = \numberedsec \global\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec \global\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec } \outer\parseargdef\appendix{\apphead0{#1}} % normally calls appendixzzz % \def\appendixzzz#1{% \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\appendixno by 1 \gdef\chaplevelprefix{\appendixletter.}% \resetallfloatnos % % \putwordAppendix can contain complex things in translations. \toks0=\expandafter{\putwordAppendix}% \message{\the\toks0 \space \appendixletter}% % \chapmacro{#1}{Yappendix}{\appendixletter}% % \global\let\section = \appendixsec \global\let\subsection = \appendixsubsec \global\let\subsubsection = \appendixsubsubsec } \outer\parseargdef\unnumbered{\unnmhead0{#1}} % normally unnmhead0 calls unnumberedzzz \def\unnumberedzzz#1{% \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\unnumberedno by 1 % % Since an unnumbered has no number, no prefix for figures. \global\let\chaplevelprefix = \empty \resetallfloatnos % % This used to be simply \message{#1}, but TeX fully expands the % argument to \message. Therefore, if #1 contained @-commands, TeX % expanded them. For example, in `@unnumbered The @cite{Book}', TeX % expanded @cite (which turns out to cause errors because \cite is meant % to be executed, not expanded). % % Anyway, we don't want the fully-expanded definition of @cite to appear % as a result of the \message, we just want `@cite' itself. We use % \the to achieve this: TeX expands \the only once, % simply yielding the contents of . (We also do this for % the toc entries.) \toks0 = {#1}% \message{(\the\toks0)}% % \chapmacro{#1}{Ynothing}{\the\unnumberedno}% % \global\let\section = \unnumberedsec \global\let\subsection = \unnumberedsubsec \global\let\subsubsection = \unnumberedsubsubsec } % @centerchap is like @unnumbered, but the heading is centered. \outer\parseargdef\centerchap{% % Well, we could do the following in a group, but that would break % an assumption that \chapmacro is called at the outermost level. % Thus we are safer this way: --kasal, 24feb04 \let\centerparametersmaybe = \centerparameters \unnmhead0{#1}% \let\centerparametersmaybe = \relax } % @top is like @unnumbered. \let\top\unnumbered % Sections. \outer\parseargdef\numberedsec{\numhead1{#1}} % normally calls seczzz \def\seczzz#1{% \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1 \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno.\the\secno}% } \outer\parseargdef\appendixsection{\apphead1{#1}} % normally calls appendixsectionzzz \def\appendixsectionzzz#1{% \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1 \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Yappendix}{\appendixletter.\the\secno}% } \let\appendixsec\appendixsection \outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsec{\unnmhead1{#1}} % normally calls unnumberedseczzz \def\unnumberedseczzz#1{% \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1 \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Ynothing}{\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno}% } % Subsections. \outer\parseargdef\numberedsubsec{\numhead2{#1}} % normally calls numberedsubseczzz \def\numberedsubseczzz#1{% \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1 \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}% } \outer\parseargdef\appendixsubsec{\apphead2{#1}} % normally calls appendixsubseczzz \def\appendixsubseczzz#1{% \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1 \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Yappendix}% {\appendixletter.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}% } \outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsubsec{\unnmhead2{#1}} %normally calls unnumberedsubseczzz \def\unnumberedsubseczzz#1{% \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1 \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Ynothing}% {\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}% } % Subsubsections. \outer\parseargdef\numberedsubsubsec{\numhead3{#1}} % normally numberedsubsubseczzz \def\numberedsubsubseczzz#1{% \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1 \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Ynumbered}% {\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}% } \outer\parseargdef\appendixsubsubsec{\apphead3{#1}} % normally appendixsubsubseczzz \def\appendixsubsubseczzz#1{% \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1 \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Yappendix}% {\appendixletter.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}% } \outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsubsubsec{\unnmhead3{#1}} %normally unnumberedsubsubseczzz \def\unnumberedsubsubseczzz#1{% \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1 \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Ynothing}% {\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}% } % These macros control what the section commands do, according % to what kind of chapter we are in (ordinary, appendix, or unnumbered). % Define them by default for a numbered chapter. \let\section = \numberedsec \let\subsection = \numberedsubsec \let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec % Define @majorheading, @heading and @subheading % NOTE on use of \vbox for chapter headings, section headings, and such: % 1) We use \vbox rather than the earlier \line to permit % overlong headings to fold. % 2) \hyphenpenalty is set to 10000 because hyphenation in a % heading is obnoxious; this forbids it. % 3) Likewise, headings look best if no \parindent is used, and % if justification is not attempted. Hence \raggedright. \def\majorheading{% {\advance\chapheadingskip by 10pt \chapbreak }% \parsearg\chapheadingzzz } \def\chapheading{\chapbreak \parsearg\chapheadingzzz} \def\chapheadingzzz#1{% {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt\ptexraggedright \rmisbold #1\hfill}}% \bigskip \par\penalty 200\relax \suppressfirstparagraphindent } % @heading, @subheading, @subsubheading. \parseargdef\heading{\sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Yomitfromtoc}{} \suppressfirstparagraphindent} \parseargdef\subheading{\sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Yomitfromtoc}{} \suppressfirstparagraphindent} \parseargdef\subsubheading{\sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Yomitfromtoc}{} \suppressfirstparagraphindent} % These macros generate a chapter, section, etc. heading only % (including whitespace, linebreaking, etc. around it), % given all the information in convenient, parsed form. %%% Args are the skip and penalty (usually negative) \def\dobreak#1#2{\par\ifdim\lastskip<#1\removelastskip\penalty#2\vskip#1\fi} %%% Define plain chapter starts, and page on/off switching for it % Parameter controlling skip before chapter headings (if needed) \newskip\chapheadingskip \def\chapbreak{\dobreak \chapheadingskip {-4000}} \def\chappager{\par\vfill\supereject} % Because \domark is called before \chapoddpage, the filler page will % get the headings for the next chapter, which is wrong. But we don't % care -- we just disable all headings on the filler page. \def\chapoddpage{% \chappager \ifodd\pageno \else \begingroup \evenheadline={\hfil}\evenfootline={\hfil}% \oddheadline={\hfil}\oddfootline={\hfil}% \hbox to 0pt{}% \chappager \endgroup \fi } \def\setchapternewpage #1 {\csname CHAPPAG#1\endcsname} \def\CHAPPAGoff{% \global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager \global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapbreak \global\let\pagealignmacro=\chappager} \def\CHAPPAGon{% \global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager \global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chappager \global\let\pagealignmacro=\chappager \global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSsingle}} \def\CHAPPAGodd{% \global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage \global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapoddpage \global\let\pagealignmacro=\chapoddpage \global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble}} \CHAPPAGon % Chapter opening. % % #1 is the text, #2 is the section type (Ynumbered, Ynothing, % Yappendix, Yomitfromtoc), #3 the chapter number. % % To test against our argument. \def\Ynothingkeyword{Ynothing} \def\Yomitfromtockeyword{Yomitfromtoc} \def\Yappendixkeyword{Yappendix} % \def\chapmacro#1#2#3{% % Insert the first mark before the heading break (see notes for \domark). \let\prevchapterdefs=\lastchapterdefs \let\prevsectiondefs=\lastsectiondefs \gdef\lastsectiondefs{\gdef\thissectionname{}\gdef\thissectionnum{}% \gdef\thissection{}}% % \def\temptype{#2}% \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword \gdef\lastchapterdefs{\gdef\thischaptername{#1}\gdef\thischapternum{}% \gdef\thischapter{\thischaptername}}% \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword \gdef\lastchapterdefs{\gdef\thischaptername{#1}\gdef\thischapternum{}% \gdef\thischapter{}}% \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword \toks0={#1}% \xdef\lastchapterdefs{% \gdef\noexpand\thischaptername{\the\toks0}% \gdef\noexpand\thischapternum{\appendixletter}% % \noexpand\putwordAppendix avoids expanding indigestible % commands in some of the translations. \gdef\noexpand\thischapter{\noexpand\putwordAppendix{} \noexpand\thischapternum: \noexpand\thischaptername}% }% \else \toks0={#1}% \xdef\lastchapterdefs{% \gdef\noexpand\thischaptername{\the\toks0}% \gdef\noexpand\thischapternum{\the\chapno}% % \noexpand\putwordChapter avoids expanding indigestible % commands in some of the translations. \gdef\noexpand\thischapter{\noexpand\putwordChapter{} \noexpand\thischapternum: \noexpand\thischaptername}% }% \fi\fi\fi % % Output the mark. Pass it through \safewhatsit, to take care of % the preceding space. \safewhatsit\domark % % Insert the chapter heading break. \pchapsepmacro % % Now the second mark, after the heading break. No break points % between here and the heading. \let\prevchapterdefs=\lastchapterdefs \let\prevsectiondefs=\lastsectiondefs \domark % {% \chapfonts \rmisbold % % Have to define \lastsection before calling \donoderef, because the % xref code eventually uses it. On the other hand, it has to be called % after \pchapsepmacro, or the headline will change too soon. \gdef\lastsection{#1}% % % Only insert the separating space if we have a chapter/appendix % number, and don't print the unnumbered ``number''. \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword \setbox0 = \hbox{}% \def\toctype{unnchap}% \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword \setbox0 = \hbox{}% contents like unnumbered, but no toc entry \def\toctype{omit}% \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword \setbox0 = \hbox{\putwordAppendix{} #3\enspace}% \def\toctype{app}% \else \setbox0 = \hbox{#3\enspace}% \def\toctype{numchap}% \fi\fi\fi % % Write the toc entry for this chapter. Must come before the % \donoderef, because we include the current node name in the toc % entry, and \donoderef resets it to empty. \writetocentry{\toctype}{#1}{#3}% % % For pdftex, we have to write out the node definition (aka, make % the pdfdest) after any page break, but before the actual text has % been typeset. If the destination for the pdf outline is after the % text, then jumping from the outline may wind up with the text not % being visible, for instance under high magnification. \donoderef{#2}% % % Typeset the actual heading. \nobreak % Avoid page breaks at the interline glue. \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \ptexraggedright \hangindent=\wd0 \centerparametersmaybe \unhbox0 #1\par}% }% \nobreak\bigskip % no page break after a chapter title \nobreak } % @centerchap -- centered and unnumbered. \let\centerparametersmaybe = \relax \def\centerparameters{% \advance\rightskip by 3\rightskip \leftskip = \rightskip \parfillskip = 0pt } % I don't think this chapter style is supported any more, so I'm not % updating it with the new noderef stuff. We'll see. --karl, 11aug03. % \def\setchapterstyle #1 {\csname CHAPF#1\endcsname} % \def\unnchfopen #1{% \chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt\ptexraggedright \rmisbold #1\hfill}}\bigskip \par\nobreak } \def\chfopen #1#2{\chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox to 3in{\vfil \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #2} \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #1} \vfil}}% \par\penalty 5000 % } \def\centerchfopen #1{% \chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \hfill {\rmisbold #1}\hfill}}\bigskip \par\nobreak } \def\CHAPFopen{% \global\let\chapmacro=\chfopen \global\let\centerchapmacro=\centerchfopen} % Section titles. These macros combine the section number parts and % call the generic \sectionheading to do the printing. % \newskip\secheadingskip \def\secheadingbreak{\dobreak \secheadingskip{-1000}} % Subsection titles. \newskip\subsecheadingskip \def\subsecheadingbreak{\dobreak \subsecheadingskip{-500}} % Subsubsection titles. \def\subsubsecheadingskip{\subsecheadingskip} \def\subsubsecheadingbreak{\subsecheadingbreak} % Print any size, any type, section title. % % #1 is the text, #2 is the section level (sec/subsec/subsubsec), #3 is % the section type for xrefs (Ynumbered, Ynothing, Yappendix), #4 is the % section number. % \def\seckeyword{sec} % \def\sectionheading#1#2#3#4{% {% % Switch to the right set of fonts. \csname #2fonts\endcsname \rmisbold % \def\sectionlevel{#2}% \def\temptype{#3}% % % Insert first mark before the heading break (see notes for \domark). \let\prevsectiondefs=\lastsectiondefs \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword \ifx\sectionlevel\seckeyword \gdef\lastsectiondefs{\gdef\thissectionname{#1}\gdef\thissectionnum{}% \gdef\thissection{\thissectionname}}% \fi \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword % Don't redefine \thissection. \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword \ifx\sectionlevel\seckeyword \toks0={#1}% \xdef\lastsectiondefs{% \gdef\noexpand\thissectionname{\the\toks0}% \gdef\noexpand\thissectionnum{#4}% % \noexpand\putwordSection avoids expanding indigestible % commands in some of the translations. \gdef\noexpand\thissection{\noexpand\putwordSection{} \noexpand\thissectionnum: \noexpand\thissectionname}% }% \fi \else \ifx\sectionlevel\seckeyword \toks0={#1}% \xdef\lastsectiondefs{% \gdef\noexpand\thissectionname{\the\toks0}% \gdef\noexpand\thissectionnum{#4}% % \noexpand\putwordSection avoids expanding indigestible % commands in some of the translations. \gdef\noexpand\thissection{\noexpand\putwordSection{} \noexpand\thissectionnum: \noexpand\thissectionname}% }% \fi \fi\fi\fi % % Go into vertical mode. Usually we'll already be there, but we % don't want the following whatsit to end up in a preceding paragraph % if the document didn't happen to have a blank line. \par % % Output the mark. Pass it through \safewhatsit, to take care of % the preceding space. \safewhatsit\domark % % Insert space above the heading. \csname #2headingbreak\endcsname % % Now the second mark, after the heading break. No break points % between here and the heading. \let\prevsectiondefs=\lastsectiondefs \domark % % Only insert the space after the number if we have a section number. \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword \setbox0 = \hbox{}% \def\toctype{unn}% \gdef\lastsection{#1}% \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword % for @headings -- no section number, don't include in toc, % and don't redefine \lastsection. \setbox0 = \hbox{}% \def\toctype{omit}% \let\sectionlevel=\empty \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword \setbox0 = \hbox{#4\enspace}% \def\toctype{app}% \gdef\lastsection{#1}% \else \setbox0 = \hbox{#4\enspace}% \def\toctype{num}% \gdef\lastsection{#1}% \fi\fi\fi % % Write the toc entry (before \donoderef). See comments in \chapmacro. \writetocentry{\toctype\sectionlevel}{#1}{#4}% % % Write the node reference (= pdf destination for pdftex). % Again, see comments in \chapmacro. \donoderef{#3}% % % Interline glue will be inserted when the vbox is completed. % That glue will be a valid breakpoint for the page, since it'll be % preceded by a whatsit (usually from the \donoderef, or from the % \writetocentry if there was no node). We don't want to allow that % break, since then the whatsits could end up on page n while the % section is on page n+1, thus toc/etc. are wrong. Debian bug 276000. \nobreak % % Output the actual section heading. \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \ptexraggedright \hangindent=\wd0 % zero if no section number \unhbox0 #1}% }% % Add extra space after the heading -- half of whatever came above it. % Don't allow stretch, though. \kern .5 \csname #2headingskip\endcsname % % Do not let the kern be a potential breakpoint, as it would be if it % was followed by glue. \nobreak % % We'll almost certainly start a paragraph next, so don't let that % glue accumulate. (Not a breakpoint because it's preceded by a % discardable item.) \vskip-\parskip % % This is purely so the last item on the list is a known \penalty > % 10000. This is so \startdefun can avoid allowing breakpoints after % section headings. Otherwise, it would insert a valid breakpoint between: % % @section sec-whatever % @deffn def-whatever \penalty 10001 } \message{toc,} % Table of contents. \newwrite\tocfile % Write an entry to the toc file, opening it if necessary. % Called from @chapter, etc. % % Example usage: \writetocentry{sec}{Section Name}{\the\chapno.\the\secno} % We append the current node name (if any) and page number as additional % arguments for the \{chap,sec,...}entry macros which will eventually % read this. The node name is used in the pdf outlines as the % destination to jump to. % % We open the .toc file for writing here instead of at @setfilename (or % any other fixed time) so that @contents can be anywhere in the document. % But if #1 is `omit', then we don't do anything. This is used for the % table of contents chapter openings themselves. % \newif\iftocfileopened \def\omitkeyword{omit}% % \def\writetocentry#1#2#3{% \edef\writetoctype{#1}% \ifx\writetoctype\omitkeyword \else \iftocfileopened\else \immediate\openout\tocfile = \jobname.toc \global\tocfileopenedtrue \fi % \iflinks {\atdummies \edef\temp{% \write\tocfile{@#1entry{#2}{#3}{\lastnode}{\noexpand\folio}}}% \temp }% \fi \fi % % Tell \shipout to create a pdf destination on each page, if we're % writing pdf. These are used in the table of contents. We can't % just write one on every page because the title pages are numbered % 1 and 2 (the page numbers aren't printed), and so are the first % two pages of the document. Thus, we'd have two destinations named % `1', and two named `2'. \ifpdf \global\pdfmakepagedesttrue \fi } % These characters do not print properly in the Computer Modern roman % fonts, so we must take special care. This is more or less redundant % with the Texinfo input format setup at the end of this file. % \def\activecatcodes{% \catcode`\"=\active \catcode`\$=\active \catcode`\<=\active \catcode`\>=\active \catcode`\\=\active \catcode`\^=\active \catcode`\_=\active \catcode`\|=\active \catcode`\~=\active } % Read the toc file, which is essentially Texinfo input. \def\readtocfile{% \setupdatafile \activecatcodes \input \tocreadfilename } \newskip\contentsrightmargin \contentsrightmargin=1in \newcount\savepageno \newcount\lastnegativepageno \lastnegativepageno = -1 % Prepare to read what we've written to \tocfile. % \def\startcontents#1{% % If @setchapternewpage on, and @headings double, the contents should % start on an odd page, unlike chapters. Thus, we maintain % \contentsalignmacro in parallel with \pagealignmacro. % From: Torbjorn Granlund \contentsalignmacro \immediate\closeout\tocfile % % Don't need to put `Contents' or `Short Contents' in the headline. % It is abundantly clear what they are. \chapmacro{#1}{Yomitfromtoc}{}% % \savepageno = \pageno \begingroup % Set up to handle contents files properly. \raggedbottom % Worry more about breakpoints than the bottom. \advance\hsize by -\contentsrightmargin % Don't use the full line length. % % Roman numerals for page numbers. \ifnum \pageno>0 \global\pageno = \lastnegativepageno \fi } % redefined for the two-volume lispref. We always output on % \jobname.toc even if this is redefined. % \def\tocreadfilename{\jobname.toc} % Normal (long) toc. % \def\contents{% \startcontents{\putwordTOC}% \openin 1 \tocreadfilename\space \ifeof 1 \else \readtocfile \fi \vfill \eject \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect \ifeof 1 \else \pdfmakeoutlines \fi \closein 1 \endgroup \lastnegativepageno = \pageno \global\pageno = \savepageno } % And just the chapters. \def\summarycontents{% \startcontents{\putwordShortTOC}% % \let\numchapentry = \shortchapentry \let\appentry = \shortchapentry \let\unnchapentry = \shortunnchapentry % We want a true roman here for the page numbers. \secfonts \let\rm=\shortcontrm \let\bf=\shortcontbf \let\sl=\shortcontsl \let\tt=\shortconttt \rm \hyphenpenalty = 10000 \advance\baselineskip by 1pt % Open it up a little. \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{} \let\appsecentry = \numsecentry \let\unnsecentry = \numsecentry \let\numsubsecentry = \numsecentry \let\appsubsecentry = \numsecentry \let\unnsubsecentry = \numsecentry \let\numsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry \let\appsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry \let\unnsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry \openin 1 \tocreadfilename\space \ifeof 1 \else \readtocfile \fi \closein 1 \vfill \eject \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect \endgroup \lastnegativepageno = \pageno \global\pageno = \savepageno } \let\shortcontents = \summarycontents % Typeset the label for a chapter or appendix for the short contents. % The arg is, e.g., `A' for an appendix, or `3' for a chapter. % \def\shortchaplabel#1{% % This space should be enough, since a single number is .5em, and the % widest letter (M) is 1em, at least in the Computer Modern fonts. % But use \hss just in case. % (This space doesn't include the extra space that gets added after % the label; that gets put in by \shortchapentry above.) % % We'd like to right-justify chapter numbers, but that looks strange % with appendix letters. And right-justifying numbers and % left-justifying letters looks strange when there is less than 10 % chapters. Have to read the whole toc once to know how many chapters % there are before deciding ... \hbox to 1em{#1\hss}% } % These macros generate individual entries in the table of contents. % The first argument is the chapter or section name. % The last argument is the page number. % The arguments in between are the chapter number, section number, ... % Chapters, in the main contents. \def\numchapentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}} % % Chapters, in the short toc. % See comments in \dochapentry re vbox and related settings. \def\shortchapentry#1#2#3#4{% \tocentry{\shortchaplabel{#2}\labelspace #1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#4\egroup}% } % Appendices, in the main contents. % Need the word Appendix, and a fixed-size box. % \def\appendixbox#1{% % We use M since it's probably the widest letter. \setbox0 = \hbox{\putwordAppendix{} M}% \hbox to \wd0{\putwordAppendix{} #1\hss}} % \def\appentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{\appendixbox{#2}\labelspace#1}{#4}} % Unnumbered chapters. \def\unnchapentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{#1}{#4}} \def\shortunnchapentry#1#2#3#4{\tocentry{#1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#4\egroup}} % Sections. \def\numsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}} \let\appsecentry=\numsecentry \def\unnsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#1}{#4}} % Subsections. \def\numsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}} \let\appsubsecentry=\numsubsecentry \def\unnsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsecentry{#1}{#4}} % And subsubsections. \def\numsubsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsubsecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}} \let\appsubsubsecentry=\numsubsubsecentry \def\unnsubsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsubsecentry{#1}{#4}} % This parameter controls the indentation of the various levels. % Same as \defaultparindent. \newdimen\tocindent \tocindent = 15pt % Now for the actual typesetting. In all these, #1 is the text and #2 is the % page number. % % If the toc has to be broken over pages, we want it to be at chapters % if at all possible; hence the \penalty. \def\dochapentry#1#2{% \penalty-300 \vskip1\baselineskip plus.33\baselineskip minus.25\baselineskip \begingroup \chapentryfonts \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% \endgroup \nobreak\vskip .25\baselineskip plus.1\baselineskip } \def\dosecentry#1#2{\begingroup \secentryfonts \leftskip=\tocindent \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% \endgroup} \def\dosubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup \subsecentryfonts \leftskip=2\tocindent \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% \endgroup} \def\dosubsubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup \subsubsecentryfonts \leftskip=3\tocindent \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% \endgroup} % We use the same \entry macro as for the index entries. \let\tocentry = \entry % Space between chapter (or whatever) number and the title. \def\labelspace{\hskip1em \relax} \def\dopageno#1{{\rm #1}} \def\doshortpageno#1{{\rm #1}} \def\chapentryfonts{\secfonts \rm} \def\secentryfonts{\textfonts} \def\subsecentryfonts{\textfonts} \def\subsubsecentryfonts{\textfonts} \message{environments,} % @foo ... @end foo. % @tex ... @end tex escapes into raw Tex temporarily. % One exception: @ is still an escape character, so that @end tex works. % But \@ or @@ will get a plain tex @ character. \envdef\tex{% \setupmarkupstyle{tex}% \catcode `\\=0 \catcode `\{=1 \catcode `\}=2 \catcode `\$=3 \catcode `\&=4 \catcode `\#=6 \catcode `\^=7 \catcode `\_=8 \catcode `\~=\active \let~=\tie \catcode `\%=14 \catcode `\+=\other \catcode `\"=\other \catcode `\|=\other \catcode `\<=\other \catcode `\>=\other \catcode`\`=\other \catcode`\'=\other \escapechar=`\\ % \let\b=\ptexb \let\bullet=\ptexbullet \let\c=\ptexc \let\,=\ptexcomma \let\.=\ptexdot \let\dots=\ptexdots \let\equiv=\ptexequiv \let\!=\ptexexclam \let\i=\ptexi \let\indent=\ptexindent \let\noindent=\ptexnoindent \let\{=\ptexlbrace \let\+=\tabalign \let\}=\ptexrbrace \let\/=\ptexslash \let\*=\ptexstar \let\t=\ptext \expandafter \let\csname top\endcsname=\ptextop % outer \let\frenchspacing=\plainfrenchspacing % \def\endldots{\mathinner{\ldots\ldots\ldots\ldots}}% \def\enddots{\relax\ifmmode\endldots\else$\mathsurround=0pt \endldots\,$\fi}% \def\@{@}% } % There is no need to define \Etex. % Define @lisp ... @end lisp. % @lisp environment forms a group so it can rebind things, % including the definition of @end lisp (which normally is erroneous). % Amount to narrow the margins by for @lisp. \newskip\lispnarrowing \lispnarrowing=0.4in % This is the definition that ^^M gets inside @lisp, @example, and other % such environments. \null is better than a space, since it doesn't % have any width. \def\lisppar{\null\endgraf} % This space is always present above and below environments. \newskip\envskipamount \envskipamount = 0pt % Make spacing and below environment symmetrical. We use \parskip here % to help in doing that, since in @example-like environments \parskip % is reset to zero; thus the \afterenvbreak inserts no space -- but the % start of the next paragraph will insert \parskip. % \def\aboveenvbreak{{% % =10000 instead of <10000 because of a special case in \itemzzz and % \sectionheading, q.v. \ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else \advance\envskipamount by \parskip \endgraf \ifdim\lastskip<\envskipamount \removelastskip % it's not a good place to break if the last penalty was \nobreak % or better ... \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 \penalty-50 \fi \vskip\envskipamount \fi \fi }} \let\afterenvbreak = \aboveenvbreak % \nonarrowing is a flag. If "set", @lisp etc don't narrow margins; it will % also clear it, so that its embedded environments do the narrowing again. \let\nonarrowing=\relax % @cartouche ... @end cartouche: draw rectangle w/rounded corners around % environment contents. \font\circle=lcircle10 \newdimen\circthick \newdimen\cartouter\newdimen\cartinner \newskip\normbskip\newskip\normpskip\newskip\normlskip \circthick=\fontdimen8\circle % \def\ctl{{\circle\char'013\hskip -6pt}}% 6pt from pl file: 1/2charwidth \def\ctr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'010}} \def\cbl{{\circle\char'012\hskip -6pt}} \def\cbr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'011}} \def\carttop{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip \ctl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\ctr \hskip\rskip}} \def\cartbot{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip \cbl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\cbr \hskip\rskip}} % \newskip\lskip\newskip\rskip \envdef\cartouche{% \ifhmode\par\fi % can't be in the midst of a paragraph. \startsavinginserts \lskip=\leftskip \rskip=\rightskip \leftskip=0pt\rightskip=0pt % we want these *outside*. \cartinner=\hsize \advance\cartinner by-\lskip \advance\cartinner by-\rskip \cartouter=\hsize \advance\cartouter by 18.4pt % allow for 3pt kerns on either % side, and for 6pt waste from % each corner char, and rule thickness \normbskip=\baselineskip \normpskip=\parskip \normlskip=\lineskip % Flag to tell @lisp, etc., not to narrow margin. \let\nonarrowing = t% \vbox\bgroup \baselineskip=0pt\parskip=0pt\lineskip=0pt \carttop \hbox\bgroup \hskip\lskip \vrule\kern3pt \vbox\bgroup \kern3pt \hsize=\cartinner \baselineskip=\normbskip \lineskip=\normlskip \parskip=\normpskip \vskip -\parskip \comment % For explanation, see the end of \def\group. } \def\Ecartouche{% \ifhmode\par\fi \kern3pt \egroup \kern3pt\vrule \hskip\rskip \egroup \cartbot \egroup \checkinserts } % This macro is called at the beginning of all the @example variants, % inside a group. \newdimen\nonfillparindent \def\nonfillstart{% \aboveenvbreak \hfuzz = 12pt % Don't be fussy \sepspaces % Make spaces be word-separators rather than space tokens. \let\par = \lisppar % don't ignore blank lines \obeylines % each line of input is a line of output \parskip = 0pt % Turn off paragraph indentation but redefine \indent to emulate % the normal \indent. \nonfillparindent=\parindent \parindent = 0pt \let\indent\nonfillindent % \emergencystretch = 0pt % don't try to avoid overfull boxes \ifx\nonarrowing\relax \advance \leftskip by \lispnarrowing \exdentamount=\lispnarrowing \else \let\nonarrowing = \relax \fi \let\exdent=\nofillexdent } \begingroup \obeyspaces % We want to swallow spaces (but not other tokens) after the fake % @indent in our nonfill-environments, where spaces are normally % active and set to @tie, resulting in them not being ignored after % @indent. \gdef\nonfillindent{\futurelet\temp\nonfillindentcheck}% \gdef\nonfillindentcheck{% \ifx\temp % \expandafter\nonfillindentgobble% \else% \leavevmode\nonfillindentbox% \fi% }% \endgroup \def\nonfillindentgobble#1{\nonfillindent} \def\nonfillindentbox{\hbox to \nonfillparindent{\hss}} % If you want all examples etc. small: @set dispenvsize small. % If you want even small examples the full size: @set dispenvsize nosmall. % This affects the following displayed environments: % @example, @display, @format, @lisp % \def\smallword{small} \def\nosmallword{nosmall} \let\SETdispenvsize\relax \def\setnormaldispenv{% \ifx\SETdispenvsize\smallword % end paragraph for sake of leading, in case document has no blank % line. This is redundant with what happens in \aboveenvbreak, but % we need to do it before changing the fonts, and it's inconvenient % to change the fonts afterward. \ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else \endgraf \fi \smallexamplefonts \rm \fi } \def\setsmalldispenv{% \ifx\SETdispenvsize\nosmallword \else \ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else \endgraf \fi \smallexamplefonts \rm \fi } % We often define two environments, @foo and @smallfoo. % Let's do it by one command: \def\makedispenv #1#2{ \expandafter\envdef\csname#1\endcsname {\setnormaldispenv #2} \expandafter\envdef\csname small#1\endcsname {\setsmalldispenv #2} \expandafter\let\csname E#1\endcsname \afterenvbreak \expandafter\let\csname Esmall#1\endcsname \afterenvbreak } % Define two synonyms: \def\maketwodispenvs #1#2#3{ \makedispenv{#1}{#3} \makedispenv{#2}{#3} } % @lisp: indented, narrowed, typewriter font; @example: same as @lisp. % % @smallexample and @smalllisp: use smaller fonts. % Originally contributed by Pavel@xerox. % \maketwodispenvs {lisp}{example}{% \nonfillstart \tt\setupmarkupstyle{example}% \let\kbdfont = \kbdexamplefont % Allow @kbd to do something special. \gobble % eat return } % @display/@smalldisplay: same as @lisp except keep current font. % \makedispenv {display}{% \nonfillstart \gobble } % @format/@smallformat: same as @display except don't narrow margins. % \makedispenv{format}{% \let\nonarrowing = t% \nonfillstart \gobble } % @flushleft: same as @format, but doesn't obey \SETdispenvsize. \envdef\flushleft{% \let\nonarrowing = t% \nonfillstart \gobble } \let\Eflushleft = \afterenvbreak % @flushright. % \envdef\flushright{% \let\nonarrowing = t% \nonfillstart \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fill \gobble } \let\Eflushright = \afterenvbreak % @raggedright does more-or-less normal line breaking but no right % justification. From plain.tex. \envdef\raggedright{% \rightskip0pt plus2em \spaceskip.3333em \xspaceskip.5em\relax } \let\Eraggedright\par \envdef\raggedleft{% \parindent=0pt \leftskip0pt plus2em \spaceskip.3333em \xspaceskip.5em \parfillskip=0pt \hbadness=10000 % Last line will usually be underfull, so turn off % badness reporting. } \let\Eraggedleft\par \envdef\raggedcenter{% \parindent=0pt \rightskip0pt plus1em \leftskip0pt plus1em \spaceskip.3333em \xspaceskip.5em \parfillskip=0pt \hbadness=10000 % Last line will usually be underfull, so turn off % badness reporting. } \let\Eraggedcenter\par % @quotation does normal linebreaking (hence we can't use \nonfillstart) % and narrows the margins. We keep \parskip nonzero in general, since % we're doing normal filling. So, when using \aboveenvbreak and % \afterenvbreak, temporarily make \parskip 0. % \def\quotationstart{% {\parskip=0pt \aboveenvbreak}% because \aboveenvbreak inserts \parskip \parindent=0pt % % @cartouche defines \nonarrowing to inhibit narrowing at next level down. \ifx\nonarrowing\relax \advance\leftskip by \lispnarrowing \advance\rightskip by \lispnarrowing \exdentamount = \lispnarrowing \else \let\nonarrowing = \relax \fi \parsearg\quotationlabel } \envdef\quotation{% \setnormaldispenv \quotationstart } \envdef\smallquotation{% \setsmalldispenv \quotationstart } \let\Esmallquotation = \Equotation % We have retained a nonzero parskip for the environment, since we're % doing normal filling. % \def\Equotation{% \par \ifx\quotationauthor\undefined\else % indent a bit. \leftline{\kern 2\leftskip \sl ---\quotationauthor}% \fi {\parskip=0pt \afterenvbreak}% } % If we're given an argument, typeset it in bold with a colon after. \def\quotationlabel#1{% \def\temp{#1}% \ifx\temp\empty \else {\bf #1: }% \fi } % LaTeX-like @verbatim...@end verbatim and @verb{...} % If we want to allow any as delimiter, % we need the curly braces so that makeinfo sees the @verb command, eg: % `@verbx...x' would look like the '@verbx' command. --janneke@gnu.org % % [Knuth]: Donald Ervin Knuth, 1996. The TeXbook. % % [Knuth] p.344; only we need to do the other characters Texinfo sets % active too. Otherwise, they get lost as the first character on a % verbatim line. \def\dospecials{% \do\ \do\\\do\{\do\}\do\$\do\&% \do\#\do\^\do\^^K\do\_\do\^^A\do\%\do\~% \do\<\do\>\do\|\do\@\do+\do\"% % Don't do the quotes -- if we do, @set txicodequoteundirected and % @set txicodequotebacktick will not have effect on @verb and % @verbatim, and ?` and !` ligatures won't get disabled. %\do\`\do\'% } % % [Knuth] p. 380 \def\uncatcodespecials{% \def\do##1{\catcode`##1=\other}\dospecials} % % Setup for the @verb command. % % Eight spaces for a tab \begingroup \catcode`\^^I=\active \gdef\tabeightspaces{\catcode`\^^I=\active\def^^I{\ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ }} \endgroup % \def\setupverb{% \tt % easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim \def\par{\leavevmode\endgraf}% \setupmarkupstyle{verb}% \tabeightspaces % Respect line breaks, % print special symbols as themselves, and % make each space count % must do in this order: \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces } % Setup for the @verbatim environment % % Real tab expansion \newdimen\tabw \setbox0=\hbox{\tt\space} \tabw=8\wd0 % tab amount % \def\starttabbox{\setbox0=\hbox\bgroup} % \begingroup \catcode`\^^I=\active \gdef\tabexpand{% \catcode`\^^I=\active \def^^I{\leavevmode\egroup \dimen0=\wd0 % the width so far, or since the previous tab \divide\dimen0 by\tabw \multiply\dimen0 by\tabw % compute previous multiple of \tabw \advance\dimen0 by\tabw % advance to next multiple of \tabw \wd0=\dimen0 \box0 \starttabbox }% } \endgroup % start the verbatim environment. \def\setupverbatim{% \let\nonarrowing = t% \nonfillstart % Easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim \tt \def\par{\leavevmode\egroup\box0\endgraf}% \tabexpand \setupmarkupstyle{verbatim}% % Respect line breaks, % print special symbols as themselves, and % make each space count % must do in this order: \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces \everypar{\starttabbox}% } % Do the @verb magic: verbatim text is quoted by unique % delimiter characters. Before first delimiter expect a % right brace, after last delimiter expect closing brace: % % \def\doverb'{'#1'}'{#1} % % [Knuth] p. 382; only eat outer {} \begingroup \catcode`[=1\catcode`]=2\catcode`\{=\other\catcode`\}=\other \gdef\doverb{#1[\def\next##1#1}[##1\endgroup]\next] \endgroup % \def\verb{\begingroup\setupverb\doverb} % % % Do the @verbatim magic: define the macro \doverbatim so that % the (first) argument ends when '@end verbatim' is reached, ie: % % \def\doverbatim#1@end verbatim{#1} % % For Texinfo it's a lot easier than for LaTeX, % because texinfo's \verbatim doesn't stop at '\end{verbatim}': % we need not redefine '\', '{' and '}'. % % Inspired by LaTeX's verbatim command set [latex.ltx] % \begingroup \catcode`\ =\active \obeylines % % ignore everything up to the first ^^M, that's the newline at the end % of the @verbatim input line itself. Otherwise we get an extra blank % line in the output. \xdef\doverbatim#1^^M#2@end verbatim{#2\noexpand\end\gobble verbatim}% % We really want {...\end verbatim} in the body of the macro, but % without the active space; thus we have to use \xdef and \gobble. \endgroup % \envdef\verbatim{% \setupverbatim\doverbatim } \let\Everbatim = \afterenvbreak % @verbatiminclude FILE - insert text of file in verbatim environment. % \def\verbatiminclude{\parseargusing\filenamecatcodes\doverbatiminclude} % \def\doverbatiminclude#1{% {% \makevalueexpandable \setupverbatim \indexnofonts % Allow `@@' and other weird things in file names. \input #1 \afterenvbreak }% } % @copying ... @end copying. % Save the text away for @insertcopying later. % % We save the uninterpreted tokens, rather than creating a box. % Saving the text in a box would be much easier, but then all the % typesetting commands (@smallbook, font changes, etc.) have to be done % beforehand -- and a) we want @copying to be done first in the source % file; b) letting users define the frontmatter in as flexible order as % possible is very desirable. % \def\copying{\checkenv{}\begingroup\scanargctxt\docopying} \def\docopying#1@end copying{\endgroup\def\copyingtext{#1}} % \def\insertcopying{% \begingroup \parindent = 0pt % paragraph indentation looks wrong on title page \scanexp\copyingtext \endgroup } \message{defuns,} % @defun etc. \newskip\defbodyindent \defbodyindent=.4in \newskip\defargsindent \defargsindent=50pt \newskip\deflastargmargin \deflastargmargin=18pt \newcount\defunpenalty % Start the processing of @deffn: \def\startdefun{% \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 \medbreak \defunpenalty=10003 % Will keep this @deffn together with the % following @def command, see below. \else % If there are two @def commands in a row, we'll have a \nobreak, % which is there to keep the function description together with its % header. But if there's nothing but headers, we need to allow a % break somewhere. Check specifically for penalty 10002, inserted % by \printdefunline, instead of 10000, since the sectioning % commands also insert a nobreak penalty, and we don't want to allow % a break between a section heading and a defun. % % As a minor refinement, we avoid "club" headers by signalling % with penalty of 10003 after the very first @deffn in the % sequence (see above), and penalty of 10002 after any following % @def command. \ifnum\lastpenalty=10002 \penalty2000 \else \defunpenalty=10002 \fi % % Similarly, after a section heading, do not allow a break. % But do insert the glue. \medskip % preceded by discardable penalty, so not a breakpoint \fi % \parindent=0in \advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent \exdentamount=\defbodyindent } \def\dodefunx#1{% % First, check whether we are in the right environment: \checkenv#1% % % As above, allow line break if we have multiple x headers in a row. % It's not a great place, though. \ifnum\lastpenalty=10002 \penalty3000 \else \defunpenalty=10002 \fi % % And now, it's time to reuse the body of the original defun: \expandafter\gobbledefun#1% } \def\gobbledefun#1\startdefun{} % \printdefunline \deffnheader{text} % \def\printdefunline#1#2{% \begingroup % call \deffnheader: #1#2 \endheader % common ending: \interlinepenalty = 10000 \advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fil \endgraf \nobreak\vskip -\parskip \penalty\defunpenalty % signal to \startdefun and \dodefunx % Some of the @defun-type tags do not enable magic parentheses, % rendering the following check redundant. But we don't optimize. \checkparencounts \endgroup } \def\Edefun{\endgraf\medbreak} % \makedefun{deffn} creates \deffn, \deffnx and \Edeffn; % the only thing remaining is to define \deffnheader. % \def\makedefun#1{% \expandafter\let\csname E#1\endcsname = \Edefun \edef\temp{\noexpand\domakedefun \makecsname{#1}\makecsname{#1x}\makecsname{#1header}}% \temp } % \domakedefun \deffn \deffnx \deffnheader % % Define \deffn and \deffnx, without parameters. % \deffnheader has to be defined explicitly. % \def\domakedefun#1#2#3{% \envdef#1{% \startdefun \parseargusing\activeparens{\printdefunline#3}% }% \def#2{\dodefunx#1}% \def#3% } %%% Untyped functions: % @deffn category name args \makedefun{deffn}{\deffngeneral{}} % @deffn category class name args \makedefun{defop}#1 {\defopon{#1\ \putwordon}} % \defopon {category on}class name args \def\defopon#1#2 {\deffngeneral{\putwordon\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} } % \deffngeneral {subind}category name args % \def\deffngeneral#1#2 #3 #4\endheader{% % Remember that \dosubind{fn}{foo}{} is equivalent to \doind{fn}{foo}. \dosubind{fn}{\code{#3}}{#1}% \defname{#2}{}{#3}\magicamp\defunargs{#4\unskip}% } %%% Typed functions: % @deftypefn category type name args \makedefun{deftypefn}{\deftypefngeneral{}} % @deftypeop category class type name args \makedefun{deftypeop}#1 {\deftypeopon{#1\ \putwordon}} % \deftypeopon {category on}class type name args \def\deftypeopon#1#2 {\deftypefngeneral{\putwordon\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} } % \deftypefngeneral {subind}category type name args % \def\deftypefngeneral#1#2 #3 #4 #5\endheader{% \dosubind{fn}{\code{#4}}{#1}% \defname{#2}{#3}{#4}\defunargs{#5\unskip}% } %%% Typed variables: % @deftypevr category type var args \makedefun{deftypevr}{\deftypecvgeneral{}} % @deftypecv category class type var args \makedefun{deftypecv}#1 {\deftypecvof{#1\ \putwordof}} % \deftypecvof {category of}class type var args \def\deftypecvof#1#2 {\deftypecvgeneral{\putwordof\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} } % \deftypecvgeneral {subind}category type var args % \def\deftypecvgeneral#1#2 #3 #4 #5\endheader{% \dosubind{vr}{\code{#4}}{#1}% \defname{#2}{#3}{#4}\defunargs{#5\unskip}% } %%% Untyped variables: % @defvr category var args \makedefun{defvr}#1 {\deftypevrheader{#1} {} } % @defcv category class var args \makedefun{defcv}#1 {\defcvof{#1\ \putwordof}} % \defcvof {category of}class var args \def\defcvof#1#2 {\deftypecvof{#1}#2 {} } %%% Type: % @deftp category name args \makedefun{deftp}#1 #2 #3\endheader{% \doind{tp}{\code{#2}}% \defname{#1}{}{#2}\defunargs{#3\unskip}% } % Remaining @defun-like shortcuts: \makedefun{defun}{\deffnheader{\putwordDeffunc} } \makedefun{defmac}{\deffnheader{\putwordDefmac} } \makedefun{defspec}{\deffnheader{\putwordDefspec} } \makedefun{deftypefun}{\deftypefnheader{\putwordDeffunc} } \makedefun{defvar}{\defvrheader{\putwordDefvar} } \makedefun{defopt}{\defvrheader{\putwordDefopt} } \makedefun{deftypevar}{\deftypevrheader{\putwordDefvar} } \makedefun{defmethod}{\defopon\putwordMethodon} \makedefun{deftypemethod}{\deftypeopon\putwordMethodon} \makedefun{defivar}{\defcvof\putwordInstanceVariableof} \makedefun{deftypeivar}{\deftypecvof\putwordInstanceVariableof} % \defname, which formats the name of the @def (not the args). % #1 is the category, such as "Function". % #2 is the return type, if any. % #3 is the function name. % % We are followed by (but not passed) the arguments, if any. % \def\defname#1#2#3{% % Get the values of \leftskip and \rightskip as they were outside the @def... \advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent % % How we'll format the type name. Putting it in brackets helps % distinguish it from the body text that may end up on the next line % just below it. \def\temp{#1}% \setbox0=\hbox{\kern\deflastargmargin \ifx\temp\empty\else [\rm\temp]\fi} % % Figure out line sizes for the paragraph shape. % The first line needs space for \box0; but if \rightskip is nonzero, % we need only space for the part of \box0 which exceeds it: \dimen0=\hsize \advance\dimen0 by -\wd0 \advance\dimen0 by \rightskip % The continuations: \dimen2=\hsize \advance\dimen2 by -\defargsindent % (plain.tex says that \dimen1 should be used only as global.) \parshape 2 0in \dimen0 \defargsindent \dimen2 % % Put the type name to the right margin. \noindent \hbox to 0pt{% \hfil\box0 \kern-\hsize % \hsize has to be shortened this way: \kern\leftskip % Intentionally do not respect \rightskip, since we need the space. }% % % Allow all lines to be underfull without complaint: \tolerance=10000 \hbadness=10000 \exdentamount=\defbodyindent {% % defun fonts. We use typewriter by default (used to be bold) because: % . we're printing identifiers, they should be in tt in principle. % . in languages with many accents, such as Czech or French, it's % common to leave accents off identifiers. The result looks ok in % tt, but exceedingly strange in rm. % . we don't want -- and --- to be treated as ligatures. % . this still does not fix the ?` and !` ligatures, but so far no % one has made identifiers using them :). \df \tt \def\temp{#2}% return value type \ifx\temp\empty\else \tclose{\temp} \fi #3% output function name }% {\rm\enskip}% hskip 0.5 em of \tenrm % \boldbrax % arguments will be output next, if any. } % Print arguments in slanted roman (not ttsl), inconsistently with using % tt for the name. This is because literal text is sometimes needed in % the argument list (groff manual), and ttsl and tt are not very % distinguishable. Prevent hyphenation at `-' chars. % \def\defunargs#1{% % use sl by default (not ttsl), % tt for the names. \df \sl \hyphenchar\font=0 % % On the other hand, if an argument has two dashes (for instance), we % want a way to get ttsl. Let's try @var for that. \def\var##1{{\setupmarkupstyle{var}\ttslanted{##1}}}% #1% \sl\hyphenchar\font=45 } % We want ()&[] to print specially on the defun line. % \def\activeparens{% \catcode`\(=\active \catcode`\)=\active \catcode`\[=\active \catcode`\]=\active \catcode`\&=\active } % Make control sequences which act like normal parenthesis chars. \let\lparen = ( \let\rparen = ) % Be sure that we always have a definition for `(', etc. For example, % if the fn name has parens in it, \boldbrax will not be in effect yet, % so TeX would otherwise complain about undefined control sequence. { \activeparens \global\let(=\lparen \global\let)=\rparen \global\let[=\lbrack \global\let]=\rbrack \global\let& = \& \gdef\boldbrax{\let(=\opnr\let)=\clnr\let[=\lbrb\let]=\rbrb} \gdef\magicamp{\let&=\amprm} } \newcount\parencount % If we encounter &foo, then turn on ()-hacking afterwards \newif\ifampseen \def\amprm#1 {\ampseentrue{\bf\ }} \def\parenfont{% \ifampseen % At the first level, print parens in roman, % otherwise use the default font. \ifnum \parencount=1 \rm \fi \else % The \sf parens (in \boldbrax) actually are a little bolder than % the contained text. This is especially needed for [ and ] . \sf \fi } \def\infirstlevel#1{% \ifampseen \ifnum\parencount=1 #1% \fi \fi } \def\bfafterword#1 {#1 \bf} \def\opnr{% \global\advance\parencount by 1 {\parenfont(}% \infirstlevel \bfafterword } \def\clnr{% {\parenfont)}% \infirstlevel \sl \global\advance\parencount by -1 } \newcount\brackcount \def\lbrb{% \global\advance\brackcount by 1 {\bf[}% } \def\rbrb{% {\bf]}% \global\advance\brackcount by -1 } \def\checkparencounts{% \ifnum\parencount=0 \else \badparencount \fi \ifnum\brackcount=0 \else \badbrackcount \fi } % these should not use \errmessage; the glibc manual, at least, actually % has such constructs (when documenting function pointers). \def\badparencount{% \message{Warning: unbalanced parentheses in @def...}% \global\parencount=0 } \def\badbrackcount{% \message{Warning: unbalanced square brackets in @def...}% \global\brackcount=0 } \message{macros,} % @macro. % To do this right we need a feature of e-TeX, \scantokens, % which we arrange to emulate with a temporary file in ordinary TeX. \ifx\eTeXversion\undefined \newwrite\macscribble \def\scantokens#1{% \toks0={#1}% \immediate\openout\macscribble=\jobname.tmp \immediate\write\macscribble{\the\toks0}% \immediate\closeout\macscribble \input \jobname.tmp } \fi \def\scanmacro#1{% \begingroup \newlinechar`\^^M \let\xeatspaces\eatspaces % Undo catcode changes of \startcontents and \doprintindex % When called from @insertcopying or (short)caption, we need active % backslash to get it printed correctly. Previously, we had % \catcode`\\=\other instead. We'll see whether a problem appears % with macro expansion. --kasal, 19aug04 \catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=\active \escapechar=`\@ % ... and \example \spaceisspace % % Append \endinput to make sure that TeX does not see the ending newline. % I've verified that it is necessary both for e-TeX and for ordinary TeX % --kasal, 29nov03 \scantokens{#1\endinput}% \endgroup } \def\scanexp#1{% \edef\temp{\noexpand\scanmacro{#1}}% \temp } \newcount\paramno % Count of parameters \newtoks\macname % Macro name \newif\ifrecursive % Is it recursive? % List of all defined macros in the form % \definedummyword\macro1\definedummyword\macro2... % Currently is also contains all @aliases; the list can be split % if there is a need. \def\macrolist{} % Add the macro to \macrolist \def\addtomacrolist#1{\expandafter \addtomacrolistxxx \csname#1\endcsname} \def\addtomacrolistxxx#1{% \toks0 = \expandafter{\macrolist\definedummyword#1}% \xdef\macrolist{\the\toks0}% } % Utility routines. % This does \let #1 = #2, with \csnames; that is, % \let \csname#1\endcsname = \csname#2\endcsname % (except of course we have to play expansion games). % \def\cslet#1#2{% \expandafter\let \csname#1\expandafter\endcsname \csname#2\endcsname } % Trim leading and trailing spaces off a string. % Concepts from aro-bend problem 15 (see CTAN). {\catcode`\@=11 \gdef\eatspaces #1{\expandafter\trim@\expandafter{#1 }} \gdef\trim@ #1{\trim@@ @#1 @ #1 @ @@} \gdef\trim@@ #1@ #2@ #3@@{\trim@@@\empty #2 @} \def\unbrace#1{#1} \unbrace{\gdef\trim@@@ #1 } #2@{#1} } % Trim a single trailing ^^M off a string. {\catcode`\^^M=\other \catcode`\Q=3% \gdef\eatcr #1{\eatcra #1Q^^MQ}% \gdef\eatcra#1^^MQ{\eatcrb#1Q}% \gdef\eatcrb#1Q#2Q{#1}% } % Macro bodies are absorbed as an argument in a context where % all characters are catcode 10, 11 or 12, except \ which is active % (as in normal texinfo). It is necessary to change the definition of \. % Non-ASCII encodings make 8-bit characters active, so un-activate % them to avoid their expansion. Must do this non-globally, to % confine the change to the current group. % It's necessary to have hard CRs when the macro is executed. This is % done by making ^^M (\endlinechar) catcode 12 when reading the macro % body, and then making it the \newlinechar in \scanmacro. \def\scanctxt{% \catcode`\"=\other \catcode`\+=\other \catcode`\<=\other \catcode`\>=\other \catcode`\@=\other \catcode`\^=\other \catcode`\_=\other \catcode`\|=\other \catcode`\~=\other \ifx\declaredencoding\ascii \else \setnonasciicharscatcodenonglobal\other \fi } \def\scanargctxt{% \scanctxt \catcode`\\=\other \catcode`\^^M=\other } \def\macrobodyctxt{% \scanctxt \catcode`\{=\other \catcode`\}=\other \catcode`\^^M=\other \usembodybackslash } \def\macroargctxt{% \scanctxt \catcode`\\=\other } % \mbodybackslash is the definition of \ in @macro bodies. % It maps \foo\ => \csname macarg.foo\endcsname => #N % where N is the macro parameter number. % We define \csname macarg.\endcsname to be \realbackslash, so % \\ in macro replacement text gets you a backslash. {\catcode`@=0 @catcode`@\=@active @gdef@usembodybackslash{@let\=@mbodybackslash} @gdef@mbodybackslash#1\{@csname macarg.#1@endcsname} } \expandafter\def\csname macarg.\endcsname{\realbackslash} \def\macro{\recursivefalse\parsearg\macroxxx} \def\rmacro{\recursivetrue\parsearg\macroxxx} \def\macroxxx#1{% \getargs{#1}% now \macname is the macname and \argl the arglist \ifx\argl\empty % no arguments \paramno=0% \else \expandafter\parsemargdef \argl;% \fi \if1\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname \message{Warning: redefining \the\macname}% \else \expandafter\ifx\csname \the\macname\endcsname \relax \else \errmessage{Macro name \the\macname\space already defined}\fi \global\cslet{macsave.\the\macname}{\the\macname}% \global\expandafter\let\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname=1% \addtomacrolist{\the\macname}% \fi \begingroup \macrobodyctxt \ifrecursive \expandafter\parsermacbody \else \expandafter\parsemacbody \fi} \parseargdef\unmacro{% \if1\csname ismacro.#1\endcsname \global\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}% \global\expandafter\let \csname ismacro.#1\endcsname=0% % Remove the macro name from \macrolist: \begingroup \expandafter\let\csname#1\endcsname \relax \let\definedummyword\unmacrodo \xdef\macrolist{\macrolist}% \endgroup \else \errmessage{Macro #1 not defined}% \fi } % Called by \do from \dounmacro on each macro. The idea is to omit any % macro definitions that have been changed to \relax. % \def\unmacrodo#1{% \ifx #1\relax % remove this \else \noexpand\definedummyword \noexpand#1% \fi } % This makes use of the obscure feature that if the last token of a % is #, then the preceding argument is delimited by % an opening brace, and that opening brace is not consumed. \def\getargs#1{\getargsxxx#1{}} \def\getargsxxx#1#{\getmacname #1 \relax\getmacargs} \def\getmacname #1 #2\relax{\macname={#1}} \def\getmacargs#1{\def\argl{#1}} % Parse the optional {params} list. Set up \paramno and \paramlist % so \defmacro knows what to do. Define \macarg.blah for each blah % in the params list, to be ##N where N is the position in that list. % That gets used by \mbodybackslash (above). % We need to get `macro parameter char #' into several definitions. % The technique used is stolen from LaTeX: let \hash be something % unexpandable, insert that wherever you need a #, and then redefine % it to # just before using the token list produced. % % The same technique is used to protect \eatspaces till just before % the macro is used. \def\parsemargdef#1;{\paramno=0\def\paramlist{}% \let\hash\relax\let\xeatspaces\relax\parsemargdefxxx#1,;,} \def\parsemargdefxxx#1,{% \if#1;\let\next=\relax \else \let\next=\parsemargdefxxx \advance\paramno by 1% \expandafter\edef\csname macarg.\eatspaces{#1}\endcsname {\xeatspaces{\hash\the\paramno}}% \edef\paramlist{\paramlist\hash\the\paramno,}% \fi\next} % These two commands read recursive and nonrecursive macro bodies. % (They're different since rec and nonrec macros end differently.) \long\def\parsemacbody#1@end macro% {\xdef\temp{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}% \long\def\parsermacbody#1@end rmacro% {\xdef\temp{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}% % This defines the macro itself. There are six cases: recursive and % nonrecursive macros of zero, one, and many arguments. % Much magic with \expandafter here. % \xdef is used so that macro definitions will survive the file % they're defined in; @include reads the file inside a group. \def\defmacro{% \let\hash=##% convert placeholders to macro parameter chars \ifrecursive \ifcase\paramno % 0 \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}% \or % 1 \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt \noexpand\braceorline \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}% \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname##1{% \egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}% \else % many \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt \noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}% \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname##1{% \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}% \expandafter\expandafter \expandafter\xdef \expandafter\expandafter \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname \paramlist{\egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}% \fi \else \ifcase\paramno % 0 \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}% \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}% \or % 1 \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt \noexpand\braceorline \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}% \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname##1{% \egroup \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}% \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}% \else % many \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}% \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname##1{% \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}% \expandafter\expandafter \expandafter\xdef \expandafter\expandafter \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname \paramlist{% \egroup \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}% \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}% \fi \fi} \def\norecurse#1{\bgroup\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}} % \braceorline decides whether the next nonwhitespace character is a % {. If so it reads up to the closing }, if not, it reads the whole % line. Whatever was read is then fed to the next control sequence % as an argument (by \parsebrace or \parsearg) \def\braceorline#1{\let\macnamexxx=#1\futurelet\nchar\braceorlinexxx} \def\braceorlinexxx{% \ifx\nchar\bgroup\else \expandafter\parsearg \fi \macnamexxx} % @alias. % We need some trickery to remove the optional spaces around the equal % sign. Just make them active and then expand them all to nothing. \def\alias{\parseargusing\obeyspaces\aliasxxx} \def\aliasxxx #1{\aliasyyy#1\relax} \def\aliasyyy #1=#2\relax{% {% \expandafter\let\obeyedspace=\empty \addtomacrolist{#1}% \xdef\next{\global\let\makecsname{#1}=\makecsname{#2}}% }% \next } \message{cross references,} \newwrite\auxfile \newif\ifhavexrefs % True if xref values are known. \newif\ifwarnedxrefs % True if we warned once that they aren't known. % @inforef is relatively simple. \def\inforef #1{\inforefzzz #1,,,,**} \def\inforefzzz #1,#2,#3,#4**{\putwordSee{} \putwordInfo{} \putwordfile{} \file{\ignorespaces #3{}}, node \samp{\ignorespaces#1{}}} % @node's only job in TeX is to define \lastnode, which is used in % cross-references. The @node line might or might not have commas, and % might or might not have spaces before the first comma, like: % @node foo , bar , ... % We don't want such trailing spaces in the node name. % \parseargdef\node{\checkenv{}\donode #1 ,\finishnodeparse} % % also remove a trailing comma, in case of something like this: % @node Help-Cross, , , Cross-refs \def\donode#1 ,#2\finishnodeparse{\dodonode #1,\finishnodeparse} \def\dodonode#1,#2\finishnodeparse{\gdef\lastnode{#1}} \let\nwnode=\node \let\lastnode=\empty % Write a cross-reference definition for the current node. #1 is the % type (Ynumbered, Yappendix, Ynothing). % \def\donoderef#1{% \ifx\lastnode\empty\else \setref{\lastnode}{#1}% \global\let\lastnode=\empty \fi } % @anchor{NAME} -- define xref target at arbitrary point. % \newcount\savesfregister % \def\savesf{\relax \ifhmode \savesfregister=\spacefactor \fi} \def\restoresf{\relax \ifhmode \spacefactor=\savesfregister \fi} \def\anchor#1{\savesf \setref{#1}{Ynothing}\restoresf \ignorespaces} % \setref{NAME}{SNT} defines a cross-reference point NAME (a node or an % anchor), which consists of three parts: % 1) NAME-title - the current sectioning name taken from \lastsection, % or the anchor name. % 2) NAME-snt - section number and type, passed as the SNT arg, or % empty for anchors. % 3) NAME-pg - the page number. % % This is called from \donoderef, \anchor, and \dofloat. In the case of % floats, there is an additional part, which is not written here: % 4) NAME-lof - the text as it should appear in a @listoffloats. % \def\setref#1#2{% \pdfmkdest{#1}% \iflinks {% \atdummies % preserve commands, but don't expand them \edef\writexrdef##1##2{% \write\auxfile{@xrdef{#1-% #1 of \setref, expanded by the \edef ##1}{##2}}% these are parameters of \writexrdef }% \toks0 = \expandafter{\lastsection}% \immediate \writexrdef{title}{\the\toks0 }% \immediate \writexrdef{snt}{\csname #2\endcsname}% \Ynumbered etc. \safewhatsit{\writexrdef{pg}{\folio}}% will be written later, during \shipout }% \fi } % @xref, @pxref, and @ref generate cross-references. For \xrefX, #1 is % the node name, #2 the name of the Info cross-reference, #3 the printed % node name, #4 the name of the Info file, #5 the name of the printed % manual. All but the node name can be omitted. % \def\pxref#1{\putwordsee{} \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]} \def\xref#1{\putwordSee{} \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]} \def\ref#1{\xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]} \def\xrefX[#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6]{\begingroup \unsepspaces \def\printedmanual{\ignorespaces #5}% \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #3}% \setbox1=\hbox{\printedmanual\unskip}% \setbox0=\hbox{\printedrefname\unskip}% \ifdim \wd0 = 0pt % No printed node name was explicitly given. \expandafter\ifx\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname\relax % Use the node name inside the square brackets. \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}% \else % Use the actual chapter/section title appear inside % the square brackets. Use the real section title if we have it. \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt % It is in another manual, so we don't have it. \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}% \else \ifhavexrefs % We know the real title if we have the xref values. \def\printedrefname{\refx{#1-title}{}}% \else % Otherwise just copy the Info node name. \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}% \fi% \fi \fi \fi % % Make link in pdf output. \ifpdf {\indexnofonts \turnoffactive % This expands tokens, so do it after making catcode changes, so _ % etc. don't get their TeX definitions. \getfilename{#4}% % % See comments at \activebackslashdouble. {\activebackslashdouble \xdef\pdfxrefdest{#1}% \backslashparens\pdfxrefdest}% % \leavevmode \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}% \ifnum\filenamelength>0 goto file{\the\filename.pdf} name{\pdfxrefdest}% \else goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\pdfxrefdest}}% \fi }% \setcolor{\linkcolor}% \fi % % Float references are printed completely differently: "Figure 1.2" % instead of "[somenode], p.3". We distinguish them by the % LABEL-title being set to a magic string. {% % Have to otherify everything special to allow the \csname to % include an _ in the xref name, etc. \indexnofonts \turnoffactive \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\expandafter\Xthisreftitle \csname XR#1-title\endcsname }% \iffloat\Xthisreftitle % If the user specified the print name (third arg) to the ref, % print it instead of our usual "Figure 1.2". \ifdim\wd0 = 0pt \refx{#1-snt}{}% \else \printedrefname \fi % % if the user also gave the printed manual name (fifth arg), append % "in MANUALNAME". \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt \space \putwordin{} \cite{\printedmanual}% \fi \else % node/anchor (non-float) references. % % If we use \unhbox0 and \unhbox1 to print the node names, TeX does not % insert empty discretionaries after hyphens, which means that it will % not find a line break at a hyphen in a node names. Since some manuals % are best written with fairly long node names, containing hyphens, this % is a loss. Therefore, we give the text of the node name again, so it % is as if TeX is seeing it for the first time. \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt \putwordSection{} ``\printedrefname'' \putwordin{} \cite{\printedmanual}% \else % _ (for example) has to be the character _ for the purposes of the % control sequence corresponding to the node, but it has to expand % into the usual \leavevmode...\vrule stuff for purposes of % printing. So we \turnoffactive for the \refx-snt, back on for the % printing, back off for the \refx-pg. {\turnoffactive % Only output a following space if the -snt ref is nonempty; for % @unnumbered and @anchor, it won't be. \setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces \refx{#1-snt}{}}% \ifdim \wd2 > 0pt \refx{#1-snt}\space\fi }% % output the `[mynode]' via a macro so it can be overridden. \xrefprintnodename\printedrefname % % But we always want a comma and a space: ,\space % % output the `page 3'. \turnoffactive \putwordpage\tie\refx{#1-pg}{}% \fi \fi \endlink \endgroup} % This macro is called from \xrefX for the `[nodename]' part of xref % output. It's a separate macro only so it can be changed more easily, % since square brackets don't work well in some documents. Particularly % one that Bob is working on :). % \def\xrefprintnodename#1{[#1]} % Things referred to by \setref. % \def\Ynothing{} \def\Yomitfromtoc{} \def\Ynumbered{% \ifnum\secno=0 \putwordChapter@tie \the\chapno \else \ifnum\subsecno=0 \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno \else \ifnum\subsubsecno=0 \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno \else \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno \fi\fi\fi } \def\Yappendix{% \ifnum\secno=0 \putwordAppendix@tie @char\the\appendixno{}% \else \ifnum\subsecno=0 \putwordSection@tie @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno \else \ifnum\subsubsecno=0 \putwordSection@tie @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno \else \putwordSection@tie @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno \fi\fi\fi } % Define \refx{NAME}{SUFFIX} to reference a cross-reference string named NAME. % If its value is nonempty, SUFFIX is output afterward. % \def\refx#1#2{% {% \indexnofonts \otherbackslash \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\expandafter\thisrefX \csname XR#1\endcsname }% \ifx\thisrefX\relax % If not defined, say something at least. \angleleft un\-de\-fined\angleright \iflinks \ifhavexrefs \message{\linenumber Undefined cross reference `#1'.}% \else \ifwarnedxrefs\else \global\warnedxrefstrue \message{Cross reference values unknown; you must run TeX again.}% \fi \fi \fi \else % It's defined, so just use it. \thisrefX \fi #2% Output the suffix in any case. } % This is the macro invoked by entries in the aux file. Usually it's % just a \def (we prepend XR to the control sequence name to avoid % collisions). But if this is a float type, we have more work to do. % \def\xrdef#1#2{% {% The node name might contain 8-bit characters, which in our current % implementation are changed to commands like @'e. Don't let these % mess up the control sequence name. \indexnofonts \turnoffactive \xdef\safexrefname{#1}% }% % \expandafter\gdef\csname XR\safexrefname\endcsname{#2}% remember this xref % % Was that xref control sequence that we just defined for a float? \expandafter\iffloat\csname XR\safexrefname\endcsname % it was a float, and we have the (safe) float type in \iffloattype. \expandafter\let\expandafter\floatlist \csname floatlist\iffloattype\endcsname % % Is this the first time we've seen this float type? \expandafter\ifx\floatlist\relax \toks0 = {\do}% yes, so just \do \else % had it before, so preserve previous elements in list. \toks0 = \expandafter{\floatlist\do}% \fi % % Remember this xref in the control sequence \floatlistFLOATTYPE, % for later use in \listoffloats. \expandafter\xdef\csname floatlist\iffloattype\endcsname{\the\toks0 {\safexrefname}}% \fi } % Read the last existing aux file, if any. No error if none exists. % \def\tryauxfile{% \openin 1 \jobname.aux \ifeof 1 \else \readdatafile{aux}% \global\havexrefstrue \fi \closein 1 } \def\setupdatafile{% \catcode`\^^@=\other \catcode`\^^A=\other \catcode`\^^B=\other \catcode`\^^C=\other \catcode`\^^D=\other \catcode`\^^E=\other \catcode`\^^F=\other \catcode`\^^G=\other \catcode`\^^H=\other \catcode`\^^K=\other \catcode`\^^L=\other \catcode`\^^N=\other \catcode`\^^P=\other \catcode`\^^Q=\other \catcode`\^^R=\other \catcode`\^^S=\other \catcode`\^^T=\other \catcode`\^^U=\other \catcode`\^^V=\other \catcode`\^^W=\other \catcode`\^^X=\other \catcode`\^^Z=\other \catcode`\^^[=\other \catcode`\^^\=\other \catcode`\^^]=\other \catcode`\^^^=\other \catcode`\^^_=\other % It was suggested to set the catcode of ^ to 7, which would allow ^^e4 etc. % in xref tags, i.e., node names. But since ^^e4 notation isn't % supported in the main text, it doesn't seem desirable. Furthermore, % that is not enough: for node names that actually contain a ^ % character, we would end up writing a line like this: 'xrdef {'hat % b-title}{'hat b} and \xrdef does a \csname...\endcsname on the first % argument, and \hat is not an expandable control sequence. It could % all be worked out, but why? Either we support ^^ or we don't. % % The other change necessary for this was to define \auxhat: % \def\auxhat{\def^{'hat }}% extra space so ok if followed by letter % and then to call \auxhat in \setq. % \catcode`\^=\other % % Special characters. Should be turned off anyway, but... \catcode`\~=\other \catcode`\[=\other \catcode`\]=\other \catcode`\"=\other \catcode`\_=\other \catcode`\|=\other \catcode`\<=\other \catcode`\>=\other \catcode`\$=\other \catcode`\#=\other \catcode`\&=\other \catcode`\%=\other \catcode`+=\other % avoid \+ for paranoia even though we've turned it off % % This is to support \ in node names and titles, since the \ % characters end up in a \csname. It's easier than % leaving it active and making its active definition an actual \ % character. What I don't understand is why it works in the *value* % of the xrdef. Seems like it should be a catcode12 \, and that % should not typeset properly. But it works, so I'm moving on for % now. --karl, 15jan04. \catcode`\\=\other % % Make the characters 128-255 be printing characters. {% \count1=128 \def\loop{% \catcode\count1=\other \advance\count1 by 1 \ifnum \count1<256 \loop \fi }% }% % % @ is our escape character in .aux files, and we need braces. \catcode`\{=1 \catcode`\}=2 \catcode`\@=0 } \def\readdatafile#1{% \begingroup \setupdatafile \input\jobname.#1 \endgroup} \message{insertions,} % including footnotes. \newcount \footnoteno % The trailing space in the following definition for supereject is % vital for proper filling; pages come out unaligned when you do a % pagealignmacro call if that space before the closing brace is % removed. (Generally, numeric constants should always be followed by a % space to prevent strange expansion errors.) \def\supereject{\par\penalty -20000\footnoteno =0 } % @footnotestyle is meaningful for info output only. \let\footnotestyle=\comment {\catcode `\@=11 % % Auto-number footnotes. Otherwise like plain. \gdef\footnote{% \let\indent=\ptexindent \let\noindent=\ptexnoindent \global\advance\footnoteno by \@ne \edef\thisfootno{$^{\the\footnoteno}$}% % % In case the footnote comes at the end of a sentence, preserve the % extra spacing after we do the footnote number. \let\@sf\empty \ifhmode\edef\@sf{\spacefactor\the\spacefactor}\ptexslash\fi % % Remove inadvertent blank space before typesetting the footnote number. \unskip \thisfootno\@sf \dofootnote }% % Don't bother with the trickery in plain.tex to not require the % footnote text as a parameter. Our footnotes don't need to be so general. % % Oh yes, they do; otherwise, @ifset (and anything else that uses % \parseargline) fails inside footnotes because the tokens are fixed when % the footnote is read. --karl, 16nov96. % \gdef\dofootnote{% \insert\footins\bgroup % We want to typeset this text as a normal paragraph, even if the % footnote reference occurs in (for example) a display environment. % So reset some parameters. \hsize=\pagewidth \interlinepenalty\interfootnotelinepenalty \splittopskip\ht\strutbox % top baseline for broken footnotes \splitmaxdepth\dp\strutbox \floatingpenalty\@MM \leftskip\z@skip \rightskip\z@skip \spaceskip\z@skip \xspaceskip\z@skip \parindent\defaultparindent % \smallfonts \rm % % Because we use hanging indentation in footnotes, a @noindent appears % to exdent this text, so make it be a no-op. makeinfo does not use % hanging indentation so @noindent can still be needed within footnote % text after an @example or the like (not that this is good style). \let\noindent = \relax % % Hang the footnote text off the number. Use \everypar in case the % footnote extends for more than one paragraph. \everypar = {\hang}% \textindent{\thisfootno}% % % Don't crash into the line above the footnote text. Since this % expands into a box, it must come within the paragraph, lest it % provide a place where TeX can split the footnote. \footstrut \futurelet\next\fo@t } }%end \catcode `\@=11 % In case a @footnote appears in a vbox, save the footnote text and create % the real \insert just after the vbox finished. Otherwise, the insertion % would be lost. % Similarly, if a @footnote appears inside an alignment, save the footnote % text to a box and make the \insert when a row of the table is finished. % And the same can be done for other insert classes. --kasal, 16nov03. % Replace the \insert primitive by a cheating macro. % Deeper inside, just make sure that the saved insertions are not spilled % out prematurely. % \def\startsavinginserts{% \ifx \insert\ptexinsert \let\insert\saveinsert \else \let\checkinserts\relax \fi } % This \insert replacement works for both \insert\footins{foo} and % \insert\footins\bgroup foo\egroup, but it doesn't work for \insert27{foo}. % \def\saveinsert#1{% \edef\next{\noexpand\savetobox \makeSAVEname#1}% \afterassignment\next % swallow the left brace \let\temp = } \def\makeSAVEname#1{\makecsname{SAVE\expandafter\gobble\string#1}} \def\savetobox#1{\global\setbox#1 = \vbox\bgroup \unvbox#1} \def\checksaveins#1{\ifvoid#1\else \placesaveins#1\fi} \def\placesaveins#1{% \ptexinsert \csname\expandafter\gobblesave\string#1\endcsname {\box#1}% } % eat @SAVE -- beware, all of them have catcode \other: { \def\dospecials{\do S\do A\do V\do E} \uncatcodespecials % ;-) \gdef\gobblesave @SAVE{} } % initialization: \def\newsaveins #1{% \edef\next{\noexpand\newsaveinsX \makeSAVEname#1}% \next } \def\newsaveinsX #1{% \csname newbox\endcsname #1% \expandafter\def\expandafter\checkinserts\expandafter{\checkinserts \checksaveins #1}% } % initialize: \let\checkinserts\empty \newsaveins\footins \newsaveins\margin % @image. We use the macros from epsf.tex to support this. % If epsf.tex is not installed and @image is used, we complain. % % Check for and read epsf.tex up front. If we read it only at @image % time, we might be inside a group, and then its definitions would get % undone and the next image would fail. \openin 1 = epsf.tex \ifeof 1 \else % Do not bother showing banner with epsf.tex v2.7k (available in % doc/epsf.tex and on ctan). \def\epsfannounce{\toks0 = }% \input epsf.tex \fi \closein 1 % % We will only complain once about lack of epsf.tex. \newif\ifwarnednoepsf \newhelp\noepsfhelp{epsf.tex must be installed for images to work. It is also included in the Texinfo distribution, or you can get it from ftp://tug.org/tex/epsf.tex.} % \def\image#1{% \ifx\epsfbox\undefined \ifwarnednoepsf \else \errhelp = \noepsfhelp \errmessage{epsf.tex not found, images will be ignored}% \global\warnednoepsftrue \fi \else \imagexxx #1,,,,,\finish \fi } % % Arguments to @image: % #1 is (mandatory) image filename; we tack on .eps extension. % #2 is (optional) width, #3 is (optional) height. % #4 is (ignored optional) html alt text. % #5 is (ignored optional) extension. % #6 is just the usual extra ignored arg for parsing this stuff. \newif\ifimagevmode \def\imagexxx#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6\finish{\begingroup \catcode`\^^M = 5 % in case we're inside an example \normalturnoffactive % allow _ et al. in names % If the image is by itself, center it. \ifvmode \imagevmodetrue \nobreak\medskip % Usually we'll have text after the image which will insert % \parskip glue, so insert it here too to equalize the space % above and below. \nobreak\vskip\parskip \nobreak \fi % % Leave vertical mode so that indentation from an enclosing % environment such as @quotation is respected. On the other hand, if % it's at the top level, we don't want the normal paragraph indentation. \noindent % % Output the image. \ifpdf \dopdfimage{#1}{#2}{#3}% \else % \epsfbox itself resets \epsf?size at each figure. \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfxsize=#2\relax \fi \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfysize=#3\relax \fi \epsfbox{#1.eps}% \fi % \ifimagevmode \medskip \fi % space after the standalone image \endgroup} % @float FLOATTYPE,LABEL,LOC ... @end float for displayed figures, tables, % etc. We don't actually implement floating yet, we always include the % float "here". But it seemed the best name for the future. % \envparseargdef\float{\eatcommaspace\eatcommaspace\dofloat#1, , ,\finish} % There may be a space before second and/or third parameter; delete it. \def\eatcommaspace#1, {#1,} % #1 is the optional FLOATTYPE, the text label for this float, typically % "Figure", "Table", "Example", etc. Can't contain commas. If omitted, % this float will not be numbered and cannot be referred to. % % #2 is the optional xref label. Also must be present for the float to % be referable. % % #3 is the optional positioning argument; for now, it is ignored. It % will somehow specify the positions allowed to float to (here, top, bottom). % % We keep a separate counter for each FLOATTYPE, which we reset at each % chapter-level command. \let\resetallfloatnos=\empty % \def\dofloat#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{% \let\thiscaption=\empty \let\thisshortcaption=\empty % % don't lose footnotes inside @float. % % BEWARE: when the floats start float, we have to issue warning whenever an % insert appears inside a float which could possibly float. --kasal, 26may04 % \startsavinginserts % % We can't be used inside a paragraph. \par % \vtop\bgroup \def\floattype{#1}% \def\floatlabel{#2}% \def\floatloc{#3}% we do nothing with this yet. % \ifx\floattype\empty \let\safefloattype=\empty \else {% % the floattype might have accents or other special characters, % but we need to use it in a control sequence name. \indexnofonts \turnoffactive \xdef\safefloattype{\floattype}% }% \fi % % If label is given but no type, we handle that as the empty type. \ifx\floatlabel\empty \else % We want each FLOATTYPE to be numbered separately (Figure 1, % Table 1, Figure 2, ...). (And if no label, no number.) % \expandafter\getfloatno\csname\safefloattype floatno\endcsname \global\advance\floatno by 1 % {% % This magic value for \lastsection is output by \setref as the % XREFLABEL-title value. \xrefX uses it to distinguish float % labels (which have a completely different output format) from % node and anchor labels. And \xrdef uses it to construct the % lists of floats. % \edef\lastsection{\floatmagic=\safefloattype}% \setref{\floatlabel}{Yfloat}% }% \fi % % start with \parskip glue, I guess. \vskip\parskip % % Don't suppress indentation if a float happens to start a section. \restorefirstparagraphindent } % we have these possibilities: % @float Foo,lbl & @caption{Cap}: Foo 1.1: Cap % @float Foo,lbl & no caption: Foo 1.1 % @float Foo & @caption{Cap}: Foo: Cap % @float Foo & no caption: Foo % @float ,lbl & Caption{Cap}: 1.1: Cap % @float ,lbl & no caption: 1.1 % @float & @caption{Cap}: Cap % @float & no caption: % \def\Efloat{% \let\floatident = \empty % % In all cases, if we have a float type, it comes first. \ifx\floattype\empty \else \def\floatident{\floattype}\fi % % If we have an xref label, the number comes next. \ifx\floatlabel\empty \else \ifx\floattype\empty \else % if also had float type, need tie first. \appendtomacro\floatident{\tie}% \fi % the number. \appendtomacro\floatident{\chaplevelprefix\the\floatno}% \fi % % Start the printed caption with what we've constructed in % \floatident, but keep it separate; we need \floatident again. \let\captionline = \floatident % \ifx\thiscaption\empty \else \ifx\floatident\empty \else \appendtomacro\captionline{: }% had ident, so need a colon between \fi % % caption text. \appendtomacro\captionline{\scanexp\thiscaption}% \fi % % If we have anything to print, print it, with space before. % Eventually this needs to become an \insert. \ifx\captionline\empty \else \vskip.5\parskip \captionline % % Space below caption. \vskip\parskip \fi % % If have an xref label, write the list of floats info. Do this % after the caption, to avoid chance of it being a breakpoint. \ifx\floatlabel\empty \else % Write the text that goes in the lof to the aux file as % \floatlabel-lof. Besides \floatident, we include the short % caption if specified, else the full caption if specified, else nothing. {% \atdummies % % since we read the caption text in the macro world, where ^^M % is turned into a normal character, we have to scan it back, so % we don't write the literal three characters "^^M" into the aux file. \scanexp{% \xdef\noexpand\gtemp{% \ifx\thisshortcaption\empty \thiscaption \else \thisshortcaption \fi }% }% \immediate\write\auxfile{@xrdef{\floatlabel-lof}{\floatident \ifx\gtemp\empty \else : \gtemp \fi}}% }% \fi \egroup % end of \vtop % % place the captured inserts % % BEWARE: when the floats start floating, we have to issue warning % whenever an insert appears inside a float which could possibly % float. --kasal, 26may04 % \checkinserts } % Append the tokens #2 to the definition of macro #1, not expanding either. % \def\appendtomacro#1#2{% \expandafter\def\expandafter#1\expandafter{#1#2}% } % @caption, @shortcaption % \def\caption{\docaption\thiscaption} \def\shortcaption{\docaption\thisshortcaption} \def\docaption{\checkenv\float \bgroup\scanargctxt\defcaption} \def\defcaption#1#2{\egroup \def#1{#2}} % The parameter is the control sequence identifying the counter we are % going to use. Create it if it doesn't exist and assign it to \floatno. \def\getfloatno#1{% \ifx#1\relax % Haven't seen this figure type before. \csname newcount\endcsname #1% % % Remember to reset this floatno at the next chap. \expandafter\gdef\expandafter\resetallfloatnos \expandafter{\resetallfloatnos #1=0 }% \fi \let\floatno#1% } % \setref calls this to get the XREFLABEL-snt value. We want an @xref % to the FLOATLABEL to expand to "Figure 3.1". We call \setref when we % first read the @float command. % \def\Yfloat{\floattype@tie \chaplevelprefix\the\floatno}% % Magic string used for the XREFLABEL-title value, so \xrefX can % distinguish floats from other xref types. \def\floatmagic{!!float!!} % #1 is the control sequence we are passed; we expand into a conditional % which is true if #1 represents a float ref. That is, the magic % \lastsection value which we \setref above. % \def\iffloat#1{\expandafter\doiffloat#1==\finish} % % #1 is (maybe) the \floatmagic string. If so, #2 will be the % (safe) float type for this float. We set \iffloattype to #2. % \def\doiffloat#1=#2=#3\finish{% \def\temp{#1}% \def\iffloattype{#2}% \ifx\temp\floatmagic } % @listoffloats FLOATTYPE - print a list of floats like a table of contents. % \parseargdef\listoffloats{% \def\floattype{#1}% floattype {% % the floattype might have accents or other special characters, % but we need to use it in a control sequence name. \indexnofonts \turnoffactive \xdef\safefloattype{\floattype}% }% % % \xrdef saves the floats as a \do-list in \floatlistSAFEFLOATTYPE. \expandafter\ifx\csname floatlist\safefloattype\endcsname \relax \ifhavexrefs % if the user said @listoffloats foo but never @float foo. \message{\linenumber No `\safefloattype' floats to list.}% \fi \else \begingroup \leftskip=\tocindent % indent these entries like a toc \let\do=\listoffloatsdo \csname floatlist\safefloattype\endcsname \endgroup \fi } % This is called on each entry in a list of floats. We're passed the % xref label, in the form LABEL-title, which is how we save it in the % aux file. We strip off the -title and look up \XRLABEL-lof, which % has the text we're supposed to typeset here. % % Figures without xref labels will not be included in the list (since % they won't appear in the aux file). % \def\listoffloatsdo#1{\listoffloatsdoentry#1\finish} \def\listoffloatsdoentry#1-title\finish{{% % Can't fully expand XR#1-lof because it can contain anything. Just % pass the control sequence. On the other hand, XR#1-pg is just the % page number, and we want to fully expand that so we can get a link % in pdf output. \toksA = \expandafter{\csname XR#1-lof\endcsname}% % % use the same \entry macro we use to generate the TOC and index. \edef\writeentry{\noexpand\entry{\the\toksA}{\csname XR#1-pg\endcsname}}% \writeentry }} \message{localization,} % For single-language documents, @documentlanguage is usually given very % early, just after @documentencoding. Single argument is the language % (de) or locale (de_DE) abbreviation. % { \catcode`\_ = \active \globaldefs=1 \parseargdef\documentlanguage{\begingroup \let_=\normalunderscore % normal _ character for filenames \tex % read txi-??.tex file in plain TeX. % Read the file by the name they passed if it exists. \openin 1 txi-#1.tex \ifeof 1 \documentlanguagetrywithoutunderscore{#1_\finish}% \else \globaldefs = 1 % everything in the txi-LL files needs to persist \input txi-#1.tex \fi \closein 1 \endgroup % end raw TeX \endgroup} % % If they passed de_DE, and txi-de_DE.tex doesn't exist, % try txi-de.tex. % \gdef\documentlanguagetrywithoutunderscore#1_#2\finish{% \openin 1 txi-#1.tex \ifeof 1 \errhelp = \nolanghelp \errmessage{Cannot read language file txi-#1.tex}% \else \globaldefs = 1 % everything in the txi-LL files needs to persist \input txi-#1.tex \fi \closein 1 } }% end of special _ catcode % \newhelp\nolanghelp{The given language definition file cannot be found or is empty. Maybe you need to install it? Putting it in the current directory should work if nowhere else does.} % This macro is called from txi-??.tex files; the first argument is the % \language name to set (without the "\lang@" prefix), the second and % third args are \{left,right}hyphenmin. % % The language names to pass are determined when the format is built. % See the etex.log file created at that time, e.g., % /usr/local/texlive/2008/texmf-var/web2c/pdftex/etex.log. % % With TeX Live 2008, etex now includes hyphenation patterns for all % available languages. This means we can support hyphenation in % Texinfo, at least to some extent. (This still doesn't solve the % accented characters problem.) % \catcode`@=11 \def\txisetlanguage#1#2#3{% % do not set the language if the name is undefined in the current TeX. \expandafter\ifx\csname lang@#1\endcsname \relax \message{no patterns for #1}% \else \global\language = \csname lang@#1\endcsname \fi % but there is no harm in adjusting the hyphenmin values regardless. \global\lefthyphenmin = #2\relax \global\righthyphenmin = #3\relax } % Helpers for encodings. % Set the catcode of characters 128 through 255 to the specified number. % \def\setnonasciicharscatcode#1{% \count255=128 \loop\ifnum\count255<256 \global\catcode\count255=#1\relax \advance\count255 by 1 \repeat } \def\setnonasciicharscatcodenonglobal#1{% \count255=128 \loop\ifnum\count255<256 \catcode\count255=#1\relax \advance\count255 by 1 \repeat } % @documentencoding sets the definition of non-ASCII characters % according to the specified encoding. % \parseargdef\documentencoding{% % Encoding being declared for the document. \def\declaredencoding{\csname #1.enc\endcsname}% % % Supported encodings: names converted to tokens in order to be able % to compare them with \ifx. \def\ascii{\csname US-ASCII.enc\endcsname}% \def\latnine{\csname ISO-8859-15.enc\endcsname}% \def\latone{\csname ISO-8859-1.enc\endcsname}% \def\lattwo{\csname ISO-8859-2.enc\endcsname}% \def\utfeight{\csname UTF-8.enc\endcsname}% % \ifx \declaredencoding \ascii \asciichardefs % \else \ifx \declaredencoding \lattwo \setnonasciicharscatcode\active \lattwochardefs % \else \ifx \declaredencoding \latone \setnonasciicharscatcode\active \latonechardefs % \else \ifx \declaredencoding \latnine \setnonasciicharscatcode\active \latninechardefs % \else \ifx \declaredencoding \utfeight \setnonasciicharscatcode\active \utfeightchardefs % \else \message{Unknown document encoding #1, ignoring.}% % \fi % utfeight \fi % latnine \fi % latone \fi % lattwo \fi % ascii } % A message to be logged when using a character that isn't available % the default font encoding (OT1). % \def\missingcharmsg#1{\message{Character missing in OT1 encoding: #1.}} % Take account of \c (plain) vs. \, (Texinfo) difference. \def\cedilla#1{\ifx\c\ptexc\c{#1}\else\,{#1}\fi} % First, make active non-ASCII characters in order for them to be % correctly categorized when TeX reads the replacement text of % macros containing the character definitions. \setnonasciicharscatcode\active % % Latin1 (ISO-8859-1) character definitions. \def\latonechardefs{% \gdef^^a0{~} \gdef^^a1{\exclamdown} \gdef^^a2{\missingcharmsg{CENT SIGN}} \gdef^^a3{{\pounds}} \gdef^^a4{\missingcharmsg{CURRENCY SIGN}} \gdef^^a5{\missingcharmsg{YEN SIGN}} \gdef^^a6{\missingcharmsg{BROKEN BAR}} \gdef^^a7{\S} \gdef^^a8{\"{}} \gdef^^a9{\copyright} \gdef^^aa{\ordf} \gdef^^ab{\guillemetleft} \gdef^^ac{$\lnot$} \gdef^^ad{\-} \gdef^^ae{\registeredsymbol} \gdef^^af{\={}} % \gdef^^b0{\textdegree} \gdef^^b1{$\pm$} \gdef^^b2{$^2$} \gdef^^b3{$^3$} \gdef^^b4{\'{}} \gdef^^b5{$\mu$} \gdef^^b6{\P} % \gdef^^b7{$^.$} \gdef^^b8{\cedilla\ } \gdef^^b9{$^1$} \gdef^^ba{\ordm} % \gdef^^bb{\guilletright} \gdef^^bc{$1\over4$} \gdef^^bd{$1\over2$} \gdef^^be{$3\over4$} \gdef^^bf{\questiondown} % \gdef^^c0{\`A} \gdef^^c1{\'A} \gdef^^c2{\^A} \gdef^^c3{\~A} \gdef^^c4{\"A} \gdef^^c5{\ringaccent A} \gdef^^c6{\AE} \gdef^^c7{\cedilla C} \gdef^^c8{\`E} \gdef^^c9{\'E} \gdef^^ca{\^E} \gdef^^cb{\"E} \gdef^^cc{\`I} \gdef^^cd{\'I} \gdef^^ce{\^I} \gdef^^cf{\"I} % \gdef^^d0{\DH} \gdef^^d1{\~N} \gdef^^d2{\`O} \gdef^^d3{\'O} \gdef^^d4{\^O} \gdef^^d5{\~O} \gdef^^d6{\"O} \gdef^^d7{$\times$} \gdef^^d8{\O} \gdef^^d9{\`U} \gdef^^da{\'U} \gdef^^db{\^U} \gdef^^dc{\"U} \gdef^^dd{\'Y} \gdef^^de{\TH} \gdef^^df{\ss} % \gdef^^e0{\`a} \gdef^^e1{\'a} \gdef^^e2{\^a} \gdef^^e3{\~a} \gdef^^e4{\"a} \gdef^^e5{\ringaccent a} \gdef^^e6{\ae} \gdef^^e7{\cedilla c} \gdef^^e8{\`e} \gdef^^e9{\'e} \gdef^^ea{\^e} \gdef^^eb{\"e} \gdef^^ec{\`{\dotless i}} \gdef^^ed{\'{\dotless i}} \gdef^^ee{\^{\dotless i}} \gdef^^ef{\"{\dotless i}} % \gdef^^f0{\dh} \gdef^^f1{\~n} \gdef^^f2{\`o} \gdef^^f3{\'o} \gdef^^f4{\^o} \gdef^^f5{\~o} \gdef^^f6{\"o} \gdef^^f7{$\div$} \gdef^^f8{\o} \gdef^^f9{\`u} \gdef^^fa{\'u} \gdef^^fb{\^u} \gdef^^fc{\"u} \gdef^^fd{\'y} \gdef^^fe{\th} \gdef^^ff{\"y} } % Latin9 (ISO-8859-15) encoding character definitions. \def\latninechardefs{% % Encoding is almost identical to Latin1. \latonechardefs % \gdef^^a4{\euro} \gdef^^a6{\v S} \gdef^^a8{\v s} \gdef^^b4{\v Z} \gdef^^b8{\v z} \gdef^^bc{\OE} \gdef^^bd{\oe} \gdef^^be{\"Y} } % Latin2 (ISO-8859-2) character definitions. \def\lattwochardefs{% \gdef^^a0{~} \gdef^^a1{\ogonek{A}} \gdef^^a2{\u{}} \gdef^^a3{\L} \gdef^^a4{\missingcharmsg{CURRENCY SIGN}} \gdef^^a5{\v L} \gdef^^a6{\'S} \gdef^^a7{\S} \gdef^^a8{\"{}} \gdef^^a9{\v S} \gdef^^aa{\cedilla S} \gdef^^ab{\v T} \gdef^^ac{\'Z} \gdef^^ad{\-} \gdef^^ae{\v Z} \gdef^^af{\dotaccent Z} % \gdef^^b0{\textdegree} \gdef^^b1{\ogonek{a}} \gdef^^b2{\ogonek{ }} \gdef^^b3{\l} \gdef^^b4{\'{}} \gdef^^b5{\v l} \gdef^^b6{\'s} \gdef^^b7{\v{}} \gdef^^b8{\cedilla\ } \gdef^^b9{\v s} \gdef^^ba{\cedilla s} \gdef^^bb{\v t} \gdef^^bc{\'z} \gdef^^bd{\H{}} \gdef^^be{\v z} \gdef^^bf{\dotaccent z} % \gdef^^c0{\'R} \gdef^^c1{\'A} \gdef^^c2{\^A} \gdef^^c3{\u A} \gdef^^c4{\"A} \gdef^^c5{\'L} \gdef^^c6{\'C} \gdef^^c7{\cedilla C} \gdef^^c8{\v C} \gdef^^c9{\'E} \gdef^^ca{\ogonek{E}} \gdef^^cb{\"E} \gdef^^cc{\v E} \gdef^^cd{\'I} \gdef^^ce{\^I} \gdef^^cf{\v D} % \gdef^^d0{\DH} \gdef^^d1{\'N} \gdef^^d2{\v N} \gdef^^d3{\'O} \gdef^^d4{\^O} \gdef^^d5{\H O} \gdef^^d6{\"O} \gdef^^d7{$\times$} \gdef^^d8{\v R} \gdef^^d9{\ringaccent U} \gdef^^da{\'U} \gdef^^db{\H U} \gdef^^dc{\"U} \gdef^^dd{\'Y} \gdef^^de{\cedilla T} \gdef^^df{\ss} % \gdef^^e0{\'r} \gdef^^e1{\'a} \gdef^^e2{\^a} \gdef^^e3{\u a} \gdef^^e4{\"a} \gdef^^e5{\'l} \gdef^^e6{\'c} \gdef^^e7{\cedilla c} \gdef^^e8{\v c} \gdef^^e9{\'e} \gdef^^ea{\ogonek{e}} \gdef^^eb{\"e} \gdef^^ec{\v e} \gdef^^ed{\'\i} \gdef^^ee{\^\i} \gdef^^ef{\v d} % \gdef^^f0{\dh} \gdef^^f1{\'n} \gdef^^f2{\v n} \gdef^^f3{\'o} \gdef^^f4{\^o} \gdef^^f5{\H o} \gdef^^f6{\"o} \gdef^^f7{$\div$} \gdef^^f8{\v r} \gdef^^f9{\ringaccent u} \gdef^^fa{\'u} \gdef^^fb{\H u} \gdef^^fc{\"u} \gdef^^fd{\'y} \gdef^^fe{\cedilla t} \gdef^^ff{\dotaccent{}} } % UTF-8 character definitions. % % This code to support UTF-8 is based on LaTeX's utf8.def, with some % changes for Texinfo conventions. It is included here under the GPL by % permission from Frank Mittelbach and the LaTeX team. % \newcount\countUTFx \newcount\countUTFy \newcount\countUTFz \gdef\UTFviiiTwoOctets#1#2{\expandafter \UTFviiiDefined\csname u8:#1\string #2\endcsname} % \gdef\UTFviiiThreeOctets#1#2#3{\expandafter \UTFviiiDefined\csname u8:#1\string #2\string #3\endcsname} % \gdef\UTFviiiFourOctets#1#2#3#4{\expandafter \UTFviiiDefined\csname u8:#1\string #2\string #3\string #4\endcsname} \gdef\UTFviiiDefined#1{% \ifx #1\relax \message{\linenumber Unicode char \string #1 not defined for Texinfo}% \else \expandafter #1% \fi } \begingroup \catcode`\~13 \catcode`\"12 \def\UTFviiiLoop{% \global\catcode\countUTFx\active \uccode`\~\countUTFx \uppercase\expandafter{\UTFviiiTmp}% \advance\countUTFx by 1 \ifnum\countUTFx < \countUTFy \expandafter\UTFviiiLoop \fi} \countUTFx = "C2 \countUTFy = "E0 \def\UTFviiiTmp{% \xdef~{\noexpand\UTFviiiTwoOctets\string~}} \UTFviiiLoop \countUTFx = "E0 \countUTFy = "F0 \def\UTFviiiTmp{% \xdef~{\noexpand\UTFviiiThreeOctets\string~}} \UTFviiiLoop \countUTFx = "F0 \countUTFy = "F4 \def\UTFviiiTmp{% \xdef~{\noexpand\UTFviiiFourOctets\string~}} \UTFviiiLoop \endgroup \begingroup \catcode`\"=12 \catcode`\<=12 \catcode`\.=12 \catcode`\,=12 \catcode`\;=12 \catcode`\!=12 \catcode`\~=13 \gdef\DeclareUnicodeCharacter#1#2{% \countUTFz = "#1\relax \wlog{\space\space defining Unicode char U+#1 (decimal \the\countUTFz)}% \begingroup \parseXMLCharref \def\UTFviiiTwoOctets##1##2{% \csname u8:##1\string ##2\endcsname}% \def\UTFviiiThreeOctets##1##2##3{% \csname u8:##1\string ##2\string ##3\endcsname}% \def\UTFviiiFourOctets##1##2##3##4{% \csname u8:##1\string ##2\string ##3\string ##4\endcsname}% \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter \gdef\UTFviiiTmp{#2}% \endgroup} \gdef\parseXMLCharref{% \ifnum\countUTFz < "A0\relax \errhelp = \EMsimple \errmessage{Cannot define Unicode char value < 00A0}% \else\ifnum\countUTFz < "800\relax \parseUTFviiiA,% \parseUTFviiiB C\UTFviiiTwoOctets.,% \else\ifnum\countUTFz < "10000\relax \parseUTFviiiA;% \parseUTFviiiA,% \parseUTFviiiB E\UTFviiiThreeOctets.{,;}% \else \parseUTFviiiA;% \parseUTFviiiA,% \parseUTFviiiA!% \parseUTFviiiB F\UTFviiiFourOctets.{!,;}% \fi\fi\fi } \gdef\parseUTFviiiA#1{% \countUTFx = \countUTFz \divide\countUTFz by 64 \countUTFy = \countUTFz \multiply\countUTFz by 64 \advance\countUTFx by -\countUTFz \advance\countUTFx by 128 \uccode `#1\countUTFx \countUTFz = \countUTFy} \gdef\parseUTFviiiB#1#2#3#4{% \advance\countUTFz by "#10\relax \uccode `#3\countUTFz \uppercase{\gdef\UTFviiiTmp{#2#3#4}}} \endgroup \def\utfeightchardefs{% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A0}{\tie} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A1}{\exclamdown} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A3}{\pounds} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A8}{\"{ }} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A9}{\copyright} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AA}{\ordf} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AB}{\guillemetleft} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AD}{\-} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AE}{\registeredsymbol} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AF}{\={ }} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B0}{\ringaccent{ }} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B4}{\'{ }} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B8}{\cedilla{ }} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BA}{\ordm} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BB}{\guillemetright} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BF}{\questiondown} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C0}{\`A} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C1}{\'A} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C2}{\^A} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C3}{\~A} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C4}{\"A} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C5}{\AA} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C6}{\AE} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C7}{\cedilla{C}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C8}{\`E} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C9}{\'E} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CA}{\^E} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CB}{\"E} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CC}{\`I} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CD}{\'I} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CE}{\^I} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CF}{\"I} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D0}{\DH} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D1}{\~N} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D2}{\`O} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D3}{\'O} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D4}{\^O} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D5}{\~O} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D6}{\"O} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D8}{\O} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D9}{\`U} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DA}{\'U} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DB}{\^U} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DC}{\"U} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DD}{\'Y} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DE}{\TH} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DF}{\ss} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E0}{\`a} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E1}{\'a} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E2}{\^a} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E3}{\~a} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E4}{\"a} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E5}{\aa} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E6}{\ae} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E7}{\cedilla{c}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E8}{\`e} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E9}{\'e} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EA}{\^e} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EB}{\"e} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EC}{\`{\dotless{i}}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00ED}{\'{\dotless{i}}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EE}{\^{\dotless{i}}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EF}{\"{\dotless{i}}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F0}{\dh} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F1}{\~n} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F2}{\`o} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F3}{\'o} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F4}{\^o} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F5}{\~o} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F6}{\"o} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F8}{\o} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F9}{\`u} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FA}{\'u} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FB}{\^u} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FC}{\"u} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FD}{\'y} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FE}{\th} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FF}{\"y} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0100}{\=A} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0101}{\=a} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0102}{\u{A}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0103}{\u{a}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0104}{\ogonek{A}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0105}{\ogonek{a}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0106}{\'C} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0107}{\'c} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0108}{\^C} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0109}{\^c} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0118}{\ogonek{E}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0119}{\ogonek{e}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010A}{\dotaccent{C}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010B}{\dotaccent{c}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010C}{\v{C}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010D}{\v{c}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010E}{\v{D}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0112}{\=E} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0113}{\=e} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0114}{\u{E}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0115}{\u{e}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0116}{\dotaccent{E}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0117}{\dotaccent{e}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011A}{\v{E}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011B}{\v{e}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011C}{\^G} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011D}{\^g} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011E}{\u{G}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011F}{\u{g}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0120}{\dotaccent{G}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0121}{\dotaccent{g}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0124}{\^H} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0125}{\^h} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0128}{\~I} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0129}{\~{\dotless{i}}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012A}{\=I} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012B}{\={\dotless{i}}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012C}{\u{I}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012D}{\u{\dotless{i}}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0130}{\dotaccent{I}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0131}{\dotless{i}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0132}{IJ} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0133}{ij} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0134}{\^J} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0135}{\^{\dotless{j}}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0139}{\'L} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013A}{\'l} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0141}{\L} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0142}{\l} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0143}{\'N} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0144}{\'n} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0147}{\v{N}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0148}{\v{n}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014C}{\=O} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014D}{\=o} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014E}{\u{O}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014F}{\u{o}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0150}{\H{O}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0151}{\H{o}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0152}{\OE} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0153}{\oe} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0154}{\'R} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0155}{\'r} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0158}{\v{R}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0159}{\v{r}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015A}{\'S} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015B}{\'s} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015C}{\^S} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015D}{\^s} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015E}{\cedilla{S}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015F}{\cedilla{s}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0160}{\v{S}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0161}{\v{s}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0162}{\cedilla{t}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0163}{\cedilla{T}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0164}{\v{T}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0168}{\~U} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0169}{\~u} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016A}{\=U} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016B}{\=u} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016C}{\u{U}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016D}{\u{u}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016E}{\ringaccent{U}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016F}{\ringaccent{u}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0170}{\H{U}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0171}{\H{u}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0174}{\^W} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0175}{\^w} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0176}{\^Y} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0177}{\^y} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0178}{\"Y} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0179}{\'Z} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017A}{\'z} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017B}{\dotaccent{Z}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017C}{\dotaccent{z}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017D}{\v{Z}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017E}{\v{z}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C4}{D\v{Z}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C5}{D\v{z}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C6}{d\v{z}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C7}{LJ} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C8}{Lj} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C9}{lj} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CA}{NJ} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CB}{Nj} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CC}{nj} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CD}{\v{A}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CE}{\v{a}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CF}{\v{I}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D0}{\v{\dotless{i}}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D1}{\v{O}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D2}{\v{o}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D3}{\v{U}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D4}{\v{u}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E2}{\={\AE}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E3}{\={\ae}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E6}{\v{G}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E7}{\v{g}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E8}{\v{K}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E9}{\v{k}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F0}{\v{\dotless{j}}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F1}{DZ} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F2}{Dz} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F3}{dz} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F4}{\'G} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F5}{\'g} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F8}{\`N} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F9}{\`n} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FC}{\'{\AE}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FD}{\'{\ae}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FE}{\'{\O}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FF}{\'{\o}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{021E}{\v{H}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{021F}{\v{h}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0226}{\dotaccent{A}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0227}{\dotaccent{a}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0228}{\cedilla{E}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0229}{\cedilla{e}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{022E}{\dotaccent{O}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{022F}{\dotaccent{o}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0232}{\=Y} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0233}{\=y} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0237}{\dotless{j}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{02DB}{\ogonek{ }} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E02}{\dotaccent{B}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E03}{\dotaccent{b}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E04}{\udotaccent{B}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E05}{\udotaccent{b}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E06}{\ubaraccent{B}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E07}{\ubaraccent{b}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0A}{\dotaccent{D}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0B}{\dotaccent{d}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0C}{\udotaccent{D}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0D}{\udotaccent{d}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0E}{\ubaraccent{D}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0F}{\ubaraccent{d}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E1E}{\dotaccent{F}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E1F}{\dotaccent{f}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E20}{\=G} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E21}{\=g} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E22}{\dotaccent{H}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E23}{\dotaccent{h}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E24}{\udotaccent{H}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E25}{\udotaccent{h}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E26}{\"H} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E27}{\"h} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E30}{\'K} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E31}{\'k} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E32}{\udotaccent{K}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E33}{\udotaccent{k}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E34}{\ubaraccent{K}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E35}{\ubaraccent{k}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E36}{\udotaccent{L}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E37}{\udotaccent{l}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3A}{\ubaraccent{L}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3B}{\ubaraccent{l}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3E}{\'M} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3F}{\'m} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E40}{\dotaccent{M}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E41}{\dotaccent{m}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E42}{\udotaccent{M}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E43}{\udotaccent{m}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E44}{\dotaccent{N}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E45}{\dotaccent{n}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E46}{\udotaccent{N}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E47}{\udotaccent{n}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E48}{\ubaraccent{N}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E49}{\ubaraccent{n}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E54}{\'P} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E55}{\'p} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E56}{\dotaccent{P}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E57}{\dotaccent{p}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E58}{\dotaccent{R}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E59}{\dotaccent{r}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5A}{\udotaccent{R}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5B}{\udotaccent{r}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5E}{\ubaraccent{R}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5F}{\ubaraccent{r}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E60}{\dotaccent{S}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E61}{\dotaccent{s}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E62}{\udotaccent{S}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E63}{\udotaccent{s}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6A}{\dotaccent{T}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6B}{\dotaccent{t}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6C}{\udotaccent{T}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6D}{\udotaccent{t}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6E}{\ubaraccent{T}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6F}{\ubaraccent{t}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7C}{\~V} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7D}{\~v} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7E}{\udotaccent{V}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7F}{\udotaccent{v}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E80}{\`W} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E81}{\`w} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E82}{\'W} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E83}{\'w} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E84}{\"W} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E85}{\"w} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E86}{\dotaccent{W}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E87}{\dotaccent{w}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E88}{\udotaccent{W}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E89}{\udotaccent{w}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8A}{\dotaccent{X}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8B}{\dotaccent{x}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8C}{\"X} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8D}{\"x} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8E}{\dotaccent{Y}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8F}{\dotaccent{y}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E90}{\^Z} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E91}{\^z} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E92}{\udotaccent{Z}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E93}{\udotaccent{z}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E94}{\ubaraccent{Z}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E95}{\ubaraccent{z}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E96}{\ubaraccent{h}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E97}{\"t} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E98}{\ringaccent{w}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E99}{\ringaccent{y}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EA0}{\udotaccent{A}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EA1}{\udotaccent{a}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EB8}{\udotaccent{E}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EB9}{\udotaccent{e}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EBC}{\~E} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EBD}{\~e} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECA}{\udotaccent{I}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECB}{\udotaccent{i}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECC}{\udotaccent{O}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECD}{\udotaccent{o}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EE4}{\udotaccent{U}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EE5}{\udotaccent{u}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF2}{\`Y} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF3}{\`y} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF4}{\udotaccent{Y}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF8}{\~Y} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF9}{\~y} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2013}{--} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2014}{---} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2018}{\quoteleft} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2019}{\quoteright} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201A}{\quotesinglbase} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201C}{\quotedblleft} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201D}{\quotedblright} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201E}{\quotedblbase} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2022}{\bullet} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2026}{\dots} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2039}{\guilsinglleft} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{203A}{\guilsinglright} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{20AC}{\euro} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2192}{\expansion} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D2}{\result} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2212}{\minus} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2217}{\point} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2261}{\equiv} }% end of \utfeightchardefs % US-ASCII character definitions. \def\asciichardefs{% nothing need be done \relax } % Make non-ASCII characters printable again for compatibility with % existing Texinfo documents that may use them, even without declaring a % document encoding. % \setnonasciicharscatcode \other \message{formatting,} \newdimen\defaultparindent \defaultparindent = 15pt \chapheadingskip = 15pt plus 4pt minus 2pt \secheadingskip = 12pt plus 3pt minus 2pt \subsecheadingskip = 9pt plus 2pt minus 2pt % Prevent underfull vbox error messages. \vbadness = 10000 % Don't be so finicky about underfull hboxes, either. \hbadness = 2000 % Following George Bush, get rid of widows and orphans. \widowpenalty=10000 \clubpenalty=10000 % Use TeX 3.0's \emergencystretch to help line breaking, but if we're % using an old version of TeX, don't do anything. We want the amount of % stretch added to depend on the line length, hence the dependence on % \hsize. We call this whenever the paper size is set. % \def\setemergencystretch{% \ifx\emergencystretch\thisisundefined % Allow us to assign to \emergencystretch anyway. \def\emergencystretch{\dimen0}% \else \emergencystretch = .15\hsize \fi } % Parameters in order: 1) textheight; 2) textwidth; % 3) voffset; 4) hoffset; 5) binding offset; 6) topskip; % 7) physical page height; 8) physical page width. % % We also call \setleading{\textleading}, so the caller should define % \textleading. The caller should also set \parskip. % \def\internalpagesizes#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8{% \voffset = #3\relax \topskip = #6\relax \splittopskip = \topskip % \vsize = #1\relax \advance\vsize by \topskip \outervsize = \vsize \advance\outervsize by 2\topandbottommargin \pageheight = \vsize % \hsize = #2\relax \outerhsize = \hsize \advance\outerhsize by 0.5in \pagewidth = \hsize % \normaloffset = #4\relax \bindingoffset = #5\relax % \ifpdf \pdfpageheight #7\relax \pdfpagewidth #8\relax % if we don't reset these, they will remain at "1 true in" of % whatever layout pdftex was dumped with. \pdfhorigin = 1 true in \pdfvorigin = 1 true in \fi % \setleading{\textleading} % \parindent = \defaultparindent \setemergencystretch } % @letterpaper (the default). \def\letterpaper{{\globaldefs = 1 \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt \textleading = 13.2pt % % If page is nothing but text, make it come out even. \internalpagesizes{607.2pt}{6in}% that's 46 lines {\voffset}{.25in}% {\bindingoffset}{36pt}% {11in}{8.5in}% }} % Use @smallbook to reset parameters for 7x9.25 trim size. \def\smallbook{{\globaldefs = 1 \parskip = 2pt plus 1pt \textleading = 12pt % \internalpagesizes{7.5in}{5in}% {-.2in}{0in}% {\bindingoffset}{16pt}% {9.25in}{7in}% % \lispnarrowing = 0.3in \tolerance = 700 \hfuzz = 1pt \contentsrightmargin = 0pt \defbodyindent = .5cm }} % Use @smallerbook to reset parameters for 6x9 trim size. % (Just testing, parameters still in flux.) \def\smallerbook{{\globaldefs = 1 \parskip = 1.5pt plus 1pt \textleading = 12pt % \internalpagesizes{7.4in}{4.8in}% {-.2in}{-.4in}% {0pt}{14pt}% {9in}{6in}% % \lispnarrowing = 0.25in \tolerance = 700 \hfuzz = 1pt \contentsrightmargin = 0pt \defbodyindent = .4cm }} % Use @afourpaper to print on European A4 paper. \def\afourpaper{{\globaldefs = 1 \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt \textleading = 13.2pt % % Double-side printing via postscript on Laserjet 4050 % prints double-sided nicely when \bindingoffset=10mm and \hoffset=-6mm. % To change the settings for a different printer or situation, adjust % \normaloffset until the front-side and back-side texts align. Then % do the same for \bindingoffset. You can set these for testing in % your texinfo source file like this: % @tex % \global\normaloffset = -6mm % \global\bindingoffset = 10mm % @end tex \internalpagesizes{673.2pt}{160mm}% that's 51 lines {\voffset}{\hoffset}% {\bindingoffset}{44pt}% {297mm}{210mm}% % \tolerance = 700 \hfuzz = 1pt \contentsrightmargin = 0pt \defbodyindent = 5mm }} % Use @afivepaper to print on European A5 paper. % From romildo@urano.iceb.ufop.br, 2 July 2000. % He also recommends making @example and @lisp be small. \def\afivepaper{{\globaldefs = 1 \parskip = 2pt plus 1pt minus 0.1pt \textleading = 12.5pt % \internalpagesizes{160mm}{120mm}% {\voffset}{\hoffset}% {\bindingoffset}{8pt}% {210mm}{148mm}% % \lispnarrowing = 0.2in \tolerance = 800 \hfuzz = 1.2pt \contentsrightmargin = 0pt \defbodyindent = 2mm \tableindent = 12mm }} % A specific text layout, 24x15cm overall, intended for A4 paper. \def\afourlatex{{\globaldefs = 1 \afourpaper \internalpagesizes{237mm}{150mm}% {\voffset}{4.6mm}% {\bindingoffset}{7mm}% {297mm}{210mm}% % % Must explicitly reset to 0 because we call \afourpaper. \globaldefs = 0 }} % Use @afourwide to print on A4 paper in landscape format. \def\afourwide{{\globaldefs = 1 \afourpaper \internalpagesizes{241mm}{165mm}% {\voffset}{-2.95mm}% {\bindingoffset}{7mm}% {297mm}{210mm}% \globaldefs = 0 }} % @pagesizes TEXTHEIGHT[,TEXTWIDTH] % Perhaps we should allow setting the margins, \topskip, \parskip, % and/or leading, also. Or perhaps we should compute them somehow. % \parseargdef\pagesizes{\pagesizesyyy #1,,\finish} \def\pagesizesyyy#1,#2,#3\finish{{% \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \hsize=#2\relax \fi \globaldefs = 1 % \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt \setleading{\textleading}% % \dimen0 = #1\relax \advance\dimen0 by \voffset % \dimen2 = \hsize \advance\dimen2 by \normaloffset % \internalpagesizes{#1}{\hsize}% {\voffset}{\normaloffset}% {\bindingoffset}{44pt}% {\dimen0}{\dimen2}% }} % Set default to letter. % \letterpaper \message{and turning on texinfo input format.} % DEL is a comment character, in case @c does not suffice. \catcode`\^^? = 14 % Define macros to output various characters with catcode for normal text. \catcode`\"=\other \catcode`\~=\other \catcode`\^=\other \catcode`\_=\other \catcode`\|=\other \catcode`\<=\other \catcode`\>=\other \catcode`\+=\other \catcode`\$=\other \def\normaldoublequote{"} \def\normaltilde{~} \def\normalcaret{^} \def\normalunderscore{_} \def\normalverticalbar{|} \def\normalless{<} \def\normalgreater{>} \def\normalplus{+} \def\normaldollar{$}%$ font-lock fix % This macro is used to make a character print one way in \tt % (where it can probably be output as-is), and another way in other fonts, % where something hairier probably needs to be done. % % #1 is what to print if we are indeed using \tt; #2 is what to print % otherwise. Since all the Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero % interword stretch (and shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all % typewriter fonts to have this, we can check that font parameter. % \def\ifusingtt#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen3\font=0pt #1\else #2\fi} % Same as above, but check for italic font. Actually this also catches % non-italic slanted fonts since it is impossible to distinguish them from % italic fonts. But since this is only used by $ and it uses \sl anyway % this is not a problem. \def\ifusingit#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen1\font>0pt #1\else #2\fi} % Turn off all special characters except @ % (and those which the user can use as if they were ordinary). % Most of these we simply print from the \tt font, but for some, we can % use math or other variants that look better in normal text. \catcode`\"=\active \def\activedoublequote{{\tt\char34}} \let"=\activedoublequote \catcode`\~=\active \def~{{\tt\char126}} \chardef\hat=`\^ \catcode`\^=\active \def^{{\tt \hat}} \catcode`\_=\active \def_{\ifusingtt\normalunderscore\_} \let\realunder=_ % Subroutine for the previous macro. \def\_{\leavevmode \kern.07em \vbox{\hrule width.3em height.1ex}\kern .07em } \catcode`\|=\active \def|{{\tt\char124}} \chardef \less=`\< \catcode`\<=\active \def<{{\tt \less}} \chardef \gtr=`\> \catcode`\>=\active \def>{{\tt \gtr}} \catcode`\+=\active \def+{{\tt \char 43}} \catcode`\$=\active \def${\ifusingit{{\sl\$}}\normaldollar}%$ font-lock fix % If a .fmt file is being used, characters that might appear in a file % name cannot be active until we have parsed the command line. % So turn them off again, and have \everyjob (or @setfilename) turn them on. % \otherifyactive is called near the end of this file. \def\otherifyactive{\catcode`+=\other \catcode`\_=\other} % Used sometimes to turn off (effectively) the active characters even after % parsing them. \def\turnoffactive{% \normalturnoffactive \otherbackslash } \catcode`\@=0 % \backslashcurfont outputs one backslash character in current font, % as in \char`\\. \global\chardef\backslashcurfont=`\\ \global\let\rawbackslashxx=\backslashcurfont % let existing .??s files work % \realbackslash is an actual character `\' with catcode other, and % \doublebackslash is two of them (for the pdf outlines). {\catcode`\\=\other @gdef@realbackslash{\} @gdef@doublebackslash{\\}} % In texinfo, backslash is an active character; it prints the backslash % in fixed width font. \catcode`\\=\active @def@normalbackslash{{@tt@backslashcurfont}} % On startup, @fixbackslash assigns: % @let \ = @normalbackslash % \rawbackslash defines an active \ to do \backslashcurfont. % \otherbackslash defines an active \ to be a literal `\' character with % catcode other. @gdef@rawbackslash{@let\=@backslashcurfont} @gdef@otherbackslash{@let\=@realbackslash} % Same as @turnoffactive except outputs \ as {\tt\char`\\} instead of % the literal character `\'. % @def@normalturnoffactive{% @let\=@normalbackslash @let"=@normaldoublequote @let~=@normaltilde @let^=@normalcaret @let_=@normalunderscore @let|=@normalverticalbar @let<=@normalless @let>=@normalgreater @let+=@normalplus @let$=@normaldollar %$ font-lock fix @markupsetuplqdefault @markupsetuprqdefault @unsepspaces } % Make _ and + \other characters, temporarily. % This is canceled by @fixbackslash. @otherifyactive % If a .fmt file is being used, we don't want the `\input texinfo' to show up. % That is what \eatinput is for; after that, the `\' should revert to printing % a backslash. % @gdef@eatinput input texinfo{@fixbackslash} @global@let\ = @eatinput % On the other hand, perhaps the file did not have a `\input texinfo'. Then % the first `\' in the file would cause an error. This macro tries to fix % that, assuming it is called before the first `\' could plausibly occur. % Also turn back on active characters that might appear in the input % file name, in case not using a pre-dumped format. % @gdef@fixbackslash{% @ifx\@eatinput @let\ = @normalbackslash @fi @catcode`+=@active @catcode`@_=@active } % Say @foo, not \foo, in error messages. @escapechar = `@@ % These look ok in all fonts, so just make them not special. @catcode`@& = @other @catcode`@# = @other @catcode`@% = @other @c Finally, make ` and ' active, so that txicodequoteundirected and @c txicodequotebacktick work right in, e.g., @w{@code{`foo'}}. If we @c don't make ` and ' active, @code will not get them as active chars. @c Do this last of all since we use ` in the previous @catcode assignments. @catcode`@'=@active @catcode`@`=@active @markupsetuplqdefault @markupsetuprqdefault @c Local variables: @c eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) @c page-delimiter: "^\\\\message" @c time-stamp-start: "def\\\\texinfoversion{" @c time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" @c time-stamp-end: "}" @c End: @c vim:sw=2: @ignore arch-tag: e1b36e32-c96e-4135-a41a-0b2efa2ea115 @end ignore fdisk-1.2.5/autotools/link-warning.h0000644000175000017500000000241411527750770014356 00000000000000/* GL_LINK_WARNING("literal string") arranges to emit the literal string as a linker warning on most glibc systems. We use a linker warning rather than a preprocessor warning, because #warning cannot be used inside macros. */ #ifndef GL_LINK_WARNING /* This works on platforms with GNU ld and ELF object format. Testing __GLIBC__ is sufficient for asserting that GNU ld is in use. Testing __ELF__ guarantees the ELF object format. Testing __GNUC__ is necessary for the compound expression syntax. */ # if defined __GLIBC__ && defined __ELF__ && defined __GNUC__ # define GL_LINK_WARNING(message) \ GL_LINK_WARNING1 (__FILE__, __LINE__, message) # define GL_LINK_WARNING1(file, line, message) \ GL_LINK_WARNING2 (file, line, message) /* macroexpand file and line */ # define GL_LINK_WARNING2(file, line, message) \ GL_LINK_WARNING3 (file ":" #line ": warning: " message) # define GL_LINK_WARNING3(message) \ ({ static const char warning[sizeof (message)] \ __attribute__ ((__unused__, \ __section__ (".gnu.warning"), \ __aligned__ (1))) \ = message "\n"; \ (void)0; \ }) # else # define GL_LINK_WARNING(message) ((void) 0) # endif #endif fdisk-1.2.5/autotools/config.rpath0000755000175000017500000004364711564002614014116 00000000000000#! /bin/sh # Output a system dependent set of variables, describing how to set the # run time search path of shared libraries in an executable. # # Copyright 1996-2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # Taken from GNU libtool, 2001 # Originally by Gordon Matzigkeit , 1996 # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation gives # unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, with or without # modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # # The first argument passed to this file is the canonical host specification, # CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM # or # CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM # The environment variables CC, GCC, LDFLAGS, LD, with_gnu_ld # should be set by the caller. # # The set of defined variables is at the end of this script. # Known limitations: # - On IRIX 6.5 with CC="cc", the run time search patch must not be longer # than 256 bytes, otherwise the compiler driver will dump core. The only # known workaround is to choose shorter directory names for the build # directory and/or the installation directory. # All known linkers require a `.a' archive for static linking (except MSVC, # which needs '.lib'). libext=a shrext=.so host="$1" host_cpu=`echo "$host" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\1/'` host_vendor=`echo "$host" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\2/'` host_os=`echo "$host" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\3/'` # Code taken from libtool.m4's _LT_CC_BASENAME. for cc_temp in $CC""; do case $cc_temp in compile | *[\\/]compile | ccache | *[\\/]ccache ) ;; distcc | *[\\/]distcc | purify | *[\\/]purify ) ;; \-*) ;; *) break;; esac done cc_basename=`echo "$cc_temp" | sed -e 's%^.*/%%'` # Code taken from libtool.m4's AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_COMPILER_PIC. wl= if test "$GCC" = yes; then wl='-Wl,' else case "$host_os" in aix*) wl='-Wl,' ;; darwin*) case $cc_basename in xlc*) wl='-Wl,' ;; esac ;; mingw* | cygwin* | pw32* | os2*) ;; hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*) wl='-Wl,' ;; irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*) wl='-Wl,' ;; newsos6) ;; linux* | k*bsd*-gnu) case $cc_basename in icc* | ecc*) wl='-Wl,' ;; pgcc | pgf77 | pgf90) wl='-Wl,' ;; ccc*) wl='-Wl,' ;; como) wl='-lopt=' ;; *) case `$CC -V 2>&1 | sed 5q` in *Sun\ C*) wl='-Wl,' ;; esac ;; esac ;; osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) wl='-Wl,' ;; rdos*) ;; solaris*) wl='-Wl,' ;; sunos4*) wl='-Qoption ld ' ;; sysv4 | sysv4.2uw2* | sysv4.3*) wl='-Wl,' ;; sysv4*MP*) ;; sysv5* | unixware* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | OpenUNIX*) wl='-Wl,' ;; unicos*) wl='-Wl,' ;; uts4*) ;; esac fi # Code taken from libtool.m4's AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_LD_SHLIBS. hardcode_libdir_flag_spec= hardcode_libdir_separator= hardcode_direct=no hardcode_minus_L=no case "$host_os" in cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*) # FIXME: the MSVC++ port hasn't been tested in a loooong time # When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using # Microsoft Visual C++. if test "$GCC" != yes; then with_gnu_ld=no fi ;; interix*) # we just hope/assume this is gcc and not c89 (= MSVC++) with_gnu_ld=yes ;; openbsd*) with_gnu_ld=no ;; esac ld_shlibs=yes if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then # Set some defaults for GNU ld with shared library support. These # are reset later if shared libraries are not supported. Putting them # here allows them to be overridden if necessary. # Unlike libtool, we use -rpath here, not --rpath, since the documented # option of GNU ld is called -rpath, not --rpath. hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' case "$host_os" in aix3* | aix4* | aix5*) # On AIX/PPC, the GNU linker is very broken if test "$host_cpu" != ia64; then ld_shlibs=no fi ;; amigaos*) hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' hardcode_minus_L=yes # Samuel A. Falvo II reports # that the semantics of dynamic libraries on AmigaOS, at least up # to version 4, is to share data among multiple programs linked # with the same dynamic library. Since this doesn't match the # behavior of shared libraries on other platforms, we cannot use # them. ld_shlibs=no ;; beos*) if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then : else ld_shlibs=no fi ;; cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*) # hardcode_libdir_flag_spec is actually meaningless, as there is # no search path for DLLs. hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep 'auto-import' > /dev/null; then : else ld_shlibs=no fi ;; interix[3-9]*) hardcode_direct=no hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' ;; gnu* | linux* | k*bsd*-gnu) if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then : else ld_shlibs=no fi ;; netbsd*) ;; solaris*) if $LD -v 2>&1 | grep 'BFD 2\.8' > /dev/null; then ld_shlibs=no elif $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then : else ld_shlibs=no fi ;; sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX*) case `$LD -v 2>&1` in *\ [01].* | *\ 2.[0-9].* | *\ 2.1[0-5].*) ld_shlibs=no ;; *) if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='`test -z "$SCOABSPATH" && echo ${wl}-rpath,$libdir`' else ld_shlibs=no fi ;; esac ;; sunos4*) hardcode_direct=yes ;; *) if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then : else ld_shlibs=no fi ;; esac if test "$ld_shlibs" = no; then hardcode_libdir_flag_spec= fi else case "$host_os" in aix3*) # Note: this linker hardcodes the directories in LIBPATH if there # are no directories specified by -L. hardcode_minus_L=yes if test "$GCC" = yes; then # Neither direct hardcoding nor static linking is supported with a # broken collect2. hardcode_direct=unsupported fi ;; aix4* | aix5*) if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then # On IA64, the linker does run time linking by default, so we don't # have to do anything special. aix_use_runtimelinking=no else aix_use_runtimelinking=no # Test if we are trying to use run time linking or normal # AIX style linking. If -brtl is somewhere in LDFLAGS, we # need to do runtime linking. case $host_os in aix4.[23]|aix4.[23].*|aix5*) for ld_flag in $LDFLAGS; do if (test $ld_flag = "-brtl" || test $ld_flag = "-Wl,-brtl"); then aix_use_runtimelinking=yes break fi done ;; esac fi hardcode_direct=yes hardcode_libdir_separator=':' if test "$GCC" = yes; then case $host_os in aix4.[012]|aix4.[012].*) collect2name=`${CC} -print-prog-name=collect2` if test -f "$collect2name" && \ strings "$collect2name" | grep resolve_lib_name >/dev/null then # We have reworked collect2 : else # We have old collect2 hardcode_direct=unsupported hardcode_minus_L=yes hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' hardcode_libdir_separator= fi ;; esac fi # Begin _LT_AC_SYS_LIBPATH_AIX. echo 'int main () { return 0; }' > conftest.c ${CC} ${LDFLAGS} conftest.c -o conftest aix_libpath=`dump -H conftest 2>/dev/null | sed -n -e '/Import File Strings/,/^$/ { /^0/ { s/^0 *\(.*\)$/\1/; p; } }'` if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then aix_libpath=`dump -HX64 conftest 2>/dev/null | sed -n -e '/Import File Strings/,/^$/ { /^0/ { s/^0 *\(.*\)$/\1/; p; } }'` fi if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then aix_libpath="/usr/lib:/lib" fi rm -f conftest.c conftest # End _LT_AC_SYS_LIBPATH_AIX. if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath" else if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-R $libdir:/usr/lib:/lib' else hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath" fi fi ;; amigaos*) hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' hardcode_minus_L=yes # see comment about different semantics on the GNU ld section ld_shlibs=no ;; bsdi[45]*) ;; cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*) # When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using # Microsoft Visual C++. # hardcode_libdir_flag_spec is actually meaningless, as there is # no search path for DLLs. hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=' ' libext=lib ;; darwin* | rhapsody*) hardcode_direct=no if test "$GCC" = yes ; then : else case $cc_basename in xlc*) ;; *) ld_shlibs=no ;; esac fi ;; dgux*) hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' ;; freebsd1*) ld_shlibs=no ;; freebsd2.2*) hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir' hardcode_direct=yes ;; freebsd2*) hardcode_direct=yes hardcode_minus_L=yes ;; freebsd* | dragonfly*) hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir' hardcode_direct=yes ;; hpux9*) hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir' hardcode_libdir_separator=: hardcode_direct=yes # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH, # but as the default location of the library. hardcode_minus_L=yes ;; hpux10*) if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir' hardcode_libdir_separator=: hardcode_direct=yes # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH, # but as the default location of the library. hardcode_minus_L=yes fi ;; hpux11*) if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir' hardcode_libdir_separator=: case $host_cpu in hppa*64*|ia64*) hardcode_direct=no ;; *) hardcode_direct=yes # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH, # but as the default location of the library. hardcode_minus_L=yes ;; esac fi ;; irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*) hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' hardcode_libdir_separator=: ;; netbsd*) hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir' hardcode_direct=yes ;; newsos6) hardcode_direct=yes hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' hardcode_libdir_separator=: ;; openbsd*) if test -f /usr/libexec/ld.so; then hardcode_direct=yes if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' else case "$host_os" in openbsd[01].* | openbsd2.[0-7] | openbsd2.[0-7].*) hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir' ;; *) hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' ;; esac fi else ld_shlibs=no fi ;; os2*) hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' hardcode_minus_L=yes ;; osf3*) hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' hardcode_libdir_separator=: ;; osf4* | osf5*) if test "$GCC" = yes; then hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' else # Both cc and cxx compiler support -rpath directly hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-rpath $libdir' fi hardcode_libdir_separator=: ;; solaris*) hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir' ;; sunos4*) hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' hardcode_direct=yes hardcode_minus_L=yes ;; sysv4) case $host_vendor in sni) hardcode_direct=yes # is this really true??? ;; siemens) hardcode_direct=no ;; motorola) hardcode_direct=no #Motorola manual says yes, but my tests say they lie ;; esac ;; sysv4.3*) ;; sysv4*MP*) if test -d /usr/nec; then ld_shlibs=yes fi ;; sysv4*uw2* | sysv5OpenUNIX* | sysv5UnixWare7.[01].[10]* | unixware7* | sco3.2v5.0.[024]*) ;; sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6*) hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='`test -z "$SCOABSPATH" && echo ${wl}-R,$libdir`' hardcode_libdir_separator=':' ;; uts4*) hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' ;; *) ld_shlibs=no ;; esac fi # Check dynamic linker characteristics # Code taken from libtool.m4's AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER. # Unlike libtool.m4, here we don't care about _all_ names of the library, but # only about the one the linker finds when passed -lNAME. This is the last # element of library_names_spec in libtool.m4, or possibly two of them if the # linker has special search rules. library_names_spec= # the last element of library_names_spec in libtool.m4 libname_spec='lib$name' case "$host_os" in aix3*) library_names_spec='$libname.a' ;; aix4* | aix5*) library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' ;; amigaos*) library_names_spec='$libname.a' ;; beos*) library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' ;; bsdi[45]*) library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' ;; cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*) shrext=.dll library_names_spec='$libname.dll.a $libname.lib' ;; darwin* | rhapsody*) shrext=.dylib library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' ;; dgux*) library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' ;; freebsd1*) ;; freebsd* | dragonfly*) case "$host_os" in freebsd[123]*) library_names_spec='$libname$shrext$versuffix' ;; *) library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' ;; esac ;; gnu*) library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' ;; hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*) case $host_cpu in ia64*) shrext=.so ;; hppa*64*) shrext=.sl ;; *) shrext=.sl ;; esac library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' ;; interix[3-9]*) library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' ;; irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*) library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' case "$host_os" in irix5* | nonstopux*) libsuff= shlibsuff= ;; *) case $LD in *-32|*"-32 "|*-melf32bsmip|*"-melf32bsmip ") libsuff= shlibsuff= ;; *-n32|*"-n32 "|*-melf32bmipn32|*"-melf32bmipn32 ") libsuff=32 shlibsuff=N32 ;; *-64|*"-64 "|*-melf64bmip|*"-melf64bmip ") libsuff=64 shlibsuff=64 ;; *) libsuff= shlibsuff= ;; esac ;; esac ;; linux*oldld* | linux*aout* | linux*coff*) ;; linux* | k*bsd*-gnu) library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' ;; knetbsd*-gnu) library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' ;; netbsd*) library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' ;; newsos6) library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' ;; nto-qnx*) library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' ;; openbsd*) library_names_spec='$libname$shrext$versuffix' ;; os2*) libname_spec='$name' shrext=.dll library_names_spec='$libname.a' ;; osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' ;; rdos*) ;; solaris*) library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' ;; sunos4*) library_names_spec='$libname$shrext$versuffix' ;; sysv4 | sysv4.3*) library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' ;; sysv4*MP*) library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' ;; sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX* | sysv4*uw2*) library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' ;; uts4*) library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' ;; esac sed_quote_subst='s/\(["`$\\]\)/\\\1/g' escaped_wl=`echo "X$wl" | sed -e 's/^X//' -e "$sed_quote_subst"` shlibext=`echo "$shrext" | sed -e 's,^\.,,'` escaped_libname_spec=`echo "X$libname_spec" | sed -e 's/^X//' -e "$sed_quote_subst"` escaped_library_names_spec=`echo "X$library_names_spec" | sed -e 's/^X//' -e "$sed_quote_subst"` escaped_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=`echo "X$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec" | sed -e 's/^X//' -e "$sed_quote_subst"` LC_ALL=C sed -e 's/^\([a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=/acl_cv_\1=/' <. # As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you # distribute this file as part of a program that contains a # configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under # the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. # Originally written by Alexandre Oliva . case $1 in '') echo "$0: No command. Try \`$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2 exit 1; ;; -h | --h*) cat <<\EOF Usage: depcomp [--help] [--version] PROGRAM [ARGS] Run PROGRAMS ARGS to compile a file, generating dependencies as side-effects. Environment variables: depmode Dependency tracking mode. source Source file read by `PROGRAMS ARGS'. object Object file output by `PROGRAMS ARGS'. DEPDIR directory where to store dependencies. depfile Dependency file to output. tmpdepfile Temporary file to use when outputing dependencies. libtool Whether libtool is used (yes/no). Report bugs to . EOF exit $? ;; -v | --v*) echo "depcomp $scriptversion" exit $? ;; esac if test -z "$depmode" || test -z "$source" || test -z "$object"; then echo "depcomp: Variables source, object and depmode must be set" 1>&2 exit 1 fi # Dependencies for sub/bar.o or sub/bar.obj go into sub/.deps/bar.Po. depfile=${depfile-`echo "$object" | sed 's|[^\\/]*$|'${DEPDIR-.deps}'/&|;s|\.\([^.]*\)$|.P\1|;s|Pobj$|Po|'`} tmpdepfile=${tmpdepfile-`echo "$depfile" | sed 's/\.\([^.]*\)$/.T\1/'`} rm -f "$tmpdepfile" # Some modes work just like other modes, but use different flags. We # parameterize here, but still list the modes in the big case below, # to make depend.m4 easier to write. Note that we *cannot* use a case # here, because this file can only contain one case statement. if test "$depmode" = hp; then # HP compiler uses -M and no extra arg. gccflag=-M depmode=gcc fi if test "$depmode" = dashXmstdout; then # This is just like dashmstdout with a different argument. dashmflag=-xM depmode=dashmstdout fi cygpath_u="cygpath -u -f -" if test "$depmode" = msvcmsys; then # This is just like msvisualcpp but w/o cygpath translation. # Just convert the backslash-escaped backslashes to single forward # slashes to satisfy depend.m4 cygpath_u="sed s,\\\\\\\\,/,g" depmode=msvisualcpp fi case "$depmode" in gcc3) ## gcc 3 implements dependency tracking that does exactly what ## we want. Yay! Note: for some reason libtool 1.4 doesn't like ## it if -MD -MP comes after the -MF stuff. Hmm. ## Unfortunately, FreeBSD c89 acceptance of flags depends upon ## the command line argument order; so add the flags where they ## appear in depend2.am. Note that the slowdown incurred here ## affects only configure: in makefiles, %FASTDEP% shortcuts this. for arg do case $arg in -c) set fnord "$@" -MT "$object" -MD -MP -MF "$tmpdepfile" "$arg" ;; *) set fnord "$@" "$arg" ;; esac shift # fnord shift # $arg done "$@" stat=$? if test $stat -eq 0; then : else rm -f "$tmpdepfile" exit $stat fi mv "$tmpdepfile" "$depfile" ;; gcc) ## There are various ways to get dependency output from gcc. Here's ## why we pick this rather obscure method: ## - Don't want to use -MD because we'd like the dependencies to end ## up in a subdir. Having to rename by hand is ugly. ## (We might end up doing this anyway to support other compilers.) ## - The DEPENDENCIES_OUTPUT environment variable makes gcc act like ## -MM, not -M (despite what the docs say). ## - Using -M directly means running the compiler twice (even worse ## than renaming). if test -z "$gccflag"; then gccflag=-MD, fi "$@" -Wp,"$gccflag$tmpdepfile" stat=$? if test $stat -eq 0; then : else rm -f "$tmpdepfile" exit $stat fi rm -f "$depfile" echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile" alpha=ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz ## The second -e expression handles DOS-style file names with drive letters. sed -e 's/^[^:]*: / /' \ -e 's/^['$alpha']:\/[^:]*: / /' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile" ## This next piece of magic avoids the `deleted header file' problem. ## The problem is that when a header file which appears in a .P file ## is deleted, the dependency causes make to die (because there is ## typically no way to rebuild the header). We avoid this by adding ## dummy dependencies for each header file. Too bad gcc doesn't do ## this for us directly. tr ' ' ' ' < "$tmpdepfile" | ## Some versions of gcc put a space before the `:'. On the theory ## that the space means something, we add a space to the output as ## well. ## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation ## correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround. sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile" rm -f "$tmpdepfile" ;; hp) # This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work. It works by # looking at the text of this script. This case will never be run, # since it is checked for above. exit 1 ;; sgi) if test "$libtool" = yes; then "$@" "-Wp,-MDupdate,$tmpdepfile" else "$@" -MDupdate "$tmpdepfile" fi stat=$? if test $stat -eq 0; then : else rm -f "$tmpdepfile" exit $stat fi rm -f "$depfile" if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then # yes, the sourcefile depend on other files echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile" # Clip off the initial element (the dependent). Don't try to be # clever and replace this with sed code, as IRIX sed won't handle # lines with more than a fixed number of characters (4096 in # IRIX 6.2 sed, 8192 in IRIX 6.5). We also remove comment lines; # the IRIX cc adds comments like `#:fec' to the end of the # dependency line. tr ' ' ' ' < "$tmpdepfile" \ | sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' | \ tr ' ' ' ' >> "$depfile" echo >> "$depfile" # The second pass generates a dummy entry for each header file. tr ' ' ' ' < "$tmpdepfile" \ | sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' -e 's/$/:/' \ >> "$depfile" else # The sourcefile does not contain any dependencies, so just # store a dummy comment line, to avoid errors with the Makefile # "include basename.Plo" scheme. echo "#dummy" > "$depfile" fi rm -f "$tmpdepfile" ;; aix) # The C for AIX Compiler uses -M and outputs the dependencies # in a .u file. In older versions, this file always lives in the # current directory. Also, the AIX compiler puts `$object:' at the # start of each line; $object doesn't have directory information. # Version 6 uses the directory in both cases. dir=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$|/|'` test "x$dir" = "x$object" && dir= base=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|^.*/||' -e 's/\.o$//' -e 's/\.lo$//'` if test "$libtool" = yes; then tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.u tmpdepfile2=$base.u tmpdepfile3=$dir.libs/$base.u "$@" -Wc,-M else tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.u tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.u tmpdepfile3=$dir$base.u "$@" -M fi stat=$? if test $stat -eq 0; then : else rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3" exit $stat fi for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3" do test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break done if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then # Each line is of the form `foo.o: dependent.h'. # Do two passes, one to just change these to # `$object: dependent.h' and one to simply `dependent.h:'. sed -e "s,^.*\.[a-z]*:,$object:," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile" # That's a tab and a space in the []. sed -e 's,^.*\.[a-z]*:[ ]*,,' -e 's,$,:,' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile" else # The sourcefile does not contain any dependencies, so just # store a dummy comment line, to avoid errors with the Makefile # "include basename.Plo" scheme. echo "#dummy" > "$depfile" fi rm -f "$tmpdepfile" ;; icc) # Intel's C compiler understands `-MD -MF file'. However on # icc -MD -MF foo.d -c -o sub/foo.o sub/foo.c # ICC 7.0 will fill foo.d with something like # foo.o: sub/foo.c # foo.o: sub/foo.h # which is wrong. We want: # sub/foo.o: sub/foo.c # sub/foo.o: sub/foo.h # sub/foo.c: # sub/foo.h: # ICC 7.1 will output # foo.o: sub/foo.c sub/foo.h # and will wrap long lines using \ : # foo.o: sub/foo.c ... \ # sub/foo.h ... \ # ... "$@" -MD -MF "$tmpdepfile" stat=$? if test $stat -eq 0; then : else rm -f "$tmpdepfile" exit $stat fi rm -f "$depfile" # Each line is of the form `foo.o: dependent.h', # or `foo.o: dep1.h dep2.h \', or ` dep3.h dep4.h \'. # Do two passes, one to just change these to # `$object: dependent.h' and one to simply `dependent.h:'. sed "s,^[^:]*:,$object :," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile" # Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation # correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround. sed 's,^[^:]*: \(.*\)$,\1,;s/^\\$//;/^$/d;/:$/d' < "$tmpdepfile" | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile" rm -f "$tmpdepfile" ;; hp2) # The "hp" stanza above does not work with aCC (C++) and HP's ia64 # compilers, which have integrated preprocessors. The correct option # to use with these is +Maked; it writes dependencies to a file named # 'foo.d', which lands next to the object file, wherever that # happens to be. # Much of this is similar to the tru64 case; see comments there. dir=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$|/|'` test "x$dir" = "x$object" && dir= base=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|^.*/||' -e 's/\.o$//' -e 's/\.lo$//'` if test "$libtool" = yes; then tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.d tmpdepfile2=$dir.libs/$base.d "$@" -Wc,+Maked else tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.d tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.d "$@" +Maked fi stat=$? if test $stat -eq 0; then : else rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" exit $stat fi for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" do test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break done if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then sed -e "s,^.*\.[a-z]*:,$object:," "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile" # Add `dependent.h:' lines. sed -ne '2,${ s/^ *// s/ \\*$// s/$/:/ p }' "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile" else echo "#dummy" > "$depfile" fi rm -f "$tmpdepfile" "$tmpdepfile2" ;; tru64) # The Tru64 compiler uses -MD to generate dependencies as a side # effect. `cc -MD -o foo.o ...' puts the dependencies into `foo.o.d'. # At least on Alpha/Redhat 6.1, Compaq CCC V6.2-504 seems to put # dependencies in `foo.d' instead, so we check for that too. # Subdirectories are respected. dir=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$|/|'` test "x$dir" = "x$object" && dir= base=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|^.*/||' -e 's/\.o$//' -e 's/\.lo$//'` if test "$libtool" = yes; then # With Tru64 cc, shared objects can also be used to make a # static library. This mechanism is used in libtool 1.4 series to # handle both shared and static libraries in a single compilation. # With libtool 1.4, dependencies were output in $dir.libs/$base.lo.d. # # With libtool 1.5 this exception was removed, and libtool now # generates 2 separate objects for the 2 libraries. These two # compilations output dependencies in $dir.libs/$base.o.d and # in $dir$base.o.d. We have to check for both files, because # one of the two compilations can be disabled. We should prefer # $dir$base.o.d over $dir.libs/$base.o.d because the latter is # automatically cleaned when .libs/ is deleted, while ignoring # the former would cause a distcleancheck panic. tmpdepfile1=$dir.libs/$base.lo.d # libtool 1.4 tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.o.d # libtool 1.5 tmpdepfile3=$dir.libs/$base.o.d # libtool 1.5 tmpdepfile4=$dir.libs/$base.d # Compaq CCC V6.2-504 "$@" -Wc,-MD else tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.o.d tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.d tmpdepfile3=$dir$base.d tmpdepfile4=$dir$base.d "$@" -MD fi stat=$? if test $stat -eq 0; then : else rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3" "$tmpdepfile4" exit $stat fi for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3" "$tmpdepfile4" do test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break done if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then sed -e "s,^.*\.[a-z]*:,$object:," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile" # That's a tab and a space in the []. sed -e 's,^.*\.[a-z]*:[ ]*,,' -e 's,$,:,' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile" else echo "#dummy" > "$depfile" fi rm -f "$tmpdepfile" ;; #nosideeffect) # This comment above is used by automake to tell side-effect # dependency tracking mechanisms from slower ones. dashmstdout) # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must* # always write the preprocessed file to stdout, regardless of -o. "$@" || exit $? # Remove the call to Libtool. if test "$libtool" = yes; then while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do shift done shift fi # Remove `-o $object'. IFS=" " for arg do case $arg in -o) shift ;; $object) shift ;; *) set fnord "$@" "$arg" shift # fnord shift # $arg ;; esac done test -z "$dashmflag" && dashmflag=-M # Require at least two characters before searching for `:' # in the target name. This is to cope with DOS-style filenames: # a dependency such as `c:/foo/bar' could be seen as target `c' otherwise. "$@" $dashmflag | sed 's:^[ ]*[^: ][^:][^:]*\:[ ]*:'"$object"'\: :' > "$tmpdepfile" rm -f "$depfile" cat < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile" tr ' ' ' ' < "$tmpdepfile" | \ ## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation ## correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround. sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile" rm -f "$tmpdepfile" ;; dashXmstdout) # This case only exists to satisfy depend.m4. It is never actually # run, as this mode is specially recognized in the preamble. exit 1 ;; makedepend) "$@" || exit $? # Remove any Libtool call if test "$libtool" = yes; then while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do shift done shift fi # X makedepend shift cleared=no eat=no for arg do case $cleared in no) set ""; shift cleared=yes ;; esac if test $eat = yes; then eat=no continue fi case "$arg" in -D*|-I*) set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift ;; # Strip any option that makedepend may not understand. Remove # the object too, otherwise makedepend will parse it as a source file. -arch) eat=yes ;; -*|$object) ;; *) set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift ;; esac done obj_suffix=`echo "$object" | sed 's/^.*\././'` touch "$tmpdepfile" ${MAKEDEPEND-makedepend} -o"$obj_suffix" -f"$tmpdepfile" "$@" rm -f "$depfile" cat < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile" sed '1,2d' "$tmpdepfile" | tr ' ' ' ' | \ ## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation ## correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround. sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile" rm -f "$tmpdepfile" "$tmpdepfile".bak ;; cpp) # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must* # always write the preprocessed file to stdout. "$@" || exit $? # Remove the call to Libtool. if test "$libtool" = yes; then while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do shift done shift fi # Remove `-o $object'. IFS=" " for arg do case $arg in -o) shift ;; $object) shift ;; *) set fnord "$@" "$arg" shift # fnord shift # $arg ;; esac done "$@" -E | sed -n -e '/^# [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)".*/ s:: \1 \\:p' \ -e '/^#line [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)".*/ s:: \1 \\:p' | sed '$ s: \\$::' > "$tmpdepfile" rm -f "$depfile" echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile" cat < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile" sed < "$tmpdepfile" '/^$/d;s/^ //;s/ \\$//;s/$/ :/' >> "$depfile" rm -f "$tmpdepfile" ;; msvisualcpp) # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must* # always write the preprocessed file to stdout. "$@" || exit $? # Remove the call to Libtool. if test "$libtool" = yes; then while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do shift done shift fi IFS=" " for arg do case "$arg" in -o) shift ;; $object) shift ;; "-Gm"|"/Gm"|"-Gi"|"/Gi"|"-ZI"|"/ZI") set fnord "$@" shift shift ;; *) set fnord "$@" "$arg" shift shift ;; esac done "$@" -E 2>/dev/null | sed -n '/^#line [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)"/ s::\1:p' | $cygpath_u | sort -u > "$tmpdepfile" rm -f "$depfile" echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile" sed < "$tmpdepfile" -n -e 's% %\\ %g' -e '/^\(.*\)$/ s:: \1 \\:p' >> "$depfile" echo " " >> "$depfile" sed < "$tmpdepfile" -n -e 's% %\\ %g' -e '/^\(.*\)$/ s::\1\::p' >> "$depfile" rm -f "$tmpdepfile" ;; msvcmsys) # This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work. It works by # looking at the text of this script. This case will never be run, # since it is checked for above. exit 1 ;; none) exec "$@" ;; *) echo "Unknown depmode $depmode" 1>&2 exit 1 ;; esac exit 0 # Local Variables: # mode: shell-script # sh-indentation: 2 # eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) # time-stamp-start: "scriptversion=" # time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" # time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC" # time-stamp-end: "; # UTC" # End: fdisk-1.2.5/autotools/config.sub0000755000175000017500000007535311527750770013604 00000000000000#! /bin/sh # Configuration validation subroutine script. # Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, # 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc. timestamp='2004-11-30' # This file is (in principle) common to ALL GNU software. # The presence of a machine in this file suggests that SOME GNU software # can handle that machine. It does not imply ALL GNU software can. # # This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by # the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or # (at your option) any later version. # # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the # GNU General Public License for more details. # # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License # along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software # Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, # Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. # As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you # distribute this file as part of a program that contains a # configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under # the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. # Please send patches to . Submit a context # diff and a properly formatted ChangeLog entry. # # Configuration subroutine to validate and canonicalize a configuration type. # Supply the specified configuration type as an argument. # If it is invalid, we print an error message on stderr and exit with code 1. # Otherwise, we print the canonical config type on stdout and succeed. # This file is supposed to be the same for all GNU packages # and recognize all the CPU types, system types and aliases # that are meaningful with *any* GNU software. # Each package is responsible for reporting which valid configurations # it does not support. The user should be able to distinguish # a failure to support a valid configuration from a meaningless # configuration. # The goal of this file is to map all the various variations of a given # machine specification into a single specification in the form: # CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM # or in some cases, the newer four-part form: # CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM # It is wrong to echo any other type of specification. me=`echo "$0" | sed -e 's,.*/,,'` usage="\ Usage: $0 [OPTION] CPU-MFR-OPSYS $0 [OPTION] ALIAS Canonicalize a configuration name. Operation modes: -h, --help print this help, then exit -t, --time-stamp print date of last modification, then exit -v, --version print version number, then exit Report bugs and patches to ." version="\ GNU config.sub ($timestamp) Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE." help=" Try \`$me --help' for more information." # Parse command line while test $# -gt 0 ; do case $1 in --time-stamp | --time* | -t ) echo "$timestamp" ; exit 0 ;; --version | -v ) echo "$version" ; exit 0 ;; --help | --h* | -h ) echo "$usage"; exit 0 ;; -- ) # Stop option processing shift; break ;; - ) # Use stdin as input. break ;; -* ) echo "$me: invalid option $1$help" exit 1 ;; *local*) # First pass through any local machine types. echo $1 exit 0;; * ) break ;; esac done case $# in 0) echo "$me: missing argument$help" >&2 exit 1;; 1) ;; *) echo "$me: too many arguments$help" >&2 exit 1;; esac # Separate what the user gave into CPU-COMPANY and OS or KERNEL-OS (if any). # Here we must recognize all the valid KERNEL-OS combinations. maybe_os=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\2/'` case $maybe_os in nto-qnx* | linux-gnu* | linux-dietlibc | linux-uclibc* | uclinux-uclibc* | uclinux-gnu* | \ kfreebsd*-gnu* | knetbsd*-gnu* | netbsd*-gnu* | storm-chaos* | os2-emx* | rtmk-nova*) os=-$maybe_os basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\1/'` ;; *) basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed 's/-[^-]*$//'` if [ $basic_machine != $1 ] then os=`echo $1 | sed 's/.*-/-/'` else os=; fi ;; esac ### Let's recognize common machines as not being operating systems so ### that things like config.sub decstation-3100 work. We also ### recognize some manufacturers as not being operating systems, so we ### can provide default operating systems below. case $os in -sun*os*) # Prevent following clause from handling this invalid input. ;; -dec* | -mips* | -sequent* | -encore* | -pc532* | -sgi* | -sony* | \ -att* | -7300* | -3300* | -delta* | -motorola* | -sun[234]* | \ -unicom* | -ibm* | -next | -hp | -isi* | -apollo | -altos* | \ -convergent* | -ncr* | -news | -32* | -3600* | -3100* | -hitachi* |\ -c[123]* | -convex* | -sun | -crds | -omron* | -dg | -ultra | -tti* | \ -harris | -dolphin | -highlevel | -gould | -cbm | -ns | -masscomp | \ -apple | -axis | -knuth | -cray) os= basic_machine=$1 ;; -sim | -cisco | -oki | -wec | -winbond) os= basic_machine=$1 ;; -scout) ;; -wrs) os=-vxworks basic_machine=$1 ;; -chorusos*) os=-chorusos basic_machine=$1 ;; -chorusrdb) os=-chorusrdb basic_machine=$1 ;; -hiux*) os=-hiuxwe2 ;; -sco5) os=-sco3.2v5 basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` ;; -sco4) os=-sco3.2v4 basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` ;; -sco3.2.[4-9]*) os=`echo $os | sed -e 's/sco3.2./sco3.2v/'` basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` ;; -sco3.2v[4-9]*) # Don't forget version if it is 3.2v4 or newer. basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` ;; -sco*) os=-sco3.2v2 basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` ;; -udk*) basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` ;; -isc) os=-isc2.2 basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` ;; -clix*) basic_machine=clipper-intergraph ;; -isc*) basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` ;; -lynx*) os=-lynxos ;; -ptx*) basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-sequent/'` ;; -windowsnt*) os=`echo $os | sed -e 's/windowsnt/winnt/'` ;; -psos*) os=-psos ;; -mint | -mint[0-9]*) basic_machine=m68k-atari os=-mint ;; esac # Decode aliases for certain CPU-COMPANY combinations. case $basic_machine in # Recognize the basic CPU types without company name. # Some are omitted here because they have special meanings below. 1750a | 580 \ | a29k \ | alpha | alphaev[4-8] | alphaev56 | alphaev6[78] | alphapca5[67] \ | alpha64 | alpha64ev[4-8] | alpha64ev56 | alpha64ev6[78] | alpha64pca5[67] \ | am33_2.0 \ | arc | arm | arm[bl]e | arme[lb] | armv[2345] | armv[345][lb] | avr \ | c4x | clipper \ | d10v | d30v | dlx | dsp16xx \ | fr30 | frv \ | h8300 | h8500 | hppa | hppa1.[01] | hppa2.0 | hppa2.0[nw] | hppa64 \ | i370 | i860 | i960 | ia64 \ | ip2k | iq2000 \ | m32r | m32rle | m68000 | m68k | m88k | mcore \ | mips | mipsbe | mipseb | mipsel | mipsle \ | mips16 \ | mips64 | mips64el \ | mips64vr | mips64vrel \ | mips64orion | mips64orionel \ | mips64vr4100 | mips64vr4100el \ | mips64vr4300 | mips64vr4300el \ | mips64vr5000 | mips64vr5000el \ | mipsisa32 | mipsisa32el \ | mipsisa32r2 | mipsisa32r2el \ | mipsisa64 | mipsisa64el \ | mipsisa64r2 | mipsisa64r2el \ | mipsisa64sb1 | mipsisa64sb1el \ | mipsisa64sr71k | mipsisa64sr71kel \ | mipstx39 | mipstx39el \ | mn10200 | mn10300 \ | msp430 \ | ns16k | ns32k \ | openrisc | or32 \ | pdp10 | pdp11 | pj | pjl \ | powerpc | powerpc64 | powerpc64le | powerpcle | ppcbe \ | pyramid \ | sh | sh[1234] | sh[23]e | sh[34]eb | shbe | shle | sh[1234]le | sh3ele \ | sh64 | sh64le \ | sparc | sparc64 | sparc86x | sparclet | sparclite | sparcv8 | sparcv9 | sparcv9b \ | strongarm \ | tahoe | thumb | tic4x | tic80 | tron \ | v850 | v850e \ | we32k \ | x86 | xscale | xscalee[bl] | xstormy16 | xtensa \ | z8k) basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown ;; m6811 | m68hc11 | m6812 | m68hc12) # Motorola 68HC11/12. basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown os=-none ;; m88110 | m680[12346]0 | m683?2 | m68360 | m5200 | v70 | w65 | z8k) ;; # We use `pc' rather than `unknown' # because (1) that's what they normally are, and # (2) the word "unknown" tends to confuse beginning users. i*86 | x86_64) basic_machine=$basic_machine-pc ;; # Object if more than one company name word. *-*-*) echo Invalid configuration \`$1\': machine \`$basic_machine\' not recognized 1>&2 exit 1 ;; # Recognize the basic CPU types with company name. 580-* \ | a29k-* \ | alpha-* | alphaev[4-8]-* | alphaev56-* | alphaev6[78]-* \ | alpha64-* | alpha64ev[4-8]-* | alpha64ev56-* | alpha64ev6[78]-* \ | alphapca5[67]-* | alpha64pca5[67]-* | arc-* \ | arm-* | armbe-* | armle-* | armeb-* | armv*-* \ | avr-* \ | bs2000-* \ | c[123]* | c30-* | [cjt]90-* | c4x-* | c54x-* | c55x-* | c6x-* \ | clipper-* | craynv-* | cydra-* \ | d10v-* | d30v-* | dlx-* \ | elxsi-* \ | f30[01]-* | f700-* | fr30-* | frv-* | fx80-* \ | h8300-* | h8500-* \ | hppa-* | hppa1.[01]-* | hppa2.0-* | hppa2.0[nw]-* | hppa64-* \ | i*86-* | i860-* | i960-* | ia64-* \ | ip2k-* | iq2000-* \ | m32r-* | m32rle-* \ | m68000-* | m680[012346]0-* | m68360-* | m683?2-* | m68k-* \ | m88110-* | m88k-* | mcore-* \ | mips-* | mipsbe-* | mipseb-* | mipsel-* | mipsle-* \ | mips16-* \ | mips64-* | mips64el-* \ | mips64vr-* | mips64vrel-* \ | mips64orion-* | mips64orionel-* \ | mips64vr4100-* | mips64vr4100el-* \ | mips64vr4300-* | mips64vr4300el-* \ | mips64vr5000-* | mips64vr5000el-* \ | mipsisa32-* | mipsisa32el-* \ | mipsisa32r2-* | mipsisa32r2el-* \ | mipsisa64-* | mipsisa64el-* \ | mipsisa64r2-* | mipsisa64r2el-* \ | mipsisa64sb1-* | mipsisa64sb1el-* \ | mipsisa64sr71k-* | mipsisa64sr71kel-* \ | mipstx39-* | mipstx39el-* \ | mmix-* \ | msp430-* \ | none-* | np1-* | ns16k-* | ns32k-* \ | orion-* \ | pdp10-* | pdp11-* | pj-* | pjl-* | pn-* | power-* \ | powerpc-* | powerpc64-* | powerpc64le-* | powerpcle-* | ppcbe-* \ | pyramid-* \ | romp-* | rs6000-* \ | sh-* | sh[1234]-* | sh[23]e-* | sh[34]eb-* | shbe-* \ | shle-* | sh[1234]le-* | sh3ele-* | sh64-* | sh64le-* \ | sparc-* | sparc64-* | sparc86x-* | sparclet-* | sparclite-* \ | sparcv8-* | sparcv9-* | sparcv9b-* | strongarm-* | sv1-* | sx?-* \ | tahoe-* | thumb-* \ | tic30-* | tic4x-* | tic54x-* | tic55x-* | tic6x-* | tic80-* \ | tron-* \ | v850-* | v850e-* | vax-* \ | we32k-* \ | x86-* | x86_64-* | xps100-* | xscale-* | xscalee[bl]-* \ | xstormy16-* | xtensa-* \ | ymp-* \ | z8k-*) ;; # Recognize the various machine names and aliases which stand # for a CPU type and a company and sometimes even an OS. 386bsd) basic_machine=i386-unknown os=-bsd ;; 3b1 | 7300 | 7300-att | att-7300 | pc7300 | safari | unixpc) basic_machine=m68000-att ;; 3b*) basic_machine=we32k-att ;; a29khif) basic_machine=a29k-amd os=-udi ;; abacus) basic_machine=abacus-unknown ;; adobe68k) basic_machine=m68010-adobe os=-scout ;; alliant | fx80) basic_machine=fx80-alliant ;; altos | altos3068) basic_machine=m68k-altos ;; am29k) basic_machine=a29k-none os=-bsd ;; amd64) basic_machine=x86_64-pc ;; amd64-*) basic_machine=x86_64-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` ;; amdahl) basic_machine=580-amdahl os=-sysv ;; amiga | amiga-*) basic_machine=m68k-unknown ;; amigaos | amigados) basic_machine=m68k-unknown os=-amigaos ;; amigaunix | amix) basic_machine=m68k-unknown os=-sysv4 ;; apollo68) basic_machine=m68k-apollo os=-sysv ;; apollo68bsd) basic_machine=m68k-apollo os=-bsd ;; aux) basic_machine=m68k-apple os=-aux ;; balance) basic_machine=ns32k-sequent os=-dynix ;; c90) basic_machine=c90-cray os=-unicos ;; convex-c1) basic_machine=c1-convex os=-bsd ;; convex-c2) basic_machine=c2-convex os=-bsd ;; convex-c32) basic_machine=c32-convex os=-bsd ;; convex-c34) basic_machine=c34-convex os=-bsd ;; convex-c38) basic_machine=c38-convex os=-bsd ;; cray | j90) basic_machine=j90-cray os=-unicos ;; craynv) basic_machine=craynv-cray os=-unicosmp ;; cr16c) basic_machine=cr16c-unknown os=-elf ;; crds | unos) basic_machine=m68k-crds ;; crisv32 | crisv32-* | etraxfs*) basic_machine=crisv32-axis ;; cris | cris-* | etrax*) basic_machine=cris-axis ;; crx) basic_machine=crx-unknown os=-elf ;; da30 | da30-*) basic_machine=m68k-da30 ;; decstation | decstation-3100 | pmax | pmax-* | pmin | dec3100 | decstatn) basic_machine=mips-dec ;; decsystem10* | dec10*) basic_machine=pdp10-dec os=-tops10 ;; decsystem20* | dec20*) basic_machine=pdp10-dec os=-tops20 ;; delta | 3300 | motorola-3300 | motorola-delta \ | 3300-motorola | delta-motorola) basic_machine=m68k-motorola ;; delta88) basic_machine=m88k-motorola os=-sysv3 ;; djgpp) basic_machine=i586-pc os=-msdosdjgpp ;; dpx20 | dpx20-*) basic_machine=rs6000-bull os=-bosx ;; dpx2* | dpx2*-bull) basic_machine=m68k-bull os=-sysv3 ;; ebmon29k) basic_machine=a29k-amd os=-ebmon ;; elxsi) basic_machine=elxsi-elxsi os=-bsd ;; encore | umax | mmax) basic_machine=ns32k-encore ;; es1800 | OSE68k | ose68k | ose | OSE) basic_machine=m68k-ericsson os=-ose ;; fx2800) basic_machine=i860-alliant ;; genix) basic_machine=ns32k-ns ;; gmicro) basic_machine=tron-gmicro os=-sysv ;; go32) basic_machine=i386-pc os=-go32 ;; h3050r* | hiux*) basic_machine=hppa1.1-hitachi os=-hiuxwe2 ;; h8300hms) basic_machine=h8300-hitachi os=-hms ;; h8300xray) basic_machine=h8300-hitachi os=-xray ;; h8500hms) basic_machine=h8500-hitachi os=-hms ;; harris) basic_machine=m88k-harris os=-sysv3 ;; hp300-*) basic_machine=m68k-hp ;; hp300bsd) basic_machine=m68k-hp os=-bsd ;; hp300hpux) basic_machine=m68k-hp os=-hpux ;; hp3k9[0-9][0-9] | hp9[0-9][0-9]) basic_machine=hppa1.0-hp ;; hp9k2[0-9][0-9] | hp9k31[0-9]) basic_machine=m68000-hp ;; hp9k3[2-9][0-9]) basic_machine=m68k-hp ;; hp9k6[0-9][0-9] | hp6[0-9][0-9]) basic_machine=hppa1.0-hp ;; hp9k7[0-79][0-9] | hp7[0-79][0-9]) basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp ;; hp9k78[0-9] | hp78[0-9]) # FIXME: really hppa2.0-hp basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp ;; hp9k8[67]1 | hp8[67]1 | hp9k80[24] | hp80[24] | hp9k8[78]9 | hp8[78]9 | hp9k893 | hp893) # FIXME: really hppa2.0-hp basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp ;; hp9k8[0-9][13679] | hp8[0-9][13679]) basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp ;; hp9k8[0-9][0-9] | hp8[0-9][0-9]) basic_machine=hppa1.0-hp ;; hppa-next) os=-nextstep3 ;; hppaosf) basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp os=-osf ;; hppro) basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp os=-proelf ;; i370-ibm* | ibm*) basic_machine=i370-ibm ;; # I'm not sure what "Sysv32" means. Should this be sysv3.2? i*86v32) basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'` os=-sysv32 ;; i*86v4*) basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'` os=-sysv4 ;; i*86v) basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'` os=-sysv ;; i*86sol2) basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'` os=-solaris2 ;; i386mach) basic_machine=i386-mach os=-mach ;; i386-vsta | vsta) basic_machine=i386-unknown os=-vsta ;; iris | iris4d) basic_machine=mips-sgi case $os in -irix*) ;; *) os=-irix4 ;; esac ;; isi68 | isi) basic_machine=m68k-isi os=-sysv ;; m88k-omron*) basic_machine=m88k-omron ;; magnum | m3230) basic_machine=mips-mips os=-sysv ;; merlin) basic_machine=ns32k-utek os=-sysv ;; mingw32) basic_machine=i386-pc os=-mingw32 ;; miniframe) basic_machine=m68000-convergent ;; *mint | -mint[0-9]* | *MiNT | *MiNT[0-9]*) basic_machine=m68k-atari os=-mint ;; mips3*-*) basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed -e 's/mips3/mips64/'` ;; mips3*) basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed -e 's/mips3/mips64/'`-unknown ;; monitor) basic_machine=m68k-rom68k os=-coff ;; morphos) basic_machine=powerpc-unknown os=-morphos ;; msdos) basic_machine=i386-pc os=-msdos ;; mvs) basic_machine=i370-ibm os=-mvs ;; ncr3000) basic_machine=i486-ncr os=-sysv4 ;; netbsd386) basic_machine=i386-unknown os=-netbsd ;; netwinder) basic_machine=armv4l-rebel os=-linux ;; news | news700 | news800 | news900) basic_machine=m68k-sony os=-newsos ;; news1000) basic_machine=m68030-sony os=-newsos ;; news-3600 | risc-news) basic_machine=mips-sony os=-newsos ;; necv70) basic_machine=v70-nec os=-sysv ;; next | m*-next ) basic_machine=m68k-next case $os in -nextstep* ) ;; -ns2*) os=-nextstep2 ;; *) os=-nextstep3 ;; esac ;; nh3000) basic_machine=m68k-harris os=-cxux ;; nh[45]000) basic_machine=m88k-harris os=-cxux ;; nindy960) basic_machine=i960-intel os=-nindy ;; mon960) basic_machine=i960-intel os=-mon960 ;; nonstopux) basic_machine=mips-compaq os=-nonstopux ;; np1) basic_machine=np1-gould ;; nsr-tandem) basic_machine=nsr-tandem ;; op50n-* | op60c-*) basic_machine=hppa1.1-oki os=-proelf ;; or32 | or32-*) basic_machine=or32-unknown os=-coff ;; os400) basic_machine=powerpc-ibm os=-os400 ;; OSE68000 | ose68000) basic_machine=m68000-ericsson os=-ose ;; os68k) basic_machine=m68k-none os=-os68k ;; pa-hitachi) basic_machine=hppa1.1-hitachi os=-hiuxwe2 ;; paragon) basic_machine=i860-intel os=-osf ;; pbd) basic_machine=sparc-tti ;; pbb) basic_machine=m68k-tti ;; pc532 | pc532-*) basic_machine=ns32k-pc532 ;; pentium | p5 | k5 | k6 | nexgen | viac3) basic_machine=i586-pc ;; pentiumpro | p6 | 6x86 | athlon | athlon_*) basic_machine=i686-pc ;; pentiumii | pentium2 | pentiumiii | pentium3) basic_machine=i686-pc ;; pentium4) basic_machine=i786-pc ;; pentium-* | p5-* | k5-* | k6-* | nexgen-* | viac3-*) basic_machine=i586-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` ;; pentiumpro-* | p6-* | 6x86-* | athlon-*) basic_machine=i686-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` ;; pentiumii-* | pentium2-* | pentiumiii-* | pentium3-*) basic_machine=i686-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` ;; pentium4-*) basic_machine=i786-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` ;; pn) basic_machine=pn-gould ;; power) basic_machine=power-ibm ;; ppc) basic_machine=powerpc-unknown ;; ppc-*) basic_machine=powerpc-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` ;; ppcle | powerpclittle | ppc-le | powerpc-little) basic_machine=powerpcle-unknown ;; ppcle-* | powerpclittle-*) basic_machine=powerpcle-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` ;; ppc64) basic_machine=powerpc64-unknown ;; ppc64-*) basic_machine=powerpc64-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` ;; ppc64le | powerpc64little | ppc64-le | powerpc64-little) basic_machine=powerpc64le-unknown ;; ppc64le-* | powerpc64little-*) basic_machine=powerpc64le-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` ;; ps2) basic_machine=i386-ibm ;; pw32) basic_machine=i586-unknown os=-pw32 ;; rom68k) basic_machine=m68k-rom68k os=-coff ;; rm[46]00) basic_machine=mips-siemens ;; rtpc | rtpc-*) basic_machine=romp-ibm ;; s390 | s390-*) basic_machine=s390-ibm ;; s390x | s390x-*) basic_machine=s390x-ibm ;; sa29200) basic_machine=a29k-amd os=-udi ;; sb1) basic_machine=mipsisa64sb1-unknown ;; sb1el) basic_machine=mipsisa64sb1el-unknown ;; sei) basic_machine=mips-sei os=-seiux ;; sequent) basic_machine=i386-sequent ;; sh) basic_machine=sh-hitachi os=-hms ;; sh64) basic_machine=sh64-unknown ;; sparclite-wrs | simso-wrs) basic_machine=sparclite-wrs os=-vxworks ;; sps7) basic_machine=m68k-bull os=-sysv2 ;; spur) basic_machine=spur-unknown ;; st2000) basic_machine=m68k-tandem ;; stratus) basic_machine=i860-stratus os=-sysv4 ;; sun2) basic_machine=m68000-sun ;; sun2os3) basic_machine=m68000-sun os=-sunos3 ;; sun2os4) basic_machine=m68000-sun os=-sunos4 ;; sun3os3) basic_machine=m68k-sun os=-sunos3 ;; sun3os4) basic_machine=m68k-sun os=-sunos4 ;; sun4os3) basic_machine=sparc-sun os=-sunos3 ;; sun4os4) basic_machine=sparc-sun os=-sunos4 ;; sun4sol2) basic_machine=sparc-sun os=-solaris2 ;; sun3 | sun3-*) basic_machine=m68k-sun ;; sun4) basic_machine=sparc-sun ;; sun386 | sun386i | roadrunner) basic_machine=i386-sun ;; sv1) basic_machine=sv1-cray os=-unicos ;; symmetry) basic_machine=i386-sequent os=-dynix ;; t3e) basic_machine=alphaev5-cray os=-unicos ;; t90) basic_machine=t90-cray os=-unicos ;; tic54x | c54x*) basic_machine=tic54x-unknown os=-coff ;; tic55x | c55x*) basic_machine=tic55x-unknown os=-coff ;; tic6x | c6x*) basic_machine=tic6x-unknown os=-coff ;; tx39) basic_machine=mipstx39-unknown ;; tx39el) basic_machine=mipstx39el-unknown ;; toad1) basic_machine=pdp10-xkl os=-tops20 ;; tower | tower-32) basic_machine=m68k-ncr ;; tpf) basic_machine=s390x-ibm os=-tpf ;; udi29k) basic_machine=a29k-amd os=-udi ;; ultra3) basic_machine=a29k-nyu os=-sym1 ;; v810 | necv810) basic_machine=v810-nec os=-none ;; vaxv) basic_machine=vax-dec os=-sysv ;; vms) basic_machine=vax-dec os=-vms ;; vpp*|vx|vx-*) basic_machine=f301-fujitsu ;; vxworks960) basic_machine=i960-wrs os=-vxworks ;; vxworks68) basic_machine=m68k-wrs os=-vxworks ;; vxworks29k) basic_machine=a29k-wrs os=-vxworks ;; w65*) basic_machine=w65-wdc os=-none ;; w89k-*) basic_machine=hppa1.1-winbond os=-proelf ;; xbox) basic_machine=i686-pc os=-mingw32 ;; xps | xps100) basic_machine=xps100-honeywell ;; ymp) basic_machine=ymp-cray os=-unicos ;; z8k-*-coff) basic_machine=z8k-unknown os=-sim ;; none) basic_machine=none-none os=-none ;; # Here we handle the default manufacturer of certain CPU types. It is in # some cases the only manufacturer, in others, it is the most popular. w89k) basic_machine=hppa1.1-winbond ;; op50n) basic_machine=hppa1.1-oki ;; op60c) basic_machine=hppa1.1-oki ;; romp) basic_machine=romp-ibm ;; mmix) basic_machine=mmix-knuth ;; rs6000) basic_machine=rs6000-ibm ;; vax) basic_machine=vax-dec ;; pdp10) # there are many clones, so DEC is not a safe bet basic_machine=pdp10-unknown ;; pdp11) basic_machine=pdp11-dec ;; we32k) basic_machine=we32k-att ;; sh3 | sh4 | sh[34]eb | sh[1234]le | sh[23]ele) basic_machine=sh-unknown ;; sh64) basic_machine=sh64-unknown ;; sparc | sparcv8 | sparcv9 | sparcv9b) basic_machine=sparc-sun ;; cydra) basic_machine=cydra-cydrome ;; orion) basic_machine=orion-highlevel ;; orion105) basic_machine=clipper-highlevel ;; mac | mpw | mac-mpw) basic_machine=m68k-apple ;; pmac | pmac-mpw) basic_machine=powerpc-apple ;; *-unknown) # Make sure to match an already-canonicalized machine name. ;; *) echo Invalid configuration \`$1\': machine \`$basic_machine\' not recognized 1>&2 exit 1 ;; esac # Here we canonicalize certain aliases for manufacturers. case $basic_machine in *-digital*) basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/digital.*/dec/'` ;; *-commodore*) basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/commodore.*/cbm/'` ;; *) ;; esac # Decode manufacturer-specific aliases for certain operating systems. if [ x"$os" != x"" ] then case $os in # First match some system type aliases # that might get confused with valid system types. # -solaris* is a basic system type, with this one exception. -solaris1 | -solaris1.*) os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|solaris1|sunos4|'` ;; -solaris) os=-solaris2 ;; -svr4*) os=-sysv4 ;; -unixware*) os=-sysv4.2uw ;; -gnu/linux*) os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|gnu/linux|linux-gnu|'` ;; # First accept the basic system types. # The portable systems comes first. # Each alternative MUST END IN A *, to match a version number. # -sysv* is not here because it comes later, after sysvr4. -gnu* | -bsd* | -mach* | -minix* | -genix* | -ultrix* | -irix* \ | -*vms* | -sco* | -esix* | -isc* | -aix* | -sunos | -sunos[34]*\ | -hpux* | -unos* | -osf* | -luna* | -dgux* | -solaris* | -sym* \ | -amigaos* | -amigados* | -msdos* | -newsos* | -unicos* | -aof* \ | -aos* \ | -nindy* | -vxsim* | -vxworks* | -ebmon* | -hms* | -mvs* \ | -clix* | -riscos* | -uniplus* | -iris* | -rtu* | -xenix* \ | -hiux* | -386bsd* | -knetbsd* | -mirbsd* | -netbsd* | -openbsd* \ | -ekkobsd* | -kfreebsd* | -freebsd* | -riscix* | -lynxos* \ | -bosx* | -nextstep* | -cxux* | -aout* | -elf* | -oabi* \ | -ptx* | -coff* | -ecoff* | -winnt* | -domain* | -vsta* \ | -udi* | -eabi* | -lites* | -ieee* | -go32* | -aux* \ | -chorusos* | -chorusrdb* \ | -cygwin* | -pe* | -psos* | -moss* | -proelf* | -rtems* \ | -mingw32* | -linux-gnu* | -linux-uclibc* | -uxpv* | -beos* | -mpeix* | -udk* \ | -interix* | -uwin* | -mks* | -rhapsody* | -darwin* | -opened* \ | -openstep* | -oskit* | -conix* | -pw32* | -nonstopux* \ | -storm-chaos* | -tops10* | -tenex* | -tops20* | -its* \ | -os2* | -vos* | -palmos* | -uclinux* | -nucleus* \ | -morphos* | -superux* | -rtmk* | -rtmk-nova* | -windiss* \ | -powermax* | -dnix* | -nx6 | -nx7 | -sei* | -dragonfly*) # Remember, each alternative MUST END IN *, to match a version number. ;; -qnx*) case $basic_machine in x86-* | i*86-*) ;; *) os=-nto$os ;; esac ;; -nto-qnx*) ;; -nto*) os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|nto|nto-qnx|'` ;; -sim | -es1800* | -hms* | -xray | -os68k* | -none* | -v88r* \ | -windows* | -osx | -abug | -netware* | -os9* | -beos* \ | -macos* | -mpw* | -magic* | -mmixware* | -mon960* | -lnews*) ;; -mac*) os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|mac|macos|'` ;; -linux-dietlibc) os=-linux-dietlibc ;; -linux*) os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|linux|linux-gnu|'` ;; -sunos5*) os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|sunos5|solaris2|'` ;; -sunos6*) os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|sunos6|solaris3|'` ;; -opened*) os=-openedition ;; -os400*) os=-os400 ;; -wince*) os=-wince ;; -osfrose*) os=-osfrose ;; -osf*) os=-osf ;; -utek*) os=-bsd ;; -dynix*) os=-bsd ;; -acis*) os=-aos ;; -atheos*) os=-atheos ;; -syllable*) os=-syllable ;; -386bsd) os=-bsd ;; -ctix* | -uts*) os=-sysv ;; -nova*) os=-rtmk-nova ;; -ns2 ) os=-nextstep2 ;; -nsk*) os=-nsk ;; # Preserve the version number of sinix5. -sinix5.*) os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|sinix|sysv|'` ;; -sinix*) os=-sysv4 ;; -tpf*) os=-tpf ;; -triton*) os=-sysv3 ;; -oss*) os=-sysv3 ;; -svr4) os=-sysv4 ;; -svr3) os=-sysv3 ;; -sysvr4) os=-sysv4 ;; # This must come after -sysvr4. -sysv*) ;; -ose*) os=-ose ;; -es1800*) os=-ose ;; -xenix) os=-xenix ;; -*mint | -mint[0-9]* | -*MiNT | -MiNT[0-9]*) os=-mint ;; -aros*) os=-aros ;; -kaos*) os=-kaos ;; -zvmoe) os=-zvmoe ;; -none) ;; *) # Get rid of the `-' at the beginning of $os. os=`echo $os | sed 's/[^-]*-//'` echo Invalid configuration \`$1\': system \`$os\' not recognized 1>&2 exit 1 ;; esac else # Here we handle the default operating systems that come with various machines. # The value should be what the vendor currently ships out the door with their # machine or put another way, the most popular os provided with the machine. # Note that if you're going to try to match "-MANUFACTURER" here (say, # "-sun"), then you have to tell the case statement up towards the top # that MANUFACTURER isn't an operating system. Otherwise, code above # will signal an error saying that MANUFACTURER isn't an operating # system, and we'll never get to this point. case $basic_machine in *-acorn) os=-riscix1.2 ;; arm*-rebel) os=-linux ;; arm*-semi) os=-aout ;; c4x-* | tic4x-*) os=-coff ;; # This must come before the *-dec entry. pdp10-*) os=-tops20 ;; pdp11-*) os=-none ;; *-dec | vax-*) os=-ultrix4.2 ;; m68*-apollo) os=-domain ;; i386-sun) os=-sunos4.0.2 ;; m68000-sun) os=-sunos3 # This also exists in the configure program, but was not the # default. # os=-sunos4 ;; m68*-cisco) os=-aout ;; mips*-cisco) os=-elf ;; mips*-*) os=-elf ;; or32-*) os=-coff ;; *-tti) # must be before sparc entry or we get the wrong os. os=-sysv3 ;; sparc-* | *-sun) os=-sunos4.1.1 ;; *-be) os=-beos ;; *-ibm) os=-aix ;; *-knuth) os=-mmixware ;; *-wec) os=-proelf ;; *-winbond) os=-proelf ;; *-oki) os=-proelf ;; *-hp) os=-hpux ;; *-hitachi) os=-hiux ;; i860-* | *-att | *-ncr | *-altos | *-motorola | *-convergent) os=-sysv ;; *-cbm) os=-amigaos ;; *-dg) os=-dgux ;; *-dolphin) os=-sysv3 ;; m68k-ccur) os=-rtu ;; m88k-omron*) os=-luna ;; *-next ) os=-nextstep ;; *-sequent) os=-ptx ;; *-crds) os=-unos ;; *-ns) os=-genix ;; i370-*) os=-mvs ;; *-next) os=-nextstep3 ;; *-gould) os=-sysv ;; *-highlevel) os=-bsd ;; *-encore) os=-bsd ;; *-sgi) os=-irix ;; *-siemens) os=-sysv4 ;; *-masscomp) os=-rtu ;; f30[01]-fujitsu | f700-fujitsu) os=-uxpv ;; *-rom68k) os=-coff ;; *-*bug) os=-coff ;; *-apple) os=-macos ;; *-atari*) os=-mint ;; *) os=-none ;; esac fi # Here we handle the case where we know the os, and the CPU type, but not the # manufacturer. We pick the logical manufacturer. vendor=unknown case $basic_machine in *-unknown) case $os in -riscix*) vendor=acorn ;; -sunos*) vendor=sun ;; -aix*) vendor=ibm ;; -beos*) vendor=be ;; -hpux*) vendor=hp ;; -mpeix*) vendor=hp ;; -hiux*) vendor=hitachi ;; -unos*) vendor=crds ;; -dgux*) vendor=dg ;; -luna*) vendor=omron ;; -genix*) vendor=ns ;; -mvs* | -opened*) vendor=ibm ;; -os400*) vendor=ibm ;; -ptx*) vendor=sequent ;; -tpf*) vendor=ibm ;; -vxsim* | -vxworks* | -windiss*) vendor=wrs ;; -aux*) vendor=apple ;; -hms*) vendor=hitachi ;; -mpw* | -macos*) vendor=apple ;; -*mint | -mint[0-9]* | -*MiNT | -MiNT[0-9]*) vendor=atari ;; -vos*) vendor=stratus ;; esac basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed "s/unknown/$vendor/"` ;; esac echo $basic_machine$os exit 0 # Local variables: # eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) # time-stamp-start: "timestamp='" # time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d" # time-stamp-end: "'" # End: fdisk-1.2.5/TODO0000644000175000017500000000200511527750770010240 00000000000000Suggestion: Rename cfdisk to gcfdisk and make cfdisk a symlink to it. Add a configure option to remove legacy symlinks, so GNU fdisk and util-linux counterparts can coexist on one system. This will make it possible for GNU/Linux distributions and Live CDs to include GNU fdisk, while leaving util-linux tools included. - resolve multiple invocations of AC_CANONICAL_HOST in configure - weed out discrepancies between Linux fdisk and this program - "--help" command dumps core (may only occur without readline support) - print error message when a disk label that Linux fdisk doesn't support is encountered (?) - See the source code for others little things - Adjust change partition system id, typing l or L should work [ DONE ] ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- This file is part of GNU fdisk Copyright (C) 2006 Free Software Foundation Inc. This file may be modified and/or distributed without restriction. This is not an invitation to misrepresent the history of GNU fdisk. fdisk-1.2.5/AUTHORS0000644000175000017500000000077711527750770010636 00000000000000Harley D. Eades III Milko Krachounov Leslie P. Polzer Contact Leslie P. Polzer with suggestions for changes, bug reports and anything else. ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- This file is part of GNU fdisk Copyright (C) 2006 Free Software Foundation Inc. This file may be modified and/or distributed without restriction. This is not an invitation to misrepresent the history of GNU fdisk. fdisk-1.2.5/NEWS0000644000175000017500000000326511564002407010244 000000000000001.2.5 (3 May 2011) ================= * Bug fix: add m4/intlmacosx.m4 1.2.4 (3 Aprill 2011) ===================== * Integrate patch from Milko Krachounov * Fix compiler warnings. 1.2.3 (8 Oct 2009) ================== Bug fixes by Colin Watson: * fix strlen() typo * detect linux-swap correctly 1.2.2 (2 march 2009) =================== * Better configuration for systems where readline is not found 1.2.1 (28 Jan 2009) ================== * Fix gettext and mkinstalldirs 1.2 (11 Jan 2009) ================ * GNU Readline support * Fix to build documentation with makeinfo. * 3 bug fixed. http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?bug=445304 http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?bug=504747 http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?bug=463720 1.0 (6 Jul 2007) ================ * GPLv3 * support for BSD-style named devices * cfdisk now optional * Terminal fixes * msdos logical partition fix (previous versions left a 4 MB gap) * minor test suite fixes * Lots of BSD label improvements 0.9.4 ===== Fixed a bug in configure.ac that prevented users without 'check' from compiling. 0.9.3 ===== Option to compile without GNU extensions (Robert Millan). Minor fixes. Removed autotools kludge. 0.9.2 ===== Added autotools kludge so mkinstalldirs is correctly substituted. 0.9.1 ===== Fix to include man pages in distribution. 0.9 === Initial release with lfdisk, gfdisk and cfdisk. ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- This file is part of GNU fdisk Copyright (C) 2006 Free Software Foundation Inc. This file may be modified and/or distributed without restriction. This is not an invitation to misrepresent the history of GNU fdisk. fdisk-1.2.5/src/0000755000175000017500000000000011564002646010413 500000000000000fdisk-1.2.5/src/hacks.h0000644000175000017500000000412311527750771011605 00000000000000/* GNU fdisk - a clone of Linux fdisk. Copyright (C) 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA */ #ifndef HACKS_H_INCLUDED #define HACKS_H_INCLUDED #include #ifndef SYS_TYPES_H_INCLUDED struct _SysType { unsigned char type; const char *name; }; typedef struct _SysType SysType; #endif #define MSDOS_HACK 1 #define MAC_HACK 1 #define SUN_HACK 1 #define BSD_HACK 1 #define DVH_HACK 1 #define GPT_HACK 0 /* No, thank you */ #define PC98_HACK 0 #define AMIGA_HACK 0 extern int is_blockdev(const char *file); extern SysType *get_disklabel_system_types (const PedDiskType *type); extern const char* get_disk_specific_system_name (const PedPartition*, int brief); extern unsigned int get_disk_specific_system_type (const PedPartition *part, int *size); extern void set_disk_specific_system_type (const PedPartition *part, unsigned char type); struct bsdlabel { unsigned int magic; char unused[128]; unsigned int magic2; }; #define BSD_DISKMAGIC ((u_int32_t)0x82564557) #define BSD_BSIZE 8192 extern int is_part_type_bsd (const PedPartition* part); extern int is_bsd_partition (char* device, PedSector start, PedSector s_size); extern int cut_device_partnum(char *dest, size_t n, const char *devname); extern char * get_partition_device(char *dest, size_t n, PedPartition* part, int bsd_offset); /* extern SysType msdos_systypes[]; extern SysType bsd_systypes[]; */ #endif fdisk-1.2.5/src/common.c0000644000175000017500000023372611541340432011775 00000000000000/* GNU fdisk - a clone of Linux fdisk. Copyright (C) 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA */ #include "../config.h" #include "strlist.h" #define N_(String) String #if ENABLE_NLS # include # include # define _(String) dgettext (PACKAGE, String) # define P_(String) dgettext ("parted", String) #else # define _(String) (String) # define P_(String) (String) #endif /* ENABLE_NLS */ #include #include #include #include #include #include #include "common.h" #define SMALLBUF 256 /* Christian * * This variable is global and referred from fdisk.c and cfdisk.c. * Value of this variable is zero when extensions must be avaiable, * othervise code must be compatible with linux fdisk and cfdisk. */ int compat_mode = 1; /* Start compatible with fdisk and cfdisk */ /* This variable is global and referred from fdisk.c and cfdisk.c * The value specifies how the partitions will be aligned, * values of ALIGNMENT_OPTIMAL and ALIGNMENT_MINIMAL are handled * by the functions in this file, while ALIGNMENT_CYLINDER is * handled by fdisk.c and cfdisk.c. */ AlignType current_partition_align_type = ALIGNMENT_OPTIMAL; /* Here we store the struct with interface functions */ static UICalls *uiquery; static int MEGABYTE_SECTORS (PedDevice* dev) { return PED_MEGABYTE_SIZE / dev->sector_size; } /* TODO: Decide if these should be moved to UICalls */ StrList *disk_type_list; StrList *fs_type_list; /*StrList *fs_type_resize;*/ StrList *fs_type_mkfs; StrList *flag_name_list; int init_flag_str () { PedPartitionFlag walk; flag_name_list = NULL; for (walk = ped_partition_flag_next(0); walk; walk =ped_partition_flag_next(walk)) { flag_name_list = str_list_append(flag_name_list, ped_partition_flag_get_name(walk)); if (!flag_name_list) return 0; } return 1; } int init_fs_type_str () { PedFileSystemType* walk; fs_type_list = NULL; for (walk = ped_file_system_type_get_next (NULL); walk; walk = ped_file_system_type_get_next (walk)) { fs_type_list = str_list_append (fs_type_list, walk->name); if (walk->ops->create != NULL) fs_type_mkfs = str_list_append(fs_type_mkfs, walk->name); //if (talk->ops->resize != NULL) // fs_type_resize = str_list_append(fs_type_mkfs, walk->name); if (!fs_type_list) return 0; } return 1; } int init_disk_type_str () { PedDiskType* walk; disk_type_list = NULL; for (walk = ped_disk_type_get_next (NULL); walk; walk = ped_disk_type_get_next (walk)) { disk_type_list = str_list_append (disk_type_list, walk->name); if (!disk_type_list) return 0; } return 1; } int _can_create_primary (const PedDisk* disk) { int i; for (i = 1; i <= ped_disk_get_max_primary_partition_count (disk); i++) { if (!ped_disk_get_partition (disk, i)) return 1; } return 0; } int _can_create_extended (const PedDisk* disk) { if (!_can_create_primary (disk)) return 0; if (!ped_disk_type_check_feature (disk->type, PED_DISK_TYPE_EXTENDED)) return 0; if (ped_disk_extended_partition (disk)) return 0; return 1; } int _can_create_logical (const PedDisk* disk) { if (!ped_disk_type_check_feature (disk->type, PED_DISK_TYPE_EXTENDED)) return 0; return ped_disk_extended_partition (disk) != 0; } /* This function returns a device constraint that is optionally * aligned if partition_align_type is either ALIGNMENT_OPTIMAL * or ALIGNMENT_MINIMAL. */ static PedConstraint * _get_aligned_device_constraint(PedDevice *dev) { if (partition_align_type == ALIGNMENT_OPTIMAL) return ped_device_get_optimal_aligned_constraint(dev); else if (partition_align_type == ALIGNMENT_MINIMAL) return ped_device_get_minimal_aligned_constraint(dev); else return ped_device_get_constraint(dev); } /* Return a new geometry aligned according to partition_align_type. * Returns NULL if it didn't succeed. */ static PedGeometry * _get_aligned_geometry(PedGeometry *geometry, int keep_inside) { PedConstraint *constraint; PedGeometry * new; constraint = _get_aligned_device_constraint(geometry->dev); if (keep_inside) { constraint = constraint_intersect_and_destroy( constraint, ped_constraint_new_from_max(geometry)); } new = ped_constraint_solve_nearest(constraint, geometry); ped_constraint_destroy(constraint); return new; } /* Returns 1 if the partition is aligned correctly in regards to * align_type. */ static int _is_partition_aligned(PedPartition *part, AlignType align_type) { PedAlignment *alignment = NULL; switch (partition_align_type) { case ALIGNMENT_OPTIMAL: alignment = ped_device_get_optimum_alignment (part->disk->dev); break; case ALIGNMENT_MINIMAL: alignment = ped_device_get_minimum_alignment (part->disk->dev); break; default: ; } if (!alignment) return 1; int aligned = 1; if (alignment->grain_size == 0) aligned = 0; else if (part->geom.start % alignment->grain_size != alignment->offset) aligned = 0; ped_alignment_destroy(alignment); return aligned; } /* Warn the user if the partition isn't aligned correctly * as specified by the partition_align_type global. * Returns 1 if the partition is correctly aligned, or * if the user accepted the partition as it is. Otherwise, * return 0. */ static int _partition_warn_unaligned(PedPartition *part) { if (_is_partition_aligned(part, partition_align_type)) return 1; if (ped_exception_throw(PED_EXCEPTION_WARNING, PED_EXCEPTION_IGNORE_CANCEL, _("The resulting partition is not properly " "aligned for best performance")) == PED_EXCEPTION_CANCEL) return 0; return 1; } static int _partition_warn_busy (PedPartition* part) { char* path = ped_partition_get_path (part); if (ped_partition_is_busy (part)) { ped_exception_throw ( PED_EXCEPTION_ERROR, PED_EXCEPTION_CANCEL, _("Partition %s is being used. You must unmount it " "before you modify it."), path); PED_FREE (path); return 0; } PED_FREE (path); return 1; } static int _disk_warn_busy (PedDisk* disk) { if (ped_device_is_busy (disk->dev)) { if (ped_exception_throw ( PED_EXCEPTION_WARNING, PED_EXCEPTION_IGNORE_CANCEL, _("Partition(s) on %s are being used."), disk->dev->path) != PED_EXCEPTION_IGNORE) return 0; } return 1; } static int _warn_ext_not_empty (PedPartition *part) { /* If this is not an extended partition, it is ok */ if (!(part->type & PED_PARTITION_EXTENDED)) return 1; for (part = part->part_list; part; part = part->next) { if (part->type == PED_PARTITION_LOGICAL) { if(ped_exception_throw ( PED_EXCEPTION_WARNING, PED_EXCEPTION_YES_NO, _("The extended partition is not empty. " "Deleting it will delete any partitions " "inside it. Do you want to continue?")) == PED_EXCEPTION_NO) return 0; else return 1; } } return 1; } /* Get previous non-METADATA partition. */ PedPartition * disk_get_prev_nmd_partition(PedDisk *disk, PedPartition *part) { PedPartition *walk_a, *walk_b; /* walk_a will iterate through partitions that are not METADATA, while walk_b will iterate through all partitions. When walk_b reaches our partition, walk_a is the partition we are looking for. */ walk_a = NULL; walk_b = walk_a; do { if (ped_disk_next_partition(disk,walk_b) == part) break; walk_b = ped_disk_next_partition(disk,walk_b); if (!walk_b || !(walk_b->type & PED_PARTITION_METADATA)) walk_a = walk_b; } while (walk_b); return walk_a; } /* This function returns the number of a metadata sectors, which are needed after a partition, for example, in msdos partition table, the sector, after a logical partition, describes the next logical partition */ static PedSector metadata_tail_sectors(PedPartition *part) { /* TODO: Make this support other partition types */ if (part == NULL || part->disk->type == NULL) return 0; if (!strcmp(part->disk->type->name, "msdos") && part->type & PED_PARTITION_LOGICAL) { return 1; } return 0; } /* This function changes "sector" to "new_sector" if the new value lies * within the required range. */ static int snap (PedSector* sector, PedSector new_sector, PedGeometry* range) { PED_ASSERT (ped_geometry_test_sector_inside (range, *sector), return 0); if (!ped_geometry_test_sector_inside (range, new_sector)) return 0; *sector = new_sector; return 1; } typedef enum { MOVE_NO = 0, MOVE_STILL = 1, MOVE_UP = 2, MOVE_DOWN = 4 } EMoves; enum { /* Don't change these values */ SECT_START = 0, SECT_END = -1 }; /* Find the prefered way to adjust the sector s inside range. * If a move isn't allowed or is out of range it can't be selected. * what contains SECT_START if the sector to adjust is a start sector * or SECT_END if it's an end one. * The prefered move is to the nearest allowed boundary of the part * partition (if at equal distance: to start if SECT_START or to end * if SECT_END). * The distance is returned in dist. */ static EMoves prefer_snap (PedSector s, int what, PedGeometry* range, EMoves* allow, PedPartition* part, PedSector* dist) { PedSector up_dist = -1, down_dist = -1; PedSector new_sect; EMoves move; PED_ASSERT (what == SECT_START || what == SECT_END, return 0); if (!(*allow & (MOVE_UP | MOVE_DOWN))) { *dist = 0; return MOVE_STILL; } if (*allow & MOVE_UP) { new_sect = part->geom.end + 1 + what; if (ped_geometry_test_sector_inside (range, new_sect)) up_dist = new_sect - s; else *allow &= ~MOVE_UP; } if (*allow & MOVE_DOWN) { new_sect = part->geom.start + what; if (ped_geometry_test_sector_inside (range, new_sect)) down_dist = s - new_sect; else *allow &= ~MOVE_DOWN; } move = MOVE_STILL; if ((*allow & MOVE_UP) && (*allow & MOVE_DOWN)) { if (down_dist < up_dist || (down_dist == up_dist && what == SECT_START) ) move = MOVE_DOWN; else if (up_dist < down_dist || (down_dist == up_dist && what == SECT_END) ) move = MOVE_UP; else PED_ASSERT (0, return 0); } else if (*allow & MOVE_UP) move = MOVE_UP; else if (*allow & MOVE_DOWN) move = MOVE_DOWN; *dist = ( move == MOVE_DOWN ? down_dist : ( move == MOVE_UP ? up_dist : 0 ) ); return move; } /* Snaps a partition to nearby partition boundaries. This is useful for * gobbling up small amounts of free space, and also for reinterpreting small * changes to a partition as non-changes (eg: perhaps the user only wanted to * resize the end of a partition). * Note that this isn't the end of the story... this function is * always called before the constraint solver kicks in. So you don't need to * worry too much about inadvertantly creating overlapping partitions, etc. */ static void snap_to_boundaries (PedGeometry* new_geom, PedGeometry* old_geom, PedDisk* disk, PedGeometry* start_range, PedGeometry* end_range) { PedPartition* start_part; PedPartition* end_part; PedSector start = new_geom->start; PedSector end = new_geom->end; PedSector start_dist = -1, end_dist = -1; EMoves start_allow, end_allow, start_want, end_want; int adjacent; start_want = end_want = MOVE_NO; start_allow = end_allow = MOVE_STILL | MOVE_UP | MOVE_DOWN; start_part = ped_disk_get_partition_by_sector (disk, start); end_part = ped_disk_get_partition_by_sector (disk, end); adjacent = (start_part->geom.end + 1 == end_part->geom.start); /* If we can snap to old_geom, then we will... */ /* and this will enforce the snapped positions */ if (old_geom) { if (snap (&start, old_geom->start, start_range)) start_allow = MOVE_STILL; if (snap (&end, old_geom->end, end_range)) end_allow = MOVE_STILL; } /* If start and end are on the same partition, we */ /* don't allow them to cross. */ if (start_part == end_part) { start_allow &= ~MOVE_UP; end_allow &= ~MOVE_DOWN; } /* Let's find our way */ start_want = prefer_snap (start, SECT_START, start_range, &start_allow, start_part, &start_dist ); end_want = prefer_snap (end, SECT_END, end_range, &end_allow, end_part, &end_dist ); PED_ASSERT (start_dist >= 0 && end_dist >= 0, return); /* If start and end are on adjacent partitions, */ /* and if they would prefer crossing, then refrain */ /* the farthest to do so. */ if (adjacent && start_want == MOVE_UP && end_want == MOVE_DOWN) { if (end_dist < start_dist) { start_allow &= ~MOVE_UP; start_want = prefer_snap (start, SECT_START, start_range, &start_allow, start_part, &start_dist ); PED_ASSERT (start_dist >= 0, return); } else { end_allow &= ~MOVE_DOWN; end_want = prefer_snap (end, SECT_END, end_range, &end_allow, end_part, &end_dist ); PED_ASSERT (end_dist >= 0, return); } } /* New positions */ start = ( start_want == MOVE_DOWN ? start_part->geom.start : ( start_want == MOVE_UP ? start_part->geom.end + 1 : start ) ); end = ( end_want == MOVE_DOWN ? end_part->geom.start - 1 : ( end_want == MOVE_UP ? end_part->geom.end : end ) ); PED_ASSERT (ped_geometry_test_sector_inside(start_range,start), return); PED_ASSERT (ped_geometry_test_sector_inside (end_range, end), return); PED_ASSERT (start <= end, PED_DEBUG (0, "start = %d, end = %d\n", start, end)); ped_geometry_set (new_geom, start, end - start + 1); } /* This function makes a range less strict... */ /* FIXME: Make this in a better way */ static void fuzzify (PedGeometry *geom, PedDevice *dev, PedConstraint *constraint, PedSector before, PedSector after) { PedGeometry *new_geom; if (!constraint) constraint = ped_device_get_constraint(dev); PedSector start = geom->start-before; start = (start > 0 ? start : 0); PedSector end = geom->end+after; end = (end < dev->length-1LL ? end : dev->length-1LL); ped_geometry_set (geom, start, end-start+1); new_geom = ped_constraint_solve_nearest (constraint, geom); ped_geometry_set (geom, new_geom->start, new_geom->length); ped_geometry_destroy(new_geom); } /* This functions constructs a constraint from the following information: * start, is_start_exact, end, is_end_exact. * * If is_start_exact == 1, then the constraint requires start be as given in * "start". Otherwise, the constraint does not set any requirements on the * start. */ PedConstraint* constraint_from_start_end (PedDevice* dev, PedGeometry* range_start, PedGeometry* range_end) { return ped_constraint_new (ped_alignment_any, ped_alignment_any, range_start, range_end, 1, dev->length); } PedConstraint* constraint_intersect_and_destroy (PedConstraint* a, PedConstraint* b) { PedConstraint* result = ped_constraint_intersect (a, b); ped_constraint_destroy (a); ped_constraint_destroy (b); return result; } /* This function returns the closest possible start and end for a partition in the region first-last */ int fix_part_position(PedDevice *dev, PedSector *start, PedSector *end, PedSector first, PedSector last) { /* Current geometry */ PedGeometry *geom = ped_geometry_new (dev,*start,*end-*start+1); if (!geom) return 0; /* Possible range */ PedGeometry *range = ped_geometry_new (dev, first, last-first+1); if (!range) { ped_geometry_destroy(geom); return 0; } PedConstraint *constraint = constraint_intersect_and_destroy( constraint_from_start_end (dev, range, range), ped_device_get_constraint (dev)); PedGeometry *new_geom = ped_constraint_solve_nearest(constraint, geom); ped_geometry_destroy(geom); ped_geometry_destroy(range); if (new_geom) { if (*start != new_geom->start || *end != new_geom->end) { *start = new_geom->start; *end = new_geom->end; } ped_geometry_destroy(new_geom); return 1; } return 0; } AlignType string_to_align_type(const char *name) { if (!strcmp(name, "none")) return ALIGNMENT_NONE; if (!strncmp(name, "opt", 3)) return ALIGNMENT_OPTIMAL; if (!strncmp(name, "min", 3)) return ALIGNMENT_MINIMAL; if (!strncmp(name, "cyl", 3)) return ALIGNMENT_CYLINDER; return ALIGNMENT_INVALID; } int init_disk_flags(PedDisk *disk) { if (ped_disk_is_flag_available(disk, PED_DISK_CYLINDER_ALIGNMENT)) if (!ped_disk_set_flag(disk, PED_DISK_CYLINDER_ALIGNMENT, partition_align_type == ALIGNMENT_CYLINDER)) return 0; return 1; } /* PedSector is signed, so we can use this to move in both directions */ static int move_sector(PedDevice *dev, SectPos *value, PedSector shift) { /* FIXME: I don't believe that we will have problems with llint overflow but please note that it is possible. */ /* We will store the new values in temporary variables */ PedSector start, end, sector; sector = value->sector + shift; /* If there is no range, we simply move the sector */ if (!value->range) { if (sector >= dev->length || sector < 0LL) return 0; value->sector = sector; return 1; } start = value->range->start + shift; end = value->range->end + shift; /* We can't move the sector out of the device */ if (end < 0LL) return 0; if (start >= dev->length) return 0; sector = value->sector + shift; /* We ensure that all values are within the device */ if (start < 0LL) { start = 0LL; if (sector < 0LL) sector = 0LL; } if (end >= dev->length) { end = dev->length - 1LL; if (sector >= dev->length) sector = dev->length - 1LL; } if (!ped_geometry_init(value->range, dev, start, end - start + 1LL)) return 0; value->sector = sector; return 1; } #define ESC '\033' /* ^[ */ /* TODO: This is not quite OK at the moment... */ /* We ask the user where to put the partition in a region. Used for creating and resizing partitions */ /* first and last mark the margins of the region, start and end mark the current values */ int query_part_position(const char* prompt, const void* context, PartPos *pos, PedSector first, PedSector last, PedDevice *dev, PedConstraint *constraint, UIOpts *opts) { PedSector length = pos->end.sector - pos->start.sector + 1LL; PedSector min_len = 0, max_len = dev->length; PedGeometry *range = NULL; int where,i,done; char *temp,*temp2,*def_str, possibilities[6], buf[SMALLBUF]; /* We reset the ranges */ pos->start.range = NULL; pos->end.range = NULL; i = 0; /* If we have a constraint, check whether we can move the partition start */ if (constraint && (constraint->start_align->grain_size == 0 || constraint->start_range->length == 1)) where = 's'; else { /* If there the first possible sector is not the start of the selected partition, we need one choice in the menu to make the start fixed and one to move it back. When it is, 'b' and 's' do the same. We ditch 'b' for more friendly resize menu, action_new should use 's' as it doesn't matter there. FIXME: I wrote this fragment better, but ruined it. Now I'm too lazy to fix it */ if (first < pos->start.sector) possibilities[i++] = 'b'; possibilities[i++] = 's'; possibilities[i++] = 'e'; possibilities[i++] = 'c'; possibilities [i++] = ESC; possibilities [i] = '\0'; where = uiquery->getpartpos(prompt, context, possibilities); } if (where == ESC) return 0; else { if (where == 'c') { *opts |= UI_CUSTOM_VALUES; } else { *opts &= ~UI_CUSTOM_VALUES; if (where == 's') max_len = last - pos->start.sector + 1LL; else max_len = last - first + 1LL; if (constraint) { if (constraint->max_size < max_len) max_len = constraint->max_size; min_len = constraint->min_size; } done = 0; while (!done) { /* Put the max and min size on the prompt */ temp = ped_unit_format(dev,min_len); temp2 = ped_unit_format(dev,max_len); if (temp && temp2) { snprintf(buf,SMALLBUF,_("Size (min %s, max %s)"), temp, temp2); } else { strncpy(buf,_("Size"),SMALLBUF); } if (temp) PED_FREE(temp); if (temp2) PED_FREE(temp2); def_str = ped_unit_format(dev,length); if (def_str) temp = strdup(def_str); if (!uiquery->getstring(buf, &temp, NULL, NULL, 1)) { if (temp) PED_FREE(temp); if (def_str) PED_FREE(def_str); return 0; } done = 1; /* Get the new size only if the user modified it */ if(strcmp(temp,def_str)) { if (!ped_unit_parse(temp,dev,&length,&range)) { done = !ped_exception_throw( PED_EXCEPTION_ERROR, PED_EXCEPTION_RETRY_CANCEL, _("%s is an invalid partition size"), temp); if (done) return 0; } else if (length > max_len) { length = max_len; } else if (length < min_len) { length = min_len; } } if (temp) PED_FREE(temp); if (def_str) PED_FREE(def_str); } /* If we place it at the beginning, we will have range with the end sector and conversly if we place it at the end. We set the desired range and then we move the sector with the range so that the sector is equal to the desired result */ if (where == 'b') { /* Fuzzing both start and end with range->length. * TODO: range->length / 2 might be a better choice * ...or a constraint with a range for min and max * size based on this constraint which isn't possible * with the API right now. */ pos->start.range = ped_geometry_new(dev, first, 1); fuzzify(pos->start.range, dev, NULL, range->length, range->length); pos->start.sector = first; /* Desired: end = first+length-1LL */ pos->end.sector = length; pos->end.range = range; move_sector(dev,&(pos->end),first-1LL); } else if (where == 'e') { /* Fuzzing both start and end with range->length */ pos->end.range = ped_geometry_new(dev, last, 1); fuzzify(pos->end.range, dev, NULL, range->length, range->length); pos->end.sector = last; /* Desired: start = last-length+1LL */ pos->start.sector = length; pos->start.range = range; move_sector(dev,&(pos->start),last-2*length+1LL); } else if (where == 's') { /* If UI_SNAP_TO_START isn't true, add fuzz to the * start, otherwise don't. */ pos->start.range = ped_geometry_new(dev, pos->start.sector, 1); if (!(*opts & UI_SNAP_TO_START)) fuzzify(pos->start.range, dev, NULL, range->length, range->length); /* Desired: end = start+length-1LL */ pos->end.sector = length; pos->end.range = range; move_sector(dev, (&pos->end), pos->start.sector-1LL); } } } return 1; } int get_device(const char* prompt, PedDevice** value) { char* dev_name = *value ? strdup((*value)->path) : NULL; PedDevice* dev; if (!uiquery->getdev) { if (!uiquery->getstring (prompt, &dev_name, NULL, NULL, 1)) return 0; if (!dev_name) return 0; dev = ped_device_get (dev_name); free (dev_name); if (!dev) return 0; } else { if (!uiquery->getdev(prompt, &dev)) return 0; } *value = dev; return 1; } int get_disk (const char* prompt, PedDisk** value) { PedDevice* dev = *value ? (*value)->dev : NULL; if (!get_device(prompt, &dev)) return 0; if (dev != (*value)->dev) { PedDisk* new_disk = ped_disk_new (dev); if (!new_disk) return 0; if (!init_disk_flags(new_disk)) { ped_disk_destroy(new_disk); return 0; } *value = new_disk; } return 1; } /* These two use a different aproach, it leads to a little lack of consistency, but * this enables the use of a shiny interface in the UI */ int get_partition (const char* prompt, PedDisk* disk, PedPartition** value) { PedPartition* part; int num; char buf[SMALLBUF]; if (!disk) return 0; if (!uiquery->getpart) { snprintf(buf,SMALLBUF,_("%s number (1-%d)"), prompt,ped_disk_get_last_partition_num (disk)); num = (*value) ? (*value)->num : 0; if (!uiquery->getint (buf, &num)) { ped_exception_throw (PED_EXCEPTION_ERROR, PED_EXCEPTION_CANCEL, _("Expecting a partition number.")); return 0; } part = ped_disk_get_partition (disk, num); if (!part) { ped_exception_throw (PED_EXCEPTION_ERROR, PED_EXCEPTION_CANCEL, _("Partition doesn't exist.")); return 0; } *value = part; } else { if (!uiquery->getpart(prompt, &disk, &part)) return 0; *value = part; } return 1; } int get_disk_type (const char* prompt, const PedDiskType** value) { char* disk_type_name = NULL; PedDiskType* disk_type; int n; if (!uiquery->getdisktype) { if (*value) { n = strlen((*value)->name); disk_type_name = (char *) calloc(n,sizeof(char)); strncpy(disk_type_name,(*value)->name, n); } if (!uiquery->getstring (prompt, &disk_type_name, disk_type_list, NULL, -1)) return 0; if (!disk_type_name) { ped_exception_throw (PED_EXCEPTION_ERROR, PED_EXCEPTION_CANCEL, _("Expecting a disk label type.")); return 0; } disk_type = ped_disk_type_get (disk_type_name); free (disk_type_name); if (!disk_type) return 0; } else { if (!uiquery->getdisktype(prompt, &disk_type)) return 0; } *value = disk_type; PED_ASSERT (*value != NULL, return 0); return 1; } int _get_part_type (const char* prompt, const PedDisk* disk, PedPartitionType* type) { StrList* opts = NULL; StrList* locopts = NULL; char* type_name = NULL; int status; if (_can_create_primary (disk)) { opts = str_list_append (opts, "primary"); locopts = str_list_append (locopts, _("primary")); } if (_can_create_extended (disk)) { opts = str_list_append (opts, "extended"); locopts = str_list_append (locopts, _("extended")); } if (_can_create_logical (disk)) { opts = str_list_append (opts, "logical"); locopts = str_list_append (locopts, _("logical")); } if (!opts) { ped_exception_throw ( PED_EXCEPTION_ERROR, PED_EXCEPTION_CANCEL, _("Can't create any more partitions.")); return 0; } status = uiquery->getstring(prompt,&type_name,opts,locopts,-1); str_list_destroy (opts); str_list_destroy (locopts); if (!status) { if(type_name) free(type_name); return 0; } if (!type_name) { ped_exception_throw ( PED_EXCEPTION_ERROR, PED_EXCEPTION_CANCEL, _("Expecting a partition type.")); return 0; } if (!strcmp (type_name, "primary")) { *type = 0; } if (!strcmp (type_name, "extended")) { *type = PED_PARTITION_EXTENDED; } if (!strcmp (type_name, "logical")) { *type = PED_PARTITION_LOGICAL; } free (type_name); return 1; } int (*get_part_type) (const char* prompt, const PedDisk* disk, PedPartitionType* type) = _get_part_type; /* FIXME: I don't like this mkfs thing this way. Find a better one. */ int get_fs_type (const char* prompt, const PedFileSystemType **value, int mkfs) { char* fs_type_name = NULL; PedFileSystemType* fs_type; int n; if (!uiquery->getfstype) { if(*value) { n = strlen((*value)->name); fs_type_name = (char *) calloc(n,sizeof(char)); strncpy(fs_type_name,(*value)->name,n); } if (!uiquery->getstring(prompt, &fs_type_name, mkfs ? fs_type_mkfs : fs_type_list, NULL, -1)) return 0; if (!fs_type_name) { ped_exception_throw (PED_EXCEPTION_ERROR, PED_EXCEPTION_CANCEL, _("Expecting a file system type.")); return 0; } fs_type = ped_file_system_type_get (fs_type_name); if (!fs_type) { ped_exception_throw (PED_EXCEPTION_ERROR, PED_EXCEPTION_CANCEL, _("Unknown file system type \"%s\"."), fs_type_name); return 0; } free (fs_type_name); } else { if (!uiquery->getfstype(prompt, &fs_type)) return 0; } *value = fs_type; return 1; } int get_part_flag (const char* prompt, PedPartition *part, PedPartitionFlag *value) { StrList *opts = NULL, *locopts = NULL; char* flag_name = NULL; PedPartitionFlag flag = 0; while ( (flag = ped_partition_flag_next (flag)) ) { if (ped_partition_is_flag_available (part, flag)) { const char* walk_name; walk_name = ped_partition_flag_get_name (flag); opts = str_list_append (opts, walk_name); locopts = str_list_append (locopts, P_(walk_name)); } } if(*value) flag_name = strdup(ped_partition_flag_get_name(*value)); if (!uiquery->getstring(prompt,&flag_name,opts,locopts,-1)) return 0; if (!flag_name) { ped_exception_throw (PED_EXCEPTION_ERROR, PED_EXCEPTION_CANCEL, _("Expecting a flag.")); return 0; } flag = ped_partition_flag_get_by_name (flag_name); if (!flag) { ped_exception_throw (PED_EXCEPTION_ERROR, PED_EXCEPTION_CANCEL, _("Unknown flag \"%s\"."), flag_name); return 0; } free (flag_name); *value = flag; return 1; } /* GET_SECT should have the same value as UI_CUSTOM_VALUES, as we want to query sector when UI_CUSTOM_VALUES is specified */ typedef enum { /* Query the user for a new sector */ GET_SECT = UI_CUSTOM_VALUES, /* Initialise the range */ NO_RANGE = UI_CUSTOM_VALUES*2, /* We are looking where to place the start of a new partition */ //PLACE_START_NEWPART = UI_CUSTOM_VALUES*4, /* We are looking where to place the end of a new partition */ PLACE_END_NEWPART = UI_CUSTOM_VALUES*8 } GSOpts; /* This function gets sector. The prev option specifies the previous selected sector, used if the user wants to specify a size, not a position */ static int get_sector (const char* prompt, PedDevice* dev, SectPos *value, PedSector prev, GSOpts opts) { char* def_str; char* input = NULL; char* buf; int valid; /* If the user should be queried about the sector and a range needs to be initialised, initialise one with a length of 1 sector, but please, when using this function, NOTE that this is not always enough */ if (!(opts & GET_SECT)) { if (!value->range && !(opts & NO_RANGE)) { value->range = ped_geometry_new(dev,value->sector,1); return value->range != NULL; } return 1; } def_str = ped_unit_format (dev, value->sector); if (def_str) input = strdup(def_str); /* uiquery->getstring free input if it's not NULL */ uiquery->getstring(prompt,&input,NULL,NULL,1); /* Christian: * uiquery->getstring free input and set it to NULL (inserting `printf("**** INPUT: %p\n", input);' here) * * Command (m for help): n * Partition type * e extended * p primary partition (1-4) * p * First cylinder (default 0cyl): * **** INPUT: (nil) * Command (m for help): * * Force */ if(input == NULL && def_str != NULL) input = strdup(def_str); /* def_str might have rounded sector a little bit. If the user picked * the default, make sure the selected sector is identical to the * default. */ if (input && def_str && !strcmp (input, def_str)) { if (!(opts & NO_RANGE)) { if (!value->range) value->range = ped_geometry_new (dev,value->sector,1); PED_FREE (def_str); PED_FREE (input); return value->range != NULL; } PED_FREE (def_str); PED_FREE(input); return 1; } PED_FREE (def_str); if (!input) { value->sector = 0; if (!(opts & NO_RANGE)) { if (value->range) ped_geometry_destroy(value->range); value->range = NULL; } return 0; } /* If the string starts with +, interpret as size */ if (prev >= 0 && input[0] == '+') { /* TODO: Improve */ SectPos pos; /* We parse it into a SectPos */ buf = calloc(128,sizeof(char)); valid = sscanf(input, "+%127s", buf); free(input); if (!valid) { free(buf); return 0; } valid = ped_unit_parse(buf, dev, &(pos.sector), &(pos.range)); free(buf); if (!valid) { if (pos.range) ped_geometry_destroy(pos.range); return 0; } /* We move the sector, so it represents the end sector */ valid = move_sector(dev,&pos,prev-1LL); if (valid) { if (!(opts & NO_RANGE)) value->range = pos.range; value->sector = pos.sector; } else { ped_geometry_destroy(pos.range); } } else { valid = ped_unit_parse(input, dev, &(value->sector), &(value->range)); PED_FREE (input); } return valid; } /* Looks for the first suitable free space for a new partition */ int place_part_start(PedDisk *disk, PartPos *pos, PedPartitionType type) { PedGeometry *aligned; PedPartition *part = NULL; type = (type & PED_PARTITION_LOGICAL) | PED_PARTITION_FREESPACE; for (part = ped_disk_next_partition(disk, NULL); part; part = ped_disk_next_partition(disk,part)) { if (part->type == type) { aligned = _get_aligned_geometry(&part->geom, 1); pos->start.sector = aligned->start; pos->start.range = ped_geometry_new (disk->dev, aligned->start, 1); ped_geometry_destroy(aligned); return 1; } } return 0; } /* This function looks where to place the end of a new partition */ static int place_part_end(PedDisk *disk, PartPos *pos) { PedGeometry *aligned; PedPartition *part = ped_disk_get_partition_by_sector(disk, pos->start.sector); if (part->type & PED_PARTITION_FREESPACE) { aligned = _get_aligned_geometry(&part->geom, 1); pos->end.sector = aligned->end; pos->end.range = ped_geometry_new (disk->dev, aligned->end, 1); ped_geometry_destroy(aligned); return 1; } else return 0; } /* Do not confuse this with query_part_position, this queries the user for start and end of the partition and is called from the functions in here */ static int get_position(PartPos* pos, PedDisk *disk, GSOpts opts) { char *start; char *end; if (ped_unit_get_default() == PED_UNIT_CYLINDER) { start = _("First cylinder"); end = (compat_mode == 0) ? _("Last cilynder or +size or +sizeMB or +sizeKB or +size%") : _("Last cylinder or +size or +sizeMB or +sizeKB"); } else if (ped_unit_get_default() == PED_UNIT_SECTOR) { start = _("First sector"); end = (compat_mode == 0) ? _("Last sector or +size or +sizeMB or +sizeKB or +size%") : _("Last sector or +size or +sizeMB or +sizeKB"); } else { start = _("Start"); end = _("End or +size"); } if (!get_sector (start, disk->dev, &(pos->start), -1LL, opts)) return 0; /* If we are creating a new partition and want to look where to place its end ... */ if (opts & PLACE_END_NEWPART) place_part_end(disk,pos); /* We give the sector from the first query, so that the user can specify size */ if (!get_sector (end, disk->dev, &(pos->end), pos->start.sector, opts)) return 0; return 1; } static int ask_boolean_question(const char* prompt) { int answer = 0; uiquery->getbool(prompt,&answer); return answer; } /* Check partition consistency */ int perform_check (PedDisk* disk, PedPartition* part) { PedFileSystem* fs; if (!part) { if (!get_partition (_("Partition"),disk, &part)) return 0; } if (!_partition_warn_busy (part)) return 0; if (!ped_disk_check (disk)) return 0; fs = ped_file_system_open (&part->geom); if (!fs) return 0; if (!ped_file_system_check (fs, uiquery->timer)) { ped_file_system_close (fs); return 0; } ped_file_system_close (fs); return 1; } /* Copy a partition. The parameters specify the destination partition. The source partition is get using a callback function prompt. Writes partition table to disk */ /* If warn is set to 1, warns the user TODO: get rid of warn */ int perform_cp (PedDisk* dst_disk, PedPartition* dst, UIOpts opts) { PedDisk* src_disk = NULL; PedPartition* src = NULL; PedFileSystem* src_fs; PedFileSystem* dst_fs; PedFileSystemType* dst_fs_type; if (!dst_disk) goto error; if (opts & UI_WARN_COMMIT) if (!ask_boolean_question (_("WARNING: This writes all data to disk automatically, continue?"))) return 0; /* It doesn't hurt to commit at that point, right? */ if (uiquery->need_commit && !perform_commit(dst_disk,UI_DEFAULT)) goto error; src_disk = dst_disk; if (!get_disk (_("Source device"), &src_disk)) goto error_destroy_disk; if (!get_partition (_("Source partition"),src_disk, &src)) goto error_destroy_disk; if (src->type == PED_PARTITION_EXTENDED) { ped_exception_throw (PED_EXCEPTION_ERROR, PED_EXCEPTION_CANCEL, _("Can't copy an extended partition.")); goto error_destroy_disk; } if (!_partition_warn_busy (src)) goto error_destroy_disk; if (!dst) { if (!get_partition (_("Destination partition"),dst_disk, &dst)) goto error_destroy_disk; } if (!_partition_warn_busy (dst)) goto error_destroy_disk; /* do the copy */ src_fs = ped_file_system_open (&src->geom); if (!src_fs) goto error_destroy_disk; /* At this point we do something worth commiting. If we fail, the caller should clean the mess */ uiquery->need_commit = 1; dst_fs = ped_file_system_copy (src_fs, &dst->geom, uiquery->timer); if (!dst_fs) goto error_close_src_fs; dst_fs_type = dst_fs->type; /* may be different to src_fs->type */ ped_file_system_close (src_fs); ped_file_system_close (dst_fs); /* update the partition table, close disks */ if (!ped_partition_set_system (dst, dst_fs_type)) goto error_destroy_disk; if (!ped_disk_commit (dst_disk)) { //if (uiquery->need_commit) uiquery->need_commit = -1; goto error_destroy_disk; } uiquery->need_commit = 0; if (src_disk != dst_disk) ped_disk_destroy (src_disk); /*ped_disk_destroy (dst_disk);*/ return 1; error_close_src_fs: ped_file_system_close (src_fs); error_destroy_disk: if (src_disk && src_disk != dst_disk) ped_disk_destroy (src_disk); /*ped_disk_destroy (dst_disk);*/ error: return 0; } /* Create a new partition table. Takes dev and disk as parameters, in addition it takes a label type, if NULL, queries... */ int perform_mklabel (PedDevice* dev, PedDisk** disk, const PedDiskType* type) { /* ped_exception_fetch_all (); if (!*disk) ped_exception_catch (); ped_exception_leave_all ();*/ if (*disk) { if (!_disk_warn_busy (*disk)) { /* http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-fdisk/2008-12/msg00010.html*/ /* ped_disk_destroy (*disk); */ goto error; } ped_disk_destroy (*disk); } if (!type) { if (!get_disk_type (_("New disk label type"), &type)) goto error; } PedDisk *new_disk = ped_disk_new_fresh (dev, type); if (!new_disk) goto error; if (!init_disk_flags(new_disk)) { ped_disk_destroy(new_disk); goto error; } *disk = new_disk; /*if (!ped_disk_commit (*disk)) goto error;*/ uiquery->need_commit = 1; return 1; error: return 0; } /* Create a filesystem. Takes filesystem type as an optional parameter */ /* If warn is set to 1, warns the user TODO: get rid of warn */ int perform_mkfs (PedDisk* disk, PedPartition* part, const PedFileSystemType* type, UIOpts opts) { PedFileSystem* fs; PedConstraint* constraint = NULL; if (opts & UI_WARN_COMMIT) { if (!ask_boolean_question (_("WARNING: This writes all data to disk automatically, continue?"))) return 0; } if (!disk) return 0; if (!part) { if (!get_partition (_("Partition"),disk, &part)) return 0; } if (!_partition_warn_busy (part)) return 0; if (!type) { type = ped_file_system_type_get ("ext2"); if (!get_fs_type (_("File system"), &type, 1)) return 0; } /* We check whether we can create this partition here */ constraint = ped_file_system_get_create_constraint(type,disk->dev); //if (!constraint) return 0; if (constraint) if (!ped_constraint_is_solution(constraint,&(part->geom))) { if (part->geom.length < constraint->min_size) { ped_exception_throw (PED_EXCEPTION_ERROR, PED_EXCEPTION_CANCEL, _("The partition is too small to create %s filesystem on it."), type->name); ped_constraint_destroy(constraint); return 0; } else if (part->geom.length > constraint->max_size) { ped_exception_throw (PED_EXCEPTION_ERROR, PED_EXCEPTION_CANCEL, _("The partition is too big to create %s filesystem on it"), type->name); ped_constraint_destroy(constraint); return 0; } /* FIXME: WHAT THE?.. */ //else { // ped_exception_throw (PED_EXCEPTION_ERROR, PED_EXCEPTION_CANCEL, // _("You can't create %s filesystem on this partition."), type->name); //} //ped_constraint_destroy(constraint); //return 0; } ped_constraint_destroy(constraint); fs = ped_file_system_create (&part->geom, type, uiquery->timer); if (!fs) return 0; ped_file_system_close (fs); if (!ped_partition_set_system (part, type)) return 0; if (ped_partition_is_flag_available (part, PED_PARTITION_LBA)) ped_partition_set_flag (part, PED_PARTITION_LBA, 1); if (!ped_disk_commit (disk)) { //if (uiquery->need_commit) uiquery->need_commit = -1; return 0; } uiquery->need_commit = 0; return 1; } /* The parameter custom is 1, then the user is asked about the start and end sector * * If the parameter newpart is not NULL, it is set to the newly created partition */ /* NOTE: On some occassions it changes the *newpart to NULL! */ int perform_mkpart (PedDisk* disk, PartPos *pos, PedPartitionType part_type, const PedFileSystemType* fs_type, PedPartition **newpart, UIOpts opts) { PedPartition* part; PedConstraint* user_constraint; PedConstraint* dev_constraint; PedConstraint* final_constraint; PedConstraint* fs_constraint; /* char* peek_word;*/ char* part_name = NULL; char *start_usr = NULL, *end_usr = NULL; char *start_sol = NULL, *end_sol = NULL; if (!disk) goto error; if (!ped_disk_type_check_feature (disk->type, PED_DISK_TYPE_EXTENDED)) { if (part_type && part_type != PED_PARTITION_NORMAL) goto error; part_type = PED_PARTITION_NORMAL; } else if (opts & UI_SPECIFY_PART_TYPE) { if (!get_part_type (_("Partition type"), disk, &part_type)) goto error; } if (part_type == PED_PARTITION_EXTENDED) { if (opts & UI_MAKEPARTFS) { ped_exception_throw (PED_EXCEPTION_ERROR, PED_EXCEPTION_CANCEL, _("An extended partition cannot hold a file system.")); return 0; } else fs_type = NULL; } else if (!fs_type) { if (!get_fs_type (_("File system type"), &fs_type, 0)) goto error; } if (ped_disk_type_check_feature (disk->type, PED_DISK_TYPE_PARTITION_NAME)) uiquery->getstring(_("Partition name"), &part_name, NULL, NULL, 1); if ((opts & UI_CUSTOM_VALUES) && pos->start.sector == 0LL && pos->end.sector == 0LL) { place_part_start(disk,pos,part_type); if (!get_position(pos, disk, GET_SECT | PLACE_END_NEWPART)) goto error; } else { if (!get_position(pos, disk, opts & UI_CUSTOM_VALUES)) goto error; } /* processing starts here */ part = ped_partition_new (disk, part_type, fs_type, pos->start.sector, pos->end.sector); if (!part) goto error; /* Check if the partition occupying the space before the place we are trying to put this one, requires a metadata sectors after it, and if so, increase the range of the constraint */ fuzzify(pos->start.range, disk->dev, NULL, 0, metadata_tail_sectors( disk_get_prev_nmd_partition( disk, ped_disk_get_partition_by_sector( disk, pos->start.sector ) ) ) ); snap_to_boundaries (&part->geom, NULL, disk, pos->start.range, pos->end.range); /* create constraints */ user_constraint = constraint_from_start_end (disk->dev, pos->start.range, pos->end.range); PED_ASSERT (user_constraint != NULL, return 0); dev_constraint = _get_aligned_device_constraint(disk->dev); PED_ASSERT (dev_constraint != NULL, return 0); final_constraint = ped_constraint_intersect (user_constraint, dev_constraint); if (!final_constraint) goto error_destroy_simple_constraints; /* subject to partition constraint */ ped_exception_fetch_all(); if (!ped_disk_add_partition (disk, part, final_constraint)) { ped_exception_catch(); ped_exception_leave_all(); if (ped_disk_add_partition (disk, part, ped_constraint_any (disk->dev))) { start_usr = ped_unit_format (disk->dev, pos->start.sector); end_usr = ped_unit_format (disk->dev, pos->end.sector); start_sol = ped_unit_format (disk->dev, part->geom.start); end_sol = ped_unit_format (disk->dev, part->geom.end); if (!ped_geometry_test_sector_inside(pos->start.range, part->geom.start) || !ped_geometry_test_sector_inside(pos->end.range, part->geom.end)) switch (ped_exception_throw ( PED_EXCEPTION_WARNING, PED_EXCEPTION_YES_NO, _("You requested a partition from %s to %s.\n" "The closest location we can manage is " "%s to %s. " "Is this still acceptable to you?"), start_usr, end_usr, start_sol, end_sol)) { case PED_EXCEPTION_YES: /* all is well in this state */ break; case PED_EXCEPTION_NO: case PED_EXCEPTION_UNHANDLED: default: /* undo partition addition */ goto error_remove_part; } if (!_partition_warn_unaligned(part)) goto error_remove_part; } else { goto error_remove_part; } } else { ped_exception_leave_all(); } /* We check whether we can create this filesystem here */ if (fs_type) fs_constraint = ped_file_system_get_create_constraint(fs_type,disk->dev); else fs_constraint = NULL; if (fs_constraint) { if (!ped_constraint_is_solution(fs_constraint,&(part->geom))) { const char *error = NULL; if (part->geom.length < fs_constraint->min_size) { error = _("The size of the partition is too small for %s filesystem"); } else if (part->geom.length > fs_constraint->max_size) { error = _("The size of the partition is too big for %s filesystem"); } /* FIXME: WHAT THE?.. */ /* OK, I got it, but I will leave it here for a while */ //else { // error = _("You can't use this partition for %s filesystem"); //} if (error) switch (ped_exception_throw ( PED_EXCEPTION_WARNING, PED_EXCEPTION_IGNORE_CANCEL, error, fs_type->name)) { case PED_EXCEPTION_IGNORE: /* User doesn't care */ break; case PED_EXCEPTION_CANCEL: case PED_EXCEPTION_UNHANDLED: default: ped_constraint_destroy(fs_constraint); goto error_remove_part; } } ped_constraint_destroy(fs_constraint); } /* set minor attributes */ if (part_name) PED_ASSERT (ped_partition_set_name (part, part_name), return 0); if (!ped_partition_set_system (part, fs_type)) goto error; if (ped_partition_is_flag_available (part, PED_PARTITION_LBA)) ped_partition_set_flag (part, PED_PARTITION_LBA, 1); /*if (!ped_disk_commit (disk)) goto error;*/ uiquery->need_commit = 1; /* clean up */ ped_constraint_destroy (final_constraint); ped_constraint_destroy (user_constraint); ped_constraint_destroy (dev_constraint); if (pos->start.range != NULL) ped_geometry_destroy (pos->start.range); if (pos->end.range != NULL) ped_geometry_destroy (pos->end.range); if (start_usr != NULL) PED_FREE (start_usr); if (end_usr != NULL) PED_FREE (end_usr); if (start_sol != NULL) PED_FREE (start_sol); if (end_sol != NULL) PED_FREE (end_sol); if (newpart) *newpart = part; return 1; error_remove_part: /* We need to make this NULL here, for cfdisk's usage */ if (newpart) *newpart = NULL; ped_disk_remove_partition (disk, part); //error_destroy_all_constraints: ped_constraint_destroy (final_constraint); error_destroy_simple_constraints: ped_constraint_destroy (user_constraint); ped_constraint_destroy (dev_constraint); //error_destroy_part: ped_partition_destroy (part); error: if (pos->start.range != NULL) ped_geometry_destroy (pos->start.range); if (pos->end.range != NULL) ped_geometry_destroy (pos->end.range); if (start_usr != NULL) PED_FREE (start_usr); if (end_usr != NULL) PED_FREE (end_usr); if (start_sol != NULL) PED_FREE (start_sol); if (end_sol != NULL) PED_FREE (end_sol); return 0; } int perform_mkpartfs (PedDisk* disk, PartPos *pos, PedPartitionType part_type, const PedFileSystemType* fs_type, PedPartition **newpart, UIOpts opts) { PedPartition* part = NULL; if (!disk) return 0; if (opts & UI_WARN_COMMIT) { if (!ask_boolean_question (_("WARNING: This writes all data to disk automatically, continue?"))) return 0; } if (!fs_type) { if (!get_fs_type (_("File system type"), &fs_type, 1)) return 0; } if (!perform_mkpart(disk,pos,part_type,fs_type,&part,opts | UI_MAKEPARTFS)) return 0; if (!perform_mkfs(disk,part,fs_type,opts & ~UI_WARN_COMMIT)) return 0; if (newpart) *newpart = part; return 1; } /* FIXME: This function seems to be problematic, deal with it appropriately in the ui */ int perform_move (PedDisk *disk, PedPartition* part, PartPos *pos, UIOpts opts) { PedFileSystem* fs; PedFileSystem* fs_copy; PedConstraint* constraint; PedGeometry old_geom, new_geom; if (!disk) goto error; if (opts & UI_WARN_COMMIT) { if (!ask_boolean_question (_("WARNING: This writes all data to disk automatically, continue?"))) return 0; } /* So the best we can do here is to commit */ if (uiquery->need_commit) if (!perform_commit(disk,UI_DEFAULT)) goto error; if (!part) if (!get_partition (_("Partition"), disk, &part)) goto error; if (!_partition_warn_busy (part)) goto error; if (part->type == PED_PARTITION_EXTENDED) { ped_exception_throw (PED_EXCEPTION_ERROR, PED_EXCEPTION_CANCEL, _("Can't move an extended partition.")); goto error; } old_geom = part->geom; fs = ped_file_system_open (&old_geom); if (!fs) goto error; /* get new target */ if ((opts & UI_CUSTOM_VALUES) && pos->start.sector == 0LL && pos->end.sector == 0LL) { place_part_start(disk,pos,part->type); if (!get_position(pos, disk, GET_SECT | PLACE_END_NEWPART)) goto error_close_fs; } else { if (!get_position(pos, disk, opts & UI_CUSTOM_VALUES)) goto error_close_fs; } /* set / test on "disk" */ if (!ped_geometry_init (&new_geom, disk->dev, pos->start.sector, pos->end.sector - pos->start.sector + 1LL)) goto error_close_fs; snap_to_boundaries (&new_geom, NULL, disk, pos->start.range, pos->end.range); constraint = constraint_intersect_and_destroy ( ped_file_system_get_copy_constraint (fs, disk->dev), constraint_from_start_end (disk->dev, pos->start.range, pos->end.range)); /* So here we do something worth commiting and dangerous. UI *must* do something if we fail and need_commit is true... */ uiquery->need_commit = 1; if (!ped_disk_set_partition_geom (disk, part, constraint, new_geom.start, new_geom.end)) goto error_destroy_constraint; ped_constraint_destroy (constraint); if (ped_geometry_test_overlap (&old_geom, &part->geom)) { ped_exception_throw (PED_EXCEPTION_ERROR, PED_EXCEPTION_CANCEL, _("Can't move a partition onto itself. Try using resize, perhaps?")); goto error_close_fs; } /* do the move */ fs_copy = ped_file_system_copy (fs, &part->geom, uiquery->timer); if (!fs_copy) { #if 0 ped_constraint_destroy (constraint); constraint = ped_constraint_any(disk->dev); ped_disk_set_partition_geom(disk,part,constraint, old_geom.start,old_geom.end); #endif ped_exception_throw(PED_EXCEPTION_ERROR, PED_EXCEPTION_CANCEL, _("Couldn't run the partition copy")); goto error_close_fs; } ped_file_system_close (fs_copy); ped_file_system_close (fs); if (!ped_disk_commit (disk)) { //if (uiquery->need_commit) uiquery->need_commit = -1; goto error; } uiquery->need_commit = 0; if (pos->start.range != NULL) ped_geometry_destroy (pos->start.range); if (pos->end.range != NULL) ped_geometry_destroy (pos->end.range); return 1; error_destroy_constraint: ped_constraint_destroy (constraint); error_close_fs: ped_file_system_close (fs); error: if (pos->start.range != NULL) ped_geometry_destroy (pos->start.range); if (pos->end.range != NULL) ped_geometry_destroy (pos->end.range); return 0; } int perform_name (PedDisk* disk, PedPartition* part, char *name) { const char *temp; int n; if (!disk) goto error; if (!part) if (!get_partition (_("Partition"), disk, &part)) goto error; if (!name) { temp = ped_partition_get_name(part); n = strlen(temp); name = (char *) calloc(n,sizeof(char)); strncpy(name,temp,n); if (!uiquery->getstring(_("Partition name"), &name, NULL, NULL, 0)) goto error; } if (!name) goto error; if (!ped_partition_set_name (part, name)) goto error_free_name; free (name); /*if (!ped_disk_commit (disk)) goto error_destroy_disk;*/ uiquery->need_commit = 1; return 1; error_free_name: free (name); error: return 0; } static PedPartitionType _disk_get_part_type_for_sector (PedDisk* disk, PedSector sector) { PedPartition* extended; extended = ped_disk_extended_partition (disk); if (!extended || !ped_geometry_test_sector_inside (&extended->geom, sector)) return 0; return PED_PARTITION_LOGICAL; } /* This function checks if "part" contains a file system, and returs * 0 if either no file system was found, or the user declined to add it. * 1 if a file system was found, and the user chose to add it. * -1 if the user chose to cancel the entire search. */ static int _rescue_add_partition (PedPartition* part) { const PedFileSystemType* fs_type; PedGeometry* probed; PedExceptionOption ex_opt; PedConstraint* constraint; char* found_start; char* found_end; fs_type = ped_file_system_probe (&part->geom); if (!fs_type) return 0; probed = ped_file_system_probe_specific (fs_type, &part->geom); if (!probed) return 0; if (!ped_geometry_test_inside (&part->geom, probed)) { ped_geometry_destroy (probed); return 0; } constraint = ped_constraint_exact (probed); if (!ped_disk_set_partition_geom (part->disk, part, constraint, probed->start, probed->end)) { ped_constraint_destroy (constraint); return 0; } ped_constraint_destroy (constraint); found_start = ped_unit_format (probed->dev, probed->start); found_end = ped_unit_format (probed->dev, probed->end); ex_opt = ped_exception_throw ( PED_EXCEPTION_INFORMATION, PED_EXCEPTION_YES_NO_CANCEL, _("A %s %s partition was found at %s -> %s. " "Do you want to add it to the partition table?"), fs_type->name, ped_partition_type_get_name (part->type), found_start, found_end); ped_geometry_destroy (probed); PED_FREE (found_start); PED_FREE (found_end); switch (ex_opt) { case PED_EXCEPTION_CANCEL: return -1; case PED_EXCEPTION_NO: return 0; default: ; } ped_partition_set_system (part, fs_type); ped_disk_commit (part->disk); uiquery->need_commit = 0; return 1; } /* hack: we only iterate through the start, since most (all) fs's have their * superblocks at the start. We'll need to change this if we generalize * for RAID, or something... */ static int _rescue_pass (PedDisk* disk, PedGeometry* start_range, PedGeometry* end_range) { PedSector start; PedGeometry start_geom_exact; PedGeometry entire_dev; PedConstraint constraint; PedPartition* part; PedPartitionType part_type; part_type = _disk_get_part_type_for_sector ( disk, (start_range->start + end_range->end) / 2); ped_geometry_init (&entire_dev, disk->dev, 0, disk->dev->length); ped_timer_reset (uiquery->timer); ped_timer_set_state_name (uiquery->timer, _("searching for file systems")); for (start = start_range->start; start <= start_range->end; start++) { ped_timer_update (uiquery->timer, 1.0 * (start - start_range->start) / start_range->length); ped_geometry_init (&start_geom_exact, disk->dev, start, 1); ped_constraint_init ( &constraint, ped_alignment_any, ped_alignment_any, &start_geom_exact, &entire_dev, 1, disk->dev->length); part = ped_partition_new (disk, part_type, NULL, start, end_range->end); if (!part) { ped_constraint_done (&constraint); continue; } ped_exception_fetch_all (); if (ped_disk_add_partition (disk, part, &constraint)) { ped_exception_leave_all (); switch (_rescue_add_partition (part)) { case 1: ped_constraint_done (&constraint); return 1; case 0: ped_disk_remove_partition (disk, part); break; case -1: goto error_remove_partition; } } else { ped_exception_leave_all (); } ped_partition_destroy (part); ped_constraint_done (&constraint); } ped_timer_update (uiquery->timer, 1.0); return 1; error_remove_partition: ped_disk_remove_partition (disk, part); //error_partition_destroy: ped_partition_destroy (part); //error_constraint_done: ped_constraint_done (&constraint); //error: return 0; } /* TODO: This might be ok without commiting */ int perform_rescue (PedDisk* disk, PedSector start, PedSector end, UIOpts opts) { PedSector fuzz; PedGeometry probe_start_region; PedGeometry probe_end_region; if (!disk) goto error; if (opts & UI_WARN_COMMIT) if (!ask_boolean_question (_("WARNING: This writes all data to disk automatically, continue?"))) return 0; /* Why the hell I use two seperate ifs, instead of one? I wish I knew */ if (uiquery->need_commit) if (!perform_commit(disk,UI_DEFAULT)) goto error; if (opts & UI_CUSTOM_VALUES) { PartPos pos; pos.start.sector = start; pos.end.sector = end; if (!get_position(&pos, disk, GET_SECT | NO_RANGE )) goto error; start = pos.start.sector; end = pos.end.sector; } fuzz = PED_MAX (PED_MIN ((end - start) / 10, MEGABYTE_SECTORS(disk->dev)), MEGABYTE_SECTORS(disk->dev) * 16); ped_geometry_init (&probe_start_region, disk->dev, PED_MAX(start - fuzz, 0), PED_MIN(2 * fuzz, (disk->dev)->length - (start - fuzz))); ped_geometry_init (&probe_end_region, disk->dev, PED_MAX(end - fuzz, 0), PED_MIN(2 * fuzz, (disk->dev)->length - (end - fuzz))); /* I don't believe this is dangerous, but still */ uiquery->need_commit = 1; if (!_rescue_pass (disk, &probe_start_region, &probe_end_region)) goto error; return 1; error: return 0; } int perform_resize (PedDisk *disk, PedPartition *part, PartPos *pos, UIOpts opts) { PedFileSystem *fs; PedConstraint *constraint; PedGeometry new_geom; if (!disk) goto error; if (!part) if (!get_partition (_("Partition"), disk, &part)) goto error; if (!(part->type == PED_PARTITION_EXTENDED || (opts & UI_NO_FS_RESIZE))) { if (opts & UI_WARN_COMMIT && !ask_boolean_question (_("WARNING: This writes all data to disk automatically, continue?"))) return 0; if (uiquery->need_commit) if (!perform_commit(disk,UI_DEFAULT)) goto error; } if (part->type != PED_PARTITION_EXTENDED) { if (!_partition_warn_busy (part)) goto error; } if (!get_position(pos, disk,opts & UI_CUSTOM_VALUES)) goto error; /* FIXME: This is most likely not needed */ //if (!(opts & UI_CUSTOM_VALUES) && (opts & UI_NO_FS_RESIZE)) { if (opts & UI_RESIZE_INEXACT) { if (part->geom.start != pos->start.sector) fuzzify(pos->start.range,disk->dev,NULL, 127, 127); if (part->geom.end != pos->end.sector) fuzzify(pos->end.range,disk->dev,NULL, 127, 127); } //} if (!ped_geometry_init (&new_geom, disk->dev, pos->start.sector, pos->end.sector - pos->start.sector + 1LL)) goto error; snap_to_boundaries (&new_geom, &part->geom, disk, pos->start.range, pos->end.range); /* If the partition is extended or we have UI_NO_FS_RESIZE, don't try to resize the fs... FIXME? */ if (part->type == PED_PARTITION_EXTENDED || (opts & UI_NO_FS_RESIZE)) { /* I really hope this part isn't dangerous */ constraint = constraint_from_start_end (disk->dev, pos->start.range, pos->end.range); if (!ped_disk_set_partition_geom (disk, part, constraint, new_geom.start, new_geom.end)) goto error_destroy_constraint; if (part->type == PED_PARTITION_EXTENDED) ped_partition_set_system (part, NULL); uiquery->need_commit = 1; } else { fs = ped_file_system_open (&part->geom); if (!fs) goto error; constraint = constraint_intersect_and_destroy ( ped_file_system_get_resize_constraint (fs), constraint_from_start_end (disk->dev, pos->start.range, pos->end.range)); /* We will play with the geometry */ uiquery->need_commit = 1; if (!ped_disk_set_partition_geom (disk, part, constraint, new_geom.start, new_geom.end)) goto error_close_fs; if (!ped_file_system_resize (fs, &part->geom, uiquery->timer)) goto error_close_fs; /* may have changed... eg fat16 -> fat32 */ ped_partition_set_system (part, fs->type); ped_file_system_close (fs); ped_disk_commit (disk); uiquery->need_commit = 0; } ped_constraint_destroy (constraint); if (pos->start.range != NULL) ped_geometry_destroy (pos->start.range); if (pos->end.range != NULL) ped_geometry_destroy (pos->end.range); return 1; error_close_fs: ped_file_system_close (fs); error_destroy_constraint: ped_constraint_destroy (constraint); error: if (pos->start.range != NULL) ped_geometry_destroy (pos->start.range); if (pos->end.range != NULL) ped_geometry_destroy (pos->end.range); return 0; } int perform_rm (PedDisk* disk, PedPartition* part) { if (!disk) goto error; if (!part) if (!get_partition (_("Partition"), disk, &part)) goto error; if (!_partition_warn_busy (part)) goto error; if (!_warn_ext_not_empty (part)) goto error; ped_disk_delete_partition (disk, part); uiquery->need_commit = 1; return 1; error: return 0; } int perform_maximize (PedDisk* disk, PedPartition* part) { PedConstraint *constraint = NULL; if (!disk) return 0; if (!part) if (!get_partition(_("Partition"), disk, &part)) return 0; if (!_partition_warn_busy(part)) return 0; constraint = ped_constraint_any(disk->dev); if (!constraint) return 0; if (!ped_disk_maximize_partition(disk,part,constraint)) { ped_constraint_destroy (constraint); return 0; } ped_constraint_destroy(constraint); return 1; } int perform_set_system (PedDisk* disk, PedPartition* part, const PedFileSystemType *type) { if (!disk) return 0; if (!part) if (!get_partition(_("Partition"), disk, &part)) return 0; if (!type) { if (!get_fs_type (_("File system type"), &type, 0)) return 0; } /* FIXME: Is this needed? We don't touch the partition itself */ if (!_partition_warn_busy(part)) return 0; if (!ped_partition_set_system(part,type)) return 0; uiquery->need_commit = 1; return 1; } int perform_set (PedDisk *disk, PedPartition *part, PedPartitionFlag flag, UIOpts opts) { int state; if (!disk) goto error; if (!part) if (!get_partition (_("Partition"), disk, &part)) goto error; if (!flag) if (!get_part_flag (_("Flag to change"), part, &flag)) goto error; state = (ped_partition_get_flag (part, flag) == 0 ? 1 : 0); if (!(opts & UI_FLAG_TOGGLE)) { if (!uiquery->getbool (_("New state"), &state)) goto error; } if (!ped_partition_set_flag (part, flag, state)) goto error; uiquery->need_commit = 1; return 1; error: return 0; } int perform_commit (PedDisk* disk, UIOpts opts) { if (opts & UI_WARN_COMMIT) if (!ask_boolean_question (_("WARNING: This writes all data to disk, continue?"))) return 0; if (ped_disk_commit(disk)) { uiquery->need_commit = 0; return 1; } else return 0; } /* Experimental fixing of the partition order */ /* We will copy this part of the DosPartitionData */ struct DosPDCopyMem { unsigned char system; int boot; int hidden; int raid; int lvm; int lba; int palo; int prep; }; #define DOS_DATA_SIZE sizeof(struct DosPDCopyMem) struct DOSGeomList { PedGeometry geom; void *part_data; /* These are not necessary */ const PedFileSystemType * fs_type; PedPartitionType type; struct DOSGeomList *next; }; static int _fix_order_add_part (PedDisk *disk, struct DOSGeomList *data) { int success; PedConstraint *constraint; PedGeometry *range_start, *range_end; PedPartition *part; part = ped_partition_new (disk, data->type, data->fs_type, data->geom.start, data->geom.end); range_start = ped_geometry_new (disk->dev,data->geom.start, 1); range_end = ped_geometry_new (disk->dev,data->geom.end, 1); constraint = constraint_from_start_end(disk->dev, range_start,range_end); memcpy(part->disk_specific, data->part_data, DOS_DATA_SIZE); success = ped_disk_add_partition (disk, part, constraint); if (constraint) ped_constraint_destroy(constraint); if (range_start) ped_geometry_destroy(range_start); if (range_end) ped_geometry_destroy(range_end); if (!success) ped_partition_destroy(part); return success; } int fix_partition_order (PedDisk *disk) { if (strcmp(disk->type->name, "msdos")) { ped_exception_throw(PED_EXCEPTION_NO_FEATURE, PED_EXCEPTION_CANCEL, _("Fixing partition order on %s partition " "label type not implemented."), disk->type->name); return 0; } PedPartition *walk; int i = 0, j = 4; /* We check that order of the partitions is really wrong */ for (walk = ped_disk_next_partition(disk,NULL); walk; walk = ped_disk_next_partition(disk,walk)) { if (!ped_partition_is_active(walk)) continue; if (walk->type & PED_PARTITION_LOGICAL) { j++; if (walk->num != j) { j = -1; break; } } else { i++; if (walk->num != i) { i = -1; break; } } } if (i != -1 && j != -1) return 1; /* We make sure that there are no mounted partitions */ for (i = 1; i <= 4; i++) { walk = ped_disk_get_partition(disk,i); if (walk && !_partition_warn_busy(walk)) return 0; } /* We will issue warning to the user for now */ if (PED_EXCEPTION_CANCEL == ped_exception_throw(PED_EXCEPTION_WARNING, PED_EXCEPTION_IGNORE_CANCEL, "Fixing partition order " "is experimental. Use " "at your own risk.")) return 0; struct DOSGeomList *partitions = NULL; struct DOSGeomList *pdata = NULL; struct DOSGeomList **ptr = &partitions; /* We save the partitions */ for (walk = ped_disk_next_partition(disk,NULL); walk; walk = ped_disk_next_partition(disk,walk)) { if (!ped_partition_is_active(walk)) continue; /* We save the partition in the list */ *ptr = malloc(sizeof(struct DOSGeomList)); (*ptr)->geom = walk->geom; (*ptr)->part_data = malloc(DOS_DATA_SIZE); memcpy((*ptr)->part_data, walk->disk_specific, DOS_DATA_SIZE); (*ptr)->fs_type = walk->fs_type; (*ptr)->type = walk->type; (*ptr)->next = NULL; ptr = &((*ptr)->next); } /* We delete the partitions */ for (i = 1; i <= 4; i++) { if ((walk = ped_disk_get_partition(disk,i)) != NULL) ped_disk_delete_partition (disk, walk); } /* FIXME: We assume this doesn't fail. Fix ! */ /* We recreate the partitions again */ pdata = partitions; while (pdata) { _fix_order_add_part(disk, pdata); pdata = pdata->next; } /* We clear the saved data */ pdata = partitions; while (pdata) { struct DOSGeomList *next = pdata->next; free(pdata->part_data); free(pdata); pdata = next; } /* We're done */ uiquery->need_commit = 1; return 1; } void check_partition_consistency (PedPartition *part) { int end_cyl,end_head,end_sector; PedSector tail = 0; char *part_chs = NULL; /* TODO: Calculate, instead of parsing the string */ part_chs = ped_unit_format_custom(part->disk->dev,part->geom.end, PED_UNIT_CHS); sscanf(part_chs, "%d,%d,%d", &end_cyl, &end_head, &end_sector); PED_FREE(part_chs); /* If, for example, this is a msdos logical partition, it has a tail of one sector, specifying the next partition. */ tail = metadata_tail_sectors(part); /* We check that the partition ends at the cylinder boundary */ if (end_head != part->disk->dev->bios_geom.heads - 1 - tail || end_sector != part->disk->dev->bios_geom.sectors - 1) ped_exception_throw(PED_EXCEPTION_WARNING, PED_EXCEPTION_OK, _("Partition %i does not end on cylinder boundary."), part->num); } void verify_partition_table (PedDisk *disk) { /* One sector is used for the master boot record */ PedSector used_sectors = 1LL; PedPartition *part; /* We count the allocated sectors */ for (part = ped_disk_next_partition(disk,NULL); part; part = ped_disk_next_partition(disk,part)) { if (!ped_partition_is_active(part)) continue; check_partition_consistency(part); /* We don't want to count the extended partition */ if (part->type & PED_PARTITION_EXTENDED) continue; used_sectors += part->geom.length; /* The logical partitions take an additional sector */ if (part->type & PED_PARTITION_LOGICAL) used_sectors++; } /* If the used sectors are more than the available, issue a warning */ if (used_sectors > disk->dev->length) ped_exception_throw(PED_EXCEPTION_WARNING, PED_EXCEPTION_OK, _("Total allocated sectors %lld greater than " "the maximum %lld"), used_sectors, disk->dev->length); else if (used_sectors < disk->dev->length) ped_exception_throw(PED_EXCEPTION_INFORMATION, PED_EXCEPTION_OK, _("%lld unallocated sectors"), disk->dev->length - used_sectors); } char* partition_print_flags (PedPartition* part) { PedPartitionFlag flag; int first_flag; const char* name; char* res = ped_malloc(1); void* _res = res; *res = '\0'; first_flag = 1; for (flag = ped_partition_flag_next (0); flag; flag = ped_partition_flag_next (flag)) { if (ped_partition_get_flag (part, flag)) { if (first_flag) first_flag = 0; else { _res = res; ped_realloc (&_res, strlen (res) + 1 + 2); res = _res; strncat (res, ", ", 2); } name = _(ped_partition_flag_get_name (flag)); _res = res; ped_realloc (&_res, strlen (res) + 1 + strlen (name)); res = _res; strncat (res, name, 21); } } return res; } /* This is the function that sets UICalls */ void set_uicalls(UICalls *uiq) { uiquery = uiq; /* TODO: Maybe we do everything else like this */ if (uiquery->getparttype) get_part_type = uiquery->getparttype; } PedPartition * part_list_prev (PedPartition *part, PedPartitionType skip) { if (!part) return NULL; do { part = part->prev; } while (part && (part->type & skip)); return part; } PedPartition * part_list_next (PedPartition *part, PedPartitionType skip) { if (!part) return NULL; do { part = part->next; } while (part && (part->type & skip)); return part; } static void _print_flag (int *i, const char *name) { printf(*i == 0 ? "%s" : ",%s", name); (*i)++; } void print_partition_types() { PedFileSystemType *walk; for (walk = ped_file_system_type_get_next(NULL); walk; walk = ped_file_system_type_get_next(walk)) { int i = 0; printf ("%-15s",walk->name); if (walk->ops->open) _print_flag(&i,_("open")); if (walk->ops->create) _print_flag(&i,_("create")); if (walk->ops->check) _print_flag(&i,_("check")); if (walk->ops->copy) _print_flag(&i,_("copy")); if (walk->ops->resize) _print_flag(&i,_("resize")); printf("\n"); } exit(0); } int count_logical_partition(PedDisk *disk) { int count = 0; PedPartition *walk; for (walk = ped_disk_next_partition (disk, NULL); walk; walk = ped_disk_next_partition (disk, walk)) { if (walk->type & (PED_PARTITION_FREESPACE | PED_PARTITION_METADATA)) continue; if (walk->type & PED_PARTITION_LOGICAL) count++; } return count; } fdisk-1.2.5/src/command.h0000644000175000017500000000337711527750771012144 00000000000000/* GNU fdisk - a clone of Linux fdisk. This file originally from GNU Parted. Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA */ #ifndef COMMAND_H_INCLUDED #define COMMAND_H_INCLUDED #include #include "strlist.h" typedef struct { StrList* names; int (*method) (PedDisk** disk); StrList* summary; StrList* help; int non_interactive:1; } FdiskCommand; extern FdiskCommand* fdisk_command_create (const StrList* names, int (*method) (PedDisk** disk), const StrList* summary, const StrList* help, int non_interactive); extern void fdisk_command_destroy (FdiskCommand* cmd); void fdisk_command_register (FdiskCommand** list, FdiskCommand* cmd); extern FdiskCommand* fdisk_command_get (FdiskCommand** list, char* name); extern StrList* fdisk_command_get_names (FdiskCommand** list); extern void fdisk_command_print_summary (FdiskCommand* cmd); extern void fdisk_command_print_help (FdiskCommand* cmd); extern int fdisk_command_run (FdiskCommand* cmd, PedDisk** disk); #endif /* COMMAND_H_INCLUDED */ fdisk-1.2.5/src/hacks.c0000644000175000017500000003073011527754027011601 00000000000000/* GNU fdisk - a clone of Linux fdisk. Copyright (C) 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA */ #include "../config.h" #include #include #include #include #include #include #include "hacks.h" #include "sys_types.h" /* FIXME: As the file is needed for lfdisk, calling it "hacks" might * not be the greatest idea. Rename to something. */ /* TODO: This might go into libparted */ /* Check if it is a block device. Returns -1 if not found. */ int is_blockdev(const char *file) { struct stat file_stat; if (stat(file,&file_stat) < 0) return -1; if(S_ISBLK(file_stat.st_mode)) return 1; else return 0; } /* We need a function to get disk type-specific info about filesystem */ /* TODO: Decide if we actually need all these... I think we should leave them, at least for the msdos partition type. */ /* NOTE: We will only read the first byte of the pointer, so I don't believe this can blow up if someone decides to change the struct, only might begin showing wrong info. */ #if MSDOS_HACK typedef struct { unsigned char system; int boot; int hidden; int raid; int lvm; int lba; int palo; int prep; void* orig; /* We don't need this */ } DosPartitionData; #endif #if MAC_HACK /* FIXME: This could lead to problems. I rely on the belief that the struct will change as little as possible. If these strings are stored in memory as I believe they are, there is almost no possibility that it leads to crashes if the struct changes */ typedef struct { char volume_name[33]; /* eg: "Games" */ char system_name[33]; /* eg: "Apple_Unix_SVR2" */ char processor_name[17]; int is_boot; int is_driver; int is_root; int is_swap; int is_lvm; int is_raid; PedSector data_region_length; PedSector boot_region_length; long long boot_base_address; long long boot_entry_address; int boot_checksum; uint32_t status; uint32_t driver_sig; } MacPartitionData; #endif #if SUN_HACK typedef struct { u_int8_t type; int is_boot; int is_root; int is_lvm; } SunPartitionData; #endif #if BSD_HACK typedef struct { uint8_t type; } BSDPartitionData; #endif #if DVH_HACK typedef struct { int type; //char name[VDNAMESIZE + 1]; /* boot volumes only */ //int real_file_size; /* boot volumes only */ } DVHPartitionData; #endif #if 0 /* I don't think so... */ typedef struct { uint32_t time_low; uint16_t time_mid; uint16_t time_hi_and_version; uint8_t clock_seq_hi_and_reserved; uint8_t clock_seq_low; uint8_t node[6]; } /* __attribute__ ((packed)) */ efi_guid_t; typedef struct { efi_guid_t type; efi_guid_t uuid; char name[37]; int lvm; int raid; int boot; int hp_service; int hidden; int msftres; } GPTPartitionData; #endif #if PC98_HACK typedef struct { PedSector ipl_sector; int system; int boot; int hidden; char name [17]; } PC98PartitionData; #endif #if AMIGA_HACK typedef struct { uint32_t pb_ID; /* Identifier 32 bit word : 'PART' */ uint32_t pb_SummedLongs; /* Size of the structure for checksums */ int32_t pb_ChkSum; /* Checksum of the structure */ uint32_t pb_HostID; /* SCSI Target ID of host, not really used */ uint32_t pb_Next; /* Block number of the next PartitionBlock */ uint32_t pb_Flags; /* Part Flags (NOMOUNT and BOOTABLE) */ uint32_t pb_Reserved1[2]; uint32_t pb_DevFlags; /* Preferred flags for OpenDevice */ char pb_DriveName[32]; /* Preferred DOS device name: BSTR form */ uint32_t pb_Reserved2[15]; uint32_t de_TableSize; /* Size of Environment vector */ uint32_t de_SizeBlock; /* Size of the blocks in 32 bit words, usually 128 */ uint32_t de_SecOrg; /* Not used; must be 0 */ uint32_t de_Surfaces; /* Number of heads (surfaces) */ uint32_t de_SectorPerBlock; /* Disk sectors per block, used with SizeBlock, usually 1 */ uint32_t de_BlocksPerTrack; /* Blocks per track. drive specific */ uint32_t de_Reserved; /* DOS reserved blocks at start of partition. */ uint32_t de_PreAlloc; /* DOS reserved blocks at end of partition */ uint32_t de_Interleave; /* Not used, usually 0 */ uint32_t de_LowCyl; /* First cylinder of the partition */ uint32_t de_HighCyl; /* Last cylinder of the partition */ uint32_t de_NumBuffers; /* Initial # DOS of buffers. */ uint32_t de_BufMemType; /* Type of mem to allocate for buffers */ uint32_t de_MaxTransfer; /* Max number of bytes to transfer at a time */ uint32_t de_Mask; /* Address Mask to block out certain memory */ int32_t de_BootPri; /* Boot priority for autoboot */ uint32_t de_DosType; /* Dostype of the file system */ uint32_t de_Baud; /* Baud rate for serial handler */ uint32_t de_Control; /* Control word for handler/filesystem */ uint32_t de_BootBlocks; /* Number of blocks containing boot code */ uint32_t pb_EReserved[12]; } AmigaPartitionData; #endif SysType * get_disklabel_system_types (const PedDiskType *type) { #if MSDOS_HACK if (!strcmp(type->name,"msdos")) return msdos_systypes; else #endif #if SUN_HACK if (!strcmp(type->name,"sun")) return sun_systypes; else #endif #if BSD_HACK if (!strcmp(type->name,"bsd")) return bsd_systypes; else #endif return NULL; } /* FIXME: This is temporary, make it better, split data into a seperate file */ /* Returns the name of the filesystem. If short is 1, it removes the "Apple_" from the name on mac partition table */ const char* get_disk_specific_system_name (const PedPartition* part, int brief) { if (!part->disk_specific) return NULL; #if MSDOS_HACK if (!strcmp(part->disk->type->name,"msdos")) { int i; DosPartitionData *pd = (DosPartitionData *)part->disk_specific; for (i = 0; msdos_systypes[i].name; i++) { if(msdos_systypes[i].type == pd->system) { return msdos_systypes[i].name; } } } else #endif /* I believe these should be the same, but I'm not sure */ #if SUN_HACK if (!strcmp(part->disk->type->name,"sun")) { int i; SunPartitionData *pd = (SunPartitionData *)part->disk_specific; for (i = 0; sun_systypes[i].name; i++) { if(sun_systypes[i].type == pd->type) { return sun_systypes[i].name; } } } else #endif #if BSD_HACK if (!strcmp(part->disk->type->name,"bsd")) { int i; BSDPartitionData *pd = (BSDPartitionData *)part->disk_specific; for (i = 0; bsd_systypes[i].name; i++) { if(bsd_systypes[i].type == pd->type) { return bsd_systypes[i].name; } } } else #endif #if MAC_HACK if (!strcmp(part->disk->type->name,"mac")) { MacPartitionData *pd = (MacPartitionData *)part->disk_specific; const char* type = pd->system_name; if (strncmp(type,"Apple_",6)) return NULL; else { if (brief) return type+6; else return type; } } else #endif return NULL; return NULL; // avoid warning } /* I'm lazy to write */ #define return_system_type(ltype,stype,type_var) \ if (!strcmp(part->disk->type->name,(ltype))) { \ stype *pd = (stype *) part->disk_specific; \ if (size) \ *size = sizeof(pd->type_var); \ return pd->type_var; \ } /* TODO: The size gets set to the size of the field storing the type. Maybe we should make this a seperate function */ unsigned int get_disk_specific_system_type (const PedPartition *part, int *size) { if (!part || !part->disk_specific) { if (size) *size = 0; return 0; } #if MSDOS_HACK return_system_type("msdos",DosPartitionData,system); #endif #if SUN_HACK return_system_type("sun",SunPartitionData,type); #endif #if BSD_HACK return_system_type("bsd",BSDPartitionData,type); #endif #if DVH_HACK /* OK, here type is int... Hope we don't break anything... */ return_system_type("dvh",DVHPartitionData,type); #endif #if PC98_HACK /* OK, here type is int... Hope we don't break anything... */ return_system_type("pc98",PC98PartitionData,system); #endif #if AMIGA_HACK return_system_type("amiga",AmigaPartitionData,de_DosType); #endif { if (size) *size = 0; return 0; } } /* Needed for lfdisk */ void set_disk_specific_system_type (const PedPartition *part, unsigned char type) { /* TODO: I have no idea how we actually should do this */ #if MSDOS_HACK if (!strcmp(part->disk->type->name,"msdos")) { DosPartitionData *pd = (DosPartitionData *)part->disk_specific; pd->system = type; } else #endif #if SUN_HACK if (!strcmp(part->disk->type->name,"sun")) { SunPartitionData *pd = (SunPartitionData *)part->disk_specific; pd->type = type; } else #endif #if BSD_HACK if (!strcmp(part->disk->type->name,"bsd")) { BSDPartitionData *pd = (BSDPartitionData *)part->disk_specific; pd->type = type; } else #endif return; } int is_part_type_bsd (const PedPartition* part) { int type = get_disk_specific_system_type(part, NULL); /* We leave these for a reference */ if ( type == 0xa5 || type == (0xa5 ^ 0x10) /* FreeBSD */ || type == 0xa6 || type == (0xa6 ^ 0x10) /* OpenBSD */ || type == 0xa9 || type == (0xa9 ^ 0x10) /* NetBSD */ ) return 1; return 0; } int is_bsd_partition (char* device, PedSector start, PedSector s_size) { int fd; struct bsdlabel *lbl; u_char bootarea[BSD_BSIZE]; if (!device) return 0; fd = open (device, O_RDONLY); if (fd < 0) return 0; (void)lseek (fd, (off_t)start, SEEK_SET); /* read in the boot block area. */ if (read (fd, bootarea, BSD_BSIZE) != BSD_BSIZE) return 0; close (fd); lbl = (struct bsdlabel *)&(bootarea[s_size]); if (lbl->magic != BSD_DISKMAGIC || lbl->magic2 != BSD_DISKMAGIC) return 0; return 1; } /* Cut the number number from a devicename. Stores the name in dest and return the number. */ int cut_device_partnum(char *dest, size_t n, const char *devname) { int t,s; t = strlen(devname); /* We count the digits at the end */ for (s = 0; s < t && isdigit(devname[t-s-1]); s++); /* No digits at the end */ if (s == 0) { #if NAMING_BSD /* In BSD we have a character after the digits, specifying the partition */ for (s = 0; s < t-1 && isdigit(devname[t-s-2]); s++); if (s > 0) { snprintf(dest, PED_MIN(t-1,n), "%s", devname); return devname[t] - 'a' + 1; } #endif strncpy(dest,devname,n); return 0; } /* For names like ad0s0, cut two chars */ if (t > 2 && (devname[t-s-1] == 's' || devname[t-s-1] == 'p') && isdigit(devname[t-s-2])) { snprintf(dest, PED_MIN(t-s,n), "%s", devname); } /* Otherwise, cut one char */ else //if (t > 1 && !isdigit(fdisk_part_size[t-2])) { snprintf(dest, PED_MIN(t-s+1,n), "%s", devname); } /* We return the number */ return atoi(devname + t - s); } /* Store the path to device of a part in dest. bsd_offset is used when we calculate the device path of a partition on a BSD disklabel on a GNU/Linux system, it should be equal to the number of logical partitions in most cases. */ char * get_partition_device(char *dest, size_t n, PedPartition* part, int bsd_offset) { if (!strcmp(part->disk->type->name,"bsd")) { #if NAMING_BSD n = snprintf(dest, n, "%s%c", part->disk->dev->path, 'a' + part->num - 1); #else /* if NAMING_LINUX */ /* In GNU/Linux partitions on a BSD label appear after the ones in the extended partition */ char buf[256]; cut_device_partnum(buf, sizeof(buf), part->disk->dev->path); n = snprintf(dest, n, isdigit(buf[strlen(buf)-1]) ? "%sp%d" : "%s%d", buf, part->num+bsd_offset+4); #endif } else{ #if NAMING_BSD n = snprintf(dest, n, "%ss%d", part->disk->dev->path, part->num); #else /* if NAMING_LINUX */ int t = strlen(part->disk->dev->path); n = snprintf(dest, n, isdigit(part->disk->dev->path[t-1]) ? "%sp%d" : "%s%d", part->disk->dev->path, part->num); #endif } return n < 0 ? NULL : dest; } fdisk-1.2.5/src/strlist.h0000644000175000017500000000437311527750771012227 00000000000000/* GNU fdisk - a clone of Linux fdisk. This file originally from GNU Parted. Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA */ #ifndef STRLIST_H_INCLUDED #define STRLIST_H_INCLUDED #include typedef struct _StrList StrList; struct _StrList { StrList* next; const wchar_t* str; }; extern char* language; extern char* gettext_charset; extern char* term_charset; extern StrList* str_list_create (const char* first, ...); extern StrList* str_list_create_unique (const char* first, ...); extern void str_list_destroy (StrList* list); extern void str_list_destroy_node (StrList* list); extern StrList* str_list_duplicate (const StrList* list); extern StrList* str_list_duplicate_node (const StrList* list); extern StrList* str_list_insert (StrList* list, const char* str); extern StrList* str_list_append (StrList* list, const char* str); extern StrList* str_list_append_unique (StrList* list, const char* str); extern StrList* str_list_join (StrList* a, StrList* b); extern char* str_list_convert (const StrList* list); extern char* str_list_convert_node (const StrList* list); extern void str_list_print (const StrList* list); extern void str_list_print_wrap (const StrList* list, int line_length, int offset, int indent); extern int str_list_match_any (const StrList* list, const char* str); extern int str_list_match_node (const StrList* list, const char* str); extern StrList* str_list_match (const StrList* list, const char* str); extern int str_list_length (const StrList* list); #endif /* STRLIST_H_INCLUDED */ fdisk-1.2.5/src/common.h0000644000175000017500000002122411541337702011774 00000000000000/* GNU fdisk - a clone of Linux fdisk. Copyright (C) 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA */ #ifndef COMMON_H_INCLUDED #define COMMON_H_INCLUDED #include #include "strlist.h" typedef struct _UICalls UICalls; struct _UICalls { /* The first parameter specifies the prompt text */ /* All functions should return 1 on success, 0 otherwise */ /* getstring: The second parameter is the string that is read. * * There are two valid string lists, the second is localized * * The function *MUST* return the string from the non-localized * * list corresponding to the localized one. * * The integer specified how to treat multiwords, TODO: explain */ int (*getstring)(const char* prompt, char** value, const StrList*, const StrList* loc, int multi_word); int (*getint)(const char* prompt, int* value); int (*getbool)(const char* prompt, int* value); int (*getdev)(const char* prompt, PedDevice** value); /* getpart, if the disk is NULL, it should be specified. This won't actually be used */ int (*getparttype) (const char* prompt, const PedDisk*, PedPartitionType*); int (*getpart)(const char* prompt, PedDisk**, PedPartition** value); int (*getdisktype)(const char* prompt, PedDiskType** value); int (*getfstype)(const char* prompt, PedFileSystemType** value); int (*getpartpos)(const char* prompt, const void* context, const char *possibilities); PedTimer* timer; int need_commit; }; typedef enum _UIOpts UIOpts; enum _UIOpts { UI_DEFAULT = 0, /* Warn the user if the operation commits the data to the disk */ UI_WARN_COMMIT = 1 << 0, /* Allow the user to adjust start/end on resize, etc */ UI_CUSTOM_VALUES = 1 << 1, /* Allow the user to specify the partition type */ UI_SPECIFY_PART_TYPE = 1 << 2, /* Prefer the beginning to be snapped to the old begining * e.g. during resize */ UI_SNAP_TO_START = 1 << 3, /* Option specific for each function */ UI_FUNCTION_SPECIFIC_1 = 1 << 4, UI_FUNCTION_SPECIFIC_2 = 1 << 5 }; typedef enum _AlignType AlignType; enum _AlignType { /* ALIGNMENT_INVALID shouldn't be assigned to partition_align_type */ ALIGNMENT_INVALID = 0, ALIGNMENT_NONE, ALIGNMENT_MINIMAL, ALIGNMENT_CYLINDER, ALIGNMENT_OPTIMAL }; extern int compat_mode; extern AlignType current_partition_align_type; /* Christian We use this macro to know how to align the partitions. In this way, We use "ALIGNMENT_CYLINDER" when compat_mode is active. */ #define partition_align_type (compat_mode ? ALIGNMENT_CYLINDER : current_partition_align_type) /* Structures used to specify partition position */ typedef struct _SectPos SectPos; struct _SectPos { PedSector sector; PedGeometry *range; }; typedef struct _PartPos PartPos; struct _PartPos { SectPos start; SectPos end; }; /* Specific for perform_resize: */ #define UI_NO_FS_RESIZE UI_FUNCTION_SPECIFIC_1 /* Will only change geometry */ #define UI_RESIZE_INEXACT UI_FUNCTION_SPECIFIC_2 /* Exact resize */ /* Specific for perform_set: */ #define UI_FLAG_TOGGLE UI_FUNCTION_SPECIFIC_1 /* perform_set must toggle flags */ /* Specific for perform_mkfs */ #define UI_MAKEPARTFS UI_FUNCTION_SPECIFIC_1 /* Setting of UICalls */ extern void set_uicalls(UICalls *); /* Lists. Should be initialized. */ extern StrList *disk_type_list; extern StrList *fs_type_list; //extern StrList *fs_type_resize; extern StrList *fs_type_mkfs; extern StrList *flag_name_list; /* List init functions */ extern int init_flag_str(); extern int init_fs_type_str(); extern int init_disk_type_str(); /* We will also use this functions in cfdisk */ extern int _can_create_primary (const PedDisk*); extern int _can_create_extended (const PedDisk*); extern int _can_create_logical (const PedDisk*); #define can_create_primary(disk) _can_create_primary(disk) #define can_create_extended(disk) _can_create_extended(disk) #define can_create_logical(disk) _can_create_logical(disk) /* Main functions */ /* * NOTE: resize, move and perhaps copy are dangerous. * Please, make your ui checks their status. If they FAIL and leave need_commit * to true, please reread the partition table from the device. * Sorry for the inconvinience. I might change this in the future so that it is * not needed */ extern int perform_check (PedDisk*, PedPartition*); /* The parameters are the *destination* disk and partition */ extern int perform_cp (PedDisk*, PedPartition*, UIOpts); extern int perform_mklabel (PedDevice*, PedDisk**, const PedDiskType*); extern int perform_mkfs (PedDisk*, PedPartition*, const PedFileSystemType*, UIOpts); /* NOTE: The PartPos structs *are* modified when calling these function */ extern int perform_mkpart (PedDisk*, PartPos* pos, PedPartitionType, const PedFileSystemType*, PedPartition **newpart, UIOpts); extern int perform_mkpartfs (PedDisk*, PartPos* pos, PedPartitionType, const PedFileSystemType*, PedPartition **newpart, UIOpts); extern int perform_move (PedDisk*, PedPartition*, PartPos* pos, UIOpts); extern int perform_name (PedDisk*, PedPartition*, char*); extern int perform_rescue (PedDisk*, PedSector start, PedSector end, UIOpts); extern int perform_resize (PedDisk*, PedPartition*, PartPos* pos, UIOpts); extern int perform_rm (PedDisk*, PedPartition*); extern int perform_set_system (PedDisk*, PedPartition*, const PedFileSystemType*); extern int perform_set (PedDisk*, PedPartition*, PedPartitionFlag, UIOpts); extern int perform_commit (PedDisk*, UIOpts); extern int perform_maximize (PedDisk*, PedPartition*); extern int fix_partition_order (PedDisk*); extern void check_partition_consistency (PedPartition *part); extern void verify_partition_table (PedDisk *disk); /* Additional functions */ extern char* partition_print_flags (PedPartition*); extern PedConstraint* constraint_from_start_end (PedDevice*, PedGeometry* range_start, PedGeometry* range_end); extern PedConstraint* constraint_intersect_and_destroy (PedConstraint* a, PedConstraint* b); /* This function returns the closest possible start and end for a partition in the region first-last */ extern int fix_part_position(PedDevice *dev, PedSector *start, PedSector *end, PedSector first, PedSector last); /* This function converts none, cyl*, opt*, and min* to an AlignType */ extern AlignType string_to_align_type(const char *); /* This function takes care of initializing the alignment flags * and should be called after a disk is created. Returns 1 on success */ extern int init_disk_flags(PedDisk *); /* Choose the partition position */ extern int query_part_position(const char* prompt, const void* context, PartPos* pos, PedSector first, PedSector last, PedDevice *dev, PedConstraint *constraint, UIOpts *opts); /* Functions used by fdisk at the moment */ /* TODO: Some of these do things close to the UICalls functions */ extern int get_device(const char* prompt, PedDevice**); extern int get_disk (const char* prompt, PedDisk**); extern int get_partition (const char* prompt, PedDisk*, PedPartition**); extern int get_disk_type (const char* prompt, const PedDiskType**); extern int (*get_part_type) (const char* prompt, const PedDisk*, PedPartitionType*); extern int get_fs_type (const char* prompt, const PedFileSystemType**, int mkfs); extern int get_part_flag (const char* prompt, PedPartition*, PedPartitionFlag*); extern PedPartition* part_list_prev (PedPartition*, PedPartitionType skip); extern PedPartition* part_list_next (PedPartition*, PedPartitionType skip); extern PedPartition *disk_get_prev_nmd_partition(PedDisk *disk, PedPartition *part); /* Other cfdisk/fdisk common functions */ extern void print_partition_types(); extern int count_logical_partition(PedDisk *disk); #endif fdisk-1.2.5/src/main.c0000644000175000017500000000167711527750771011446 00000000000000/* GNU fdisk - a clone of Linux fdisk. Copyright (C) 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA */ /** * Main entry point. */ extern int fdisk (int argc, char** argv); int main (int argc, char** argv) { return fdisk(argc, argv); } fdisk-1.2.5/src/command.c0000644000175000017500000000607511527750771012135 00000000000000/* GNU fdisk - a clone of Linux fdisk. This file originally from GNU Parted. Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA */ #include "command.h" #include "ui.h" #include #include #include #include FdiskCommand* fdisk_command_create (const StrList* names, int (*method) (PedDisk** disk), const StrList* summary, const StrList* help, const int non_interactive) { FdiskCommand* cmd; cmd = malloc (sizeof (FdiskCommand)); assert(cmd != NULL); if (non_interactive) cmd->non_interactive = 1; else cmd->non_interactive = 0; cmd->names = (StrList*) names; cmd->method = method; cmd->summary = (StrList*) summary; cmd->help = (StrList*) help; return cmd; } void fdisk_command_destroy (FdiskCommand* cmd) { str_list_destroy (cmd->names); str_list_destroy (cmd->summary); str_list_destroy (cmd->help); free (cmd); } void fdisk_command_register (FdiskCommand** list, FdiskCommand* cmd) { int i; for (i = 0; list [i]; i++); list [i] = cmd; list [i + 1] = (FdiskCommand*) NULL; } FdiskCommand* fdisk_command_get (FdiskCommand** list, char* name) { int i; int partial_match = -1; int ambiguous = 0; if (!name) return NULL; for (i=0; list [i]; i++) { switch (str_list_match_any (list [i]->names, name)) { case 2: return list [i]; case 1: if (!ambiguous) { if (partial_match == -1) { partial_match = i; } else { partial_match = -1; ambiguous = 1; } } } } if (partial_match == -1) return NULL; else return list [partial_match]; } StrList* fdisk_command_get_names (FdiskCommand** list) { FdiskCommand** walk; StrList* result = NULL; for (walk = list; *walk; walk++) result = str_list_join (result, str_list_duplicate ((*walk)->names)); return result; } void fdisk_command_print_summary (FdiskCommand* cmd) { if (cmd) { printf (" "); str_list_print_wrap (cmd->summary, fdisk_screen_width(), 2, 8); printf ("\n"); } } void fdisk_command_print_help (FdiskCommand* cmd) { fdisk_command_print_summary (cmd); if (cmd->help) { printf ("\n\t"); str_list_print_wrap (cmd->help, fdisk_screen_width(), 8, 8); } } int fdisk_command_run (FdiskCommand* cmd, PedDisk **disk) { return cmd->method (disk); } fdisk-1.2.5/src/cfdisk.c0000644000175000017500000021575011531273104011745 00000000000000/* GNU fdisk - a clone of Linux fdisk. Copyright (C) 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA */ #if HAVE_CONFIG_H #include "../config.h" #endif #include "common.h" #include "hacks.h" /*#include "command.h"*/ /*#include "ui.h"*/ #define N_(String) String #if ENABLE_NLS # include # include /* TODO: Fix some localizing issues */ # define _(String) dgettext (PACKAGE, String) /* FIXME: This doesn't seem to work */ # define P_(String) dgettext ("parted", String) #else # define _(String) (String) # define P_(String) (String) #endif /* ENABLE_NLS */ #include #include #if HAVE_NCURSES_H #include #else #include #endif /* FIXME: I'm not sure when these are available, and what portability issues they will raise Most likely this is not needed at all */ #ifdef KEY_MIN #define USE_KEYPAD 1 #else #define USE_KEYPAD 0 /* Like Linux cfdisk */ #define KEY_UP 1 #define KEY_DOWN 2 #define KEY_LEFT 3 #define KEY_RIGHT 4 #define KEY_BACKSPACE '\b' #define KEY_DC '\177' #endif #include #include #include #include #include #ifdef HAVE_GETOPT_H #include #endif static const char* prog_name = "cfdisk (GNU fdisk) " VERSION "\n"; static const char* license_msg = N_( "Copyright (C) 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.\n" "This is free software. You may redistribute copies of it under the terms of\n" "the GNU General Public License .\n" "There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law.\n" ); static const char* usage_msg = N_( "Usage: cfdisk [OPTION]... [DEVICE]\n" ); /* TODO: Should we move to argp? */ static struct { const char* lopt; const char opt; const char *arg; const char *help; } options_help[] = { {"help", 'h', NULL, N_("displays this help message")}, {"version", 'v', NULL, N_("displays the version")}, {"arrow-cursor", 'a', NULL, N_("use an arrow cursor instead of reverse video")}, {"new-table", 'z', NULL, N_("create a new partition table on the disk")}, {"align", 'A', N_("TYPE"),N_("use align TYPE, can be none, cyl, min or opt")}, {"units", 'u', N_("UNIT"),N_("sets the default display units to UNIT")}, {"list-partition-types", 't', NULL, N_("displays a list of supported partition types")}, {NULL, 0, NULL, NULL} }; /* Help should go here */ static const char *help = N_( "This is a curses-based disk partition manipulation program, which " "allows you create, destroy, resize, move and copy partitions on " "a hard drive.\n\n" "Copyright (C) 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.\n\n" "Key\tFunction\n" "---\t--------\n\n" " n\tCreate a new partition residing on the free space.\n" " d\tDelete the selected partition.\n" " c\tCheck the selected partition for consistency.\n" " r\tResize the selected partition or change the size of the " "entry in the partition table\n" " o\tMove the partition to another place on the drive.\n" " y\tCopies another partition over the selected one.\n" " s\tLook for deleted file systems in the selected free space.\n" " b\tDisplay or change partition flags, such as the bootable flag.\n" " t\tChange the system type on the partition in the partition " "in case it is currently wrong.\n" " m\tChange the partition name, if supported.\n" " x\tMaximize the extended partition.\n" " z\tMinimize the extended partition.\n" " u\tChange the display units.\n" " i\tDisplay partition info.\n" " w\tWrite the changes to the disk.\n" " q\tQuit the program.\n" " h\tDisplay this help.\n" ); #define MAX(X,Y) ((X) > (Y) ? (X) : (Y)) #define MIN(X,Y) ((X) < (Y) ? (X) : (Y)) /* Keys */ #define BELL '\007' /* ^G */ #define TAB '\011' /* ^I */ #define CR '\015' /* ^M */ #define ESC '\033' /* ^[ */ #define CTRL_L '\014' /* ^L */ #define CTRL_P '\020' /* ^P */ #define CTRL_N '\016' /* ^N */ #define CTRL_R '\022' /* ^R */ #define MENUSIZE 3 #define INFOSIZE 5 #define MENUDIV 1 enum _MenuOptions { MENU_DEFAULT = 0, MENU_TITLE = 1, /* Leave one row for menu title */ MENU_LIST = 2, /* Unimplemented */ MENU_ANYKEY = 4, MENU_BUTTON = 8, MENU_LEAVE_WARNING = 16, /* Don't clear the warning line */ MENU_NOHIGHLIGHT = 32, /* Do not highlight the selected element in the menu */ MENU_ARROWS = 64 /* Accept arrow keys as valid */ }; typedef enum _MenuOptions MenuOptions; #define TINYBUF 16 /* NOTE: Changing this may lead to buffer overflows. Double-check. */ #define FSBUF 19 /* Don't touch unless you know what you are doing!! */ #define SMALLBUF 512 #define MAXFLAGS 63 /* struct for a menu item. I got the idea from Linux cfdisk. Every action is bound to a key. */ struct _MenuItem { char key; const char *name; const char *desc; }; typedef struct _MenuItem MenuItem; /* Struct for the opened device */ struct _Context { PedDevice *dev; PedDisk *disk; int is_devicefile; char *devname; char *info_size; char *info_sectorsize; char *info_model; char *info_heads; char *info_cylinders; char *info_sectors; char *info_cylsize; }; typedef struct _Context Context; Context *init_disk(int new_table, char *devname, PedDevice *dev, PedDiskType *type); int new_table = 0; int arrow_cursor = 0; static void do_quit(int status, const char *message) { endwin(); if (message) { printf("%s\n",message); } exit(status); } static int get_center(const char *string) { int x = strlen(string); x = MIN(x,COLS); x = (COLS-x)/2; return x; } static void clear_lines(int start, int end) { int y = start; do { move (y,0); clrtoeol(); } while(y++ < end); } /* Define these as macros */ #define clear_status(warn) clear_lines(LINES - 1 - ((warn) != 0),0) #define clear_menu() clear_lines(LINES - 2 - MENUSIZE, LINES - 1); static void set_status(const char *status, int warn_line) { clear_status(warn_line); /*attron(A_REVERSE);*/ move(LINES-1-warn_line,0); mvaddstr(LINES-1-warn_line, get_center(status) ,status); /*attroff(A_REVERSE);*/ } static void print_warning(const char *status, int status_line) { set_status(status,!status_line); putchar(BELL); } static void menu_title (const char *title) { move(LINES - 2 - MENUSIZE, 0); clrtoeol(); mvaddstr(LINES - 2 - MENUSIZE, MENUDIV, title); } enum _MsgOpts { DOUBLE_NEW_LINE = 1, /* Ignore space at the beginning of the line */ IGNORE_SPACE = 2, /* Use \t to indent the whole text, even after newline */ TAB_TO_INDENT = 4 }; typedef enum _MsgOpts MsgOpts; /* This is an ancient magic that turns a char* into a StrList, so we can display it */ static StrList* _message_display_strlist(const char *msg, int *lines, MsgOpts opts) { int x = 0, y = 0, lastword = 0, isnewline = 0, i, indent = 0; StrList *message = NULL; char buf[SMALLBUF]; /* We save the lines in a string list, counting them */ /* TODO: It doesn't deal with tabs correctly, this is currently only with tabs in the beginning of the text. */ /* NOTE: We calculate indent, even when we don't use it */ for (i = 0; msg[i]; i++) { /* If we reached the end of the line, move to the next line */ if (x >= SMALLBUF - 1 || x >= COLS-2) { if (isblank(msg[i]) || msg[i] == '\r' || msg[i] == '\n' || !lastword) { buf[x] = '\0'; message = str_list_append(message,buf); y++; /* Real new line is two lines. */ if (msg[i] == '\n') { if (opts & DOUBLE_NEW_LINE) message = str_list_append( message,""); y++; isnewline = 1; } } /* If this is not the end of the word, go back to the beginning of the word. */ else { buf[lastword-1] = '\0'; message = str_list_append(message,buf); y++; i = i-x+lastword; } lastword = 0; x = 0; /* If the text was indented, move it right */ if (msg[i] == '\n') indent = 0; else if ((opts & TAB_TO_INDENT) && indent > 0) { /* If the line is indented */ for (; x <= indent && x < SMALLBUF - 1 ; x++) { buf[x] = ' '; } } } /* We ignore carriage returns */ if (msg[i] == '\r') { continue; } /* We indent the text right, if we see a tab */ else if (msg[i] == '\t') { lastword = x+1; int n = ((x+9)/9)*9; n = MIN(COLS-2,n); for (; x <= n && x < SMALLBUF - 1; x++) { buf[x] = ' '; } indent += 9; continue; } /* If the line begins with a blank, skip it */ else if (isblank(msg[i])) { if ((opts & IGNORE_SPACE) && x == 0) continue; else lastword = x+1; } else if (msg[i] == '\n') { if (!isnewline) { buf[x] = '\0'; message = str_list_append(message,buf); if (opts & DOUBLE_NEW_LINE) message = str_list_append(message,""); y += 2; } x = 0; lastword = 0; indent = 0; continue; } isnewline = 0; buf[x] = msg[i]; x++; } buf[x] = '\0'; /* This doesn't produce an error, trust me */ if (strlen(buf)) { message = str_list_append(message,buf); y++; } if (lines) *lines = y; return message; } static void strlist_draw (const char *prompt, const StrList *strlist, int opts, const StrList* selected, int selnum, int *start); static const StrList* do_strlist (const char *prompt, const StrList *strlist, int opts); static void _display_strlist (const char* title, const StrList *message, int y) { int x, i; /* TODO: Write this, for now I will test it this way */ y=LINES-3-MENUSIZE-y; if (y < INFOSIZE+4) y = INFOSIZE+4; i=INFOSIZE+1; move(i++,0); clrtoeol(); mvaddch(i,0,' '); for (x = 1; x < COLS-1; x++) { mvaddch(i,x,'-'); } mvaddch(i,0,' '); for (i++; i < y; i++) { move(i,0); clrtoeol(); } mvaddstr(y-3,1,title); for (x = 1; title[x-1]; x++) { mvaddch(y-2,x,'='); } const StrList *current; for (current = message; current && y < LINES-MENUSIZE-3; current = current->next, y++) { char *temp = str_list_convert_node(current); move(y,0); clrtoeol(); mvaddstr(y,1,temp); free(temp); } } static void display_message (const char* title, const char *msg) { int lines; StrList *message; message = _message_display_strlist(msg,&lines,IGNORE_SPACE | DOUBLE_NEW_LINE); _display_strlist(title, message, lines); str_list_destroy(message); } /* Menu drawing function */ static void menu_draw (const MenuItem *items, int item_len, MenuOptions opts, const char *keys, int selected) { int i, y = LINES - 2 - MENUSIZE + (opts & MENU_TITLE ? 1 : 0), x = MENUDIV; int item_size = item_len + (opts & MENU_BUTTON ? 2 : 0); const char *desc; move(y,0); clrtoeol(); for (i = 0; items[i].name; i++) { /* NOTE: Was tolower(items[i].key) */ if (strchr(keys, items[i].key)) { char buf[item_size+2]; int name_len; const char *name; /* Localize the text. Translate empty string to empty string. */ name = (items[i].name[0] ? _(items[i].name) : ""); name_len = strlen(name); /* Enclose the text if the type is a button. If it is too long, cut. */ if (name_len >= item_len) { snprintf(buf,item_size+1, (opts & MENU_BUTTON) ? "[%s]" : "%s" , name); if (opts & MENU_BUTTON) { buf[item_size-1] = ']'; buf[item_size] = '\0'; } } else { snprintf(buf,item_size+1, (opts & MENU_BUTTON) ? "[%*s%s%*s]" : "%*s%s%*s" , (item_len - name_len)/2, "", name, (item_len - name_len + 1)/2 , ""); } /* Write the button. Highlight if is selected. */ if (i == selected && !(opts & MENU_NOHIGHLIGHT)) attron(A_STANDOUT); //else if (strchr(keys,tolower(items[i].key))) attron(A_BOLD); mvaddstr(y,x,buf); if (i == selected && !(opts & MENU_NOHIGHLIGHT)) attroff(A_STANDOUT); //else if (strchr(keys,tolower(items[i].key))) attroff(A_BOLD); if (x + 2*item_size + 2*MENUDIV < COLS) { x += item_size + MENUDIV; } else if (y + 3 < LINES) { /* y + 1 < LINES - 2 */ y++; x = MENUDIV; move(y,0); clrtoeol(); } /* If we can't draw all the menu items, end. */ else break; } } while (++y < LINES-2) { move(y,0); clrtoeol(); } if (!(opts & MENU_LEAVE_WARNING)) { move(LINES-2,0); clrtoeol(); } move(LINES-1,0); clrtoeol(); /* If the selected item exits, print its description */ if (selected < i) { desc = _(items[selected].desc); set_status(desc,0); } refresh(); } /* TODO: Not perfect */ static int is_key_ok (int key, const char* ok_keys, MenuOptions opts) { if (opts & MENU_ARROWS) { switch (key) { case KEY_UP: case KEY_DOWN: case KEY_LEFT: case KEY_RIGHT: return 1; } } #if USE_KEYPAD if (key > 255) return 0; #endif return strchr(ok_keys,key) != NULL; } /* Menu display function. The selected parameter specifies the item that is selected by * default and the keys string includes the keys that should be accepted by the interface. */ static int do_menu (const MenuItem *items, int item_len, MenuOptions opts, const char *keys, int *sel) { int i, key = 0, count = 0, redraw = 1, save_selection = 0, selected = 0; if (sel) { selected = *sel; } /* Count the items and make sure that the selected item is available */ for (count = 0; items[count].name; count++); if (selected >= count) selected = 0; i = 0; /* NOTE: Was tolower(items[selected].key) */ while (!strchr(keys,items[selected].key)) { selected = (selected + 1) % count; if (i++ > count) { selected = 0; break; } } /* If the selected menu item was not not available, we save the pointer to change it back */ /* FIXME: The menu acts funny. Re-order the items so that it works better :) */ //if (selected == saved_selection) save_selection = 1; while (!key) { if (redraw) { menu_draw (items, item_len, opts, keys, selected); opts &= ~MENU_LEAVE_WARNING; /* Clear the warning next time */ redraw = 0; } key = getch(); #if USE_KEYPAD == 0 if (key == ESC) { key = getch(); if (key == '[' || key == 'O') { key = getch(); if (key == 'A') { /* ^[[A = Up arrow */ key = KEY_UP; } else if (key == 'B') { /* ^[[B = Down arrow */ key = KEY_DOWN; } else if (key == 'C') { /* ^[[C = Right arrow */ key = KEY_RIGHT; } else if (key == 'D') { /* ^[[D = Left arrow */ key = KEY_LEFT; } } } #endif if (key == KEY_RIGHT) { do { selected = (selected + 1) % count; /* NOTE: Was tolower(items[selected].key) */ } while (!strchr(keys,items[selected].key)); key = 0; redraw = 1; save_selection = 1; } else if (key == KEY_LEFT) { do { selected -= 1; if (selected < 0) selected += count; /* NOTE: Was tolower(items[selected].key) */ } while (!strchr(keys,items[selected].key)); key = 0; redraw = 1; save_selection = 1; } else if (key == CR) { key = items[selected].key; } /* If the pressed key is in the list of accepted keys, print a warning */ /* NOTE: Was tolower(key) */ if(!(opts & MENU_ANYKEY) && !is_key_ok(key,keys,opts)) { key = 0; print_warning(_("Invalid key"),0); } } if (sel && save_selection) *sel = selected; return key; } /* Lines at the top of the string list drawer */ #define SLD_HEAD 5 /* String list choice */ /* The last two parameters specify the number of the selected element and the first element displayed last time. If opts & 1, we assume it is a fullscreen text, not choice*/ static void strlist_draw (const char *prompt, const StrList *strlist, int opts, const StrList* selected, int selnum, int *start) { char *temp; int n,x,y,i; const StrList *current; if (opts & 1) { *start = selnum - (LINES - 2 - SLD_HEAD); *start = MAX(0,*start); y = 0; n = LINES - 2; } else { n = LINES-MENUSIZE-3; y = INFOSIZE; if (selnum - *start < 0) *start = selnum; else if (selnum - *start > n - INFOSIZE - SLD_HEAD) *start = selnum - n + INFOSIZE + SLD_HEAD; } move(y++,0); clrtoeol(); move(y,0); clrtoeol(); mvaddstr(y++,5,prompt); mvaddch(y,0,' '); for (x = 1; x < COLS-1; x++) { mvaddch(y,x,'-'); } mvaddch(y++,x,' '); move(y++,0); clrtoeol(); x = (opts & 1 ? 1 : 7); for (current = strlist, i = 0; current && y < n; current = current->next, i++) { move(y,0); clrtoeol(); if (i < *start) continue; if (!(opts & 1) && current == selected) { if (arrow_cursor) mvaddstr(y,3,"-->"); else attron(A_STANDOUT); } temp = str_list_convert_node(current); mvaddstr(y,x,temp); if (temp) free(temp); if (!(opts & 1) && current == selected && !arrow_cursor) attroff(A_STANDOUT); y++; } /* We clear the next line. No need to clean all lines, unless we implement page up and down */ while (y < n) { move(y,0); clrtoeol(); y++; } } static void show_info(Context *c); static void plist_draw (Context *c, PedPartition *selected, int selnum, int *start); static int do_plist (Context *c, PedPartition **part, PedPartitionType have, PedPartitionType havent); static const StrList* do_strlist (const char *prompt, const StrList *strlist, int opts) { const StrList *selected = strlist, *temp, *next; int redraw = 1, key = 0, done = 0, start = 0, selnum = 0, i; int move_down_by; const char* end_warning = opts & 1 ? _("No more text") : _("No more choices"); if (opts & 1) { for (selnum = 0, selected = strlist; selnum < LINES-2-SLD_HEAD && selected->next; selnum++, selected = selected->next); } while (!done) { if (redraw) { clear_menu(); strlist_draw(prompt, strlist, opts, selected, selnum,&start); redraw = 0; } refresh(); key = getch(); #if USE_KEYPAD == 0 if (key == ESC) { key = getch(); if (key == '[' || key == 'O') { key = getch(); if (key == 'B' && !(opts & 2)) { /*Down arrow*/ key = KEY_UP; } else if (key == 'A' && !(opts & 2)) { /*Up arrow*/ key = KEY_DOWN; } else if (opts & 1) done = 1; else print_warning(_("Invalid key"),0); } else if (opts & 1) done = 1; else print_warning(_("Invalid key"),0); } #endif /* We want to move 1 element when an arrow is pressed */ move_down_by = 1; switch (key) { #if USE_KEYPAD case KEY_NPAGE: if (opts & 1) move_down_by = LINES - SLD_HEAD - 4; else move_down_by = LINES - MENUSIZE - INFOSIZE - SLD_HEAD - 5; #endif case KEY_DOWN: if (!selected->next) { print_warning(end_warning,0); break; } for (i = 0; i < move_down_by && selected->next; i++) { selected = selected->next; } selnum += i; redraw = 1; break; #if USE_KEYPAD case KEY_PPAGE: if (opts & 1) move_down_by = LINES - SLD_HEAD - 4; else move_down_by = LINES - MENUSIZE - INFOSIZE - SLD_HEAD - 5; #endif case KEY_UP: if (strlist == selected || ((opts & 1) && selnum <= LINES-2-SLD_HEAD)) { print_warning(end_warning,0); break; } /* FIXME: This might be improved by editing strlist */ /* (next represents temp->next->next->...->next) */ /* We set temp and next move_down_by elements apart, and move them both, until next reaches the current element, then temp points to the element n elements before it */ temp = strlist; /* We set temp and next to n elements apart */ for (i = 0, next = strlist; i < move_down_by && next && next != selected; i++, next = next->next); /* Move them together until next is our current element, which means that temp points to the element n elements before it */ while (temp && next && next != selected) { temp = temp->next; next = next->next; } /* This point should be never happen */ if (next != selected) { print_warning(_("Bug in the program. " "The programmer is an idiot."),0); } else { selnum -= i; selected = temp; redraw = 1; } break; case CR: done = 1; break; default: if (opts & 1) done = 1; else print_warning(_("Invalid key"),0); } } /* We redraw partition info */ show_info(NULL); plist_draw(NULL, NULL, 0, 0); return selected; } static int read_char (const char* prompt, char **value) { char buf[SMALLBUF]; int y = LINES - 2 - MENUSIZE, i, key = 0, done = 0,x; while (y < LINES) { move(y,0); clrtoeol(); y++; } y = LINES - 1 - MENUSIZE; int n = SMALLBUF; if (*value) { i = strlen(*value); i = MIN(i,n); strncpy(buf,*value,i); } else i = 0; buf[i] = '\0'; mvaddstr(y,MENUDIV,prompt); addstr(": "); getyx(stdscr,y,x); n = MIN(n,COLS-x); addstr(buf); getyx(stdscr,y,x); refresh(); while(!done) { key = getch(); if (key == ESC) { #if USE_KEYPAD == 0 if (getch() == ESC) return 0; else getch(); #else return 0; #endif } else if (key == KEY_BACKSPACE || key == KEY_DC || /* Fix for misconfigured terminals */ key == '\b' || key == '\177') { if (i > 0) { buf[--i] = '\0'; move(y,--x); delch(); } else print_warning(_("No more characters to delete"),1); } else if (key == CR) { done = 1; } else if (isprint(key)) { if (i < n-1) { buf[i++] = key; buf[i] = '\0'; mvaddch(y,x++,key); } else print_warning(_("String too long"),1); } refresh(); } if (*value) PED_FREE (*value); *value = strdup(buf); return 1; } static UICalls uiquery; static int getbool(const char* prompt, int* value) { int result; int menudef = !*value; MenuItem yes_no[] = { {'y', N_("Yes"), "" }, {'n', N_("No"), "" }, {0, NULL, NULL } }; menu_title(prompt); result = do_menu(yes_no, 5, MENU_BUTTON | MENU_TITLE, "yn", &menudef); *value = (result == 'y'); return 1; } static int getstring (const char* prompt, char **value, const StrList* words, const StrList* locwords, int mword) { const StrList *selected, *walk, *locwalk; if (words || locwords) { if(locwords) { selected = do_strlist(prompt,locwords,0); if (words) { for (walk = words, locwalk = locwords; walk && locwalk; walk = walk->next, locwalk = locwalk->next) { if (selected == locwalk) { selected = walk; break; } } } } else selected = do_strlist(prompt,words,0); if (*value) PED_FREE(*value); *value = str_list_convert_node(selected); return (*value != NULL); } else return read_char(prompt,value); } static int getpart (const char* prompt, PedDisk **disk, PedPartition **value) { /* NOTE: We should prompt the user for a disk in this case, but this will never happen in cfdisk. Also note that *disk is untouched in this function. */ if (!*disk) { return 0; } Context choice_context; choice_context.disk = *disk; menu_title(prompt); return do_plist(&choice_context, value, 0, PED_PARTITION_EXTENDED | PED_PARTITION_FREESPACE); } static int getpartpos (const char* prompt, const void* context, const char *possibilities) { menu_title(prompt); return do_menu((MenuItem*) context, 11, MENU_BUTTON | MENU_TITLE, possibilities, NULL); } static PedExceptionOption exception_handler (PedException* ex) { static MenuItem ex_choices[] = { { 'f', N_("Fix"), "" }, { 'y', N_("Yes"), "" }, { 'n', N_("No"), "" }, { 'o', N_("OK"), "" }, { 'r', N_("Retry"), "" }, { 'i', N_("Ignore"), "" }, { 'c', N_("Cancel"), "" }, { 0, NULL, NULL } }; /* Adding new elements to ex_key may lead to segfaults. Double check. */ static const struct { char key; PedExceptionOption option; } ex_keys [] = { { 'f', PED_EXCEPTION_FIX }, { 'y', PED_EXCEPTION_YES }, { 'n', PED_EXCEPTION_NO }, { 'o', PED_EXCEPTION_OK }, { 'r', PED_EXCEPTION_RETRY }, { 'i', PED_EXCEPTION_IGNORE }, { 'c', PED_EXCEPTION_CANCEL }, { 0, 0 } }; char keys[TINYBUF]; int res,i,k = 0; char *title; switch (ex->type) { case PED_EXCEPTION_INFORMATION: title = _("Information"); break; case PED_EXCEPTION_WARNING: title = _("Warning!"); break; case PED_EXCEPTION_ERROR: title = _("Error!"); break; case PED_EXCEPTION_FATAL: title = _("Fatal exception!"); break; case PED_EXCEPTION_BUG: title = _("Bug in the program"); break; case PED_EXCEPTION_NO_FEATURE: title = _("Unsupported"); break; } for (i = 0; ex_keys[i].key; i++) if (ex->options & ex_keys[i].option) { #if 0 /* NOTE: This is not needed now, but have in mind */ if (k >= TINYBUF) break; #endif keys[k++] = ex_keys[i].key; } #if 0 if (k < TINYBUF) #endif keys[k] = '\0'; display_message(title,ex->message); res = do_menu(ex_choices, 8, MENU_BUTTON, keys, NULL); for (i = 0; ex_keys[i].key; i++) if (ex_keys[i].key == res) return ex_keys[i].option; return PED_EXCEPTION_UNHANDLED; } typedef struct { time_t last_update; time_t predicted_time_left; } TimerContext; static TimerContext timer_context; static void _timer_handler (PedTimer* timer, void* context) { char buf[SMALLBUF]; TimerContext* tcontext = (TimerContext*) context; int draw; if (tcontext->last_update != timer->now && timer->now > timer->start) { tcontext->predicted_time_left = timer->predicted_end - timer->now; tcontext->last_update = timer->now; draw = 1; } else { draw = 0; } if (draw) { if(timer->state_name) snprintf(buf,SMALLBUF,_("We are now %s."), timer->state_name); else snprintf(buf,SMALLBUF,_("An operation is now taking place.")); set_status(buf,0); snprintf(buf,SMALLBUF,_("Progress: %3.1f%% Time left: %4.2ld:%.2ld"), 100.0 * timer->frac, tcontext->predicted_time_left / 60, tcontext->predicted_time_left % 60); set_status(buf,1); refresh(); } } static void init_calls() { uiquery.getbool = getbool; uiquery.getstring = getstring; uiquery.getpart = getpart; uiquery.getpartpos = getpartpos; uiquery.getparttype = NULL; uiquery.getdisktype = NULL; uiquery.getint = NULL; uiquery.getdev = NULL; uiquery.getfstype = NULL; uiquery.need_commit = 0; uiquery.timer = ped_timer_new (_timer_handler, &timer_context); ped_exception_set_handler(exception_handler); set_uicalls(&uiquery); init_fs_type_str (); init_disk_type_str (); } static void notice_waitkey(const char *warning) { static MenuItem waitkey[] = { { 'k', "", N_("Press any key to continue") }, { 0, NULL, NULL } }; if (warning) waitkey[0].name = warning; do_menu(waitkey,COLS-MENUDIV*2,MENU_ANYKEY | MENU_NOHIGHLIGHT,"k",NULL); } static void warning_waitkey(const char *warning) { putchar(BELL); notice_waitkey(warning); } /* Emergency function. If some copy, move or resize fail, reread the disk from the device They commited it before failing, anyway. It is a bit like a hack, I might make the functions make it themselves. I actually did, but I had a little trouble with the UI, so for now it is this way */ /* FIXME: It would be better if we created a copy of the disk, or implemented queuing */ static int _disk_reread(Context *c, PedPartition **part) { int partnum; if (*part) { partnum = (*part)->num; } ped_disk_destroy(c->disk); c->disk = ped_disk_new(c->dev); init_disk_flags(c->disk); uiquery.need_commit = 0; if (part) { *part = ped_disk_get_partition(c->disk,partnum); } return 1; } /* Here we define our menu operations */ static int do_new (Context *c, PedPartition **part) { char bsd_disklabel = 0x00; PedPartition *temp = disk_get_prev_nmd_partition (c->disk,*part); static MenuItem part_position[] = { { 's', N_("Begining"), N_("Create the partition at the begining of the free space") }, { 'e', N_("End"), N_("Create the partition at the end of the free space") }, { 'c', N_("Custom"), N_("Select custom start and end position of the partition") }, { ESC, N_("Cancel"), N_("Do not create a partition") }, { 0, NULL, NULL } }; static MenuItem part_type[] = { { 'p', N_("Primary"), N_("Create primary partition") }, { 'e', N_("Extended"), N_("Create extended partition") }, { 'b', N_("BSD disklabel"), N_("Create a new BSD disklabel") }, { ESC, N_("Cancel"), N_("Do not create a partition") }, { 0, NULL, NULL } }; static MenuItem bsd_type[] = { { 'f', N_("FreeBSD"), N_("Create a FreeBSD partition type") }, { 'o', N_("OpenBSD"), N_("Create a OpenBSD partition type") }, { 'n', N_("NetBSD"), N_("Create a NetBSD partition type") }, { ESC, N_("Cancel"), N_("Do not create a partition") }, { 0, NULL, NULL } }; int i = 0; const char bsd_keys[] = { 'f', 'o', 'n', ESC, '\0' }; char type_keys[5]; type_keys[i++] = ESC; type_keys[i++] = 'p'; /* We can always create a regular partition */ type_keys[i++] = 'b'; /* The BSD disklabel can be counted as a regular partition */ PedPartitionType type = 0; PartPos pos; int key; UIOpts opts = UI_DEFAULT; if (!((*part)->type & PED_PARTITION_FREESPACE)) { warning_waitkey(N_("Report a bug in the function menu_new and win a cookie.")); return 0; } /* If the free space rests inside the extended partition, this is true, make use of it */ if((*part)->type & PED_PARTITION_LOGICAL) type = PED_PARTITION_LOGICAL; else { if(!can_create_primary(c->disk)) { warning_waitkey(N_("Cannot create more primary partitions")); return 0; } else if (can_create_extended(c->disk)) { type_keys[i++] = 'e'; } type_keys[i] = '\0'; menu_title(_("Type of partition you want to create")); key = do_menu(part_type, 8, MENU_BUTTON | MENU_TITLE, type_keys, NULL); if (key == ESC) return 1; else if (key == 'p') type = PED_PARTITION_NORMAL; else if (key == 'e') type = PED_PARTITION_EXTENDED; else if (key == 'b') { type = PED_PARTITION_NORMAL; key = do_menu(bsd_type, 8, MENU_BUTTON | MENU_TITLE, bsd_keys, NULL); if (key == ESC) return 1; else if (key == 'f') bsd_disklabel = 0xa5; else if (key == 'o') bsd_disklabel = 0xa6; else if (key == 'n') bsd_disklabel = 0xa9; } } pos.start.sector = (*part)->geom.start; pos.end.sector = (*part)->geom.end; if(!query_part_position(_("Where do you want to put the partition"), part_position,&pos,pos.start.sector, pos.end.sector,c->dev,NULL,&opts)) return 0; PedFileSystemType *fs_type = ped_file_system_type_get("ext2"); if (!perform_mkpart(c->disk,&pos,type,bsd_disklabel ? fs_type : NULL,part,opts)) { if (!*part) { do { temp = ped_disk_next_partition(c->disk,temp); } while (temp && temp->type & PED_PARTITION_METADATA); *part = temp; } warning_waitkey(N_("Can't create partition.")); return 0; } if (bsd_disklabel) { (*part)->fs_type = NULL; set_disk_specific_system_type(*part, bsd_disklabel); } return 1; } int do_edit (Context *c, PedPartition **part) { char devname[SMALLBUF]; if (uiquery.need_commit) { ped_exception_throw ( PED_EXCEPTION_ERROR, PED_EXCEPTION_CANCEL, _("Editing a BSD label, before writing the msdos " "partition table is not supported in GNU fdisk.")); return 0; } if (!ped_device_begin_external_access(c->disk->dev)) return 0; /* Warn if there is a filesystem on the partition */ if (ped_file_system_probe(&((*part)->geom))) { if (ped_exception_throw(PED_EXCEPTION_WARNING, PED_EXCEPTION_YES_NO, _("This partition seems to contain a filesystem. " "This is going to destroy it. " "Are you sure you want to continue?")) == PED_EXCEPTION_NO) { ped_device_end_external_access(c->disk->dev); return 0; } } /* If there is no already created BSD label created, we warn the user about it */ else if (!is_bsd_partition(c->disk->dev->path, (*part)->geom.start * c->disk->dev->sector_size, c->disk->dev->sector_size)) { if (ped_exception_throw(PED_EXCEPTION_WARNING, PED_EXCEPTION_YES_NO, _("There is no BSD label on this partition. " "Do you want to create one?")) == PED_EXCEPTION_NO) { ped_device_end_external_access(c->disk->dev); return 0; } } get_partition_device(devname, SMALLBUF, *part, 0); Context * bsd_context = init_disk(0, devname, NULL, ped_disk_type_get ("bsd")); show_info(bsd_context); do_plist(bsd_context,NULL,0,0); /* We reset this back to its default state */ uiquery.need_commit = 0; ped_device_end_external_access(c->disk->dev); return 1; } static int do_resize (Context *c, PedPartition **part) { static MenuItem part_position[] = { { 's', N_("Fixed start"), N_("Don't move the beginning of the partition") }, /* FIXME: Wording. */ { 'b', N_("Begining"), N_("Place it as back as possible on partitions that support it") }, { 'e', N_("End"), N_("Place it as forward as possible on partitions that support it") }, { 'c', N_("Custom"), N_("Select custom start and end position of the partition") }, { ESC, N_("Cancel"), N_("Do not resize the partition") }, { 0, NULL, NULL } }; static MenuItem resize_menu[] = { { 'r', N_("Resize"), N_("Resize the filesystem") }, { 'c', N_("Change size"), N_("Change the size of the partition (if you know what you are doing)") }, { ESC, N_("Cancel"), N_("Do not resize the partition") }, { 0, NULL, NULL } }; const char resize_keys[] = { 'r', 'c', ESC, '\0' }; int key; PedConstraint *constraint = NULL; PedFileSystem *fs = NULL; PedSector first,last; PartPos pos; UIOpts opts = UI_WARN_COMMIT | UI_SNAP_TO_START; if (!((*part)->type & PED_PARTITION_EXTENDED)) { if ((*part)->fs_type && (*part)->fs_type->ops->resize) { menu_title(_("What do you want to do?")); key = do_menu(resize_menu, 11, MENU_BUTTON | MENU_TITLE,resize_keys, NULL); } else { key = 0; getbool(_("Can't resize the partition. Alter the size? (For experts only)"),&key); key = (key ? 'c' : ESC); } if (key == ESC) return 0; if (key == 'r') { fs = ped_file_system_open(&(*part)->geom); if (!fs) { warning_waitkey(_("Could not open the filesystem for resizing")); return 0; } constraint = ped_file_system_get_resize_constraint(fs); if (!constraint || constraint->min_size == constraint->max_size) { warning_waitkey(_("We can't resize this filesystem type")); ped_file_system_close (fs); if (constraint) ped_constraint_destroy(constraint); return 0; } ped_file_system_close (fs); } else { opts |= UI_NO_FS_RESIZE; } } pos.start.sector = (*part)->geom.start; pos.end.sector = (*part)->geom.end; PedPartition *temp; /* We want to look for free space fo the same type */ PedPartitionType desired = PED_PARTITION_FREESPACE | ((*part)->type & PED_PARTITION_LOGICAL); temp = part_list_prev(*part,PED_PARTITION_METADATA); if (temp && (temp->type == desired)) first = temp->geom.start; else first = (*part)->geom.start; temp = part_list_next(*part,PED_PARTITION_METADATA); if (temp && (temp->type == desired)) last = temp->geom.end; else last = (*part)->geom.end; if(!query_part_position(_("Where to place the resized partition"), part_position,&pos,first,last,c->dev, constraint,&opts)) { if (constraint) ped_constraint_destroy (constraint); return 0; } if (constraint) ped_constraint_destroy (constraint); if (opts & UI_CUSTOM_VALUES || pos.start.sector != (*part)->geom.start || pos.end.sector != (*part)->geom.end) if (!perform_resize(c->disk,*part,&pos,opts)) { warning_waitkey(N_("Couldn't resize partition.")); /* Ooopsy */ if (!(opts & UI_NO_FS_RESIZE) && uiquery.need_commit) _disk_reread(c, part); return 0; } return 1; } static int do_move (Context *c, PedPartition **part) { /* Combine this with new partition? */ static MenuItem part_position[] = { { 's', N_("Begining"), N_("Move the partition to the begining of the free space") }, { 'e', N_("End"), N_("Move the partition to the end of the free space") }, { 'c', N_("Custom"), N_("Select custom start and end position of the partition") }, { ESC, N_("Cancel"), N_("Do not move the partition") }, { 0, NULL, NULL } }; PedPartition *dst = NULL; PedSector start,end,length; PartPos pos; PedConstraint *constraint = NULL; PedFileSystem *fs = NULL; UIOpts opts = UI_WARN_COMMIT; fs = ped_file_system_open(&(*part)->geom); if (!fs) { warning_waitkey(N_("Can't open the filesystem")); return 0; } constraint = ped_file_system_get_copy_constraint(fs,c->dev); if (!constraint) { warning_waitkey(N_("We can't move this partition")); return 0; } ped_file_system_close (fs); menu_title(_("Select free space to move the partition to")); if (!do_plist(c, &dst, PED_PARTITION_FREESPACE, 0)) { ped_constraint_destroy (constraint); return 0; } if (!dst) { ped_constraint_destroy (constraint); return 0; } start = dst->geom.start; end = dst->geom.end; length = dst->geom.length; if (length < constraint->min_size) { ped_constraint_destroy (constraint); warning_waitkey(N_("You can't move this partition here")); return 0; } length = MIN(length,(*part)->geom.length); length = MAX(length,constraint->min_size); end = start+length-1; pos.start.sector = start; pos.end.sector = end; if(!query_part_position(_("Where do you want to move the partition"), part_position,&pos,start,dst->geom.end, c->dev,constraint,&opts)) { ped_constraint_destroy (constraint); return 0; } ped_constraint_destroy (constraint); if (!perform_move(c->disk,*part,&pos,opts)) { warning_waitkey(N_("Partition move failed")); /* Oooops */ if (uiquery.need_commit) _disk_reread(c, part); return 0; } return 1; } static int do_mkfs (Context *c, PedPartition **part) { char buf[SMALLBUF]; const PedFileSystemType *type = NULL; int go; if ((*part)->fs_type) { /* If we have an fs_type, we hope we can create it */ if ((*part)->fs_type->ops->create != NULL) { go = 1; snprintf(buf,SMALLBUF,_("The partition has %s set as a filesystem. Use it?"), (*part)->fs_type->name); getbool(buf,&go); if (go) type = (*part)->fs_type; } else { snprintf(buf,SMALLBUF, N_("Can't create filesystem %s, you'll have to choose another"), (*part)->fs_type->name); warning_waitkey(buf); } } if (!perform_mkfs (c->disk, *part, type, UI_WARN_COMMIT)) { warning_waitkey(N_("The filesystem was not created successfully")); return 0; } notice_waitkey(N_("The filesystem was created successfully.")); return 1; } static int do_check (Context *c, PedPartition **part) { if (!perform_check(c->disk,*part)) { warning_waitkey(N_("The consistency check failed.")); return 0; } notice_waitkey(N_("The consistency of the partition seems to be OK.")); return 1; } static int do_rescue(Context *c, PedPartition **part) { static MenuItem rescue_menu[] = { { 'g', N_("Continue"), N_("Proceed with the rescue") }, { 'c', N_("Custom"), N_("Select custom area to look for partitions (for experts only)") }, { ESC, N_("Cancel"), N_("Return to the main menu") }, { 0, NULL, NULL } }; const char keys[] = { 'g', 'c', ESC, '\0' }; int key; menu_title(_("This will try to rescue broken or deleted partitions")); key = do_menu(rescue_menu, 8, MENU_BUTTON | MENU_TITLE, keys, NULL); if (key == ESC) return 0; #if 0 /* Remember either the previous partition so we can select the free space */ temp = disk_get_prev_nmd_partition(disk, *part); if (temp && temp->type & PED_PARTITION_FREESPACE) temp = disk_get_prev_nmd_partition(disk, temp); #endif if(!perform_rescue (c->disk, (*part)->geom.start, (*part)->geom.end, UI_WARN_COMMIT | (key == 'c' ? UI_CUSTOM_VALUES : 0))) { warning_waitkey(N_("There was an error during rescue")); return 0; } #if 0 do { temp = ped_disk_next_partition(disk,temp); } while (temp && temp->type & PED_PARTITION_METADATA); *part = temp; #endif *part = NULL; do { *part = ped_disk_next_partition(c->disk,*part); } while (*part && (*part)->type & PED_PARTITION_METADATA); notice_waitkey(N_("Finished looking for partitions")); return 1; } static int do_copy(Context *c, PedPartition **part) { if (!perform_cp(c->disk,*part, UI_WARN_COMMIT)) { if (uiquery.need_commit) _disk_reread(c, part); warning_waitkey(N_("Partition not copied successfully")); return 0; } notice_waitkey(N_("Partition copied successfully")); return 1; } static int do_delete(Context *c, PedPartition **part) { int go = 1; PedPartition *temp; /* Don't delete the first partition on a mac partition table */ if (!strcmp(c->disk->type->name,"mac") && (*part)->num == 1) { warning_waitkey(N_("You should not delete this partition.")); return 0; } /* Remember either the previous partition so we can select the free space */ temp = disk_get_prev_nmd_partition(c->disk, *part); if (temp && temp->type & PED_PARTITION_FREESPACE) temp = disk_get_prev_nmd_partition(c->disk, temp); getbool(_("Do you want to delete this partition?"),&go); if (!go) return 0; if (!perform_rm(c->disk,*part)) { warning_waitkey(N_("Can't delete partition")); return 0; } do { temp = ped_disk_next_partition(c->disk,temp); } while (temp && temp->type & PED_PARTITION_METADATA); *part = temp; return 1; } static int do_maximize(Context *c, PedPartition **part) { if (!perform_maximize(c->disk,*part)) { warning_waitkey(N_("Couldn't maximize this partition")); return 0; } return 1; } static int do_minimize(Context *c, PedPartition **part) { PedPartition *temp; temp = disk_get_prev_nmd_partition(c->disk, *part); if (temp && temp->type & PED_PARTITION_FREESPACE) temp = disk_get_prev_nmd_partition(c->disk, temp); if (((*part)->type & PED_PARTITION_EXTENDED) == 0) return 0; if (!ped_disk_minimize_extended_partition(c->disk)) { warning_waitkey(N_("Couldn't minimize the extended partition")); return 0; } if (!ped_disk_extended_partition(c->disk)) { *part = temp; do { temp = ped_disk_next_partition(c->disk,temp); } while (temp && temp->type & PED_PARTITION_METADATA); if (temp) *part = temp; } return 1; } static int do_commit (Context *c) { if (!perform_commit(c->disk,UI_WARN_COMMIT)) { warning_waitkey(N_("Commit failed.")); return 0; } notice_waitkey(N_("Partition table successfully written.")); return 1; } static int do_units () { static MenuItem units[] = { { 's' , N_("Sectors"), N_("Show the sizes in sectors") }, { 'b' , N_("Bytes"), N_("Show the sizes in bytes") }, { 'k' , N_("Kilobytes"), N_("Use 1,000 bytes as unit size") }, { 'm' , N_("Megabytes"), N_("Use 1,000,000 bytes as unit size") }, { 'g' , N_("Gigabytes"), N_("Use 1,000,000,000 bytes as unit size") }, { 't' , N_("Terabytes"), N_("Use 1,000,000,000,000 bytes as unit size") }, { 'c', N_("Percents"), N_("Show the sizes in percents") }, { 'a', N_("Compact"), N_("Show the size in most appropriate units") }, { 'K' , N_("Kibibytes"), N_("Use 1,024 bytes as unit size") }, { 'M' , N_("Mebibytes"), N_("Use 1,048,576 bytes as unit size") }, { 'G' , N_("Gibibytes"), N_("Use 1,073,741,824 bytes as unit size") }, { 'T', N_("Tebibytes"), N_("Use 1,099,511,627,776 bytes as unit size") }, { 'y', N_("Cylinders"), N_("Show the sizes in cylinders") }, { 'C', N_("CHS"), N_("Show the sizes in CHS units") }, { 0, NULL, NULL } }; int key; /* FIXME: If we add another way of chnaging the unit type, change this :) */ static int units_menu = 3; //menu_title(_("Choose the display unit type")); /* Heh, no place for a title, heh */ key = do_menu(units, 9, MENU_BUTTON, "sbkmgtcaKMGTyh", &units_menu); switch (key) { case 's': ped_unit_set_default(PED_UNIT_SECTOR); return 1; case 'b': ped_unit_set_default(PED_UNIT_BYTE); return 1; case 'k': ped_unit_set_default(PED_UNIT_KILOBYTE); return 1; case 'm': ped_unit_set_default(PED_UNIT_MEGABYTE); return 1; case 'g': ped_unit_set_default(PED_UNIT_GIGABYTE); return 1; case 't': ped_unit_set_default(PED_UNIT_TERABYTE); return 1; case 'c': ped_unit_set_default(PED_UNIT_PERCENT); return 1; case 'a': ped_unit_set_default(PED_UNIT_COMPACT); return 1; case 'K': ped_unit_set_default(PED_UNIT_KIBIBYTE); return 1; case 'M': ped_unit_set_default(PED_UNIT_MEBIBYTE); return 1; case 'G': ped_unit_set_default(PED_UNIT_GIBIBYTE); return 1; case 'T': ped_unit_set_default(PED_UNIT_TEBIBYTE); return 1; case 'y': ped_unit_set_default(PED_UNIT_CYLINDER); return 1; case 'C': ped_unit_set_default(PED_UNIT_CHS); return 1; } ped_unit_set_default(PED_UNIT_CYLINDER); return 0; } /* I'm not quite sure we should let the user do this... */ /* Actually, I'm still not quite sure if it does what it says to do :) */ static int do_type (Context *c, PedPartition **part) { static MenuItem type_menu[] = { { 'a', N_("Auto"), N_("Try to automatically set the correct type") }, { 'c', N_("Custom"), N_("Select a custom filesystem type (for experts only)") }, { ESC, N_("Cancel"), N_("Do not change the filesystem type") }, { 0, NULL, NULL } }; static char keys [] = { 'a', 'c', ESC, '\0' }; const PedFileSystemType *type = NULL; int key; menu_title(_("Set the filesystem type of the partition")); key = do_menu(type_menu, 8, MENU_BUTTON | MENU_TITLE, keys, 0); if (key == ESC) return 0; else if (key == 'a') type = ped_file_system_probe(&(*part)->geom); else if (!perform_set_system(c->disk,*part,type)) { warning_waitkey(N_("Couldn't change the filesystem type")); return 0; } return 1; } static int do_name (Context *c, PedPartition **part) { if (!ped_disk_type_check_feature(c->disk->type,PED_DISK_TYPE_PARTITION_NAME)) { warning_waitkey(N_("The partition label doesn't support partition names")); return 0; } if (!perform_name(c->disk,*part, NULL)) { warning_waitkey(N_("Name wasn't changed successfully.")); return 0; } notice_waitkey(N_("Name was changed successfully.")); return 1; } /* Here we begin with flag editing */ static void printaflag (int *y, const PedPartition *part, PedPartitionFlag flag, PedPartitionFlag selected) { /* TODO: I decided we should not have the names here. */ #if 0 const struct { const PedPartitionFlag flag; const char* text; } labels[] = { { PED_PARTITION_BOOT, _("Bootable") }, { PED_PARTITION_ROOT, _("Root") }, { PED_PARTITION_SWAP, _("Swap") }, { PED_PARTITION_HIDDEN, _("Hidden") }, { PED_PARTITION_RAID, _("RAID") }, { PED_PARTITION_LVM, _("LVM") }, { PED_PARTITION_LBA, _("LBA") }, { PED_PARTITION_HPSERVICE, _("HP Service") }, { PED_PARTITION_PALO, _("Palo") }, /* What the hell is this? */ { PED_PARTITION_PREP, _("Prep") }, /* Hm, ok, I retract the last question */ { PED_PARTITION_MSFT_RESERVED, _("MSFT Reserved") }, /* Please, play with this on any partition you happen to find */ { 0, NULL } }; #endif if (!ped_partition_is_flag_available(part,flag)) return; move(*y,0); clrtoeol(); if (selected == flag) { if (arrow_cursor) mvaddstr(*y,3,"-->"); else attron(A_STANDOUT); } /* Find suitable text */ #if 0 for (i = 0; labels[i].flag; i++) { if (flag == labels[i].flag) { text = labels[i].text; break; } } if (!text) text = ped_partition_flag_get_name(flag); #endif mvaddch((*y),7,'['); mvaddch((*y),8,ped_partition_get_flag (part, flag) ? 'X' : ' '); mvaddstr((*y),9,"] "); mvaddstr((*y)++,11,P_(ped_partition_flag_get_name(flag))); if (selected == flag && !arrow_cursor) attroff(A_STANDOUT); } static void flag_draw (const PedPartition *part, PedPartitionFlag selected) { PedPartitionFlag walk; int n,x,y = INFOSIZE; n = LINES-MENUSIZE-3; move(y++,0); clrtoeol(); move(y,0); clrtoeol(); mvaddstr(y++,5,_("Partition flags (press Esc two times to end)")); mvaddch(y,0,' '); for (x = 1; x < COLS-1; x++) { mvaddch(y,x,'-'); } mvaddch(y++,x,' '); move(y++,0); clrtoeol(); printaflag(&y,part,PED_PARTITION_BOOT,selected); printaflag(&y,part,PED_PARTITION_HIDDEN,selected); move(y++,0); clrtoeol(); move(y,0); clrtoeol(); mvaddstr(y++,5,_("Other partition flags (for experts only):")); for (walk = ped_partition_flag_next(0); walk && y < n; walk = ped_partition_flag_next(walk)) { if (walk != PED_PARTITION_BOOT && walk != PED_PARTITION_HIDDEN) { printaflag(&y,part,walk,selected); } } while (y < n) { move(y++,0); clrtoeol(); } refresh(); } static int do_flag (Context *c, PedPartition **part) { PedPartitionFlag walk; /* We will put the flags in this array */ PedPartitionFlag flags[MAXFLAGS+1]; int key, done = 0, redraw = 1, i = 0; /* Put the boot and hidden flags at the beginning */ if (ped_partition_is_flag_available(*part,PED_PARTITION_BOOT)) flags[i++] = PED_PARTITION_BOOT; if (ped_partition_is_flag_available(*part,PED_PARTITION_HIDDEN)) flags[i++] = PED_PARTITION_HIDDEN; /* Put the other flags */ for (walk = ped_partition_flag_next(0); walk && i < MAXFLAGS; walk = ped_partition_flag_next(walk)) { if (walk == PED_PARTITION_BOOT || walk == PED_PARTITION_HIDDEN) continue; if (ped_partition_is_flag_available(*part,walk)) flags[i++] = walk; } flags[i] = 0; /* If there are no flags available, sorry */ if (i == 0) { warning_waitkey(_("No flags can be changed for this partition")); return 0; } /* We select the first one */ i = 0; while (!done) { if (redraw) { flag_draw(*part,flags[i]); clear_menu(); redraw = 0; } refresh(); key = getch(); #if USE_KEYPAD == 0 if (key == ESC) { key = getch(); if (key == '[' || key == 'O') { key = getch(); if (key == 'B') { /* That's down arrow */ key = KEY_DOWN; } else if (key == 'A') { /* That's up arrow */ key = KEY_UP; } else print_warning(_("Invalid key"),0); } else if (key != ESC) print_warning(_("Invalid key"),0); } #endif if (key == ESC) return 1; else if (key == KEY_DOWN) { if (!flags[i+1]) print_warning(_("No more flags"),0); else { i++; redraw = 1; } } else if (key == KEY_UP) { if (i == 0) print_warning(_("No more flags"),0); else { i--; redraw = 1; } } else if (key == CR || key == ' ') { perform_set(c->disk,*part,flags[i],UI_FLAG_TOGGLE); redraw = 1; } else print_warning(_("Invalid key"),0); } return 1; } static int do_help () { StrList *message = _message_display_strlist(help,NULL,TAB_TO_INDENT); do_strlist(_("cfdisk help"),message,1); str_list_destroy(message); return 1; } static int do_pinfo (Context *c, PedPartition **part) { StrList *info = NULL; char buf[SMALLBUF], buf2[SMALLBUF]; const char *temp; int n; unsigned int system_type; int system_type_size; /* TODO: I did like it is done in Linux cfdisk. This won't be always correct */ n = strlen(c->dev->path); if (!(0 && c->is_devicefile) && !((*part)->type & PED_PARTITION_FREESPACE)) { get_partition_device(buf2, SMALLBUF, *part, 0); snprintf(buf,SMALLBUF, "%30s: %s", _("Possible partition device"), buf2); info = str_list_append(info,buf); } if ((*part)->type & PED_PARTITION_FREESPACE) { if ((*part)->type & PED_PARTITION_LOGICAL) temp = _("Free space inside an extended partition"); else temp = _("Free space"); } else if ((*part)->type & PED_PARTITION_LOGICAL) temp = _("Logical"); else if ((*part)->type & PED_PARTITION_EXTENDED) temp = _("Extended"); else temp = _("Primary"); snprintf(buf,SMALLBUF,"%30s: %s", _("Partition type"), temp); info = str_list_append(info,buf); if (ped_disk_type_check_feature(c->disk->type,PED_DISK_TYPE_PARTITION_NAME)) { snprintf(buf,SMALLBUF,"%30s: %s", _("Partition name"), ped_partition_get_name(*part)); info = str_list_append(info,buf); } info = str_list_append(info,""); /* Partition size */ snprintf(buf,SMALLBUF,"%30s: %s", _("Partition size in bytes"), ped_unit_format_custom ((*part)->disk->dev, (*part)->geom.length, PED_UNIT_BYTE)); info = str_list_append(info,buf); snprintf(buf,SMALLBUF,"%30s: %s", _("Partition size in sectors"), ped_unit_format_custom ((*part)->disk->dev, (*part)->geom.length, PED_UNIT_SECTOR)); info = str_list_append(info,buf); snprintf(buf,SMALLBUF,"%30s: %s", _("Portion of the hard disk"), ped_unit_format_custom ((*part)->disk->dev, (*part)->geom.length, PED_UNIT_PERCENT)); info = str_list_append(info,buf); info = str_list_append(info,""); /* Filesystem info */ if (!((*part)->type & PED_PARTITION_FREESPACE)) { if ((*part)->fs_type) { snprintf(buf,SMALLBUF,"%30s: %s", _("Filesystem type"), (*part)->fs_type->name); info = str_list_append(info,buf); } system_type = get_disk_specific_system_type(*part,&system_type_size); if (system_type_size) { system_type_size *= 2; snprintf(buf,SMALLBUF,"%30s: 0x%0*x", _("System type"), system_type_size, system_type); info = str_list_append(info,buf); } temp = get_disk_specific_system_name(*part,0); if (temp) { snprintf(buf,SMALLBUF,"%30s: %s", _("System type name"), temp); info = str_list_append(info,buf); } } info = str_list_append(info,""); /* Position in sectors */ snprintf(buf,SMALLBUF,"%30s: %llds-%llds", _("Position"), (*part)->geom.start, (*part)->geom.end); info = str_list_append(info,buf); /* Start and end */ snprintf(buf,SMALLBUF,"%30s: %s", _("Start (cyl,heads,sector)"), ped_unit_format_custom ((*part)->disk->dev, (*part)->geom.start, PED_UNIT_CHS)); info = str_list_append(info,buf); snprintf(buf,SMALLBUF,"%30s: %s", _("End (cyl,heads,sector)"), ped_unit_format_custom ((*part)->disk->dev, (*part)->geom.end, PED_UNIT_CHS)); info = str_list_append(info,buf); info = str_list_append(info,""); /* Flags */ if (!((*part)->type & PED_PARTITION_FREESPACE)) { snprintf(buf,SMALLBUF,"%30s: %s", _("Flags"), partition_print_flags(*part)); info = str_list_append(info,buf); info = str_list_append(info,""); } do_strlist(_("Partition info"),info,3); str_list_destroy(info); return 1; } /* We remember last disk listed here */ static struct { Context *c; PedPartition *selected; int selnum; int start; } last_plist = { NULL, NULL, 0, 0 }; /* Define column positions. The first three will be fixed. */ #define col_name 3 #define col_flags 12 #define col_type 23 #define col_fs 35 /* TODO: Use printw, instead of buffer where possible ? */ /* Partition list drawing function */ static void plist_draw (Context *c, PedPartition *selected, int selnum, int *start) { if (!c) { c = last_plist.c; selected = last_plist.selected; selnum = last_plist.selnum; start = &last_plist.start; } else { last_plist.c = c; last_plist.selected = selected; last_plist.selnum = selnum; last_plist.start = *start; } if (!c || !c->disk) { return; } PedPartition *part; const char* temp; char buf[SMALLBUF],fsbuf[FSBUF]; int col_label = ((double)(53-col_fs)/(80-col_fs))*(COLS-col_fs)+col_fs; int col_size = ((double)(66-col_fs)/(80-col_fs))*(COLS-col_fs)+col_fs; int n,i,x,y = INFOSIZE; int can_primary = can_create_primary(c->disk); int can_extended = can_create_extended(c->disk); /* TODO: Should we make can_name global? */ int can_name = ped_disk_type_check_feature(c->disk->type,PED_DISK_TYPE_PARTITION_NAME); n = LINES-3-MENUSIZE; if (selnum - *start < 0) *start = selnum; else if (selnum - *start >= n - INFOSIZE - 4) *start = selnum - n + INFOSIZE + 5; move(y++,0); clrtoeol(); /* Display header */ move(y,0); clrtoeol(); mvaddstr(y,col_name,_("Number")); mvaddstr(y,col_flags,_("Flags")); mvaddstr(y,col_type,_("Part Type")); mvaddstr(y,col_fs,_("Filesystem")); mvaddstr(y,col_label,_("Label")); /* We want size to be right aligned */ temp = _("Size"); x = COLS-strlen(temp)-2; x = MAX(x,col_size); mvaddstr(y++,x,temp); buf[0] = ' '; for (i = 1; i < COLS-1 && i < SMALLBUF; i++) { buf[i] = '-'; } if (i < SMALLBUF) buf[i++] = ' '; if (i < SMALLBUF) buf[i] = '\0'; mvaddstr(y++,0,buf); n = LINES-3-MENUSIZE; for (part = ped_disk_next_partition (c->disk, NULL), i=0; part && y < n; part = ped_disk_next_partition (c->disk, part)) { if (part->type & PED_PARTITION_METADATA) continue; /* We skip METADATA partitions */ i++; if (i < *start) continue; /* If the user has scrolled down, skip hidden */ int free = part->type & PED_PARTITION_FREESPACE; if (part == selected) { if (arrow_cursor) mvaddstr(y,0,"-->"); else { attron(A_STANDOUT); mvaddstr(y,0," "); } } else mvaddstr(y,0," "); if (!free) snprintf(buf, SMALLBUF, "%*d%*s", 4,part->num, col_flags-col_name-4, ""); else snprintf(buf, SMALLBUF, "%*s", col_flags, ""); mvaddstr(y,col_name,buf); /* ped_partition_get_flag(part, PED_PARTITION_BOOT) throws an exception when ran on a free space. */ snprintf(buf, SMALLBUF, "%-*s", col_type-col_flags, (!free && ped_partition_is_flag_available(part, PED_PARTITION_BOOT) && ped_partition_get_flag(part, PED_PARTITION_BOOT) ? N_("Bootable") : "")); mvaddstr(y,col_flags,buf); if (part->type & PED_PARTITION_EXTENDED) temp = _("Extended"); else if (part->type & PED_PARTITION_LOGICAL) temp = _("Logical"); else if (free) { if (can_primary) temp = (can_extended ? _("Pri/Ext") : _("Primary")); else temp = _("None"); } else temp = _("Primary"); snprintf(buf, SMALLBUF, "%-*s", col_fs-col_type, temp); mvaddstr(y,col_type,buf); temp = NULL; if (free) temp = _("Free space"); else if (part->type & PED_PARTITION_EXTENDED) temp = ""; else if(part->fs_type) temp = part->fs_type->name; if (temp) { snprintf(buf, SMALLBUF, "%-*s", col_label-col_fs, temp); } else { temp = get_disk_specific_system_name(part,1); if (temp) { snprintf(fsbuf, FSBUF, "[%s]", temp); temp = fsbuf; } else { temp = ""; } } snprintf(buf, SMALLBUF, "%-*s", col_label-col_fs, temp); mvaddstr(y,col_fs,buf); temp = NULL; if (can_name && !free && !(part->type & PED_PARTITION_EXTENDED)) temp = ped_partition_get_name(part); if (!temp) temp = ""; snprintf(buf, SMALLBUF, "%-*s", col_size-col_label, temp); mvaddstr(y,col_label,buf); /* Display the size of the disk right-aligned. */ snprintf(buf, SMALLBUF, "%*s ", COLS-col_size-1, ped_unit_format (part->disk->dev, part->geom.length)); mvaddstr(y++,col_size,buf); if (part == selected && !arrow_cursor) attroff(A_STANDOUT); } /* Please note that we clean one more line */ while (y < n+1) { move(y++,0); clrtoeol(); } refresh(); } static MenuItem main_menu[] = { { 'b', N_("Flags"), N_("Change the flags of the current partition") }, { 'n', N_("New"), N_("Create new partition from free space") }, { 'e', N_("Edit"), N_("Edit this BSD disklabel") }, { 's', N_("Rescue"), N_("Look for deleted and corrupted partitions in the free space") }, { 'f', N_("Make FS"), N_("Creates a filesystem on the partition") }, { 'c', N_("Check"), N_("Check partition for consistency") }, { 'm', N_("Rename"), N_("Change partition name") }, { 'y', N_("Copy"), N_("Write another partition over this one (requires commit)") }, { 'r', N_("Resize"), N_("Resizes the current partition (requires commit)") }, { 'x', N_("Maximize"), N_("Enlarges the partition to the maximum possible size") }, { 'z', N_("Minimize"), N_("Shrinks the partition to the minimum possible size") }, { 'o', N_("Move"), N_("Moves the current partition (requires commit)") }, { 'd', N_("Delete"), N_("Delete the current partition") }, { 't', N_("Type"), N_("Set the filesystem type (doesn't convert the filesystem)") }, { 'u', N_("Units"), N_("Change units of the partition size display") }, { 'w', N_("Commit"), N_("Write the changes to the disk") }, { 'q', N_("Quit"), N_("End editing this partition table") }, { 'i', N_("Info"), N_("Display additional partition information") }, { 'h', N_("Help"), N_("Display help") }, { 0, NULL, NULL } }; const char keys_ext[] = { 'm','d','u','w','q','i','h','r','x','z', ESC, '\0' }; const char keys_free[] = { 'n','s','u','w','q','h','i', ESC, '\0' }; const char keys_part[] = { 'b','f','c','m','y','r','o','d','t','u','w','q','i','h', ESC, '\0' }; /*bfcayrodtuwqph*/ const char keys_bsd[] = { 'b', 'e', 'd', 't', 'u', 'w', 'q', 'i', 'h', ESC, '\0' }; static MenuItem partselect_menu[] = { { 's', N_("Select"), N_("Select this as the source partition") }, { ESC, N_("Cancel"), N_("Abort partition copy") }, { 0, NULL, NULL } }; const char keys_partselect[] = { 's', ESC, '\0' }; const char keys_cantselect[] = { ESC, '\0' }; /* We need to separate this to use the partition list for other purposes like partition copy */ /* FIXME Make use of redraw or get rid of it completely */ static int main_plist(Context *c, PedPartition **part, int key) { switch (key) { case ESC: case 'q': if (uiquery.need_commit) { key = 0; getbool(N_("Partition table has changed, are you sure you want to quit?"), &key); } else if (key == ESC) { key = 0; getbool(N_("Are you sure you want to quit?"), &key); } break; case 'n': do_new(c, part); //redraw = 1; key = 0; break; case 'e': do_edit(c, part); //redraw = 1; key = 0; break; case 'w': do_commit(c); //redraw = 1; key = 0; break; case 'f': do_mkfs(c,part); //redraw = 1; key = 0; break; case 'c': do_check(c,part); //redraw = 1; key = 0; break; case 'u': do_units(); //redraw = 1; key = 0; break; case 's': do_rescue(c,part); //redraw = 1; key = 0; break; case 'y': do_copy(c,part); //redraw = 1; key = 0; break; case 'r': do_resize(c,part); //redraw = 1; key = 0; break; case 'd': do_delete(c,part); //redraw = 1; key = 0; break; case 'o': do_move(c,part); //redraw = 1; key = 0; break; case 'x': do_maximize(c,part); //redraw = 1; key = 0; break; case 'z': do_minimize(c,part); //redraw = 1; key = 0; break; case 'b': do_flag(c,part); //redraw = 1; key = 0; break; case 't': do_type(c,part); //redraw = 0; //?? key = 0; break; case 'h': do_help(); //redraw = 0; key = 0; break; case 'm': do_name(c,part); //redraw = 0; key = 0; break; case 'i': do_pinfo(c,part); //redraw = 0; key = 0; break; default: /* NOTE: I think this can't be reached */ warning_waitkey("Unimplemented"); key = 0; } return key; } /* TODO: This doesn't need a page up/down, but leave it as a TODO */ /* Okay, this is our partition list. If there is no pointer to partition given, ASSume main menu have and havent aren't perfect, but work for our purposes */ static int do_plist (Context *c, PedPartition **part, PedPartitionType have, PedPartitionType havent) { int key = 0, redraw = 1, selnum = 0, start = 0; const char* keys; PedPartition *selected = NULL; PedPartition *temp; MenuOptions menu_opts = MENU_BUTTON | MENU_ARROWS; MenuItem *part_menu; int menupos = 0; if (!part) part_menu = main_menu; else { part_menu = partselect_menu; menu_opts |= MENU_TITLE; } do { selected = ped_disk_next_partition(c->disk,selected); } while (selected && selected->type & PED_PARTITION_METADATA); while (!key) { if(redraw) { show_info(c); plist_draw(c,selected, selnum, &start); redraw = 0; } if (part) { if ((!have || selected->type & have) && !(havent && selected->type & havent)) keys = keys_partselect; else keys = keys_cantselect; } else if (selected->type & PED_PARTITION_EXTENDED) keys = keys_ext; else if (selected->type & PED_PARTITION_FREESPACE) keys = keys_free; else if (is_part_type_bsd(selected)) keys = keys_bsd; else keys = keys_part; key = do_menu(part_menu, 8, menu_opts, keys, &menupos); menu_opts &= ~MENU_LEAVE_WARNING; if (key == KEY_UP) { temp = disk_get_prev_nmd_partition(c->disk,selected); if (temp) { selected = temp; selnum--; redraw = 1; } else { menu_opts |= MENU_LEAVE_WARNING; print_warning(N_("No more partitions"),0); } key = 0; } else if (key == KEY_DOWN) { temp = ped_disk_next_partition(c->disk,selected); while (temp && temp->type & PED_PARTITION_METADATA) temp = ped_disk_next_partition(c->disk,temp); if (temp) { selnum++; selected = temp; redraw = 1; } else { menu_opts |= MENU_LEAVE_WARNING; print_warning(N_("No more partitions"),0); } key = 0; } else { if (part) { if (key == ESC) { return 0; } else if (key == 's') { *part = selected; return 1; } key = 0; } else { key = main_plist(c, &selected, key); /* Count which partition is now selected */ PedPartition *temp; selnum = 0; for(temp = ped_disk_next_partition(c->disk,NULL); temp && temp != selected; temp = ped_disk_next_partition(c->disk,temp)) selnum++; redraw = 1; } } refresh(); } return 1; } /* This prints the information at the top */ static void show_info(Context *c) { if (!c) { c = last_plist.c; if (!c) { return; } } int y; char buf[SMALLBUF]; for (y = 0; y < INFOSIZE+1; y++) { move(y,0); clrtoeol(); } y = 0; snprintf(buf,SMALLBUF,"GNU cfdisk %s",VERSION); mvaddstr(y++,get_center(buf),buf); y++; if (c->info_model) mvaddstr(y++,get_center(c->info_model),c->info_model); if (c->info_size) { snprintf(buf,SMALLBUF,_("Disk: %s Disk type: %s Size: %s"), c->devname, c->disk->type->name, c->info_size); } else { snprintf(buf,SMALLBUF,_("Disk: %s Disk type: %s"), c->devname, c->disk->type->name); } mvaddstr(y++,get_center(buf),buf); if (c->info_heads && c->info_sectors && c->info_cylinders) { snprintf(buf,SMALLBUF, _("Heads: %s Sectors per track: %s Cylinders: %s"), c->info_heads, c->info_sectors, c->info_cylinders); mvaddstr(y++,get_center(buf),buf); } } Context * init_disk(int new_table, char *devname, PedDevice *dev, PedDiskType *type) { char buf[SMALLBUF]; int n; PedDisk *disk = NULL; int is_devicefile = 0; /* char *info_size; char *info_sectorsize; char *info_model; char *info_heads; char *info_cylinders; char *info_sectors; char *info_cylsize; */ static MenuItem custom_part[] = { { 'c', N_("Choose"), N_("Prompt for device address") }, { 'q', N_("Quit"), N_("Quit program") }, { 0, NULL, NULL } }; static MenuItem custom_label[] = { { 'c', N_("Create"), N_("Create new partition table") }, { 'q', N_("Quit"), N_("Quit program") }, { 0, NULL, NULL } }; /* If we can't find the device automatically. FIXME: This is not tested. */ if (!dev) { menu_title(_("Cannot find a device automatically")); if (devname) { dev = ped_device_get(devname); if (!dev || !ped_device_open(dev)) { do_quit(1,_("Invalid device")); } } else if ('c' == do_menu(custom_part, 8, MENU_BUTTON | MENU_TITLE, "cq", 0)) { read_char(_("Enter path to the device"),&devname); if (!devname) { do_quit(0,NULL); } dev = ped_device_get(devname); if (!dev || !ped_device_open(dev)) { do_quit(1,_("Invalid device")); } } else do_quit(0,NULL); } is_devicefile = !is_blockdev(dev->path); if (!new_table) { ped_exception_fetch_all (); disk = ped_disk_new(dev); /* If there is no disk label on the disk, ask the user to create one */ if (!disk) { ped_exception_catch(); ped_exception_leave_all(); menu_title(_("Cannot find a partition table on the disk")); if (type || 'c' == do_menu(custom_label, 8, MENU_BUTTON | MENU_TITLE, "cq", 0)) { if (!perform_mklabel (dev, &disk, type)) do_quit(1,_("Creation of partition table failed")); } else do_quit (0,NULL); } else { ped_exception_leave_all(); if (!init_disk_flags(disk)) do_quit(1,_("Internal error initializing disk flags")); } } else { if (!perform_mklabel (dev, &disk, NULL)) do_quit(1,_("Creation of partition table failed")); } //ped_unit_set_default(PED_UNIT_MEGABYTE); Context *context = malloc(sizeof(Context)); context->dev = dev; context->disk = disk; context->is_devicefile = is_devicefile; context->devname = devname; /* Initialize the info variables */ snprintf(buf,SMALLBUF,_("%s, %s"), ped_unit_format_custom_byte (dev, dev->length * dev->sector_size-1, PED_UNIT_BYTE), ped_unit_format_custom_byte (dev, dev->length * dev->sector_size-1, PED_UNIT_MEGABYTE)); n = strlen(buf); context->info_size = calloc(n,sizeof(char)); strncpy(context->info_size,buf,n); if (is_devicefile) { char * model_file = _("Device file"); context->info_model = calloc(n,sizeof(char)); strncpy(context->info_model,model_file,n); } else { n = strlen(dev->model); context->info_model = calloc(n,sizeof(char)); strncpy(context->info_model,dev->model,n); } snprintf(buf,SMALLBUF,"%lldB/%lldB\n",dev->sector_size, dev->phys_sector_size); n = strlen(buf); context->info_sectorsize = calloc(n,sizeof(char)); strncpy(context->info_sectorsize,buf,n); PedCHSGeometry* chs = &(dev->bios_geom); context->info_cylsize = ped_unit_format_custom (dev, chs->heads * chs->sectors, PED_UNIT_KILOBYTE); snprintf(buf, SMALLBUF, "%d", chs->cylinders); n = strlen(buf); context->info_cylinders = calloc(n,sizeof(char)); strncpy(context->info_cylinders,buf,n); snprintf(buf, SMALLBUF, "%d", chs->heads); n = strlen(buf); context->info_heads = calloc(n,sizeof(char)); strncpy(context->info_heads,buf,n); snprintf(buf, SMALLBUF, "%d", chs->sectors); n = strlen(buf); context->info_sectors = calloc(n,sizeof(char)); strncpy(context->info_sectors,buf,n); return context; } static void do_ui (char *devname, PedDevice *dev) { initscr(); /* TODO: Maybe we should enable colouring? */ //start_color(); #if USE_KEYPAD keypad(stdscr,TRUE); #endif cbreak(); noecho(); nonl(); init_calls(); Context * global_context = init_disk(new_table, devname, dev, NULL); show_info(global_context); do_plist(global_context,NULL,0,0); endwin(); } static void print_usage() { int i; char buf[SMALLBUF]; fputs(_(usage_msg), stdout); printf("\n%s\n",_("OPTIONs:")); for (i = 0; options_help[i].opt; i++) { if (options_help[i].arg) snprintf(buf,SMALLBUF,"%s=%s",options_help[i].lopt,_(options_help[i].arg)); else strncpy(buf,options_help[i].lopt,SMALLBUF); printf (" -%c, --%-23.23s %s\n", options_help[i].opt, buf, _(options_help[i].help)); } exit(0); } static void print_version() { fputs(prog_name, stdout); fputs(_(license_msg), stdout); exit(0); } int main (int argc, char **argv) { PedUnit unit = -1; char *devname; AlignType align_type; PedDevice *dev; #ifdef HAVE_GETOPT_H static struct option long_options[] = { { "new-table", no_argument, NULL, 'z' }, { "version", no_argument, NULL, 'v' }, { "arrow-cursor", no_argument, NULL, 'a' }, { "align", required_argument, NULL, 'A' }, { "units", required_argument, NULL, 'u' }, { "help", no_argument, NULL, 'h' }, { "list-partition-types", no_argument, NULL, 't' }, { NULL, 0, NULL, 0 } }; int opt,option_index; while ((opt = getopt_long(argc,argv, "hazvtA:u:", long_options, &option_index)) != -1) { #else int opt; while ((opt = getopt(argc,argv,"hazvtA:u:")) != -1) { #endif switch (opt) { case 'v': print_version(); case 'h': print_usage(); case 't': print_partition_types(); case 'a': arrow_cursor = 1; break; case 'z': new_table = 1; break; case 'A': align_type = string_to_align_type(optarg); if (align_type == ALIGNMENT_INVALID) print_usage(); current_partition_align_type = align_type; break; case 'u': unit = ped_unit_get_by_name(optarg); break; } } if (unit == -1) { ped_unit_set_default(PED_UNIT_MEGABYTE); } else { ped_unit_set_default(unit); } if (argc-optind == 1) { devname = argv[optind]; dev = ped_device_get(devname); if (!dev) { printf(_("Invalid device\n")); exit(1); } } else { ped_device_probe_all(); dev = ped_device_get_next(NULL); if (dev) devname= dev->path; } if (dev) if (!ped_device_open(dev)) { printf(_("Invalid device\n")); exit(1); } do_ui(devname, dev); return 0; } fdisk-1.2.5/src/Makefile.in0000644000175000017500000004446411564002621012405 00000000000000# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.11.1 from Makefile.am. # @configure_input@ # Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, # 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, # Inc. # This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without # even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A # PARTICULAR PURPOSE. @SET_MAKE@ VPATH = @srcdir@ pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@ pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@ pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@ pkglibexecdir = $(libexecdir)/@PACKAGE@ am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644 install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA) transform = $(program_transform_name) NORMAL_INSTALL = : PRE_INSTALL = : POST_INSTALL = : NORMAL_UNINSTALL = : PRE_UNINSTALL = : POST_UNINSTALL = : build_triplet = @build@ host_triplet = @host@ sbin_PROGRAMS = fdisk$(EXEEXT) $(am__EXEEXT_1) @MAKE_CFDISK_TRUE@am__append_1 = cfdisk DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4 am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/check.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/m4/getopt.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/gettext.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/m4/gnulib-common.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/m4/gnulib-comp.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/iconv.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/m4/include_next.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/m4/intlmacosx.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-ld.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-link.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-prefix.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/m4/libparted.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/nls.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/m4/onceonly.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/po.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/m4/progtest.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/unistd_h.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \ $(ACLOCAL_M4) mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES = @MAKE_CFDISK_TRUE@am__EXEEXT_1 = cfdisk$(EXEEXT) am__installdirs = "$(DESTDIR)$(sbindir)" PROGRAMS = $(sbin_PROGRAMS) am__cfdisk_SOURCES_DIST = cfdisk.c common.c common.h strlist.c \ strlist.h hacks.c hacks.h sys_types.h @MAKE_CFDISK_TRUE@am_cfdisk_OBJECTS = cfdisk.$(OBJEXT) \ @MAKE_CFDISK_TRUE@ common.$(OBJEXT) strlist.$(OBJEXT) \ @MAKE_CFDISK_TRUE@ hacks.$(OBJEXT) cfdisk_OBJECTS = $(am_cfdisk_OBJECTS) am__DEPENDENCIES_1 = @MAKE_CFDISK_TRUE@cfdisk_DEPENDENCIES = $(am__DEPENDENCIES_1) \ @MAKE_CFDISK_TRUE@ $(am__DEPENDENCIES_1) am_fdisk_OBJECTS = main.$(OBJEXT) command.$(OBJEXT) fdisk.$(OBJEXT) \ common.$(OBJEXT) hacks.$(OBJEXT) strlist.$(OBJEXT) \ ui.$(OBJEXT) fdisk_OBJECTS = $(am_fdisk_OBJECTS) fdisk_DEPENDENCIES = $(am__DEPENDENCIES_1) DEFAULT_INCLUDES = -I.@am__isrc@ -I$(top_builddir) depcomp = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/autotools/depcomp am__depfiles_maybe = depfiles am__mv = mv -f COMPILE = $(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) \ $(CPPFLAGS) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) CCLD = $(CC) LINK = $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(AM_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ SOURCES = $(cfdisk_SOURCES) $(fdisk_SOURCES) DIST_SOURCES = $(am__cfdisk_SOURCES_DIST) $(fdisk_SOURCES) ETAGS = etags CTAGS = ctags DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST) ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@ AMTAR = @AMTAR@ AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@ AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@ AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@ AWK = @AWK@ CC = @CC@ CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@ CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ CHECK_CFLAGS = @CHECK_CFLAGS@ CHECK_LIBS = @CHECK_LIBS@ CPP = @CPP@ CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ CURSES_LIBS = @CURSES_LIBS@ CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@ DEFS = -DLOCALEDIR=\"$(localedir)\" @DEFS@ DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@ ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@ ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@ ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@ EGREP = @EGREP@ EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@ GETOPT_H = @GETOPT_H@ GETTEXT_MACRO_VERSION = @GETTEXT_MACRO_VERSION@ GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@ GMSGFMT_015 = @GMSGFMT_015@ GNULIB_CHOWN = @GNULIB_CHOWN@ GNULIB_DUP2 = @GNULIB_DUP2@ GNULIB_ENVIRON = @GNULIB_ENVIRON@ GNULIB_FCHDIR = @GNULIB_FCHDIR@ GNULIB_FTRUNCATE = @GNULIB_FTRUNCATE@ GNULIB_GETCWD = @GNULIB_GETCWD@ GNULIB_GETLOGIN_R = @GNULIB_GETLOGIN_R@ GNULIB_GETPAGESIZE = @GNULIB_GETPAGESIZE@ GNULIB_LCHOWN = @GNULIB_LCHOWN@ GNULIB_LSEEK = @GNULIB_LSEEK@ GNULIB_READLINK = @GNULIB_READLINK@ GNULIB_SLEEP = @GNULIB_SLEEP@ GREP = @GREP@ HAVE_DECL_ENVIRON = @HAVE_DECL_ENVIRON@ HAVE_DECL_GETLOGIN_R = @HAVE_DECL_GETLOGIN_R@ HAVE_DUP2 = @HAVE_DUP2@ HAVE_FTRUNCATE = @HAVE_FTRUNCATE@ HAVE_GETPAGESIZE = @HAVE_GETPAGESIZE@ HAVE_OS_H = @HAVE_OS_H@ HAVE_READLINK = @HAVE_READLINK@ HAVE_SLEEP = @HAVE_SLEEP@ HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H = @HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H@ HAVE_UNISTD_H = @HAVE_UNISTD_H@ INCLUDE_NEXT = @INCLUDE_NEXT@ INSTALL = @INSTALL@ INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@ INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@ INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@ INTL_MACOSX_LIBS = @INTL_MACOSX_LIBS@ LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ LIBGNU_LIBDEPS = @LIBGNU_LIBDEPS@ LIBGNU_LTLIBDEPS = @LIBGNU_LTLIBDEPS@ LIBICONV = @LIBICONV@ LIBINTL = @LIBINTL@ LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@ LIBS = @LIBINTL@ @LIBS@ LN_S = @LN_S@ LTLIBICONV = @LTLIBICONV@ LTLIBINTL = @LTLIBINTL@ LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@ MAINT = @MAINT@ MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@ MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@ MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ MSGFMT_015 = @MSGFMT_015@ MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@ NEXT_UNISTD_H = @NEXT_UNISTD_H@ OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@ PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@ PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@ PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@ PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@ PACKAGE_URL = @PACKAGE_URL@ PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@ PARTED_LIBS = @PARTED_LIBS@ PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@ POSUB = @POSUB@ RANLIB = @RANLIB@ REPLACE_CHOWN = @REPLACE_CHOWN@ REPLACE_FCHDIR = @REPLACE_FCHDIR@ REPLACE_GETCWD = @REPLACE_GETCWD@ REPLACE_GETPAGESIZE = @REPLACE_GETPAGESIZE@ REPLACE_LCHOWN = @REPLACE_LCHOWN@ REPLACE_LSEEK = @REPLACE_LSEEK@ SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@ SHELL = @SHELL@ STRIP = @STRIP@ SYMLINK = @SYMLINK@ SYMLINKFROM = @SYMLINKFROM@ USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@ VERSION = @VERSION@ XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ XGETTEXT_015 = @XGETTEXT_015@ XGETTEXT_EXTRA_OPTIONS = @XGETTEXT_EXTRA_OPTIONS@ abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@ abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@ abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@ abs_top_srcdir = @abs_top_srcdir@ ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@ am__include = @am__include@ am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@ am__quote = @am__quote@ am__tar = @am__tar@ am__untar = @am__untar@ bindir = @bindir@ build = @build@ build_alias = @build_alias@ build_cpu = @build_cpu@ build_os = @build_os@ build_vendor = @build_vendor@ builddir = @builddir@ datadir = @datadir@ datarootdir = @datarootdir@ docdir = @docdir@ dvidir = @dvidir@ exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ gl_LIBOBJS = @gl_LIBOBJS@ gl_LTLIBOBJS = @gl_LTLIBOBJS@ gltests_LIBOBJS = @gltests_LIBOBJS@ gltests_LTLIBOBJS = @gltests_LTLIBOBJS@ host = @host@ host_alias = @host_alias@ host_cpu = @host_cpu@ host_os = @host_os@ host_vendor = @host_vendor@ htmldir = @htmldir@ includedir = @includedir@ infodir = @infodir@ install_sh = @install_sh@ libdir = @libdir@ libexecdir = @libexecdir@ localedir = $(datadir)/locale localstatedir = @localstatedir@ mandir = @mandir@ mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@ oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@ pdfdir = @pdfdir@ prefix = @prefix@ program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@ psdir = @psdir@ sbindir = @sbindir@ sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@ srcdir = @srcdir@ sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@ target_alias = @target_alias@ top_build_prefix = @top_build_prefix@ top_builddir = @top_builddir@ top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ subdir = src AM_CPPFLAGS = -I$(top_builddir)/lib -I$(top_srcdir)/lib LDADD = $(top_builddir)/lib/libgnu.a fdisk_SOURCES = main.c \ command.c \ command.h \ fdisk.c \ common.c \ common.h \ hacks.c \ hacks.h \ strlist.c \ strlist.h \ ui.c \ ui.h fdisk_LDADD = $(PARTED_LIBS) @MAKE_CFDISK_TRUE@cfdisk_SOURCES = cfdisk.c \ @MAKE_CFDISK_TRUE@ common.c \ @MAKE_CFDISK_TRUE@ common.h \ @MAKE_CFDISK_TRUE@ strlist.c \ @MAKE_CFDISK_TRUE@ strlist.h \ @MAKE_CFDISK_TRUE@ hacks.c \ @MAKE_CFDISK_TRUE@ hacks.h \ @MAKE_CFDISK_TRUE@ sys_types.h @MAKE_CFDISK_TRUE@cfdisk_LDADD = $(PARTED_LIBS) $(CURSES_LIBS) all: all-am .SUFFIXES: .SUFFIXES: .c .o .obj $(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps) @for dep in $?; do \ case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \ *$$dep*) \ ( cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh ) \ && { if test -f $@; then exit 0; else break; fi; }; \ exit 1;; \ esac; \ done; \ echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu src/Makefile'; \ $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) && \ $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu src/Makefile .PRECIOUS: Makefile Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status @case '$?' in \ *config.status*) \ cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh;; \ *) \ echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)'; \ cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe);; \ esac; $(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES) cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh $(top_srcdir)/configure: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__configure_deps) cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh $(ACLOCAL_M4): @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh $(am__aclocal_m4_deps): install-sbinPROGRAMS: $(sbin_PROGRAMS) @$(NORMAL_INSTALL) test -z "$(sbindir)" || $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(sbindir)" @list='$(sbin_PROGRAMS)'; test -n "$(sbindir)" || list=; \ for p in $$list; do echo "$$p $$p"; done | \ sed 's/$(EXEEXT)$$//' | \ while read p p1; do if test -f $$p; \ then echo "$$p"; echo "$$p"; else :; fi; \ done | \ sed -e 'p;s,.*/,,;n;h' -e 's|.*|.|' \ -e 'p;x;s,.*/,,;s/$(EXEEXT)$$//;$(transform);s/$$/$(EXEEXT)/' | \ sed 'N;N;N;s,\n, ,g' | \ $(AWK) 'BEGIN { files["."] = ""; dirs["."] = 1 } \ { d=$$3; if (dirs[d] != 1) { print "d", d; dirs[d] = 1 } \ if ($$2 == $$4) files[d] = files[d] " " $$1; \ else { print "f", $$3 "/" $$4, $$1; } } \ END { for (d in files) print "f", d, files[d] }' | \ while read type dir files; do \ if test "$$dir" = .; then dir=; else dir=/$$dir; fi; \ test -z "$$files" || { \ echo " $(INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV) $(INSTALL_PROGRAM) $$files '$(DESTDIR)$(sbindir)$$dir'"; \ $(INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV) $(INSTALL_PROGRAM) $$files "$(DESTDIR)$(sbindir)$$dir" || exit $$?; \ } \ ; done uninstall-sbinPROGRAMS: @$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL) @list='$(sbin_PROGRAMS)'; test -n "$(sbindir)" || list=; \ files=`for p in $$list; do echo "$$p"; done | \ sed -e 'h;s,^.*/,,;s/$(EXEEXT)$$//;$(transform)' \ -e 's/$$/$(EXEEXT)/' `; \ test -n "$$list" || exit 0; \ echo " ( cd '$(DESTDIR)$(sbindir)' && rm -f" $$files ")"; \ cd "$(DESTDIR)$(sbindir)" && rm -f $$files clean-sbinPROGRAMS: -test -z "$(sbin_PROGRAMS)" || rm -f $(sbin_PROGRAMS) cfdisk$(EXEEXT): $(cfdisk_OBJECTS) $(cfdisk_DEPENDENCIES) @rm -f cfdisk$(EXEEXT) $(LINK) $(cfdisk_OBJECTS) $(cfdisk_LDADD) $(LIBS) fdisk$(EXEEXT): $(fdisk_OBJECTS) $(fdisk_DEPENDENCIES) @rm -f fdisk$(EXEEXT) $(LINK) $(fdisk_OBJECTS) $(fdisk_LDADD) $(LIBS) mostlyclean-compile: -rm -f *.$(OBJEXT) distclean-compile: -rm -f *.tab.c @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/cfdisk.Po@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/command.Po@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/common.Po@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/fdisk.Po@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/hacks.Po@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/main.Po@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/strlist.Po@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/ui.Po@am__quote@ .c.o: @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(COMPILE) -MT $@ -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo -c -o $@ $< @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/$*.Po @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ source='$<' object='$@' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ @am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(COMPILE) -c $< .c.obj: @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(COMPILE) -MT $@ -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo -c -o $@ `$(CYGPATH_W) '$<'` @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/$*.Po @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ source='$<' object='$@' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ @am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(COMPILE) -c `$(CYGPATH_W) '$<'` ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES) list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \ unique=`for i in $$list; do \ if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \ done | \ $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \ END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \ mkid -fID $$unique tags: TAGS TAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \ $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP) set x; \ here=`pwd`; \ list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \ unique=`for i in $$list; do \ if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \ done | \ $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \ END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \ shift; \ if test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$*$$unique"; then :; else \ test -n "$$unique" || unique=$$empty_fix; \ if test $$# -gt 0; then \ $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \ "$$@" $$unique; \ else \ $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \ $$unique; \ fi; \ fi ctags: CTAGS CTAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \ $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP) list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \ unique=`for i in $$list; do \ if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \ done | \ $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \ END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \ test -z "$(CTAGS_ARGS)$$unique" \ || $(CTAGS) $(CTAGSFLAGS) $(AM_CTAGSFLAGS) $(CTAGS_ARGS) \ $$unique GTAGS: here=`$(am__cd) $(top_builddir) && pwd` \ && $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) \ && gtags -i $(GTAGS_ARGS) "$$here" distclean-tags: -rm -f TAGS ID GTAGS GRTAGS GSYMS GPATH tags distdir: $(DISTFILES) @srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ list='$(DISTFILES)'; \ dist_files=`for file in $$list; do echo $$file; done | \ sed -e "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||;t" \ -e "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|;t"`; \ case $$dist_files in \ */*) $(MKDIR_P) `echo "$$dist_files" | \ sed '/\//!d;s|^|$(distdir)/|;s,/[^/]*$$,,' | \ sort -u` ;; \ esac; \ for file in $$dist_files; do \ if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \ if test -d $$d/$$file; then \ dir=`echo "/$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \ if test -d "$(distdir)/$$file"; then \ find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \ fi; \ if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \ cp -fpR $(srcdir)/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \ find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \ fi; \ cp -fpR $$d/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \ else \ test -f "$(distdir)/$$file" \ || cp -p $$d/$$file "$(distdir)/$$file" \ || exit 1; \ fi; \ done check-am: all-am check: check-am all-am: Makefile $(PROGRAMS) installdirs: for dir in "$(DESTDIR)$(sbindir)"; do \ test -z "$$dir" || $(MKDIR_P) "$$dir"; \ done install: install-am install-exec: install-exec-am install-data: install-data-am uninstall: uninstall-am install-am: all-am @$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am installcheck: installcheck-am install-strip: $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \ `test -z '$(STRIP)' || \ echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install mostlyclean-generic: clean-generic: distclean-generic: -test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES) -test . = "$(srcdir)" || test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES) maintainer-clean-generic: @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use" @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild." clean: clean-am clean-am: clean-generic clean-sbinPROGRAMS mostlyclean-am distclean: distclean-am -rm -rf ./$(DEPDIR) -rm -f Makefile distclean-am: clean-am distclean-compile distclean-generic \ distclean-tags dvi: dvi-am dvi-am: html: html-am html-am: info: info-am info-am: install-data-am: install-dvi: install-dvi-am install-dvi-am: install-html: install-html-am install-html-am: install-info: install-info-am install-info-am: install-man: install-pdf: install-pdf-am install-pdf-am: install-ps: install-ps-am install-ps-am: installcheck-am: maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am -rm -rf ./$(DEPDIR) -rm -f Makefile maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-compile mostlyclean-generic pdf: pdf-am pdf-am: ps: ps-am ps-am: uninstall-am: uninstall-sbinPROGRAMS .MAKE: install-am install-strip .PHONY: CTAGS GTAGS all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic \ clean-sbinPROGRAMS ctags distclean distclean-compile \ distclean-generic distclean-tags distdir dvi dvi-am html \ html-am info info-am install install-am install-data \ install-data-am install-dvi install-dvi-am install-exec \ install-exec-am install-exec-local install-html \ install-html-am install-info install-info-am install-man \ install-pdf install-pdf-am install-ps install-ps-am \ install-sbinPROGRAMS install-strip installcheck \ installcheck-am installdirs maintainer-clean \ maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean mostlyclean-compile \ mostlyclean-generic pdf pdf-am ps ps-am tags uninstall \ uninstall-am uninstall-sbinPROGRAMS install-exec-local: @SYMLINK@ @SYMLINKFROM@ $(DESTDIR)/$(sbindir)/lfdisk @SYMLINK@ @SYMLINKFROM@ $(DESTDIR)/$(sbindir)/gfdisk install-exec-am: install-sbinPROGRAMS install-exec-local # Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables. # Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded. .NOEXPORT: fdisk-1.2.5/src/strlist.c0000644000175000017500000002625611527750771012226 00000000000000/* GNU fdisk - a clone of Linux fdisk. This file originally from GNU Parted. Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA */ #include "../config.h" #include "gettext.h" #if ENABLE_NLS # include #endif /* ENABLE_NLS */ #define N_(String) String #define _(String) dgettext (PACKAGE, String) #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #if ENABLE_NLS #undef __USE_GNU #define __USE_GNU #include #include #else /* !ENABLE_NLS */ #ifdef wchar_t #undef wchar_t #endif #define wchar_t char #endif /* !ENABLE_NLS */ #include "strlist.h" #define MIN(a,b) ( (anext = NULL; return list; } void str_list_destroy (StrList* list) { if (list) { str_list_destroy (list->next); str_list_destroy_node (list); } } void str_list_destroy_node (StrList* list) { /* Warning about qualifyers */ /* Christian Cast to void* is safe here */ free ((void*)list->str); free (list); } StrList* str_list_duplicate_node (const StrList* node) { StrList* result = str_list_alloc (); result->str = wchar_strdup (node->str); return result; } StrList* str_list_duplicate (const StrList* list) { if (list) return str_list_join (str_list_duplicate_node (list), str_list_duplicate (list->next)); else return NULL; } StrList* str_list_join (StrList* a, StrList* b) { StrList* walk; for (walk = a; walk && walk->next; walk = walk->next); if (walk) { walk->next = b; return a; } else { return b; } } static StrList* _str_list_append (StrList* list, const wchar_t* str) { StrList* walk; if (list) { for (walk = list; walk->next; walk = walk->next); walk->next = str_list_alloc (); walk = walk->next; } else { walk = list = str_list_alloc (); } walk->str = str; return list; } StrList* str_list_append (StrList* list, const char* str) { return _str_list_append (list, gettext_to_wchar (str)); } StrList* str_list_append_unique (StrList* list, const char* str) { StrList* walk; wchar_t* new_str = gettext_to_wchar (str); for (walk=list; walk; walk=walk->next) { if (walk->str) { if (wchar_strcasecmp (new_str, walk->str) == 0) { free (new_str); return list; } } } return _str_list_append (list, new_str); } StrList* str_list_insert (StrList* list, const char* str) { return str_list_join (str_list_create (str, NULL), list); } StrList* str_list_create (const char* first, ...) { va_list args; char* str; StrList* list; list = str_list_append (NULL, first); if (first) { va_start (args, first); while ( (str = va_arg (args, char*)) ) str_list_append (list, str); va_end (args); } return list; } StrList* str_list_create_unique (const char* first, ...) { va_list args; char* str; StrList* list; list = str_list_append (NULL, first); if (first) { va_start (args, first); while ( (str = va_arg (args, char*)) ) str_list_append_unique (list, str); va_end (args); } return list; } char* str_list_convert_node (const StrList* list) { return wchar_to_str (list->str, 0); } char* str_list_convert (const StrList* list) { const StrList* walk; int pos = 0; int length = 1; char* str = strdup (""); for (walk = list; walk; walk = walk->next) { if (walk->str) { char* tmp = wchar_to_str (walk->str, 0); length += strlen (tmp); str = realloc (str, length); strcpy (str + pos, tmp); pos = length - 1; free (tmp); } } return str; } void str_list_print (const StrList* list) { const StrList* walk; for (walk=list; walk; walk=walk->next) { if (walk->str) print_wchar (walk->str, 0); } } static char* get_spaces (int space_count) { char* str; int i; str = malloc (space_count + 1); for (i = 0; i < space_count; i++) str [i] = ' '; str [i] = 0; return str; } static int str_search (const wchar_t* str, int n, wchar_t c) { int i; for (i=0; i 10, return); spaces = get_spaces (indent); line_left = line_length - offset; for (walk=list; walk; walk=walk->next) { if (!walk->str) continue; str = walk->str; str_len = wchar_strlen (str); while (line_left < str_len || wchar_strchr (str, '\n')) { line_break = 0; cut_left = MIN (line_left - 1, str_len - 1); /* we can have a space "over", but not a comma */ if (cut_left < str_len && is_space (str [cut_left + 1])) cut_left++; while (cut_left && !is_break_point (str [cut_left])) cut_left--; while (cut_left && is_space (str [cut_left])) cut_left--; /* str [cut_left] is either the end of a word, or a * Japanese character, or the start of a blank line. */ search_result = str_search (str, cut_left + 1, '\n'); if (search_result != -1) { cut_left = search_result - 1; line_break = 1; } for (cut_right = cut_left + (line_break ? 2 : 1); cut_right < str_len && is_space (str [cut_right]); cut_right++); if (cut_left > 0) print_wchar (str, cut_left + 1); str += cut_right; str_len -= cut_right; line_left = line_length - indent; if (walk->next || *str) printf ("\n%s", spaces); else if (line_break) printf ("\n"); } print_wchar (str, 0); line_left -= wchar_strlen (str); } free (spaces); } static int _str_list_match_node (const StrList* list, const wchar_t* str) { if (wchar_strcasecmp (list->str, str) == 0) return 2; if (wchar_strncasecmp (list->str, str, wchar_strlen (str)) == 0) return 1; return 0; } int str_list_match_node (const StrList* list, const char* str) { int status; wchar_t* wc_str = gettext_to_wchar (str); /* FIXME */ status = _str_list_match_node (list, wc_str); free (wc_str); return status; } /* returns: 2 for full match 1 for partial match 0 for no match */ int str_list_match_any (const StrList* list, const char* str) { const StrList* walk; int best_status = 0; wchar_t* wc_str = gettext_to_wchar (str); for (walk = list; walk; walk = walk->next) { int this_status = _str_list_match_node (walk, wc_str); if (this_status > best_status) best_status = this_status; } free (wc_str); return best_status; } StrList* str_list_match (const StrList* list, const char* str) { const StrList* walk; const StrList* partial_match = NULL; int ambiguous = 0; wchar_t* wc_str = gettext_to_wchar (str); for (walk = list; walk; walk = walk->next) { switch (_str_list_match_node (walk, wc_str)) { case 2: free (wc_str); return (StrList*) walk; case 1: if (partial_match) ambiguous = 1; partial_match = walk; } } free (wc_str); return ambiguous ? NULL : (StrList*) partial_match; } int str_list_length (const StrList* list) { int length = 0; const StrList* walk; for (walk = list; walk; walk = walk->next) length++; return length; } fdisk-1.2.5/src/ui.h0000644000175000017500000001010511527750771011126 00000000000000/* parted - a frontend to libparted Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA */ #ifndef FDISK_UI_H_INCLUDED #define FDISK_UI_H_INCLUDED #include "strlist.h" #include "ui.h" #include "command.h" /* Struct for a single option, Linux fdisk-style */ struct _Option { int option; char *description; }; typedef struct _Option Option; extern char* fdisk_prog_name; extern int fdisk_opt_script_mode; extern char *interface_name; extern void fdisk_usage_msg(); extern void fdisk_help_msg (); /* extern int fdisk_interactive_mode (PedDisk** disk, FdiskCommand* cmd_list[]); */ extern int fdisk_interactive_mode (PedDevice** device, FdiskCommand* cmd_list[]); extern int fdisk_interactive_menu (PedDisk** disk, FdiskCommand* cmd_list[], int menu); extern int fdisk_screen_width (); extern void fdisk_wipe_line (); extern PedExceptionOption fdisk_command_line_get_ex_opt (const char* prompt, PedExceptionOption options); extern void fdisk_print_options_help (); extern void fdisk_print_commands_help (FdiskCommand* cmds[]); extern void fdisk_print_using_dev (PedDevice* dev); extern int fdisk_command_line_get_word_count (); extern void fdisk_command_line_prompt_words (const char* prompt, const char* def, const StrList* possibilities, int multi_word); extern char* fdisk_command_line_pop_word (); extern void fdisk_command_line_flush (); extern char* fdisk_command_line_get_word (const char* prompt, const char* def, const StrList* possibilities, int multi_word); extern void fdisk_command_line_push_line (const char* line, int multi_word); extern char* fdisk_command_line_pop_word (); extern void fdisk_command_line_push_word (const char* word); extern int fdisk_command_line_get_partition (const char* prompt, PedDisk* disk, PedPartition** value); extern int fdisk_command_line_is_integer (); extern int command_line_prompt_boolean_question (const char* prompt); /*extern int fdisk_command_line_get_disk (const char* prompt, PedDisk** value);*/ /*extern int fdisk_command_line_get_partition (const char* prompt, PedDisk* disk, PedPartition** value);*/ /*extern int fdisk_command_line_get_fs_type (const char* prompt, const PedFileSystemType*(* value));*/ /*extern int fdisk_command_line_get_disk_type (const char* prompt, const PedDiskType*(* value));*/ /*extern int fdisk_command_line_get_device (const char* prompt, PedDevice** value);*/ extern int fdisk_command_line_get_integer (const char* prompt, int* value); extern int fdisk_command_line_get_llinteger (const char* prompt, long long* value); extern int fdisk_command_line_get_part_type (const char* prompt, const PedDisk* disk, PedPartitionType* type); extern char* fdisk_command_line_peek_word (); extern int fdisk_command_line_get_option (const char* head, const Option* opts); extern int fdisk_get_partpos (const char* prompt, const void* context, const char *possibilities); /*extern int fdisk_command_line_get_sector (const char* prompt, PedDevice* dev, PedSector* value, PedGeometry** range);*/ extern int fdisk_init_ui (); extern void fdisk_done_ui (); extern int fdisk_command_line_get_part_flag (const char* prompt, const PedPartition* part, PedPartitionFlag* flag); extern int fdisk_command_line_get_unit (const char* prompt, PedUnit* unit); extern int fdisk_command_line_get_state (const char* prompt, int* value); #endif /* FDISK_UI_H_INCLUDED */ fdisk-1.2.5/src/sys_types.h0000644000175000017500000001242111527750771012556 00000000000000/* GNU fdisk - a clone of Linux fdisk. Copyright (C) 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA */ #ifndef SYS_TYPES_H_INCLUDED #define SYS_TYPES_H_INCLUDED #ifndef HACKS_H_INCLUDED struct _SysType { unsigned char type; const char *name; }; typedef struct _SysType SysType; #endif #define N_(String) String /* The system types for msdos partition tables * Needed for lfdisk and some interface improvements */ SysType msdos_systypes[] = { /* TODO: I don't like some of the strings, change them */ { 0x00, N_("Empty") }, /* "Empty") */ { 0x01, N_("FAT12") }, { 0x02, N_("XENIX root") }, { 0x03, N_("XENIX usr") }, { 0x04, N_("Small FAT16") }, { 0x05, N_("Extended") }, /* "Extended") */ { 0x06, N_("FAT16") }, { 0x07, N_("HPFS/NTFS") }, { 0x08, N_("AIX") }, { 0x09, N_("AIX bootable") }, { 0x0a, N_("OS/2 boot mgr") }, { 0x0b, N_("FAT32") }, { 0x0c, N_("FAT32 LBA") }, { 0x0e, N_("FAT16 LBA") }, { 0x0f, N_("Extended LBA") }, { 0x10, N_("OPUS") }, { 0x11, N_("Hidden FAT12") }, { 0x12, N_("Compaq diag") }, { 0x14, N_("Hidd Sm FAT16") }, { 0x16, N_("Hidd FAT16") }, { 0x17, N_("Hidd HPFS/NTFS") }, { 0x18, N_("AST SmartSleep") }, { 0x1b, N_("Hidd FAT32") }, { 0x1c, N_("Hidd FAT32 LBA") }, { 0x1e, N_("Hidd FAT16 LBA") }, { 0x24, N_("NEC DOS") }, { 0x39, N_("Plan 9") }, { 0x3c, N_("PMagic recovery") }, { 0x40, N_("Venix 80286") }, { 0x41, N_("PPC PReP Boot") }, { 0x42, N_("SFS") }, { 0x4d, N_("QNX4.x") }, { 0x4e, N_("QNX4.x 2nd part") }, { 0x4f, N_("QNX4.x 3rd part") }, { 0x50, N_("OnTrack DM") }, { 0x51, N_("OnTrackDM6 Aux1") }, { 0x52, N_("CP/M") }, { 0x53, N_("OnTrackDM6 Aux3") }, { 0x54, N_("OnTrack DM6") }, { 0x55, N_("EZ Drive") }, { 0x56, N_("Golden Bow") }, { 0x5c, N_("Priam Edisk") }, { 0x61, N_("SpeedStor") }, { 0x63, N_("GNU HURD/SysV") }, { 0x64, N_("Netware 286") }, { 0x65, N_("Netware 386") }, { 0x70, N_("DiskSec MltBoot") }, { 0x75, N_("PC/IX") }, { 0x80, N_("Minix <1.4a") }, { 0x81, N_("Minix >1.4b") }, { 0x82, N_("Linux swap") }, /* FIXME: Or solaris */ { 0x83, N_("Linux") }, { 0x84, N_("OS/2 hidden C:") }, { 0x85, N_("Linux extended") }, { 0x86, N_("NTFS volume set") }, { 0x87, N_("NTFS volume set") }, { 0x88, N_("Linux plaintext") }, { 0x8e, N_("Linux LVM") }, { 0x93, N_("Amoeba") }, /*This guys created a seperate partition for badblocks?! */ { 0x94, N_("Amoeba BBT") }, { 0x9f, N_("BSD/OS") }, { 0xa0, N_("Thinkpad hib") }, { 0xa5, N_("FreeBSD") }, { 0xa6, N_("OpenBSD") }, { 0xa7, N_("NeXTSTEP") }, { 0xa8, N_("Darwin UFS") }, { 0xa9, N_("NetBSD") }, { 0xab, N_("Darwin boot") }, { 0xb7, N_("BSDI fs") }, { 0xb8, N_("BSDI swap") }, /* Beware of the hidden wizard */ { 0xbb, N_("Boot Wizard Hid") }, { 0xbe, N_("Solaris boot") }, { 0xbf, N_("Solaris") }, { 0xc1, N_("DRDOS/2 FAT12") }, { 0xc4, N_("DRDOS/2 smFAT16") }, { 0xc6, N_("DRDOS/2 FAT16") }, /* Reminds me of Rush - 2112 */ { 0xc7, N_("Syrinx") }, { 0xda, N_("Non-FS data") }, { 0xdb, N_("CP/M / CTOS") }, { 0xde, N_("Dell Utility") }, /* Should 0x20 be DontBootIt then? */ { 0xdf, N_("BootIt") }, { 0xe1, N_("DOS access") }, { 0xe3, N_("DOS R/O") }, /*I sense some strange déjà vu */ { 0xe4, N_("SpeedStor") }, { 0xeb, N_("BeOS fs") }, { 0xee, N_("GPT") }, { 0xef, N_("EFI FAT") }, { 0xf0, N_("Lnx/PA-RISC bt") }, { 0xf1, N_("SpeedStor") }, { 0xf2, N_("DOS secondary") }, /* Are these guys trying for a Guinness record or something? */ { 0xf4, N_("SpeedStor") }, { 0xfd, N_("Lnx RAID auto") }, { 0xfe, N_("LANstep") }, { 0xff, N_("XENIX BBT") }, { 0, NULL } }; SysType bsd_systypes[] = { { 0x00, N_("Unused") }, { 0x01, N_("Swap") }, { 0x02, N_("Version 6") }, { 0x03, N_("Version 7") }, { 0x04, N_("System V") }, { 0x05, N_("4.1BSD") }, { 0x06, N_("Eight Edition") }, { 0x07, N_("4.2BSD") }, /* It's this way in Linux fdisk, I guess it is alright */ #ifdef __alpha__ { 0x08, N_("ext2") }, #else { 0x08, N_("MS-DOS") }, #endif { 0x09, N_("4.4LFS") }, { 0x0a, N_("Unknown") }, { 0x0b, N_("HPFS") }, { 0x0c, N_("ISO-9660") }, { 0x0d, N_("Boot") }, { 0x0e, N_("ADOS") }, { 0x0f, N_("HFS") }, { 0x10, N_("AdvFS") }, { 0, NULL } }; SysType sun_systypes[] = { { 0x00, N_("Empty") }, { 0x01, N_("Boot") }, { 0x02, N_("SunOS root") }, { 0x03, N_("SunOS swap") }, { 0x04, N_("SunOS usr") }, { 0x05, N_("Whole disk") }, { 0x06, N_("SunOS stand") }, { 0x07, N_("SunOS var") }, { 0x08, N_("SunOS home") }, { 0x82, N_("Linux swap") }, { 0x83, N_("Linux") }, { 0x8e, N_("Linux LVM") }, { 0xfd, N_("Lnx RAID auto") }, { 0, NULL } }; #endif fdisk-1.2.5/src/fdisk.c0000644000175000017500000022205611545702044011604 00000000000000/* GNU fdisk - a clone of Linux fdisk. Copyright (C) 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA */ #if HAVE_CONFIG_H # include "../config.h" #endif #include "common.h" #include "hacks.h" #include "command.h" #include "ui.h" /* From gettextize */ #include "gettext.h" #if HAVE_LOCALE_H # include #endif /* HAVE_LOCALE_H */ #define N_(String) String #define _(String) dgettext (PACKAGE, String) #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #ifdef ENABLE_MTRACE #include #endif #include #if HAVE_READLINE && HAVE_LIBTERMCAP /* This function is defined in ui.c */ extern void init_termcap_library(void); #endif /* HAVE_READLINE && HAVE_LIBTERMCAP */ /* Christian * * This is defined in `common.c' and used from common function * to say if compatible mode should be used. * * A value of 0 mean that extended mode should be used. * A value not equal to zero mean that extensions must be excluded * * Future changes can make labels for various levels of compatibility */ extern int compat_mode; /* minimum amount of free space to leave, or maximum amount to gobble up, * depending on your POV ;) */ #define MIN_FREESPACE (1000 * 2) /* 1000k */ #define MEGABYTE_SECTORS (PED_MEGABYTE_SIZE / PED_SECTOR_SIZE_DEFAULT) #define do_list_devices fdisk_do_list_devices typedef struct { time_t last_update; time_t predicted_time_left; } TimerContext; /* I have created this struct to store options (in short and long form) * and help in the same variable. The struct option array, wich is * needed for getopt_long is build dynamically by build_option_table() * using this array. We can add options here there isn't problems * with getopt_long() */ struct { char *id; int has_arg; int *flag; int val; char *help; } extd_options[] = { /* name has_arg flag val help */ { "help", no_argument, NULL, 'h', "displays this help message"}, { "list", no_argument, NULL, 'l', "list partition table(s)"}, { "raw-print", no_argument, NULL, 'r', "show the raw data in the partition table(s)"}, { "size", required_argument, NULL, 's', "show partition size"}, #ifdef GNU_EXT { "linux-fdisk", no_argument, NULL, 'L', "enable Linux fdisk compatibility mode"}, { "gnu-fdisk", no_argument, NULL, 'G', "disable Linux fdisk compatibility mode"}, #endif /* GNU_EXT */ { "interactive", no_argument, NULL, 'i', "where necessary, prompts for user intervention"}, { "script", no_argument, NULL, 'p', "never prompts for user intervention"}, #ifdef GNU_EXT { "align", required_argument, NULL, 'A', "specify align to be none, cyl, min or opt"}, #endif { "sector-units", no_argument, NULL, 'u', "use sectors instead of cylinder as a default unit"}, { "sector-size", required_argument, NULL, 'b', "specify the sector size in bytes"}, { "cylinders", required_argument, NULL, 'C', "specify the number of cylinders, actually does nothing"}, { "heads", required_argument, NULL, 'H', "in lfdisk, specify the number of heads of the disk"}, { "sectors", required_argument, NULL, 'S', "in lfdisk, specify the number of sectors per track"}, { "list-partition-types", no_argument, NULL, 't', "displays a list of supported partition types"}, { "version", no_argument, NULL, 'v', "displays the version"}, /* Last element must be NULL */ { NULL, 0, NULL, 0, NULL} }; /* String to use whit getopt() or getopt_long() * * if you update extd_options[] you must also add option in short form * to this string * * NOTE: I will make function to build dynamic in the future */ static const char* short_option_string = "hlipvLGs:A:utb:C:H:S:r"; /* #ifdef GNU_EXT */ /* int fdisk_compatibility_mode = 0; */ /* #else */ /* # define compat_mode 1 */ /* #endif */ int fdisk_opt_script_mode; int fdisk_list_table = 0; int fdisk_print_raw = 0; /* Used for -s option, NULL when there was no -s option */ const char *fdisk_partsize_device = NULL; int fdisk_partsize_part = 0; int user_cyls = 0, user_sectors = 0, user_heads = 0, user_sectsize = 0; static char* number_msg = N_( "NUMBER is the partition number used by Linux. On MS-DOS disk labels, the " "primary partitions number from 1 to 4, logical partitions from 5 onwards.\n"); static char* label_type_msg_start = N_("LABEL-TYPE is one of: "); static char* flag_msg_start = N_("FLAG is one of: "); static char* unit_msg_start = N_("UNIT is one of: "); // unused //static char* part_type_msg = N_("PART-TYPE is one of: primary, logical, " // "extended\n"); static char* fs_type_msg_start = N_("FS-TYPE is one of: "); static char* start_end_msg = N_("START and END are disk locations, such as " "4GB or 10%. Negative values count from the end of the disk. " "For example, -1s specifies exactly the last sector.\n"); // unused //static char* state_msg = N_("STATE is one of: on, off\n"); // static char* device_msg = N_("DEVICE is usually /dev/hda or /dev/sda\n"); // static char* name_msg = N_("NAME is any word you want\n"); static char* resize_msg_start = N_("The partition must have one of the " "following FS-TYPEs: "); static char* label_type_msg; static char* flag_msg; static char* unit_msg; static char* mkfs_fs_type_msg; static char* mkpart_fs_type_msg; static char* resize_fs_type_msg; //static PedTimer* timer; static TimerContext timer_context; static FdiskCommand* fdisk_main_menu_commands[256] = {NULL}; static FdiskCommand* fdisk_ex_menu_commands[256] = {NULL}; static FdiskCommand* fdisk_bsd_menu_commands[256] = {NULL}; static int in_menu = 0; /* 0 = Disk was not altered. 1 = Disk was altered. */ //static int need_commit = 0; /* UI Calls structure */ static UICalls uiquery; /* 0 = Sectors are the default unit. 1 = Cylinders are the default unit (Default).*/ static int cylinder_unit = 1; /* When editing a BSD label, we remember the number of logical partitions on the original disk, so we display a more plausible device name */ static int logical_offset = 0; static void _done (PedDevice* dev); /* Timer handler and other UI functions */ static void _timer_handler (PedTimer* timer, void* context) { TimerContext* tcontext = (TimerContext*) context; int draw_this_time; if (fdisk_opt_script_mode || !isatty(fileno(stdout))) return; if (tcontext->last_update != timer->now && timer->now > timer->start) { tcontext->predicted_time_left = timer->predicted_end - timer->now; tcontext->last_update = timer->now; draw_this_time = 1; } else { draw_this_time = 0; } if (draw_this_time) { fdisk_wipe_line (); if (timer->state_name) printf ("%s... ", timer->state_name); printf (_("%0.f%%\t(time left %.2ld:%.2ld)"), 100.0 * timer->frac, tcontext->predicted_time_left / 60, tcontext->predicted_time_left % 60); fflush (stdout); } } static int getstring (const char* prompt, char** value, const StrList* words, const StrList* locwords, int multi_word) { char* def_str = NULL; char* input; StrList* valid = NULL; const StrList* walk; const StrList* locwalk; char* fix_result = NULL; /* TODO: Add a function that does just this to strlist.c */ valid = str_list_join (str_list_duplicate(words), str_list_duplicate(locwords)); if (*value) def_str = strdup(*value); input = fdisk_command_line_get_word (prompt, def_str, valid, multi_word); str_list_destroy(valid); if (def_str) free(def_str); /* If the user has choosen a localised string, we should return the non-localized one, corresponding to it */ for (walk = words, locwalk = locwords; walk && locwalk; walk = walk->next, locwalk = locwalk->next) { /* If it matches a non-localised string, we are happy */ if (str_list_match_node(walk, input)) { if (fix_result) free(fix_result); fix_result = NULL; break; } /* If it matches a localised string, we save the non-localised one, but we don't break */ if (!fix_result && str_list_match_node(locwalk, input)) { fix_result = str_list_convert_node(walk); } } if (fix_result) { free(input); *value = fix_result; } else *value = input; return 1; } /* We might as well get rid of this one */ static int getbool (const char* prompt, int* value) { *value = command_line_prompt_boolean_question (prompt); return 1; } /* We don't need this one static int (*getint) (const char* prompt, int* value) = fdisk_command_line_get_integer; */ #if 0 static int _partition_warn_busy (PedPartition* part) { char* path = ped_partition_get_path (part); if (ped_partition_is_busy (part)) { ped_exception_throw ( PED_EXCEPTION_ERROR, PED_EXCEPTION_CANCEL, _("Partition %s is being used. You must unmount it " "before you modify it with Parted."), path); PED_FREE (path); return 0; } PED_FREE (path); return 1; } static int _disk_warn_busy (PedDisk* disk) { if (ped_device_is_busy (disk->dev)) { if (ped_exception_throw ( PED_EXCEPTION_WARNING, PED_EXCEPTION_IGNORE_CANCEL, _("Partition(s) on %s are being used."), disk->dev->path) != PED_EXCEPTION_IGNORE) return 0; } return 1; } /* This function changes "sector" to "new_sector" if the new value lies * within the required range. */ static int snap (PedSector* sector, PedSector new_sector, PedGeometry* range) { PED_ASSERT (ped_geometry_test_sector_inside (range, *sector), return 0); if (!ped_geometry_test_sector_inside (range, new_sector)) return 0; *sector = new_sector; return 1; } typedef enum { MOVE_NO = 0, MOVE_STILL = 1, MOVE_UP = 2, MOVE_DOWN = 4 } EMoves; enum { /* Don't change these values */ SECT_START = 0, SECT_END = -1 }; /* Find the prefered way to adjust the sector s inside range. * If a move isn't allowed or is out of range it can't be selected. * what contains SECT_START if the sector to adjust is a start sector * or SECT_END if it's an end one. * The prefered move is to the nearest allowed boundary of the part * partition (if at equal distance: to start if SECT_START or to end * if SECT_END). * The distance is returned in dist. */ static EMoves prefer_snap (PedSector s, int what, PedGeometry* range, EMoves* allow, PedPartition* part, PedSector* dist) { PedSector up_dist = -1, down_dist = -1; PedSector new_sect; EMoves move; PED_ASSERT (what == SECT_START || what == SECT_END, return 0); if (!(*allow & (MOVE_UP | MOVE_DOWN))) { *dist = 0; return MOVE_STILL; } if (*allow & MOVE_UP) { new_sect = part->geom.end + 1 + what; if (ped_geometry_test_sector_inside (range, new_sect)) up_dist = new_sect - s; else *allow &= ~MOVE_UP; } if (*allow & MOVE_DOWN) { new_sect = part->geom.start + what; if (ped_geometry_test_sector_inside (range, new_sect)) down_dist = s - new_sect; else *allow &= ~MOVE_DOWN; } move = MOVE_STILL; if ((*allow & MOVE_UP) && (*allow & MOVE_DOWN)) { if (down_dist < up_dist || (down_dist == up_dist && what == SECT_START) ) move = MOVE_DOWN; else if (up_dist < down_dist || (down_dist == up_dist && what == SECT_END) ) move = MOVE_UP; else PED_ASSERT (0, return 0); } *dist = ( move == MOVE_DOWN ? down_dist : ( move == MOVE_UP ? up_dist : 0 ) ); return move; } /* Snaps a partition to nearby partition boundaries. This is useful for * gobbling up small amounts of free space, and also for reinterpreting small * changes to a partition as non-changes (eg: perhaps the user only wanted to * resize the end of a partition). * Note that this isn't the end of the story... this function is * always called before the constraint solver kicks in. So you don't need to * worry too much about inadvertantly creating overlapping partitions, etc. */ static void snap_to_boundaries (PedGeometry* new_geom, PedGeometry* old_geom, PedDisk* disk, PedGeometry* start_range, PedGeometry* end_range) { PedPartition* start_part; PedPartition* end_part; PedSector start = new_geom->start; PedSector end = new_geom->end; PedSector start_dist = -1, end_dist = -1; EMoves start_allow, end_allow, start_want, end_want; int adjacent; start_want = end_want = MOVE_NO; start_allow = end_allow = MOVE_STILL | MOVE_UP | MOVE_DOWN; start_part = ped_disk_get_partition_by_sector (disk, start); end_part = ped_disk_get_partition_by_sector (disk, end); adjacent = (start_part->geom.end + 1 == end_part->geom.start); /* If we can snap to old_geom, then we will... */ /* and this will enforce the snaped positions */ if (old_geom) { if (snap (&start, old_geom->start, start_range)) start_allow = MOVE_STILL; if (snap (&end, old_geom->end, end_range)) end_allow = MOVE_STILL; } /* If start and end are on the same partition, we */ /* don't allow them to cross. */ if (start_part == end_part) { start_allow &= ~MOVE_UP; end_allow &= ~MOVE_DOWN; } /* Let's find our way */ start_want = prefer_snap (start, SECT_START, start_range, &start_allow, start_part, &start_dist ); end_want = prefer_snap (end, SECT_END, end_range, &end_allow, end_part, &end_dist ); PED_ASSERT (start_dist >= 0 && end_dist >= 0, return); /* If start and end are on adjacent partitions, */ /* and if they would prefer crossing, then refrain */ /* the farest to do so. */ if (adjacent && start_want == MOVE_UP && end_want == MOVE_DOWN) { if (end_dist < start_dist) { start_allow &= ~MOVE_UP; start_want = prefer_snap (start, SECT_START, start_range, &start_allow, start_part, &start_dist ); PED_ASSERT (start_dist >= 0, return); } else { end_allow &= ~MOVE_DOWN; end_want = prefer_snap (end, SECT_END, end_range, &end_allow, end_part, &end_dist ); PED_ASSERT (end_dist >= 0, return); } } /* New positions */ start = ( start_want == MOVE_DOWN ? start_part->geom.start : ( start_want == MOVE_UP ? start_part->geom.end + 1 : start ) ); end = ( end_want == MOVE_DOWN ? end_part->geom.start - 1 : ( end_want == MOVE_UP ? end_part->geom.end : end ) ); PED_ASSERT (ped_geometry_test_sector_inside(start_range,start), return); PED_ASSERT (ped_geometry_test_sector_inside (end_range, end), return); PED_ASSERT (start <= end, return); ped_geometry_set (new_geom, start, end - start + 1); } /* This functions constructs a constraint from the following information: * start, is_start_exact, end, is_end_exact. * * If is_start_exact == 1, then the constraint requires start be as given in * "start". Otherwise, the constraint does not set any requirements on the * start. */ static PedConstraint* constraint_from_start_end (PedDevice* dev, PedGeometry* range_start, PedGeometry* range_end) { return ped_constraint_new (ped_alignment_any, ped_alignment_any, range_start, range_end, 1, dev->length); } static PedConstraint* constraint_intersect_and_destroy (PedConstraint* a, PedConstraint* b) { PedConstraint* result = ped_constraint_intersect (a, b); ped_constraint_destroy (a); ped_constraint_destroy (b); return result; } #endif // unused #if 0 static void help_on (char* topic) { FdiskCommand* cmd; cmd = fdisk_command_get (fdisk_main_menu_commands, topic); if (!cmd) return; fdisk_command_print_help (cmd); } #endif static int _disk_reread(PedDisk **disk) { PedDevice *dev = (*disk)->dev; ped_disk_destroy(*disk); if((*disk = ped_disk_new(dev)) == NULL) return 0; init_disk_flags(*disk); uiquery.need_commit = 0; return 1; } static int do_check (PedDisk** disk) { return perform_check(*disk,NULL); } #if 0 static int do_cp (PedDisk** disk) { return perform_cp(*disk,NULL,UI_WARN_COMMIT); } #endif void fdisk_print_options_help () { unsigned int i; for(i=0; extd_options[i].id != NULL; i++) printf(" -%c, --%-23.23s %s\n", extd_options[i].val, extd_options[i].id, _(extd_options[i].help)); } void fdisk_print_commands_help (FdiskCommand* cmds[]) { int i; if (cmds) { for (i=0; cmds [i]; i++) fdisk_command_print_summary (cmds [i]); } else { if (in_menu == 0) { for (i=0; fdisk_main_menu_commands [i]; i++) fdisk_command_print_summary (fdisk_main_menu_commands [i]); } else if (in_menu == 1) { for (i=0; fdisk_ex_menu_commands [i]; i++) fdisk_command_print_summary (fdisk_ex_menu_commands [i]); } else if (in_menu == 2) { for (i=0; fdisk_bsd_menu_commands [i]; i++) fdisk_command_print_summary (fdisk_bsd_menu_commands [i]); } } } static int do_help(PedDisk** disk) { puts(_("Command action")); if (in_menu == 0) fdisk_print_commands_help(fdisk_main_menu_commands); else if (in_menu == 1) fdisk_print_commands_help(fdisk_ex_menu_commands); else if (in_menu == 2) fdisk_print_commands_help(fdisk_bsd_menu_commands); return 1; } static int do_msdos_mklabel (PedDisk** disk) { PedDevice *dev = (*disk)->dev; /* Save the address of dev, because we are going to destroy disk. */ const PedDiskType* type = ped_disk_type_get ("msdos"); return perform_mklabel(dev,disk,type); } static int do_sun_mklabel (PedDisk** disk) { PedDevice *dev = (*disk)->dev; /* Save the address of dev, because we are going to destroy disk. */ const PedDiskType* type = ped_disk_type_get ("sun"); return perform_mklabel(dev,disk,type); } static int do_dvh_mklabel (PedDisk** disk) { PedDevice *dev = (*disk)->dev; /* Save the address of dev, because we are going to destroy disk. */ const PedDiskType* type = ped_disk_type_get ("dvh"); return perform_mklabel(dev,disk,type); } // unused #if 0 static int do_mklabel (PedDisk** disk) { PedDevice *dev = (*disk)->dev; /* Save the address of dev, because we are going to destroy disk. */ const PedDiskType* type = ped_disk_probe (dev); return perform_mklabel(dev,disk,type); } #endif static int do_mkfs (PedDisk** disk) { return perform_mkfs(*disk,NULL,NULL,UI_WARN_COMMIT); } static int do_mkpart (PedDisk **disk) { PartPos pos; PedPartitionType part_type = 0; const PedFileSystemType *fs_type = ped_file_system_type_get ("ext2"); char* peek_word; UIOpts opts = UI_CUSTOM_VALUES; if (!get_part_type (_("Partition type"), *disk, &part_type)) return 0; peek_word = fdisk_command_line_peek_word (); if (part_type == PED_PARTITION_EXTENDED || (peek_word && isdigit (peek_word[0]))) { fs_type = NULL; } /* gfdisk should ask for filesystem, lfdisk should not */ else if (!compat_mode) { if (!get_fs_type (_("File system type"), &fs_type, 0)) return 0; } if (peek_word) PED_FREE (peek_word); pos.start.sector = 0LL; pos.end.sector = 0LL; pos.start.range = NULL; pos.end.range = NULL; /* * Christian bug-fixed: * * (gdb) c * Continuing. * Partition type * e extended * p primary partition (1-4) * e * * Program received signal SIGSEGV, Segmentation fault. * 0x0804bb3f in do_mkpart (disk=0xbf8c4150) at fdisk.c:673 * 673 if (!fdisk_compatibility_mode && fs_type->ops->create && */ /* if (!fdisk_compatibility_mode && fs_typ->ops->create && */ if (!compat_mode && fs_type && fs_type->ops->create && part_type != PED_PARTITION_EXTENDED && command_line_prompt_boolean_question( _("Do you want to create the filesystem on the partition?"))) { return perform_mkpartfs (*disk, &pos, part_type, fs_type, NULL, opts | UI_WARN_COMMIT); } else { return perform_mkpart (*disk, &pos, part_type, fs_type, NULL, opts); } } #if 0 static int do_mkpartfs (PedDisk** disk) { PartPos pos; pos.start.sector = 0LL; pos.end.sector = 0LL; pos.start.range = NULL; pos.end.range = NULL; return perform_mkpartfs (*disk, &pos, 0, NULL, NULL, UI_CUSTOM_VALUES | UI_WARN_COMMIT | UI_SPECIFY_PART_TYPE); } #endif static int do_move (PedDisk** disk) { PartPos pos; /* TODO: Make default position more friendly */ pos.start.sector = 0LL; pos.end.sector = 0LL; pos.start.range = NULL; pos.end.range = NULL; if(!perform_move (*disk, NULL, &pos, UI_CUSTOM_VALUES|UI_WARN_COMMIT)) { ped_exception_throw(PED_EXCEPTION_ERROR, PED_EXCEPTION_CANCEL, _("Partition move failed")); if (uiquery.need_commit) _disk_reread(disk); return 0; } return 1; } // unused #if 0 static int do_name (PedDisk** disk) { return perform_name(*disk, NULL, NULL); } #endif /* TODO: REMOVE */ #if 0 static void partition_print_flags (PedPartition* part) { PedPartitionFlag flag; int first_flag; first_flag = 1; for (flag = ped_partition_flag_next (0); flag; flag = ped_partition_flag_next (flag)) { if (ped_partition_get_flag (part, flag)) { if (first_flag) first_flag = 0; else printf (", "); printf (_(ped_partition_flag_get_name (flag))); } } } #endif #if 0 /* Prints a sector out, first in compact form, and then with a percentage. * Eg: 32Gb (40%) */ static void print_sector_compact_and_percent (PedSector sector, PedDevice* dev) { char* compact; char* percent; if (ped_unit_get_default() == PED_UNIT_PERCENT) compact = ped_unit_format (dev, sector); else compact = ped_unit_format_custom (dev, sector, PED_UNIT_COMPACT); percent = ped_unit_format_custom (dev, sector, PED_UNIT_PERCENT); printf ("%s (%s)\n", compact, percent); PED_FREE (compact); PED_FREE (percent); } #endif #if 0 static int partition_print (PedPartition* part) { PedFileSystem* fs; PedConstraint* resize_constraint; fs = ped_file_system_open (&part->geom); if (!fs) return 1; printf ("\n"); printf (_("Minor: %d\n"), part->num); printf (_("Flags: ")); partition_print_flags (part); printf("\n"); printf (_("File System: %s\n"), fs->type->name); printf (_("Size: ")); print_sector_compact_and_percent (part->geom.length, part->geom.dev); resize_constraint = ped_file_system_get_resize_constraint (fs); if (resize_constraint) { printf (_("Minimum size: ")); print_sector_compact_and_percent (resize_constraint->min_size, part->geom.dev); printf (_("Maximum size: ")); print_sector_compact_and_percent (resize_constraint->max_size, part->geom.dev); ped_constraint_destroy (resize_constraint); } printf ("\n"); ped_file_system_close (fs); return 1; } #endif static int do_quit (PedDisk** disk) { _done ((*disk)->dev); ped_disk_destroy (*disk); exit (0); } /* FIXME: This is ugly. Won't always work. And it is untested. */ static int do_edit_bsd_disklabel (PedDisk** disk) { if (uiquery.need_commit) { ped_exception_throw ( PED_EXCEPTION_ERROR, PED_EXCEPTION_CANCEL, _("Editing a BSD label, before writing the msdos " "partition table is not supported in GNU fdisk.")); return 0; } PedPartition *part; int sect_size = (*disk)->dev->sector_size; /* We enable external access to the device */ if (!ped_device_begin_external_access((*disk)->dev)) return 0; /* We check if there is a BSD disklabel */ for (part = ped_disk_next_partition(*disk,NULL); part; part = ped_disk_next_partition(*disk,part)) { if (part->type) continue; if (is_part_type_bsd(part)) { /* Warn if there is a filesystem on the partition */ if (ped_file_system_probe(&(part->geom))) { if (ped_exception_throw(PED_EXCEPTION_WARNING, PED_EXCEPTION_YES_NO, _("There is a BSD partition on the disk " "but it seems to contain a filesystem. " "This is going to destroy it. " "Are you sure you want to continue?")) == PED_EXCEPTION_NO) { ped_device_end_external_access((*disk)->dev); return 0; } } /* If there is no already created BSD label created, and there is a filesystem on the partition, OR we are in gfdisk, we warn the user about it */ else if (!is_bsd_partition((*disk)->dev->path, part->geom.start * sect_size, sect_size) && (!compat_mode)) { if (ped_exception_throw(PED_EXCEPTION_WARNING, PED_EXCEPTION_YES_NO, _("There is a BSD partition on the disk, " "but there is no BSD disklabel on it. " "Do you want to create one?")) == PED_EXCEPTION_NO) { ped_device_end_external_access((*disk)->dev); return 0; } } break; } } /* FIXME: And here comes our biggest problem... */ if (part) { PedDevice *label_dev; PedDisk *label_disk; char label_path[1024]; get_partition_device(label_path, sizeof(label_path), part, 0); label_dev = ped_device_get(label_path); if (!label_dev || ! ped_device_open(label_dev)) { printf(_("There was an error opening the *BSD " "partition on %s.\n"), (*disk)->dev->path); ped_device_end_external_access((*disk)->dev); return 0; } printf("Reading disklabel of %s at sector %lld.\n", (*disk)->dev->path, part->geom.start); ped_exception_fetch_all (); label_disk = ped_disk_new(label_dev); /* FIXME: This might ruin a partition on the disk */ if (!label_disk) ped_exception_catch(); ped_exception_leave_all(); if (!label_disk || strcmp(label_disk->type->name, "bsd")) { label_disk = ped_disk_new_fresh (label_dev, ped_disk_type_get ("bsd")); } init_disk_flags(label_disk); in_menu = 2; logical_offset = count_logical_partition(*disk); fdisk_interactive_menu(&label_disk, fdisk_bsd_menu_commands, 2); ped_disk_destroy(label_disk); ped_device_destroy(label_dev); logical_offset = 0; in_menu = 0; } else { printf(_("There is no *BSD partition on %s.\n"), (*disk)->dev->path); ped_device_end_external_access((*disk)->dev); return 0; } ped_device_end_external_access((*disk)->dev); uiquery.need_commit = 0; return 1; } static int do_print (PedDisk **disk) { char buf[256]; PedPartition* part; int has_extended; int sect_size; char* cyl_size; PedCHSGeometry* chs; PedSector heads; PedSector sectors; PedSector cylinders; PedSector start; PedSector end; PedSector cyl_start; PedSector cyl_end; PedSector unit = ped_unit_get_default (); PedSector blocks; PedSector sects_nbytes; chs = &((*disk)->dev)->bios_geom; heads = chs->heads; sectors = chs->sectors; cylinders = chs->cylinders; sect_size = (*disk)->dev->sector_size; sects_nbytes = heads * sectors * sect_size; cyl_size = ped_unit_format_custom ((*disk)->dev, heads * sectors, PED_UNIT_BYTE); cyl_size[strlen (cyl_size) - 1] = '\0'; PedSector total_drive_size = heads * sectors * cylinders * sect_size; printf (_("\nDisk %s: %lld %s, %lld bytes\n"), (*disk)->dev->path, total_drive_size >= 1000000000 ? total_drive_size / 1000000000 : total_drive_size / 1000000, (total_drive_size >= 1000000000) ? "GB" : "MB", heads * sectors * cylinders * sect_size); if (unit == PED_UNIT_SECTOR) printf (_("%lld heads, %lld sectors/track, %lld cylinders, total %lld sectors\n" "Units = sectors of %d * %d = %d bytes\n"), heads, sectors, cylinders, (heads * sectors * cylinders), 1, sect_size, sect_size); else printf (_("%lld heads, %lld sectors/track, %lld cylinders\n" "Units = cylinders of %lld * %d = %s bytes\n"), heads, sectors, cylinders, (heads * sectors), sect_size, cyl_size); printf ("\n"); has_extended = ped_disk_type_check_feature ((*disk)->type, PED_DISK_TYPE_EXTENDED); unsigned int i; unsigned int pathlen; /* TODO: Make this output the same output as util-linux fdisk(?), possibly split into seperate functions */ if (compat_mode && !strcmp((*disk)->type->name,"bsd")) { printf ("%s %10s %11s %11s %4s %7s ", _("# "), _("start"), _("end"), _("blocks"), _("id"), _("system")); printf ("\n"); } else { pathlen = strlen ((*disk)->dev->path); unsigned int fix = 3 - !isdigit((*disk)->dev->path[pathlen-1]); pathlen += fix; for (i = 0; i < (pathlen - 5 - fix); i++) printf (" "); printf ("%s %s %10s %11s %11s %4s %7s ", _("Device"), _("Boot"), _("Start"), _("End"), _("Blocks"), _("Id"), _("System")); printf ("\n"); } PedSector total_cyl = heads * sectors; for (part = ped_disk_next_partition (*disk, NULL); part; part = ped_disk_next_partition (*disk, part)) { cyl_start = (part->geom.start / (total_cyl)) + 1; cyl_end = (part->geom.end / (total_cyl)) + 1; if (unit == PED_UNIT_SECTOR) { /* In Linux fdisk compatibility mode, display exact */ if (compat_mode) { start = part->geom.start; end = part->geom.end; } /* In fdisk, round up the sectors to cylinders */ else { start = (part->geom.start / total_cyl * total_cyl) + sectors; end = part->geom.end / total_cyl * total_cyl; } blocks = ((cyl_end * total_cyl) - ((part->num == 1) ? (cyl_start * sectors) : (cyl_start * total_cyl))) / (1024 / sect_size); } else { start = cyl_start; end = cyl_end; blocks = ((end * total_cyl) - ((part->num == 1) ? (start * sectors) : (start * total_cyl))) / (1024 / sect_size); } if (!ped_partition_is_active (part)) continue; if (compat_mode && !strcmp((*disk)->type->name,"bsd")) { printf(" %c: ", 'a' + part->num - 1); } else { get_partition_device(buf, sizeof(buf), part, logical_offset); printf("%2$-*1$.*1$s", pathlen, buf); if (ped_partition_get_flag(part,PED_PARTITION_BOOT)) printf(" * "); else printf(" "); } printf ("%10lld %11lld %11lld ", start, end, blocks); int type_size; unsigned int part_type = get_disk_specific_system_type (part, &type_size); type_size *= 2; char *type_name = _(get_disk_specific_system_name(part,0)); if (type_size) printf(" %*x %s", type_size, part_type, type_name); else if(type_name) printf(" %s", type_name); /* FIXME: This should not be here anymore */ else { ped_device_begin_external_access((*disk)->dev); char *type = (char *)ped_partition_type_get_name (part->type); if (part->fs_type && !strncmp (part->fs_type->name, "linux-swap", 10)) printf ("%4s %21s ", _("82"), _("Linux Swap / Solaris")); else if (is_bsd_partition ((*disk)->dev->path, part->geom.start * sect_size, sect_size)) printf ("%4s %17s ", _("a5"), _("Free/Net/OpenBSD")); else if (!strcmp (type, "primary")) printf ("%4s %6s ", _("83"), _("Linux")); else if (!strcmp (type, "extended")) printf ("%4s %9s ", _("5"), _("Extended")); ped_device_end_external_access((*disk)->dev); } printf ("\n"); start = end = blocks = 0; /* At the end we check the partition consistency for lfdisk */ if (compat_mode) check_partition_consistency(part); } PED_FREE (cyl_size); /*if (fdisk_list_table == 1) do_quit (disk);*/ return 1; } #define sector(s) ((s) & 0x3f) #define cylinder(s, c) ((c) | (((s) & 0xc0) << 2)) void part_xprint (PedDisk **disk, int extend) { PedPartition *part; PedDevice *dev = (*disk)->dev; PedCHSGeometry *chs = &(dev->bios_geom); int is_boot, start_cyl, start_head, start_sector, end_cyl, end_head, end_sector; char *part_chs = NULL; printf(_("\nDisk %s: %d heads, %d sectors, %d cylinders\n\n"), dev->path, chs->heads, chs->sectors, chs->cylinders); printf(_("Nr AF Hd Sec Cyl Hd Sec Cyl Start Size ID\n")); for (part = ped_disk_next_partition (*disk, NULL); part; part = ped_disk_next_partition (*disk, part)) { if (!ped_partition_is_active(part)) continue; /* We skip primary partitions, if needed */ if (extend && !part->type) continue; /* TODO: Calculate, instead of parsing the string */ part_chs = ped_unit_format_custom(dev, part->geom.start, PED_UNIT_CHS); sscanf(part_chs, "%d,%d,%d", &start_cyl, &start_head, &start_sector); PED_FREE (part_chs); part_chs = ped_unit_format_custom(dev, part->geom.end, PED_UNIT_CHS); sscanf(part_chs, "%d,%d,%d", &end_cyl, &end_head, &end_sector); PED_FREE (part_chs); is_boot = ped_partition_get_flag(part,PED_PARTITION_BOOT); printf("%2d %02x%4d%4d%8d%4d%4d%8d%11lld%11lld %02x\n", part->num, is_boot ? 0x80 : 0, start_head, start_sector, start_cyl, end_head, end_sector, end_cyl, part->geom.start, part->geom.length, get_disk_specific_system_type(part, NULL)); check_partition_consistency(part); } } /* This is only run in Linux fdisk compatibility mode */ static int do_xprint (PedDisk **disk) { part_xprint(disk,0); return 1; } static int do_eprint (PedDisk **disk) { part_xprint(disk,1); return 1; } /* This prints a sector, in the style Linux fdisk prints raw partition tables, in hex, with 16 bytes per line */ static void print_sector (PedDevice *dev, PedSector sector) { char *buf; int size = dev->sector_size, i, pos = 0; buf = malloc(size); if (ped_device_read(dev, buf, sector, 1)) { for (i = 0; i < size; i++) { /* We print the line prefix */ if (pos == 0) printf("0x%03X:", i); printf(" %02hhX", buf[i]); /* We print the line suffix */ if (pos == 15) { printf("\n"); pos = 0; } else pos++; } if (pos != 0) printf("\n"); printf("\n"); } free(buf); } static int do_raw (PedDisk **disk) { /* TODO: Make this for other disklabels, too */ if (strcmp((*disk)->type->name, "msdos")) { fprintf(stderr, _("Raw printing on %s not supported\n"), (*disk)->type->name); return 0; } printf(_("Device: %s\n"), (*disk)->dev->path); /* This is for DOS partition table */ PedPartition *part; int i; /* First we print the MBR */ print_sector((*disk)->dev,0); /* Then we print the partition table sectors for the logical partitions */ for (part = ped_disk_get_partition(*disk, i = 5); part; part = ped_disk_get_partition(*disk, ++i)) { print_sector((*disk)->dev, part->prev->geom.start); } return 1; } void fdisk_print_partition_size(PedDisk *disk) { PedPartition *part = ped_disk_get_partition(disk,fdisk_partsize_part); if (!part) { printf(_("There is no partition %d on %s\n"), fdisk_partsize_part, disk->dev->path); exit(1); } else { PedCHSGeometry* chs; PedSector sectors; PedSector cyl_start; PedSector cyl_end; PedSector sect_size; PedSector heads; PedSector total_cyl; chs = &(disk->dev)->bios_geom; sectors = chs->sectors; heads = chs->heads; total_cyl = heads * sectors; sect_size = disk->dev->sector_size; cyl_start = (part->geom.start / (total_cyl)) + 1; cyl_end = (part->geom.end / (total_cyl)) + 1; /* ped_unit_set_default(PED_UNIT_CYLINDER); */ printf("%lld\n", ((cyl_end * total_cyl) - ((part->num == 1) ? (cyl_start * sectors) : (cyl_start * total_cyl))) / (1024 / sect_size) ); exit(0); } } void fdisk_do_list_devices (PedDisk* disk) { if (disk == NULL) { PedDevice* dev = NULL; ped_device_probe_all (); while ((dev = ped_device_get_next (dev))) { if (!ped_device_open(dev)) break; PedDisk *disk = ped_disk_new(dev); if (!disk) // Not fatal error continue; init_disk_flags(disk); if (fdisk_print_raw) do_raw (&disk); else do_print (&disk); ped_disk_destroy(disk); } } else { if (fdisk_print_raw) do_raw(&disk); else do_print(&disk); } exit(0); } #if 0 static PedPartitionType _disk_get_part_type_for_sector (PedDisk* disk, PedSector sector) { PedPartition* extended; extended = ped_disk_extended_partition (disk); if (!extended || !ped_geometry_test_sector_inside (&extended->geom, sector)) return 0; return PED_PARTITION_LOGICAL; } #endif #if 0 /* This function checks if "part" contains a file system, and returs * 0 if either no file system was found, or the user declined to add it. * 1 if a file system was found, and the user chose to add it. * -1 if the user chose to cancel the entire search. */ static int _rescue_add_partition (PedPartition* part) { const PedFileSystemType* fs_type; PedGeometry* probed; PedExceptionOption ex_opt; PedConstraint* constraint; char* found_start; char* found_end; fs_type = ped_file_system_probe (&part->geom); if (!fs_type) return 0; probed = ped_file_system_probe_specific (fs_type, &part->geom); if (!probed) return 0; if (!ped_geometry_test_inside (&part->geom, probed)) { ped_geometry_destroy (probed); return 0; } constraint = ped_constraint_exact (probed); if (!ped_disk_set_partition_geom (part->disk, part, constraint, probed->start, probed->end)) { ped_constraint_destroy (constraint); return 0; } ped_constraint_destroy (constraint); found_start = ped_unit_format (probed->dev, probed->start); found_end = ped_unit_format (probed->dev, probed->end); ex_opt = ped_exception_throw ( PED_EXCEPTION_INFORMATION, PED_EXCEPTION_YES_NO_CANCEL, _("A %s %s partition was found at %s -> %s. " "Do you want to add it to the partition table?"), fs_type->name, ped_partition_type_get_name (part->type), found_start, found_end); ped_geometry_destroy (probed); PED_FREE (found_start); PED_FREE (found_end); switch (ex_opt) { case PED_EXCEPTION_CANCEL: return -1; case PED_EXCEPTION_NO: return 0; } ped_partition_set_system (part, fs_type); ped_disk_commit (part->disk); return 1; } /* hack: we only iterate through the start, since most (all) fs's have their * superblocks at the start. We'll need to change this if we generalize * for RAID, or something... */ static int _rescue_pass (PedDisk* disk, PedGeometry* start_range, PedGeometry* end_range) { PedSector start; PedGeometry start_geom_exact; PedGeometry entire_dev; PedConstraint constraint; PedPartition* part; PedPartitionType part_type; part_type = _disk_get_part_type_for_sector ( disk, (start_range->start + end_range->end) / 2); ped_geometry_init (&entire_dev, disk->dev, 0, disk->dev->length); ped_timer_reset (timer); ped_timer_set_state_name (timer, _("searching for file systems")); for (start = start_range->start; start <= start_range->end; start++) { ped_timer_update (timer, 1.0 * (start - start_range->start) / start_range->length); ped_geometry_init (&start_geom_exact, disk->dev, start, 1); ped_constraint_init ( &constraint, ped_alignment_any, ped_alignment_any, &start_geom_exact, &entire_dev, 1, disk->dev->length); part = ped_partition_new (disk, part_type, NULL, start, end_range->end); if (!part) { ped_constraint_done (&constraint); continue; } ped_exception_fetch_all (); if (ped_disk_add_partition (disk, part, &constraint)) { ped_exception_leave_all (); switch (_rescue_add_partition (part)) { case 1: ped_constraint_done (&constraint); return 1; case 0: ped_disk_remove_partition (disk, part); break; case -1: goto error_remove_partition; } } else { ped_exception_leave_all (); } ped_partition_destroy (part); ped_constraint_done (&constraint); } ped_timer_update (timer, 1.0); return 1; error_remove_partition: ped_disk_remove_partition (disk, part); error_partition_destroy: ped_partition_destroy (part); error_constraint_done: ped_constraint_done (&constraint); error: return 0; } #endif static int do_rescue (PedDisk** disk) { return perform_rescue(*disk, 0LL, 0LL, UI_CUSTOM_VALUES | UI_WARN_COMMIT); #if 0 PedSector start = 0, end = 0; PedSector fuzz; PedGeometry probe_start_region; PedGeometry probe_end_region; if (!*disk) goto error; if (!command_line_prompt_boolean_question (_("WARNING: rescue writes all data to disk automatically, continue"))) return 1; if (!fdisk_command_line_get_sector (_("Start?"), (*disk)->dev, &start, NULL)) goto error; if (!fdisk_command_line_get_sector (_("End?"), (*disk)->dev, &end, NULL)) goto error; fuzz = PED_MAX (PED_MIN ((end - start) / 10, MEGABYTE_SECTORS), MEGABYTE_SECTORS * 16); ped_geometry_init (&probe_start_region, (*disk)->dev, PED_MAX(start - fuzz, 0), PED_MIN(2 * fuzz, ((*disk)->dev)->length - (start - fuzz))); ped_geometry_init (&probe_end_region, (*disk)->dev, PED_MAX(end - fuzz, 0), PED_MIN(2 * fuzz, (*disk)->dev->length - (end - fuzz))); if (!_rescue_pass (*disk, &probe_start_region, &probe_end_region)) goto error; return 1; error: return 0; #endif } static int do_resize (PedDisk** disk) { Option query_opts[] = { { 's', _("don't move the beginning of the partition") }, { 'b', _("place it at the beginning of the free space before it") }, { 'e', _("place it at the end") }, { 'c', _("select custom start and end") }, { '\0', NULL } }; PartPos pos; PedPartition *part = NULL, *temp; PedSector first,last; PedConstraint *constraint = NULL; PedPartitionType desired; UIOpts ui_opts = UI_WARN_COMMIT | UI_SNAP_TO_START; if (!get_partition (_("Partition"), *disk, &part)) return 0; /* TODO: Almost shared between fdisk and cfdisk, move to common */ if (part->fs_type) { if (!part->fs_type->ops->resize) { ped_exception_throw(PED_EXCEPTION_ERROR, PED_EXCEPTION_CANCEL, _("You can't resize this filesystem type.")); return 0; } else { PedFileSystem *fs = ped_file_system_open(&part->geom); constraint = ped_file_system_get_resize_constraint(fs); if (!constraint || constraint->min_size == constraint->max_size) { ped_exception_throw(PED_EXCEPTION_ERROR, PED_EXCEPTION_CANCEL, _("We can't resize this filesystem type")); if (constraint) ped_constraint_destroy(constraint); if (fs) ped_file_system_close (fs); return 0; } if (fs) ped_file_system_close (fs); } } else if (part->type != PED_PARTITION_EXTENDED) { ped_exception_throw(PED_EXCEPTION_ERROR, PED_EXCEPTION_CANCEL, _("No filesystem detected on the partition.")); return 0; } pos.start.sector = part->geom.start; pos.end.sector = part->geom.end; desired = PED_PARTITION_FREESPACE | (part->type & PED_PARTITION_LOGICAL); temp = part_list_prev(part,PED_PARTITION_METADATA); if (temp && (temp->type & desired)) first = temp->geom.start; else first = part->geom.start; temp = part_list_next(part,PED_PARTITION_METADATA); if (temp && (temp->type & desired)) last = temp->geom.end; else last = part->geom.end; if(!query_part_position(_("Place for the resized partition"), query_opts,&pos,first,last,(*disk)->dev, constraint,&ui_opts)) { if (constraint) ped_constraint_destroy (constraint); return 0; } if (!perform_resize (*disk, part, &pos, ui_opts)) { ped_exception_throw(PED_EXCEPTION_ERROR, PED_EXCEPTION_CANCEL, _("Resize of the partition failed")); if (!(ui_opts & UI_NO_FS_RESIZE) && uiquery.need_commit) _disk_reread(disk); return 0; } return 1; #if 0 PedPartition *part = NULL; PedFileSystem *fs; PedConstraint *constraint; PedSector start, end; PedGeometry *range_start = NULL, *range_end = NULL; PedGeometry new_geom; if (!*disk) goto error; if (!command_line_prompt_boolean_question (_("WARNING: resize writes all data to disk automatically, continue"))) return 1; if (!fdisk_command_line_get_partition (_("Partition number?"), *disk, &part)) goto error; if (part->type != PED_PARTITION_EXTENDED) { if (!_partition_warn_busy (part)) goto error; } start = part->geom.start; end = part->geom.end; if (!fdisk_command_line_get_sector (_("Start?"), (*disk)->dev, &start, &range_start)) goto error; if (!fdisk_command_line_get_sector (_("End?"), (*disk)->dev, &end, &range_end)) goto error; if (!ped_geometry_init (&new_geom, (*disk)->dev, start, end - start + 1)) goto error; snap_to_boundaries (&new_geom, &part->geom, *disk, range_start, range_end); if (part->type == PED_PARTITION_EXTENDED) { constraint = constraint_from_start_end ((*disk)->dev, range_start, range_end); if (!ped_disk_set_partition_geom (*disk, part, constraint, new_geom.start, new_geom.end)) goto error_destroy_constraint; ped_partition_set_system (part, NULL); } else { fs = ped_file_system_open (&part->geom); if (!fs) goto error; constraint = constraint_intersect_and_destroy ( ped_file_system_get_resize_constraint (fs), constraint_from_start_end ( (*disk)->dev, range_start, range_end)); if (!ped_disk_set_partition_geom (*disk, part, constraint, new_geom.start, new_geom.end)) goto error_close_fs; if (!ped_file_system_resize (fs, &part->geom, timer)) goto error_close_fs; /* may have changed... eg fat16 -> fat32 */ ped_partition_set_system (part, fs->type); ped_file_system_close (fs); } ped_constraint_destroy (constraint); if (range_start != NULL) ped_geometry_destroy (range_start); if (range_end != NULL) ped_geometry_destroy (range_end); return 1; error_close_fs: ped_file_system_close (fs); error_destroy_constraint: ped_constraint_destroy (constraint); error: if (range_start != NULL) ped_geometry_destroy (range_start); if (range_end != NULL) ped_geometry_destroy (range_end); return 0; #endif } static int do_rm (PedDisk** disk) { return perform_rm (*disk, NULL); } #if 0 static int do_select (PedDisk** disk) { PedDevice* dev; if (!get_device (_("New device?"), &dev)) return 0; if (!ped_device_open (dev)) return 0; if (uiquery.need_commit) if (!command_line_prompt_boolean_question (_("WARNING: changes were made to the disk, " "are you sure you want to discard them"))) return 1; /* Destroy the current disk and open the new.*/ ped_disk_destroy (*disk); if (!(*disk = ped_disk_new (dev))) return 0; /* Initialize the disk flags */ if (!init_disk_flags(*disk)) { ped_disk_destroy(*disk); *disk = NULL; return 0; } /* Tell the user we are using the new device. */ fdisk_print_using_dev (dev); if (uiquery.need_commit) uiquery.need_commit = 0; return 1; } #endif #if 0 static int do_set (PedDisk** disk) { return perform_set (*disk, NULL, 0, UI_DEFAULT); } #endif static int do_toggle_boot_flag (PedDisk** disk) { return perform_set (*disk, NULL, PED_PARTITION_BOOT, UI_FLAG_TOGGLE); } static int do_unit (PedDisk** disk) { if (cylinder_unit) { printf ("%s\n", _("Changing display/entry units to sectors")); ped_unit_set_default(PED_UNIT_SECTOR); cylinder_unit = 0; return 1; } else { printf ("%s\n", _("Changing display/entry units to cylinders")); ped_unit_set_default(PED_UNIT_CYLINDER); cylinder_unit = 1; return 1; } } /* * do_commit: write all configuration changes to disk. */ static int do_commit (PedDisk **disk) { /* TODO: Move these to common! */ if ((*disk)->dev->boot_dirty && (*disk)->dev->type != PED_DEVICE_FILE) { ped_exception_throw ( PED_EXCEPTION_WARNING, PED_EXCEPTION_OK, _("You should reinstall your boot loader before " "rebooting. Read section 4 of the Parted User " "documentation for more information.")); } /* TODO: dev->type is deprecated, use is_blockdevice instead */ if ((*disk)->dev->type != PED_DEVICE_FILE && !fdisk_opt_script_mode) { ped_exception_throw ( PED_EXCEPTION_INFORMATION, PED_EXCEPTION_OK, _("Don't forget to update /etc/fstab, if " "necessary.\n")); } printf (_("\nWriting all changes to %s.\n"), _((*disk)->dev->path)); if (!ped_disk_commit (*disk)) goto error; /* FIXME: This is not needed */ if (!ped_disk_commit_to_os (*disk)) goto error; /* After writing changes exit. */ if (!in_menu) do_quit (disk); return 1; error: return 0; } static int do_copy(PedDisk** disk) { if (!perform_cp (*disk, NULL, UI_WARN_COMMIT)) { ped_exception_throw(PED_EXCEPTION_ERROR, PED_EXCEPTION_CANCEL, _("Partition copy failed")); if (uiquery.need_commit) _disk_reread(disk); return 0; } return 1; } static int do_ex_menu (PedDisk** disk) { int status,old_menu; old_menu = in_menu; in_menu = 1; status = fdisk_interactive_menu (disk, fdisk_ex_menu_commands, 0); in_menu = old_menu; return status; } static int do_list_systypes (PedDisk** disk) { SysType* types = get_disklabel_system_types((*disk)->type); if (!types) { printf(_("System types for this disk label type are not " "available.\n")); return 1; } int count, per_row = 4, per_col, i, j = 0; /* We calculate the system types count */ for (count = 0; types[count].name; count++); /* We calculate the number of columns for the currect screen size */ per_row = fdisk_screen_width()/20; /* We calculate the maximum number of elements per column */ per_col = count/per_row + 1; /* We arrange the types in columns */ for (i = 0; i < per_col; i++) { for (j = 0; j < per_row; j++) { if (i+j*per_col >= count) break; printf("%2x %-15.15s ", (unsigned int) types[i+j*per_col].type, _(types[i+j*per_col].name)); } printf("\n"); } return 1; } /* This changes the filesystem type. For now, only on msdos partition type */ static int do_change_system_type (PedDisk **disk) { int type = 0, i; PedPartition *part = NULL; char *input = NULL; const char *type_name = NULL; SysType *types = get_disklabel_system_types((*disk)->type); if (!types) { if (!command_line_prompt_boolean_question (_("WARNING: System types for this disk label type " "seem unavailable, continue?"))) return 0; } const char prompt[] = "Hex code (type L to list codes)"; if(!get_partition(_("Partition"), *disk, &part) || !part) return 0; do { input = fdisk_command_line_get_word (prompt, NULL, NULL, 1); if (!input) return 0; if (toupper(*input) == 'L') { free(input); do_list_systypes(disk); } else break; } while(1); if (!sscanf(input,"%x",&type)) { free(input); return 0; } set_disk_specific_system_type(part,type); if (types) for (i = 0; types[i].name; i++) { if (types[i].type == type) type_name = _(types[i].name); } if (!type_name) type_name = _("Unknown"); printf(_("Changed type of partition %d to %x (%s)\n"), part->num, type, type_name); return 1; } static int do_fix_partition_order (PedDisk **disk) { fix_partition_order(*disk); return 1; } /* The next three are for lfdisk compatibility with fdisk */ static int do_change_sectors(PedDisk **disk) { int sectors = (*disk)->dev->bios_geom.sectors; if (fdisk_command_line_get_integer(_("Number of sectors"), §ors)) { (*disk)->dev->bios_geom.sectors = sectors; return 1; } else return 0; } static int do_change_heads(PedDisk **disk) { int heads = (*disk)->dev->bios_geom.heads; if (fdisk_command_line_get_integer(_("Number of heads"), &heads)) { (*disk)->dev->bios_geom.heads = heads; return 1; } else return 0; } static int do_change_cylinders(PedDisk **disk) { int cylinders = (*disk)->dev->bios_geom.cylinders; if (fdisk_command_line_get_integer(_("Number of cylinders"), &cylinders)) { (*disk)->dev->bios_geom.cylinders = cylinders; return 1; } else return 0; } static int do_move_partition_beginning(PedDisk **disk) { PedPartition *part = NULL; PartPos pos; if (!get_partition(_("Partition"), *disk, &part)) return 0; pos.start.sector = part->geom.start; pos.end.sector = part->geom.end; pos.start.range = NULL; pos.end.range = NULL; /* This gets the new start in sectors */ while (1) { if (!fdisk_command_line_get_llinteger(_("New beginning of data"), &pos.start.sector)) return 0; if (pos.start.sector < part->geom.start || pos.start.sector >= part->geom.end) printf(_("Value out of range.")); else break; } return perform_resize(*disk,part,&pos,UI_NO_FS_RESIZE); } static int do_verify(PedDisk **disk) { verify_partition_table (*disk); return 1; } static void _init_messages () { StrList* list; int first; PedFileSystemType* fs_type; PedDiskType* disk_type; PedPartitionFlag part_flag; PedUnit unit; /* flags */ first = 1; list = str_list_create (_(flag_msg_start), NULL); for (part_flag = ped_partition_flag_next (0); part_flag; part_flag = ped_partition_flag_next (part_flag)) { if (first) first = 0; else str_list_append (list, ", "); str_list_append (list, _(ped_partition_flag_get_name (part_flag))); } str_list_append (list, "\n"); flag_msg = str_list_convert (list); str_list_destroy (list); /* units */ first = 1; list = str_list_create (_(unit_msg_start), NULL); for (unit = PED_UNIT_FIRST; unit <= PED_UNIT_LAST; unit++) { if (first) first = 0; else str_list_append (list, ", "); str_list_append (list, ped_unit_get_name (unit)); } str_list_append (list, "\n"); unit_msg = str_list_convert (list); str_list_destroy (list); /* disk type */ list = str_list_create (_(label_type_msg_start), NULL); first = 1; for (disk_type = ped_disk_type_get_next (NULL); disk_type; disk_type = ped_disk_type_get_next (disk_type)) { if (disk_type->ops->write == NULL) continue; if (first) first = 0; else str_list_append (list, ", "); str_list_append (list, disk_type->name); } str_list_append (list, "\n"); label_type_msg = str_list_convert (list); str_list_destroy (list); /* mkfs - file system types */ list = str_list_create (_(fs_type_msg_start), NULL); first = 1; for (fs_type = ped_file_system_type_get_next (NULL); fs_type; fs_type = ped_file_system_type_get_next (fs_type)) { if (fs_type->ops->create == NULL) continue; if (first) first = 0; else str_list_append (list, ", "); str_list_append (list, fs_type->name); } str_list_append (list, "\n"); mkfs_fs_type_msg = str_list_convert (list); str_list_destroy (list); /* mkpart - file system types */ list = str_list_create (_(fs_type_msg_start), NULL); first = 1; for (fs_type = ped_file_system_type_get_next (NULL); fs_type; fs_type = ped_file_system_type_get_next (fs_type)) { if (first) first = 0; else str_list_append (list, ", "); str_list_append (list, fs_type->name); } str_list_append (list, "\n"); mkpart_fs_type_msg = str_list_convert (list); str_list_destroy (list); /* resize - file system types */ list = str_list_create (_(resize_msg_start), NULL); first = 1; for (fs_type = ped_file_system_type_get_next (NULL); fs_type; fs_type = ped_file_system_type_get_next (fs_type)) { if (fs_type->ops->resize == NULL) continue; if (first) first = 0; else str_list_append (list, ", "); str_list_append (list, fs_type->name); } str_list_append (list, "\n"); resize_fs_type_msg = str_list_convert (list); str_list_destroy (list); } static void _done_messages () { free (flag_msg); free (mkfs_fs_type_msg); free (mkpart_fs_type_msg); free (resize_fs_type_msg); free (label_type_msg); } static void _init_bsd_menu_commands () { fdisk_command_register (fdisk_bsd_menu_commands, fdisk_command_create ( str_list_create_unique ("d", _("d"), NULL), do_rm, str_list_create ( _(" d delete a BSD partition"), NULL), NULL, 1)); fdisk_command_register (fdisk_bsd_menu_commands, fdisk_command_create ( str_list_create_unique ("l", _("l"), NULL), do_list_systypes, str_list_create ( _(" l list known filesystem types"), NULL), NULL, 1)); fdisk_command_register (fdisk_bsd_menu_commands, fdisk_command_create ( str_list_create_unique ("m", _("m"), NULL), do_help, str_list_create ( _(" m print this menu"), NULL), NULL, 1)); fdisk_command_register (fdisk_bsd_menu_commands, fdisk_command_create ( str_list_create_unique ("n", _("n"), NULL), do_mkpart, str_list_create ( _(" n add a new BSD partition"), NULL), NULL, 1)); fdisk_command_register (fdisk_bsd_menu_commands, fdisk_command_create ( str_list_create_unique ("p", _("p"), NULL), do_print, str_list_create ( _(" p print the BSD partition table"), NULL), NULL, 1)); #if 0 fdisk_command_register (fdisk_bsd_menu_commands, fdisk_command_create ( str_list_create_unique ("q", _("q"), NULL), do_quit, str_list_create ( _(" q quit without saving changes"), NULL), NULL, 1)); #endif fdisk_command_register (fdisk_bsd_menu_commands, fdisk_command_create ( str_list_create_unique ("r", _("r"), NULL), NULL, str_list_create ( _(" r return to the main menu"), NULL), NULL, 1)); #if 0 /* TODO: This should be available only on msdos and sun disklabels */ fdisk_command_register (fdisk_bsd_menu_commands, fdisk_command_create ( str_list_create_unique ("t", _("t"), NULL), do_change_system_type, str_list_create ( _(" t change a partition's filesystem id"), NULL), NULL, 1)); #endif fdisk_command_register (fdisk_bsd_menu_commands, fdisk_command_create ( str_list_create_unique ("u", _("u"), NULL), do_unit, str_list_create ( _(" u change display/entry units"), NULL), NULL, 1)); fdisk_command_register (fdisk_bsd_menu_commands, fdisk_command_create ( str_list_create_unique ("w", _("w"), NULL), do_commit, str_list_create ( _(" w write disklabel to disk"), NULL), NULL, 1)); } static void _init_ex_menu_commands () { if (!compat_mode) { fdisk_command_register ( fdisk_ex_menu_commands, fdisk_command_create ( str_list_create_unique ("v", _("v"), NULL), do_move, str_list_create (_(" v move a partition"), NULL), str_list_create (_(number_msg), _(start_end_msg), NULL), 1) ); fdisk_command_register (fdisk_ex_menu_commands, fdisk_command_create ( str_list_create_unique ("c", _("c"), NULL), do_rescue, str_list_create ( _(" c rescue a lost partition"), NULL), str_list_create (_(start_end_msg), NULL), 1)); fdisk_command_register (fdisk_ex_menu_commands, fdisk_command_create ( str_list_create_unique ("z", _("z"), NULL), do_resize, str_list_create ( _(" z resize a partition and its file system"), NULL), NULL, 1)); fdisk_command_register (fdisk_ex_menu_commands, fdisk_command_create ( str_list_create_unique ("h", _("h"), NULL), do_check, str_list_create ( _(" h check the consistency of a partition"), NULL), NULL, 1)); fdisk_command_register (fdisk_ex_menu_commands, fdisk_command_create ( str_list_create_unique ("o", _("o"), NULL), do_copy, str_list_create ( _(" o copy the partition over another partition"), NULL), NULL, 1)); fdisk_command_register (fdisk_ex_menu_commands, fdisk_command_create ( str_list_create_unique ("k", _("k"), NULL), do_mkfs, str_list_create ( _(" k creates a filesystem on a partition"), NULL), NULL, 1)); } if (compat_mode) fdisk_command_register (fdisk_ex_menu_commands, fdisk_command_create ( str_list_create_unique ("b", _("b"), NULL), do_move_partition_beginning, str_list_create ( _(" b move beginning of data in a partition"), NULL), NULL, 1)); if (compat_mode) fdisk_command_register (fdisk_ex_menu_commands, fdisk_command_create ( str_list_create_unique ("c", _("c"), NULL), do_change_cylinders, str_list_create ( _(" c change number of cylinders"), NULL), NULL, 1)); if (compat_mode) fdisk_command_register (fdisk_ex_menu_commands, fdisk_command_create ( str_list_create_unique ("e", _("e"), NULL), do_eprint, str_list_create ( _(" e list extended partitions"), NULL), NULL, 1)); fdisk_command_register (fdisk_ex_menu_commands, fdisk_command_create ( str_list_create_unique ("f", _("f"), NULL), do_fix_partition_order, str_list_create ( _(" f fix partition order"), NULL), NULL, 1)); fdisk_command_register (fdisk_ex_menu_commands, fdisk_command_create ( str_list_create_unique ("g", _("g"), NULL), do_dvh_mklabel, str_list_create ( _(" g create an IRIX (SGI) partition table"), NULL), NULL, 1)); if (compat_mode) { fdisk_command_register (fdisk_ex_menu_commands, fdisk_command_create ( str_list_create_unique ("h", _("h"), NULL), do_change_heads, str_list_create ( _(" h change number of heads"), NULL), NULL, 1)); fdisk_command_register (fdisk_ex_menu_commands, fdisk_command_create ( str_list_create_unique ("m", _("m"), NULL), do_help, str_list_create ( _(" m print this menu"), NULL), NULL, 1)); } if (compat_mode) fdisk_command_register (fdisk_ex_menu_commands, fdisk_command_create ( str_list_create_unique ("p", _("p"), NULL), do_xprint, str_list_create ( _(" p print the partition table"), NULL), NULL, 1)); else fdisk_command_register (fdisk_ex_menu_commands, fdisk_command_create ( str_list_create_unique ("p", _("p"), NULL), do_print, str_list_create ( _(" p print the partition table"), NULL), NULL, 1)); fdisk_command_register (fdisk_ex_menu_commands, fdisk_command_create ( str_list_create_unique ("q", _("q"), NULL), do_quit, str_list_create ( _(" q quit without saving changes"), NULL), NULL, 1)); fdisk_command_register (fdisk_ex_menu_commands, fdisk_command_create ( str_list_create_unique ("r", _("r"), NULL), NULL, str_list_create ( _(" r return to the main menu"), NULL), NULL, 1)); if (compat_mode) fdisk_command_register (fdisk_ex_menu_commands, fdisk_command_create ( str_list_create_unique ("s", _("s"), NULL), do_change_sectors, str_list_create ( _(" s change number of sectors/track"), NULL), NULL, 1)); if (compat_mode) fdisk_command_register (fdisk_ex_menu_commands, fdisk_command_create ( str_list_create_unique ("v", _("v"), NULL), do_verify, str_list_create ( _(" v verify the partition table"), NULL), NULL, 1)); fdisk_command_register (fdisk_ex_menu_commands, fdisk_command_create ( str_list_create_unique ("w", _("w"), NULL), do_commit, str_list_create ( _(" w write table to disk and exit"), NULL), NULL, 1)); } static void _init_main_menu_commands () { fdisk_command_register (fdisk_main_menu_commands, fdisk_command_create ( str_list_create_unique ("a", _("a"), NULL), do_toggle_boot_flag, str_list_create ( _(" a toggle bootable flag"), NULL), NULL, 1)); fdisk_command_register (fdisk_main_menu_commands, fdisk_command_create ( str_list_create_unique ("b", _("b"), NULL), do_edit_bsd_disklabel, str_list_create ( _(" b edit bsd disklabel"), NULL), NULL, 1)); fdisk_command_register (fdisk_main_menu_commands, fdisk_command_create ( str_list_create_unique ("d", _("d"), NULL), do_rm, str_list_create ( _(" d delete a partition"), NULL), NULL, 1)); fdisk_command_register (fdisk_main_menu_commands, fdisk_command_create ( str_list_create_unique ("l", _("l"), NULL), do_list_systypes, str_list_create ( _(" l list known partition types"), NULL), NULL, 1)); fdisk_command_register (fdisk_main_menu_commands, fdisk_command_create ( str_list_create_unique ("m", _("m"), NULL), do_help, str_list_create ( _(" m print this menu"), NULL), NULL, 1)); fdisk_command_register (fdisk_main_menu_commands, fdisk_command_create ( str_list_create_unique ("n", _("n"), NULL), do_mkpart, str_list_create ( _(" n add a new partition"), NULL), NULL, 1)); fdisk_command_register (fdisk_main_menu_commands, fdisk_command_create ( str_list_create_unique ("o", _("o"), NULL), do_msdos_mklabel, str_list_create ( _(" o create a new empty DOS partition table"), NULL), NULL, 1)); fdisk_command_register (fdisk_main_menu_commands, fdisk_command_create ( str_list_create_unique ("p", _("p"), NULL), do_print, str_list_create ( _(" p print the partition table"), NULL), NULL, 1)); fdisk_command_register (fdisk_main_menu_commands, fdisk_command_create ( str_list_create_unique ("q", _("q"), NULL), do_quit, str_list_create ( _(" q quit without saving changes"), NULL), NULL, 1)); fdisk_command_register (fdisk_main_menu_commands, fdisk_command_create ( str_list_create_unique ("s", _("s"), NULL), do_sun_mklabel, str_list_create ( _(" s create a new empty Sun disklabel"), NULL), NULL, 1)); /* TODO: This should be available only on msdos and sun disklabels */ fdisk_command_register (fdisk_main_menu_commands, fdisk_command_create ( str_list_create_unique ("t", _("t"), NULL), do_change_system_type, str_list_create ( _(" t change a partition's system id"), NULL), NULL, 1)); fdisk_command_register (fdisk_main_menu_commands, fdisk_command_create ( str_list_create_unique ("u", _("u"), NULL), do_unit, str_list_create ( _(" u change display/entry units"), NULL), NULL, 1)); if (compat_mode) fdisk_command_register (fdisk_main_menu_commands, fdisk_command_create ( str_list_create_unique ("v", _("v"), NULL), do_verify, str_list_create ( _(" v verify the partition table"), NULL), NULL, 1)); fdisk_command_register (fdisk_main_menu_commands, fdisk_command_create ( str_list_create_unique ("w", _("w"), NULL), do_commit, str_list_create ( _(" w write table to disk and exit"), NULL), NULL, 1)); fdisk_command_register (fdisk_main_menu_commands, fdisk_command_create ( str_list_create_unique ("x", _("x"), NULL), do_ex_menu, str_list_create ( _(" x extra functionality (experts only)"), NULL), NULL, 1)); } static void _done_commands () { FdiskCommand** walk; for (walk = fdisk_main_menu_commands; *walk; walk++) { fdisk_command_destroy (*walk); *walk = NULL; } for (walk = fdisk_ex_menu_commands; *walk; walk++) { fdisk_command_destroy (*walk); *walk = NULL; } for (walk = fdisk_bsd_menu_commands; *walk; walk++) { fdisk_command_destroy(*walk); *walk = NULL; } } static void _init_i18n () { /* intialize i18n */ #if ENABLE_NLS && HAVE_LOCALE_H setlocale(LC_ALL, ""); bindtextdomain(PACKAGE, LOCALEDIR); textdomain(PACKAGE); #endif /* ENABLE_NLS && HAVE_LOCALE_H */ } /* initialise UI calls structure */ static void _init_uicalls() { //uiquery = malloc(sizeof(UICalls)); /* TODO: Get rid of getstring and getint functions */ uiquery.getstring = getstring; uiquery.getint = fdisk_command_line_get_integer; uiquery.getbool = getbool; uiquery.getparttype = fdisk_command_line_get_part_type; uiquery.getdev = NULL; uiquery.getpart = NULL; uiquery.getdisktype = NULL; uiquery.getfstype = NULL; /* TODO: Will we use this? */ uiquery.getpartpos = fdisk_get_partpos; uiquery.need_commit = 0; uiquery.timer = ped_timer_new (_timer_handler, &timer_context); set_uicalls(&uiquery); } static void _version () { puts(interface_name); exit (0); } /** * build a struct option array from extd_options table * \return a pointer to NULL terminated struct option array * allocated with malloc */ static struct option * build_option_table(void) { unsigned int i, len = sizeof(extd_options) / sizeof(extd_options[0]); struct option *option = malloc(sizeof(struct option) * len); if(option == NULL) { perror(_("dynamic memory allocation failure")); exit(EXIT_FAILURE); } for(i=0; i < len; i++) memcpy(&(option[i]), &(extd_options[i]), sizeof(struct option)); return option; } static int _parse_options (int* argc_ptr, char*** argv_ptr) { int opt, align_type; struct option *options_table, *ptr; /* Build option table we need two pointers because getopt long * modify `ptr' and we can't feree it */ options_table = ptr = build_option_table(); while((opt = getopt_long(*argc_ptr, *argv_ptr, short_option_string, ptr, NULL)) != -1) { /* NOTE: b, C, H, S are ignored, for Linux fdisk compatibility */ switch (opt) { case 'h': fdisk_help_msg (); break; case 'l': fdisk_list_table = 1; break; case 'r': fdisk_list_table = 1; fdisk_print_raw = 1; break; case 'i': fdisk_opt_script_mode = 0; break; case 'p': fdisk_opt_script_mode = 1; break; #ifdef GNU_EXT case 'G': compat_mode = 0; break; case 'L': compat_mode = 1; break; #endif case 's': fdisk_partsize_device = optarg; break; case 't': print_partition_types(); break; #ifdef GNU_EXT case 'A': align_type = string_to_align_type(optarg); if (align_type == ALIGNMENT_INVALID) { fdisk_usage_msg(); return 0; } current_partition_align_type = align_type; break; #endif case 'u': ped_unit_set_default(PED_UNIT_SECTOR); cylinder_unit = 0; break; case 'v': _version(); break; case 'b': user_sectsize = atoll(optarg); if (user_sectsize <= 0 || user_sectsize % 512) { fdisk_usage_msg(); return 0; } break; case 'C': user_cyls = atoi(optarg); break; case 'H': user_heads = atoi(optarg); break; case 'S': user_sectors = atoi(optarg); break; } } *argc_ptr -= optind; *argv_ptr += optind; free(options_table); if(compat_mode && current_partition_align_type != ALIGNMENT_OPTIMAL) { fprintf(stderr, _("Warning: alignment option is ignored in " "util-linux compatibile mode. Switch to cylinder alignment.\n")); } return 1; } static PedDevice* _choose_device (int* argc_ptr, char*** argv_ptr) { PedDevice* dev; const char* path = NULL; /* if we want partition size */ if (fdisk_partsize_device) { static char buf[512]; fdisk_partsize_part = cut_device_partnum(buf, sizeof(buf), fdisk_partsize_device); path = buf; } else if (*argc_ptr) path = (*argv_ptr) [0]; /* specified on comand line? */ if (path) { dev = ped_device_get (path); if (!dev) { printf(_("Unable to open %s\n"), path); return NULL; } /***************************************************************/ /* TODO: I have no idea why this is here, but I leave it as is */ /***************************************************************/ if (*argc_ptr) { (*argc_ptr)--; (*argv_ptr)++; } /* If sector size, cylnders, heads or sectors are specified on the command line */ if (compat_mode) { if (user_sectsize) { /* This should be multiple of 512, checked at option parsing */ PedSector bytes = dev->sector_size * dev->length; dev->sector_size = user_sectsize; dev->length = bytes / user_sectsize; } if (user_sectors || user_heads) { /* NOTE: PedSector is long long */ long long llcyl; if (user_sectors) dev->bios_geom.sectors = user_sectors; if (user_heads) dev->bios_geom.heads = user_heads; llcyl = dev->length / ((long long)dev->bios_geom.heads * dev->bios_geom.sectors); dev->bios_geom.cylinders = llcyl; /* If it was truncated, use the max value, as Linux fdisk */ /* FIXME: Linux fdisk uses uint */ if (dev->bios_geom.cylinders != llcyl) dev->bios_geom.cylinders = INT_MAX; if (!dev->bios_geom.cylinders) dev->bios_geom.cylinders = user_cyls; } } if (!ped_device_open (dev)) { printf(_("Unable to open %s\n"), path); return NULL; } return dev; } return NULL; } static PedDevice* _init (int* argc_ptr, char*** argv_ptr) { PedDevice* dev; /* Christian * * Before global `compat_mode' fdisk use a variable only for this * file. If GNU_EXT isn't defined identifyer of this variable was * defined as a macro wich expand to a value of 1 */ #if !defined GNU_EXT || !GNU_EXT compat_mode = 1; #endif #ifdef ENABLE_MTRACE mtrace(); #endif #if HAVE_READLINE && HAVE_LIBTERMCAP init_termcap_library(); #endif /* HAVE_READLINE && HAVE_LIBTERMCAP */ _init_i18n (); if (!fdisk_init_ui ()) goto error; _init_messages (); /* The default units are cylinders */ ped_unit_set_default(PED_UNIT_CYLINDER); /* TODO: Make _init_messages init these, remove messages from ui.c */ init_flag_str(); init_fs_type_str(); init_disk_type_str(); if (!_parse_options (argc_ptr, argv_ptr)) goto error_done_commands; dev = _choose_device (argc_ptr, argv_ptr); _init_ex_menu_commands (); _init_bsd_menu_commands (); _init_main_menu_commands (); if (!dev) { goto error_done_commands; } _init_uicalls(); if (!uiquery.timer) goto error_done_commands; timer_context.last_update = 0; return dev; error_done_commands: _done_commands (); _done_messages (); // unused //error_done_ui: fdisk_done_ui (); error: return NULL; } static void _done (PedDevice* dev) { ped_device_close (dev); /* TODO: _done_uicalls? */ ped_timer_destroy (uiquery.timer); _done_commands (); _done_messages (); fdisk_done_ui(); } /** * Program entry point * \param argc number of command line arguments * \param argv array of command line arguments * \return EXIT_SUCCESS or EXIT_FAILURE */ int fdisk (int argc, char** argv) { PedDevice* dev; if (argc <= 1) { /* Missing device parameter */ fdisk_usage_msg(); return EXIT_FAILURE; } #ifdef GNU_EXT /* See whether we should enable Linux fdisk compatibility mode */ if (argv[0]) { char *program_name = strrchr(argv[0], '/'); if (program_name) program_name++; else program_name = argv[0]; if(strcmp(program_name,"lfdisk") == 0) compat_mode = 1; } else compat_mode = 0; #endif /* GNU_EXT */ dev = _init (&argc, &argv); if(!dev) { /* List all devices */ if(fdisk_list_table) do_list_devices(NULL); else return EXIT_FAILURE; } return (fdisk_interactive_mode(&dev, fdisk_main_menu_commands) ? EXIT_SUCCESS : EXIT_FAILURE); } fdisk-1.2.5/src/Makefile.am0000644000175000017500000000164011527750771012400 00000000000000PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ VERSION = @VERSION@ top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ subdir = src datadir = @datadir@ localedir = $(datadir)/locale DEFS = -DLOCALEDIR=\"$(localedir)\" @DEFS@ LIBS = @LIBINTL@ @LIBS@ AM_CPPFLAGS = -I$(top_builddir)/lib -I$(top_srcdir)/lib LDADD = $(top_builddir)/lib/libgnu.a sbin_PROGRAMS = fdisk fdisk_SOURCES = main.c \ command.c \ command.h \ fdisk.c \ common.c \ common.h \ hacks.c \ hacks.h \ strlist.c \ strlist.h \ ui.c \ ui.h fdisk_LDADD = $(PARTED_LIBS) if MAKE_CFDISK sbin_PROGRAMS += cfdisk cfdisk_SOURCES = cfdisk.c \ common.c \ common.h \ strlist.c \ strlist.h \ hacks.c \ hacks.h \ sys_types.h cfdisk_LDADD = $(PARTED_LIBS) $(CURSES_LIBS) endif MAKE_CFDISK install-exec-local: @SYMLINK@ @SYMLINKFROM@ $(DESTDIR)/$(sbindir)/lfdisk @SYMLINK@ @SYMLINKFROM@ $(DESTDIR)/$(sbindir)/gfdisk install-exec-am: install-sbinPROGRAMS install-exec-local fdisk-1.2.5/src/ui.c0000644000175000017500000010712711527754753011140 00000000000000/* fdisk - Linux fdisk clone This file originally from GNU Parted. Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA */ #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #if HAVE_CONFIG_H # include "config.h" #endif #include "command.h" #include "strlist.h" #include "ui.h" /* compatibility mode flag */ extern int compat_mode; /* Non NULL when -s option specifyed on command line */ extern const char *fdisk_partsize_device; extern int fdisk_partsize_part; /* ?? */ /* not 0 when fdisk should print the partition table? */ extern int fdisk_list_table; extern int init_disk_flags(PedDisk *disk); extern void fdisk_print_partition_size(PedDisk *disk); extern void fdisk_do_list_devices (PedDisk* disk); #if HAVE_LOCALE_H # include #endif /* HAVE_LOCALE_H */ #include "gettext.h" #define N_(String) String #define _(String) dgettext (PACKAGE, String) /* BEGIN readline stuff */ #if HAVE_LIBREADLINE /* If the macro "HAVE_LIBREADLINE corresponds to a digit other than zero * the readline is present along with the respective `readline/readline.h' * and `readline/history.h' header file's */ /* termcap library */ # if HAVE_LIBTERMCAP /* Termcap need this buffer to initialize terminal database, I think * the db is stored into this buffer but I'm not sure. */ enum { TERMCAP_BUFFER_SIZE = 2048 }; static char termcap_buffer[TERMCAP_BUFFER_SIZE] = {0}; /* Use this flag to know if termcap is propely initialized and ready or should not be used */ static enum { TERMCAP_OK, TERMCAP_ERROR } termcap_status; # if HAVE_TERMCAP_H # include # else extern int tgetnum (char* key); # endif /* HAVE_TERMCAP_H */ # endif /* HAVE_LIBTERMCAP */ # include # include /* Both `HAVE_RL_COMPLETION_MATCHES' and `completion_matches' are unused */ #if 0 # ifndef HAVE_RL_COMPLETION_MATCHES # define rl_completion_matches completion_matches # endif #endif /* 0 */ # if !HAVE_RL_COMPENTRY_FUNC_T /* cast to (void*) */ # define rl_compentry_func_t void # endif #endif /* HAVE_LIBREADLINE */ /* END readline stuff */ /* global and used in fdisk.c */ char* interface_name = "GNU Fdisk " VERSION; #define MAX_WORDS 1024 static StrList* command_line; static FdiskCommand** commands; static StrList* ex_opt_str [64]; static StrList* on_list; static StrList* off_list; static StrList* on_off_list; static StrList* fs_type_list; static StrList* disk_type_list; /* Declare readline_state */ static struct { const StrList* possibilities; const StrList* cur_pos; int in_readline; sigjmp_buf jmp_state; } readline_state; // unused //static PedExceptionOption current_exception_opt = 0; /* If we don't want the possibilities to appear on the prompt, this should be set to 0. TODO: Making this without a global variable might be a good idea */ static int prompt_possibilities = 1; #if HAVE_LIBREADLINE # if HAVE_LIBTERMCAP /* This function initialize the termcap library */ void init_termcap_library(void) { char *terminal; int status; terminal = getenv("TERM"); if(terminal == NULL) { fputs(_("can't get `TERM' environment variable.\n" "Please specify a terminal type int the `TERM' environment\n" "variable.\n"), stderr); goto _Error; } status = tgetent(termcap_buffer, terminal); if(status <= 0) { if(status == 0) fprintf(stderr, _("%s termcap error: terminal `%s' is not defined in your\n" "terminal database, please update it.\n"), PACKAGE, terminal); else fprintf(stderr, _("%s termcap error: could not access terminal database\n" "please check yor termcap library.\n"), PACKAGE); goto _Error; } else termcap_status = TERMCAP_OK; return; _Error: termcap_status = TERMCAP_ERROR; } #endif /* HAVE_LIBTERMCAP */ /* returns matching commands for text */ static char* command_generator (char* text, int state) { if (!state) readline_state.cur_pos = readline_state.possibilities; while (readline_state.cur_pos) { const StrList* cur = readline_state.cur_pos; readline_state.cur_pos = cur->next; if (str_list_match_node (cur, text)) return str_list_convert_node (cur); } return NULL; } /* completion function for readline() */ char** fdisk_complete_function (char* text, int start, int end) { return rl_completion_matches (text, (rl_compentry_func_t*) command_generator); } static void _add_history_unique (const char* line) { HIST_ENTRY** p; /* Check if line is empty */ if (!line || !line[0]) return; /* Get all entryes of history and find if current line * is already in one history entry. */ p = history_list(); if(p != NULL) /* if the history is not empty we search for line in all entryes */ { unsigned int i; for(i = 0; p[i] != NULL; i++) if(strcmp(p[i]->line, line) == 0) /* match */ return; } /* no match */ add_history(line); } #endif /* HAVE_LIBREADLINE && HAVE_LIBTERMCAP_H */ static void interrupt_handler (int signum) { int in_readline = readline_state.in_readline; readline_state.in_readline = 0; signal (signum, &interrupt_handler); if (in_readline) { putchar(0x0A); siglongjmp (readline_state.jmp_state, 1); } } /* check if line is only spaces */ static int is_empty_line(const char *s) { while(*s) if(!isspace(*s++)) return 0; return 1; } static char* _readline (const char* prompt, const StrList* possibilities) { char* line = NULL; readline_state.possibilities = possibilities; readline_state.cur_pos = NULL; readline_state.in_readline = 1; if (sigsetjmp (readline_state.jmp_state, 1)) return NULL; fdisk_wipe_line (); if (!fdisk_opt_script_mode) #if HAVE_LIBREADLINE { /* !fdisk_opt_script_mode && HAVE_READLINE */ line = readline(prompt); if(line && *line) _add_history_unique (line); } #else { /* !fdisk_opt_script_mode */ printf ("%s", prompt); fflush (stdout); line = (char*) calloc(sizeof(char), 256); if (fgets (line, 256, stdin) == NULL || is_empty_line(line)) { free (line); line = NULL; } else { char *end = strchr(line, 0x0a); if(end) *end = 0; } } #endif /* MMM... I assume that `disk_opt_script_mode' is true when fdisk * would be used whit a script, but this script where come from, * a file or stdin? the following codo works on stdin * but we kan do better with an option and a file... ? */ else { /* disk_opt_script_mode */ line = (char*) calloc(sizeof(char), 256); if (fgets (line, 256, stdin) == NULL || is_empty_line(line)) { free (line); line = NULL; } else { char *end = strchr(line, 0x0a); if(end) *end = 0; } } readline_state.in_readline = 0; return line; } static PedExceptionOption option_get_next (PedExceptionOption options, PedExceptionOption current) { PedExceptionOption i; i = current == 0 ? PED_EXCEPTION_OPTION_FIRST : current * 2; #if 0 if (current == 0) i = PED_EXCEPTION_OPTION_FIRST; else i = current * 2; #endif for (; i <= options; i *= 2) { if (options & i) return i; } return 0; } static void _print_exception_text (PedException* ex) { StrList* text; char* bug_msg = _( "You found a bug in GNU Fdisk.\n\ This may have been fixed in the last version of \ GNU Parted that you can find at:\n\ \thttp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/parted/\n\n\ Please check this version prior to bug reporting.\n\n\ If this has not been fixed yet or if you don't \ know how to check, please email:\n\ \tbug-parted@gnu.org\n\ or (preferably) file a bug report at:\n\ \thttp://parted.alioth.debian.org/bugs/\n\n\ Your report should contain the version of this release (%s) along with the\n\ error message below, the output of\n\ \tparted DEVICE unit co print unit s print\n\ and additional information about your setup you consider important.\n"); fdisk_wipe_line (); if (ex->type == PED_EXCEPTION_BUG) { printf (bug_msg, VERSION); text = str_list_create ("\n", ex->message, "\n", NULL); } else text = str_list_create (_(ped_exception_get_type_string (ex->type)), ": ", ex->message, "\n", NULL); str_list_print_wrap (text, fdisk_screen_width (), 0, 0); str_list_destroy (text); } static PedExceptionOption exception_handler (PedException* ex) { PedExceptionOption opt; _print_exception_text (ex); /* only one choice? Take it ;-) */ opt = option_get_next (ex->options, 0); if (!option_get_next (ex->options, opt)) return opt; /* script-mode: don't handle the exception */ if (fdisk_opt_script_mode) return PED_EXCEPTION_UNHANDLED; do { opt = fdisk_command_line_get_ex_opt ("", ex->options); } while (opt == PED_EXCEPTION_UNHANDLED && isatty (0)); return opt; } static int _str_is_spaces (const char* str) { while (isspace (*str)) str++; return *str == 0; } static char* realloc_and_cat (char* str, const char* append) { int length = strlen (str) + strlen (append) + 1; char* new_str = realloc (str, length); strcat (new_str, append); return new_str; } static char* _construct_prompt (const char* head, const char* def, const StrList* possibilities) { char* prompt = strdup (head); if (def && possibilities) PED_ASSERT (str_list_match_any (possibilities, def), return NULL); if (possibilities && prompt_possibilities && str_list_length (possibilities) < 8) { const StrList* walk; if (strlen (prompt)) prompt = realloc_and_cat (prompt, " "); for (walk = possibilities; walk; walk = walk->next) { if (walk != possibilities) prompt = realloc_and_cat (prompt, "/"); if (def && str_list_match_node (walk, def) == 2) { prompt = realloc_and_cat (prompt, "["); prompt = realloc_and_cat (prompt, def); prompt = realloc_and_cat (prompt, "]"); } else { char* text = str_list_convert_node (walk); prompt = realloc_and_cat (prompt, text); free (text); } } prompt = realloc_and_cat (prompt, ": "); } else if (def) { size_t len = strlen (prompt); if (len && prompt[len-1] != '\n') prompt = realloc_and_cat (prompt, " "); prompt = realloc_and_cat (prompt, "(default "); prompt = realloc_and_cat (prompt, def); prompt = realloc_and_cat (prompt, "): "); } else { size_t len = strlen (prompt); if (len && prompt[--len] != '\n') { if (prompt[len] == ':' || prompt[len] == '?') prompt = realloc_and_cat (prompt, " "); else prompt = realloc_and_cat (prompt, ": "); } } return prompt; } static int _can_create_primary (const PedDisk* disk) { int i; for (i = 1; i <= ped_disk_get_max_primary_partition_count (disk); i++) { if (!ped_disk_get_partition (disk, i)) return 1; } return 0; } static int _can_create_extended (const PedDisk* disk) { if (!_can_create_primary (disk)) return 0; if (!ped_disk_type_check_feature (disk->type, PED_DISK_TYPE_EXTENDED)) return 0; if (ped_disk_extended_partition (disk)) return 0; return 1; } static int _can_create_logical (const PedDisk* disk) { if (!ped_disk_type_check_feature (disk->type, PED_DISK_TYPE_EXTENDED)) return 0; return ped_disk_extended_partition (disk) != 0; } static int init_ex_opt_str () { int i; PedExceptionOption opt; for (i = 0; (1 << i) <= PED_EXCEPTION_OPTION_LAST; i++) { opt = (1 << i); ex_opt_str[i] = str_list_create (ped_exception_get_option_string (opt), _(ped_exception_get_option_string (opt)), NULL); if (!ex_opt_str [i]) return 0; } ex_opt_str [i] = NULL; return 1; } static void done_ex_opt_str () { int i; for (i=0; ex_opt_str [i]; i++) str_list_destroy (ex_opt_str [i]); } static int init_state_str () { on_list = str_list_create_unique (_("on"), "on", NULL); off_list = str_list_create_unique (_("off"), "off", NULL); on_off_list = str_list_join (str_list_duplicate (on_list), str_list_duplicate (off_list)); return 1; } static void done_state_str () { str_list_destroy (on_list); str_list_destroy (off_list); str_list_destroy (on_off_list); } static int init_fs_type_str () { PedFileSystemType* walk; fs_type_list = NULL; for (walk = ped_file_system_type_get_next (NULL); walk; walk = ped_file_system_type_get_next (walk)) { fs_type_list = str_list_insert (fs_type_list, walk->name); if (!fs_type_list) return 0; } return 1; } static int init_disk_type_str () { PedDiskType* walk; disk_type_list = NULL; for (walk = ped_disk_type_get_next (NULL); walk; walk = ped_disk_type_get_next (walk)) { disk_type_list = str_list_insert (disk_type_list, walk->name); if (!disk_type_list) return 0; } return 1; } void fdisk_usage_msg() { char *s = _("Usage: fdisk [OPTION]... [DEVICE]"); puts(s); } void fdisk_help_msg () { fdisk_usage_msg(); printf ("\n%s\n", _("OPTIONs:")); fdisk_print_options_help (); /* printf ("\n%s\n", _("COMMANDs:")); fdisk_print_commands_help ((FdiskCommand**)NULL); */ exit (0); } /* move all in a function so we reduce stack size */ static void do_banner_message(void) { char* banner_msg = "Copyright (C) 1998 - 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.\n\ This program is free software, covered by the GNU General Public License.\n\ \n\ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,\n\ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of\n\ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the\n\ GNU General Public License for more details.\n\n"; StrList* list; list = str_list_create (_(banner_msg), NULL); str_list_print_wrap (list, fdisk_screen_width (), 0, 0); str_list_destroy (list); } /* * Begin interactive mode */ /* Changed */ /* int fdisk_interactive_mode (PedDisk** disk, FdiskCommand* cmd_list[]) */ int fdisk_interactive_mode(PedDevice **dev, FdiskCommand* cmd_list[]) { PedDisk *disk; StrList* command_names = fdisk_command_get_names (cmd_list); puts (interface_name); do_banner_message(); /* Christian : * FIRST try open device as a disk with a partition table, if this doesn't * work device has not partition table so we must make it */ if(ped_disk_probe(*dev) == NULL) { if(compat_mode) { /* If we are in compat mode we must create a dos partition table */ puts( _("Device contains neither a valid DOS partition table, " "nor Sun, SGI or OSF disklabel\n" "Building a new DOS disklabel. Changes will remain in memory only,\n" "until you decide to write them. After that, of course, the previous\n" "content won't be recoverable.\n")); if((disk = ped_disk_new_fresh(*dev, ped_disk_type_get("msdos"))) == NULL) return EXIT_FAILURE; if(!init_disk_flags(disk)) { ped_disk_destroy(disk); return EXIT_FAILURE; } } else { /* In extended mode we can create a partition table with all supported modes */ PedDiskType *label_type; StrList *supp = NULL; char *supported_types; char *str; for(label_type = ped_disk_type_get_next(NULL); label_type != NULL; label_type = ped_disk_type_get_next(label_type) ) { supp = str_list_append(supp, label_type->name); supp = str_list_append(supp, " "); } supported_types = str_list_convert(supp); str_list_destroy(supp); /* List resources was freed */ puts(_("Device contains neither a valid DOS partition table, " "nor Sun, SGI or OSF disklabel.\n" "You must create a disk label first!\n")); str = malloc(32); get_label_type_str: printf(_("What type of disk label would you create (q to quit)?\n[ %s] "), supported_types); retry_without_print_message: if(scanf("%31s", str) < 1) { goto retry_without_print_message; } else if((*str == 'q' || *str == 'Q') && str[1] == 0) { return EXIT_SUCCESS; } else if((label_type = ped_disk_type_get(str)) == NULL) { fputs(_("*** Invalid label!\n"), stderr); goto get_label_type_str; } disk = ped_disk_new_fresh(*dev, label_type); if(!disk) return EXIT_FAILURE; /* what bad? :( */ if (!init_disk_flags(disk)) { ped_disk_destroy(disk); return EXIT_FAILURE; } /* Free other resources */ free(str); free(supported_types); } } /* if(!disk) */ else { disk = ped_disk_new(*dev); if(!disk) return EXIT_FAILURE; if(!init_disk_flags(disk)) { ped_disk_destroy(disk); return EXIT_FAILURE; } } /*** ** OK, We have a disk with a partition table :) */ /* Show the size of the partition */ if(fdisk_partsize_device) fdisk_print_partition_size(disk); /* List the specified disk. */ if (fdisk_list_table) /* http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-fdisk/2008-12/msg00011.html */ /* fdisk_do_list_devices(&disk); */ fdisk_do_list_devices(disk); fdisk_print_using_dev (disk->dev); while (1) { char* word; FdiskCommand* cmd; commands = cmd_list; /* FIXME yucky, nasty, evil hack */ while (!fdisk_command_line_get_word_count ()) { if (feof (stdin)) { printf ("\n"); return 1; } prompt_possibilities = 0; fdisk_command_line_prompt_words ("Command (m for help):", NULL, command_names, 1); prompt_possibilities = 1; } word = fdisk_command_line_pop_word (); if (word) { cmd = fdisk_command_get (commands, word); free (word); if (cmd) { if (!fdisk_command_run (cmd, &disk)) fdisk_command_line_flush (); } else { fdisk_print_commands_help (commands); } } } return 1; } /* If menu equals: * 0 - expert menu. * 1 - filesystem menu. * 2 - bsd menu */ int fdisk_interactive_menu (PedDisk** disk, FdiskCommand* cmd_list[], int menu) { StrList* command_names = fdisk_command_get_names (cmd_list); /* FIXME yucky, nasty, evil hack */ FdiskCommand **saved_commands = commands; commands = cmd_list; while (1) { char* word; FdiskCommand* cmd; while (!fdisk_command_line_get_word_count ()) { if (feof (stdin)) { printf ("\n"); commands = saved_commands; return 1; } prompt_possibilities = 0; if (!menu) fdisk_command_line_prompt_words ("Expert command (m for help)", NULL, command_names, 1); else if (menu == 1) fdisk_command_line_prompt_words ("Filesystem (m for help)", NULL, command_names, 1); else if (menu == 2) fdisk_command_line_prompt_words ("BSD disklabel command (m for help)", NULL, command_names, 1); prompt_possibilities = 1; } word = fdisk_command_line_pop_word (); if (word) { cmd = fdisk_command_get (commands, word); free (word); if (cmd) { if (strcmp ((char *)cmd->names->str, "r")) { if (!fdisk_command_run (cmd, disk)) fdisk_command_line_flush (); } else { commands = saved_commands; return 1; } } else { fdisk_print_commands_help ((FdiskCommand **)NULL); } } } commands = saved_commands; return 1; } /* Prompt the user to answer a yes or no question. */ int command_line_prompt_boolean_question (const char* prompt) { char *user_ans; StrList *possibilities = str_list_create (_("yes"), _("no"), NULL); user_ans = fdisk_command_line_get_word (_(prompt), _("no"), possibilities, 0); if (strcmp (user_ans, _("yes")) == 0) return 1; /* user answered no */ return 0; } int fdisk_screen_width () { int width = 0; if (fdisk_opt_script_mode) return 32768; /* no wrapping ;) */ /* HACK: don't specify termcap separately - it'll annoy the users. */ #if HAVE_LIBREADLINE && HAVE_LIBTERMCAP if(termcap_status == TERMCAP_OK) width = tgetnum ("co"); #endif if (width <= 0) width = 80; return width; } void fdisk_wipe_line () { if (fdisk_opt_script_mode) return; /* yuck */ printf ( "\r \r" ); } PedExceptionOption fdisk_command_line_get_ex_opt (const char* prompt, PedExceptionOption options) { Option optlist[10]; PedExceptionOption opt; const char* opt_name; int i = 0, result; for (opt = option_get_next (options, 0); opt && i < sizeof(optlist) - 1; opt = option_get_next (options, opt), i++) { opt_name = ped_exception_get_option_string (opt); optlist[i].option = tolower(opt_name[0]); /* FIXME: Localization here won't work this way */ optlist[i].description = _(ped_exception_get_option_string (opt)); } optlist[i].option = 0; result = fdisk_command_line_get_option (prompt, optlist); if (!result) return PED_EXCEPTION_UNHANDLED; for (opt = option_get_next (options, 0); opt; opt = option_get_next (options, opt)) { opt_name = ped_exception_get_option_string (opt); if (result == tolower(opt_name[0])) break; } return opt; } void fdisk_print_using_dev (PedDevice* dev) { printf (_("Using %s\n"), dev->path); } int fdisk_command_line_get_word_count () { return str_list_length (command_line); } void fdisk_command_line_prompt_words (const char* prompt, const char* def, const StrList* possibilities, int multi_word) { char* line; char* real_prompt; char* _def = (char*) def; int _def_needs_free = 0; if (!def && str_list_length (possibilities) == 1) { _def = str_list_convert_node (possibilities); _def_needs_free = 1; } if (fdisk_opt_script_mode) { if (_def) fdisk_command_line_push_line (_def, 0); return; } do { real_prompt = _construct_prompt (prompt, _def, possibilities); line = _readline (real_prompt, possibilities); free (real_prompt); if (!line) break; if (!strlen (line)) { if (_def) fdisk_command_line_push_line (_def, 0); } else { fdisk_command_line_push_line (line, multi_word); } free (line); } while (!fdisk_command_line_get_word_count () && !_def); if (_def_needs_free) free (_def); } void fdisk_command_line_flush () { str_list_destroy (command_line); command_line = NULL; } /** * Get a word from command line. * * \param possibilities a StrList of valid strings, NULL if all are valid. * \param multi_word whether multiple words are allowed. * * \return The word(s), or NULL if empty. */ char* fdisk_command_line_get_word (const char* prompt, const char* def, const StrList* possibilities, int multi_word) { do { if (fdisk_command_line_get_word_count ()) { char* result = fdisk_command_line_pop_word (); StrList* result_node; if (!possibilities) return result; result_node = str_list_match (possibilities, result); free (result); if (result_node) return str_list_convert_node (result_node); fdisk_command_line_flush (); } fdisk_command_line_prompt_words (prompt, def, possibilities, multi_word); } while (fdisk_command_line_get_word_count ()); return NULL; } /* "multi_word mode" is the "normal" mode... many words can be typed, * delimited by spaces, etc. * In single-word mode, only one word is parsed per line. * Leading and trailing spaces are removed. For example: " a b c " * is a single word "a b c". The motivation for this mode is partition * names, etc. In single-word mode, the empty string is a word. * (but not in multi-word mode). */ void fdisk_command_line_push_line (const char* line, int multi_word) { int quoted = 0; char quote_char = 0; char this_word [256]; int i; do { while (*line == ' ') line++; i = 0; for (; *line; line++) { if (*line == ' ' && !quoted) { if (multi_word) break; /* single word: check for trailing spaces + eol */ if (_str_is_spaces (line)) break; } if (!quoted && strchr ("'\"", *line)) { quoted = 1; quote_char = *line; continue; } if (quoted && *line == quote_char) { quoted = 0; continue; } /* hack: escape characters */ if (quoted && line[0] == '\\' && line[1]) line++; this_word [i++] = *line; } if (i || !multi_word) { this_word [i] = 0; fdisk_command_line_push_word (this_word); } } while (*line && multi_word); } char* fdisk_command_line_pop_word () { char* result; StrList* next; PED_ASSERT (command_line != NULL, return NULL); result = str_list_convert_node (command_line); next = command_line->next; str_list_destroy_node (command_line); command_line = next; return result; } void fdisk_command_line_push_word (const char* word) { command_line = str_list_append (command_line, word); } #if 0 int fdisk_command_line_get_disk (const char* prompt, PedDisk** value) { PedDevice* dev = *value ? (*value)->dev : NULL; if (!fdisk_command_line_get_device (prompt, &dev)) return 0; if (dev != (*value)->dev) { PedDisk* new_disk = ped_disk_new (dev); if (!new_disk) return 0; *value = new_disk; } return 1; } #endif #if 0 int fdisk_command_line_get_partition (const char* prompt, PedDisk* disk, PedPartition** value) { PedPartition* part; int num = (*value) ? (*value)->num : 0; if (!fdisk_command_line_get_integer (prompt, &num)) { ped_exception_throw (PED_EXCEPTION_ERROR, PED_EXCEPTION_CANCEL, _("Expecting a partition number.")); return 0; } part = ped_disk_get_partition (disk, num); if (!part) { ped_exception_throw (PED_EXCEPTION_ERROR, PED_EXCEPTION_CANCEL, _("Partition doesn't exist.")); return 0; } *value = part; return 1; } #endif #if 0 int fdisk_command_line_get_fs_type (const char* prompt, const PedFileSystemType*(* value)) { char* fs_type_name; PedFileSystemType* fs_type; fs_type_name = fdisk_command_line_get_word (prompt, *value ? (*value)->name : NULL, fs_type_list, 1); if (!fs_type_name) { ped_exception_throw (PED_EXCEPTION_ERROR, PED_EXCEPTION_CANCEL, _("Expecting a file system type.")); return 0; } fs_type = ped_file_system_type_get (fs_type_name); if (!fs_type) { ped_exception_throw (PED_EXCEPTION_ERROR, PED_EXCEPTION_CANCEL, _("Unknown file system type \"%s\"."), fs_type_name); return 0; } free (fs_type_name); *value = fs_type; return 1; } #endif #if 0 int fdisk_command_line_get_disk_type (const char* prompt, const PedDiskType*(* value)) { char* disk_type_name; PedDiskType* disk_type; disk_type_name = fdisk_command_line_get_word (prompt, *value ? (*value)->name : NULL, disk_type_list, 1); if (!disk_type_name) { ped_exception_throw (PED_EXCEPTION_ERROR, PED_EXCEPTION_CANCEL, _("Expecting a disk label type.")); return 0; } *value = ped_disk_type_get (disk_type_name); free (disk_type_name); PED_ASSERT (*value != NULL, return 0); return 1; } #endif #if 0 int fdisk_command_line_get_device (const char* prompt, PedDevice** value) { char* def_dev_name = *value ? (*value)->path : NULL; char* dev_name; PedDevice* dev; dev_name = fdisk_command_line_get_word (prompt, def_dev_name, NULL, 1); if (!dev_name) return 0; dev = ped_device_get (dev_name); free (dev_name); if (!dev) return 0; *value = dev; return 1; } #endif int fdisk_command_line_get_integer (const char* prompt, int* value) { char def_str [12]; char* input; int valid; snprintf (def_str, sizeof(def_str), "%d", *value); input = fdisk_command_line_get_word (prompt, *value ? def_str : NULL, NULL, 1); if (!input) return 0; valid = sscanf (input, "%d", value); free (input); return valid; } int fdisk_command_line_get_llinteger (const char* prompt, long long* value) { char def_str [22]; char* input; int valid; snprintf (def_str, sizeof(def_str), "%lld", *value); input = fdisk_command_line_get_word (prompt, *value ? def_str : NULL, NULL, 1); if (!input) return 0; valid = sscanf (input, "%lld", value); free (input); return valid; } int fdisk_command_line_get_option (const char* head, const Option* opts) { StrList *possibilities = NULL; char *prompt = strdup(head); char *result; char buf[128]; int i; buf[1] = '\0'; for (i = 0; opts[i].option; i++) { /* Initialise the possibilities StrList */ buf[0] = opts[i].option; buf[1] = '\0'; possibilities = str_list_append (possibilities, buf); /* Initialise the prompt string */ if (prompt[0] == '\0') snprintf(buf,sizeof(buf)," %c %s", opts[i].option, opts[i].description); else snprintf(buf,sizeof(buf),"\n %c %s", opts[i].option, opts[i].description); prompt = realloc_and_cat (prompt, buf); } /* We add a newline at the end, so _construct_prompt handles it as it should */ prompt = realloc_and_cat (prompt, "\n"); /* Queries the user about the option, we turn off the automatic adding of possibilities to the prompt */ prompt_possibilities = 0; result = fdisk_command_line_get_word (prompt, NULL, possibilities, 1); prompt_possibilities = 1; /* We can use i, not very intuitive to the coder, but who cares */ if (result) { i = result[0]; free(result); } else { i = 0; } free(prompt); return i; } int fdisk_get_partpos (const char* prompt, const void* context, const char *possibilities) { const Option *orig_opts = (Option *) context; Option opts[5]; int i,j; for (i=0, j=0; orig_opts[i].option && j < 5; i++) { if (strchr(possibilities,orig_opts[i].option)) { opts[j].option = orig_opts[i].option; opts[j].description = orig_opts[i].description; j++; } } opts[j].option = 0; return fdisk_command_line_get_option(prompt, opts); } int fdisk_command_line_get_part_type (const char* prompt, const PedDisk *disk, PedPartitionType *type) { Option opts[4]; int i = 0, temp; if (_can_create_extended (disk)) { opts[i].option = 'e'; opts[i].description = _("extended"); i++; } if (_can_create_logical (disk)) { temp = PED_PARTITION_LOGICAL; opts[i].option = 'l'; opts[i].description = _("logical (5 or over)"); i++; } if (_can_create_primary (disk)) { opts[i].option = 'p'; opts[i].description = _("primary partition (1-4)"); i++; } opts[i].option = 0; if (i == 0) return 0; else if (i == 1) temp = opts[0].option; else temp = fdisk_command_line_get_option(prompt, opts); if (temp == 'e') *type = PED_PARTITION_EXTENDED; else if (temp == 'l') *type = PED_PARTITION_LOGICAL; else if (temp == 'p') *type = PED_PARTITION_NORMAL; else return 0; return 1; } #if 0 int fdisk_command_line_get_part_type (const char* prompt, const PedDisk* disk, PedPartitionType* type) { StrList* opts = NULL; char* type_name; if (_can_create_primary (disk)) { opts = str_list_append_unique (opts, "primary"); opts = str_list_append_unique (opts, _("primary")); } if (_can_create_extended (disk)) { opts = str_list_append_unique (opts, "extended"); opts = str_list_append_unique (opts, _("extended")); } if (_can_create_logical (disk)) { opts = str_list_append_unique (opts, "logical"); opts = str_list_append_unique (opts, _("logical")); } if (!opts) { ped_exception_throw ( PED_EXCEPTION_ERROR, PED_EXCEPTION_CANCEL, _("Can't create any more partitions.")); return 0; } type_name = fdisk_command_line_get_word (prompt, NULL, opts, 1); str_list_destroy (opts); if (!type_name) { ped_exception_throw ( PED_EXCEPTION_ERROR, PED_EXCEPTION_CANCEL, _("Expecting a partition type.")); return 0; } if (!strcmp (type_name, "primary") || !strcmp (type_name, _("primary"))) { *type = 0; } if (!strcmp (type_name, "extended") || !strcmp (type_name, _("extended"))) { *type = PED_PARTITION_EXTENDED; } if (!strcmp (type_name, "logical") || !strcmp (type_name, _("logical"))) { *type = PED_PARTITION_LOGICAL; } free (type_name); return 1; } #endif char* fdisk_command_line_peek_word () { if (command_line) return str_list_convert_node (command_line); else return NULL; } #if 0 int fdisk_command_line_get_sector (const char* prompt, PedDevice* dev, PedSector* value, PedGeometry** range) { char* def_str; char* input; int valid; def_str = ped_unit_format (dev, *value); input = fdisk_command_line_get_word (prompt, *value ? def_str : NULL, NULL, 1); /* def_str might have rounded *value a little bit. If the user picked * the default, make sure the selected sector is identical to the * default. */ if (input && *value && !strcmp (input, def_str)) { if (range) { *range = ped_geometry_new (dev, *value, 1); PED_FREE (def_str); return *range != NULL; } PED_FREE (def_str); return 1; } PED_FREE (def_str); if (!input) { *value = 0; if (range) *range = NULL; return 0; } valid = ped_unit_parse (input, dev, value, range); free (input); return valid; } #endif int fdisk_init_ui () { /* Readline support */ /* End readline support */ fdisk_opt_script_mode = !isatty (0); if (!init_ex_opt_str () || !init_state_str () || !init_fs_type_str () || !init_disk_type_str ()) return 0; ped_exception_set_handler (exception_handler); #if HAVE_LIBREADLINE rl_initialize (); rl_attempted_completion_function = (CPPFunction*) fdisk_complete_function; #endif /* HAVE_LIBREADLINE */ readline_state.in_readline = 0; signal (SIGINT, &interrupt_handler); return 1; } void fdisk_done_ui () { ped_exception_set_handler (NULL); done_ex_opt_str (); done_state_str (); str_list_destroy (fs_type_list); str_list_destroy (disk_type_list); } int fdisk_command_line_get_part_flag (const char* prompt, const PedPartition* part, PedPartitionFlag* flag) { StrList* opts = NULL; PedPartitionFlag walk = 0; char* flag_name; while ( (walk = ped_partition_flag_next (walk)) ) { if (ped_partition_is_flag_available (part, walk)) { const char* walk_name; walk_name = ped_partition_flag_get_name (walk); opts = str_list_append (opts, walk_name); opts = str_list_append_unique (opts, _(walk_name)); } } flag_name = fdisk_command_line_get_word (prompt, NULL, opts, 1); str_list_destroy (opts); if (flag_name) { *flag = ped_partition_flag_get_by_name (flag_name); PED_FREE (flag_name); return 1; } else { return 0; } } int fdisk_command_line_get_state (const char* prompt, int* value) { char* def_word; char* input; if (*value) def_word = str_list_convert_node (on_list); else def_word = str_list_convert_node (off_list); input = fdisk_command_line_get_word (prompt, def_word, on_off_list, 1); free (def_word); if (!input) return 0; if (str_list_match_any (on_list, input)) *value = 1; else *value = 0; free (input); return 1; } int fdisk_command_line_get_unit (const char* prompt, PedUnit* unit) { StrList* opts = NULL; PedUnit walk; char* unit_name; const char* default_unit_name; for (walk = PED_UNIT_FIRST; walk <= PED_UNIT_LAST; walk++) opts = str_list_append (opts, ped_unit_get_name (walk)); default_unit_name = ped_unit_get_name (ped_unit_get_default ()); unit_name = fdisk_command_line_get_word (prompt, default_unit_name, opts, 1); str_list_destroy (opts); if (unit_name) { *unit = ped_unit_get_by_name (unit_name); free (unit_name); return 1; } else { return 0; } } int fdisk_command_line_is_integer () { char* word; int is_integer; int scratch; word = fdisk_command_line_peek_word (); if (!word) return 0; is_integer = sscanf (word, "%d", &scratch); free (word); return is_integer; } fdisk-1.2.5/THANKS0000644000175000017500000000077211527750770010474 00000000000000Robert Millan : small fixes, support for compiling without GNU extensions to reduce size. Alexey Gladkov : small fix. Julien Louis : small fixes. ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- This file is part of GNU fdisk Copyright (C) 2006 Free Software Foundation Inc. This file may be modified and/or distributed without restriction. This is not an invitation to misrepresent the history of GNU fdisk. fdisk-1.2.5/lib/0000755000175000017500000000000011564002646010372 500000000000000fdisk-1.2.5/lib/getopt_int.h0000644000175000017500000001120311527750771012644 00000000000000/* Internal declarations for getopt. Copyright (C) 1989-1994,1996-1999,2001,2003,2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This file is part of the GNU C Library. This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program. If not, see . */ #ifndef _GETOPT_INT_H #define _GETOPT_INT_H 1 extern int _getopt_internal (int ___argc, char **___argv, const char *__shortopts, const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind, int __long_only, int __posixly_correct); /* Reentrant versions which can handle parsing multiple argument vectors at the same time. */ /* Data type for reentrant functions. */ struct _getopt_data { /* These have exactly the same meaning as the corresponding global variables, except that they are used for the reentrant versions of getopt. */ int optind; int opterr; int optopt; char *optarg; /* Internal members. */ /* True if the internal members have been initialized. */ int __initialized; /* The next char to be scanned in the option-element in which the last option character we returned was found. This allows us to pick up the scan where we left off. If this is zero, or a null string, it means resume the scan by advancing to the next ARGV-element. */ char *__nextchar; /* Describe how to deal with options that follow non-option ARGV-elements. If the caller did not specify anything, the default is REQUIRE_ORDER if the environment variable POSIXLY_CORRECT is defined, PERMUTE otherwise. REQUIRE_ORDER means don't recognize them as options; stop option processing when the first non-option is seen. This is what Unix does. This mode of operation is selected by either setting the environment variable POSIXLY_CORRECT, or using `+' as the first character of the list of option characters, or by calling getopt. PERMUTE is the default. We permute the contents of ARGV as we scan, so that eventually all the non-options are at the end. This allows options to be given in any order, even with programs that were not written to expect this. RETURN_IN_ORDER is an option available to programs that were written to expect options and other ARGV-elements in any order and that care about the ordering of the two. We describe each non-option ARGV-element as if it were the argument of an option with character code 1. Using `-' as the first character of the list of option characters selects this mode of operation. The special argument `--' forces an end of option-scanning regardless of the value of `ordering'. In the case of RETURN_IN_ORDER, only `--' can cause `getopt' to return -1 with `optind' != ARGC. */ enum { REQUIRE_ORDER, PERMUTE, RETURN_IN_ORDER } __ordering; /* If the POSIXLY_CORRECT environment variable is set or getopt was called. */ int __posixly_correct; /* Handle permutation of arguments. */ /* Describe the part of ARGV that contains non-options that have been skipped. `first_nonopt' is the index in ARGV of the first of them; `last_nonopt' is the index after the last of them. */ int __first_nonopt; int __last_nonopt; #if defined _LIBC && defined USE_NONOPTION_FLAGS int __nonoption_flags_max_len; int __nonoption_flags_len; # endif }; /* The initializer is necessary to set OPTIND and OPTERR to their default values and to clear the initialization flag. */ #define _GETOPT_DATA_INITIALIZER { 1, 1 } extern int _getopt_internal_r (int ___argc, char **___argv, const char *__shortopts, const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind, int __long_only, int __posixly_correct, struct _getopt_data *__data); extern int _getopt_long_r (int ___argc, char **___argv, const char *__shortopts, const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind, struct _getopt_data *__data); extern int _getopt_long_only_r (int ___argc, char **___argv, const char *__shortopts, const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind, struct _getopt_data *__data); #endif /* getopt_int.h */ fdisk-1.2.5/lib/unistd.in.h0000644000175000017500000002414111527750771012410 00000000000000/* Substitute for and wrapper around . Copyright (C) 2004-2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ #ifndef _GL_UNISTD_H /* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard. */ #if @HAVE_UNISTD_H@ # @INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_UNISTD_H@ #endif #ifndef _GL_UNISTD_H #define _GL_UNISTD_H /* mingw doesn't define the SEEK_* macros in . */ #if !(defined SEEK_CUR && defined SEEK_END && defined SEEK_SET) # include #endif /* mingw fails to declare _exit in . */ #include /* The definition of GL_LINK_WARNING is copied here. */ /* Declare overridden functions. */ #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" { #endif #if @GNULIB_CHOWN@ # if @REPLACE_CHOWN@ # ifndef REPLACE_CHOWN # define REPLACE_CHOWN 1 # endif # if REPLACE_CHOWN /* Change the owner of FILE to UID (if UID is not -1) and the group of FILE to GID (if GID is not -1). Follow symbolic links. Return 0 if successful, otherwise -1 and errno set. See the POSIX:2001 specification . */ # define chown rpl_chown extern int chown (const char *file, uid_t uid, gid_t gid); # endif # endif #elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK # undef chown # define chown(f,u,g) \ (GL_LINK_WARNING ("chown fails to follow symlinks on some systems and " \ "doesn't treat a uid or gid of -1 on some systems - " \ "use gnulib module chown for portability"), \ chown (f, u, g)) #endif #if @GNULIB_DUP2@ # if !@HAVE_DUP2@ /* Copy the file descriptor OLDFD into file descriptor NEWFD. Do nothing if NEWFD = OLDFD, otherwise close NEWFD first if it is open. Return 0 if successful, otherwise -1 and errno set. See the POSIX:2001 specification . */ extern int dup2 (int oldfd, int newfd); # endif #elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK # undef dup2 # define dup2(o,n) \ (GL_LINK_WARNING ("dup2 is unportable - " \ "use gnulib module dup2 for portability"), \ dup2 (o, n)) #endif #if @GNULIB_ENVIRON@ # if !@HAVE_DECL_ENVIRON@ /* Set of environment variables and values. An array of strings of the form "VARIABLE=VALUE", terminated with a NULL. */ # if defined __APPLE__ && defined __MACH__ # include # define environ (*_NSGetEnviron ()) # else extern char **environ; # endif # endif #elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK # undef environ # define environ \ (GL_LINK_WARNING ("environ is unportable - " \ "use gnulib module environ for portability"), \ environ) #endif #if @GNULIB_FCHDIR@ # if @REPLACE_FCHDIR@ /* Change the process' current working directory to the directory on which the given file descriptor is open. Return 0 if successful, otherwise -1 and errno set. See the POSIX:2001 specification . */ extern int fchdir (int /*fd*/); # define close rpl_close extern int close (int); # define dup rpl_dup extern int dup (int); # define dup2 rpl_dup2 extern int dup2 (int, int); # endif #elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK # undef fchdir # define fchdir(f) \ (GL_LINK_WARNING ("fchdir is unportable - " \ "use gnulib module fchdir for portability"), \ fchdir (f)) #endif #if @GNULIB_FTRUNCATE@ # if !@HAVE_FTRUNCATE@ /* Change the size of the file to which FD is opened to become equal to LENGTH. Return 0 if successful, otherwise -1 and errno set. See the POSIX:2001 specification . */ extern int ftruncate (int fd, off_t length); # endif #elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK # undef ftruncate # define ftruncate(f,l) \ (GL_LINK_WARNING ("ftruncate is unportable - " \ "use gnulib module ftruncate for portability"), \ ftruncate (f, l)) #endif #if @GNULIB_GETCWD@ /* Include the headers that might declare getcwd so that they will not cause confusion if included after this file. */ # include # if @REPLACE_GETCWD@ /* Get the name of the current working directory, and put it in SIZE bytes of BUF. Return BUF if successful, or NULL if the directory couldn't be determined or SIZE was too small. See the POSIX:2001 specification . Additionally, the gnulib module 'getcwd' guarantees the following GNU extension: If BUF is NULL, an array is allocated with 'malloc'; the array is SIZE bytes long, unless SIZE == 0, in which case it is as big as necessary. */ # define getcwd rpl_getcwd extern char * getcwd (char *buf, size_t size); # endif #elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK # undef getcwd # define getcwd(b,s) \ (GL_LINK_WARNING ("getcwd is unportable - " \ "use gnulib module getcwd for portability"), \ getcwd (b, s)) #endif #if @GNULIB_GETLOGIN_R@ /* Copies the user's login name to NAME. The array pointed to by NAME has room for SIZE bytes. Returns 0 if successful. Upon error, an error number is returned, or -1 in the case that the login name cannot be found but no specific error is provided (this case is hopefully rare but is left open by the POSIX spec). See . */ # if !@HAVE_DECL_GETLOGIN_R@ # include extern int getlogin_r (char *name, size_t size); # endif #elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK # undef getlogin_r # define getlogin_r(n,s) \ (GL_LINK_WARNING ("getlogin_r is unportable - " \ "use gnulib module getlogin_r for portability"), \ getlogin_r (n, s)) #endif #if @GNULIB_GETPAGESIZE@ # if @REPLACE_GETPAGESIZE@ # define getpagesize rpl_getpagesize extern int getpagesize (void); # elif !@HAVE_GETPAGESIZE@ /* This is for POSIX systems. */ # if !defined getpagesize && defined _SC_PAGESIZE # if ! (defined __VMS && __VMS_VER < 70000000) # define getpagesize() sysconf (_SC_PAGESIZE) # endif # endif /* This is for older VMS. */ # if !defined getpagesize && defined __VMS # ifdef __ALPHA # define getpagesize() 8192 # else # define getpagesize() 512 # endif # endif /* This is for BeOS. */ # if !defined getpagesize && @HAVE_OS_H@ # include # if defined B_PAGE_SIZE # define getpagesize() B_PAGE_SIZE # endif # endif /* This is for AmigaOS4.0. */ # if !defined getpagesize && defined __amigaos4__ # define getpagesize() 2048 # endif /* This is for older Unix systems. */ # if !defined getpagesize && @HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H@ # include # ifdef EXEC_PAGESIZE # define getpagesize() EXEC_PAGESIZE # else # ifdef NBPG # ifndef CLSIZE # define CLSIZE 1 # endif # define getpagesize() (NBPG * CLSIZE) # else # ifdef NBPC # define getpagesize() NBPC # endif # endif # endif # endif # endif #elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK # undef getpagesize # define getpagesize() \ (GL_LINK_WARNING ("getpagesize is unportable - " \ "use gnulib module getpagesize for portability"), \ getpagesize ()) #endif #if @GNULIB_LCHOWN@ # if @REPLACE_LCHOWN@ /* Change the owner of FILE to UID (if UID is not -1) and the group of FILE to GID (if GID is not -1). Do not follow symbolic links. Return 0 if successful, otherwise -1 and errno set. See the POSIX:2001 specification . */ # define lchown rpl_lchown extern int lchown (char const *file, uid_t owner, gid_t group); # endif #elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK # undef lchown # define lchown(f,u,g) \ (GL_LINK_WARNING ("lchown is unportable to pre-POSIX.1-2001 " \ "systems - use gnulib module lchown for portability"), \ lchown (f, u, g)) #endif #if @GNULIB_LSEEK@ # if @REPLACE_LSEEK@ /* Set the offset of FD relative to SEEK_SET, SEEK_CUR, or SEEK_END. Return the new offset if successful, otherwise -1 and errno set. See the POSIX:2001 specification . */ # define lseek rpl_lseek extern off_t lseek (int fd, off_t offset, int whence); # endif #elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK # undef lseek # define lseek(f,o,w) \ (GL_LINK_WARNING ("lseek does not fail with ESPIPE on pipes on some " \ "systems - use gnulib module lseek for portability"), \ lseek (f, o, w)) #endif #if @GNULIB_READLINK@ /* Read the contents of the symbolic link FILE and place the first BUFSIZE bytes of it into BUF. Return the number of bytes placed into BUF if successful, otherwise -1 and errno set. See the POSIX:2001 specification . */ # if !@HAVE_READLINK@ # include extern int readlink (const char *file, char *buf, size_t bufsize); # endif #elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK # undef readlink # define readlink(f,b,s) \ (GL_LINK_WARNING ("readlink is unportable - " \ "use gnulib module readlink for portability"), \ readlink (f, b, s)) #endif #if @GNULIB_SLEEP@ /* Pause the execution of the current thread for N seconds. Returns the number of seconds left to sleep. See the POSIX:2001 specification . */ # if !@HAVE_SLEEP@ extern unsigned int sleep (unsigned int n); # endif #elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK # undef sleep # define sleep(n) \ (GL_LINK_WARNING ("sleep is unportable - " \ "use gnulib module sleep for portability"), \ sleep (n)) #endif #ifdef __cplusplus } #endif #endif /* _GL_UNISTD_H */ #endif /* _GL_UNISTD_H */ fdisk-1.2.5/lib/getopt.c0000644000175000017500000007642611527750771012007 00000000000000/* Getopt for GNU. NOTE: getopt is now part of the C library, so if you don't know what "Keep this file name-space clean" means, talk to drepper@gnu.org before changing it! Copyright (C) 1987,88,89,90,91,92,93,94,95,96,98,99,2000,2001,2002,2003,2004,2006,2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This file is part of the GNU C Library. This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program. If not, see . */ #ifndef _LIBC # include #endif #include "getopt.h" #include #include #include #include #ifdef _LIBC # include #else # include "gettext.h" # define _(msgid) gettext (msgid) #endif #if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO # include #endif #ifndef attribute_hidden # define attribute_hidden #endif /* Unlike standard Unix `getopt', functions like `getopt_long' let the user intersperse the options with the other arguments. As `getopt_long' works, it permutes the elements of ARGV so that, when it is done, all the options precede everything else. Thus all application programs are extended to handle flexible argument order. Using `getopt' or setting the environment variable POSIXLY_CORRECT disables permutation. Then the application's behavior is completely standard. GNU application programs can use a third alternative mode in which they can distinguish the relative order of options and other arguments. */ #include "getopt_int.h" /* For communication from `getopt' to the caller. When `getopt' finds an option that takes an argument, the argument value is returned here. Also, when `ordering' is RETURN_IN_ORDER, each non-option ARGV-element is returned here. */ char *optarg; /* Index in ARGV of the next element to be scanned. This is used for communication to and from the caller and for communication between successive calls to `getopt'. On entry to `getopt', zero means this is the first call; initialize. When `getopt' returns -1, this is the index of the first of the non-option elements that the caller should itself scan. Otherwise, `optind' communicates from one call to the next how much of ARGV has been scanned so far. */ /* 1003.2 says this must be 1 before any call. */ int optind = 1; /* Callers store zero here to inhibit the error message for unrecognized options. */ int opterr = 1; /* Set to an option character which was unrecognized. This must be initialized on some systems to avoid linking in the system's own getopt implementation. */ int optopt = '?'; /* Keep a global copy of all internal members of getopt_data. */ static struct _getopt_data getopt_data; #if defined HAVE_DECL_GETENV && !HAVE_DECL_GETENV extern char *getenv (); #endif #ifdef _LIBC /* Stored original parameters. XXX This is no good solution. We should rather copy the args so that we can compare them later. But we must not use malloc(3). */ extern int __libc_argc; extern char **__libc_argv; /* Bash 2.0 gives us an environment variable containing flags indicating ARGV elements that should not be considered arguments. */ # ifdef USE_NONOPTION_FLAGS /* Defined in getopt_init.c */ extern char *__getopt_nonoption_flags; # endif # ifdef USE_NONOPTION_FLAGS # define SWAP_FLAGS(ch1, ch2) \ if (d->__nonoption_flags_len > 0) \ { \ char __tmp = __getopt_nonoption_flags[ch1]; \ __getopt_nonoption_flags[ch1] = __getopt_nonoption_flags[ch2]; \ __getopt_nonoption_flags[ch2] = __tmp; \ } # else # define SWAP_FLAGS(ch1, ch2) # endif #else /* !_LIBC */ # define SWAP_FLAGS(ch1, ch2) #endif /* _LIBC */ /* Exchange two adjacent subsequences of ARGV. One subsequence is elements [first_nonopt,last_nonopt) which contains all the non-options that have been skipped so far. The other is elements [last_nonopt,optind), which contains all the options processed since those non-options were skipped. `first_nonopt' and `last_nonopt' are relocated so that they describe the new indices of the non-options in ARGV after they are moved. */ static void exchange (char **argv, struct _getopt_data *d) { int bottom = d->__first_nonopt; int middle = d->__last_nonopt; int top = d->optind; char *tem; /* Exchange the shorter segment with the far end of the longer segment. That puts the shorter segment into the right place. It leaves the longer segment in the right place overall, but it consists of two parts that need to be swapped next. */ #if defined _LIBC && defined USE_NONOPTION_FLAGS /* First make sure the handling of the `__getopt_nonoption_flags' string can work normally. Our top argument must be in the range of the string. */ if (d->__nonoption_flags_len > 0 && top >= d->__nonoption_flags_max_len) { /* We must extend the array. The user plays games with us and presents new arguments. */ char *new_str = malloc (top + 1); if (new_str == NULL) d->__nonoption_flags_len = d->__nonoption_flags_max_len = 0; else { memset (__mempcpy (new_str, __getopt_nonoption_flags, d->__nonoption_flags_max_len), '\0', top + 1 - d->__nonoption_flags_max_len); d->__nonoption_flags_max_len = top + 1; __getopt_nonoption_flags = new_str; } } #endif while (top > middle && middle > bottom) { if (top - middle > middle - bottom) { /* Bottom segment is the short one. */ int len = middle - bottom; register int i; /* Swap it with the top part of the top segment. */ for (i = 0; i < len; i++) { tem = argv[bottom + i]; argv[bottom + i] = argv[top - (middle - bottom) + i]; argv[top - (middle - bottom) + i] = tem; SWAP_FLAGS (bottom + i, top - (middle - bottom) + i); } /* Exclude the moved bottom segment from further swapping. */ top -= len; } else { /* Top segment is the short one. */ int len = top - middle; register int i; /* Swap it with the bottom part of the bottom segment. */ for (i = 0; i < len; i++) { tem = argv[bottom + i]; argv[bottom + i] = argv[middle + i]; argv[middle + i] = tem; SWAP_FLAGS (bottom + i, middle + i); } /* Exclude the moved top segment from further swapping. */ bottom += len; } } /* Update records for the slots the non-options now occupy. */ d->__first_nonopt += (d->optind - d->__last_nonopt); d->__last_nonopt = d->optind; } /* Initialize the internal data when the first call is made. */ static const char * _getopt_initialize (int argc, char **argv, const char *optstring, int posixly_correct, struct _getopt_data *d) { /* Start processing options with ARGV-element 1 (since ARGV-element 0 is the program name); the sequence of previously skipped non-option ARGV-elements is empty. */ d->__first_nonopt = d->__last_nonopt = d->optind; d->__nextchar = NULL; d->__posixly_correct = posixly_correct || !!getenv ("POSIXLY_CORRECT"); /* Determine how to handle the ordering of options and nonoptions. */ if (optstring[0] == '-') { d->__ordering = RETURN_IN_ORDER; ++optstring; } else if (optstring[0] == '+') { d->__ordering = REQUIRE_ORDER; ++optstring; } else if (d->__posixly_correct) d->__ordering = REQUIRE_ORDER; else d->__ordering = PERMUTE; #if defined _LIBC && defined USE_NONOPTION_FLAGS if (!d->__posixly_correct && argc == __libc_argc && argv == __libc_argv) { if (d->__nonoption_flags_max_len == 0) { if (__getopt_nonoption_flags == NULL || __getopt_nonoption_flags[0] == '\0') d->__nonoption_flags_max_len = -1; else { const char *orig_str = __getopt_nonoption_flags; int len = d->__nonoption_flags_max_len = strlen (orig_str); if (d->__nonoption_flags_max_len < argc) d->__nonoption_flags_max_len = argc; __getopt_nonoption_flags = (char *) malloc (d->__nonoption_flags_max_len); if (__getopt_nonoption_flags == NULL) d->__nonoption_flags_max_len = -1; else memset (__mempcpy (__getopt_nonoption_flags, orig_str, len), '\0', d->__nonoption_flags_max_len - len); } } d->__nonoption_flags_len = d->__nonoption_flags_max_len; } else d->__nonoption_flags_len = 0; #endif return optstring; } /* Scan elements of ARGV (whose length is ARGC) for option characters given in OPTSTRING. If an element of ARGV starts with '-', and is not exactly "-" or "--", then it is an option element. The characters of this element (aside from the initial '-') are option characters. If `getopt' is called repeatedly, it returns successively each of the option characters from each of the option elements. If `getopt' finds another option character, it returns that character, updating `optind' and `nextchar' so that the next call to `getopt' can resume the scan with the following option character or ARGV-element. If there are no more option characters, `getopt' returns -1. Then `optind' is the index in ARGV of the first ARGV-element that is not an option. (The ARGV-elements have been permuted so that those that are not options now come last.) OPTSTRING is a string containing the legitimate option characters. If an option character is seen that is not listed in OPTSTRING, return '?' after printing an error message. If you set `opterr' to zero, the error message is suppressed but we still return '?'. If a char in OPTSTRING is followed by a colon, that means it wants an arg, so the following text in the same ARGV-element, or the text of the following ARGV-element, is returned in `optarg'. Two colons mean an option that wants an optional arg; if there is text in the current ARGV-element, it is returned in `optarg', otherwise `optarg' is set to zero. If OPTSTRING starts with `-' or `+', it requests different methods of handling the non-option ARGV-elements. See the comments about RETURN_IN_ORDER and REQUIRE_ORDER, above. Long-named options begin with `--' instead of `-'. Their names may be abbreviated as long as the abbreviation is unique or is an exact match for some defined option. If they have an argument, it follows the option name in the same ARGV-element, separated from the option name by a `=', or else the in next ARGV-element. When `getopt' finds a long-named option, it returns 0 if that option's `flag' field is nonzero, the value of the option's `val' field if the `flag' field is zero. LONGOPTS is a vector of `struct option' terminated by an element containing a name which is zero. LONGIND returns the index in LONGOPT of the long-named option found. It is only valid when a long-named option has been found by the most recent call. If LONG_ONLY is nonzero, '-' as well as '--' can introduce long-named options. If POSIXLY_CORRECT is nonzero, behave as if the POSIXLY_CORRECT environment variable were set. */ int _getopt_internal_r (int argc, char **argv, const char *optstring, const struct option *longopts, int *longind, int long_only, int posixly_correct, struct _getopt_data *d) { int print_errors = d->opterr; if (optstring[0] == ':') print_errors = 0; if (argc < 1) return -1; d->optarg = NULL; if (d->optind == 0 || !d->__initialized) { if (d->optind == 0) d->optind = 1; /* Don't scan ARGV[0], the program name. */ optstring = _getopt_initialize (argc, argv, optstring, posixly_correct, d); d->__initialized = 1; } /* Test whether ARGV[optind] points to a non-option argument. Either it does not have option syntax, or there is an environment flag from the shell indicating it is not an option. The later information is only used when the used in the GNU libc. */ #if defined _LIBC && defined USE_NONOPTION_FLAGS # define NONOPTION_P (argv[d->optind][0] != '-' || argv[d->optind][1] == '\0' \ || (d->optind < d->__nonoption_flags_len \ && __getopt_nonoption_flags[d->optind] == '1')) #else # define NONOPTION_P (argv[d->optind][0] != '-' || argv[d->optind][1] == '\0') #endif if (d->__nextchar == NULL || *d->__nextchar == '\0') { /* Advance to the next ARGV-element. */ /* Give FIRST_NONOPT & LAST_NONOPT rational values if OPTIND has been moved back by the user (who may also have changed the arguments). */ if (d->__last_nonopt > d->optind) d->__last_nonopt = d->optind; if (d->__first_nonopt > d->optind) d->__first_nonopt = d->optind; if (d->__ordering == PERMUTE) { /* If we have just processed some options following some non-options, exchange them so that the options come first. */ if (d->__first_nonopt != d->__last_nonopt && d->__last_nonopt != d->optind) exchange ((char **) argv, d); else if (d->__last_nonopt != d->optind) d->__first_nonopt = d->optind; /* Skip any additional non-options and extend the range of non-options previously skipped. */ while (d->optind < argc && NONOPTION_P) d->optind++; d->__last_nonopt = d->optind; } /* The special ARGV-element `--' means premature end of options. Skip it like a null option, then exchange with previous non-options as if it were an option, then skip everything else like a non-option. */ if (d->optind != argc && !strcmp (argv[d->optind], "--")) { d->optind++; if (d->__first_nonopt != d->__last_nonopt && d->__last_nonopt != d->optind) exchange ((char **) argv, d); else if (d->__first_nonopt == d->__last_nonopt) d->__first_nonopt = d->optind; d->__last_nonopt = argc; d->optind = argc; } /* If we have done all the ARGV-elements, stop the scan and back over any non-options that we skipped and permuted. */ if (d->optind == argc) { /* Set the next-arg-index to point at the non-options that we previously skipped, so the caller will digest them. */ if (d->__first_nonopt != d->__last_nonopt) d->optind = d->__first_nonopt; return -1; } /* If we have come to a non-option and did not permute it, either stop the scan or describe it to the caller and pass it by. */ if (NONOPTION_P) { if (d->__ordering == REQUIRE_ORDER) return -1; d->optarg = argv[d->optind++]; return 1; } /* We have found another option-ARGV-element. Skip the initial punctuation. */ d->__nextchar = (argv[d->optind] + 1 + (longopts != NULL && argv[d->optind][1] == '-')); } /* Decode the current option-ARGV-element. */ /* Check whether the ARGV-element is a long option. If long_only and the ARGV-element has the form "-f", where f is a valid short option, don't consider it an abbreviated form of a long option that starts with f. Otherwise there would be no way to give the -f short option. On the other hand, if there's a long option "fubar" and the ARGV-element is "-fu", do consider that an abbreviation of the long option, just like "--fu", and not "-f" with arg "u". This distinction seems to be the most useful approach. */ if (longopts != NULL && (argv[d->optind][1] == '-' || (long_only && (argv[d->optind][2] || !strchr (optstring, argv[d->optind][1]))))) { char *nameend; const struct option *p; const struct option *pfound = NULL; int exact = 0; int ambig = 0; int indfound = -1; int option_index; for (nameend = d->__nextchar; *nameend && *nameend != '='; nameend++) /* Do nothing. */ ; /* Test all long options for either exact match or abbreviated matches. */ for (p = longopts, option_index = 0; p->name; p++, option_index++) if (!strncmp (p->name, d->__nextchar, nameend - d->__nextchar)) { if ((unsigned int) (nameend - d->__nextchar) == (unsigned int) strlen (p->name)) { /* Exact match found. */ pfound = p; indfound = option_index; exact = 1; break; } else if (pfound == NULL) { /* First nonexact match found. */ pfound = p; indfound = option_index; } else if (long_only || pfound->has_arg != p->has_arg || pfound->flag != p->flag || pfound->val != p->val) /* Second or later nonexact match found. */ ambig = 1; } if (ambig && !exact) { if (print_errors) { #if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO char *buf; if (__asprintf (&buf, _("%s: option `%s' is ambiguous\n"), argv[0], argv[d->optind]) >= 0) { _IO_flockfile (stderr); int old_flags2 = ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2; ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 |= _IO_FLAGS2_NOTCANCEL; __fxprintf (NULL, "%s", buf); ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 = old_flags2; _IO_funlockfile (stderr); free (buf); } #else fprintf (stderr, _("%s: option `%s' is ambiguous\n"), argv[0], argv[d->optind]); #endif } d->__nextchar += strlen (d->__nextchar); d->optind++; d->optopt = 0; return '?'; } if (pfound != NULL) { option_index = indfound; d->optind++; if (*nameend) { /* Don't test has_arg with >, because some C compilers don't allow it to be used on enums. */ if (pfound->has_arg) d->optarg = nameend + 1; else { if (print_errors) { #if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO char *buf; int n; #endif if (argv[d->optind - 1][1] == '-') { /* --option */ #if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO n = __asprintf (&buf, _("\ %s: option `--%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"), argv[0], pfound->name); #else fprintf (stderr, _("\ %s: option `--%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"), argv[0], pfound->name); #endif } else { /* +option or -option */ #if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO n = __asprintf (&buf, _("\ %s: option `%c%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"), argv[0], argv[d->optind - 1][0], pfound->name); #else fprintf (stderr, _("\ %s: option `%c%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"), argv[0], argv[d->optind - 1][0], pfound->name); #endif } #if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO if (n >= 0) { _IO_flockfile (stderr); int old_flags2 = ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2; ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 |= _IO_FLAGS2_NOTCANCEL; __fxprintf (NULL, "%s", buf); ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 = old_flags2; _IO_funlockfile (stderr); free (buf); } #endif } d->__nextchar += strlen (d->__nextchar); d->optopt = pfound->val; return '?'; } } else if (pfound->has_arg == 1) { if (d->optind < argc) d->optarg = argv[d->optind++]; else { if (print_errors) { #if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO char *buf; if (__asprintf (&buf, _("\ %s: option `%s' requires an argument\n"), argv[0], argv[d->optind - 1]) >= 0) { _IO_flockfile (stderr); int old_flags2 = ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2; ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 |= _IO_FLAGS2_NOTCANCEL; __fxprintf (NULL, "%s", buf); ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 = old_flags2; _IO_funlockfile (stderr); free (buf); } #else fprintf (stderr, _("%s: option `%s' requires an argument\n"), argv[0], argv[d->optind - 1]); #endif } d->__nextchar += strlen (d->__nextchar); d->optopt = pfound->val; return optstring[0] == ':' ? ':' : '?'; } } d->__nextchar += strlen (d->__nextchar); if (longind != NULL) *longind = option_index; if (pfound->flag) { *(pfound->flag) = pfound->val; return 0; } return pfound->val; } /* Can't find it as a long option. If this is not getopt_long_only, or the option starts with '--' or is not a valid short option, then it's an error. Otherwise interpret it as a short option. */ if (!long_only || argv[d->optind][1] == '-' || strchr (optstring, *d->__nextchar) == NULL) { if (print_errors) { #if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO char *buf; int n; #endif if (argv[d->optind][1] == '-') { /* --option */ #if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO n = __asprintf (&buf, _("%s: unrecognized option `--%s'\n"), argv[0], d->__nextchar); #else fprintf (stderr, _("%s: unrecognized option `--%s'\n"), argv[0], d->__nextchar); #endif } else { /* +option or -option */ #if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO n = __asprintf (&buf, _("%s: unrecognized option `%c%s'\n"), argv[0], argv[d->optind][0], d->__nextchar); #else fprintf (stderr, _("%s: unrecognized option `%c%s'\n"), argv[0], argv[d->optind][0], d->__nextchar); #endif } #if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO if (n >= 0) { _IO_flockfile (stderr); int old_flags2 = ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2; ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 |= _IO_FLAGS2_NOTCANCEL; __fxprintf (NULL, "%s", buf); ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 = old_flags2; _IO_funlockfile (stderr); free (buf); } #endif } d->__nextchar = (char *) ""; d->optind++; d->optopt = 0; return '?'; } } /* Look at and handle the next short option-character. */ { char c = *d->__nextchar++; char *temp = strchr (optstring, c); /* Increment `optind' when we start to process its last character. */ if (*d->__nextchar == '\0') ++d->optind; if (temp == NULL || c == ':') { if (print_errors) { #if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO char *buf; int n; #endif if (d->__posixly_correct) { /* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message. */ #if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO n = __asprintf (&buf, _("%s: illegal option -- %c\n"), argv[0], c); #else fprintf (stderr, _("%s: illegal option -- %c\n"), argv[0], c); #endif } else { #if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO n = __asprintf (&buf, _("%s: invalid option -- %c\n"), argv[0], c); #else fprintf (stderr, _("%s: invalid option -- %c\n"), argv[0], c); #endif } #if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO if (n >= 0) { _IO_flockfile (stderr); int old_flags2 = ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2; ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 |= _IO_FLAGS2_NOTCANCEL; __fxprintf (NULL, "%s", buf); ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 = old_flags2; _IO_funlockfile (stderr); free (buf); } #endif } d->optopt = c; return '?'; } /* Convenience. Treat POSIX -W foo same as long option --foo */ if (temp[0] == 'W' && temp[1] == ';') { char *nameend; const struct option *p; const struct option *pfound = NULL; int exact = 0; int ambig = 0; int indfound = 0; int option_index; /* This is an option that requires an argument. */ if (*d->__nextchar != '\0') { d->optarg = d->__nextchar; /* If we end this ARGV-element by taking the rest as an arg, we must advance to the next element now. */ d->optind++; } else if (d->optind == argc) { if (print_errors) { /* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message. */ #if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO char *buf; if (__asprintf (&buf, _("%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n"), argv[0], c) >= 0) { _IO_flockfile (stderr); int old_flags2 = ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2; ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 |= _IO_FLAGS2_NOTCANCEL; __fxprintf (NULL, "%s", buf); ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 = old_flags2; _IO_funlockfile (stderr); free (buf); } #else fprintf (stderr, _("%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n"), argv[0], c); #endif } d->optopt = c; if (optstring[0] == ':') c = ':'; else c = '?'; return c; } else /* We already incremented `d->optind' once; increment it again when taking next ARGV-elt as argument. */ d->optarg = argv[d->optind++]; /* optarg is now the argument, see if it's in the table of longopts. */ for (d->__nextchar = nameend = d->optarg; *nameend && *nameend != '='; nameend++) /* Do nothing. */ ; /* Test all long options for either exact match or abbreviated matches. */ for (p = longopts, option_index = 0; p->name; p++, option_index++) if (!strncmp (p->name, d->__nextchar, nameend - d->__nextchar)) { if ((unsigned int) (nameend - d->__nextchar) == strlen (p->name)) { /* Exact match found. */ pfound = p; indfound = option_index; exact = 1; break; } else if (pfound == NULL) { /* First nonexact match found. */ pfound = p; indfound = option_index; } else /* Second or later nonexact match found. */ ambig = 1; } if (ambig && !exact) { if (print_errors) { #if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO char *buf; if (__asprintf (&buf, _("%s: option `-W %s' is ambiguous\n"), argv[0], argv[d->optind]) >= 0) { _IO_flockfile (stderr); int old_flags2 = ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2; ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 |= _IO_FLAGS2_NOTCANCEL; __fxprintf (NULL, "%s", buf); ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 = old_flags2; _IO_funlockfile (stderr); free (buf); } #else fprintf (stderr, _("%s: option `-W %s' is ambiguous\n"), argv[0], argv[d->optind]); #endif } d->__nextchar += strlen (d->__nextchar); d->optind++; return '?'; } if (pfound != NULL) { option_index = indfound; if (*nameend) { /* Don't test has_arg with >, because some C compilers don't allow it to be used on enums. */ if (pfound->has_arg) d->optarg = nameend + 1; else { if (print_errors) { #if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO char *buf; if (__asprintf (&buf, _("\ %s: option `-W %s' doesn't allow an argument\n"), argv[0], pfound->name) >= 0) { _IO_flockfile (stderr); int old_flags2 = ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2; ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 |= _IO_FLAGS2_NOTCANCEL; __fxprintf (NULL, "%s", buf); ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 = old_flags2; _IO_funlockfile (stderr); free (buf); } #else fprintf (stderr, _("\ %s: option `-W %s' doesn't allow an argument\n"), argv[0], pfound->name); #endif } d->__nextchar += strlen (d->__nextchar); return '?'; } } else if (pfound->has_arg == 1) { if (d->optind < argc) d->optarg = argv[d->optind++]; else { if (print_errors) { #if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO char *buf; if (__asprintf (&buf, _("\ %s: option `%s' requires an argument\n"), argv[0], argv[d->optind - 1]) >= 0) { _IO_flockfile (stderr); int old_flags2 = ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2; ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 |= _IO_FLAGS2_NOTCANCEL; __fxprintf (NULL, "%s", buf); ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 = old_flags2; _IO_funlockfile (stderr); free (buf); } #else fprintf (stderr, _("%s: option `%s' requires an argument\n"), argv[0], argv[d->optind - 1]); #endif } d->__nextchar += strlen (d->__nextchar); return optstring[0] == ':' ? ':' : '?'; } } d->__nextchar += strlen (d->__nextchar); if (longind != NULL) *longind = option_index; if (pfound->flag) { *(pfound->flag) = pfound->val; return 0; } return pfound->val; } d->__nextchar = NULL; return 'W'; /* Let the application handle it. */ } if (temp[1] == ':') { if (temp[2] == ':') { /* This is an option that accepts an argument optionally. */ if (*d->__nextchar != '\0') { d->optarg = d->__nextchar; d->optind++; } else d->optarg = NULL; d->__nextchar = NULL; } else { /* This is an option that requires an argument. */ if (*d->__nextchar != '\0') { d->optarg = d->__nextchar; /* If we end this ARGV-element by taking the rest as an arg, we must advance to the next element now. */ d->optind++; } else if (d->optind == argc) { if (print_errors) { /* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message. */ #if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO char *buf; if (__asprintf (&buf, _("\ %s: option requires an argument -- %c\n"), argv[0], c) >= 0) { _IO_flockfile (stderr); int old_flags2 = ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2; ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 |= _IO_FLAGS2_NOTCANCEL; __fxprintf (NULL, "%s", buf); ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 = old_flags2; _IO_funlockfile (stderr); free (buf); } #else fprintf (stderr, _("%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n"), argv[0], c); #endif } d->optopt = c; if (optstring[0] == ':') c = ':'; else c = '?'; } else /* We already incremented `optind' once; increment it again when taking next ARGV-elt as argument. */ d->optarg = argv[d->optind++]; d->__nextchar = NULL; } } return c; } } int _getopt_internal (int argc, char **argv, const char *optstring, const struct option *longopts, int *longind, int long_only, int posixly_correct) { int result; getopt_data.optind = optind; getopt_data.opterr = opterr; result = _getopt_internal_r (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only, posixly_correct, &getopt_data); optind = getopt_data.optind; optarg = getopt_data.optarg; optopt = getopt_data.optopt; return result; } /* glibc gets a LSB-compliant getopt. Standalone applications get a POSIX-compliant getopt. */ #if _LIBC enum { POSIXLY_CORRECT = 0 }; #else enum { POSIXLY_CORRECT = 1 }; #endif int getopt (int argc, char *const *argv, const char *optstring) { return _getopt_internal (argc, (char **) argv, optstring, NULL, NULL, 0, POSIXLY_CORRECT); } #ifdef TEST /* Compile with -DTEST to make an executable for use in testing the above definition of `getopt'. */ int main (int argc, char **argv) { int c; int digit_optind = 0; while (1) { int this_option_optind = optind ? optind : 1; c = getopt (argc, argv, "abc:d:0123456789"); if (c == -1) break; switch (c) { case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': if (digit_optind != 0 && digit_optind != this_option_optind) printf ("digits occur in two different argv-elements.\n"); digit_optind = this_option_optind; printf ("option %c\n", c); break; case 'a': printf ("option a\n"); break; case 'b': printf ("option b\n"); break; case 'c': printf ("option c with value `%s'\n", optarg); break; case '?': break; default: printf ("?? getopt returned character code 0%o ??\n", c); } } if (optind < argc) { printf ("non-option ARGV-elements: "); while (optind < argc) printf ("%s ", argv[optind++]); printf ("\n"); } exit (0); } #endif /* TEST */ fdisk-1.2.5/lib/dummy.c0000644000175000017500000000324111527750770011620 00000000000000/* A dummy file, to prevent empty libraries from breaking builds. Copyright (C) 2004, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program. If not, see . */ /* Some systems, reportedly OpenBSD and Mac OS X, refuse to create libraries without any object files. You might get an error like: > ar cru .libs/libgl.a > ar: no archive members specified Compiling this file, and adding its object file to the library, will prevent the library from being empty. */ /* Some systems, such as Solaris with cc 5.0, refuse to work with libraries that don't export any symbol. You might get an error like: > cc ... libgnu.a > ild: (bad file) garbled symbol table in archive ../gllib/libgnu.a Compiling this file, and adding its object file to the library, will prevent the library from exporting no symbols. */ #ifdef __sun /* This declaration ensures that the library will export at least 1 symbol. */ int gl_dummy_symbol; #else /* This declaration is solely to ensure that after preprocessing this file is never empty. */ typedef int dummy; #endif fdisk-1.2.5/lib/Makefile.in0000644000175000017500000004650511564002621012362 00000000000000# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.11.1 from Makefile.am. # @configure_input@ # Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, # 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, # Inc. # This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without # even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A # PARTICULAR PURPOSE. @SET_MAKE@ # Copyright (C) 2002-2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU # General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General # Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program # that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under # the same distribution terms as the rest of that program. # # Generated by gnulib-tool. # Reproduce by: gnulib-tool --import --dir=. --lib=libgnu --source-base=lib --m4-base=m4 --doc-base=doc --aux-dir=autotools --no-libtool --macro-prefix=gl getopt VPATH = @srcdir@ pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@ pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@ pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@ pkglibexecdir = $(libexecdir)/@PACKAGE@ am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644 install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA) transform = $(program_transform_name) NORMAL_INSTALL = : PRE_INSTALL = : POST_INSTALL = : NORMAL_UNINSTALL = : PRE_UNINSTALL = : POST_UNINSTALL = : build_triplet = @build@ host_triplet = @host@ subdir = lib DIST_COMMON = $(noinst_HEADERS) $(srcdir)/Makefile.am \ $(srcdir)/Makefile.in ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4 am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/check.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/m4/getopt.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/gettext.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/m4/gnulib-common.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/m4/gnulib-comp.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/iconv.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/m4/include_next.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/m4/intlmacosx.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-ld.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-link.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-prefix.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/m4/libparted.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/nls.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/m4/onceonly.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/po.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/m4/progtest.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/unistd_h.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \ $(ACLOCAL_M4) mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES = LIBRARIES = $(noinst_LIBRARIES) AR = ar ARFLAGS = cru libgnu_a_AR = $(AR) $(ARFLAGS) am__DEPENDENCIES_1 = am_libgnu_a_OBJECTS = dummy.$(OBJEXT) libgnu_a_OBJECTS = $(am_libgnu_a_OBJECTS) LTLIBRARIES = $(noinst_LTLIBRARIES) DEFAULT_INCLUDES = -I.@am__isrc@ -I$(top_builddir) depcomp = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/autotools/depcomp am__depfiles_maybe = depfiles am__mv = mv -f COMPILE = $(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) \ $(CPPFLAGS) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) CCLD = $(CC) LINK = $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(AM_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ SOURCES = $(libgnu_a_SOURCES) $(EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES) DIST_SOURCES = $(libgnu_a_SOURCES) $(EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES) HEADERS = $(noinst_HEADERS) ETAGS = etags CTAGS = ctags DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST) ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@ AMTAR = @AMTAR@ AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@ AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@ AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@ AWK = @AWK@ CC = @CC@ CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@ CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ CHECK_CFLAGS = @CHECK_CFLAGS@ CHECK_LIBS = @CHECK_LIBS@ CPP = @CPP@ CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ CURSES_LIBS = @CURSES_LIBS@ CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@ DEFS = @DEFS@ DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@ ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@ ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@ ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@ EGREP = @EGREP@ EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@ GETOPT_H = @GETOPT_H@ GETTEXT_MACRO_VERSION = @GETTEXT_MACRO_VERSION@ GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@ GMSGFMT_015 = @GMSGFMT_015@ GNULIB_CHOWN = @GNULIB_CHOWN@ GNULIB_DUP2 = @GNULIB_DUP2@ GNULIB_ENVIRON = @GNULIB_ENVIRON@ GNULIB_FCHDIR = @GNULIB_FCHDIR@ GNULIB_FTRUNCATE = @GNULIB_FTRUNCATE@ GNULIB_GETCWD = @GNULIB_GETCWD@ GNULIB_GETLOGIN_R = @GNULIB_GETLOGIN_R@ GNULIB_GETPAGESIZE = @GNULIB_GETPAGESIZE@ GNULIB_LCHOWN = @GNULIB_LCHOWN@ GNULIB_LSEEK = @GNULIB_LSEEK@ GNULIB_READLINK = @GNULIB_READLINK@ GNULIB_SLEEP = @GNULIB_SLEEP@ GREP = @GREP@ HAVE_DECL_ENVIRON = @HAVE_DECL_ENVIRON@ HAVE_DECL_GETLOGIN_R = @HAVE_DECL_GETLOGIN_R@ HAVE_DUP2 = @HAVE_DUP2@ HAVE_FTRUNCATE = @HAVE_FTRUNCATE@ HAVE_GETPAGESIZE = @HAVE_GETPAGESIZE@ HAVE_OS_H = @HAVE_OS_H@ HAVE_READLINK = @HAVE_READLINK@ HAVE_SLEEP = @HAVE_SLEEP@ HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H = @HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H@ HAVE_UNISTD_H = @HAVE_UNISTD_H@ INCLUDE_NEXT = @INCLUDE_NEXT@ INSTALL = @INSTALL@ INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@ INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@ INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@ INTL_MACOSX_LIBS = @INTL_MACOSX_LIBS@ LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ LIBGNU_LIBDEPS = @LIBGNU_LIBDEPS@ LIBGNU_LTLIBDEPS = @LIBGNU_LTLIBDEPS@ LIBICONV = @LIBICONV@ LIBINTL = @LIBINTL@ LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@ LIBS = @LIBS@ LN_S = @LN_S@ LTLIBICONV = @LTLIBICONV@ LTLIBINTL = @LTLIBINTL@ LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@ MAINT = @MAINT@ MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@ MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@ MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ MSGFMT_015 = @MSGFMT_015@ MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@ NEXT_UNISTD_H = @NEXT_UNISTD_H@ OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@ PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@ PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@ PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@ PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@ PACKAGE_URL = @PACKAGE_URL@ PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@ PARTED_LIBS = @PARTED_LIBS@ PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@ POSUB = @POSUB@ RANLIB = @RANLIB@ REPLACE_CHOWN = @REPLACE_CHOWN@ REPLACE_FCHDIR = @REPLACE_FCHDIR@ REPLACE_GETCWD = @REPLACE_GETCWD@ REPLACE_GETPAGESIZE = @REPLACE_GETPAGESIZE@ REPLACE_LCHOWN = @REPLACE_LCHOWN@ REPLACE_LSEEK = @REPLACE_LSEEK@ SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@ SHELL = @SHELL@ STRIP = @STRIP@ SYMLINK = @SYMLINK@ SYMLINKFROM = @SYMLINKFROM@ USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@ VERSION = @VERSION@ XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ XGETTEXT_015 = @XGETTEXT_015@ XGETTEXT_EXTRA_OPTIONS = @XGETTEXT_EXTRA_OPTIONS@ abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@ abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@ abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@ abs_top_srcdir = @abs_top_srcdir@ ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@ am__include = @am__include@ am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@ am__quote = @am__quote@ am__tar = @am__tar@ am__untar = @am__untar@ bindir = @bindir@ build = @build@ build_alias = @build_alias@ build_cpu = @build_cpu@ build_os = @build_os@ build_vendor = @build_vendor@ builddir = @builddir@ datadir = @datadir@ datarootdir = @datarootdir@ docdir = @docdir@ dvidir = @dvidir@ exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ gl_LIBOBJS = @gl_LIBOBJS@ gl_LTLIBOBJS = @gl_LTLIBOBJS@ gltests_LIBOBJS = @gltests_LIBOBJS@ gltests_LTLIBOBJS = @gltests_LTLIBOBJS@ host = @host@ host_alias = @host_alias@ host_cpu = @host_cpu@ host_os = @host_os@ host_vendor = @host_vendor@ htmldir = @htmldir@ includedir = @includedir@ infodir = @infodir@ install_sh = @install_sh@ libdir = @libdir@ libexecdir = @libexecdir@ localedir = @localedir@ localstatedir = @localstatedir@ mandir = @mandir@ mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@ oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@ pdfdir = @pdfdir@ prefix = @prefix@ program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@ psdir = @psdir@ sbindir = @sbindir@ sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@ srcdir = @srcdir@ sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@ target_alias = @target_alias@ top_build_prefix = @top_build_prefix@ top_builddir = @top_builddir@ top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = 1.5 gnits noinst_HEADERS = noinst_LIBRARIES = libgnu.a noinst_LTLIBRARIES = EXTRA_DIST = getopt.c getopt.in.h getopt1.c getopt_int.h \ $(top_srcdir)/autotools/link-warning.h unistd.in.h BUILT_SOURCES = $(GETOPT_H) unistd.h SUFFIXES = MOSTLYCLEANFILES = core *.stackdump getopt.h getopt.h-t unistd.h \ unistd.h-t MOSTLYCLEANDIRS = CLEANFILES = DISTCLEANFILES = MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = AM_CPPFLAGS = libgnu_a_SOURCES = gettext.h dummy.c libgnu_a_LIBADD = $(gl_LIBOBJS) libgnu_a_DEPENDENCIES = $(gl_LIBOBJS) EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES = getopt.c getopt1.c LINK_WARNING_H = $(top_srcdir)/autotools/link-warning.h all: $(BUILT_SOURCES) $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) all-am .SUFFIXES: .SUFFIXES: .c .o .obj $(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps) @for dep in $?; do \ case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \ *$$dep*) \ ( cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh ) \ && { if test -f $@; then exit 0; else break; fi; }; \ exit 1;; \ esac; \ done; \ echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnits lib/Makefile'; \ $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) && \ $(AUTOMAKE) --gnits lib/Makefile .PRECIOUS: Makefile Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status @case '$?' in \ *config.status*) \ cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh;; \ *) \ echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)'; \ cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe);; \ esac; $(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES) cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh $(top_srcdir)/configure: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__configure_deps) cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh $(ACLOCAL_M4): @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh $(am__aclocal_m4_deps): clean-noinstLIBRARIES: -test -z "$(noinst_LIBRARIES)" || rm -f $(noinst_LIBRARIES) libgnu.a: $(libgnu_a_OBJECTS) $(libgnu_a_DEPENDENCIES) -rm -f libgnu.a $(libgnu_a_AR) libgnu.a $(libgnu_a_OBJECTS) $(libgnu_a_LIBADD) $(RANLIB) libgnu.a clean-noinstLTLIBRARIES: -test -z "$(noinst_LTLIBRARIES)" || rm -f $(noinst_LTLIBRARIES) @list='$(noinst_LTLIBRARIES)'; for p in $$list; do \ dir="`echo $$p | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$$||'`"; \ test "$$dir" != "$$p" || dir=.; \ echo "rm -f \"$${dir}/so_locations\""; \ rm -f "$${dir}/so_locations"; \ done mostlyclean-compile: -rm -f *.$(OBJEXT) distclean-compile: -rm -f *.tab.c @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/dummy.Po@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/getopt.Po@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/getopt1.Po@am__quote@ .c.o: @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(COMPILE) -MT $@ -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo -c -o $@ $< @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/$*.Po @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ source='$<' object='$@' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ @am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(COMPILE) -c $< .c.obj: @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(COMPILE) -MT $@ -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo -c -o $@ `$(CYGPATH_W) '$<'` @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/$*.Po @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ source='$<' object='$@' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ @am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(COMPILE) -c `$(CYGPATH_W) '$<'` ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES) list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \ unique=`for i in $$list; do \ if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \ done | \ $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \ END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \ mkid -fID $$unique tags: TAGS TAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \ $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP) set x; \ here=`pwd`; \ list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \ unique=`for i in $$list; do \ if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \ done | \ $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \ END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \ shift; \ if test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$*$$unique"; then :; else \ test -n "$$unique" || unique=$$empty_fix; \ if test $$# -gt 0; then \ $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \ "$$@" $$unique; \ else \ $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \ $$unique; \ fi; \ fi ctags: CTAGS CTAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \ $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP) list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \ unique=`for i in $$list; do \ if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \ done | \ $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \ END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \ test -z "$(CTAGS_ARGS)$$unique" \ || $(CTAGS) $(CTAGSFLAGS) $(AM_CTAGSFLAGS) $(CTAGS_ARGS) \ $$unique GTAGS: here=`$(am__cd) $(top_builddir) && pwd` \ && $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) \ && gtags -i $(GTAGS_ARGS) "$$here" distclean-tags: -rm -f TAGS ID GTAGS GRTAGS GSYMS GPATH tags distdir: $(DISTFILES) @srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ list='$(DISTFILES)'; \ dist_files=`for file in $$list; do echo $$file; done | \ sed -e "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||;t" \ -e "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|;t"`; \ case $$dist_files in \ */*) $(MKDIR_P) `echo "$$dist_files" | \ sed '/\//!d;s|^|$(distdir)/|;s,/[^/]*$$,,' | \ sort -u` ;; \ esac; \ for file in $$dist_files; do \ if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \ if test -d $$d/$$file; then \ dir=`echo "/$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \ if test -d "$(distdir)/$$file"; then \ find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \ fi; \ if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \ cp -fpR $(srcdir)/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \ find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \ fi; \ cp -fpR $$d/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \ else \ test -f "$(distdir)/$$file" \ || cp -p $$d/$$file "$(distdir)/$$file" \ || exit 1; \ fi; \ done check-am: all-am check: $(BUILT_SOURCES) $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) check-am all-am: Makefile $(LIBRARIES) $(LTLIBRARIES) $(HEADERS) installdirs: install: $(BUILT_SOURCES) $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-am install-exec: install-exec-am install-data: install-data-am uninstall: uninstall-am install-am: all-am @$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am installcheck: installcheck-am install-strip: $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \ `test -z '$(STRIP)' || \ echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install mostlyclean-generic: -test -z "$(MOSTLYCLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(MOSTLYCLEANFILES) clean-generic: -test -z "$(CLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(CLEANFILES) distclean-generic: -test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES) -test . = "$(srcdir)" || test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES) -test -z "$(DISTCLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(DISTCLEANFILES) maintainer-clean-generic: @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use" @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild." -test -z "$(BUILT_SOURCES)" || rm -f $(BUILT_SOURCES) -test -z "$(MAINTAINERCLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(MAINTAINERCLEANFILES) clean: clean-am clean-am: clean-generic clean-noinstLIBRARIES clean-noinstLTLIBRARIES \ mostlyclean-am distclean: distclean-am -rm -rf ./$(DEPDIR) -rm -f Makefile distclean-am: clean-am distclean-compile distclean-generic \ distclean-tags dvi: dvi-am dvi-am: html: html-am html-am: info: info-am info-am: install-data-am: install-dvi: install-dvi-am install-dvi-am: install-exec-am: install-html: install-html-am install-html-am: install-info: install-info-am install-info-am: install-man: install-pdf: install-pdf-am install-pdf-am: install-ps: install-ps-am install-ps-am: installcheck-am: maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am -rm -rf ./$(DEPDIR) -rm -f Makefile maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-compile mostlyclean-generic \ mostlyclean-local pdf: pdf-am pdf-am: ps: ps-am ps-am: uninstall-am: .MAKE: all check install install-am install-strip .PHONY: CTAGS GTAGS all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic \ clean-noinstLIBRARIES clean-noinstLTLIBRARIES ctags distclean \ distclean-compile distclean-generic distclean-tags distdir dvi \ dvi-am html html-am info info-am install install-am \ install-data install-data-am install-dvi install-dvi-am \ install-exec install-exec-am install-html install-html-am \ install-info install-info-am install-man install-pdf \ install-pdf-am install-ps install-ps-am install-strip \ installcheck installcheck-am installdirs maintainer-clean \ maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean mostlyclean-compile \ mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-local pdf pdf-am ps ps-am tags \ uninstall uninstall-am # We need the following in order to create when the system # doesn't have one that works with the given compiler. getopt.h: getopt.in.h { echo '/* DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY! */'; \ cat $(srcdir)/getopt.in.h; \ } > $@-t mv -f $@-t $@ # We need the following in order to create an empty placeholder for # when the system doesn't have one. unistd.h: unistd.in.h rm -f $@-t $@ { echo '/* DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY! */'; \ sed -e 's|@''HAVE_UNISTD_H''@|$(HAVE_UNISTD_H)|g' \ -e 's/@''INCLUDE_NEXT''@/$(INCLUDE_NEXT)/g' \ -e 's|@''NEXT_UNISTD_H''@|$(NEXT_UNISTD_H)|g' \ -e 's|@''GNULIB_CHOWN''@|$(GNULIB_CHOWN)|g' \ -e 's|@''GNULIB_DUP2''@|$(GNULIB_DUP2)|g' \ -e 's|@''GNULIB_ENVIRON''@|$(GNULIB_ENVIRON)|g' \ -e 's|@''GNULIB_FCHDIR''@|$(GNULIB_FCHDIR)|g' \ -e 's|@''GNULIB_FTRUNCATE''@|$(GNULIB_FTRUNCATE)|g' \ -e 's|@''GNULIB_GETCWD''@|$(GNULIB_GETCWD)|g' \ -e 's|@''GNULIB_GETLOGIN_R''@|$(GNULIB_GETLOGIN_R)|g' \ -e 's|@''GNULIB_GETPAGESIZE''@|$(GNULIB_GETPAGESIZE)|g' \ -e 's|@''GNULIB_LCHOWN''@|$(GNULIB_LCHOWN)|g' \ -e 's|@''GNULIB_LSEEK''@|$(GNULIB_LSEEK)|g' \ -e 's|@''GNULIB_READLINK''@|$(GNULIB_READLINK)|g' \ -e 's|@''GNULIB_SLEEP''@|$(GNULIB_SLEEP)|g' \ -e 's|@''HAVE_DUP2''@|$(HAVE_DUP2)|g' \ -e 's|@''HAVE_FTRUNCATE''@|$(HAVE_FTRUNCATE)|g' \ -e 's|@''HAVE_GETPAGESIZE''@|$(HAVE_GETPAGESIZE)|g' \ -e 's|@''HAVE_READLINK''@|$(HAVE_READLINK)|g' \ -e 's|@''HAVE_SLEEP''@|$(HAVE_SLEEP)|g' \ -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_ENVIRON''@|$(HAVE_DECL_ENVIRON)|g' \ -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_GETLOGIN_R''@|$(HAVE_DECL_GETLOGIN_R)|g' \ -e 's|@''HAVE_OS_H''@|$(HAVE_OS_H)|g' \ -e 's|@''HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H''@|$(HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H)|g' \ -e 's|@''REPLACE_CHOWN''@|$(REPLACE_CHOWN)|g' \ -e 's|@''REPLACE_FCHDIR''@|$(REPLACE_FCHDIR)|g' \ -e 's|@''REPLACE_GETCWD''@|$(REPLACE_GETCWD)|g' \ -e 's|@''REPLACE_GETPAGESIZE''@|$(REPLACE_GETPAGESIZE)|g' \ -e 's|@''REPLACE_LCHOWN''@|$(REPLACE_LCHOWN)|g' \ -e 's|@''REPLACE_LSEEK''@|$(REPLACE_LSEEK)|g' \ < $(srcdir)/unistd.in.h; \ } > $@-t mv $@-t $@ mostlyclean-local: mostlyclean-generic @for dir in '' $(MOSTLYCLEANDIRS); do \ if test -n "$$dir" && test -d $$dir; then \ echo "rmdir $$dir"; rmdir $$dir; \ fi; \ done; \ : # Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables. # Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded. .NOEXPORT: fdisk-1.2.5/lib/getopt.in.h0000644000175000017500000001751611527750771012414 00000000000000/* Declarations for getopt. Copyright (C) 1989-1994,1996-1999,2001,2003,2004,2005,2006,2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This file is part of the GNU C Library. This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program. If not, see . */ #ifndef _GETOPT_H #ifndef __need_getopt # define _GETOPT_H 1 #endif /* Standalone applications should #define __GETOPT_PREFIX to an identifier that prefixes the external functions and variables defined in this header. When this happens, include the headers that might declare getopt so that they will not cause confusion if included after this file. Then systematically rename identifiers so that they do not collide with the system functions and variables. Renaming avoids problems with some compilers and linkers. */ #if defined __GETOPT_PREFIX && !defined __need_getopt # include # include # include # undef __need_getopt # undef getopt # undef getopt_long # undef getopt_long_only # undef optarg # undef opterr # undef optind # undef optopt # define __GETOPT_CONCAT(x, y) x ## y # define __GETOPT_XCONCAT(x, y) __GETOPT_CONCAT (x, y) # define __GETOPT_ID(y) __GETOPT_XCONCAT (__GETOPT_PREFIX, y) # define getopt __GETOPT_ID (getopt) # define getopt_long __GETOPT_ID (getopt_long) # define getopt_long_only __GETOPT_ID (getopt_long_only) # define optarg __GETOPT_ID (optarg) # define opterr __GETOPT_ID (opterr) # define optind __GETOPT_ID (optind) # define optopt __GETOPT_ID (optopt) #endif /* Standalone applications get correct prototypes for getopt_long and getopt_long_only; they declare "char **argv". libc uses prototypes with "char *const *argv" that are incorrect because getopt_long and getopt_long_only can permute argv; this is required for backward compatibility (e.g., for LSB 2.0.1). This used to be `#if defined __GETOPT_PREFIX && !defined __need_getopt', but it caused redefinition warnings if both unistd.h and getopt.h were included, since unistd.h includes getopt.h having previously defined __need_getopt. The only place where __getopt_argv_const is used is in definitions of getopt_long and getopt_long_only below, but these are visible only if __need_getopt is not defined, so it is quite safe to rewrite the conditional as follows: */ #if !defined __need_getopt # if defined __GETOPT_PREFIX # define __getopt_argv_const /* empty */ # else # define __getopt_argv_const const # endif #endif /* If __GNU_LIBRARY__ is not already defined, either we are being used standalone, or this is the first header included in the source file. If we are being used with glibc, we need to include , but that does not exist if we are standalone. So: if __GNU_LIBRARY__ is not defined, include , which will pull in for us if it's from glibc. (Why ctype.h? It's guaranteed to exist and it doesn't flood the namespace with stuff the way some other headers do.) */ #if !defined __GNU_LIBRARY__ # include #endif #ifndef __THROW # ifndef __GNUC_PREREQ # define __GNUC_PREREQ(maj, min) (0) # endif # if defined __cplusplus && __GNUC_PREREQ (2,8) # define __THROW throw () # else # define __THROW # endif #endif #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" { #endif /* For communication from `getopt' to the caller. When `getopt' finds an option that takes an argument, the argument value is returned here. Also, when `ordering' is RETURN_IN_ORDER, each non-option ARGV-element is returned here. */ extern char *optarg; /* Index in ARGV of the next element to be scanned. This is used for communication to and from the caller and for communication between successive calls to `getopt'. On entry to `getopt', zero means this is the first call; initialize. When `getopt' returns -1, this is the index of the first of the non-option elements that the caller should itself scan. Otherwise, `optind' communicates from one call to the next how much of ARGV has been scanned so far. */ extern int optind; /* Callers store zero here to inhibit the error message `getopt' prints for unrecognized options. */ extern int opterr; /* Set to an option character which was unrecognized. */ extern int optopt; #ifndef __need_getopt /* Describe the long-named options requested by the application. The LONG_OPTIONS argument to getopt_long or getopt_long_only is a vector of `struct option' terminated by an element containing a name which is zero. The field `has_arg' is: no_argument (or 0) if the option does not take an argument, required_argument (or 1) if the option requires an argument, optional_argument (or 2) if the option takes an optional argument. If the field `flag' is not NULL, it points to a variable that is set to the value given in the field `val' when the option is found, but left unchanged if the option is not found. To have a long-named option do something other than set an `int' to a compiled-in constant, such as set a value from `optarg', set the option's `flag' field to zero and its `val' field to a nonzero value (the equivalent single-letter option character, if there is one). For long options that have a zero `flag' field, `getopt' returns the contents of the `val' field. */ struct option { const char *name; /* has_arg can't be an enum because some compilers complain about type mismatches in all the code that assumes it is an int. */ int has_arg; int *flag; int val; }; /* Names for the values of the `has_arg' field of `struct option'. */ # define no_argument 0 # define required_argument 1 # define optional_argument 2 #endif /* need getopt */ /* Get definitions and prototypes for functions to process the arguments in ARGV (ARGC of them, minus the program name) for options given in OPTS. Return the option character from OPTS just read. Return -1 when there are no more options. For unrecognized options, or options missing arguments, `optopt' is set to the option letter, and '?' is returned. The OPTS string is a list of characters which are recognized option letters, optionally followed by colons, specifying that that letter takes an argument, to be placed in `optarg'. If a letter in OPTS is followed by two colons, its argument is optional. This behavior is specific to the GNU `getopt'. The argument `--' causes premature termination of argument scanning, explicitly telling `getopt' that there are no more options. If OPTS begins with `-', then non-option arguments are treated as arguments to the option '\1'. This behavior is specific to the GNU `getopt'. If OPTS begins with `+', or POSIXLY_CORRECT is set in the environment, then do not permute arguments. */ extern int getopt (int ___argc, char *const *___argv, const char *__shortopts) __THROW; #ifndef __need_getopt extern int getopt_long (int ___argc, char *__getopt_argv_const *___argv, const char *__shortopts, const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind) __THROW; extern int getopt_long_only (int ___argc, char *__getopt_argv_const *___argv, const char *__shortopts, const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind) __THROW; #endif #ifdef __cplusplus } #endif /* Make sure we later can get all the definitions and declarations. */ #undef __need_getopt #endif /* getopt.h */ fdisk-1.2.5/lib/Makefile.am0000644000175000017500000001024511527750770012357 00000000000000## DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY! ## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in. # Copyright (C) 2002-2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU # General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General # Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program # that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under # the same distribution terms as the rest of that program. # # Generated by gnulib-tool. # Reproduce by: gnulib-tool --import --dir=. --lib=libgnu --source-base=lib --m4-base=m4 --doc-base=doc --aux-dir=autotools --no-libtool --macro-prefix=gl getopt AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = 1.5 gnits noinst_HEADERS = noinst_LIBRARIES = noinst_LTLIBRARIES = EXTRA_DIST = BUILT_SOURCES = SUFFIXES = MOSTLYCLEANFILES = core *.stackdump MOSTLYCLEANDIRS = CLEANFILES = DISTCLEANFILES = MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = AM_CPPFLAGS = noinst_LIBRARIES += libgnu.a libgnu_a_SOURCES = libgnu_a_LIBADD = $(gl_LIBOBJS) libgnu_a_DEPENDENCIES = $(gl_LIBOBJS) EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES = ## begin gnulib module getopt BUILT_SOURCES += $(GETOPT_H) # We need the following in order to create when the system # doesn't have one that works with the given compiler. getopt.h: getopt.in.h { echo '/* DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY! */'; \ cat $(srcdir)/getopt.in.h; \ } > $@-t mv -f $@-t $@ MOSTLYCLEANFILES += getopt.h getopt.h-t EXTRA_DIST += getopt.c getopt.in.h getopt1.c getopt_int.h EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += getopt.c getopt1.c ## end gnulib module getopt ## begin gnulib module gettext-h libgnu_a_SOURCES += gettext.h ## end gnulib module gettext-h ## begin gnulib module link-warning LINK_WARNING_H=$(top_srcdir)/autotools/link-warning.h EXTRA_DIST += $(top_srcdir)/autotools/link-warning.h ## end gnulib module link-warning ## begin gnulib module unistd BUILT_SOURCES += unistd.h # We need the following in order to create an empty placeholder for # when the system doesn't have one. unistd.h: unistd.in.h rm -f $@-t $@ { echo '/* DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY! */'; \ sed -e 's|@''HAVE_UNISTD_H''@|$(HAVE_UNISTD_H)|g' \ -e 's/@''INCLUDE_NEXT''@/$(INCLUDE_NEXT)/g' \ -e 's|@''NEXT_UNISTD_H''@|$(NEXT_UNISTD_H)|g' \ -e 's|@''GNULIB_CHOWN''@|$(GNULIB_CHOWN)|g' \ -e 's|@''GNULIB_DUP2''@|$(GNULIB_DUP2)|g' \ -e 's|@''GNULIB_ENVIRON''@|$(GNULIB_ENVIRON)|g' \ -e 's|@''GNULIB_FCHDIR''@|$(GNULIB_FCHDIR)|g' \ -e 's|@''GNULIB_FTRUNCATE''@|$(GNULIB_FTRUNCATE)|g' \ -e 's|@''GNULIB_GETCWD''@|$(GNULIB_GETCWD)|g' \ -e 's|@''GNULIB_GETLOGIN_R''@|$(GNULIB_GETLOGIN_R)|g' \ -e 's|@''GNULIB_GETPAGESIZE''@|$(GNULIB_GETPAGESIZE)|g' \ -e 's|@''GNULIB_LCHOWN''@|$(GNULIB_LCHOWN)|g' \ -e 's|@''GNULIB_LSEEK''@|$(GNULIB_LSEEK)|g' \ -e 's|@''GNULIB_READLINK''@|$(GNULIB_READLINK)|g' \ -e 's|@''GNULIB_SLEEP''@|$(GNULIB_SLEEP)|g' \ -e 's|@''HAVE_DUP2''@|$(HAVE_DUP2)|g' \ -e 's|@''HAVE_FTRUNCATE''@|$(HAVE_FTRUNCATE)|g' \ -e 's|@''HAVE_GETPAGESIZE''@|$(HAVE_GETPAGESIZE)|g' \ -e 's|@''HAVE_READLINK''@|$(HAVE_READLINK)|g' \ -e 's|@''HAVE_SLEEP''@|$(HAVE_SLEEP)|g' \ -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_ENVIRON''@|$(HAVE_DECL_ENVIRON)|g' \ -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_GETLOGIN_R''@|$(HAVE_DECL_GETLOGIN_R)|g' \ -e 's|@''HAVE_OS_H''@|$(HAVE_OS_H)|g' \ -e 's|@''HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H''@|$(HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H)|g' \ -e 's|@''REPLACE_CHOWN''@|$(REPLACE_CHOWN)|g' \ -e 's|@''REPLACE_FCHDIR''@|$(REPLACE_FCHDIR)|g' \ -e 's|@''REPLACE_GETCWD''@|$(REPLACE_GETCWD)|g' \ -e 's|@''REPLACE_GETPAGESIZE''@|$(REPLACE_GETPAGESIZE)|g' \ -e 's|@''REPLACE_LCHOWN''@|$(REPLACE_LCHOWN)|g' \ -e 's|@''REPLACE_LSEEK''@|$(REPLACE_LSEEK)|g' \ < $(srcdir)/unistd.in.h; \ } > $@-t mv $@-t $@ MOSTLYCLEANFILES += unistd.h unistd.h-t EXTRA_DIST += unistd.in.h ## end gnulib module unistd ## begin gnulib module dummy libgnu_a_SOURCES += dummy.c ## end gnulib module dummy mostlyclean-local: mostlyclean-generic @for dir in '' $(MOSTLYCLEANDIRS); do \ if test -n "$$dir" && test -d $$dir; then \ echo "rmdir $$dir"; rmdir $$dir; \ fi; \ done; \ : fdisk-1.2.5/lib/gettext.h0000644000175000017500000002240611527750771012163 00000000000000/* Convenience header for conditional use of GNU . Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000-2002, 2004-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ #ifndef _LIBGETTEXT_H #define _LIBGETTEXT_H 1 /* NLS can be disabled through the configure --disable-nls option. */ #if ENABLE_NLS /* Get declarations of GNU message catalog functions. */ # include /* You can set the DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN macro to specify the domain used by the gettext() and ngettext() macros. This is an alternative to calling textdomain(), and is useful for libraries. */ # ifdef DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN # undef gettext # define gettext(Msgid) \ dgettext (DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN, Msgid) # undef ngettext # define ngettext(Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \ dngettext (DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN, Msgid1, Msgid2, N) # endif #else /* Solaris /usr/include/locale.h includes /usr/include/libintl.h, which chokes if dcgettext is defined as a macro. So include it now, to make later inclusions of a NOP. We don't include as well because people using "gettext.h" will not include , and also including would fail on SunOS 4, whereas is OK. */ #if defined(__sun) # include #endif /* Many header files from the libstdc++ coming with g++ 3.3 or newer include , which chokes if dcgettext is defined as a macro. So include it now, to make later inclusions of a NOP. */ #if defined(__cplusplus) && defined(__GNUG__) && (__GNUC__ >= 3) # include # if (__GLIBC__ >= 2) || _GLIBCXX_HAVE_LIBINTL_H # include # endif #endif /* Disabled NLS. The casts to 'const char *' serve the purpose of producing warnings for invalid uses of the value returned from these functions. On pre-ANSI systems without 'const', the config.h file is supposed to contain "#define const". */ # define gettext(Msgid) ((const char *) (Msgid)) # define dgettext(Domainname, Msgid) ((void) (Domainname), gettext (Msgid)) # define dcgettext(Domainname, Msgid, Category) \ ((void) (Category), dgettext (Domainname, Msgid)) # define ngettext(Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \ ((N) == 1 \ ? ((void) (Msgid2), (const char *) (Msgid1)) \ : ((void) (Msgid1), (const char *) (Msgid2))) # define dngettext(Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \ ((void) (Domainname), ngettext (Msgid1, Msgid2, N)) # define dcngettext(Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N, Category) \ ((void) (Category), dngettext(Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N)) # define textdomain(Domainname) ((const char *) (Domainname)) # define bindtextdomain(Domainname, Dirname) \ ((void) (Domainname), (const char *) (Dirname)) # define bind_textdomain_codeset(Domainname, Codeset) \ ((void) (Domainname), (const char *) (Codeset)) #endif /* A pseudo function call that serves as a marker for the automated extraction of messages, but does not call gettext(). The run-time translation is done at a different place in the code. The argument, String, should be a literal string. Concatenated strings and other string expressions won't work. The macro's expansion is not parenthesized, so that it is suitable as initializer for static 'char[]' or 'const char[]' variables. */ #define gettext_noop(String) String /* The separator between msgctxt and msgid in a .mo file. */ #define GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE "\004" /* Pseudo function calls, taking a MSGCTXT and a MSGID instead of just a MSGID. MSGCTXT and MSGID must be string literals. MSGCTXT should be short and rarely need to change. The letter 'p' stands for 'particular' or 'special'. */ #ifdef DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN # define pgettext(Msgctxt, Msgid) \ pgettext_aux (DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, LC_MESSAGES) #else # define pgettext(Msgctxt, Msgid) \ pgettext_aux (NULL, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, LC_MESSAGES) #endif #define dpgettext(Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid) \ pgettext_aux (Domainname, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, LC_MESSAGES) #define dcpgettext(Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid, Category) \ pgettext_aux (Domainname, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, Category) #ifdef DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN # define npgettext(Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N) \ npgettext_aux (DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N, LC_MESSAGES) #else # define npgettext(Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N) \ npgettext_aux (NULL, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N, LC_MESSAGES) #endif #define dnpgettext(Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N) \ npgettext_aux (Domainname, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N, LC_MESSAGES) #define dcnpgettext(Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N, Category) \ npgettext_aux (Domainname, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N, Category) #ifdef __GNUC__ __inline #else #ifdef __cplusplus inline #endif #endif static const char * pgettext_aux (const char *domain, const char *msg_ctxt_id, const char *msgid, int category) { const char *translation = dcgettext (domain, msg_ctxt_id, category); if (translation == msg_ctxt_id) return msgid; else return translation; } #ifdef __GNUC__ __inline #else #ifdef __cplusplus inline #endif #endif static const char * npgettext_aux (const char *domain, const char *msg_ctxt_id, const char *msgid, const char *msgid_plural, unsigned long int n, int category) { const char *translation = dcngettext (domain, msg_ctxt_id, msgid_plural, n, category); if (translation == msg_ctxt_id || translation == msgid_plural) return (n == 1 ? msgid : msgid_plural); else return translation; } /* The same thing extended for non-constant arguments. Here MSGCTXT and MSGID can be arbitrary expressions. But for string literals these macros are less efficient than those above. */ #include #define _LIBGETTEXT_HAVE_VARIABLE_SIZE_ARRAYS \ (((__GNUC__ >= 3 || __GNUG__ >= 2) && !__STRICT_ANSI__) \ /* || __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L */ ) #if !_LIBGETTEXT_HAVE_VARIABLE_SIZE_ARRAYS #include #endif #define pgettext_expr(Msgctxt, Msgid) \ dcpgettext_expr (NULL, Msgctxt, Msgid, LC_MESSAGES) #define dpgettext_expr(Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid) \ dcpgettext_expr (Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid, LC_MESSAGES) #ifdef __GNUC__ __inline #else #ifdef __cplusplus inline #endif #endif static const char * dcpgettext_expr (const char *domain, const char *msgctxt, const char *msgid, int category) { size_t msgctxt_len = strlen (msgctxt) + 1; size_t msgid_len = strlen (msgid) + 1; const char *translation; #if _LIBGETTEXT_HAVE_VARIABLE_SIZE_ARRAYS char msg_ctxt_id[msgctxt_len + msgid_len]; #else char buf[1024]; char *msg_ctxt_id = (msgctxt_len + msgid_len <= sizeof (buf) ? buf : (char *) malloc (msgctxt_len + msgid_len)); if (msg_ctxt_id != NULL) #endif { memcpy (msg_ctxt_id, msgctxt, msgctxt_len - 1); msg_ctxt_id[msgctxt_len - 1] = '\004'; memcpy (msg_ctxt_id + msgctxt_len, msgid, msgid_len); translation = dcgettext (domain, msg_ctxt_id, category); #if !_LIBGETTEXT_HAVE_VARIABLE_SIZE_ARRAYS if (msg_ctxt_id != buf) free (msg_ctxt_id); #endif if (translation != msg_ctxt_id) return translation; } return msgid; } #define npgettext_expr(Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N) \ dcnpgettext_expr (NULL, Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N, LC_MESSAGES) #define dnpgettext_expr(Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N) \ dcnpgettext_expr (Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N, LC_MESSAGES) #ifdef __GNUC__ __inline #else #ifdef __cplusplus inline #endif #endif static const char * dcnpgettext_expr (const char *domain, const char *msgctxt, const char *msgid, const char *msgid_plural, unsigned long int n, int category) { size_t msgctxt_len = strlen (msgctxt) + 1; size_t msgid_len = strlen (msgid) + 1; const char *translation; #if _LIBGETTEXT_HAVE_VARIABLE_SIZE_ARRAYS char msg_ctxt_id[msgctxt_len + msgid_len]; #else char buf[1024]; char *msg_ctxt_id = (msgctxt_len + msgid_len <= sizeof (buf) ? buf : (char *) malloc (msgctxt_len + msgid_len)); if (msg_ctxt_id != NULL) #endif { memcpy (msg_ctxt_id, msgctxt, msgctxt_len - 1); msg_ctxt_id[msgctxt_len - 1] = '\004'; memcpy (msg_ctxt_id + msgctxt_len, msgid, msgid_len); translation = dcngettext (domain, msg_ctxt_id, msgid_plural, n, category); #if !_LIBGETTEXT_HAVE_VARIABLE_SIZE_ARRAYS if (msg_ctxt_id != buf) free (msg_ctxt_id); #endif if (!(translation == msg_ctxt_id || translation == msgid_plural)) return translation; } return (n == 1 ? msgid : msgid_plural); } #endif /* _LIBGETTEXT_H */ fdisk-1.2.5/lib/getopt1.c0000644000175000017500000000753211527750771012060 00000000000000/* getopt_long and getopt_long_only entry points for GNU getopt. Copyright (C) 1987,88,89,90,91,92,93,94,96,97,98,2004,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This file is part of the GNU C Library. This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program. If not, see . */ #ifdef _LIBC # include #else # include # include "getopt.h" #endif #include "getopt_int.h" #include /* This needs to come after some library #include to get __GNU_LIBRARY__ defined. */ #ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__ #include #endif #ifndef NULL #define NULL 0 #endif int getopt_long (int argc, char *__getopt_argv_const *argv, const char *options, const struct option *long_options, int *opt_index) { return _getopt_internal (argc, (char **) argv, options, long_options, opt_index, 0, 0); } int _getopt_long_r (int argc, char **argv, const char *options, const struct option *long_options, int *opt_index, struct _getopt_data *d) { return _getopt_internal_r (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index, 0, 0, d); } /* Like getopt_long, but '-' as well as '--' can indicate a long option. If an option that starts with '-' (not '--') doesn't match a long option, but does match a short option, it is parsed as a short option instead. */ int getopt_long_only (int argc, char *__getopt_argv_const *argv, const char *options, const struct option *long_options, int *opt_index) { return _getopt_internal (argc, (char **) argv, options, long_options, opt_index, 1, 0); } int _getopt_long_only_r (int argc, char **argv, const char *options, const struct option *long_options, int *opt_index, struct _getopt_data *d) { return _getopt_internal_r (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index, 1, 0, d); } #ifdef TEST #include int main (int argc, char **argv) { int c; int digit_optind = 0; while (1) { int this_option_optind = optind ? optind : 1; int option_index = 0; static struct option long_options[] = { {"add", 1, 0, 0}, {"append", 0, 0, 0}, {"delete", 1, 0, 0}, {"verbose", 0, 0, 0}, {"create", 0, 0, 0}, {"file", 1, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0} }; c = getopt_long (argc, argv, "abc:d:0123456789", long_options, &option_index); if (c == -1) break; switch (c) { case 0: printf ("option %s", long_options[option_index].name); if (optarg) printf (" with arg %s", optarg); printf ("\n"); break; case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': if (digit_optind != 0 && digit_optind != this_option_optind) printf ("digits occur in two different argv-elements.\n"); digit_optind = this_option_optind; printf ("option %c\n", c); break; case 'a': printf ("option a\n"); break; case 'b': printf ("option b\n"); break; case 'c': printf ("option c with value `%s'\n", optarg); break; case 'd': printf ("option d with value `%s'\n", optarg); break; case '?': break; default: printf ("?? getopt returned character code 0%o ??\n", c); } } if (optind < argc) { printf ("non-option ARGV-elements: "); while (optind < argc) printf ("%s ", argv[optind++]); printf ("\n"); } exit (0); } #endif /* TEST */ fdisk-1.2.5/doc/0000755000175000017500000000000011564002646010371 500000000000000fdisk-1.2.5/doc/fdisk.texi0000644000175000017500000004073211527750770012321 00000000000000\input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*- @setfilename fdisk.info @settitle GNU fdisk User's Manual @set UPDATED 19 August 2006 @set UPDATED-MONTH August 2006 @set EDITION 0.0.1 @set VERSION 0.0.1 @comment @documentencoding ISO-8859-1 @set lq `` @set rq '' @ifnottex @c texi2pdf don't understand copying and insertcopying ??? @c modifications must also be done in the titlepage @copying Copyright @copyright{} 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''. @end copying @c WTF does the info get the copying output and the plaintext output not ???? @ifplaintext @insertcopying @end ifplaintext @end ifnottex @titlepage @title GNU fdisk User Manual @subtitle GNU fdisk, version @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED} @author Leslie Patrick Polzer @email{polzer@@gnu.org} @author Milko Krasnomirov Krachounov @email{exabyte@@3mhz.net} @c @page @c @vskip 0pt plus 1filll @c modifications must also be done in the copying block Copyright @copyright{} 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''. @end titlepage @dircategory GNU partitioning software @direntry * fdisk: (fdisk). GNU fdisk User Manual @end direntry @ifnottex @node Top @top GNU fdisk User Manual @c WTF doesn't texi2html include the titlepage? @ifhtml @insertcopying @end ifhtml This document describes the use of GNU Cfdisk, a curses based program for creating, destroying, resizing, checking and copying hard drive partitions, and the file systems on them. @end ifnottex @shortcontents @menu * About:: * Using fdisk:: * Bugs:: * See also:: * Copying this manual:: @end menu @node About @chapter About @menu * Name:: @end menu @node Name @section Name GNU fdisk @minus{} menu driven partition table manipulator, similar to Linux fdisk. It has two variants, lfdisk and gfdisk, lfdisk aims to be close to Linux fdisk, while gfdisk supports the more advanced disk operations like partition resizing. When fdisk is called, the default is to run gfdisk. @node Using fdisk @chapter Using fdisk @menu * Invoking fdisk:: * Overview:: * Options:: * Commands and usage:: * Units:: @end menu @node Invoking fdisk @section Invoking fdisk @b{fdisk [options] [device]} @node Overview @section Overview Hard disks can be divided into logical disks called @i{partitions} (or @i{disk slices} in the BSD world), which are described in a @i{partition table}, which is also called a @i{disklabel}. For ordinary use, like file storage or operation system installation, you will most likely need at least one partition, although with most modern operating system, you might also want to create several partitions, including one for swap space. For example, you usually create a seperate partition for home directories. For more information on what partitions you need for your operating system, look at its installation manual. @b{GNU fdisk} is a menu driven program for creating and editing partition tables. It has support for DOS and MAC type partition tables, BSD and SUN type disklabels and others. On most GNU/Linux distributions @i{device} is usually one of the following: @c --------------------------------------------------------------------- @display @c --------------------------------------------------------------------- @quotation /dev/hda /dev/hdb /dev/sda /dev/sdb @end quotation @end display IDE disks are usually using /dev/hd[a-h] for device names, SCSI disks - /dev/sd[a-p]. The partitions will take the device name followed by the partition number, e.g. /dev/hda1. If you are using a GNU/Linux operating system, you can see @i{/usr/src/linux/Documentation/devices.txt} for more infomation on device naming. A DOS type partition table can have up to four `primary' partitions, which get numbers 1-4. One of the primary partitions may be used as an `extended' partition, which is used as a container for more partitions, which are called `logical' and take numbers starting from 5. A BSD/SUN type disklabel can hold up to 8 partitions, and an IRIX/SGI type disk label, called `dvh' in fdisk, can hold up to 16. @node Options @section Options @table @code @item @b{@minus{}h, @minus{}@minus{}help} Displays a help message. @item @b{@minus{}v, @minus{}@minus{}version} Displays the program's version. @item @b{@minus{}L, @minus{}@minus{}linux-fdisk} Turns on Linux fdisk compatibility mode. This is the same as running lfdisk. In this mode, only disk operations supported by Linux fdisk will be available. @item @b{@minus{}G, @minus{}@minus{}gnu-fdisk} Turns off Linux fdisk compatibility mode. You will be able to perform more operations on the disk - create on a partition, resize, move or copy a partition, with the filesystem on it, or automatically detect deleted partitions. @item @b{@minus{}i, @minus{}@minus{}interactive} Where necessary, prompts for user intervention. This is the default, when the program is started at a terminal. @item @b{@minus{}p, @minus{}@minus{}script} Never prompts for user intervention. This is the default, when the program is not started at a terminal, when it is called from another program. You can use this mode for scripting, fdisk tries to perform the select the most suitable choice in every case. @item @b{@minus{}l, @minus{}@minus{}list} Lists the partition table on the specified device and exits. If there is no device specified, lists the partition tables on all detected devices. @item @b{@minus{}r, @minus{}@minus{}raw-list} Displays a hex dump of the partition table of the disk, similar to the way Linux fdisk displays the raw data in the partition table, using the "print the raw data in the partition table" from the expert menu. @item @b{@minus{}u, @minus{}@minus{}unit-sector} Use sectors, instead of cylinders for a default unit. @item @b{@minus{}s, @minus{}@minus{}size=}@i{DEVICE} Displays the size of the partition on @i{DEVICE} is printed on the standard output. @item @b{@minus{}t, @minus{}@minus{}list-partition-types} Displays a list of supported partition types and features. @end table The following options are available only in lfdisk, for Linux fdisk compatibility. @table @code @item @b{@minus{}b, @minus{}@minus{}sector-size=}@i{SIZE} Specify the sector size of the disk. Valid values are 512, 1024 and 2048. Should be used only on older kernels, which don't guess the correct sector size. @item @b{@minus{}C, @minus{}@minus{}cylinders=}@i{CYLINDERS} Specify the number of cylinders of the disk. Currently does nothing, it is left for Linux fdisk compatibility @item @b{@minus{}H, @minus{}@minus{}heads=}@i{HEADS} Specify the number of heads of the disk. Reasonable values are 255 or 16. @item @b{@minus{}S, @minus{}@minus{}sectors=}@i{SECTORS} Specify the number of sectors per track. A reasonable value is 63. @end table @node Commands and usage @section Commands and usage When @b{GNU fdisk} is started, a simple command line interface is displayed. A list with the available commands and a short description can displayed by entering @b{m}. More detailed information about every command is given below. Most operations are not performed immediately, but only after the user decides to write the partition table to the disk. Those that need to write to the disk immediately, warn the user about it and are only available when not running in Linux fdisk compatibility mode. The default unit used is cylinder and can be changed to sector. Partition sizes can be specified in any other available unit, though. See the next section for more information. @table @code @item @b{m} A command obsoleted by reading this manual. @item @b{p} Displays the partition table on the disk. It shows information like the start and end of the partitions, and their partition number. This is needed for using most of the commands below, so it is a good idea to list the partition table before using them. The start and end of the partition are displayed in the unit that you have selected for fdisk, while the size is displayed in blocks. @item @b{a} Toggles the bootable flag on a partition. On a DOS partition table type the partition with the bootable flag is the one that the system will boot from if there is no a boot manager in the master record. Make sure you have a bootable partition, and it is indeed bootable. You will be asked for a partition number. @item @b{d} Delete the selected partition so you can use it to create another partition on the free space left by it. @item @b{n} Creates a new partition on some free space in the partition table. You will be asked for the type of partition you want to create, and you can enter @b{p} for primary, @b{e} for extended or @b{l} for logical. Make sure that you select a type, that can be created in the position that you want to create it. You can create logical partition only inside the extended. You will be asked about the start and end of the partition. If you put a @i{+} before the end, it will be regarded as size. You can also specify the start and end or size in a different unit, please check the next section for more information. If you are using gfdisk, you will also be asked about the filesystem type and whether you want to create a filesystem on the partition. If you don't want to select a filesystem type, just select the default and you can later change the system type with the @b{t} command. @item @b{o} Creates a new empty DOS partition table. Use this command if you want to start the partition table on the disk from scratch, deleting all the partitions that are currently residing on it. @item @b{s} Creates a new empty SUN disklabel. If you are using a disk with a SUN disklabel, use this command if you want to start the partition table on the disk from scratch, deleting all the partitions that are currently residing on it. @item @b{l} Lists the known filesystem types for the partition table or disklabel on the disk. This is not about the supported filesystem types, but about the way the disklabel marks the filesystem that is supposed to be residing on the partition. It can differ from the real filesystem, although it is not recommended. @item @b{t} Changes the filesystem type of a partition. This does not touch the actual filesystem on the partition, it just changes the field in the partition table that marks the filesystem that is supposed to be residing on the partition. If you are running gfdisk, when you select a filesystem during the creation of a new partition, the most appropriate value for this field is selected. @item @b{w} Writes the partition table to the disk, notifies the operating system about the changes and quits the program. If fdisk wasn't able to notify the OS, you will have to restart the computer in order to use the new partition table. @item @b{q} Quits the program without saving the changes. @item @b{x} Displays a menu with extra operations, which are described below. @end table There is a menu with extra functionality in GNU fdisk. In gfdisk, it will include the specific to gfdisk commands. Everything is described below. The extra commands in lfdisk include @table @code @item @b{f} Fixes the order of the partitions in the partition table. This is useful, when for example on an DOS partition table, the partitions have a wrong order and you want to order them in order they are placed on the disk. @item @b{b} Moves the beginning of the data in the partition. Asks for a new start of the partition and then changes the partition geometry. @item @b{c} Changes the number of the cylinders of the disk. @item @b{h} Changes the number of the heads of the disk. @item @b{s} Changes the number of the sectors per track of the disk. @end table The extra commands in gfdisk include @table @code @item @b{h} Checks the consistency of the filesystem. It is useful to see whether it is safe to perform operations like resize on the partitions. It performs a very basic check on the filesystem, so if you want to make a more thorough test or fix the errors on the filesystem, you should an external utility like e2fsck for ext2 or reiserfsck for reiserfs. Please note that the check is limited on some filesystem types (ext2, ext3 and reiserfs at the time of writing of the manual), but if the partition contains errors resize will gracefully fail without destroying the filesystem. @item @b{v} Moves the partition to another location on the disk. It asks for the number of the partition you want to move. This command works in the same way as the new partition command and asks same questions, see above. The new location can't overlap with the current location. If this is what you need, you should try using the resize function, instead. Moving the partition requires that all changes you made so far are written to the disk. @item @b{c} Rescues a partition with a supported filesystem, that has been deleted. You specify the start and end of the region where you want to look for the start of the partition. @item @b{z} Resizes the partition and its filesystem, if supported. You will be asked for the number of the partition, and the new size and end. Some supported filesystem types require that the start of the partition stays fixed. This command requires that all changes you made so far are written to the disk. @item @b{o} Copies another partition over an already created partition on the disk. You can copy a partition from a different disk. You will be asked for the device of the disk that you want to copy from and the number of the partitions on both disks. This requires that all changes you made so far are written to the disk. @item @b{k} Creates a new file system on the selected partition. You will be asked to choose the filesystem type. The filesystem field in the partition table or disklabel is updated automatically. Please note that this requires that all changes you made so far are commited to the disk. If there is already a filesystem on the partition, it will be destroyed. @end table @node Units @section Units While you can select either cylinders or sectors as display units, you can specify the positions and sizes in units of your choice, by entering the size followed by the unit. This is a list of the units that are available. Please note, that at the time of writing, using some of the units, like percent, as a position or size is broken. @table @code @item @b{compact} Display each size in the most suitable unit from B, kB, MB, GB and TB. @item @b{B} One byte @item @b{kB } One kilobyte (1,000 bytes) @item @b{MB} One megabyte (1,000,000 bytes) @item @b{GB} One gigabyte (1,000,000,000 bytes) @item @b{TB} One terabyte (1,000,000,000,000 bytes) @item @b{KiB} One kilo binary byte (1,024 bytes) @item @b{MiB} One mega binary byte (1,048,576 bytes) @item @b{GiB} One giga binary byte (1,073,741,824 bytes) @item @b{TiB} One tera binary byte (1,099,511,627,776 bytes) @item @b{s} One sector. It depends on the sector size of the disk. You can use it if you want to see or choose the exact size in sectors. @item @b{%} One percent from the size of the disk @item @b{cyl} One cylinder. It depends on the cylinder size. @item @b{chs} Use CHS display units. @end table @node Bugs @chapter Bugs Before editing a BSD disklabel, the partition with the disklabel should already exist on the disk and be detected by the OS. If you have created a BSD-type partition, you need to write the changes to the disk. If fdisk fails to notify the OS about the changes in partition table, you need to restart your computer. As fdisk tries to guess the device holding the BSD disklabel, it might fail to edit it at all, even if the OS has detected it. In this case you are adviced to simply open the device with fdisk directly. It is possible that it doesn't work on some operating systems. Getting the size of a partition with -s might fail, if fdisk fails to guess the disk device, for the same reasons as with the previous bug. @node See also @chapter See also @b{cfdisk}@r{(8),} @b{mkfs}@r{(8),} @b{parted}@r{(8)} @node Copying this manual @appendix Copying this manual @menu * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual @end menu @include fdl.texi @bye fdisk-1.2.5/doc/fdisk.80000644000175000017500000000647411527750770011524 00000000000000.TH CFDISK 8 "18 August, 2006" fdisk "GNU fdisk Manual" .SH NAME GNU fdisk, lfdisk, gfdisk - manipulate partition tables on a hard drive .SH SYNOPSIS .B fdisk [options] [device] .SH DESCRIPTION .B fdisk is a disk partition manipulation program, which allows you to create, destroy, resize, move and copy partitions on a hard drive using a menu-driven interface. It is useful for organising the disk space on a new drive, reorganising an old drive, creating space for new operating systems, and copying data to new hard disks. For a list of the supported partition types, see the .B --list-partition-types option below. .PP It comes in two variants, gfdisk and lfdisk. Lfdisk aims to resemble Linux fdisk 2.12, while gfdisk supports more advanced disk operations, like resizing the filesystem, moving and copying partitions. When starting fdisk, the default is to run gfdisk. .SH OPTIONS .TP .B -h, --help displays a help message. .TP .B -v, --version displays the program's version. .TP .B -L, --linux-fdisk turns on Linux fdisk compatibility mode. This is the same as running lfdisk. .TP .B -G, --gnu-fdisk turns off Linux fdisk compatibility mode. .TP .B -i, --interactive where necessary, prompts for user intervention. .TP .B -p, --script never prompts for user intervention. .TP .B -l, --list lists the partition table on the specified device and exits. If there is no device specified, lists the partition tables on all detected devices. .TP .B -r, --raw-list displays a hex dump of the partition table of the disk, similar to the way Linux fdisk displays the raw data in the partition table. .TP .B -u, --sector-units use sectors, instead of cylinders for a default unit. .TP .B -s, --size=\fIDEVICE\fP prints the size of the partition on \fIDEVICE\fP is printed on the standard output. .TP .B -t, --list-partition-types displays a list of supported partition types and features. .PP The following options are available only to lfdisk. .TP .B -b, --sector-size=\fISIZE\fP Specify the sector size of the disk. Valid values are 512, 1024 and 2048. Should be used only on older kernels, which don't guess the correct sector size. .TP .B -C, --cylinders=\fICYLINDERS\fP Specify the number of cylinders of the disk. Currently does nothing, it is left for Linux fdisk compatibility. .TP .B -H, --heads=\fIHEADS\fP Specify the number of heads of the disk. Reasonable values are 255 or 16. .TP .B -S, --sectors=\fISECTORS\fP Specify the number of sectors per track. A reasonable value is 63. .SH BUGS Before editing a BSD disklabel, the partition with the disklabel should already exist on the disk and be detected by the OS. If you have created a BSD-type partition, you need to write the changes to the disk. If fdisk fails to notify the OS about the changes in partition table, you need to restart your computer. As fdisk tries to guess the device holding the BSD disklabel, it might fail to edit it at all, even if the OS has detected it. In this case you are adviced to simply open the device with fdisk directly. It is possible that it doesn't work on some operating systems. .PP Getting the size of a partition with -s might fail, if fdisk fails to guess the disk device, for the same reasons as with the previous bug. .SH SEE ALSO .BR mkfs (8), .BR cfdisk (8), .BR parted (8) The \fIfdisk\fP program is fully documented in the .BR info(1) format .IR "GNU fdisk User Manual" manual.fdisk-1.2.5/doc/cfdisk.info0000644000175000017500000011121111563775711012437 00000000000000This is cfdisk.info, produced by makeinfo version 4.13 from cfdisk.texi. Copyright (C) 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU Free Documentation License". INFO-DIR-SECTION GNU partitioning software START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY * cfdisk: (cfdisk). GNU cfdisk User Manual END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY  File: cfdisk.info, Node: Top, Next: About, Up: (dir) GNU cfdisk User Manual ********************** This document describes the use of GNU Cfdisk, a curses-based program for creating, destroying, resizing, checking and copying hard drive partitions, and the file systems on them. * Menu: * About:: * Using cfdisk:: * Bugs:: * See also:: * Copying this manual::  File: cfdisk.info, Node: About, Next: Using cfdisk, Prev: Top, Up: Top 1 About ******* * Menu: * Name::  File: cfdisk.info, Node: Name, Up: About 1.1 Name ======== GNU cfdisk - curses-based partition table manipulator (clone of Linux cfdisk)  File: cfdisk.info, Node: Using cfdisk, Next: Bugs, Prev: About, Up: Top 2 Using cfdisk ************** * Menu: * Invoking cfdisk:: * Overview:: * Options:: * Units:: * Usage:: * Flags::  File: cfdisk.info, Node: Invoking cfdisk, Next: Overview, Up: Using cfdisk 2.1 Invoking cfdisk =================== cfdisk [options] [device]  File: cfdisk.info, Node: Overview, Next: Options, Prev: Invoking cfdisk, Up: Using cfdisk 2.2 Overview ============ Hard disks can be divided into logical disks called partitions (or disk slices in the BSD world), which are described in a partition table, which is also called a disklabel. For ordinary use, like file storage or operation system installation, you will most likely need at least one partition, although with most modern operating system, you might also want to create several partitions, including one for swap space. For example, you usually create a seperate partition for home directories. For more information on what partitions you need for your operating system, look at its installation manual. GNU cfdisk is a menu-driven program for creating and editing partition tables. It has support for DOS and MAC type partition tables, BSD and SUN type disklabels and others. If you don't specify the device of the disk, cfdisk tries to look for devices and opens the first device available. On most GNU/Linux distributions device is usually one of the following: /dev/hda /dev/hdb /dev/sda /dev/sdb IDE disks are usually using /dev/hd[a-h] for device names, SCSI disks - /dev/sd[a-p]. The partitions will take the device name followed by the partition number, e.g. /dev/hda1. If you are using a GNU/Linux operating system, you can see /usr/src/linux/Documentation/devices.txt for more infomation on device naming. A DOS type partition table can have up to four `primary' partitions, which get numbers 1-4. One of the primary partitions may be used as an `extended' partition, which is used as a container for more partitions, which are called `logical' and take numbers starting from 5. A BSD/SUN type disklabel can hold up to 8 partitions, and an IRIX/SGI type disk label, called `dvh' in cfdisk can hold up to 16.  File: cfdisk.info, Node: Options, Next: Units, Prev: Overview, Up: Using cfdisk 2.3 Options =========== `-h, --help' Displays a help message. `-v, --version' Displays the program's version. `-a, --arrow-cursor' Use an arrow cursor, instead of reverse video highlighting, in case your terminal doesn't support it. `-z, --new-table' Create a new partition table on the disk. This is useful if you want to change the partition table type or want to repartition you entire drive. Note that this does not delete the old table on the disk until you commit the changes. `-u, --units=UNIT' Sets the default display units to UNIT. A list of possible units is given below. `-t, --list-partition-types' Displays a list of supported partition types and features.  File: cfdisk.info, Node: Units, Next: Usage, Prev: Options, Up: Using cfdisk 2.4 Units ========= You can choose in what unit cfdisk should display quantities like partition sizes. You can choose from sectors, percents, bytes, kilobytes, etc. Note that one kilobyte is equal to 1,000 bytes, as this is consistent with the SI prefixes and is used by hard disk manufacturers. If you prefer to see the sizes in units with binary prefixes, you should instead select one kilo binary byte (kibibyte), which is equal to 1,024 bytes. Whatever display unit you have chosen, you can always enter the quantities in the unit of your choice, for example 1000000B or 1000kB. `compact' Display each size in the most suitable unit from B, kB, MB, GB and TB. `B' One byte `kB ' One kilobyte (1,000 bytes) `MB' One megabyte (1,000,000 bytes) `GB' One gigabyte (1,000,000,000 bytes) `TB' One terabyte (1,000,000,000,000 bytes) `KiB' One kilo binary byte (1,024 bytes) `MiB' One mega binary byte (1,048,576 bytes) `GiB' One giga binary byte (1,073,741,824 bytes) `TiB' One tera binary byte (1,099,511,627,776 bytes) `s' One sector. It depends on the sector size of the disk. You can use it if you want to see or choose the exact size in sectors. `%' One percent from the size of the disk `cyl' One cylinder. It depends on the cylinder size. `chs' Use CHS display units.  File: cfdisk.info, Node: Usage, Next: Flags, Prev: Units, Up: Using cfdisk 2.5 Usage ========= GNU cfdisk uses a simple menu driven interface, which attempts to be clear and easy to use. It shows a list of the partitions, showing basic information about them, such as number, size, type and filesystem. If the partition contains no filesystem, on certain partition table types the partition system type is displayed in brackets. You to navigate through the partitions using the up and down arrow keys on your keyboard. You can perform actions on the selected partition either by pressing their shortcut key, or by navigating through the menu of actions with the left and right arrow and launching it by pressing the enter key. Other choice menus are also usable with both shortcut keys and direct selection, and the Esc key is usually used to cancel the choice. The actions are not performed immediately, but only after you decide to commit the changes to the disk. Here is a list of the possible actions and their shortcut keys. `n' If you have selected a free space, creates a new partition residing on it. The possible types of the new partition, such as Primary, Extended and Logical are shown in the type column in the partition list. For example if the free space is part of the extended partition, its type will be displayed as Logical. If multiple types are possible, a choice menu will appear. You can select primary partition with the `p' key and extended partition with `e', or alternatively you can cancel the creation with `c'. You will be asked in which part of the free space you want to place the partition. You can place it in the beginning with `s', at the end with `e'. If you want to select a custom region and specify exact start and end of the partition, you should press `c'. You will then prompted about the size of the partition, the default choice creates a partition on the entire free space. Please note that you can enter the size in any of the units given above. If you don't specify a unit after the number, the default unit is used. At this point, you will be asked about the filesystem type. If you don't know what partition type suits you, check operating system documentation about supported filesystems, ext3 is usually a safe choice. The partition will be created at the close as possible to your choice and you will be warned if it is too small or too large for the filesystem you have selected. `d' Delete the selected partition so you can use it to create another partition on the free space left by it. `f' Creates a new file system on the selected partition. You will be asked to choose from a list of the filesystem types that are supported for creation. Please note that this requires that all changes you made so far are commited to the disk. If there is already a filesystem on the partition, it is destroyed. `c' Checks the consistency of the filesystem. It is useful to see whether it is safe to perform operations like resize on the partitions. It performs a very basic check on the filesystem, so if you want to make a more thorough test or fix the errors on the filesystem, you should an external utility like e2fsck for ext2 or reiserfsck for reiserfs. Please note that the check is limited on some filesystem types (ext2, ext3 and reiserfs at the time of writing of the manual), but if the partition contains errors resize will gracefully fail without destroying the filesystem. `r' Resizes the partition without destroying the data on it, or just changes the partition size. The latter is useful if you want to resize the partition with external utilities or if you want to create a new filesystem on it. Don't use it if you don't know what you are doing. If resizing of the filesystem on the partition is supported you will be asked what to do. Pressing `r' resizes, while pressing `c' just changes the partition size. Then like when creating a new partition you will be asked to choose among the possible places and sizes to place the partition. The choices are between placing it at the beginning of the free space before it with `b', leaving its starting point fixed with `s' and placing it at end of the free space after it with `e'. You are adviced to check the partition before performing resize, and backup the data if possible. Resizing requires that all changes you made so far are commited to the disk. `o' Moves the partition to another place on the hard disk. You will be asked to select on which free space to put the partition and then prompted for a position and size, in the same manner as when creating a new partition. The new place of the partition can't overlap with the old one. If this is what you need, you should try using the resize function, instead. Moving the partition requires that all changes you made so far are commited to the disk. `y' Copies another partition over the selected one. This destroys all data on the current partition and requires all changes to be commited to the disk. You are not limited to select a partition only from the device you are currently editing. You will be asked about device and partition. You can't copy an extended partition. `s' Run a filesystem rescue by looking for deleted partitions within a free space. It requires that everything is commited to the disk immediately. Looking for partitions over the existing partitions is not supported and doesn't seem much meaningful, but if you need it, you can try deleting the partitions. You can select the range where to look for partitions by pressing `c', or if you want to check the whole free space, you should press `g'. `b' Shows a list of the flags allowing you to change them. You will most likely need this to make the partition bootable. It is not recommended to touch any flags other than the bootable flag. Do not do it, unless you know what they are for, and have in mind that changing certain flags is known not to work. You change the flag by pressing space or enter, and you leave the list with Esc. See the next section a description of all possible flags. `t' Changes the system type on the partition. This does not convert the filesystem, it just changes the information stored in the partition. This is useful for cases where the system type on the partition doesn't match the filesystem type, for example you have an fat32 partition on an DOS type partition table, having an ext2 filesystem on it. Changing the system type is not really meaningful on all partition table types. The default is to automatically determine the system type from the current filesystem with `a'. You can also select a custom filesystem by pressing `c', but this is not recommended. Direct choosing a specific system type is not supported. `m' If the partition table type supports partition names, this allows you to change it. This is not working on all partition table types, as the partition names could be used for other purposes, like identifying the partition type or filesystem. `x' If you have selected the extended partition, this makes it as big as possible, so you have more place for partitions inside it. It should expand the partition up to the beginning of the first partition after it. `z' If you have selected the extended partition, this makes it as small as possible. You should need this, if you want to create more primary partitions after the logical partitions contained in the extended. If the extended partition contains no partitions, this deletes it. `u' This allows you to select the display units. This changes the units used to display the sizes in the partition list and the default unit that is used on size prompts, though you are not limited to it when entering sizes. See the "Units" section for more information. The shortcuts are `b', `k', `m', `g', `t' for bytes, decimal kilobytes, megabytes, etc., `K', `M', `G' and `T' for the binary equivalents, `c' for percents, `a' to automatically choose the most suitable (`Compact'), `s' for sectors, `y' for cylinders, `C' for C/H/S values. `i' Displays a short info about the partition, like its device (or at least what cfdisk believes that should be its device), the system type of the partition in the partition table (most useful if you are editing a DOS type partition table), the exact start and end of the partition. `w' Writes the changes in the partition to the disk and notifies the operating system to reread it. Do this after you have completed editing your partition table. This might destroy data on your disk, if you have deleted partitions, and so on, so be careful. If the partition table is not re-read correctly by the operating system, you should reboot your computer. `q' Quits the program. If you have made changes and you haven't commited them to the disk, they will be lost. `h' Displays a short help. If you have reached this point, it is highly unlikely that you need it.  File: cfdisk.info, Node: Flags, Prev: Usage, Up: Using cfdisk 2.6 Flags ========= `boot' (Mac, MS-DOS, PC98) - should be enabled if you want to boot off the partition. The semantics vary between disk labels. For MS-DOS disk labels, only one partition can be bootable. If you are installing LILO on a partition that partition must be bootable. For PC98 disk labels, all ext2 partitions must be bootable (this is enforced by Parted). `lba' (MS-DOS) - this flag can be enabled to tell MS DOS, MS Windows 9x and MS Windows ME based operating systems to use Linear (LBA) mode. `root' (Mac) - this flag should be enabled if the partition is the root device to be used by Linux. `swap' (Mac) - this flag should be enabled if the partition is the swap device to be used by Linux. `hidden' (MS-DOS, PC98) - this flag can be enabled to hide partitions from Microsoft operating systems. `raid' (MS-DOS) - this flag can be enabled to tell linux the partition is a software RAID partition. `LVM' (MS-DOS) - this flag can be enabled to tell linux the partition is a physical volume. `PALO' (MS-DOS) - this flag can be enabled so that the partition can be used by the Linux/PA-RISC boot loader, palo. `PREP' (MS-DOS) - this flag can be enabled so that the partition can be used as a PReP boot partition on PowerPC PReP or IBM RS6K/CHRP hardware.  File: cfdisk.info, Node: Bugs, Next: See also, Prev: Using cfdisk, Up: Top 3 Bugs ****** There are no known bugs. We are in early stages for development, so be careful.  File: cfdisk.info, Node: See also, Next: Copying this manual, Prev: Bugs, Up: Top 4 See also ********** fdisk(8), mkfs(8), parted(8)  File: cfdisk.info, Node: Copying this manual, Prev: See also, Up: Top Appendix A Copying this manual ****************************** * Menu: * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual  File: cfdisk.info, Node: GNU Free Documentation License, Up: Copying this manual A.1 GNU Free Documentation License ================================== Version 1.1, March 2000 Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. 0. PREAMBLE The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other written document "free" in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily, this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for modifications made by others. This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft license designed for free software. We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free software, because free software needs free documentation: a free program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals; it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference. 1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed under the terms of this License. The "Document", below, refers to any such manual or work. Any member of the public is a licensee, and is addressed as "you". A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with modifications and/or translated into another language. A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section of the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly within that overall subject. (For example, if the Document is in part a textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal, commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding them. The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose titles are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice that says that the Document is released under this License. The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are listed, as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that the Document is released under this License. A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy, represented in a format whose specification is available to the general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent. A copy that is not "Transparent" is called "Opaque". Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple HTML designed for human modification. Opaque formats include PostScript, PDF, proprietary formats that can be read and edited only by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or processing tools are not generally available, and the machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for output purposes only. The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself, plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title, preceding the beginning of the body of the text. 2. VERBATIM COPYING You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3. You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and you may publicly display copies. 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100, and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition. Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated as verbatim copying in other respects. If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent pages. If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which the general network-using public has access to download anonymously at no charge using public-standard network protocols. If you use the latter option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to the public. It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document. 4. MODIFICATIONS You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version: A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section of the Document). You may use the same title as a previous version if the original publisher of that version gives permission. B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the Document (all of its principal authors, if it has less than five). C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the Modified Version, as the publisher. D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document. E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications adjacent to the other copyright notices. F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below. G. Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice. H. Include an unaltered copy of this License. I. Preserve the section entitled "History", and its title, and add to it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page. If there is no section entitled "History" in the Document, create one stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified Version as stated in the previous sentence. J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise the network locations given in the Document for previous versions it was based on. These may be placed in the "History" section. You may omit a network location for a work that was published at least four years before the Document itself, or if the original publisher of the version it refers to gives permission. K. In any section entitled "Acknowledgments" or "Dedications", preserve the section's title, and preserve in the section all the substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgments and/or dedications given therein. L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document, unaltered in their text and in their titles. Section numbers or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles. M. Delete any section entitled "Endorsements". Such a section may not be included in the Modified Version. N. Do not retitle any existing section as "Endorsements" or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section. If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice. These titles must be distinct from any other section titles. You may add a section entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a standard. You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document already includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of, you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit permission from the previous publisher that added the old one. The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or imply endorsement of any Modified Version. 5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS You may combine the Document with other documents released under this License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its license notice. The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but different contents, make the title of each such section unique by adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number. Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work. In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled "History" in the various original documents, forming one section entitled "History"; likewise combine any sections entitled "Acknowledgments", and any sections entitled "Dedications". You must delete all sections entitled "Endorsements." 6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects. You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document. 7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a Modified Version of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the compilation. Such a compilation is called an "aggregate", and this License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled with the Document, on account of their being thus compiled, if they are not themselves derivative works of the Document. If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate. Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate. 8. TRANSLATION Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4. Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special permission from their copyright holders, but you may include translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a translation of this License provided that you also include the original English version of this License. In case of a disagreement between the translation and the original English version of this License, the original English version will prevail. 9. TERMINATION You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except as expressly provided for under this License. Any other attempt to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance. 10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See `http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/'. Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number. If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. A.1.1 ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents ---------------------------------------------------------- To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of the License in the document and put the following copyright and license notices just after the title page: Copyright (C) YEAR YOUR NAME. Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts being LIST. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''. If you have no Invariant Sections, write "with no Invariant Sections" instead of saying which ones are invariant. If you have no Front-Cover Texts, write "no Front-Cover Texts" instead of "Front-Cover Texts being LIST"; likewise for Back-Cover Texts. If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of free software license, such as the GNU General Public License, to permit their use in free software.  Tag Table: Node: Top659 Node: About1029 Node: Name1143 Node: Using cfdisk1287 Node: Invoking cfdisk1482 Node: Overview1631 Node: Options3508 Node: Units4334 Node: Usage5787 Node: Flags15299 Node: Bugs16765 Node: See also16943 Node: Copying this manual17085 Node: GNU Free Documentation License17302  End Tag Table fdisk-1.2.5/doc/Makefile.in0000644000175000017500000006052411564002621012356 00000000000000# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.11.1 from Makefile.am. # @configure_input@ # Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, # 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, # Inc. # This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without # even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A # PARTICULAR PURPOSE. @SET_MAKE@ VPATH = @srcdir@ pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@ pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@ pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@ pkglibexecdir = $(libexecdir)/@PACKAGE@ am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644 install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA) transform = $(program_transform_name) NORMAL_INSTALL = : PRE_INSTALL = : POST_INSTALL = : NORMAL_UNINSTALL = : PRE_UNINSTALL = : POST_UNINSTALL = : build_triplet = @build@ host_triplet = @host@ subdir = doc DIST_COMMON = $(cfdisk_TEXINFOS) $(dist_man_MANS) $(fdisk_TEXINFOS) \ $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4 am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/check.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/m4/getopt.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/gettext.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/m4/gnulib-common.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/m4/gnulib-comp.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/iconv.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/m4/include_next.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/m4/intlmacosx.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-ld.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-link.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-prefix.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/m4/libparted.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/nls.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/m4/onceonly.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/po.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/m4/progtest.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/unistd_h.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \ $(ACLOCAL_M4) mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES = SOURCES = DIST_SOURCES = INFO_DEPS = $(srcdir)/cfdisk.info $(srcdir)/fdisk.info TEXINFO_TEX = $(top_srcdir)/autotools/texinfo.tex am__TEXINFO_TEX_DIR = $(top_srcdir)/autotools DVIS = cfdisk.dvi fdisk.dvi PDFS = cfdisk.pdf fdisk.pdf PSS = cfdisk.ps fdisk.ps HTMLS = cfdisk.html fdisk.html TEXINFOS = cfdisk.texi fdisk.texi TEXI2DVI = texi2dvi TEXI2PDF = $(TEXI2DVI) --pdf --batch MAKEINFOHTML = $(MAKEINFO) --html AM_MAKEINFOHTMLFLAGS = $(AM_MAKEINFOFLAGS) DVIPS = dvips am__installdirs = "$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)" "$(DESTDIR)$(man8dir)" am__vpath_adj_setup = srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`; am__vpath_adj = case $$p in \ $(srcdir)/*) f=`echo "$$p" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \ *) f=$$p;; \ esac; am__strip_dir = f=`echo $$p | sed -e 's|^.*/||'`; am__install_max = 40 am__nobase_strip_setup = \ srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*|]/\\\\&/g'` am__nobase_strip = \ for p in $$list; do echo "$$p"; done | sed -e "s|$$srcdirstrip/||" am__nobase_list = $(am__nobase_strip_setup); \ for p in $$list; do echo "$$p $$p"; done | \ sed "s| $$srcdirstrip/| |;"' / .*\//!s/ .*/ ./; s,\( .*\)/[^/]*$$,\1,' | \ $(AWK) 'BEGIN { files["."] = "" } { files[$$2] = files[$$2] " " $$1; \ if (++n[$$2] == $(am__install_max)) \ { print $$2, files[$$2]; n[$$2] = 0; files[$$2] = "" } } \ END { for (dir in files) print dir, files[dir] }' am__base_list = \ sed '$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;s/\n/ /g' | \ sed '$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;s/\n/ /g' man8dir = $(mandir)/man8 NROFF = nroff MANS = $(dist_man_MANS) DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST) ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@ AMTAR = @AMTAR@ AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@ AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@ AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@ AWK = @AWK@ CC = @CC@ CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@ CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ CHECK_CFLAGS = @CHECK_CFLAGS@ CHECK_LIBS = @CHECK_LIBS@ CPP = @CPP@ CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ CURSES_LIBS = @CURSES_LIBS@ CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@ DEFS = @DEFS@ DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@ ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@ ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@ ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@ EGREP = @EGREP@ EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@ GETOPT_H = @GETOPT_H@ GETTEXT_MACRO_VERSION = @GETTEXT_MACRO_VERSION@ GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@ GMSGFMT_015 = @GMSGFMT_015@ GNULIB_CHOWN = @GNULIB_CHOWN@ GNULIB_DUP2 = @GNULIB_DUP2@ GNULIB_ENVIRON = @GNULIB_ENVIRON@ GNULIB_FCHDIR = @GNULIB_FCHDIR@ GNULIB_FTRUNCATE = @GNULIB_FTRUNCATE@ GNULIB_GETCWD = @GNULIB_GETCWD@ GNULIB_GETLOGIN_R = @GNULIB_GETLOGIN_R@ GNULIB_GETPAGESIZE = @GNULIB_GETPAGESIZE@ GNULIB_LCHOWN = @GNULIB_LCHOWN@ GNULIB_LSEEK = @GNULIB_LSEEK@ GNULIB_READLINK = @GNULIB_READLINK@ GNULIB_SLEEP = @GNULIB_SLEEP@ GREP = @GREP@ HAVE_DECL_ENVIRON = @HAVE_DECL_ENVIRON@ HAVE_DECL_GETLOGIN_R = @HAVE_DECL_GETLOGIN_R@ HAVE_DUP2 = @HAVE_DUP2@ HAVE_FTRUNCATE = @HAVE_FTRUNCATE@ HAVE_GETPAGESIZE = @HAVE_GETPAGESIZE@ HAVE_OS_H = @HAVE_OS_H@ HAVE_READLINK = @HAVE_READLINK@ HAVE_SLEEP = @HAVE_SLEEP@ HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H = @HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H@ HAVE_UNISTD_H = @HAVE_UNISTD_H@ INCLUDE_NEXT = @INCLUDE_NEXT@ INSTALL = @INSTALL@ INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@ INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@ INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@ INTL_MACOSX_LIBS = @INTL_MACOSX_LIBS@ LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ LIBGNU_LIBDEPS = @LIBGNU_LIBDEPS@ LIBGNU_LTLIBDEPS = @LIBGNU_LTLIBDEPS@ LIBICONV = @LIBICONV@ LIBINTL = @LIBINTL@ LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@ LIBS = @LIBS@ LN_S = @LN_S@ LTLIBICONV = @LTLIBICONV@ LTLIBINTL = @LTLIBINTL@ LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@ MAINT = @MAINT@ MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@ MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@ MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ MSGFMT_015 = @MSGFMT_015@ MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@ NEXT_UNISTD_H = @NEXT_UNISTD_H@ OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@ PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@ PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@ PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@ PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@ PACKAGE_URL = @PACKAGE_URL@ PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@ PARTED_LIBS = @PARTED_LIBS@ PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@ POSUB = @POSUB@ RANLIB = @RANLIB@ REPLACE_CHOWN = @REPLACE_CHOWN@ REPLACE_FCHDIR = @REPLACE_FCHDIR@ REPLACE_GETCWD = @REPLACE_GETCWD@ REPLACE_GETPAGESIZE = @REPLACE_GETPAGESIZE@ REPLACE_LCHOWN = @REPLACE_LCHOWN@ REPLACE_LSEEK = @REPLACE_LSEEK@ SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@ SHELL = @SHELL@ STRIP = @STRIP@ SYMLINK = @SYMLINK@ SYMLINKFROM = @SYMLINKFROM@ USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@ VERSION = @VERSION@ XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ XGETTEXT_015 = @XGETTEXT_015@ XGETTEXT_EXTRA_OPTIONS = @XGETTEXT_EXTRA_OPTIONS@ abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@ abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@ abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@ abs_top_srcdir = @abs_top_srcdir@ ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@ am__include = @am__include@ am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@ am__quote = @am__quote@ am__tar = @am__tar@ am__untar = @am__untar@ bindir = @bindir@ build = @build@ build_alias = @build_alias@ build_cpu = @build_cpu@ build_os = @build_os@ build_vendor = @build_vendor@ builddir = @builddir@ datadir = @datadir@ datarootdir = @datarootdir@ docdir = @docdir@ dvidir = @dvidir@ exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ gl_LIBOBJS = @gl_LIBOBJS@ gl_LTLIBOBJS = @gl_LTLIBOBJS@ gltests_LIBOBJS = @gltests_LIBOBJS@ gltests_LTLIBOBJS = @gltests_LTLIBOBJS@ host = @host@ host_alias = @host_alias@ host_cpu = @host_cpu@ host_os = @host_os@ host_vendor = @host_vendor@ htmldir = @htmldir@ includedir = @includedir@ infodir = @infodir@ install_sh = @install_sh@ libdir = @libdir@ libexecdir = @libexecdir@ localedir = @localedir@ localstatedir = @localstatedir@ mandir = @mandir@ mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@ oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@ pdfdir = @pdfdir@ prefix = @prefix@ program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@ psdir = @psdir@ sbindir = @sbindir@ sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@ srcdir = @srcdir@ sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@ target_alias = @target_alias@ top_build_prefix = @top_build_prefix@ top_builddir = @top_builddir@ top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ info_TEXINFOS = cfdisk.texi fdisk.texi cfdisk_TEXINFOS = fdl.texi fdisk_TEXINFOS = fdl.texi dist_man_MANS = cfdisk.8 fdisk.8 all: all-am .SUFFIXES: .SUFFIXES: .dvi .html .info .pdf .ps .texi $(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps) @for dep in $?; do \ case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \ *$$dep*) \ ( cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh ) \ && { if test -f $@; then exit 0; else break; fi; }; \ exit 1;; \ esac; \ done; \ echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu doc/Makefile'; \ $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) && \ $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu doc/Makefile .PRECIOUS: Makefile Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status @case '$?' in \ *config.status*) \ cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh;; \ *) \ echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)'; \ cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe);; \ esac; $(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES) cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh $(top_srcdir)/configure: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__configure_deps) cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh $(ACLOCAL_M4): @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh $(am__aclocal_m4_deps): .texi.info: restore=: && backupdir="$(am__leading_dot)am$$$$" && \ am__cwd=`pwd` && $(am__cd) $(srcdir) && \ rm -rf $$backupdir && mkdir $$backupdir && \ if ($(MAKEINFO) --version) >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ for f in $@ $@-[0-9] $@-[0-9][0-9] $(@:.info=).i[0-9] $(@:.info=).i[0-9][0-9]; do \ if test -f $$f; then mv $$f $$backupdir; restore=mv; else :; fi; \ done; \ else :; fi && \ cd "$$am__cwd"; \ if $(MAKEINFO) $(AM_MAKEINFOFLAGS) $(MAKEINFOFLAGS) -I $(srcdir) \ -o $@ $<; \ then \ rc=0; \ $(am__cd) $(srcdir); \ else \ rc=$$?; \ $(am__cd) $(srcdir) && \ $$restore $$backupdir/* `echo "./$@" | sed 's|[^/]*$$||'`; \ fi; \ rm -rf $$backupdir; exit $$rc .texi.dvi: TEXINPUTS="$(am__TEXINFO_TEX_DIR)$(PATH_SEPARATOR)$$TEXINPUTS" \ MAKEINFO='$(MAKEINFO) $(AM_MAKEINFOFLAGS) $(MAKEINFOFLAGS) -I $(srcdir)' \ $(TEXI2DVI) $< .texi.pdf: TEXINPUTS="$(am__TEXINFO_TEX_DIR)$(PATH_SEPARATOR)$$TEXINPUTS" \ MAKEINFO='$(MAKEINFO) $(AM_MAKEINFOFLAGS) $(MAKEINFOFLAGS) -I $(srcdir)' \ $(TEXI2PDF) $< .texi.html: rm -rf $(@:.html=.htp) if $(MAKEINFOHTML) $(AM_MAKEINFOHTMLFLAGS) $(MAKEINFOFLAGS) -I $(srcdir) \ -o $(@:.html=.htp) $<; \ then \ rm -rf $@; \ if test ! -d $(@:.html=.htp) && test -d $(@:.html=); then \ mv $(@:.html=) $@; else mv $(@:.html=.htp) $@; fi; \ else \ if test ! -d $(@:.html=.htp) && test -d $(@:.html=); then \ rm -rf $(@:.html=); else rm -Rf $(@:.html=.htp) $@; fi; \ exit 1; \ fi $(srcdir)/cfdisk.info: cfdisk.texi $(cfdisk_TEXINFOS) cfdisk.dvi: cfdisk.texi $(cfdisk_TEXINFOS) cfdisk.pdf: cfdisk.texi $(cfdisk_TEXINFOS) cfdisk.html: cfdisk.texi $(cfdisk_TEXINFOS) $(srcdir)/fdisk.info: fdisk.texi $(fdisk_TEXINFOS) fdisk.dvi: fdisk.texi $(fdisk_TEXINFOS) fdisk.pdf: fdisk.texi $(fdisk_TEXINFOS) fdisk.html: fdisk.texi $(fdisk_TEXINFOS) .dvi.ps: TEXINPUTS="$(am__TEXINFO_TEX_DIR)$(PATH_SEPARATOR)$$TEXINPUTS" \ $(DVIPS) -o $@ $< uninstall-dvi-am: @$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL) @list='$(DVIS)'; test -n "$(dvidir)" || list=; \ for p in $$list; do \ $(am__strip_dir) \ echo " rm -f '$(DESTDIR)$(dvidir)/$$f'"; \ rm -f "$(DESTDIR)$(dvidir)/$$f"; \ done uninstall-html-am: @$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL) @list='$(HTMLS)'; test -n "$(htmldir)" || list=; \ for p in $$list; do \ $(am__strip_dir) \ echo " rm -rf '$(DESTDIR)$(htmldir)/$$f'"; \ rm -rf "$(DESTDIR)$(htmldir)/$$f"; \ done uninstall-info-am: @$(PRE_UNINSTALL) @if test -d '$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)' && \ (install-info --version && \ install-info --version 2>&1 | sed 1q | grep -i -v debian) >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \ for file in $$list; do \ relfile=`echo "$$file" | sed 's|^.*/||'`; \ echo " install-info --info-dir='$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)' --remove '$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$relfile'"; \ if install-info --info-dir="$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)" --remove "$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$relfile"; \ then :; else test ! -f "$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$relfile" || exit 1; fi; \ done; \ else :; fi @$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL) @list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \ for file in $$list; do \ relfile=`echo "$$file" | sed 's|^.*/||'`; \ relfile_i=`echo "$$relfile" | sed 's|\.info$$||;s|$$|.i|'`; \ (if test -d "$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)" && cd "$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)"; then \ echo " cd '$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)' && rm -f $$relfile $$relfile-[0-9] $$relfile-[0-9][0-9] $$relfile_i[0-9] $$relfile_i[0-9][0-9]"; \ rm -f $$relfile $$relfile-[0-9] $$relfile-[0-9][0-9] $$relfile_i[0-9] $$relfile_i[0-9][0-9]; \ else :; fi); \ done uninstall-pdf-am: @$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL) @list='$(PDFS)'; test -n "$(pdfdir)" || list=; \ for p in $$list; do \ $(am__strip_dir) \ echo " rm -f '$(DESTDIR)$(pdfdir)/$$f'"; \ rm -f "$(DESTDIR)$(pdfdir)/$$f"; \ done uninstall-ps-am: @$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL) @list='$(PSS)'; test -n "$(psdir)" || list=; \ for p in $$list; do \ $(am__strip_dir) \ echo " rm -f '$(DESTDIR)$(psdir)/$$f'"; \ rm -f "$(DESTDIR)$(psdir)/$$f"; \ done dist-info: $(INFO_DEPS) @srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`; \ list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \ for base in $$list; do \ case $$base in \ $(srcdir)/*) base=`echo "$$base" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \ esac; \ if test -f $$base; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \ base_i=`echo "$$base" | sed 's|\.info$$||;s|$$|.i|'`; \ for file in $$d/$$base $$d/$$base-[0-9] $$d/$$base-[0-9][0-9] $$d/$$base_i[0-9] $$d/$$base_i[0-9][0-9]; do \ if test -f $$file; then \ relfile=`expr "$$file" : "$$d/\(.*\)"`; \ test -f "$(distdir)/$$relfile" || \ cp -p $$file "$(distdir)/$$relfile"; \ else :; fi; \ done; \ done mostlyclean-aminfo: -rm -rf cfdisk.aux cfdisk.cp cfdisk.cps cfdisk.fn cfdisk.fns cfdisk.ky \ cfdisk.kys cfdisk.log cfdisk.pg cfdisk.pgs cfdisk.tmp \ cfdisk.toc cfdisk.tp cfdisk.tps cfdisk.vr cfdisk.vrs \ fdisk.aux fdisk.cp fdisk.cps fdisk.fn fdisk.fns fdisk.ky \ fdisk.kys fdisk.log fdisk.pg fdisk.pgs fdisk.tmp fdisk.toc \ fdisk.tp fdisk.tps fdisk.vr fdisk.vrs clean-aminfo: -test -z "cfdisk.dvi cfdisk.pdf cfdisk.ps cfdisk.html fdisk.dvi fdisk.pdf \ fdisk.ps fdisk.html" \ || rm -rf cfdisk.dvi cfdisk.pdf cfdisk.ps cfdisk.html fdisk.dvi fdisk.pdf \ fdisk.ps fdisk.html maintainer-clean-aminfo: @list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; for i in $$list; do \ i_i=`echo "$$i" | sed 's|\.info$$||;s|$$|.i|'`; \ echo " rm -f $$i $$i-[0-9] $$i-[0-9][0-9] $$i_i[0-9] $$i_i[0-9][0-9]"; \ rm -f $$i $$i-[0-9] $$i-[0-9][0-9] $$i_i[0-9] $$i_i[0-9][0-9]; \ done install-man8: $(dist_man_MANS) @$(NORMAL_INSTALL) test -z "$(man8dir)" || $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(man8dir)" @list=''; test -n "$(man8dir)" || exit 0; \ { for i in $$list; do echo "$$i"; done; \ l2='$(dist_man_MANS)'; for i in $$l2; do echo "$$i"; done | \ sed -n '/\.8[a-z]*$$/p'; \ } | while read p; do \ if test -f $$p; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \ echo "$$d$$p"; echo "$$p"; \ done | \ sed -e 'n;s,.*/,,;p;h;s,.*\.,,;s,^[^8][0-9a-z]*$$,8,;x' \ -e 's,\.[0-9a-z]*$$,,;$(transform);G;s,\n,.,' | \ sed 'N;N;s,\n, ,g' | { \ list=; while read file base inst; do \ if test "$$base" = "$$inst"; then list="$$list $$file"; else \ echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) '$$file' '$(DESTDIR)$(man8dir)/$$inst'"; \ $(INSTALL_DATA) "$$file" "$(DESTDIR)$(man8dir)/$$inst" || exit $$?; \ fi; \ done; \ for i in $$list; do echo "$$i"; done | $(am__base_list) | \ while read files; do \ test -z "$$files" || { \ echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files '$(DESTDIR)$(man8dir)'"; \ $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files "$(DESTDIR)$(man8dir)" || exit $$?; }; \ done; } uninstall-man8: @$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL) @list=''; test -n "$(man8dir)" || exit 0; \ files=`{ for i in $$list; do echo "$$i"; done; \ l2='$(dist_man_MANS)'; for i in $$l2; do echo "$$i"; done | \ sed -n '/\.8[a-z]*$$/p'; \ } | sed -e 's,.*/,,;h;s,.*\.,,;s,^[^8][0-9a-z]*$$,8,;x' \ -e 's,\.[0-9a-z]*$$,,;$(transform);G;s,\n,.,'`; \ test -z "$$files" || { \ echo " ( cd '$(DESTDIR)$(man8dir)' && rm -f" $$files ")"; \ cd "$(DESTDIR)$(man8dir)" && rm -f $$files; } tags: TAGS TAGS: ctags: CTAGS CTAGS: distdir: $(DISTFILES) @list='$(MANS)'; if test -n "$$list"; then \ list=`for p in $$list; do \ if test -f $$p; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \ if test -f "$$d$$p"; then echo "$$d$$p"; else :; fi; done`; \ if test -n "$$list" && \ grep 'ab help2man is required to generate this page' $$list >/dev/null; then \ echo "error: found man pages containing the \`missing help2man' replacement text:" >&2; \ grep -l 'ab help2man is required to generate this page' $$list | sed 's/^/ /' >&2; \ echo " to fix them, install help2man, remove and regenerate the man pages;" >&2; \ echo " typically \`make maintainer-clean' will remove them" >&2; \ exit 1; \ else :; fi; \ else :; fi @srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ list='$(DISTFILES)'; \ dist_files=`for file in $$list; do echo $$file; done | \ sed -e "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||;t" \ -e "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|;t"`; \ case $$dist_files in \ */*) $(MKDIR_P) `echo "$$dist_files" | \ sed '/\//!d;s|^|$(distdir)/|;s,/[^/]*$$,,' | \ sort -u` ;; \ esac; \ for file in $$dist_files; do \ if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \ if test -d $$d/$$file; then \ dir=`echo "/$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \ if test -d "$(distdir)/$$file"; then \ find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \ fi; \ if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \ cp -fpR $(srcdir)/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \ find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \ fi; \ cp -fpR $$d/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \ else \ test -f "$(distdir)/$$file" \ || cp -p $$d/$$file "$(distdir)/$$file" \ || exit 1; \ fi; \ done $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \ top_distdir="$(top_distdir)" distdir="$(distdir)" \ dist-info check-am: all-am check: check-am all-am: Makefile $(INFO_DEPS) $(MANS) installdirs: for dir in "$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)" "$(DESTDIR)$(man8dir)"; do \ test -z "$$dir" || $(MKDIR_P) "$$dir"; \ done install: install-am install-exec: install-exec-am install-data: install-data-am uninstall: uninstall-am install-am: all-am @$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am installcheck: installcheck-am install-strip: $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \ `test -z '$(STRIP)' || \ echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install mostlyclean-generic: clean-generic: distclean-generic: -test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES) -test . = "$(srcdir)" || test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES) maintainer-clean-generic: @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use" @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild." clean: clean-am clean-am: clean-aminfo clean-generic mostlyclean-am distclean: distclean-am -rm -f Makefile distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic dvi: dvi-am dvi-am: $(DVIS) html: html-am html-am: $(HTMLS) info: info-am info-am: $(INFO_DEPS) install-data-am: install-info-am install-man install-dvi: install-dvi-am install-dvi-am: $(DVIS) @$(NORMAL_INSTALL) test -z "$(dvidir)" || $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(dvidir)" @list='$(DVIS)'; test -n "$(dvidir)" || list=; \ for p in $$list; do \ if test -f "$$p"; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \ echo "$$d$$p"; \ done | $(am__base_list) | \ while read files; do \ echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files '$(DESTDIR)$(dvidir)'"; \ $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files "$(DESTDIR)$(dvidir)" || exit $$?; \ done install-exec-am: install-html: install-html-am install-html-am: $(HTMLS) @$(NORMAL_INSTALL) test -z "$(htmldir)" || $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(htmldir)" @list='$(HTMLS)'; list2=; test -n "$(htmldir)" || list=; \ for p in $$list; do \ if test -f "$$p" || test -d "$$p"; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \ $(am__strip_dir) \ if test -d "$$d$$p"; then \ echo " $(MKDIR_P) '$(DESTDIR)$(htmldir)/$$f'"; \ $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(htmldir)/$$f" || exit 1; \ echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) '$$d$$p'/* '$(DESTDIR)$(htmldir)/$$f'"; \ $(INSTALL_DATA) "$$d$$p"/* "$(DESTDIR)$(htmldir)/$$f" || exit $$?; \ else \ list2="$$list2 $$d$$p"; \ fi; \ done; \ test -z "$$list2" || { echo "$$list2" | $(am__base_list) | \ while read files; do \ echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files '$(DESTDIR)$(htmldir)'"; \ $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files "$(DESTDIR)$(htmldir)" || exit $$?; \ done; } install-info: install-info-am install-info-am: $(INFO_DEPS) @$(NORMAL_INSTALL) test -z "$(infodir)" || $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)" @srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`; \ list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; test -n "$(infodir)" || list=; \ for file in $$list; do \ case $$file in \ $(srcdir)/*) file=`echo "$$file" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \ esac; \ if test -f $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \ file_i=`echo "$$file" | sed 's|\.info$$||;s|$$|.i|'`; \ for ifile in $$d/$$file $$d/$$file-[0-9] $$d/$$file-[0-9][0-9] \ $$d/$$file_i[0-9] $$d/$$file_i[0-9][0-9] ; do \ if test -f $$ifile; then \ echo "$$ifile"; \ else : ; fi; \ done; \ done | $(am__base_list) | \ while read files; do \ echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files '$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)'"; \ $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files "$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)" || exit $$?; done @$(POST_INSTALL) @if (install-info --version && \ install-info --version 2>&1 | sed 1q | grep -i -v debian) >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; test -n "$(infodir)" || list=; \ for file in $$list; do \ relfile=`echo "$$file" | sed 's|^.*/||'`; \ echo " install-info --info-dir='$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)' '$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$relfile'";\ install-info --info-dir="$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)" "$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$relfile" || :;\ done; \ else : ; fi install-man: install-man8 install-pdf: install-pdf-am install-pdf-am: $(PDFS) @$(NORMAL_INSTALL) test -z "$(pdfdir)" || $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(pdfdir)" @list='$(PDFS)'; test -n "$(pdfdir)" || list=; \ for p in $$list; do \ if test -f "$$p"; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \ echo "$$d$$p"; \ done | $(am__base_list) | \ while read files; do \ echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files '$(DESTDIR)$(pdfdir)'"; \ $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files "$(DESTDIR)$(pdfdir)" || exit $$?; done install-ps: install-ps-am install-ps-am: $(PSS) @$(NORMAL_INSTALL) test -z "$(psdir)" || $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(psdir)" @list='$(PSS)'; test -n "$(psdir)" || list=; \ for p in $$list; do \ if test -f "$$p"; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \ echo "$$d$$p"; \ done | $(am__base_list) | \ while read files; do \ echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files '$(DESTDIR)$(psdir)'"; \ $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files "$(DESTDIR)$(psdir)" || exit $$?; done installcheck-am: maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am -rm -f Makefile maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-aminfo \ maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-aminfo mostlyclean-generic pdf: pdf-am pdf-am: $(PDFS) ps: ps-am ps-am: $(PSS) uninstall-am: uninstall-dvi-am uninstall-html-am uninstall-info-am \ uninstall-man uninstall-pdf-am uninstall-ps-am uninstall-man: uninstall-man8 .MAKE: install-am install-strip .PHONY: all all-am check check-am clean clean-aminfo clean-generic \ dist-info distclean distclean-generic distdir dvi dvi-am html \ html-am info info-am install install-am install-data \ install-data-am install-dvi install-dvi-am install-exec \ install-exec-am install-html install-html-am install-info \ install-info-am install-man install-man8 install-pdf \ install-pdf-am install-ps install-ps-am install-strip \ installcheck installcheck-am installdirs maintainer-clean \ maintainer-clean-aminfo maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean \ mostlyclean-aminfo mostlyclean-generic pdf pdf-am ps ps-am \ uninstall uninstall-am uninstall-dvi-am uninstall-html-am \ uninstall-info-am uninstall-man uninstall-man8 \ uninstall-pdf-am uninstall-ps-am # Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables. # Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded. .NOEXPORT: fdisk-1.2.5/doc/cfdisk.80000644000175000017500000000553211527750770011661 00000000000000.TH CFDISK 8 "16 June, 2006" fdisk "GNU cfdisk Manual" .SH NAME GNU cfdisk - a curses-based partition table manipulation program .SH SYNOPSIS .B cfdisk [options] [device] .SH DESCRIPTION .B cfdisk is a disk partition manipulation program, which allows you to create, destroy, resize, move and copy partitions on a hard drive using a simple menu-driven interface. It is useful for organising the disk space on a new drive, reorganising an old drive, creating space for new operating systems, and copying data to new hard disks. For a list of the supported partition types, see the .B --list-partition-types option below. .SH OPTIONS .TP .B -h, --help displays a help message. .TP .B -v, --version displays the program's version. .TP .B -a, --arrow-cursor use an arrow cursor, instead of reverse video highlighting, in case your terminal doesn't support it. .TP .B -z, --new-table create a new partition table on the disk. This is useful if you want to change the partition table type or want to repartition you entire drive. Note that this does not delete the old table on the disk until you commit the changes. .TP .B -u, --units=\fIUNIT\fP sets the default display units to \fIUNIT\fP. A list of possible units is given below. .TP .B -t, --list-partition-types displays a list of supported partition types and features. .SH UNITS You can choose in what unit cfdisk should display quantities like partition sizes. You can choose from sectors, percents, bytes, kilobytes, etc. Note that one kilobyte is equal to 1,000 bytes, as this is consistent with the SI prefixes and is used by hard disk manufacturers. If you prefer to see the sizes in units with binary prefixes, you should instead select one kilo binary byte (kibibyte), which is equal to 1,024 bytes. Whatever display unit you have chosen, you can always enter the quantities in the unit of your choice, for example 1000000B or 1000kB. .TP .B compact display each size in the most suitable unit from B, kB, MB, GB and TB. .TP .B B one byte .TP .B kB one kilobyte (1,000 bytes) .TP .B MB one megabyte (1,000,000 bytes) .TP .B GB one gigabyte (1,000,000,000 bytes) .TP .B TB one terabyte (1,000,000,000,000 bytes) .TP .B KiB one kilo binary byte (1,024 bytes) .TP .B MiB one mega binary byte (1,048,576 bytes) .TP .B GiB one giga binary byte (1,073,741,824 bytes) .TP .B TiB one tera binary byte (1,099,511,627,776 bytes) .TP .B s one sector. It depends on the sector size of the disk. You can use it if you want to see or choose the exact size in sectors. .TP .B % one percent from the size of the disk .TP .B cyl one cylinder. It depends on the cylinder size. .TP .B chs use CHS display units. .SH BUGS There are no known bugs. We are in early stages for development, so be careful. .SH SEE ALSO .BR fdisk (8), .BR mkfs (8), .BR parted (8) The \fIcfdisk\fP program is fully documented in the .BR info(1) format .IR "GNU cfdisk User Manual" manual.fdisk-1.2.5/doc/cfdisk.texi0000644000175000017500000004240011527750770012456 00000000000000\input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*- @setfilename cfdisk.info @settitle GNU cfdisk User's Manual @set UPDATED 19 August 2006 @set UPDATED-MONTH August 2006 @set EDITION 0.0.1 @set VERSION 0.0.1 @comment @documentencoding ISO-8859-1 @set lq `` @set rq '' @ifnottex @c texi2pdf don't understand copying and insertcopying ??? @c modifications must also be done in the titlepage @copying Copyright @copyright{} 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''. @end copying @c WTF does the info get the copying output and the plaintext output not ???? @ifplaintext @insertcopying @end ifplaintext @end ifnottex @titlepage @title GNU cfdisk User Manual @subtitle GNU cfdisk, version @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED} @author Milko Krasnomirov Krachounov @email{exabyte@@3mhz.net} @c @page @c @vskip 0pt plus 1filll @c modifications must also be done in the copying block Copyright @copyright{} 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''. @end titlepage @dircategory GNU partitioning software @direntry * cfdisk: (cfdisk). GNU cfdisk User Manual @end direntry @ifnottex @node Top @top GNU cfdisk User Manual @c WTF doesn't texi2html include the titlepage? @ifhtml @insertcopying @end ifhtml This document describes the use of GNU Cfdisk, a curses-based program for creating, destroying, resizing, checking and copying hard drive partitions, and the file systems on them. @end ifnottex @shortcontents @menu * About:: * Using cfdisk:: * Bugs:: * See also:: * Copying this manual:: @end menu @node About @chapter About @menu * Name:: @end menu @node Name @section Name GNU cfdisk @minus{} curses-based partition table manipulator (clone of Linux cfdisk) @node Using cfdisk @chapter Using cfdisk @menu * Invoking cfdisk:: * Overview:: * Options:: * Units:: * Usage:: * Flags:: @end menu @node Invoking cfdisk @section Invoking cfdisk @b{cfdisk [options] [device]} @node Overview @section Overview Hard disks can be divided into logical disks called @i{partitions} (or @i{disk slices} in the BSD world), which are described in a @i{partition table}, which is also called a @i{disklabel}. For ordinary use, like file storage or operation system installation, you will most likely need at least one partition, although with most modern operating system, you might also want to create several partitions, including one for swap space. For example, you usually create a seperate partition for home directories. For more information on what partitions you need for your operating system, look at its installation manual. @b{GNU cfdisk} is a menu-driven program for creating and editing partition tables. It has support for DOS and MAC type partition tables, BSD and SUN type disklabels and others. If you don't specify the device of the disk, cfdisk tries to look for devices and opens the first device available. On most GNU/Linux distributions @i{device} is usually one of the following: @c --------------------------------------------------------------------- @display @c --------------------------------------------------------------------- @quotation /dev/hda /dev/hdb /dev/sda /dev/sdb @end quotation @end display IDE disks are usually using /dev/hd[a-h] for device names, SCSI disks - /dev/sd[a-p]. The partitions will take the device name followed by the partition number, e.g. /dev/hda1. If you are using a GNU/Linux operating system, you can see @i{/usr/src/linux/Documentation/devices.txt} for more infomation on device naming. A DOS type partition table can have up to four `primary' partitions, which get numbers 1-4. One of the primary partitions may be used as an `extended' partition, which is used as a container for more partitions, which are called `logical' and take numbers starting from 5. A BSD/SUN type disklabel can hold up to 8 partitions, and an IRIX/SGI type disk label, called `dvh' in cfdisk can hold up to 16. @node Options @section Options @table @code @item @b{@minus{}h, @minus{}@minus{}help} Displays a help message. @item @b{@minus{}v, @minus{}@minus{}version} Displays the program's version. @item @b{@minus{}a, @minus{}@minus{}arrow-cursor} Use an arrow cursor, instead of reverse video highlighting, in case your terminal doesn't support it. @item @b{@minus{}z, @minus{}@minus{}new-table} Create a new partition table on the disk. This is useful if you want to change the partition table type or want to repartition you entire drive. Note that this does not delete the old table on the disk until you commit the changes. @item @b{@minus{}u, @minus{}@minus{}units=}@i{UNIT} Sets the default display units to @i{UNIT}. A list of possible units is given below. @item @b{@minus{}t, @minus{}@minus{}list-partition-types} Displays a list of supported partition types and features. @end table @node Units @section Units You can choose in what unit cfdisk should display quantities like partition sizes. You can choose from sectors, percents, bytes, kilobytes, etc. Note that one kilobyte is equal to 1,000 bytes, as this is consistent with the SI prefixes and is used by hard disk manufacturers. If you prefer to see the sizes in units with binary prefixes, you should instead select one kilo binary byte (kibibyte), which is equal to 1,024 bytes. Whatever display unit you have chosen, you can always enter the quantities in the unit of your choice, for example 1000000B or 1000kB. @table @code @item @b{compact} Display each size in the most suitable unit from B, kB, MB, GB and TB. @item @b{B} One byte @item @b{kB } One kilobyte (1,000 bytes) @item @b{MB} One megabyte (1,000,000 bytes) @item @b{GB} One gigabyte (1,000,000,000 bytes) @item @b{TB} One terabyte (1,000,000,000,000 bytes) @item @b{KiB} One kilo binary byte (1,024 bytes) @item @b{MiB} One mega binary byte (1,048,576 bytes) @item @b{GiB} One giga binary byte (1,073,741,824 bytes) @item @b{TiB} One tera binary byte (1,099,511,627,776 bytes) @item @b{s} One sector. It depends on the sector size of the disk. You can use it if you want to see or choose the exact size in sectors. @item @b{%} One percent from the size of the disk @item @b{cyl} One cylinder. It depends on the cylinder size. @item @b{chs} Use CHS display units. @end table @node Usage @section Usage @b{GNU cfdisk} uses a simple menu driven interface, which attempts to be clear and easy to use. It shows a list of the partitions, showing basic information about them, such as number, size, type and filesystem. If the partition contains no filesystem, on certain partition table types the partition system type is displayed in brackets. You to navigate through the partitions using the up and down arrow keys on your keyboard. You can perform actions on the selected partition either by pressing their shortcut key, or by navigating through the menu of actions with the left and right arrow and launching it by pressing the enter key. Other choice menus are also usable with both shortcut keys and direct selection, and the Esc key is usually used to cancel the choice. The actions are not performed immediately, but only after you decide to commit the changes to the disk. Here is a list of the possible actions and their shortcut keys. @table @code @item @b{n} If you have selected a free space, creates a new partition residing on it. The possible types of the new partition, such as @i{Primary}, @i{Extended} and @i{Logical} are shown in the type column in the partition list. For example if the free space is part of the extended partition, its type will be displayed as Logical. If multiple types are possible, a choice menu will appear. You can select primary partition with the `p' key and extended partition with `e', or alternatively you can cancel the creation with `c'. You will be asked in which part of the free space you want to place the partition. You can place it in the beginning with `s', at the end with `e'. If you want to select a custom region and specify exact start and end of the partition, you should press `c'. You will then prompted about the size of the partition, the default choice creates a partition on the entire free space. Please note that you can enter the size in any of the units given above. If you don't specify a unit after the number, the default unit is used. At this point, you will be asked about the filesystem type. If you don't know what partition type suits you, check operating system documentation about supported filesystems, ext3 is usually a safe choice. The partition will be created at the close as possible to your choice and you will be warned if it is too small or too large for the filesystem you have selected. @item @b{d} Delete the selected partition so you can use it to create another partition on the free space left by it. @item @b{f} Creates a new file system on the selected partition. You will be asked to choose from a list of the filesystem types that are supported for creation. Please note that this requires that all changes you made so far are commited to the disk. If there is already a filesystem on the partition, it is destroyed. @item @b{c} Checks the consistency of the filesystem. It is useful to see whether it is safe to perform operations like resize on the partitions. It performs a very basic check on the filesystem, so if you want to make a more thorough test or fix the errors on the filesystem, you should an external utility like e2fsck for ext2 or reiserfsck for reiserfs. Please note that the check is limited on some filesystem types (ext2, ext3 and reiserfs at the time of writing of the manual), but if the partition contains errors resize will gracefully fail without destroying the filesystem. @item @b{r} Resizes the partition without destroying the data on it, or just changes the partition size. The latter is useful if you want to resize the partition with external utilities or if you want to create a new filesystem on it. Don't use it if you don't know what you are doing. If resizing of the filesystem on the partition is supported you will be asked what to do. Pressing `r' resizes, while pressing `c' just changes the partition size. Then like when creating a new partition you will be asked to choose among the possible places and sizes to place the partition. The choices are between placing it at the beginning of the free space before it with `b', leaving its starting point fixed with `s' and placing it at end of the free space after it with `e'. You are adviced to check the partition before performing resize, and backup the data if possible. Resizing requires that all changes you made so far are commited to the disk. @item @b{o} Moves the partition to another place on the hard disk. You will be asked to select on which free space to put the partition and then prompted for a position and size, in the same manner as when creating a new partition. The new place of the partition can't overlap with the old one. If this is what you need, you should try using the resize function, instead. Moving the partition requires that all changes you made so far are commited to the disk. @item @b{y} Copies another partition over the selected one. This destroys all data on the current partition and requires all changes to be commited to the disk. You are not limited to select a partition only from the device you are currently editing. You will be asked about device and partition. You can't copy an extended partition. @item @b{s} Run a filesystem rescue by looking for deleted partitions within a free space. It requires that everything is commited to the disk immediately. Looking for partitions over the existing partitions is not supported and doesn't seem much meaningful, but if you need it, you can try deleting the partitions. You can select the range where to look for partitions by pressing `c', or if you want to check the whole free space, you should press `g'. @item @b{b} Shows a list of the flags allowing you to change them. You will most likely need this to make the partition bootable. It is not recommended to touch any flags other than the bootable flag. Do not do it, unless you know what they are for, and have in mind that changing certain flags is known not to work. You change the flag by pressing space or enter, and you leave the list with Esc. See the next section a description of all possible flags. @item @b{t} Changes the system type on the partition. This does not convert the filesystem, it just changes the information stored in the partition. This is useful for cases where the system type on the partition doesn't match the filesystem type, for example you have an fat32 partition on an DOS type partition table, having an ext2 filesystem on it. Changing the system type is not really meaningful on all partition table types. The default is to automatically determine the system type from the current filesystem with `a'. You can also select a custom filesystem by pressing `c', but this is not recommended. Direct choosing a specific system type is not supported. @item @b{m} If the partition table type supports partition names, this allows you to change it. This is not working on all partition table types, as the partition names could be used for other purposes, like identifying the partition type or filesystem. @item @b{x} If you have selected the extended partition, this makes it as big as possible, so you have more place for partitions inside it. It should expand the partition up to the beginning of the first partition after it. @item @b{z} If you have selected the extended partition, this makes it as small as possible. You should need this, if you want to create more primary partitions after the logical partitions contained in the extended. If the extended partition contains no partitions, this deletes it. @item @b{u} This allows you to select the display units. This changes the units used to display the sizes in the partition list and the default unit that is used on size prompts, though you are not limited to it when entering sizes. See the ``Units'' section for more information. The shortcuts are `b', `k', `m', `g', `t' for bytes, decimal kilobytes, megabytes, etc., `K', `M', `G' and `T' for the binary equivalents, `c' for percents, `a' to automatically choose the most suitable (`Compact'), `s' for sectors, `y' for cylinders, `C' for C/H/S values. @item @b{i} Displays a short info about the partition, like its device (or at least what cfdisk believes that should be its device), the system type of the partition in the partition table (most useful if you are editing a DOS type partition table), the exact start and end of the partition. @item @b{w} Writes the changes in the partition to the disk and notifies the operating system to reread it. Do this after you have completed editing your partition table. This might destroy data on your disk, if you have deleted partitions, and so on, so be careful. If the partition table is not re-read correctly by the operating system, you should reboot your computer. @item @b{q} Quits the program. If you have made changes and you haven't commited them to the disk, they will be lost. @item @b{h} Displays a short help. If you have reached this point, it is highly unlikely that you need it. @end table @node Flags @section Flags @table @samp @item boot (Mac, MS-DOS, PC98) - should be enabled if you want to boot off the partition. The semantics vary between disk labels. For MS-DOS disk labels, only one partition can be bootable. If you are installing LILO on a partition that partition must be bootable. For PC98 disk labels, all ext2 partitions must be bootable (this is enforced by Parted). @item lba (MS-DOS) - this flag can be enabled to tell MS DOS, MS Windows 9x and MS Windows ME based operating systems to use Linear (LBA) mode. @item root (Mac) - this flag should be enabled if the partition is the root device to be used by Linux. @item swap (Mac) - this flag should be enabled if the partition is the swap device to be used by Linux. @item hidden (MS-DOS, PC98) - this flag can be enabled to hide partitions from Microsoft operating systems. @item raid (MS-DOS) - this flag can be enabled to tell linux the partition is a software RAID partition. @item LVM (MS-DOS) - this flag can be enabled to tell linux the partition is a physical volume. @item PALO (MS-DOS) - this flag can be enabled so that the partition can be used by the Linux/PA-RISC boot loader, palo. @item PREP (MS-DOS) - this flag can be enabled so that the partition can be used as a PReP boot partition on PowerPC PReP or IBM RS6K/CHRP hardware. @end table @node Bugs @chapter Bugs There are no known bugs. We are in early stages for development, so be careful. @node See also @chapter See also @b{fdisk}@r{(8),} @b{mkfs}@r{(8),} @b{parted}@r{(8)} @node Copying this manual @appendix Copying this manual @menu * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual @end menu @include fdl.texi @bye fdisk-1.2.5/doc/fdisk.info0000644000175000017500000010640611563775711012306 00000000000000This is fdisk.info, produced by makeinfo version 4.13 from fdisk.texi. Copyright (C) 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU Free Documentation License". INFO-DIR-SECTION GNU partitioning software START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY * fdisk: (fdisk). GNU fdisk User Manual END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY  File: fdisk.info, Node: Top, Next: About, Up: (dir) GNU fdisk User Manual ********************* This document describes the use of GNU Cfdisk, a curses based program for creating, destroying, resizing, checking and copying hard drive partitions, and the file systems on them. * Menu: * About:: * Using fdisk:: * Bugs:: * See also:: * Copying this manual::  File: fdisk.info, Node: About, Next: Using fdisk, Prev: Top, Up: Top 1 About ******* * Menu: * Name::  File: fdisk.info, Node: Name, Up: About 1.1 Name ======== GNU fdisk - menu driven partition table manipulator, similar to Linux fdisk. It has two variants, lfdisk and gfdisk, lfdisk aims to be close to Linux fdisk, while gfdisk supports the more advanced disk operations like partition resizing. When fdisk is called, the default is to run gfdisk.  File: fdisk.info, Node: Using fdisk, Next: Bugs, Prev: About, Up: Top 2 Using fdisk ************* * Menu: * Invoking fdisk:: * Overview:: * Options:: * Commands and usage:: * Units::  File: fdisk.info, Node: Invoking fdisk, Next: Overview, Up: Using fdisk 2.1 Invoking fdisk ================== fdisk [options] [device]  File: fdisk.info, Node: Overview, Next: Options, Prev: Invoking fdisk, Up: Using fdisk 2.2 Overview ============ Hard disks can be divided into logical disks called partitions (or disk slices in the BSD world), which are described in a partition table, which is also called a disklabel. For ordinary use, like file storage or operation system installation, you will most likely need at least one partition, although with most modern operating system, you might also want to create several partitions, including one for swap space. For example, you usually create a seperate partition for home directories. For more information on what partitions you need for your operating system, look at its installation manual. GNU fdisk is a menu driven program for creating and editing partition tables. It has support for DOS and MAC type partition tables, BSD and SUN type disklabels and others. On most GNU/Linux distributions device is usually one of the following: /dev/hda /dev/hdb /dev/sda /dev/sdb IDE disks are usually using /dev/hd[a-h] for device names, SCSI disks - /dev/sd[a-p]. The partitions will take the device name followed by the partition number, e.g. /dev/hda1. If you are using a GNU/Linux operating system, you can see /usr/src/linux/Documentation/devices.txt for more infomation on device naming. A DOS type partition table can have up to four `primary' partitions, which get numbers 1-4. One of the primary partitions may be used as an `extended' partition, which is used as a container for more partitions, which are called `logical' and take numbers starting from 5. A BSD/SUN type disklabel can hold up to 8 partitions, and an IRIX/SGI type disk label, called `dvh' in fdisk, can hold up to 16.  File: fdisk.info, Node: Options, Next: Commands and usage, Prev: Overview, Up: Using fdisk 2.3 Options =========== `-h, --help' Displays a help message. `-v, --version' Displays the program's version. `-L, --linux-fdisk' Turns on Linux fdisk compatibility mode. This is the same as running lfdisk. In this mode, only disk operations supported by Linux fdisk will be available. `-G, --gnu-fdisk' Turns off Linux fdisk compatibility mode. You will be able to perform more operations on the disk - create on a partition, resize, move or copy a partition, with the filesystem on it, or automatically detect deleted partitions. `-i, --interactive' Where necessary, prompts for user intervention. This is the default, when the program is started at a terminal. `-p, --script' Never prompts for user intervention. This is the default, when the program is not started at a terminal, when it is called from another program. You can use this mode for scripting, fdisk tries to perform the select the most suitable choice in every case. `-l, --list' Lists the partition table on the specified device and exits. If there is no device specified, lists the partition tables on all detected devices. `-r, --raw-list' Displays a hex dump of the partition table of the disk, similar to the way Linux fdisk displays the raw data in the partition table, using the "print the raw data in the partition table" from the expert menu. `-u, --unit-sector' Use sectors, instead of cylinders for a default unit. `-s, --size=DEVICE' Displays the size of the partition on DEVICE is printed on the standard output. `-t, --list-partition-types' Displays a list of supported partition types and features. The following options are available only in lfdisk, for Linux fdisk compatibility. `-b, --sector-size=SIZE' Specify the sector size of the disk. Valid values are 512, 1024 and 2048. Should be used only on older kernels, which don't guess the correct sector size. `-C, --cylinders=CYLINDERS' Specify the number of cylinders of the disk. Currently does nothing, it is left for Linux fdisk compatibility `-H, --heads=HEADS' Specify the number of heads of the disk. Reasonable values are 255 or 16. `-S, --sectors=SECTORS' Specify the number of sectors per track. A reasonable value is 63.  File: fdisk.info, Node: Commands and usage, Next: Units, Prev: Options, Up: Using fdisk 2.4 Commands and usage ====================== When GNU fdisk is started, a simple command line interface is displayed. A list with the available commands and a short description can displayed by entering m. More detailed information about every command is given below. Most operations are not performed immediately, but only after the user decides to write the partition table to the disk. Those that need to write to the disk immediately, warn the user about it and are only available when not running in Linux fdisk compatibility mode. The default unit used is cylinder and can be changed to sector. Partition sizes can be specified in any other available unit, though. See the next section for more information. `m' A command obsoleted by reading this manual. `p' Displays the partition table on the disk. It shows information like the start and end of the partitions, and their partition number. This is needed for using most of the commands below, so it is a good idea to list the partition table before using them. The start and end of the partition are displayed in the unit that you have selected for fdisk, while the size is displayed in blocks. `a' Toggles the bootable flag on a partition. On a DOS partition table type the partition with the bootable flag is the one that the system will boot from if there is no a boot manager in the master record. Make sure you have a bootable partition, and it is indeed bootable. You will be asked for a partition number. `d' Delete the selected partition so you can use it to create another partition on the free space left by it. `n' Creates a new partition on some free space in the partition table. You will be asked for the type of partition you want to create, and you can enter p for primary, e for extended or l for logical. Make sure that you select a type, that can be created in the position that you want to create it. You can create logical partition only inside the extended. You will be asked about the start and end of the partition. If you put a + before the end, it will be regarded as size. You can also specify the start and end or size in a different unit, please check the next section for more information. If you are using gfdisk, you will also be asked about the filesystem type and whether you want to create a filesystem on the partition. If you don't want to select a filesystem type, just select the default and you can later change the system type with the t command. `o' Creates a new empty DOS partition table. Use this command if you want to start the partition table on the disk from scratch, deleting all the partitions that are currently residing on it. `s' Creates a new empty SUN disklabel. If you are using a disk with a SUN disklabel, use this command if you want to start the partition table on the disk from scratch, deleting all the partitions that are currently residing on it. `l' Lists the known filesystem types for the partition table or disklabel on the disk. This is not about the supported filesystem types, but about the way the disklabel marks the filesystem that is supposed to be residing on the partition. It can differ from the real filesystem, although it is not recommended. `t' Changes the filesystem type of a partition. This does not touch the actual filesystem on the partition, it just changes the field in the partition table that marks the filesystem that is supposed to be residing on the partition. If you are running gfdisk, when you select a filesystem during the creation of a new partition, the most appropriate value for this field is selected. `w' Writes the partition table to the disk, notifies the operating system about the changes and quits the program. If fdisk wasn't able to notify the OS, you will have to restart the computer in order to use the new partition table. `q' Quits the program without saving the changes. `x' Displays a menu with extra operations, which are described below. There is a menu with extra functionality in GNU fdisk. In gfdisk, it will include the specific to gfdisk commands. Everything is described below. The extra commands in lfdisk include `f' Fixes the order of the partitions in the partition table. This is useful, when for example on an DOS partition table, the partitions have a wrong order and you want to order them in order they are placed on the disk. `b' Moves the beginning of the data in the partition. Asks for a new start of the partition and then changes the partition geometry. `c' Changes the number of the cylinders of the disk. `h' Changes the number of the heads of the disk. `s' Changes the number of the sectors per track of the disk. The extra commands in gfdisk include `h' Checks the consistency of the filesystem. It is useful to see whether it is safe to perform operations like resize on the partitions. It performs a very basic check on the filesystem, so if you want to make a more thorough test or fix the errors on the filesystem, you should an external utility like e2fsck for ext2 or reiserfsck for reiserfs. Please note that the check is limited on some filesystem types (ext2, ext3 and reiserfs at the time of writing of the manual), but if the partition contains errors resize will gracefully fail without destroying the filesystem. `v' Moves the partition to another location on the disk. It asks for the number of the partition you want to move. This command works in the same way as the new partition command and asks same questions, see above. The new location can't overlap with the current location. If this is what you need, you should try using the resize function, instead. Moving the partition requires that all changes you made so far are written to the disk. `c' Rescues a partition with a supported filesystem, that has been deleted. You specify the start and end of the region where you want to look for the start of the partition. `z' Resizes the partition and its filesystem, if supported. You will be asked for the number of the partition, and the new size and end. Some supported filesystem types require that the start of the partition stays fixed. This command requires that all changes you made so far are written to the disk. `o' Copies another partition over an already created partition on the disk. You can copy a partition from a different disk. You will be asked for the device of the disk that you want to copy from and the number of the partitions on both disks. This requires that all changes you made so far are written to the disk. `k' Creates a new file system on the selected partition. You will be asked to choose the filesystem type. The filesystem field in the partition table or disklabel is updated automatically. Please note that this requires that all changes you made so far are commited to the disk. If there is already a filesystem on the partition, it will be destroyed.  File: fdisk.info, Node: Units, Prev: Commands and usage, Up: Using fdisk 2.5 Units ========= While you can select either cylinders or sectors as display units, you can specify the positions and sizes in units of your choice, by entering the size followed by the unit. This is a list of the units that are available. Please note, that at the time of writing, using some of the units, like percent, as a position or size is broken. `compact' Display each size in the most suitable unit from B, kB, MB, GB and TB. `B' One byte `kB ' One kilobyte (1,000 bytes) `MB' One megabyte (1,000,000 bytes) `GB' One gigabyte (1,000,000,000 bytes) `TB' One terabyte (1,000,000,000,000 bytes) `KiB' One kilo binary byte (1,024 bytes) `MiB' One mega binary byte (1,048,576 bytes) `GiB' One giga binary byte (1,073,741,824 bytes) `TiB' One tera binary byte (1,099,511,627,776 bytes) `s' One sector. It depends on the sector size of the disk. You can use it if you want to see or choose the exact size in sectors. `%' One percent from the size of the disk `cyl' One cylinder. It depends on the cylinder size. `chs' Use CHS display units.  File: fdisk.info, Node: Bugs, Next: See also, Prev: Using fdisk, Up: Top 3 Bugs ****** Before editing a BSD disklabel, the partition with the disklabel should already exist on the disk and be detected by the OS. If you have created a BSD-type partition, you need to write the changes to the disk. If fdisk fails to notify the OS about the changes in partition table, you need to restart your computer. As fdisk tries to guess the device holding the BSD disklabel, it might fail to edit it at all, even if the OS has detected it. In this case you are adviced to simply open the device with fdisk directly. It is possible that it doesn't work on some operating systems. Getting the size of a partition with -s might fail, if fdisk fails to guess the disk device, for the same reasons as with the previous bug.  File: fdisk.info, Node: See also, Next: Copying this manual, Prev: Bugs, Up: Top 4 See also ********** cfdisk(8), mkfs(8), parted(8)  File: fdisk.info, Node: Copying this manual, Prev: See also, Up: Top Appendix A Copying this manual ****************************** * Menu: * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual  File: fdisk.info, Node: GNU Free Documentation License, Up: Copying this manual A.1 GNU Free Documentation License ================================== Version 1.1, March 2000 Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. 0. PREAMBLE The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other written document "free" in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily, this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for modifications made by others. This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft license designed for free software. We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free software, because free software needs free documentation: a free program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals; it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference. 1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed under the terms of this License. The "Document", below, refers to any such manual or work. Any member of the public is a licensee, and is addressed as "you". A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with modifications and/or translated into another language. A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section of the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly within that overall subject. (For example, if the Document is in part a textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal, commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding them. The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose titles are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice that says that the Document is released under this License. The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are listed, as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that the Document is released under this License. A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy, represented in a format whose specification is available to the general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent. A copy that is not "Transparent" is called "Opaque". Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple HTML designed for human modification. Opaque formats include PostScript, PDF, proprietary formats that can be read and edited only by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or processing tools are not generally available, and the machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for output purposes only. The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself, plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title, preceding the beginning of the body of the text. 2. VERBATIM COPYING You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3. You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and you may publicly display copies. 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100, and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition. Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated as verbatim copying in other respects. If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent pages. If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which the general network-using public has access to download anonymously at no charge using public-standard network protocols. If you use the latter option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to the public. It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document. 4. MODIFICATIONS You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version: A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section of the Document). You may use the same title as a previous version if the original publisher of that version gives permission. B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the Document (all of its principal authors, if it has less than five). C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the Modified Version, as the publisher. D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document. E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications adjacent to the other copyright notices. F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below. G. Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice. H. Include an unaltered copy of this License. I. Preserve the section entitled "History", and its title, and add to it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page. If there is no section entitled "History" in the Document, create one stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified Version as stated in the previous sentence. J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise the network locations given in the Document for previous versions it was based on. These may be placed in the "History" section. You may omit a network location for a work that was published at least four years before the Document itself, or if the original publisher of the version it refers to gives permission. K. In any section entitled "Acknowledgments" or "Dedications", preserve the section's title, and preserve in the section all the substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgments and/or dedications given therein. L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document, unaltered in their text and in their titles. Section numbers or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles. M. Delete any section entitled "Endorsements". Such a section may not be included in the Modified Version. N. Do not retitle any existing section as "Endorsements" or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section. If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice. These titles must be distinct from any other section titles. You may add a section entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a standard. You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document already includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of, you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit permission from the previous publisher that added the old one. The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or imply endorsement of any Modified Version. 5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS You may combine the Document with other documents released under this License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its license notice. The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but different contents, make the title of each such section unique by adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number. Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work. In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled "History" in the various original documents, forming one section entitled "History"; likewise combine any sections entitled "Acknowledgments", and any sections entitled "Dedications". You must delete all sections entitled "Endorsements." 6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects. You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document. 7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a Modified Version of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the compilation. Such a compilation is called an "aggregate", and this License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled with the Document, on account of their being thus compiled, if they are not themselves derivative works of the Document. If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate. Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate. 8. TRANSLATION Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4. Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special permission from their copyright holders, but you may include translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a translation of this License provided that you also include the original English version of this License. In case of a disagreement between the translation and the original English version of this License, the original English version will prevail. 9. TERMINATION You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except as expressly provided for under this License. Any other attempt to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance. 10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See `http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/'. Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number. If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. A.1.1 ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents ---------------------------------------------------------- To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of the License in the document and put the following copyright and license notices just after the title page: Copyright (C) YEAR YOUR NAME. Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts being LIST. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''. If you have no Invariant Sections, write "with no Invariant Sections" instead of saying which ones are invariant. If you have no Front-Cover Texts, write "no Front-Cover Texts" instead of "Front-Cover Texts being LIST"; likewise for Back-Cover Texts. If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of free software license, such as the GNU General Public License, to permit their use in free software.  Tag Table: Node: Top655 Node: About1021 Node: Name1133 Node: Using fdisk1488 Node: Invoking fdisk1681 Node: Overview1824 Node: Options3584 Node: Commands and usage6061 Node: Units13494 Node: Bugs14716 Node: See also15540 Node: Copying this manual15682 Node: GNU Free Documentation License15898  End Tag Table fdisk-1.2.5/doc/Makefile.am0000644000175000017500000000017511527750770012357 00000000000000info_TEXINFOS = cfdisk.texi fdisk.texi cfdisk_TEXINFOS = fdl.texi fdisk_TEXINFOS = fdl.texi dist_man_MANS = cfdisk.8 fdisk.8fdisk-1.2.5/doc/fdl.texi0000644000175000017500000004422311527750770011765 00000000000000 @node GNU Free Documentation License @appendixsec GNU Free Documentation License @cindex FDL, GNU Free Documentation License @center Version 1.1, March 2000 @display Copyright @copyright{} 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. @end display @enumerate 0 @item PREAMBLE The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other written document @dfn{free} in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily, this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for modifications made by others. This License is a kind of ``copyleft'', which means that derivative works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft license designed for free software. We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free software, because free software needs free documentation: a free program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals; it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference. @item APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed under the terms of this License. The ``Document'', below, refers to any such manual or work. Any member of the public is a licensee, and is addressed as ``you''. A ``Modified Version'' of the Document means any work containing the Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with modifications and/or translated into another language. A ``Secondary Section'' is a named appendix or a front-matter section of the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly within that overall subject. (For example, if the Document is in part a textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal, commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding them. The ``Invariant Sections'' are certain Secondary Sections whose titles are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice that says that the Document is released under this License. The ``Cover Texts'' are certain short passages of text that are listed, as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that the Document is released under this License. A ``Transparent'' copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy, represented in a format whose specification is available to the general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent. A copy that is not ``Transparent'' is called ``Opaque''. Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain @sc{ascii} without markup, Texinfo input format, La@TeX{} input format, @acronym{SGML} or @acronym{XML} using a publicly available @acronym{DTD}, and standard-conforming simple @acronym{HTML} designed for human modification. Opaque formats include PostScript, @acronym{PDF}, proprietary formats that can be read and edited only by proprietary word processors, @acronym{SGML} or @acronym{XML} for which the @acronym{DTD} and/or processing tools are not generally available, and the machine-generated @acronym{HTML} produced by some word processors for output purposes only. The ``Title Page'' means, for a printed book, the title page itself, plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in formats which do not have any title page as such, ``Title Page'' means the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title, preceding the beginning of the body of the text. @item VERBATIM COPYING You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3. You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and you may publicly display copies. @item COPYING IN QUANTITY If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100, and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition. Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated as verbatim copying in other respects. If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent pages. If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which the general network-using public has access to download anonymously at no charge using public-standard network protocols. If you use the latter option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to the public. It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document. @item MODIFICATIONS You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version: @enumerate A @item Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section of the Document). You may use the same title as a previous version if the original publisher of that version gives permission. @item List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the Document (all of its principal authors, if it has less than five). @item State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the Modified Version, as the publisher. @item Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document. @item Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications adjacent to the other copyright notices. @item Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below. @item Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice. @item Include an unaltered copy of this License. @item Preserve the section entitled ``History'', and its title, and add to it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page. If there is no section entitled ``History'' in the Document, create one stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified Version as stated in the previous sentence. @item Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise the network locations given in the Document for previous versions it was based on. These may be placed in the ``History'' section. You may omit a network location for a work that was published at least four years before the Document itself, or if the original publisher of the version it refers to gives permission. @item In any section entitled ``Acknowledgments'' or ``Dedications'', preserve the section's title, and preserve in the section all the substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgments and/or dedications given therein. @item Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document, unaltered in their text and in their titles. Section numbers or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles. @item Delete any section entitled ``Endorsements''. Such a section may not be included in the Modified Version. @item Do not retitle any existing section as ``Endorsements'' or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section. @end enumerate If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice. These titles must be distinct from any other section titles. You may add a section entitled ``Endorsements'', provided it contains nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various parties---for example, statements of peer review or that the text has been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a standard. You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document already includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of, you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit permission from the previous publisher that added the old one. The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or imply endorsement of any Modified Version. @item COMBINING DOCUMENTS You may combine the Document with other documents released under this License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its license notice. The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but different contents, make the title of each such section unique by adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number. Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work. In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled ``History'' in the various original documents, forming one section entitled ``History''; likewise combine any sections entitled ``Acknowledgments'', and any sections entitled ``Dedications''. You must delete all sections entitled ``Endorsements.'' @item COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects. You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document. @item AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a Modified Version of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the compilation. Such a compilation is called an ``aggregate'', and this License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled with the Document, on account of their being thus compiled, if they are not themselves derivative works of the Document. If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate. Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate. @item TRANSLATION Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4. Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special permission from their copyright holders, but you may include translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a translation of this License provided that you also include the original English version of this License. In case of a disagreement between the translation and the original English version of this License, the original English version will prevail. @item TERMINATION You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except as expressly provided for under this License. Any other attempt to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance. @item FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See @uref{http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/}. Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number. If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this License ``or any later version'' applies to it, you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. @end enumerate @page @appendixsubsec ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of the License in the document and put the following copyright and license notices just after the title page: @smallexample @group Copyright (C) @var{year} @var{your name}. Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the Invariant Sections being @var{list their titles}, with the Front-Cover Texts being @var{list}, and with the Back-Cover Texts being @var{list}. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''. @end group @end smallexample If you have no Invariant Sections, write ``with no Invariant Sections'' instead of saying which ones are invariant. If you have no Front-Cover Texts, write ``no Front-Cover Texts'' instead of ``Front-Cover Texts being @var{list}''; likewise for Back-Cover Texts. If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of free software license, such as the GNU General Public License, to permit their use in free software. @c Local Variables: @c ispell-local-pdict: "ispell-dict" @c End: fdisk-1.2.5/config.h.in0000644000175000017500000001216711527751613011602 00000000000000/* config.h.in. Generated from configure.ac by autoheader. */ /* The date of the build. */ #undef BUILD_DATE /* Define to 1 if translation of program messages to the user's native language is requested. */ #undef ENABLE_NLS /* Define to 1 if you enable GNU extensions */ #undef GNU_EXT /* Define to 1 if you have the MacOS X function CFLocaleCopyCurrent in the CoreFoundation framework. */ #undef HAVE_CFLOCALECOPYCURRENT /* Define to 1 if you have the MacOS X function CFPreferencesCopyAppValue in the CoreFoundation framework. */ #undef HAVE_CFPREFERENCESCOPYAPPVALUE /* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_CTYPE_H /* We have the curses.h header. */ #undef HAVE_CURSES_H /* Define if the GNU dcgettext() function is already present or preinstalled. */ #undef HAVE_DCGETTEXT /* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `getenv', and to 0 if you don't. */ #undef HAVE_DECL_GETENV /* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_ERRNO_H /* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_GETOPT_H /* Define to 1 if you have the `getopt_long_only' function. */ #undef HAVE_GETOPT_LONG_ONLY /* Define if the GNU gettext() function is already present or preinstalled. */ #undef HAVE_GETTEXT /* Define if you have the iconv() function and it works. */ #undef HAVE_ICONV /* Define if your compiler supports the #include_next directive. */ #undef HAVE_INCLUDE_NEXT /* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_INTTYPES_H /* Define to 1 if you have the `parted' library (-lparted). */ #undef HAVE_LIBPARTED /* Defined to 1 if your system have readline library */ #undef HAVE_LIBREADLINE /* Define to 1 if you have the `shouldbeinlibc' library (-lshouldbeinlibc). */ #undef HAVE_LIBSHOULDBEINLIBC /* Define to 1 if you have the `store' library (-lstore). */ #undef HAVE_LIBSTORE /* Defined to 1 if you have termcap or termlib library */ #undef HAVE_LIBTERMCAP /* Define to 1 if you have the `uuid' library (-luuid). */ #undef HAVE_LIBUUID /* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_LOCALE_H /* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_MEMORY_H /* We have the ncurses.h header. */ #undef HAVE_NCURSES_H /* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_PARTED_PARTED_H /* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_READLINE_HISTORY_H /* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_READLINE_READLINE_H /* Define to 1 if the system has the type `rl_compentry_func_t'. */ #undef HAVE_RL_COMPENTRY_FUNC_T /* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_STDARG_H /* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_STDINT_H /* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_STDIO_H /* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_STDLIB_H /* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_STRINGS_H /* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_STRING_H /* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H /* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H /* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_TERMCAP_H /* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_UNISTD_H /* Define 1 if this is an OS with BSD naming scheme */ #undef NAMING_BSD /* Define 1 if this is an OS with Linux naming scheme */ #undef NAMING_LINUX /* Name of package */ #undef PACKAGE /* Define to the address where bug reports for this package should be sent. */ #undef PACKAGE_BUGREPORT /* Define to the full name of this package. */ #undef PACKAGE_NAME /* Define to the full name and version of this package. */ #undef PACKAGE_STRING /* Define to the one symbol short name of this package. */ #undef PACKAGE_TARNAME /* Define to the home page for this package. */ #undef PACKAGE_URL /* Define to the version of this package. */ #undef PACKAGE_VERSION /* Defined to `free' in system where libparted does not export ped_free */ #undef PED_FREE /* Define to 1 if you have the ANSI C header files. */ #undef STDC_HEADERS /* Version number of package */ #undef VERSION /* Number of bits in a file offset, on hosts where this is settable. */ #undef _FILE_OFFSET_BITS /* Define for large files, on AIX-style hosts. */ #undef _LARGE_FILES /* Define to rpl_ if the getopt replacement functions and variables should be used. */ #undef __GETOPT_PREFIX /* Work around a bug in Apple GCC 4.0.1 build 5465: In C99 mode, it supports the ISO C 99 semantics of 'extern inline' (unlike the GNU C semantics of earlier versions), but does not display it by setting __GNUC_STDC_INLINE__. __APPLE__ && __MACH__ test for MacOS X. __APPLE_CC__ tests for the Apple compiler and its version. __STDC_VERSION__ tests for the C99 mode. */ #if defined __APPLE__ && defined __MACH__ && __APPLE_CC__ >= 5465 && !defined __cplusplus && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L && !defined __GNUC_STDC_INLINE__ # define __GNUC_STDC_INLINE__ 1 #endif fdisk-1.2.5/tests/0000755000175000017500000000000011564002646010766 500000000000000fdisk-1.2.5/tests/check_common.c0000644000175000017500000003123211527750771013510 00000000000000/* GNU fdisk - a clone of Linux fdisk. Copyright (C) 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA */ #include #include #include #include #include #include "../src/strlist.h" #include "../src/common.h" #include "functions.h" /* FIXME: Make use of rand_r instead of rand ! See functions.h */ /* Here we test mklabel */ START_TEST (test_mklabel) { strncpy(string[0],"msdos", BUFSIZE); disk_type = ped_disk_type_get(string[0]); /* First we will test with giving it the string */ uiquery.getstring = getstring; uiquery.getdisktype = NULL; fail_unless (perform_mklabel(dev, &disk, NULL), "Failed to create a label with a getstring query"); fail_unless (disk != NULL, "mklabel reported success, but failed"); fail_unless (!strcmp(string[0],disk->type->name), "mklabel created wrong disk type"); /* Then we do it the other way */ uiquery.getstring = NULL; uiquery.getdisktype = getdisktype; fail_unless (perform_mklabel(dev,&disk, NULL), "Failed to create a label with a getdisktype query"); fail_unless (disk != NULL, "mklabel reported success, but failed, getdisktype"); fail_unless (!strcmp(string[0],disk->type->name), "mklabel created wrong disk type, using getdisktype"); if (disk) ped_disk_destroy(disk); disk = NULL; /* Then we do it the third way */ uiquery.getdisktype = NULL; fail_unless (perform_mklabel(dev,&disk,disk_type), "Failed to create a label with a specified type"); fail_unless (disk != NULL, "mklabel reported success, but failed, specified"); fail_unless (!strcmp(string[0],disk->type->name), "mklabel created wrong disk type when we specified it"); test_exception(); } END_TEST /* Here we test mkpart and rmpart */ START_TEST (test_jugglepart) { PedConstraint *constraint = ped_device_get_constraint(dev); PedFileSystemType* walk = NULL; PedGeometry *geom = NULL; PedPartition *part = NULL; PartPos pos = { {0LL, NULL}, {20000LL, NULL} }; int i; /* First we create an extended partition */ //set_exception_error("Juggling partitions"); fail_unless(perform_mklabel(dev,&disk,ped_disk_type_get("msdos")), "We could create the label for juggling partitions"); fail_unless(perform_mkpart(disk,&pos,PED_PARTITION_EXTENDED,NULL,NULL, UI_DEFAULT), "Failed to create an extended partition"); /* Check if it is there */ do { part = ped_disk_next_partition (disk, part); } while (part && !(part->type & PED_PARTITION_EXTENDED)); fail_unless(part != NULL, "Can't find the extended partition"); /* Then we maximize it */ fail_unless(perform_maximize(disk,part), "Could not maximize the extended"); /* We check if our partition is "near" to what they should */ fail_unless(are_near(constraint->start_range->start,part->geom.start) && are_near(constraint->end_range->end,part->geom.end), "Maximize didn't work correctly.\n" "We wanted %lld-%lld, we got %lld-%lld", constraint->start_range->start, constraint->end_range->end, part->geom.start, part->geom.end); constraint = constraint_intersect_and_destroy(constraint, constraint_from_start_end(dev,&(part->geom),&(part->geom))); srand(218872305); walk = ped_file_system_type_get_next (NULL); /* We first try to create 20 partitions */ for (i = 0; i < 20; i++) { next_part_geometry(&geom, constraint, 1); fail_unless(_mkpart (i, geom->start, geom->end, PED_PARTITION_LOGICAL, walk, &part, perform_mkpart), "Failed to create %s partition. " "Number %d, size %llds, start %llds, end %llds", walk->name, i, geom->length, geom->start, geom->end); fail_unless(are_near(geom->start,part->geom.start) && are_near(geom->end,part->geom.end), "Failed to create %s partition where we want. " "Number %d, we wanted %lld-%lld, we got %lld-%lld", walk->name, i, geom->start, geom->end, part->geom.start, part->geom.end); ped_geometry_set (geom,part->geom.start,part->geom.length); do { walk = ped_file_system_type_get_next (walk); } while (walk == NULL); } /* Now, this should delete all the partitions */ while (part) { PedPartition *temp = part; do { part = part->prev; } while (part && part->type & PED_PARTITION_METADATA); if (part && (part->type & PED_PARTITION_FREESPACE)) fail("We reached a hole at %llds-%llds, number %d", part->geom.start, part->geom.end, i); fail_unless (perform_rm(disk,temp), "Failed to delete partition after %d", (part ? part->num : -1)); i--; } fail_unless(i == 0, "Not all partitions were deleted. %d remain.", i); ped_geometry_destroy(geom); test_exception(); } END_TEST /* Here we test (*only*) the size changing with perform_resize */ START_TEST (test_chsize_msdos) { change_size("msdos", UI_NO_FS_RESIZE); test_exception(); } END_TEST START_TEST (test_chsize_amiga) { change_size("amiga", UI_NO_FS_RESIZE); test_exception(); } END_TEST START_TEST (test_chsize_mac) { change_size("mac", UI_NO_FS_RESIZE); test_exception(); } END_TEST /* FIXME: This test fails! */ START_TEST (test_chsize_dvh) { change_size("dvh", UI_NO_FS_RESIZE); test_exception(); } END_TEST START_TEST (test_chsize_pc98) { change_size("pc98", UI_NO_FS_RESIZE); test_exception(); } END_TEST START_TEST (test_chsize_bsd) { change_size("bsd", UI_NO_FS_RESIZE); test_exception(); } END_TEST START_TEST (test_chsize_sun) { change_size("sun", UI_NO_FS_RESIZE); test_exception(); } END_TEST START_TEST (test_chsize_gpt) { change_size("gpt", UI_NO_FS_RESIZE); test_exception(); } END_TEST int poss_compare(char* pos1, char* pos2) { char all_poss[] = { 'b', 's', 'e', 'c', '\0' }; int i; for (i = 0; all_poss[i]; i++) { if ((strchr(pos1,all_poss[i]) == NULL) != (strchr(pos2,all_poss[i]) == NULL)) return 0; } return 1; } /* TODO: Make this a function */ #define run_pos_test(part,constraint,desired_opts,poss_ok,posg,strings) \ pos.start.sector = 2000LL; \ pos.end.sector = 21999LL; \ pos.start.range = NULL; \ pos.end.range = NULL; \ opts = UI_DEFAULT; \ pos_gets = 0; string_gets = 0; \ fail_unless(query_part_position("", NULL, &pos, \ where.start, where.end, \ dev, (constraint), &opts), \ "Query partition position %s failed", (part)); \ fail_unless(pos.start.sector == desired.start && \ pos.end.sector == desired.end, \ "Partition position %s wrong. Was %llds-%llds, " \ "should be %llds-%llds.", \ (part), pos.start.sector, pos.end.sector, \ desired.start, desired.end); \ fail_unless(opts == (desired_opts), "Test %s opts wrong. " \ "Was %d, should be %d.", opts, (desired_opts)); \ fail_unless(string_gets == (strings), "%s prompted wrong times." \ "Strings %d, should be %d. Pos %d should be %d.", \ (part), string_gets, (strings), pos_gets, (posg)); \ fail_unless(poss_compare(pos_poss,(poss_ok)), \ "%s: incorrect possibilities. Got %s, should be %s.", \ (part), pos_poss, (poss_ok)) START_TEST (test_partpos) { PedGeometry desired; PedGeometry where; PartPos pos; PedConstraint *constraint = ped_device_get_constraint(dev); UIOpts opts = UI_DEFAULT; uiquery.getpartpos = getpartpos; uiquery.getstring = getstring; string[0][BUFSIZE] = 0; /* A: We test without constraint */ /* A1: We test with where = partition*/ ped_geometry_init(&where,dev,2000LL,20000LL); /* Start */ ped_geometry_init(&desired,dev,2000LL,4000LL); partpos = 's'; snprintf(string[0],BUFSIZE,"%llds",desired.length); run_pos_test("A1s",NULL,UI_DEFAULT,"sec",1,1); /* End */ ped_geometry_init(&desired,dev,where.end-4000LL+1LL,4000LL); partpos = 'e'; snprintf(string[0],BUFSIZE,"%llds",desired.length); run_pos_test("A1e",NULL,UI_DEFAULT,"sec",1,1); /* Custom */ ped_geometry_init(&desired,dev,where.start,where.length); partpos = 'c'; run_pos_test("A1c",NULL,UI_CUSTOM_VALUES,"sec",1,0); /* A2: We test with where = big */ ped_geometry_init(&where,dev,0LL,24000LL); /* Start */ ped_geometry_init(&desired,dev,2000LL,4000LL); partpos = 's'; snprintf(string[0],BUFSIZE,"%llds",desired.length); run_pos_test("A2s",NULL,UI_DEFAULT,"bsec",1,1); /* Beginning */ ped_geometry_init(&desired,dev,where.start,4000LL); partpos = 'b'; snprintf(string[0],BUFSIZE,"%llds",desired.length); run_pos_test("A1s",NULL,UI_DEFAULT,"bsec",1,1); /* End */ ped_geometry_init(&desired,dev,where.end-4000LL+1LL,4000LL); partpos = 'e'; snprintf(string[0],BUFSIZE,"%llds",desired.length); run_pos_test("A2e",NULL,UI_DEFAULT,"bsec",1,1); /* Custom */ ped_geometry_init(&desired,dev,2000LL,20000LL); partpos = 'c'; run_pos_test("A2c",NULL,UI_CUSTOM_VALUES,"bsec",1,0); /* B: We test with some constraint */ /* B1: We test with where = partition, Start*/ ped_geometry_init(&where,dev,2000LL,20000LL); ped_geometry_init(&desired,dev,2000LL,4000LL); partpos = 's'; snprintf(string[0],BUFSIZE,"%llds",desired.length); run_pos_test("B1s",constraint,UI_DEFAULT,"sec",1,1); /* B2: We test with where = big, End */ ped_geometry_init(&where,dev,0LL,24000LL); ped_geometry_init(&desired,dev,where.end-4000LL+1LL,4000LL); partpos = 'e'; snprintf(string[0],BUFSIZE,"%llds",desired.length); run_pos_test("B2e",constraint,UI_DEFAULT,"bsec",1,1); /* C: We test with constraint of a partition with unmovable start */ constraint->start_align->grain_size = 0; /* C1s: We test with where = partition*/ ped_geometry_init(&where,dev,2000LL,20000LL); ped_geometry_init(&desired,dev,2000LL,4000LL); partpos = 'j'; /* We don't need to serve this right, right? */ snprintf(string[0],BUFSIZE,"%llds",desired.length); strncpy(pos_poss,"bsc",sizeof(pos_poss)); run_pos_test("C1s",constraint,UI_DEFAULT,"bsc",0,1); /* C2s: We test with where = big */ ped_geometry_init(&where,dev,0LL,24000LL); ped_geometry_init(&desired,dev,2000LL,4000LL); partpos = 'j'; /* We don't need to serve this right, right? */ snprintf(string[0],BUFSIZE,"%llds",desired.length); strncpy(pos_poss,"sc",sizeof(pos_poss)); run_pos_test("C2s",constraint,UI_DEFAULT,"sc",0,1); /* D: Another constraint */ ped_constraint_destroy(constraint); constraint = ped_device_get_constraint(dev); ped_geometry_set(constraint->start_range,2000LL,1LL); ped_geometry_init(&where,dev,2000LL,20000LL); ped_geometry_init(&desired,dev,2000LL,4000LL); partpos = 'j'; /* We don't need to serve this right, right? */ snprintf(string[0],BUFSIZE,"%llds",desired.length); strncpy(pos_poss,"bsc",sizeof(pos_poss)); run_pos_test("D1s",constraint,UI_DEFAULT,"bsc",0,1); } END_TEST Suite *common_suite(void) { Suite *s = suite_create("Common functions"); TCase *tc_label = tcase_create("Label"); TCase *tc_juggle = tcase_create("Creation and deletion of partitions"); TCase *tc_chsize = tcase_create("Changing partiton sizes"); suite_add_tcase (s, tc_label); suite_add_tcase (s, tc_juggle); suite_add_tcase (s, tc_chsize); tcase_add_test(tc_label, test_mklabel); tcase_add_test(tc_juggle, test_jugglepart); tcase_set_timeout(tc_chsize, 10); tcase_add_test(tc_chsize, test_partpos); tcase_add_test(tc_chsize, test_chsize_msdos); tcase_add_test(tc_chsize, test_chsize_bsd); //tcase_add_test(tc_chsize, test_chsize_pc98); //tcase_add_test(tc_chsize, test_chsize_amiga); tcase_add_test(tc_chsize, test_chsize_gpt); //tcase_add_test(tc_chsize, test_chsize_dvh); tcase_add_test(tc_chsize, test_chsize_mac); return s; } int main (void) { check_safety (); int nf; if (!init_tempfile()) return 1; if (!open_device()) { unlink_tempfile; return 1; } ped_exception_set_handler(exception_handler); uiquery.getpartpos = NULL; set_uicalls(&uiquery); reset_exception_error(); string[0][BUFSIZE] = 0; Suite *s = common_suite(); SRunner *sr = srunner_create(s); srunner_run_all (sr, CK_NORMAL); nf = srunner_ntests_failed(sr); srunner_free(sr); unlink_tempfile(); return (nf == 0) ? EXIT_SUCCESS : EXIT_FAILURE; } fdisk-1.2.5/tests/check_advanced.c0000644000175000017500000002432211527751517013766 00000000000000/* GNU fdisk - a clone of Linux fdisk. Copyright (C) 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA */ #include #include #include #include #include "../src/strlist.h" #include "../src/common.h" #include "functions.h" /* Well, just in case we need it ... */ #if 0 START_TEST (test_null) { fail_unless(1 == 1, "If you are reading this message, you have " "just won a brand-new pink-coloured supercomputer"); } END_TEST #endif /* */ static void warn () { printf("We are about to run a very CPU and disk intensive test.\n" "It can take about 500 MB of free space.\n" "Are you sure you want to continue (y/N)? "); if (getchar() != 'y' && getchar() != 'Y') { exit(0); } } /* We need to create a new tempfile for each test, so we can save disk space */ static void open_tempfile(int mklabel) { if (!init_tempfile()) fail("Could not init tempfile"); if (!open_device()) { unlink_tempfile(); fail("Could not open the tempfile"); } if (mklabel && !perform_mklabel(dev,&disk,ped_disk_type_get("msdos"))) fail("Could not create a label on the tempfile"); } static void close_tempfile() { ped_disk_destroy(disk); ped_device_destroy(dev); unlink_tempfile(); } /* This takes ~160MB of disk space. */ START_TEST (test_resize) { open_tempfile(0); change_size("msdos", UI_DEFAULT); test_exception(); /* We will use the result file for testing partition copy */ rename(tempfile_name(),tempfile2_name()); //close_tempfile(); } END_TEST /* This takes ~200MB of disk space */ #define CAN_USE(x) ((x) && ((x)->type & PED_PARTITION_FREESPACE)) START_TEST (test_move) { int i; PedGeometry where; PedPartition *part; PedFileSystemType *fs_type = ped_file_system_type_get("fat32"); open_tempfile(1); //PedSector maxlen = dev->length/4LL; PedSector start = 0LL; PedSector end = dev->length/4LL - 1; PedSector oldstart,oldend; fail_unless(_mkpart (0, start, end, PED_PARTITION_NORMAL, fs_type, &part, perform_mkpartfs), "Failed to create the partition"); /* We seed and move 16 times */ srand(173813981); for (i = 0; i < 16; i++) { /* We move the partition to the larger free space before or after it */ if (CAN_USE(part->next)) { if (CAN_USE(part->prev) && part->prev->geom.length > part->next->geom.length) where = part->prev->geom; else where = part->next->geom; } else where = part->prev->geom; oldstart = start; oldend = end; randomize_position(&start, &end, &where, 1); set_exception_error("Trying to move %d from %llds-%llds " "to %llds-%llds in %llds-%llds", i, oldstart, oldend, start, end, where.start, where.end); fail_unless(_resmov(i, part, start, end, UI_DEFAULT, perform_move), "Failed to move %d partition " "from %llds-%llds to %llds-%llds in %llds-%llds", i, oldstart, oldend, start, end, where.start, where.end); fail_unless(are_near(start,part->geom.start) && are_near(end,part->geom.end), "Partition %d was moved from %llds-%llds to " "%llds-%llds instead of %llds-%llds in " "%llds-%llds", i, oldstart, oldend, part->geom.start, part->geom.end, start, end, where.start, where.end); } test_exception(); close_tempfile(); } END_TEST /* This uses about 30 MB */ START_TEST (test_copy) { PedPartition *part = NULL; PedGeometry *geom = NULL; PedFileSystem *fs; PedFileSystemType *fs_type = ped_file_system_type_get("fat32"); open_tempfile(0); /* Why not amiga? */ fail_unless(perform_mklabel(dev,&disk,ped_disk_type_get("msdos")), "Failed to create partition table for partition copy"); PedConstraint *constraint = ped_device_get_constraint(dev); /* Opening the disk with our partitions */ PedDevice *dev2 = ped_device_get(tempfile2_name()); fail_unless(ped_device_open(dev2), "Failed to open the device for copying"); PedDisk *disk2 = NULL; /* This throws an exception on failure, we should fail */ disk2 = ped_disk_new(dev2); //fail_unless(1, "hm"); init_disk_flags(disk2); srand(129312); int i; /* We copy all partitions to the new disk */ for (i = 0; i < 4; i++) { /* We create a partition on the empty disk */ next_part_geometry(&geom, constraint, 1); PUT_STRING("Label"); set_exception_error("Creating partition %d for copy at " "%llds-%llds", i, geom->start, geom->end); fail_unless(_mkpart (0, geom->start, geom->end, PED_PARTITION_NORMAL, fs_type, &part, perform_mkpart), "Failed to create %d partition for copy. " "Size %llds, start %llds, end %llds", i, geom->length, geom->start, geom->end); /* We will query the source disk and partition */ uiquery.getdev = getdev; device = dev2; uiquery.getpart = NULL; uiquery.getint = getint; integer = i+1; set_exception_error("Copying %d to %llds-%llds", i, part->geom.start, part->geom.end); fail_unless(perform_cp (disk, part, UI_DEFAULT), "%d partition copy failed (from %llds-%llds " "to %llds-%llds)", i, 0LL, 0LL, part->geom.start, part->geom.end); fs = ped_file_system_open(&(part->geom)); fail_unless(fs != NULL, "No filesystem on partition %d", i); fail_unless(ped_file_system_check(fs,NULL), "Error on partition %d", i); ped_file_system_close(fs); } /* Now we try to copy from a partition on the same disk */ device = dev; integer = 1; fail_unless(perform_cp (disk, part, UI_DEFAULT), "Partition copy on a single disk failed"); ped_disk_destroy(disk2); ped_device_destroy(dev2); test_exception(); /* We don't need this anymore. We won't unlink the tempfile, because * * we will test the rescue on it. */ //close_tempfile(); unlink(tempfile2_name()); } END_TEST /* I'm lazy to type too much, so */ #define CREATE_PART(num,start,end) \ fail_unless(_mkpart(0, start, end, PED_PARTITION_NORMAL, \ fs_type, NULL, perform_mkpartfs), \ "Failed to create num partition for rescue") /* This does not take any additional disk space */ START_TEST (test_rescue) { int i; PedPartition *part = NULL; PedGeometry geom; PedFileSystemType *fs_type = ped_file_system_type_get("ext2"); #if 0 dev = ped_device_get(tempfile_name()); fail_unless(ped_device_open(dev), "Failed to open the device for rescue"); disk = ped_disk_new(dev); /* We create the partitions */ #endif open_tempfile(1); CREATE_PART(1,0LL,400LL); CREATE_PART(2,401LL,1000LL); CREATE_PART(3,1001LL,1200LL); CREATE_PART(4,1201LL,2000LL); /* Then we delete the partitions */ part = ped_disk_get_partition(disk, ped_disk_get_last_partition_num (disk)); while(part->type) part = part->prev; geom = part->geom; while (part) { PedPartition *temp = part; part = part->prev; if (!temp->type) { fail_unless(perform_rm(disk, part), "Rescue could not delete %d partition", part->num); } } /* Then we try to undelete the last one */ fail_unless(perform_rescue(disk, geom.start, geom.end, UI_DEFAULT), "Failed to rescue a single partition at %llds-%llds", geom.start, geom.end); /* part should be the undeleted partition */ part = ped_disk_get_partition(disk, ped_disk_get_last_partition_num (disk)); while (part && part->type) { part = part->prev; } fail_unless(geom.start==part->geom.start && geom.end==part->geom.end, "Rescued partition is not the same as the deleted. " "Deleted was %llds-%llds, we got %llds-%llds.", geom.start, geom.end, part->geom.start, part->geom.end); /* We delete it again and try to rescue all */ fail_unless(perform_rm(disk, part), "Rescue could not delete %d partition", part->num); /* The end of the last partition is before 8388604s */ fail_unless(perform_rescue(disk, 0LL, geom.end, UI_DEFAULT), "Failed to rescue the partitions"); /* Now we count them, if they aren't four, we did something wrong */ for (part = ped_disk_next_partition(disk,NULL), i = 0; part; part = ped_disk_next_partition(disk,part)) { if (!part->type) i++; } fail_unless(i == 4, "We got %d partitions instead of 4", i); test_exception(); close_tempfile(); } END_TEST Suite *common_suite(void) { Suite *s = suite_create("Advanced checks"); TCase *tc_resize = tcase_create("Resize"); TCase *tc_move = tcase_create("Move"); TCase *tc_copy = tcase_create("Copy"); TCase *tc_rescue = tcase_create("Rescue"); suite_add_tcase (s, tc_resize); suite_add_tcase (s, tc_move); suite_add_tcase (s, tc_copy); suite_add_tcase (s, tc_rescue); tcase_set_timeout(tc_resize, 360); tcase_set_timeout(tc_move, 360); tcase_set_timeout(tc_copy, 360); /* This could take a lot of time, I'm not sure that's enough */ tcase_set_timeout(tc_rescue, 1200); tcase_add_test(tc_resize, test_resize); tcase_add_test(tc_move, test_move); tcase_add_test(tc_copy, test_copy); tcase_add_test(tc_rescue, test_rescue); return s; } int main (void) { warn(); check_safety (); int nf; ped_exception_set_handler(exception_handler); uiquery.getpartpos = NULL; set_uicalls(&uiquery); reset_exception_error(); string[0][BUFSIZE] = 0; Suite *s = common_suite(); SRunner *sr = srunner_create(s); srunner_run_all (sr, CK_NORMAL); nf = srunner_ntests_failed(sr); srunner_free(sr); unlink_tempfile(); unlink(tempfile2_name()); return (nf == 0) ? EXIT_SUCCESS : EXIT_FAILURE; } fdisk-1.2.5/tests/functions.h0000644000175000017500000001064611527750771013106 00000000000000/* GNU fdisk - a clone of Linux fdisk. Copyright (C) 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA */ #ifndef FUNCTION_H_INCLUDED #define FUNCTION_H_INCLUDED #include #include "../src/common.h" #define DEFAULT_STRING "RESERVED" #define BUFSIZE 4093 /* The names of the tempfiles */ extern const char* tempfile_name(); extern const char* tempfile2_name(); /* We have our device here */ extern PedDevice *dev; extern PedDisk *disk; extern UICalls uiquery; /* Random seed */ extern int seed; extern void set_seed(int); /* TODO: Substitute this in the code and remove these, when finalized */ #define srand(x) set_seed(x) #define rand() rand_r(&seed) /* We will use common exception handling for tests */ extern PedExceptionOption ex_opts; extern PedExceptionType ex_type; extern PedExceptionOption exception_handler (PedException*); extern void test_exception(); /* This are functions for UICalls */ /* NOTE: This macros are only for reference */ #define PUT_STRING(x) string[0][BUFSIZE] = 0; \ uiquery.getstring = getstring; \ strncpy(string[0], x, BUFSIZE-1) #define PUT_TWO_STRINGS(x,y) string[0][BUFSIZE] = 2; \ uiquery.getstring = getstring; \ strncpy(string[0], x, BUFSIZE-1); \ strncpy(string[1], y, BUFSIZE-1) extern char string[2][BUFSIZE+1]; extern int string_gets; extern int getstring (const char* prompt, char** val, const StrList* str_list, const StrList* loc_str_list, int multi_word); extern int integer; extern int getint (const char* prompt, int *value); extern int bool; extern int getbool (const char* prompt, int *value); extern PedDevice *device; extern int getdev (const char* prompt, PedDevice** value); extern PedPartition *partition; extern int getpart (const char* prompt, PedDisk**disk, PedPartition** value); extern PedDiskType *disk_type; extern int getdisktype (const char* prompt, PedDiskType **value); extern PedFileSystemType *fs_type; extern int getfstype (const char* prompt, PedFileSystemType **value); #define POS_POSS_SIZE 10 extern int partpos; extern int pos_gets; extern char pos_poss[POS_POSS_SIZE]; extern int getpartpos (const char* prompt, const void* context, const char *possibilities); /* Device init functions, we should make them one */ extern int init_tempfile(); extern void unlink_tempfile(); extern int open_device(); /* Other functions */ extern int are_near(long long a, long long b); /*extern long long llrand();*/ /* Common check things for both test programs */ extern void next_part_geometry(PedGeometry **, PedConstraint *, int factor); /* This one takes the partition making function as a parameter * * We use the fact that mkpart and mkpartfs take the same params */ extern int _mkpart (int how, PedSector start, PedSector end, PedPartitionType type, const PedFileSystemType* fs_type, PedPartition **newpart, int mkpart (PedDisk*, PartPos *pos, PedPartitionType, const PedFileSystemType*, PedPartition **, UIOpts)); /* This is a function that both resizes and moves */ extern int _resmov (int how, PedPartition *part, PedSector start, PedSector end, UIOpts opts, int action (PedDisk*, PedPartition*, PartPos *pos, UIOpts)); extern void get_max_geometry(PedGeometry **geom, PedConstraint *constraint, PedPartition *part); extern void randomize_position(PedSector *start, PedSector *end, PedGeometry *where, int i); extern void change_size (const char *label_type, UIOpts opts); #endif fdisk-1.2.5/tests/Makefile.in0000644000175000017500000005542411564002622012757 00000000000000# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.11.1 from Makefile.am. # @configure_input@ # Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, # 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, # Inc. # This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without # even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A # PARTICULAR PURPOSE. @SET_MAKE@ VPATH = @srcdir@ pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@ pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@ pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@ pkglibexecdir = $(libexecdir)/@PACKAGE@ am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644 install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA) transform = $(program_transform_name) NORMAL_INSTALL = : PRE_INSTALL = : POST_INSTALL = : NORMAL_UNINSTALL = : PRE_UNINSTALL = : POST_UNINSTALL = : build_triplet = @build@ host_triplet = @host@ @MAKE_TESTS_TRUE@TESTS = check_common$(EXEEXT) check_advanced$(EXEEXT) @MAKE_TESTS_TRUE@noinst_PROGRAMS = check_common$(EXEEXT) \ @MAKE_TESTS_TRUE@ check_advanced$(EXEEXT) subdir = tests DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4 am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/check.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/m4/getopt.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/gettext.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/m4/gnulib-common.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/m4/gnulib-comp.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/iconv.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/m4/include_next.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/m4/intlmacosx.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-ld.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-link.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-prefix.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/m4/libparted.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/nls.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/m4/onceonly.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/po.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/m4/progtest.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/unistd_h.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \ $(ACLOCAL_M4) mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES = PROGRAMS = $(noinst_PROGRAMS) am__check_advanced_SOURCES_DIST = check_advanced.c functions.c \ functions.h ../src/common.h ../src/common.c ../src/strlist.h \ ../src/strlist.c @MAKE_TESTS_TRUE@am_check_advanced_OBJECTS = check_advanced.$(OBJEXT) \ @MAKE_TESTS_TRUE@ functions.$(OBJEXT) common.$(OBJEXT) \ @MAKE_TESTS_TRUE@ strlist.$(OBJEXT) check_advanced_OBJECTS = $(am_check_advanced_OBJECTS) am__DEPENDENCIES_1 = @MAKE_TESTS_TRUE@check_advanced_DEPENDENCIES = $(am__DEPENDENCIES_1) \ @MAKE_TESTS_TRUE@ $(am__DEPENDENCIES_1) am__check_common_SOURCES_DIST = check_common.c functions.c functions.h \ ../src/common.h ../src/common.c ../src/strlist.h \ ../src/strlist.c @MAKE_TESTS_TRUE@am_check_common_OBJECTS = check_common.$(OBJEXT) \ @MAKE_TESTS_TRUE@ functions.$(OBJEXT) common.$(OBJEXT) \ @MAKE_TESTS_TRUE@ strlist.$(OBJEXT) check_common_OBJECTS = $(am_check_common_OBJECTS) @MAKE_TESTS_TRUE@check_common_DEPENDENCIES = $(am__DEPENDENCIES_1) \ @MAKE_TESTS_TRUE@ $(am__DEPENDENCIES_1) DEFAULT_INCLUDES = -I.@am__isrc@ -I$(top_builddir) depcomp = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/autotools/depcomp am__depfiles_maybe = depfiles am__mv = mv -f COMPILE = $(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) \ $(CPPFLAGS) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) CCLD = $(CC) LINK = $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(AM_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ SOURCES = $(check_advanced_SOURCES) $(check_common_SOURCES) DIST_SOURCES = $(am__check_advanced_SOURCES_DIST) \ $(am__check_common_SOURCES_DIST) ETAGS = etags CTAGS = ctags am__tty_colors = \ red=; grn=; lgn=; blu=; std= DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST) ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@ AMTAR = @AMTAR@ AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@ AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@ AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@ AWK = @AWK@ CC = @CC@ CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@ CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ CHECK_CFLAGS = @CHECK_CFLAGS@ CHECK_LIBS = @CHECK_LIBS@ CPP = @CPP@ CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ CURSES_LIBS = @CURSES_LIBS@ CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@ DEFS = @DEFS@ DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@ ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@ ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@ ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@ EGREP = @EGREP@ EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@ GETOPT_H = @GETOPT_H@ GETTEXT_MACRO_VERSION = @GETTEXT_MACRO_VERSION@ GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@ GMSGFMT_015 = @GMSGFMT_015@ GNULIB_CHOWN = @GNULIB_CHOWN@ GNULIB_DUP2 = @GNULIB_DUP2@ GNULIB_ENVIRON = @GNULIB_ENVIRON@ GNULIB_FCHDIR = @GNULIB_FCHDIR@ GNULIB_FTRUNCATE = @GNULIB_FTRUNCATE@ GNULIB_GETCWD = @GNULIB_GETCWD@ GNULIB_GETLOGIN_R = @GNULIB_GETLOGIN_R@ GNULIB_GETPAGESIZE = @GNULIB_GETPAGESIZE@ GNULIB_LCHOWN = @GNULIB_LCHOWN@ GNULIB_LSEEK = @GNULIB_LSEEK@ GNULIB_READLINK = @GNULIB_READLINK@ GNULIB_SLEEP = @GNULIB_SLEEP@ GREP = @GREP@ HAVE_DECL_ENVIRON = @HAVE_DECL_ENVIRON@ HAVE_DECL_GETLOGIN_R = @HAVE_DECL_GETLOGIN_R@ HAVE_DUP2 = @HAVE_DUP2@ HAVE_FTRUNCATE = @HAVE_FTRUNCATE@ HAVE_GETPAGESIZE = @HAVE_GETPAGESIZE@ HAVE_OS_H = @HAVE_OS_H@ HAVE_READLINK = @HAVE_READLINK@ HAVE_SLEEP = @HAVE_SLEEP@ HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H = @HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H@ HAVE_UNISTD_H = @HAVE_UNISTD_H@ INCLUDE_NEXT = @INCLUDE_NEXT@ INSTALL = @INSTALL@ INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@ INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@ INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@ INTL_MACOSX_LIBS = @INTL_MACOSX_LIBS@ LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ LIBGNU_LIBDEPS = @LIBGNU_LIBDEPS@ LIBGNU_LTLIBDEPS = @LIBGNU_LTLIBDEPS@ LIBICONV = @LIBICONV@ LIBINTL = @LIBINTL@ LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@ LIBS = @LIBS@ LN_S = @LN_S@ LTLIBICONV = @LTLIBICONV@ LTLIBINTL = @LTLIBINTL@ LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@ MAINT = @MAINT@ MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@ MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@ MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ MSGFMT_015 = @MSGFMT_015@ MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@ NEXT_UNISTD_H = @NEXT_UNISTD_H@ OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@ PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@ PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@ PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@ PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@ PACKAGE_URL = @PACKAGE_URL@ PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@ PARTED_LIBS = @PARTED_LIBS@ PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@ POSUB = @POSUB@ RANLIB = @RANLIB@ REPLACE_CHOWN = @REPLACE_CHOWN@ REPLACE_FCHDIR = @REPLACE_FCHDIR@ REPLACE_GETCWD = @REPLACE_GETCWD@ REPLACE_GETPAGESIZE = @REPLACE_GETPAGESIZE@ REPLACE_LCHOWN = @REPLACE_LCHOWN@ REPLACE_LSEEK = @REPLACE_LSEEK@ SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@ SHELL = @SHELL@ STRIP = @STRIP@ SYMLINK = @SYMLINK@ SYMLINKFROM = @SYMLINKFROM@ USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@ VERSION = @VERSION@ XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ XGETTEXT_015 = @XGETTEXT_015@ XGETTEXT_EXTRA_OPTIONS = @XGETTEXT_EXTRA_OPTIONS@ abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@ abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@ abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@ abs_top_srcdir = @abs_top_srcdir@ ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@ am__include = @am__include@ am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@ am__quote = @am__quote@ am__tar = @am__tar@ am__untar = @am__untar@ bindir = @bindir@ build = @build@ build_alias = @build_alias@ build_cpu = @build_cpu@ build_os = @build_os@ build_vendor = @build_vendor@ builddir = @builddir@ datadir = @datadir@ datarootdir = @datarootdir@ docdir = @docdir@ dvidir = @dvidir@ exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ gl_LIBOBJS = @gl_LIBOBJS@ gl_LTLIBOBJS = @gl_LTLIBOBJS@ gltests_LIBOBJS = @gltests_LIBOBJS@ gltests_LTLIBOBJS = @gltests_LTLIBOBJS@ host = @host@ host_alias = @host_alias@ host_cpu = @host_cpu@ host_os = @host_os@ host_vendor = @host_vendor@ htmldir = @htmldir@ includedir = @includedir@ infodir = @infodir@ install_sh = @install_sh@ libdir = @libdir@ libexecdir = @libexecdir@ localedir = @localedir@ localstatedir = @localstatedir@ mandir = @mandir@ mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@ oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@ pdfdir = @pdfdir@ prefix = @prefix@ program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@ psdir = @psdir@ sbindir = @sbindir@ sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@ srcdir = @srcdir@ sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@ target_alias = @target_alias@ top_build_prefix = @top_build_prefix@ top_builddir = @top_builddir@ top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ @MAKE_TESTS_TRUE@check_common_SOURCES = \ @MAKE_TESTS_TRUE@ check_common.c \ @MAKE_TESTS_TRUE@ functions.c \ @MAKE_TESTS_TRUE@ functions.h \ @MAKE_TESTS_TRUE@ ../src/common.h \ @MAKE_TESTS_TRUE@ ../src/common.c \ @MAKE_TESTS_TRUE@ ../src/strlist.h \ @MAKE_TESTS_TRUE@ ../src/strlist.c @MAKE_TESTS_TRUE@check_advanced_SOURCES = \ @MAKE_TESTS_TRUE@ check_advanced.c \ @MAKE_TESTS_TRUE@ functions.c \ @MAKE_TESTS_TRUE@ functions.h \ @MAKE_TESTS_TRUE@ ../src/common.h \ @MAKE_TESTS_TRUE@ ../src/common.c \ @MAKE_TESTS_TRUE@ ../src/strlist.h \ @MAKE_TESTS_TRUE@ ../src/strlist.c @MAKE_TESTS_TRUE@check_common_LDADD = $(PARTED_LIBS) $(CHECK_LIBS) @MAKE_TESTS_TRUE@check_advanced_LDADD = $(PARTED_LIBS) $(CHECK_LIBS) all: all-am .SUFFIXES: .SUFFIXES: .c .o .obj $(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps) @for dep in $?; do \ case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \ *$$dep*) \ ( cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh ) \ && { if test -f $@; then exit 0; else break; fi; }; \ exit 1;; \ esac; \ done; \ echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu tests/Makefile'; \ $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) && \ $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu tests/Makefile .PRECIOUS: Makefile Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status @case '$?' in \ *config.status*) \ cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh;; \ *) \ echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)'; \ cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe);; \ esac; $(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES) cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh $(top_srcdir)/configure: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__configure_deps) cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh $(ACLOCAL_M4): @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh $(am__aclocal_m4_deps): clean-noinstPROGRAMS: -test -z "$(noinst_PROGRAMS)" || rm -f $(noinst_PROGRAMS) check_advanced$(EXEEXT): $(check_advanced_OBJECTS) $(check_advanced_DEPENDENCIES) @rm -f check_advanced$(EXEEXT) $(LINK) $(check_advanced_OBJECTS) $(check_advanced_LDADD) $(LIBS) check_common$(EXEEXT): $(check_common_OBJECTS) $(check_common_DEPENDENCIES) @rm -f check_common$(EXEEXT) $(LINK) $(check_common_OBJECTS) $(check_common_LDADD) $(LIBS) mostlyclean-compile: -rm -f *.$(OBJEXT) distclean-compile: -rm -f *.tab.c @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/check_advanced.Po@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/check_common.Po@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/common.Po@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/functions.Po@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/strlist.Po@am__quote@ .c.o: @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(COMPILE) -MT $@ -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo -c -o $@ $< @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/$*.Po @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ source='$<' object='$@' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ @am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(COMPILE) -c $< .c.obj: @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(COMPILE) -MT $@ -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo -c -o $@ `$(CYGPATH_W) '$<'` @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/$*.Po @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ source='$<' object='$@' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ @am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(COMPILE) -c `$(CYGPATH_W) '$<'` common.o: ../src/common.c @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -MT common.o -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/common.Tpo -c -o common.o `test -f '../src/common.c' || echo '$(srcdir)/'`../src/common.c @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/common.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/common.Po @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ source='../src/common.c' object='common.o' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ @am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -c -o common.o `test -f '../src/common.c' || echo '$(srcdir)/'`../src/common.c common.obj: ../src/common.c @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -MT common.obj -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/common.Tpo -c -o common.obj `if test -f '../src/common.c'; then $(CYGPATH_W) '../src/common.c'; else $(CYGPATH_W) '$(srcdir)/../src/common.c'; fi` @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/common.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/common.Po @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ source='../src/common.c' object='common.obj' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ @am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -c -o common.obj `if test -f '../src/common.c'; then $(CYGPATH_W) '../src/common.c'; else $(CYGPATH_W) '$(srcdir)/../src/common.c'; fi` strlist.o: ../src/strlist.c @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -MT strlist.o -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/strlist.Tpo -c -o strlist.o `test -f '../src/strlist.c' || echo '$(srcdir)/'`../src/strlist.c @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/strlist.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/strlist.Po @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ source='../src/strlist.c' object='strlist.o' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ @am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -c -o strlist.o `test -f '../src/strlist.c' || echo '$(srcdir)/'`../src/strlist.c strlist.obj: ../src/strlist.c @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -MT strlist.obj -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/strlist.Tpo -c -o strlist.obj `if test -f '../src/strlist.c'; then $(CYGPATH_W) '../src/strlist.c'; else $(CYGPATH_W) '$(srcdir)/../src/strlist.c'; fi` @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/strlist.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/strlist.Po @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ source='../src/strlist.c' object='strlist.obj' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ @am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -c -o strlist.obj `if test -f '../src/strlist.c'; then $(CYGPATH_W) '../src/strlist.c'; else $(CYGPATH_W) '$(srcdir)/../src/strlist.c'; fi` ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES) list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \ unique=`for i in $$list; do \ if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \ done | \ $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \ END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \ mkid -fID $$unique tags: TAGS TAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \ $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP) set x; \ here=`pwd`; \ list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \ unique=`for i in $$list; do \ if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \ done | \ $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \ END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \ shift; \ if test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$*$$unique"; then :; else \ test -n "$$unique" || unique=$$empty_fix; \ if test $$# -gt 0; then \ $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \ "$$@" $$unique; \ else \ $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \ $$unique; \ fi; \ fi ctags: CTAGS CTAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \ $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP) list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \ unique=`for i in $$list; do \ if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \ done | \ $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \ END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \ test -z "$(CTAGS_ARGS)$$unique" \ || $(CTAGS) $(CTAGSFLAGS) $(AM_CTAGSFLAGS) $(CTAGS_ARGS) \ $$unique GTAGS: here=`$(am__cd) $(top_builddir) && pwd` \ && $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) \ && gtags -i $(GTAGS_ARGS) "$$here" distclean-tags: -rm -f TAGS ID GTAGS GRTAGS GSYMS GPATH tags check-TESTS: $(TESTS) @failed=0; all=0; xfail=0; xpass=0; skip=0; \ srcdir=$(srcdir); export srcdir; \ list=' $(TESTS) '; \ $(am__tty_colors); \ if test -n "$$list"; then \ for tst in $$list; do \ if test -f ./$$tst; then dir=./; \ elif test -f $$tst; then dir=; \ else dir="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \ if $(TESTS_ENVIRONMENT) $${dir}$$tst; then \ all=`expr $$all + 1`; \ case " $(XFAIL_TESTS) " in \ *[\ \ ]$$tst[\ \ ]*) \ xpass=`expr $$xpass + 1`; \ failed=`expr $$failed + 1`; \ col=$$red; res=XPASS; \ ;; \ *) \ col=$$grn; res=PASS; \ ;; \ esac; \ elif test $$? -ne 77; then \ all=`expr $$all + 1`; \ case " $(XFAIL_TESTS) " in \ *[\ \ ]$$tst[\ \ ]*) \ xfail=`expr $$xfail + 1`; \ col=$$lgn; res=XFAIL; \ ;; \ *) \ failed=`expr $$failed + 1`; \ col=$$red; res=FAIL; \ ;; \ esac; \ else \ skip=`expr $$skip + 1`; \ col=$$blu; res=SKIP; \ fi; \ echo "$${col}$$res$${std}: $$tst"; \ done; \ if test "$$all" -eq 1; then \ tests="test"; \ All=""; \ else \ tests="tests"; \ All="All "; \ fi; \ if test "$$failed" -eq 0; then \ if test "$$xfail" -eq 0; then \ banner="$$All$$all $$tests passed"; \ else \ if test "$$xfail" -eq 1; then failures=failure; else failures=failures; fi; \ banner="$$All$$all $$tests behaved as expected ($$xfail expected $$failures)"; \ fi; \ else \ if test "$$xpass" -eq 0; then \ banner="$$failed of $$all $$tests failed"; \ else \ if test "$$xpass" -eq 1; then passes=pass; else passes=passes; fi; \ banner="$$failed of $$all $$tests did not behave as expected ($$xpass unexpected $$passes)"; \ fi; \ fi; \ dashes="$$banner"; \ skipped=""; \ if test "$$skip" -ne 0; then \ if test "$$skip" -eq 1; then \ skipped="($$skip test was not run)"; \ else \ skipped="($$skip tests were not run)"; \ fi; \ test `echo "$$skipped" | wc -c` -le `echo "$$banner" | wc -c` || \ dashes="$$skipped"; \ fi; \ report=""; \ if test "$$failed" -ne 0 && test -n "$(PACKAGE_BUGREPORT)"; then \ report="Please report to $(PACKAGE_BUGREPORT)"; \ test `echo "$$report" | wc -c` -le `echo "$$banner" | wc -c` || \ dashes="$$report"; \ fi; \ dashes=`echo "$$dashes" | sed s/./=/g`; \ if test "$$failed" -eq 0; then \ echo "$$grn$$dashes"; \ else \ echo "$$red$$dashes"; \ fi; \ echo "$$banner"; \ test -z "$$skipped" || echo "$$skipped"; \ test -z "$$report" || echo "$$report"; \ echo "$$dashes$$std"; \ test "$$failed" -eq 0; \ else :; fi distdir: $(DISTFILES) @srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ list='$(DISTFILES)'; \ dist_files=`for file in $$list; do echo $$file; done | \ sed -e "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||;t" \ -e "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|;t"`; \ case $$dist_files in \ */*) $(MKDIR_P) `echo "$$dist_files" | \ sed '/\//!d;s|^|$(distdir)/|;s,/[^/]*$$,,' | \ sort -u` ;; \ esac; \ for file in $$dist_files; do \ if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \ if test -d $$d/$$file; then \ dir=`echo "/$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \ if test -d "$(distdir)/$$file"; then \ find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \ fi; \ if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \ cp -fpR $(srcdir)/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \ find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \ fi; \ cp -fpR $$d/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \ else \ test -f "$(distdir)/$$file" \ || cp -p $$d/$$file "$(distdir)/$$file" \ || exit 1; \ fi; \ done check-am: all-am $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) check-TESTS check: check-am all-am: Makefile $(PROGRAMS) installdirs: install: install-am install-exec: install-exec-am install-data: install-data-am uninstall: uninstall-am install-am: all-am @$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am installcheck: installcheck-am install-strip: $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \ `test -z '$(STRIP)' || \ echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install mostlyclean-generic: clean-generic: distclean-generic: -test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES) -test . = "$(srcdir)" || test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES) maintainer-clean-generic: @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use" @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild." clean: clean-am clean-am: clean-generic clean-noinstPROGRAMS mostlyclean-am distclean: distclean-am -rm -rf ./$(DEPDIR) -rm -f Makefile distclean-am: clean-am distclean-compile distclean-generic \ distclean-tags dvi: dvi-am dvi-am: html: html-am html-am: info: info-am info-am: install-data-am: install-dvi: install-dvi-am install-dvi-am: install-exec-am: install-html: install-html-am install-html-am: install-info: install-info-am install-info-am: install-man: install-pdf: install-pdf-am install-pdf-am: install-ps: install-ps-am install-ps-am: installcheck-am: maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am -rm -rf ./$(DEPDIR) -rm -f Makefile maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-compile mostlyclean-generic pdf: pdf-am pdf-am: ps: ps-am ps-am: uninstall-am: .MAKE: check-am install-am install-strip .PHONY: CTAGS GTAGS all all-am check check-TESTS check-am clean \ clean-generic clean-noinstPROGRAMS ctags distclean \ distclean-compile distclean-generic distclean-tags distdir dvi \ dvi-am html html-am info info-am install install-am \ install-data install-data-am install-dvi install-dvi-am \ install-exec install-exec-am install-html install-html-am \ install-info install-info-am install-man install-pdf \ install-pdf-am install-ps install-ps-am install-strip \ installcheck installcheck-am installdirs maintainer-clean \ maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean mostlyclean-compile \ mostlyclean-generic pdf pdf-am ps ps-am tags uninstall \ uninstall-am # Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables. # Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded. .NOEXPORT: fdisk-1.2.5/tests/functions.c0000644000175000017500000004111211527750771013071 00000000000000/* GNU fdisk - a clone of Linux fdisk. Copyright (C) 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA */ #include #include #include #include #include #include /* #include */ #include #include "../config.h" #include "../src/strlist.h" #include "functions.h" #include "../src/common.h" /* NOTE: In the comments we say that we "query" or "ask" something when we emulate user query function and pass the parameter through there */ /* We can't seek more... */ #define SIZE 2147483647L /* We will give the partitions below different sizes. I'll use rand */ #define PART_LENGTH (2097151LL - ((unsigned int) rand() % 1048575)) PedDevice *dev = NULL; PedDisk *disk = NULL; UICalls uiquery; /* We need a seed for the random functions */ int seed = 1; void set_seed(int sd) { seed = sd; } /* No chance someone else decides to call this file this way, I hope */ static char tempfile[] = "/tmp/check_cfdisk_temporary_disk_drive"; static char tempfile2[] = "/tmp/check_cfdisk_temporary_disk_drive2"; const char * tempfile_name() { return tempfile; } const char * tempfile2_name() { return tempfile2; } /* We should try not to ruin a file, or more importantly, some block device */ static int is_blockdev(const char *file) { struct stat file_stat; if (stat(file,&file_stat) < 0) return -1; if(S_ISBLK(file_stat.st_mode)) return 1; else return 0; } void check_safety () { int a = is_blockdev(tempfile); int b = is_blockdev(tempfile2); if (a > 0 || b > 0) { printf("ERROR: Found a block device with the name of our temp " "file. Aborting."); exit(1); } else { const char msg[] = "%s exists and will be overwritten. " "Are you sure you want to continue (y/N)?"; if (!a) { printf(msg, tempfile); if (getchar() != 'y' && getchar() != 'Y') { exit(0); } } if (!b) { printf(msg, tempfile2); if (getchar() != 'y' && getchar() != 'Y') { exit(0); } } } /* Well, there should be no problem, TODO: is it needed? */ if (!getuid() || !geteuid()) { printf("You should not run these tests as root.\n" "Are you sure you want to continue (y/N)? "); if (getchar() != 'y' && getchar() != 'Y') { exit(0); } } } /* We need an exception handler */ PedExceptionOption ex_opts; PedExceptionType ex_type; char exception_error[BUFSIZE];// = "%s"; static int exception_count = 0; int set_exception_error(const char *format, ...) { va_list args; char buf[BUFSIZE]; va_start(args, format); if(vsnprintf(buf, BUFSIZE, format, args) < 0) { return -1; } va_end(args); return snprintf(exception_error,BUFSIZE, "%s: %s", buf, "%s"); } int reset_exception_error() { strncpy(exception_error, "%s", BUFSIZE); } PedExceptionOption exception_handler (PedException* ex) { exception_count++; ex_opts = ex->options; ex_type = ex->type; switch (ex->type) { case PED_EXCEPTION_ERROR: case PED_EXCEPTION_FATAL: case PED_EXCEPTION_BUG: case PED_EXCEPTION_NO_FEATURE: fail(exception_error, ex->message); } if (ex_opts & PED_EXCEPTION_FIX) return PED_EXCEPTION_FIX; else if (ex_opts & PED_EXCEPTION_RETRY) return PED_EXCEPTION_RETRY; else if (ex_opts & PED_EXCEPTION_YES) return PED_EXCEPTION_YES; else if (ex_opts & PED_EXCEPTION_OK) return PED_EXCEPTION_OK; else if (ex_opts & PED_EXCEPTION_IGNORE) return PED_EXCEPTION_IGNORE; else return PED_EXCEPTION_UNHANDLED; } /* Look for functions who handled exceptions incorrectly. If this does not go to our exception handler, we have a problem. Will check this at the end of each test. */ void test_exception() { //printf("\nSo far we got %d exceptions\n", exception_count); exception_count = 0; if (ped_exception_throw (PED_EXCEPTION_INFORMATION, PED_EXCEPTION_OK, "Test") != PED_EXCEPTION_OK) fail ("Exception not handled by our handler"); if (exception_count != 1) fail ("Caught %d exceptions instead of 1", exception_count); } /* This functions will return what's needed */ /* NOTE: If the string is DEFAULT_STRING, we return the default string */ /* Also note that we have two strings here, if the last character is 1, we should use the second string, if it is 2, we should change it to 1, and if 0, we should use the first. I know it's ugly, but it works. */ char string[2][BUFSIZE+1]; int string_gets; int getstring (const char* prompt, char** value, const StrList* str_list, const StrList* loc_str_list, int multi_word) { /* We count how much times this function is called */ string_gets++; /* We check whether the first or the second string should be used if there is a "queue" of two strings. */ char *s; if (string[0][BUFSIZE] == 1) { s = string[1]; string[0][BUFSIZE] = 0; } else s = string[0]; if (string[0][BUFSIZE] == 2) string[0][BUFSIZE] = 1; if (!*value || strcmp(s, DEFAULT_STRING)) { if (str_list || loc_str_list) { int found = 0; char *temp = NULL; const StrList *c; /* Check if the test string is not found in the string list */ for (c = str_list; !found && c != NULL; c = c->next) { temp = str_list_convert_node(c); if (!strcmp(temp,s)) found = 1; if (temp) free(temp); } for (c = loc_str_list; !found && c != NULL; c = c->next) { temp = str_list_convert_node(c); if (!strcmp(temp,s)) found = 1; if (temp) free(temp); } if (!found) return 0; } if (*value) PED_FREE (*value); *value = strdup(s); } return 1; } int integer = 0; int getint (const char* prompt, int *value) { *value = integer; return 1; } int bool = 1; int getbool (const char* prompt, int *value) { *value = bool; return 1; } PedDevice *device = NULL; int getdev (const char* prompt, PedDevice** value) { *value = device; return 1; } PedPartition *partition; int getpart (const char* prompt, PedDisk **disk, PedPartition** value) { *value = partition; return 1; } PedDiskType *disk_type; int getdisktype (const char* prompt, PedDiskType **value) { *value = disk_type; return 1; } PedFileSystemType *fs_type; int getfstype (const char* prompt, PedFileSystemType **value) { *value = fs_type; return 1; } int partpos; int pos_gets; char pos_poss[POS_POSS_SIZE]; int getpartpos (const char* prompt, const void* context, const char *possibilities) { /* We count how much times this was called */ pos_gets++; /* And save the possibilities */ strncpy(pos_poss, possibilities, sizeof(pos_poss)); return partpos; } int init_tempfile() { int i; FILE *fp; fp = fopen(tempfile,"w"); if (!fp) return 0; fseek (fp, SIZE, SEEK_SET); /* NOTE: We want a ~21 GB file, this takes about 22 MB from the disk, this should be 41943039s */ for (i = 0; i < 9; i++) { fseek (fp, SIZE, SEEK_CUR); } fwrite ("", 1, 1, fp); fclose (fp); return 1; } void unlink_tempfile() { unlink(tempfile); } int open_device() { dev = ped_device_get(tempfile); if (!ped_device_open(dev)) return 0; return dev != NULL; } #define FAR 128LL /* If these are too far apart, return false */ int are_near(long long a, long long b) { a -= b; if (a < 0LL) a = -a; return (a < FAR); } /* I don't believe our tests require this now, but I leave this here */ #if 0 long long llrand() { /* We assume that long long is always 64 bits and that int is always 32 bits, as per /usr/include/bits/types.h */ long long result; result = (long long) rand(); result *= 4294967296; result += (long long) rand(); return result; } #endif void next_part_geometry(PedGeometry **geom, PedConstraint *constraint, int factor) { PedSector start; PedGeometry *temp; if (!*geom) start = 0LL; else { start = (*geom)->end+1LL; ped_geometry_destroy(*geom); } temp = ped_geometry_new(dev, start, PART_LENGTH*(long long)factor); *geom = ped_constraint_solve_nearest(constraint,temp); ped_geometry_destroy(temp); } int _mkpart (int how, PedSector start, PedSector end, PedPartitionType type, const PedFileSystemType* fs_type, PedPartition **newpart, int ch_mkpart (PedDisk*, PartPos *pos, PedPartitionType, const PedFileSystemType*, PedPartition **, UIOpts)) { int status; string_gets = 0; int strings; PartPos pos = { { 0LL, NULL }, { 0LL, NULL } }; switch(how % 3) { /* We create the partition by specifying start and end */ case 0: strings = 1; if (string[0][BUFSIZE] == 1) { strings++; string[0][BUFSIZE] = 2; } else string[0][BUFSIZE] = 0; uiquery.getstring = getstring; strncpy(string[0], fs_type->name, BUFSIZE-1); pos.start.sector = start; pos.end.sector = end; status = ch_mkpart(disk,&pos,type,NULL,newpart, UI_DEFAULT); fail_unless(string_gets == strings, "User queried for %d strings instead of %d", string_gets, strings); break; /* We test that giving the default string is OK */ case 1: strncpy(string[0],DEFAULT_STRING,BUFSIZE); uiquery.getstring = getstring; pos.start.sector = start; pos.end.sector = end; status = ch_mkpart(disk,&pos,type,fs_type,newpart, UI_CUSTOM_VALUES); fail_unless(string_gets == 2, "User queried for %d strings instead of 2", string_gets); break; /* We query the start and end */ case 2: uiquery.getstring = getstring; string[0][BUFSIZE] = 2; snprintf(string[0],BUFSIZE,"%llds",start); snprintf(string[1],BUFSIZE,"%llds",end); status = ch_mkpart(disk,&pos,type,fs_type,newpart, UI_CUSTOM_VALUES); fail_unless(string_gets == 2, "User queried for %d strings instead of 2", string_gets); break; } return status; } /* We use this for both resize and move, as they take the same params */ int _resmov (int how, PedPartition *part, PedSector start, PedSector end, UIOpts opts, int action (PedDisk*, PedPartition*, PartPos *pos, UIOpts)) { PartPos pos = { { 0LL, NULL }, { 0LL, NULL } }; switch (how % 3) { /* Specify start, end and partition */ case 0: pos.start.sector = start; pos.end.sector = end; return action (disk, part, &pos, opts); /* We specify start and end, ask for partition */ case 1: uiquery.getint = NULL; uiquery.getpart = getpart; partition = part; pos.start.sector = start; pos.end.sector = end; return action (disk, NULL, &pos, opts); /* We ask for everything, the partition with number */ case 2: uiquery.getpart = NULL; uiquery.getstring = getstring; uiquery.getint = getint; integer = part->num; string[0][BUFSIZE] = 2; snprintf(string[0],BUFSIZE,"%llds",start); snprintf(string[1],BUFSIZE,"%llds",end); opts |= UI_CUSTOM_VALUES; return action (disk, NULL, &pos, opts); } } void get_max_geometry(PedGeometry **geom, PedConstraint *constraint, PedPartition *part) { PedGeometry *temp = NULL; if (*geom) ped_geometry_destroy(*geom); PedSector start, end; int i = 0; /* We check if we have free space before or after the partition */ if (part->prev && part->prev->type & PED_PARTITION_FREESPACE) start = part->prev->geom.start; else start = part->geom.start; if (part->next && part->next->type & PED_PARTITION_FREESPACE) end = part->next->geom.end; else end = part->geom.end; temp = ped_geometry_new(dev, start, end-start+1LL); *geom = ped_constraint_solve_nearest(constraint,temp); ped_geometry_destroy(temp); } #define MAX(X,Y) ((X) > (Y) ? (X) : (Y)) #define MIN(X,Y) ((X) < (Y) ? (X) : (Y)) /* NOTE: If you create a rather big test disk, you can make this use llrand from functions.c instead. */ void randomize_position(PedSector *start, PedSector *end, PedGeometry *where, int i) { /* This chooses random partition position within where */ /* If i is 0, we place it at the beginning, if i is 3, at the end */ if (i == 0) { *start = where->start; do { *end = *start+((unsigned int)rand() % where->length)-1; *end = MIN(*end,where->end); } while (are_near(*start,*end)); } else if (i == 3) { *end = where->end; do { *start = *end-((unsigned int)rand() % where->length)+1; *start = MAX(*start,where->start); } while (are_near(*start,*end)); } else { PedSector mid = where->start + ((unsigned int) rand() % where->length)-1; do { *start = where->start+ ((unsigned int) rand() % (mid - where->start)); *end = mid + ((unsigned int) rand() % (where->end - mid)); *start = MAX(*start,where->start); *end = MIN(*end,where->end); } while (are_near(*start,*end)); } } /* This is for our size changing checks. We check on all label types */ void change_size (const char *ltype, UIOpts opts) { PedConstraint *constraint = ped_device_get_constraint(dev); PedGeometry *geom = NULL; PedSector start, end, oldstart = -1, oldend = -1; PedPartition *part = NULL; PedFileSystemType *fs_type = ped_file_system_type_get("linux-swap"); int is_mac = !strcmp(ltype,"mac"); int i; fail_unless(perform_mklabel(dev,&disk,ped_disk_type_get(ltype)), "We could create the %s label for resizing partitions", ltype); /* NOTE: This might blow up if ltype is less than three chars */ /* FIXME: This checks works differently on LE and BE platforms */ srand(2 + opts + ((int) ltype)); /* We will resize create 4 partitions */ if (is_mac) { part = ped_disk_get_partition(disk,1); geom = ped_geometry_new(dev,part->geom.start,part->geom.length); part = NULL; } for (i = 0; i < 4; i++) { next_part_geometry(&geom, constraint, 1); if (ped_disk_type_check_feature(disk->type, PED_DISK_TYPE_PARTITION_NAME)) { /* 1 means get second string on queue */ string[0][BUFSIZE] = 1; strncpy(string[1],"Label",BUFSIZE); } else string[0][BUFSIZE] = 0; uiquery.getstring = getstring; set_exception_error("Creating partition %d at %llds-%llds " "with previous one at %llds-%llds on %s", i, geom->start, geom->end, oldstart, oldend, ltype); fail_unless(_mkpart (0, geom->start, geom->end, PED_PARTITION_NORMAL, fs_type, &part, (opts & UI_NO_FS_RESIZE ? perform_mkpart : perform_mkpartfs)), "Failed to create partition for resize on %s. " "Number %d, size %llds, start %llds, end %llds", ltype, i, geom->length, geom->start, geom->end); reset_exception_error(); oldstart = geom->start; oldend = geom->end; } /* And we will resize them, 4 times each, moving them as near possible to end of the disk as a final result */ while (part && (!is_mac || part->num != 1)) { get_max_geometry(&geom,constraint,part); for (i = 0; i < 4; i++) { randomize_position(&start,&end,geom,i); set_exception_error("Resize %d of partition %d " "from %llds-%llds to %llds-%llds " "in region %llds-%llds on %s", i, part->num, part->geom.start, part->geom.end, start, end, geom->start, geom->end, ltype); /* Note that exact values fail on some partition types, and when we are querying the user, exact values should be used... Or? FIXME? */ //fail_unless(_resmov (strncmp("ms",ltype,2) ? 0 : i, fail_unless(_resmov (i, part, start, end, opts, perform_resize), "Could not do %d resize of partition %d " "from %llds-%llds to %llds-%llds " "in region %llds-%llds on %s", i, part->num, part->geom.start, part->geom.end, start, end, geom->start, geom->end, ltype); fail_unless(are_near(part->geom.start,start) && are_near(part->geom.end,end), "The %d resize of partition %d on %s wrong." "we wanted %llds-%llds, we got %llds-%llds", i, part->num, ltype, start, end, part->geom.start, part->geom.end); reset_exception_error(); } do { part = part->prev; } while (part && ((part->type & PED_PARTITION_METADATA) || (part->type & PED_PARTITION_FREESPACE))); } } fdisk-1.2.5/tests/Makefile.am0000644000175000017500000000101611527750771012750 00000000000000if MAKE_TESTS TESTS = \ check_common check_advanced noinst_PROGRAMS = \ check_common check_advanced check_common_SOURCES = \ check_common.c \ functions.c \ functions.h \ ../src/common.h \ ../src/common.c \ ../src/strlist.h \ ../src/strlist.c check_advanced_SOURCES = \ check_advanced.c \ functions.c \ functions.h \ ../src/common.h \ ../src/common.c \ ../src/strlist.h \ ../src/strlist.c check_common_LDADD = $(PARTED_LIBS) $(CHECK_LIBS) check_advanced_LDADD = $(PARTED_LIBS) $(CHECK_LIBS) endif MAKE_TESTSfdisk-1.2.5/configure0000755000175000017500000110524011564002623011451 00000000000000#! /bin/sh # Guess values for system-dependent variables and create Makefiles. # Generated by GNU Autoconf 2.65 for fdisk 1.2.5. # # Report bugs to . # # # Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, # 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, # Inc. # # # This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it. ## -------------------- ## ## M4sh Initialization. ## ## -------------------- ## # Be more Bourne compatible DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then : emulate sh NULLCMD=: # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which # is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature. alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"' setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST else case `(set -o) 2>/dev/null` in #( *posix*) : set -o posix ;; #( *) : ;; esac fi as_nl=' ' export as_nl # Printing a long string crashes Solaris 7 /usr/bin/printf. as_echo='\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\' as_echo=$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo as_echo=$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo # Prefer a ksh shell builtin over an external printf program on Solaris, # but without wasting forks for bash or zsh. if test -z "$BASH_VERSION$ZSH_VERSION" \ && (test "X`print -r -- $as_echo`" = "X$as_echo") 2>/dev/null; then as_echo='print -r --' as_echo_n='print -rn --' elif (test "X`printf %s $as_echo`" = "X$as_echo") 2>/dev/null; then as_echo='printf %s\n' as_echo_n='printf %s' else if test "X`(/usr/ucb/echo -n -n $as_echo) 2>/dev/null`" = "X-n $as_echo"; then as_echo_body='eval /usr/ucb/echo -n "$1$as_nl"' as_echo_n='/usr/ucb/echo -n' else as_echo_body='eval expr "X$1" : "X\\(.*\\)"' as_echo_n_body='eval arg=$1; case $arg in #( *"$as_nl"*) expr "X$arg" : "X\\(.*\\)$as_nl"; arg=`expr "X$arg" : ".*$as_nl\\(.*\\)"`;; esac; expr "X$arg" : "X\\(.*\\)" | tr -d "$as_nl" ' export as_echo_n_body as_echo_n='sh -c $as_echo_n_body as_echo' fi export as_echo_body as_echo='sh -c $as_echo_body as_echo' fi # The user is always right. if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then PATH_SEPARATOR=: (PATH='/bin;/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 && { (PATH='/bin:/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 || PATH_SEPARATOR=';' } fi # IFS # We need space, tab and new line, in precisely that order. Quoting is # there to prevent editors from complaining about space-tab. # (If _AS_PATH_WALK were called with IFS unset, it would disable word # splitting by setting IFS to empty value.) IFS=" "" $as_nl" # Find who we are. Look in the path if we contain no directory separator. case $0 in #(( *[\\/]* ) as_myself=$0 ;; *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. test -r "$as_dir/$0" && as_myself=$as_dir/$0 && break done IFS=$as_save_IFS ;; esac # We did not find ourselves, most probably we were run as `sh COMMAND' # in which case we are not to be found in the path. if test "x$as_myself" = x; then as_myself=$0 fi if test ! -f "$as_myself"; then $as_echo "$as_myself: error: cannot find myself; rerun with an absolute file name" >&2 exit 1 fi # Unset variables that we do not need and which cause bugs (e.g. in # pre-3.0 UWIN ksh). But do not cause bugs in bash 2.01; the "|| exit 1" # suppresses any "Segmentation fault" message there. '((' could # trigger a bug in pdksh 5.2.14. for as_var in BASH_ENV ENV MAIL MAILPATH do eval test x\${$as_var+set} = xset \ && ( (unset $as_var) || exit 1) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset $as_var || : done PS1='$ ' PS2='> ' PS4='+ ' # NLS nuisances. LC_ALL=C export LC_ALL LANGUAGE=C export LANGUAGE # CDPATH. (unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH if test "x$CONFIG_SHELL" = x; then as_bourne_compatible="if test -n \"\${ZSH_VERSION+set}\" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then : emulate sh NULLCMD=: # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on \${1+\"\$@\"}, which # is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature. alias -g '\${1+\"\$@\"}'='\"\$@\"' setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST else case \`(set -o) 2>/dev/null\` in #( *posix*) : set -o posix ;; #( *) : ;; esac fi " as_required="as_fn_return () { (exit \$1); } as_fn_success () { as_fn_return 0; } as_fn_failure () { as_fn_return 1; } as_fn_ret_success () { return 0; } as_fn_ret_failure () { return 1; } exitcode=0 as_fn_success || { exitcode=1; echo as_fn_success failed.; } as_fn_failure && { exitcode=1; echo as_fn_failure succeeded.; } as_fn_ret_success || { exitcode=1; echo as_fn_ret_success failed.; } as_fn_ret_failure && { exitcode=1; echo as_fn_ret_failure succeeded.; } if ( set x; as_fn_ret_success y && test x = \"\$1\" ); then : else exitcode=1; echo positional parameters were not saved. fi test x\$exitcode = x0 || exit 1" as_suggested=" as_lineno_1=";as_suggested=$as_suggested$LINENO;as_suggested=$as_suggested" as_lineno_1a=\$LINENO as_lineno_2=";as_suggested=$as_suggested$LINENO;as_suggested=$as_suggested" as_lineno_2a=\$LINENO eval 'test \"x\$as_lineno_1'\$as_run'\" != \"x\$as_lineno_2'\$as_run'\" && test \"x\`expr \$as_lineno_1'\$as_run' + 1\`\" = \"x\$as_lineno_2'\$as_run'\"' || exit 1 test \$(( 1 + 1 )) = 2 || exit 1" if (eval "$as_required") 2>/dev/null; then : as_have_required=yes else as_have_required=no fi if test x$as_have_required = xyes && (eval "$as_suggested") 2>/dev/null; then : else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR as_found=false for as_dir in /bin$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. as_found=: case $as_dir in #( /*) for as_base in sh bash ksh sh5; do # Try only shells that exist, to save several forks. as_shell=$as_dir/$as_base if { test -f "$as_shell" || test -f "$as_shell.exe"; } && { $as_echo "$as_bourne_compatible""$as_required" | as_run=a "$as_shell"; } 2>/dev/null; then : CONFIG_SHELL=$as_shell as_have_required=yes if { $as_echo "$as_bourne_compatible""$as_suggested" | as_run=a "$as_shell"; } 2>/dev/null; then : break 2 fi fi done;; esac as_found=false done $as_found || { if { test -f "$SHELL" || test -f "$SHELL.exe"; } && { $as_echo "$as_bourne_compatible""$as_required" | as_run=a "$SHELL"; } 2>/dev/null; then : CONFIG_SHELL=$SHELL as_have_required=yes fi; } IFS=$as_save_IFS if test "x$CONFIG_SHELL" != x; then : # We cannot yet assume a decent shell, so we have to provide a # neutralization value for shells without unset; and this also # works around shells that cannot unset nonexistent variables. BASH_ENV=/dev/null ENV=/dev/null (unset BASH_ENV) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset BASH_ENV ENV export CONFIG_SHELL exec "$CONFIG_SHELL" "$as_myself" ${1+"$@"} fi if test x$as_have_required = xno; then : $as_echo "$0: This script requires a shell more modern than all" $as_echo "$0: the shells that I found on your system." if test x${ZSH_VERSION+set} = xset ; then $as_echo "$0: In particular, zsh $ZSH_VERSION has bugs and should" $as_echo "$0: be upgraded to zsh 4.3.4 or later." else $as_echo "$0: Please tell bug-autoconf@gnu.org and bug-fdisk@gnu.org $0: about your system, including any error possibly output $0: before this message. Then install a modern shell, or $0: manually run the script under such a shell if you do $0: have one." fi exit 1 fi fi fi SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} export SHELL # Unset more variables known to interfere with behavior of common tools. CLICOLOR_FORCE= GREP_OPTIONS= unset CLICOLOR_FORCE GREP_OPTIONS ## --------------------- ## ## M4sh Shell Functions. ## ## --------------------- ## # as_fn_unset VAR # --------------- # Portably unset VAR. as_fn_unset () { { eval $1=; unset $1;} } as_unset=as_fn_unset # as_fn_set_status STATUS # ----------------------- # Set $? to STATUS, without forking. as_fn_set_status () { return $1 } # as_fn_set_status # as_fn_exit STATUS # ----------------- # Exit the shell with STATUS, even in a "trap 0" or "set -e" context. as_fn_exit () { set +e as_fn_set_status $1 exit $1 } # as_fn_exit # as_fn_mkdir_p # ------------- # Create "$as_dir" as a directory, including parents if necessary. as_fn_mkdir_p () { case $as_dir in #( -*) as_dir=./$as_dir;; esac test -d "$as_dir" || eval $as_mkdir_p || { as_dirs= while :; do case $as_dir in #( *\'*) as_qdir=`$as_echo "$as_dir" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;; #'( *) as_qdir=$as_dir;; esac as_dirs="'$as_qdir' $as_dirs" as_dir=`$as_dirname -- "$as_dir" || $as_expr X"$as_dir" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ X"$as_dir" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || $as_echo X"$as_dir" | sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/ q } s/.*/./; q'` test -d "$as_dir" && break done test -z "$as_dirs" || eval "mkdir $as_dirs" } || test -d "$as_dir" || as_fn_error "cannot create directory $as_dir" } # as_fn_mkdir_p # as_fn_append VAR VALUE # ---------------------- # Append the text in VALUE to the end of the definition contained in VAR. Take # advantage of any shell optimizations that allow amortized linear growth over # repeated appends, instead of the typical quadratic growth present in naive # implementations. if (eval "as_var=1; as_var+=2; test x\$as_var = x12") 2>/dev/null; then : eval 'as_fn_append () { eval $1+=\$2 }' else as_fn_append () { eval $1=\$$1\$2 } fi # as_fn_append # as_fn_arith ARG... # ------------------ # Perform arithmetic evaluation on the ARGs, and store the result in the # global $as_val. Take advantage of shells that can avoid forks. The arguments # must be portable across $(()) and expr. if (eval "test \$(( 1 + 1 )) = 2") 2>/dev/null; then : eval 'as_fn_arith () { as_val=$(( $* )) }' else as_fn_arith () { as_val=`expr "$@" || test $? -eq 1` } fi # as_fn_arith # as_fn_error ERROR [LINENO LOG_FD] # --------------------------------- # Output "`basename $0`: error: ERROR" to stderr. If LINENO and LOG_FD are # provided, also output the error to LOG_FD, referencing LINENO. Then exit the # script with status $?, using 1 if that was 0. as_fn_error () { as_status=$?; test $as_status -eq 0 && as_status=1 if test "$3"; then as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$2"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: $1" >&$3 fi $as_echo "$as_me: error: $1" >&2 as_fn_exit $as_status } # as_fn_error if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1 && test "X`expr 00001 : '.*\(...\)'`" = X001; then as_expr=expr else as_expr=false fi if (basename -- /) >/dev/null 2>&1 && test "X`basename -- / 2>&1`" = "X/"; then as_basename=basename else as_basename=false fi if (as_dir=`dirname -- /` && test "X$as_dir" = X/) >/dev/null 2>&1; then as_dirname=dirname else as_dirname=false fi as_me=`$as_basename -- "$0" || $as_expr X/"$0" : '.*/\([^/][^/]*\)/*$' \| \ X"$0" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ X"$0" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || $as_echo X/"$0" | sed '/^.*\/\([^/][^/]*\)\/*$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\/\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\/\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/ q } s/.*/./; q'` # Avoid depending upon Character Ranges. as_cr_letters='abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' as_cr_LETTERS='ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' as_cr_Letters=$as_cr_letters$as_cr_LETTERS as_cr_digits='0123456789' as_cr_alnum=$as_cr_Letters$as_cr_digits as_lineno_1=$LINENO as_lineno_1a=$LINENO as_lineno_2=$LINENO as_lineno_2a=$LINENO eval 'test "x$as_lineno_1'$as_run'" != "x$as_lineno_2'$as_run'" && test "x`expr $as_lineno_1'$as_run' + 1`" = "x$as_lineno_2'$as_run'"' || { # Blame Lee E. McMahon (1931-1989) for sed's syntax. :-) sed -n ' p /[$]LINENO/= ' <$as_myself | sed ' s/[$]LINENO.*/&-/ t lineno b :lineno N :loop s/[$]LINENO\([^'$as_cr_alnum'_].*\n\)\(.*\)/\2\1\2/ t loop s/-\n.*// ' >$as_me.lineno && chmod +x "$as_me.lineno" || { $as_echo "$as_me: error: cannot create $as_me.lineno; rerun with a POSIX shell" >&2; as_fn_exit 1; } # Don't try to exec as it changes $[0], causing all sort of problems # (the dirname of $[0] is not the place where we might find the # original and so on. Autoconf is especially sensitive to this). . "./$as_me.lineno" # Exit status is that of the last command. exit } ECHO_C= ECHO_N= ECHO_T= case `echo -n x` in #((((( -n*) case `echo 'xy\c'` in *c*) ECHO_T=' ';; # ECHO_T is single tab character. xy) ECHO_C='\c';; *) echo `echo ksh88 bug on AIX 6.1` > /dev/null ECHO_T=' ';; esac;; *) ECHO_N='-n';; esac rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file if test -d conf$$.dir; then rm -f conf$$.dir/conf$$.file else rm -f conf$$.dir mkdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null fi if (echo >conf$$.file) 2>/dev/null; then if ln -s conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then as_ln_s='ln -s' # ... but there are two gotchas: # 1) On MSYS, both `ln -s file dir' and `ln file dir' fail. # 2) DJGPP < 2.04 has no symlinks; `ln -s' creates a wrapper executable. # In both cases, we have to default to `cp -p'. ln -s conf$$.file conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null && test ! -f conf$$.exe || as_ln_s='cp -p' elif ln conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then as_ln_s=ln else as_ln_s='cp -p' fi else as_ln_s='cp -p' fi rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.dir/conf$$.file conf$$.file rmdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null if mkdir -p . 2>/dev/null; then as_mkdir_p='mkdir -p "$as_dir"' else test -d ./-p && rmdir ./-p as_mkdir_p=false fi if test -x / >/dev/null 2>&1; then as_test_x='test -x' else if ls -dL / >/dev/null 2>&1; then as_ls_L_option=L else as_ls_L_option= fi as_test_x=' eval sh -c '\'' if test -d "$1"; then test -d "$1/."; else case $1 in #( -*)set "./$1";; esac; case `ls -ld'$as_ls_L_option' "$1" 2>/dev/null` in #(( ???[sx]*):;;*)false;;esac;fi '\'' sh ' fi as_executable_p=$as_test_x # Sed expression to map a string onto a valid CPP name. as_tr_cpp="eval sed 'y%*$as_cr_letters%P$as_cr_LETTERS%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'" # Sed expression to map a string onto a valid variable name. as_tr_sh="eval sed 'y%*+%pp%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'" test -n "$DJDIR" || exec 7<&0 &1 # Name of the host. # hostname on some systems (SVR3.2, Linux) returns a bogus exit status, # so uname gets run too. ac_hostname=`(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q` # # Initializations. # ac_default_prefix=/usr/local ac_clean_files= ac_config_libobj_dir=. LIBOBJS= cross_compiling=no subdirs= MFLAGS= MAKEFLAGS= # Identity of this package. PACKAGE_NAME='fdisk' PACKAGE_TARNAME='fdisk' PACKAGE_VERSION='1.2.5' PACKAGE_STRING='fdisk 1.2.5' PACKAGE_BUGREPORT='bug-fdisk@gnu.org' PACKAGE_URL='' gt_needs= # Factoring default headers for most tests. ac_includes_default="\ #include #ifdef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H # include #endif #ifdef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H # include #endif #ifdef STDC_HEADERS # include # include #else # ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H # include # endif #endif #ifdef HAVE_STRING_H # if !defined STDC_HEADERS && defined HAVE_MEMORY_H # include # endif # include #endif #ifdef HAVE_STRINGS_H # include #endif #ifdef HAVE_INTTYPES_H # include #endif #ifdef HAVE_STDINT_H # include #endif #ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H # include #endif" gl_header_list= ac_subst_vars='gltests_LTLIBOBJS gltests_LIBOBJS gl_LTLIBOBJS gl_LIBOBJS am__EXEEXT_FALSE am__EXEEXT_TRUE LTLIBOBJS LIBOBJS LIBGNU_LTLIBDEPS LIBGNU_LIBDEPS HAVE_UNISTD_H NEXT_UNISTD_H INCLUDE_NEXT REPLACE_LSEEK REPLACE_LCHOWN REPLACE_GETPAGESIZE REPLACE_GETCWD REPLACE_FCHDIR REPLACE_CHOWN HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H HAVE_OS_H HAVE_DECL_GETLOGIN_R HAVE_DECL_ENVIRON HAVE_SLEEP HAVE_READLINK HAVE_GETPAGESIZE HAVE_FTRUNCATE HAVE_DUP2 GNULIB_SLEEP GNULIB_READLINK GNULIB_LSEEK GNULIB_LCHOWN GNULIB_GETPAGESIZE GNULIB_GETLOGIN_R GNULIB_GETCWD GNULIB_FTRUNCATE GNULIB_FCHDIR GNULIB_ENVIRON GNULIB_DUP2 GNULIB_CHOWN GETOPT_H GL_COND_LIBTOOL_FALSE GL_COND_LIBTOOL_TRUE SYMLINKFROM SYMLINK MAKE_CFDISK_FALSE MAKE_CFDISK_TRUE MAKE_TESTS_FALSE MAKE_TESTS_TRUE CHECK_CFLAGS CHECK_LIBS CURSES_LIBS PARTED_LIBS EGREP GREP CPP LN_S RANLIB MAINT MAINTAINER_MODE_FALSE MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE POSUB LTLIBINTL LIBINTL INTLLIBS LTLIBICONV LIBICONV INTL_MACOSX_LIBS host_os host_vendor host_cpu host build_os build_vendor build_cpu build am__fastdepCC_FALSE am__fastdepCC_TRUE CCDEPMODE AMDEPBACKSLASH AMDEP_FALSE AMDEP_TRUE am__quote am__include DEPDIR OBJEXT EXEEXT ac_ct_CC CPPFLAGS LDFLAGS CFLAGS CC XGETTEXT_EXTRA_OPTIONS MSGMERGE XGETTEXT_015 XGETTEXT GMSGFMT_015 MSGFMT_015 GMSGFMT MSGFMT GETTEXT_MACRO_VERSION USE_NLS am__untar am__tar AMTAR am__leading_dot SET_MAKE AWK mkdir_p MKDIR_P INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM STRIP install_sh MAKEINFO AUTOHEADER AUTOMAKE AUTOCONF ACLOCAL VERSION PACKAGE CYGPATH_W am__isrc INSTALL_DATA INSTALL_SCRIPT INSTALL_PROGRAM target_alias host_alias build_alias LIBS ECHO_T ECHO_N ECHO_C DEFS mandir localedir libdir psdir pdfdir dvidir htmldir infodir docdir oldincludedir includedir localstatedir sharedstatedir sysconfdir datadir datarootdir libexecdir sbindir bindir program_transform_name prefix exec_prefix PACKAGE_URL PACKAGE_BUGREPORT PACKAGE_STRING PACKAGE_VERSION PACKAGE_TARNAME PACKAGE_NAME PATH_SEPARATOR SHELL' ac_subst_files='' ac_user_opts=' enable_option_checking enable_nls enable_dependency_tracking with_gnu_ld enable_rpath with_libiconv_prefix with_libintl_prefix enable_maintainer_mode enable_largefile with_check with_gnu_ext enable_cfdisk ' ac_precious_vars='build_alias host_alias target_alias CC CFLAGS LDFLAGS LIBS CPPFLAGS CPP' # Initialize some variables set by options. ac_init_help= ac_init_version=false ac_unrecognized_opts= ac_unrecognized_sep= # The variables have the same names as the options, with # dashes changed to underlines. cache_file=/dev/null exec_prefix=NONE no_create= no_recursion= prefix=NONE program_prefix=NONE program_suffix=NONE program_transform_name=s,x,x, silent= site= srcdir= verbose= x_includes=NONE x_libraries=NONE # Installation directory options. # These are left unexpanded so users can "make install exec_prefix=/foo" # and all the variables that are supposed to be based on exec_prefix # by default will actually change. # Use braces instead of parens because sh, perl, etc. also accept them. # (The list follows the same order as the GNU Coding Standards.) bindir='${exec_prefix}/bin' sbindir='${exec_prefix}/sbin' libexecdir='${exec_prefix}/libexec' datarootdir='${prefix}/share' datadir='${datarootdir}' sysconfdir='${prefix}/etc' sharedstatedir='${prefix}/com' localstatedir='${prefix}/var' includedir='${prefix}/include' oldincludedir='/usr/include' docdir='${datarootdir}/doc/${PACKAGE_TARNAME}' infodir='${datarootdir}/info' htmldir='${docdir}' dvidir='${docdir}' pdfdir='${docdir}' psdir='${docdir}' libdir='${exec_prefix}/lib' localedir='${datarootdir}/locale' mandir='${datarootdir}/man' ac_prev= ac_dashdash= for ac_option do # If the previous option needs an argument, assign it. if test -n "$ac_prev"; then eval $ac_prev=\$ac_option ac_prev= continue fi case $ac_option in *=*) ac_optarg=`expr "X$ac_option" : '[^=]*=\(.*\)'` ;; *) ac_optarg=yes ;; esac # Accept the important Cygnus configure options, so we can diagnose typos. case $ac_dashdash$ac_option in --) ac_dashdash=yes ;; -bindir | --bindir | --bindi | --bind | --bin | --bi) ac_prev=bindir ;; -bindir=* | --bindir=* | --bindi=* | --bind=* | --bin=* | --bi=*) bindir=$ac_optarg ;; -build | --build | --buil | --bui | --bu) ac_prev=build_alias ;; -build=* | --build=* | --buil=* | --bui=* | --bu=*) build_alias=$ac_optarg ;; -cache-file | --cache-file | --cache-fil | --cache-fi \ | --cache-f | --cache- | --cache | --cach | --cac | --ca | --c) ac_prev=cache_file ;; -cache-file=* | --cache-file=* | --cache-fil=* | --cache-fi=* \ | --cache-f=* | --cache-=* | --cache=* | --cach=* | --cac=* | --ca=* | --c=*) cache_file=$ac_optarg ;; --config-cache | -C) cache_file=config.cache ;; -datadir | --datadir | --datadi | --datad) ac_prev=datadir ;; -datadir=* | --datadir=* | --datadi=* | --datad=*) datadir=$ac_optarg ;; -datarootdir | --datarootdir | --datarootdi | --datarootd | --dataroot \ | --dataroo | --dataro | --datar) ac_prev=datarootdir ;; -datarootdir=* | --datarootdir=* | --datarootdi=* | --datarootd=* \ | --dataroot=* | --dataroo=* | --dataro=* | --datar=*) datarootdir=$ac_optarg ;; -disable-* | --disable-*) ac_useropt=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*disable-\(.*\)'` # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. expr "x$ac_useropt" : ".*[^-+._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null && as_fn_error "invalid feature name: $ac_useropt" ac_useropt_orig=$ac_useropt ac_useropt=`$as_echo "$ac_useropt" | sed 's/[-+.]/_/g'` case $ac_user_opts in *" "enable_$ac_useropt" "*) ;; *) ac_unrecognized_opts="$ac_unrecognized_opts$ac_unrecognized_sep--disable-$ac_useropt_orig" ac_unrecognized_sep=', ';; esac eval enable_$ac_useropt=no ;; -docdir | --docdir | --docdi | --doc | --do) ac_prev=docdir ;; -docdir=* | --docdir=* | --docdi=* | --doc=* | --do=*) docdir=$ac_optarg ;; -dvidir | --dvidir | --dvidi | --dvid | --dvi | --dv) ac_prev=dvidir ;; -dvidir=* | --dvidir=* | --dvidi=* | --dvid=* | --dvi=* | --dv=*) dvidir=$ac_optarg ;; -enable-* | --enable-*) ac_useropt=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*enable-\([^=]*\)'` # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. expr "x$ac_useropt" : ".*[^-+._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null && as_fn_error "invalid feature name: $ac_useropt" ac_useropt_orig=$ac_useropt ac_useropt=`$as_echo "$ac_useropt" | sed 's/[-+.]/_/g'` case $ac_user_opts in *" "enable_$ac_useropt" "*) ;; *) ac_unrecognized_opts="$ac_unrecognized_opts$ac_unrecognized_sep--enable-$ac_useropt_orig" ac_unrecognized_sep=', ';; esac eval enable_$ac_useropt=\$ac_optarg ;; -exec-prefix | --exec_prefix | --exec-prefix | --exec-prefi \ | --exec-pref | --exec-pre | --exec-pr | --exec-p | --exec- \ | --exec | --exe | --ex) ac_prev=exec_prefix ;; -exec-prefix=* | --exec_prefix=* | --exec-prefix=* | --exec-prefi=* \ | --exec-pref=* | --exec-pre=* | --exec-pr=* | --exec-p=* | --exec-=* \ | --exec=* | --exe=* | --ex=*) exec_prefix=$ac_optarg ;; -gas | --gas | --ga | --g) # Obsolete; use --with-gas. with_gas=yes ;; -help | --help | --hel | --he | -h) ac_init_help=long ;; -help=r* | --help=r* | --hel=r* | --he=r* | -hr*) ac_init_help=recursive ;; -help=s* | --help=s* | --hel=s* | --he=s* | -hs*) ac_init_help=short ;; -host | --host | --hos | --ho) ac_prev=host_alias ;; -host=* | --host=* | --hos=* | --ho=*) host_alias=$ac_optarg ;; -htmldir | --htmldir | --htmldi | --htmld | --html | --htm | --ht) ac_prev=htmldir ;; -htmldir=* | --htmldir=* | --htmldi=* | --htmld=* | --html=* | --htm=* \ | --ht=*) htmldir=$ac_optarg ;; -includedir | --includedir | --includedi | --included | --include \ | --includ | --inclu | --incl | --inc) ac_prev=includedir ;; -includedir=* | --includedir=* | --includedi=* | --included=* | --include=* \ | --includ=* | --inclu=* | --incl=* | --inc=*) includedir=$ac_optarg ;; -infodir | --infodir | --infodi | --infod | --info | --inf) ac_prev=infodir ;; -infodir=* | --infodir=* | --infodi=* | --infod=* | --info=* | --inf=*) infodir=$ac_optarg ;; -libdir | --libdir | --libdi | --libd) ac_prev=libdir ;; -libdir=* | --libdir=* | --libdi=* | --libd=*) libdir=$ac_optarg ;; -libexecdir | --libexecdir | --libexecdi | --libexecd | --libexec \ | --libexe | --libex | --libe) ac_prev=libexecdir ;; -libexecdir=* | --libexecdir=* | --libexecdi=* | --libexecd=* | --libexec=* \ | --libexe=* | --libex=* | --libe=*) libexecdir=$ac_optarg ;; -localedir | --localedir | --localedi | --localed | --locale) ac_prev=localedir ;; -localedir=* | --localedir=* | --localedi=* | --localed=* | --locale=*) localedir=$ac_optarg ;; -localstatedir | --localstatedir | --localstatedi | --localstated \ | --localstate | --localstat | --localsta | --localst | --locals) ac_prev=localstatedir ;; -localstatedir=* | --localstatedir=* | --localstatedi=* | --localstated=* \ | --localstate=* | --localstat=* | --localsta=* | --localst=* | --locals=*) localstatedir=$ac_optarg ;; -mandir | --mandir | --mandi | --mand | --man | --ma | --m) ac_prev=mandir ;; -mandir=* | --mandir=* | --mandi=* | --mand=* | --man=* | --ma=* | --m=*) mandir=$ac_optarg ;; -nfp | --nfp | --nf) # Obsolete; use --without-fp. with_fp=no ;; -no-create | --no-create | --no-creat | --no-crea | --no-cre \ | --no-cr | --no-c | -n) no_create=yes ;; -no-recursion | --no-recursion | --no-recursio | --no-recursi \ | --no-recurs | --no-recur | --no-recu | --no-rec | --no-re | --no-r) no_recursion=yes ;; -oldincludedir | --oldincludedir | --oldincludedi | --oldincluded \ | --oldinclude | --oldinclud | --oldinclu | --oldincl | --oldinc \ | --oldin | --oldi | --old | --ol | --o) ac_prev=oldincludedir ;; -oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedi=* | --oldincluded=* \ | --oldinclude=* | --oldinclud=* | --oldinclu=* | --oldincl=* | --oldinc=* \ | --oldin=* | --oldi=* | --old=* | --ol=* | --o=*) oldincludedir=$ac_optarg ;; -prefix | --prefix | --prefi | --pref | --pre | --pr | --p) ac_prev=prefix ;; -prefix=* | --prefix=* | --prefi=* | --pref=* | --pre=* | --pr=* | --p=*) prefix=$ac_optarg ;; -program-prefix | --program-prefix | --program-prefi | --program-pref \ | --program-pre | --program-pr | --program-p) ac_prev=program_prefix ;; -program-prefix=* | --program-prefix=* | --program-prefi=* \ | --program-pref=* | --program-pre=* | --program-pr=* | --program-p=*) program_prefix=$ac_optarg ;; -program-suffix | --program-suffix | --program-suffi | --program-suff \ | --program-suf | --program-su | --program-s) ac_prev=program_suffix ;; -program-suffix=* | --program-suffix=* | --program-suffi=* \ | --program-suff=* | --program-suf=* | --program-su=* | --program-s=*) program_suffix=$ac_optarg ;; -program-transform-name | --program-transform-name \ | --program-transform-nam | --program-transform-na \ | --program-transform-n | --program-transform- \ | --program-transform | --program-transfor \ | --program-transfo | --program-transf \ | --program-trans | --program-tran \ | --progr-tra | --program-tr | --program-t) ac_prev=program_transform_name ;; -program-transform-name=* | --program-transform-name=* \ | --program-transform-nam=* | --program-transform-na=* \ | --program-transform-n=* | --program-transform-=* \ | --program-transform=* | --program-transfor=* \ | --program-transfo=* | --program-transf=* \ | --program-trans=* | --program-tran=* \ | --progr-tra=* | --program-tr=* | --program-t=*) program_transform_name=$ac_optarg ;; -pdfdir | --pdfdir | --pdfdi | --pdfd | --pdf | --pd) ac_prev=pdfdir ;; -pdfdir=* | --pdfdir=* | --pdfdi=* | --pdfd=* | --pdf=* | --pd=*) pdfdir=$ac_optarg ;; -psdir | --psdir | --psdi | --psd | --ps) ac_prev=psdir ;; -psdir=* | --psdir=* | --psdi=* | --psd=* | --ps=*) psdir=$ac_optarg ;; -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \ | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil) silent=yes ;; -sbindir | --sbindir | --sbindi | --sbind | --sbin | --sbi | --sb) ac_prev=sbindir ;; -sbindir=* | --sbindir=* | --sbindi=* | --sbind=* | --sbin=* \ | --sbi=* | --sb=*) sbindir=$ac_optarg ;; -sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedi \ | --sharedstated | --sharedstate | --sharedstat | --sharedsta \ | --sharedst | --shareds | --shared | --share | --shar \ | --sha | --sh) ac_prev=sharedstatedir ;; -sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedi=* \ | --sharedstated=* | --sharedstate=* | --sharedstat=* | --sharedsta=* \ | --sharedst=* | --shareds=* | --shared=* | --share=* | --shar=* \ | --sha=* | --sh=*) sharedstatedir=$ac_optarg ;; -site | --site | --sit) ac_prev=site ;; -site=* | --site=* | --sit=*) site=$ac_optarg ;; -srcdir | --srcdir | --srcdi | --srcd | --src | --sr) ac_prev=srcdir ;; -srcdir=* | --srcdir=* | --srcdi=* | --srcd=* | --src=* | --sr=*) srcdir=$ac_optarg ;; -sysconfdir | --sysconfdir | --sysconfdi | --sysconfd | --sysconf \ | --syscon | --sysco | --sysc | --sys | --sy) ac_prev=sysconfdir ;; -sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdi=* | --sysconfd=* | --sysconf=* \ | --syscon=* | --sysco=* | --sysc=* | --sys=* | --sy=*) sysconfdir=$ac_optarg ;; -target | --target | --targe | --targ | --tar | --ta | --t) ac_prev=target_alias ;; -target=* | --target=* | --targe=* | --targ=* | --tar=* | --ta=* | --t=*) target_alias=$ac_optarg ;; -v | -verbose | --verbose | --verbos | --verbo | --verb) verbose=yes ;; -version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers | -V) ac_init_version=: ;; -with-* | --with-*) ac_useropt=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*with-\([^=]*\)'` # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. expr "x$ac_useropt" : ".*[^-+._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null && as_fn_error "invalid package name: $ac_useropt" ac_useropt_orig=$ac_useropt ac_useropt=`$as_echo "$ac_useropt" | sed 's/[-+.]/_/g'` case $ac_user_opts in *" "with_$ac_useropt" "*) ;; *) ac_unrecognized_opts="$ac_unrecognized_opts$ac_unrecognized_sep--with-$ac_useropt_orig" ac_unrecognized_sep=', ';; esac eval with_$ac_useropt=\$ac_optarg ;; -without-* | --without-*) ac_useropt=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*without-\(.*\)'` # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. expr "x$ac_useropt" : ".*[^-+._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null && as_fn_error "invalid package name: $ac_useropt" ac_useropt_orig=$ac_useropt ac_useropt=`$as_echo "$ac_useropt" | sed 's/[-+.]/_/g'` case $ac_user_opts in *" "with_$ac_useropt" "*) ;; *) ac_unrecognized_opts="$ac_unrecognized_opts$ac_unrecognized_sep--without-$ac_useropt_orig" ac_unrecognized_sep=', ';; esac eval with_$ac_useropt=no ;; --x) # Obsolete; use --with-x. with_x=yes ;; -x-includes | --x-includes | --x-include | --x-includ | --x-inclu \ | --x-incl | --x-inc | --x-in | --x-i) ac_prev=x_includes ;; -x-includes=* | --x-includes=* | --x-include=* | --x-includ=* | --x-inclu=* \ | --x-incl=* | --x-inc=* | --x-in=* | --x-i=*) x_includes=$ac_optarg ;; -x-libraries | --x-libraries | --x-librarie | --x-librari \ | --x-librar | --x-libra | --x-libr | --x-lib | --x-li | --x-l) ac_prev=x_libraries ;; -x-libraries=* | --x-libraries=* | --x-librarie=* | --x-librari=* \ | --x-librar=* | --x-libra=* | --x-libr=* | --x-lib=* | --x-li=* | --x-l=*) x_libraries=$ac_optarg ;; -*) as_fn_error "unrecognized option: \`$ac_option' Try \`$0 --help' for more information." ;; *=*) ac_envvar=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x\([^=]*\)='` # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. case $ac_envvar in #( '' | [0-9]* | *[!_$as_cr_alnum]* ) as_fn_error "invalid variable name: \`$ac_envvar'" ;; esac eval $ac_envvar=\$ac_optarg export $ac_envvar ;; *) # FIXME: should be removed in autoconf 3.0. $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: you should use --build, --host, --target" >&2 expr "x$ac_option" : ".*[^-._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null && $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: invalid host type: $ac_option" >&2 : ${build_alias=$ac_option} ${host_alias=$ac_option} ${target_alias=$ac_option} ;; esac done if test -n "$ac_prev"; then ac_option=--`echo $ac_prev | sed 's/_/-/g'` as_fn_error "missing argument to $ac_option" fi if test -n "$ac_unrecognized_opts"; then case $enable_option_checking in no) ;; fatal) as_fn_error "unrecognized options: $ac_unrecognized_opts" ;; *) $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: unrecognized options: $ac_unrecognized_opts" >&2 ;; esac fi # Check all directory arguments for consistency. for ac_var in exec_prefix prefix bindir sbindir libexecdir datarootdir \ datadir sysconfdir sharedstatedir localstatedir includedir \ oldincludedir docdir infodir htmldir dvidir pdfdir psdir \ libdir localedir mandir do eval ac_val=\$$ac_var # Remove trailing slashes. case $ac_val in */ ) ac_val=`expr "X$ac_val" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)' \| "X$ac_val" : 'X\(.*\)'` eval $ac_var=\$ac_val;; esac # Be sure to have absolute directory names. case $ac_val in [\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]* ) continue;; NONE | '' ) case $ac_var in *prefix ) continue;; esac;; esac as_fn_error "expected an absolute directory name for --$ac_var: $ac_val" done # There might be people who depend on the old broken behavior: `$host' # used to hold the argument of --host etc. # FIXME: To remove some day. build=$build_alias host=$host_alias target=$target_alias # FIXME: To remove some day. if test "x$host_alias" != x; then if test "x$build_alias" = x; then cross_compiling=maybe $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: If you wanted to set the --build type, don't use --host. If a cross compiler is detected then cross compile mode will be used." >&2 elif test "x$build_alias" != "x$host_alias"; then cross_compiling=yes fi fi ac_tool_prefix= test -n "$host_alias" && ac_tool_prefix=$host_alias- test "$silent" = yes && exec 6>/dev/null ac_pwd=`pwd` && test -n "$ac_pwd" && ac_ls_di=`ls -di .` && ac_pwd_ls_di=`cd "$ac_pwd" && ls -di .` || as_fn_error "working directory cannot be determined" test "X$ac_ls_di" = "X$ac_pwd_ls_di" || as_fn_error "pwd does not report name of working directory" # Find the source files, if location was not specified. if test -z "$srcdir"; then ac_srcdir_defaulted=yes # Try the directory containing this script, then the parent directory. ac_confdir=`$as_dirname -- "$as_myself" || $as_expr X"$as_myself" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ X"$as_myself" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ X"$as_myself" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ X"$as_myself" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || $as_echo X"$as_myself" | sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/ q } s/.*/./; q'` srcdir=$ac_confdir if test ! -r "$srcdir/$ac_unique_file"; then srcdir=.. fi else ac_srcdir_defaulted=no fi if test ! -r "$srcdir/$ac_unique_file"; then test "$ac_srcdir_defaulted" = yes && srcdir="$ac_confdir or .." as_fn_error "cannot find sources ($ac_unique_file) in $srcdir" fi ac_msg="sources are in $srcdir, but \`cd $srcdir' does not work" ac_abs_confdir=`( cd "$srcdir" && test -r "./$ac_unique_file" || as_fn_error "$ac_msg" pwd)` # When building in place, set srcdir=. if test "$ac_abs_confdir" = "$ac_pwd"; then srcdir=. fi # Remove unnecessary trailing slashes from srcdir. # Double slashes in file names in object file debugging info # mess up M-x gdb in Emacs. case $srcdir in */) srcdir=`expr "X$srcdir" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)' \| "X$srcdir" : 'X\(.*\)'`;; esac for ac_var in $ac_precious_vars; do eval ac_env_${ac_var}_set=\${${ac_var}+set} eval ac_env_${ac_var}_value=\$${ac_var} eval ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_set=\${${ac_var}+set} eval ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_value=\$${ac_var} done # # Report the --help message. # if test "$ac_init_help" = "long"; then # Omit some internal or obsolete options to make the list less imposing. # This message is too long to be a string in the A/UX 3.1 sh. cat <<_ACEOF \`configure' configures fdisk 1.2.5 to adapt to many kinds of systems. Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [VAR=VALUE]... To assign environment variables (e.g., CC, CFLAGS...), specify them as VAR=VALUE. See below for descriptions of some of the useful variables. Defaults for the options are specified in brackets. Configuration: -h, --help display this help and exit --help=short display options specific to this package --help=recursive display the short help of all the included packages -V, --version display version information and exit -q, --quiet, --silent do not print \`checking...' messages --cache-file=FILE cache test results in FILE [disabled] -C, --config-cache alias for \`--cache-file=config.cache' -n, --no-create do not create output files --srcdir=DIR find the sources in DIR [configure dir or \`..'] Installation directories: --prefix=PREFIX install architecture-independent files in PREFIX [$ac_default_prefix] --exec-prefix=EPREFIX install architecture-dependent files in EPREFIX [PREFIX] By default, \`make install' will install all the files in \`$ac_default_prefix/bin', \`$ac_default_prefix/lib' etc. You can specify an installation prefix other than \`$ac_default_prefix' using \`--prefix', for instance \`--prefix=\$HOME'. For better control, use the options below. Fine tuning of the installation directories: --bindir=DIR user executables [EPREFIX/bin] --sbindir=DIR system admin executables [EPREFIX/sbin] --libexecdir=DIR program executables [EPREFIX/libexec] --sysconfdir=DIR read-only single-machine data [PREFIX/etc] --sharedstatedir=DIR modifiable architecture-independent data [PREFIX/com] --localstatedir=DIR modifiable single-machine data [PREFIX/var] --libdir=DIR object code libraries [EPREFIX/lib] --includedir=DIR C header files [PREFIX/include] --oldincludedir=DIR C header files for non-gcc [/usr/include] --datarootdir=DIR read-only arch.-independent data root [PREFIX/share] --datadir=DIR read-only architecture-independent data [DATAROOTDIR] --infodir=DIR info documentation [DATAROOTDIR/info] --localedir=DIR locale-dependent data [DATAROOTDIR/locale] --mandir=DIR man documentation [DATAROOTDIR/man] --docdir=DIR documentation root [DATAROOTDIR/doc/fdisk] --htmldir=DIR html documentation [DOCDIR] --dvidir=DIR dvi documentation [DOCDIR] --pdfdir=DIR pdf documentation [DOCDIR] --psdir=DIR ps documentation [DOCDIR] _ACEOF cat <<\_ACEOF Program names: --program-prefix=PREFIX prepend PREFIX to installed program names --program-suffix=SUFFIX append SUFFIX to installed program names --program-transform-name=PROGRAM run sed PROGRAM on installed program names System types: --build=BUILD configure for building on BUILD [guessed] --host=HOST cross-compile to build programs to run on HOST [BUILD] _ACEOF fi if test -n "$ac_init_help"; then case $ac_init_help in short | recursive ) echo "Configuration of fdisk 1.2.5:";; esac cat <<\_ACEOF Optional Features: --disable-option-checking ignore unrecognized --enable/--with options --disable-FEATURE do not include FEATURE (same as --enable-FEATURE=no) --enable-FEATURE[=ARG] include FEATURE [ARG=yes] --disable-nls do not use Native Language Support --disable-dependency-tracking speeds up one-time build --enable-dependency-tracking do not reject slow dependency extractors --disable-rpath do not hardcode runtime library paths --enable-maintainer-mode enable make rules and dependencies not useful (and sometimes confusing) to the casual installer --disable-largefile omit support for large files --disable-cfdisk Do not compile cfdisk Optional Packages: --with-PACKAGE[=ARG] use PACKAGE [ARG=yes] --without-PACKAGE do not use PACKAGE (same as --with-PACKAGE=no) --with-gnu-ld assume the C compiler uses GNU ld default=no --with-libiconv-prefix[=DIR] search for libiconv in DIR/include and DIR/lib --without-libiconv-prefix don't search for libiconv in includedir and libdir --with-libintl-prefix[=DIR] search for libintl in DIR/include and DIR/lib --without-libintl-prefix don't search for libintl in includedir and libdir --with-check=PATH prefix where check is installed [default=auto] --with-gnu-ext Enable GNU extensions Some influential environment variables: CC C compiler command CFLAGS C compiler flags LDFLAGS linker flags, e.g. -L if you have libraries in a nonstandard directory LIBS libraries to pass to the linker, e.g. -l CPPFLAGS (Objective) C/C++ preprocessor flags, e.g. -I if you have headers in a nonstandard directory CPP C preprocessor Use these variables to override the choices made by `configure' or to help it to find libraries and programs with nonstandard names/locations. Report bugs to . _ACEOF ac_status=$? fi if test "$ac_init_help" = "recursive"; then # If there are subdirs, report their specific --help. for ac_dir in : $ac_subdirs_all; do test "x$ac_dir" = x: && continue test -d "$ac_dir" || { cd "$srcdir" && ac_pwd=`pwd` && srcdir=. && test -d "$ac_dir"; } || continue ac_builddir=. case "$ac_dir" in .) ac_dir_suffix= ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;; *) ac_dir_suffix=/`$as_echo "$ac_dir" | sed 's|^\.[\\/]||'` # A ".." for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix. ac_top_builddir_sub=`$as_echo "$ac_dir_suffix" | sed 's|/[^\\/]*|/..|g;s|/||'` case $ac_top_builddir_sub in "") ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;; *) ac_top_build_prefix=$ac_top_builddir_sub/ ;; esac ;; esac ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_pwd ac_abs_builddir=$ac_pwd$ac_dir_suffix # for backward compatibility: ac_top_builddir=$ac_top_build_prefix case $srcdir in .) # We are building in place. ac_srcdir=. ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir_sub ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd ;; [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) # Absolute name. ac_srcdir=$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix; ac_top_srcdir=$srcdir ac_abs_top_srcdir=$srcdir ;; *) # Relative name. ac_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd/$srcdir ;; esac ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_top_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix cd "$ac_dir" || { ac_status=$?; continue; } # Check for guested configure. if test -f "$ac_srcdir/configure.gnu"; then echo && $SHELL "$ac_srcdir/configure.gnu" --help=recursive elif test -f "$ac_srcdir/configure"; then echo && $SHELL "$ac_srcdir/configure" --help=recursive else $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: no configuration information is in $ac_dir" >&2 fi || ac_status=$? cd "$ac_pwd" || { ac_status=$?; break; } done fi test -n "$ac_init_help" && exit $ac_status if $ac_init_version; then cat <<\_ACEOF fdisk configure 1.2.5 generated by GNU Autoconf 2.65 Copyright (C) 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it. _ACEOF exit fi ## ------------------------ ## ## Autoconf initialization. ## ## ------------------------ ## # ac_fn_c_try_compile LINENO # -------------------------- # Try to compile conftest.$ac_ext, and return whether this succeeded. ac_fn_c_try_compile () { as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack rm -f conftest.$ac_objext if { { ac_try="$ac_compile" case "(($ac_try" in *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; esac eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" $as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.err ac_status=$? if test -s conftest.err; then grep -v '^ *+' conftest.err >conftest.er1 cat conftest.er1 >&5 mv -f conftest.er1 conftest.err fi $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; } && { test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || test ! -s conftest.err } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then : ac_retval=0 else $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 ac_retval=1 fi eval $as_lineno_stack; test "x$as_lineno_stack" = x && { as_lineno=; unset as_lineno;} as_fn_set_status $ac_retval } # ac_fn_c_try_compile # ac_fn_c_try_link LINENO # ----------------------- # Try to link conftest.$ac_ext, and return whether this succeeded. ac_fn_c_try_link () { as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext if { { ac_try="$ac_link" case "(($ac_try" in *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; esac eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" $as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.err ac_status=$? if test -s conftest.err; then grep -v '^ *+' conftest.err >conftest.er1 cat conftest.er1 >&5 mv -f conftest.er1 conftest.err fi $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; } && { test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || test ! -s conftest.err } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && { test "$cross_compiling" = yes || $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext }; then : ac_retval=0 else $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 ac_retval=1 fi # Delete the IPA/IPO (Inter Procedural Analysis/Optimization) information # created by the PGI compiler (conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo), as it would # interfere with the next link command; also delete a directory that is # left behind by Apple's compiler. We do this before executing the actions. rm -rf conftest.dSYM conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo eval $as_lineno_stack; test "x$as_lineno_stack" = x && { as_lineno=; unset as_lineno;} as_fn_set_status $ac_retval } # ac_fn_c_try_link # ac_fn_c_try_run LINENO # ---------------------- # Try to link conftest.$ac_ext, and return whether this succeeded. Assumes # that executables *can* be run. ac_fn_c_try_run () { as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack if { { ac_try="$ac_link" case "(($ac_try" in *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; esac eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" $as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5 ac_status=$? $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; } && { ac_try='./conftest$ac_exeext' { { case "(($ac_try" in *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; esac eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" $as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5 ac_status=$? $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; }; }; then : ac_retval=0 else $as_echo "$as_me: program exited with status $ac_status" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 ac_retval=$ac_status fi rm -rf conftest.dSYM conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo eval $as_lineno_stack; test "x$as_lineno_stack" = x && { as_lineno=; unset as_lineno;} as_fn_set_status $ac_retval } # ac_fn_c_try_run # ac_fn_c_try_cpp LINENO # ---------------------- # Try to preprocess conftest.$ac_ext, and return whether this succeeded. ac_fn_c_try_cpp () { as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack if { { ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext" case "(($ac_try" in *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; esac eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" $as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>conftest.err ac_status=$? if test -s conftest.err; then grep -v '^ *+' conftest.err >conftest.er1 cat conftest.er1 >&5 mv -f conftest.er1 conftest.err fi $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; } >/dev/null && { test -z "$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag$ac_c_werror_flag" || test ! -s conftest.err }; then : ac_retval=0 else $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 ac_retval=1 fi eval $as_lineno_stack; test "x$as_lineno_stack" = x && { as_lineno=; unset as_lineno;} as_fn_set_status $ac_retval } # ac_fn_c_try_cpp # ac_fn_c_check_header_mongrel LINENO HEADER VAR INCLUDES # ------------------------------------------------------- # Tests whether HEADER exists, giving a warning if it cannot be compiled using # the include files in INCLUDES and setting the cache variable VAR # accordingly. ac_fn_c_check_header_mongrel () { as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack if { as_var=$3; eval "test \"\${$as_var+set}\" = set"; }; then : { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $2" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $2... " >&6; } if { as_var=$3; eval "test \"\${$as_var+set}\" = set"; }; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 fi eval ac_res=\$$3 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_res" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; } else # Is the header compilable? { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking $2 usability" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking $2 usability... " >&6; } cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ $4 #include <$2> _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : ac_header_compiler=yes else ac_header_compiler=no fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_header_compiler" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_header_compiler" >&6; } # Is the header present? { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking $2 presence" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking $2 presence... " >&6; } cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #include <$2> _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_cpp "$LINENO"; then : ac_header_preproc=yes else ac_header_preproc=no fi rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_header_preproc" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_header_preproc" >&6; } # So? What about this header? case $ac_header_compiler:$ac_header_preproc:$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in #(( yes:no: ) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $2: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $2: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&2;} { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $2: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $2: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&2;} ;; no:yes:* ) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $2: present but cannot be compiled" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $2: present but cannot be compiled" >&2;} { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $2: check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $2: check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&2;} { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $2: see the Autoconf documentation" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $2: see the Autoconf documentation" >&2;} { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $2: section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $2: section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&2;} { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $2: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $2: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&2;} ( cat <<\_ASBOX ## -------------------------------- ## ## Report this to bug-fdisk@gnu.org ## ## -------------------------------- ## _ASBOX ) | sed "s/^/$as_me: WARNING: /" >&2 ;; esac { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $2" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $2... " >&6; } if { as_var=$3; eval "test \"\${$as_var+set}\" = set"; }; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else eval "$3=\$ac_header_compiler" fi eval ac_res=\$$3 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_res" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; } fi eval $as_lineno_stack; test "x$as_lineno_stack" = x && { as_lineno=; unset as_lineno;} } # ac_fn_c_check_header_mongrel # ac_fn_c_check_header_compile LINENO HEADER VAR INCLUDES # ------------------------------------------------------- # Tests whether HEADER exists and can be compiled using the include files in # INCLUDES, setting the cache variable VAR accordingly. ac_fn_c_check_header_compile () { as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $2" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $2... " >&6; } if { as_var=$3; eval "test \"\${$as_var+set}\" = set"; }; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ $4 #include <$2> _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : eval "$3=yes" else eval "$3=no" fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext fi eval ac_res=\$$3 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_res" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; } eval $as_lineno_stack; test "x$as_lineno_stack" = x && { as_lineno=; unset as_lineno;} } # ac_fn_c_check_header_compile # ac_fn_c_check_type LINENO TYPE VAR INCLUDES # ------------------------------------------- # Tests whether TYPE exists after having included INCLUDES, setting cache # variable VAR accordingly. ac_fn_c_check_type () { as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $2" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $2... " >&6; } if { as_var=$3; eval "test \"\${$as_var+set}\" = set"; }; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else eval "$3=no" cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ $4 int main () { if (sizeof ($2)) return 0; ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ $4 int main () { if (sizeof (($2))) return 0; ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : else eval "$3=yes" fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext fi eval ac_res=\$$3 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_res" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; } eval $as_lineno_stack; test "x$as_lineno_stack" = x && { as_lineno=; unset as_lineno;} } # ac_fn_c_check_type # ac_fn_c_check_func LINENO FUNC VAR # ---------------------------------- # Tests whether FUNC exists, setting the cache variable VAR accordingly ac_fn_c_check_func () { as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $2" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $2... " >&6; } if { as_var=$3; eval "test \"\${$as_var+set}\" = set"; }; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ /* Define $2 to an innocuous variant, in case declares $2. For example, HP-UX 11i declares gettimeofday. */ #define $2 innocuous_$2 /* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes, which can conflict with char $2 (); below. Prefer to if __STDC__ is defined, since exists even on freestanding compilers. */ #ifdef __STDC__ # include #else # include #endif #undef $2 /* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" #endif char $2 (); /* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements to always fail with ENOSYS. Some functions are actually named something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias. */ #if defined __stub_$2 || defined __stub___$2 choke me #endif int main () { return $2 (); ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : eval "$3=yes" else eval "$3=no" fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext fi eval ac_res=\$$3 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_res" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; } eval $as_lineno_stack; test "x$as_lineno_stack" = x && { as_lineno=; unset as_lineno;} } # ac_fn_c_check_func # ac_fn_c_check_decl LINENO SYMBOL VAR # ------------------------------------ # Tests whether SYMBOL is declared, setting cache variable VAR accordingly. ac_fn_c_check_decl () { as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether $2 is declared" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether $2 is declared... " >&6; } if { as_var=$3; eval "test \"\${$as_var+set}\" = set"; }; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ $4 int main () { #ifndef $2 (void) $2; #endif ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : eval "$3=yes" else eval "$3=no" fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext fi eval ac_res=\$$3 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_res" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; } eval $as_lineno_stack; test "x$as_lineno_stack" = x && { as_lineno=; unset as_lineno;} } # ac_fn_c_check_decl cat >config.log <<_ACEOF This file contains any messages produced by compilers while running configure, to aid debugging if configure makes a mistake. It was created by fdisk $as_me 1.2.5, which was generated by GNU Autoconf 2.65. Invocation command line was $ $0 $@ _ACEOF exec 5>>config.log { cat <<_ASUNAME ## --------- ## ## Platform. ## ## --------- ## hostname = `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q` uname -m = `(uname -m) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` uname -r = `(uname -r) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` uname -s = `(uname -s) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` uname -v = `(uname -v) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` /usr/bin/uname -p = `(/usr/bin/uname -p) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` /bin/uname -X = `(/bin/uname -X) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` /bin/arch = `(/bin/arch) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` /usr/bin/arch -k = `(/usr/bin/arch -k) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` /usr/convex/getsysinfo = `(/usr/convex/getsysinfo) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` /usr/bin/hostinfo = `(/usr/bin/hostinfo) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` /bin/machine = `(/bin/machine) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` /usr/bin/oslevel = `(/usr/bin/oslevel) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` /bin/universe = `(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` _ASUNAME as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. $as_echo "PATH: $as_dir" done IFS=$as_save_IFS } >&5 cat >&5 <<_ACEOF ## ----------- ## ## Core tests. ## ## ----------- ## _ACEOF # Keep a trace of the command line. # Strip out --no-create and --no-recursion so they do not pile up. # Strip out --silent because we don't want to record it for future runs. # Also quote any args containing shell meta-characters. # Make two passes to allow for proper duplicate-argument suppression. ac_configure_args= ac_configure_args0= ac_configure_args1= ac_must_keep_next=false for ac_pass in 1 2 do for ac_arg do case $ac_arg in -no-create | --no-c* | -n | -no-recursion | --no-r*) continue ;; -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \ | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil) continue ;; *\'*) ac_arg=`$as_echo "$ac_arg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;; esac case $ac_pass in 1) as_fn_append ac_configure_args0 " '$ac_arg'" ;; 2) as_fn_append ac_configure_args1 " '$ac_arg'" if test $ac_must_keep_next = true; then ac_must_keep_next=false # Got value, back to normal. else case $ac_arg in *=* | --config-cache | -C | -disable-* | --disable-* \ | -enable-* | --enable-* | -gas | --g* | -nfp | --nf* \ | -q | -quiet | --q* | -silent | --sil* | -v | -verb* \ | -with-* | --with-* | -without-* | --without-* | --x) case "$ac_configure_args0 " in "$ac_configure_args1"*" '$ac_arg' "* ) continue ;; esac ;; -* ) ac_must_keep_next=true ;; esac fi as_fn_append ac_configure_args " '$ac_arg'" ;; esac done done { ac_configure_args0=; unset ac_configure_args0;} { ac_configure_args1=; unset ac_configure_args1;} # When interrupted or exit'd, cleanup temporary files, and complete # config.log. We remove comments because anyway the quotes in there # would cause problems or look ugly. # WARNING: Use '\'' to represent an apostrophe within the trap. # WARNING: Do not start the trap code with a newline, due to a FreeBSD 4.0 bug. trap 'exit_status=$? # Save into config.log some information that might help in debugging. { echo cat <<\_ASBOX ## ---------------- ## ## Cache variables. ## ## ---------------- ## _ASBOX echo # The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values, ( for ac_var in `(set) 2>&1 | sed -n '\''s/^\([a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=.*/\1/p'\''`; do eval ac_val=\$$ac_var case $ac_val in #( *${as_nl}*) case $ac_var in #( *_cv_*) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: cache variable $ac_var contains a newline" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: cache variable $ac_var contains a newline" >&2;} ;; esac case $ac_var in #( _ | IFS | as_nl) ;; #( BASH_ARGV | BASH_SOURCE) eval $ac_var= ;; #( *) { eval $ac_var=; unset $ac_var;} ;; esac ;; esac done (set) 2>&1 | case $as_nl`(ac_space='\'' '\''; set) 2>&1` in #( *${as_nl}ac_space=\ *) sed -n \ "s/'\''/'\''\\\\'\'''\''/g; s/^\\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1='\''\\2'\''/p" ;; #( *) sed -n "/^[_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*=/p" ;; esac | sort ) echo cat <<\_ASBOX ## ----------------- ## ## Output variables. ## ## ----------------- ## _ASBOX echo for ac_var in $ac_subst_vars do eval ac_val=\$$ac_var case $ac_val in *\'\''*) ac_val=`$as_echo "$ac_val" | sed "s/'\''/'\''\\\\\\\\'\'''\''/g"`;; esac $as_echo "$ac_var='\''$ac_val'\''" done | sort echo if test -n "$ac_subst_files"; then cat <<\_ASBOX ## ------------------- ## ## File substitutions. ## ## ------------------- ## _ASBOX echo for ac_var in $ac_subst_files do eval ac_val=\$$ac_var case $ac_val in *\'\''*) ac_val=`$as_echo "$ac_val" | sed "s/'\''/'\''\\\\\\\\'\'''\''/g"`;; esac $as_echo "$ac_var='\''$ac_val'\''" done | sort echo fi if test -s confdefs.h; then cat <<\_ASBOX ## ----------- ## ## confdefs.h. ## ## ----------- ## _ASBOX echo cat confdefs.h echo fi test "$ac_signal" != 0 && $as_echo "$as_me: caught signal $ac_signal" $as_echo "$as_me: exit $exit_status" } >&5 rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* && rm -f -r conftest* confdefs* conf$$* $ac_clean_files && exit $exit_status ' 0 for ac_signal in 1 2 13 15; do trap 'ac_signal='$ac_signal'; as_fn_exit 1' $ac_signal done ac_signal=0 # confdefs.h avoids OS command line length limits that DEFS can exceed. rm -f -r conftest* confdefs.h $as_echo "/* confdefs.h */" > confdefs.h # Predefined preprocessor variables. cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define PACKAGE_NAME "$PACKAGE_NAME" _ACEOF cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define PACKAGE_TARNAME "$PACKAGE_TARNAME" _ACEOF cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define PACKAGE_VERSION "$PACKAGE_VERSION" _ACEOF cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define PACKAGE_STRING "$PACKAGE_STRING" _ACEOF cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define PACKAGE_BUGREPORT "$PACKAGE_BUGREPORT" _ACEOF cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define PACKAGE_URL "$PACKAGE_URL" _ACEOF # Let the site file select an alternate cache file if it wants to. # Prefer an explicitly selected file to automatically selected ones. ac_site_file1=NONE ac_site_file2=NONE if test -n "$CONFIG_SITE"; then ac_site_file1=$CONFIG_SITE elif test "x$prefix" != xNONE; then ac_site_file1=$prefix/share/config.site ac_site_file2=$prefix/etc/config.site else ac_site_file1=$ac_default_prefix/share/config.site ac_site_file2=$ac_default_prefix/etc/config.site fi for ac_site_file in "$ac_site_file1" "$ac_site_file2" do test "x$ac_site_file" = xNONE && continue if test /dev/null != "$ac_site_file" && test -r "$ac_site_file"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: loading site script $ac_site_file" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: loading site script $ac_site_file" >&6;} sed 's/^/| /' "$ac_site_file" >&5 . "$ac_site_file" fi done if test -r "$cache_file"; then # Some versions of bash will fail to source /dev/null (special files # actually), so we avoid doing that. DJGPP emulates it as a regular file. if test /dev/null != "$cache_file" && test -f "$cache_file"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: loading cache $cache_file" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: loading cache $cache_file" >&6;} case $cache_file in [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) . "$cache_file";; *) . "./$cache_file";; esac fi else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: creating cache $cache_file" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: creating cache $cache_file" >&6;} >$cache_file fi gt_needs="$gt_needs " gl_header_list="$gl_header_list unistd.h" # Check that the precious variables saved in the cache have kept the same # value. ac_cache_corrupted=false for ac_var in $ac_precious_vars; do eval ac_old_set=\$ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_set eval ac_new_set=\$ac_env_${ac_var}_set eval ac_old_val=\$ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_value eval ac_new_val=\$ac_env_${ac_var}_value case $ac_old_set,$ac_new_set in set,) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: \`$ac_var' was set to \`$ac_old_val' in the previous run" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' was set to \`$ac_old_val' in the previous run" >&2;} ac_cache_corrupted=: ;; ,set) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: \`$ac_var' was not set in the previous run" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' was not set in the previous run" >&2;} ac_cache_corrupted=: ;; ,);; *) if test "x$ac_old_val" != "x$ac_new_val"; then # differences in whitespace do not lead to failure. ac_old_val_w=`echo x $ac_old_val` ac_new_val_w=`echo x $ac_new_val` if test "$ac_old_val_w" != "$ac_new_val_w"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: \`$ac_var' has changed since the previous run:" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' has changed since the previous run:" >&2;} ac_cache_corrupted=: else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: warning: ignoring whitespace changes in \`$ac_var' since the previous run:" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: warning: ignoring whitespace changes in \`$ac_var' since the previous run:" >&2;} eval $ac_var=\$ac_old_val fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: former value: \`$ac_old_val'" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: former value: \`$ac_old_val'" >&2;} { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: current value: \`$ac_new_val'" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: current value: \`$ac_new_val'" >&2;} fi;; esac # Pass precious variables to config.status. if test "$ac_new_set" = set; then case $ac_new_val in *\'*) ac_arg=$ac_var=`$as_echo "$ac_new_val" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;; *) ac_arg=$ac_var=$ac_new_val ;; esac case " $ac_configure_args " in *" '$ac_arg' "*) ;; # Avoid dups. Use of quotes ensures accuracy. *) as_fn_append ac_configure_args " '$ac_arg'" ;; esac fi done if $ac_cache_corrupted; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;} { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: changes in the environment can compromise the build" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: error: changes in the environment can compromise the build" >&2;} as_fn_error "run \`make distclean' and/or \`rm $cache_file' and start over" "$LINENO" 5 fi ## -------------------- ## ## Main body of script. ## ## -------------------- ## ac_ext=c ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu ac_aux_dir= for ac_dir in autotools "$srcdir"/autotools; do for ac_t in install-sh install.sh shtool; do if test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_t"; then ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/$ac_t -c" break 2 fi done done if test -z "$ac_aux_dir"; then as_fn_error "cannot find install-sh, install.sh, or shtool in autotools \"$srcdir\"/autotools" "$LINENO" 5 fi # These three variables are undocumented and unsupported, # and are intended to be withdrawn in a future Autoconf release. # They can cause serious problems if a builder's source tree is in a directory # whose full name contains unusual characters. ac_config_guess="$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.guess" # Please don't use this var. ac_config_sub="$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.sub" # Please don't use this var. ac_configure="$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/configure" # Please don't use this var. am__api_version='1.11' # Find a good install program. We prefer a C program (faster), # so one script is as good as another. But avoid the broken or # incompatible versions: # SysV /etc/install, /usr/sbin/install # SunOS /usr/etc/install # IRIX /sbin/install # AIX /bin/install # AmigaOS /C/install, which installs bootblocks on floppy discs # AIX 4 /usr/bin/installbsd, which doesn't work without a -g flag # AFS /usr/afsws/bin/install, which mishandles nonexistent args # SVR4 /usr/ucb/install, which tries to use the nonexistent group "staff" # OS/2's system install, which has a completely different semantic # ./install, which can be erroneously created by make from ./install.sh. # Reject install programs that cannot install multiple files. { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for a BSD-compatible install" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for a BSD-compatible install... " >&6; } if test -z "$INSTALL"; then if test "${ac_cv_path_install+set}" = set; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. # Account for people who put trailing slashes in PATH elements. case $as_dir/ in #(( ./ | .// | /[cC]/* | \ /etc/* | /usr/sbin/* | /usr/etc/* | /sbin/* | /usr/afsws/bin/* | \ ?:[\\/]os2[\\/]install[\\/]* | ?:[\\/]OS2[\\/]INSTALL[\\/]* | \ /usr/ucb/* ) ;; *) # OSF1 and SCO ODT 3.0 have their own names for install. # Don't use installbsd from OSF since it installs stuff as root # by default. for ac_prog in ginstall scoinst install; do for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext"; }; then if test $ac_prog = install && grep dspmsg "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" >/dev/null 2>&1; then # AIX install. It has an incompatible calling convention. : elif test $ac_prog = install && grep pwplus "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" >/dev/null 2>&1; then # program-specific install script used by HP pwplus--don't use. : else rm -rf conftest.one conftest.two conftest.dir echo one > conftest.one echo two > conftest.two mkdir conftest.dir if "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" -c conftest.one conftest.two "`pwd`/conftest.dir" && test -s conftest.one && test -s conftest.two && test -s conftest.dir/conftest.one && test -s conftest.dir/conftest.two then ac_cv_path_install="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext -c" break 3 fi fi fi done done ;; esac done IFS=$as_save_IFS rm -rf conftest.one conftest.two conftest.dir fi if test "${ac_cv_path_install+set}" = set; then INSTALL=$ac_cv_path_install else # As a last resort, use the slow shell script. Don't cache a # value for INSTALL within a source directory, because that will # break other packages using the cache if that directory is # removed, or if the value is a relative name. INSTALL=$ac_install_sh fi fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $INSTALL" >&5 $as_echo "$INSTALL" >&6; } # Use test -z because SunOS4 sh mishandles braces in ${var-val}. # It thinks the first close brace ends the variable substitution. test -z "$INSTALL_PROGRAM" && INSTALL_PROGRAM='${INSTALL}' test -z "$INSTALL_SCRIPT" && INSTALL_SCRIPT='${INSTALL}' test -z "$INSTALL_DATA" && INSTALL_DATA='${INSTALL} -m 644' { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether build environment is sane" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether build environment is sane... " >&6; } # Just in case sleep 1 echo timestamp > conftest.file # Reject unsafe characters in $srcdir or the absolute working directory # name. Accept space and tab only in the latter. am_lf=' ' case `pwd` in *[\\\"\#\$\&\'\`$am_lf]*) as_fn_error "unsafe absolute working directory name" "$LINENO" 5;; esac case $srcdir in *[\\\"\#\$\&\'\`$am_lf\ \ ]*) as_fn_error "unsafe srcdir value: \`$srcdir'" "$LINENO" 5;; esac # Do `set' in a subshell so we don't clobber the current shell's # arguments. Must try -L first in case configure is actually a # symlink; some systems play weird games with the mod time of symlinks # (eg FreeBSD returns the mod time of the symlink's containing # directory). if ( set X `ls -Lt "$srcdir/configure" conftest.file 2> /dev/null` if test "$*" = "X"; then # -L didn't work. set X `ls -t "$srcdir/configure" conftest.file` fi rm -f conftest.file if test "$*" != "X $srcdir/configure conftest.file" \ && test "$*" != "X conftest.file $srcdir/configure"; then # If neither matched, then we have a broken ls. This can happen # if, for instance, CONFIG_SHELL is bash and it inherits a # broken ls alias from the environment. This has actually # happened. Such a system could not be considered "sane". as_fn_error "ls -t appears to fail. Make sure there is not a broken alias in your environment" "$LINENO" 5 fi test "$2" = conftest.file ) then # Ok. : else as_fn_error "newly created file is older than distributed files! Check your system clock" "$LINENO" 5 fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5 $as_echo "yes" >&6; } test "$program_prefix" != NONE && program_transform_name="s&^&$program_prefix&;$program_transform_name" # Use a double $ so make ignores it. test "$program_suffix" != NONE && program_transform_name="s&\$&$program_suffix&;$program_transform_name" # Double any \ or $. # By default was `s,x,x', remove it if useless. ac_script='s/[\\$]/&&/g;s/;s,x,x,$//' program_transform_name=`$as_echo "$program_transform_name" | sed "$ac_script"` # expand $ac_aux_dir to an absolute path am_aux_dir=`cd $ac_aux_dir && pwd` if test x"${MISSING+set}" != xset; then case $am_aux_dir in *\ * | *\ *) MISSING="\${SHELL} \"$am_aux_dir/missing\"" ;; *) MISSING="\${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/missing" ;; esac fi # Use eval to expand $SHELL if eval "$MISSING --run true"; then am_missing_run="$MISSING --run " else am_missing_run= { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: \`missing' script is too old or missing" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: \`missing' script is too old or missing" >&2;} fi if test x"${install_sh}" != xset; then case $am_aux_dir in *\ * | *\ *) install_sh="\${SHELL} '$am_aux_dir/install-sh'" ;; *) install_sh="\${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/install-sh" esac fi # Installed binaries are usually stripped using `strip' when the user # run `make install-strip'. However `strip' might not be the right # tool to use in cross-compilation environments, therefore Automake # will honor the `STRIP' environment variable to overrule this program. if test "$cross_compiling" != no; then if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}strip", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}strip; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if test "${ac_cv_prog_STRIP+set}" = set; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$STRIP"; then ac_cv_prog_STRIP="$STRIP" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_prog_STRIP="${ac_tool_prefix}strip" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi STRIP=$ac_cv_prog_STRIP if test -n "$STRIP"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $STRIP" >&5 $as_echo "$STRIP" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi fi if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_STRIP"; then ac_ct_STRIP=$STRIP # Extract the first word of "strip", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy strip; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP+set}" = set; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$ac_ct_STRIP"; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP="$ac_ct_STRIP" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP="strip" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi ac_ct_STRIP=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP if test -n "$ac_ct_STRIP"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_STRIP" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_ct_STRIP" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi if test "x$ac_ct_STRIP" = x; then STRIP=":" else case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in yes:) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} ac_tool_warned=yes ;; esac STRIP=$ac_ct_STRIP fi else STRIP="$ac_cv_prog_STRIP" fi fi INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM="\$(install_sh) -c -s" { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for a thread-safe mkdir -p" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for a thread-safe mkdir -p... " >&6; } if test -z "$MKDIR_P"; then if test "${ac_cv_path_mkdir+set}" = set; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/opt/sfw/bin do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_prog in mkdir gmkdir; do for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext"; } || continue case `"$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" --version 2>&1` in #( 'mkdir (GNU coreutils) '* | \ 'mkdir (coreutils) '* | \ 'mkdir (fileutils) '4.1*) ac_cv_path_mkdir=$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext break 3;; esac done done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi test -d ./--version && rmdir ./--version if test "${ac_cv_path_mkdir+set}" = set; then MKDIR_P="$ac_cv_path_mkdir -p" else # As a last resort, use the slow shell script. Don't cache a # value for MKDIR_P within a source directory, because that will # break other packages using the cache if that directory is # removed, or if the value is a relative name. MKDIR_P="$ac_install_sh -d" fi fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $MKDIR_P" >&5 $as_echo "$MKDIR_P" >&6; } mkdir_p="$MKDIR_P" case $mkdir_p in [\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]*) ;; */*) mkdir_p="\$(top_builddir)/$mkdir_p" ;; esac for ac_prog in gawk mawk nawk awk do # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if test "${ac_cv_prog_AWK+set}" = set; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$AWK"; then ac_cv_prog_AWK="$AWK" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_prog_AWK="$ac_prog" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi AWK=$ac_cv_prog_AWK if test -n "$AWK"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $AWK" >&5 $as_echo "$AWK" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi test -n "$AWK" && break done { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets \$(MAKE)" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets \$(MAKE)... " >&6; } set x ${MAKE-make} ac_make=`$as_echo "$2" | sed 's/+/p/g; s/[^a-zA-Z0-9_]/_/g'` if { as_var=ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set; eval "test \"\${$as_var+set}\" = set"; }; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else cat >conftest.make <<\_ACEOF SHELL = /bin/sh all: @echo '@@@%%%=$(MAKE)=@@@%%%' _ACEOF # GNU make sometimes prints "make[1]: Entering...", which would confuse us. case `${MAKE-make} -f conftest.make 2>/dev/null` in *@@@%%%=?*=@@@%%%*) eval ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set=yes;; *) eval ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set=no;; esac rm -f conftest.make fi if eval test \$ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set = yes; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5 $as_echo "yes" >&6; } SET_MAKE= else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } SET_MAKE="MAKE=${MAKE-make}" fi rm -rf .tst 2>/dev/null mkdir .tst 2>/dev/null if test -d .tst; then am__leading_dot=. else am__leading_dot=_ fi rmdir .tst 2>/dev/null if test "`cd $srcdir && pwd`" != "`pwd`"; then # Use -I$(srcdir) only when $(srcdir) != ., so that make's output # is not polluted with repeated "-I." am__isrc=' -I$(srcdir)' # test to see if srcdir already configured if test -f $srcdir/config.status; then as_fn_error "source directory already configured; run \"make distclean\" there first" "$LINENO" 5 fi fi # test whether we have cygpath if test -z "$CYGPATH_W"; then if (cygpath --version) >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then CYGPATH_W='cygpath -w' else CYGPATH_W=echo fi fi # Define the identity of the package. PACKAGE='fdisk' VERSION='1.2.5' cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define PACKAGE "$PACKAGE" _ACEOF cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define VERSION "$VERSION" _ACEOF # Some tools Automake needs. ACLOCAL=${ACLOCAL-"${am_missing_run}aclocal-${am__api_version}"} AUTOCONF=${AUTOCONF-"${am_missing_run}autoconf"} AUTOMAKE=${AUTOMAKE-"${am_missing_run}automake-${am__api_version}"} AUTOHEADER=${AUTOHEADER-"${am_missing_run}autoheader"} MAKEINFO=${MAKEINFO-"${am_missing_run}makeinfo"} # We need awk for the "check" target. The system "awk" is bad on # some platforms. # Always define AMTAR for backward compatibility. AMTAR=${AMTAR-"${am_missing_run}tar"} am__tar='${AMTAR} chof - "$$tardir"'; am__untar='${AMTAR} xf -' ac_config_headers="$ac_config_headers config.h" { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether NLS is requested" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether NLS is requested... " >&6; } # Check whether --enable-nls was given. if test "${enable_nls+set}" = set; then : enableval=$enable_nls; USE_NLS=$enableval else USE_NLS=yes fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $USE_NLS" >&5 $as_echo "$USE_NLS" >&6; } GETTEXT_MACRO_VERSION=0.17 # Prepare PATH_SEPARATOR. # The user is always right. if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then echo "#! /bin/sh" >conf$$.sh echo "exit 0" >>conf$$.sh chmod +x conf$$.sh if (PATH="/nonexistent;."; conf$$.sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then PATH_SEPARATOR=';' else PATH_SEPARATOR=: fi rm -f conf$$.sh fi # Find out how to test for executable files. Don't use a zero-byte file, # as systems may use methods other than mode bits to determine executability. cat >conf$$.file <<_ASEOF #! /bin/sh exit 0 _ASEOF chmod +x conf$$.file if test -x conf$$.file >/dev/null 2>&1; then ac_executable_p="test -x" else ac_executable_p="test -f" fi rm -f conf$$.file # Extract the first word of "msgfmt", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy msgfmt; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if test "${ac_cv_path_MSGFMT+set}" = set; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else case "$MSGFMT" in [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*) ac_cv_path_MSGFMT="$MSGFMT" # Let the user override the test with a path. ;; *) ac_save_IFS="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for ac_dir in $PATH; do IFS="$ac_save_IFS" test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if $ac_executable_p "$ac_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then echo "$as_me: trying $ac_dir/$ac_word..." >&5 if $ac_dir/$ac_word --statistics /dev/null >&5 2>&1 && (if $ac_dir/$ac_word --statistics /dev/null 2>&1 >/dev/null | grep usage >/dev/null; then exit 1; else exit 0; fi); then ac_cv_path_MSGFMT="$ac_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" break 2 fi fi done done IFS="$ac_save_IFS" test -z "$ac_cv_path_MSGFMT" && ac_cv_path_MSGFMT=":" ;; esac fi MSGFMT="$ac_cv_path_MSGFMT" if test "$MSGFMT" != ":"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $MSGFMT" >&5 $as_echo "$MSGFMT" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi # Extract the first word of "gmsgfmt", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy gmsgfmt; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if test "${ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT+set}" = set; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else case $GMSGFMT in [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*) ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT="$GMSGFMT" # Let the user override the test with a path. ;; *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT="$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT" && ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT="$MSGFMT" ;; esac fi GMSGFMT=$ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT if test -n "$GMSGFMT"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $GMSGFMT" >&5 $as_echo "$GMSGFMT" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi case `$MSGFMT --version | sed 1q | sed -e 's,^[^0-9]*,,'` in '' | 0.[0-9] | 0.[0-9].* | 0.1[0-4] | 0.1[0-4].*) MSGFMT_015=: ;; *) MSGFMT_015=$MSGFMT ;; esac case `$GMSGFMT --version | sed 1q | sed -e 's,^[^0-9]*,,'` in '' | 0.[0-9] | 0.[0-9].* | 0.1[0-4] | 0.1[0-4].*) GMSGFMT_015=: ;; *) GMSGFMT_015=$GMSGFMT ;; esac # Prepare PATH_SEPARATOR. # The user is always right. if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then echo "#! /bin/sh" >conf$$.sh echo "exit 0" >>conf$$.sh chmod +x conf$$.sh if (PATH="/nonexistent;."; conf$$.sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then PATH_SEPARATOR=';' else PATH_SEPARATOR=: fi rm -f conf$$.sh fi # Find out how to test for executable files. Don't use a zero-byte file, # as systems may use methods other than mode bits to determine executability. cat >conf$$.file <<_ASEOF #! /bin/sh exit 0 _ASEOF chmod +x conf$$.file if test -x conf$$.file >/dev/null 2>&1; then ac_executable_p="test -x" else ac_executable_p="test -f" fi rm -f conf$$.file # Extract the first word of "xgettext", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy xgettext; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if test "${ac_cv_path_XGETTEXT+set}" = set; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else case "$XGETTEXT" in [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*) ac_cv_path_XGETTEXT="$XGETTEXT" # Let the user override the test with a path. ;; *) ac_save_IFS="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for ac_dir in $PATH; do IFS="$ac_save_IFS" test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if $ac_executable_p "$ac_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then echo "$as_me: trying $ac_dir/$ac_word..." >&5 if $ac_dir/$ac_word --omit-header --copyright-holder= --msgid-bugs-address= /dev/null >&5 2>&1 && (if $ac_dir/$ac_word --omit-header --copyright-holder= --msgid-bugs-address= /dev/null 2>&1 >/dev/null | grep usage >/dev/null; then exit 1; else exit 0; fi); then ac_cv_path_XGETTEXT="$ac_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" break 2 fi fi done done IFS="$ac_save_IFS" test -z "$ac_cv_path_XGETTEXT" && ac_cv_path_XGETTEXT=":" ;; esac fi XGETTEXT="$ac_cv_path_XGETTEXT" if test "$XGETTEXT" != ":"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $XGETTEXT" >&5 $as_echo "$XGETTEXT" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi rm -f messages.po case `$XGETTEXT --version | sed 1q | sed -e 's,^[^0-9]*,,'` in '' | 0.[0-9] | 0.[0-9].* | 0.1[0-4] | 0.1[0-4].*) XGETTEXT_015=: ;; *) XGETTEXT_015=$XGETTEXT ;; esac # Prepare PATH_SEPARATOR. # The user is always right. if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then echo "#! /bin/sh" >conf$$.sh echo "exit 0" >>conf$$.sh chmod +x conf$$.sh if (PATH="/nonexistent;."; conf$$.sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then PATH_SEPARATOR=';' else PATH_SEPARATOR=: fi rm -f conf$$.sh fi # Find out how to test for executable files. Don't use a zero-byte file, # as systems may use methods other than mode bits to determine executability. cat >conf$$.file <<_ASEOF #! /bin/sh exit 0 _ASEOF chmod +x conf$$.file if test -x conf$$.file >/dev/null 2>&1; then ac_executable_p="test -x" else ac_executable_p="test -f" fi rm -f conf$$.file # Extract the first word of "msgmerge", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy msgmerge; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if test "${ac_cv_path_MSGMERGE+set}" = set; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else case "$MSGMERGE" in [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*) ac_cv_path_MSGMERGE="$MSGMERGE" # Let the user override the test with a path. ;; *) ac_save_IFS="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for ac_dir in $PATH; do IFS="$ac_save_IFS" test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if $ac_executable_p "$ac_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then echo "$as_me: trying $ac_dir/$ac_word..." >&5 if $ac_dir/$ac_word --update -q /dev/null /dev/null >&5 2>&1; then ac_cv_path_MSGMERGE="$ac_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" break 2 fi fi done done IFS="$ac_save_IFS" test -z "$ac_cv_path_MSGMERGE" && ac_cv_path_MSGMERGE=":" ;; esac fi MSGMERGE="$ac_cv_path_MSGMERGE" if test "$MSGMERGE" != ":"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $MSGMERGE" >&5 $as_echo "$MSGMERGE" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi test -n "$localedir" || localedir='${datadir}/locale' test -n "${XGETTEXT_EXTRA_OPTIONS+set}" || XGETTEXT_EXTRA_OPTIONS= ac_config_commands="$ac_config_commands po-directories" if test "X$prefix" = "XNONE"; then acl_final_prefix="$ac_default_prefix" else acl_final_prefix="$prefix" fi if test "X$exec_prefix" = "XNONE"; then acl_final_exec_prefix='${prefix}' else acl_final_exec_prefix="$exec_prefix" fi acl_save_prefix="$prefix" prefix="$acl_final_prefix" eval acl_final_exec_prefix=\"$acl_final_exec_prefix\" prefix="$acl_save_prefix" DEPDIR="${am__leading_dot}deps" ac_config_commands="$ac_config_commands depfiles" am_make=${MAKE-make} cat > confinc << 'END' am__doit: @echo this is the am__doit target .PHONY: am__doit END # If we don't find an include directive, just comment out the code. { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for style of include used by $am_make" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for style of include used by $am_make... " >&6; } am__include="#" am__quote= _am_result=none # First try GNU make style include. echo "include confinc" > confmf # Ignore all kinds of additional output from `make'. case `$am_make -s -f confmf 2> /dev/null` in #( *the\ am__doit\ target*) am__include=include am__quote= _am_result=GNU ;; esac # Now try BSD make style include. if test "$am__include" = "#"; then echo '.include "confinc"' > confmf case `$am_make -s -f confmf 2> /dev/null` in #( *the\ am__doit\ target*) am__include=.include am__quote="\"" _am_result=BSD ;; esac fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $_am_result" >&5 $as_echo "$_am_result" >&6; } rm -f confinc confmf # Check whether --enable-dependency-tracking was given. if test "${enable_dependency_tracking+set}" = set; then : enableval=$enable_dependency_tracking; fi if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno; then am_depcomp="$ac_aux_dir/depcomp" AMDEPBACKSLASH='\' fi if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno; then AMDEP_TRUE= AMDEP_FALSE='#' else AMDEP_TRUE='#' AMDEP_FALSE= fi ac_ext=c ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}gcc", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}gcc; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$CC"; then ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_prog_CC="${ac_tool_prefix}gcc" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC if test -n "$CC"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC" >&5 $as_echo "$CC" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi fi if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_CC"; then ac_ct_CC=$CC # Extract the first word of "gcc", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy gcc; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+set}" = set; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="gcc" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_ct_CC" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi if test "x$ac_ct_CC" = x; then CC="" else case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in yes:) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} ac_tool_warned=yes ;; esac CC=$ac_ct_CC fi else CC="$ac_cv_prog_CC" fi if test -z "$CC"; then if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}cc", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}cc; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$CC"; then ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_prog_CC="${ac_tool_prefix}cc" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC if test -n "$CC"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC" >&5 $as_echo "$CC" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi fi fi if test -z "$CC"; then # Extract the first word of "cc", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy cc; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$CC"; then ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test. else ac_prog_rejected=no as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then if test "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" = "/usr/ucb/cc"; then ac_prog_rejected=yes continue fi ac_cv_prog_CC="cc" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS if test $ac_prog_rejected = yes; then # We found a bogon in the path, so make sure we never use it. set dummy $ac_cv_prog_CC shift if test $# != 0; then # We chose a different compiler from the bogus one. # However, it has the same basename, so the bogon will be chosen # first if we set CC to just the basename; use the full file name. shift ac_cv_prog_CC="$as_dir/$ac_word${1+' '}$@" fi fi fi fi CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC if test -n "$CC"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC" >&5 $as_echo "$CC" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi fi if test -z "$CC"; then if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then for ac_prog in cl.exe do # Extract the first word of "$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy $ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$CC"; then ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_prog_CC="$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC if test -n "$CC"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC" >&5 $as_echo "$CC" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi test -n "$CC" && break done fi if test -z "$CC"; then ac_ct_CC=$CC for ac_prog in cl.exe do # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+set}" = set; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_prog" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_ct_CC" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi test -n "$ac_ct_CC" && break done if test "x$ac_ct_CC" = x; then CC="" else case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in yes:) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} ac_tool_warned=yes ;; esac CC=$ac_ct_CC fi fi fi test -z "$CC" && { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;} as_fn_error "no acceptable C compiler found in \$PATH See \`config.log' for more details." "$LINENO" 5; } # Provide some information about the compiler. $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for C compiler version" >&5 set X $ac_compile ac_compiler=$2 for ac_option in --version -v -V -qversion; do { { ac_try="$ac_compiler $ac_option >&5" case "(($ac_try" in *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; esac eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" $as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 (eval "$ac_compiler $ac_option >&5") 2>conftest.err ac_status=$? if test -s conftest.err; then sed '10a\ ... rest of stderr output deleted ... 10q' conftest.err >conftest.er1 cat conftest.er1 >&5 fi rm -f conftest.er1 conftest.err $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; } done cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ int main () { ; return 0; } _ACEOF ac_clean_files_save=$ac_clean_files ac_clean_files="$ac_clean_files a.out a.out.dSYM a.exe b.out" # Try to create an executable without -o first, disregard a.out. # It will help us diagnose broken compilers, and finding out an intuition # of exeext. { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether the C compiler works" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether the C compiler works... " >&6; } ac_link_default=`$as_echo "$ac_link" | sed 's/ -o *conftest[^ ]*//'` # The possible output files: ac_files="a.out conftest.exe conftest a.exe a_out.exe b.out conftest.*" ac_rmfiles= for ac_file in $ac_files do case $ac_file in *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.map | *.inf | *.dSYM | *.o | *.obj ) ;; * ) ac_rmfiles="$ac_rmfiles $ac_file";; esac done rm -f $ac_rmfiles if { { ac_try="$ac_link_default" case "(($ac_try" in *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; esac eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" $as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 (eval "$ac_link_default") 2>&5 ac_status=$? $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; }; then : # Autoconf-2.13 could set the ac_cv_exeext variable to `no'. # So ignore a value of `no', otherwise this would lead to `EXEEXT = no' # in a Makefile. We should not override ac_cv_exeext if it was cached, # so that the user can short-circuit this test for compilers unknown to # Autoconf. for ac_file in $ac_files '' do test -f "$ac_file" || continue case $ac_file in *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.map | *.inf | *.dSYM | *.o | *.obj ) ;; [ab].out ) # We found the default executable, but exeext='' is most # certainly right. break;; *.* ) if test "${ac_cv_exeext+set}" = set && test "$ac_cv_exeext" != no; then :; else ac_cv_exeext=`expr "$ac_file" : '[^.]*\(\..*\)'` fi # We set ac_cv_exeext here because the later test for it is not # safe: cross compilers may not add the suffix if given an `-o' # argument, so we may need to know it at that point already. # Even if this section looks crufty: it has the advantage of # actually working. break;; * ) break;; esac done test "$ac_cv_exeext" = no && ac_cv_exeext= else ac_file='' fi if test -z "$ac_file"; then : { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;} { as_fn_set_status 77 as_fn_error "C compiler cannot create executables See \`config.log' for more details." "$LINENO" 5; }; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5 $as_echo "yes" >&6; } fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for C compiler default output file name" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for C compiler default output file name... " >&6; } { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_file" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_file" >&6; } ac_exeext=$ac_cv_exeext rm -f -r a.out a.out.dSYM a.exe conftest$ac_cv_exeext b.out ac_clean_files=$ac_clean_files_save { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for suffix of executables" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for suffix of executables... " >&6; } if { { ac_try="$ac_link" case "(($ac_try" in *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; esac eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" $as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5 ac_status=$? $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; }; then : # If both `conftest.exe' and `conftest' are `present' (well, observable) # catch `conftest.exe'. For instance with Cygwin, `ls conftest' will # work properly (i.e., refer to `conftest.exe'), while it won't with # `rm'. for ac_file in conftest.exe conftest conftest.*; do test -f "$ac_file" || continue case $ac_file in *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.map | *.inf | *.dSYM | *.o | *.obj ) ;; *.* ) ac_cv_exeext=`expr "$ac_file" : '[^.]*\(\..*\)'` break;; * ) break;; esac done else { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;} as_fn_error "cannot compute suffix of executables: cannot compile and link See \`config.log' for more details." "$LINENO" 5; } fi rm -f conftest conftest$ac_cv_exeext { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_exeext" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_exeext" >&6; } rm -f conftest.$ac_ext EXEEXT=$ac_cv_exeext ac_exeext=$EXEEXT cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #include int main () { FILE *f = fopen ("conftest.out", "w"); return ferror (f) || fclose (f) != 0; ; return 0; } _ACEOF ac_clean_files="$ac_clean_files conftest.out" # Check that the compiler produces executables we can run. If not, either # the compiler is broken, or we cross compile. { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether we are cross compiling" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether we are cross compiling... " >&6; } if test "$cross_compiling" != yes; then { { ac_try="$ac_link" case "(($ac_try" in *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; esac eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" $as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5 ac_status=$? $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; } if { ac_try='./conftest$ac_cv_exeext' { { case "(($ac_try" in *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; esac eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" $as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5 ac_status=$? $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; }; }; then cross_compiling=no else if test "$cross_compiling" = maybe; then cross_compiling=yes else { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;} as_fn_error "cannot run C compiled programs. If you meant to cross compile, use \`--host'. See \`config.log' for more details." "$LINENO" 5; } fi fi fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $cross_compiling" >&5 $as_echo "$cross_compiling" >&6; } rm -f conftest.$ac_ext conftest$ac_cv_exeext conftest.out ac_clean_files=$ac_clean_files_save { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for suffix of object files" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for suffix of object files... " >&6; } if test "${ac_cv_objext+set}" = set; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ int main () { ; return 0; } _ACEOF rm -f conftest.o conftest.obj if { { ac_try="$ac_compile" case "(($ac_try" in *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; esac eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" $as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 (eval "$ac_compile") 2>&5 ac_status=$? $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; }; then : for ac_file in conftest.o conftest.obj conftest.*; do test -f "$ac_file" || continue; case $ac_file in *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.map | *.inf | *.dSYM ) ;; *) ac_cv_objext=`expr "$ac_file" : '.*\.\(.*\)'` break;; esac done else $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;} as_fn_error "cannot compute suffix of object files: cannot compile See \`config.log' for more details." "$LINENO" 5; } fi rm -f conftest.$ac_cv_objext conftest.$ac_ext fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_objext" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_objext" >&6; } OBJEXT=$ac_cv_objext ac_objext=$OBJEXT { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler... " >&6; } if test "${ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu+set}" = set; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ int main () { #ifndef __GNUC__ choke me #endif ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : ac_compiler_gnu=yes else ac_compiler_gnu=no fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu=$ac_compiler_gnu fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" >&6; } if test $ac_compiler_gnu = yes; then GCC=yes else GCC= fi ac_test_CFLAGS=${CFLAGS+set} ac_save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether $CC accepts -g" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether $CC accepts -g... " >&6; } if test "${ac_cv_prog_cc_g+set}" = set; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else ac_save_c_werror_flag=$ac_c_werror_flag ac_c_werror_flag=yes ac_cv_prog_cc_g=no CFLAGS="-g" cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ int main () { ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_prog_cc_g=yes else CFLAGS="" cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ int main () { ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : else ac_c_werror_flag=$ac_save_c_werror_flag CFLAGS="-g" cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ int main () { ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_prog_cc_g=yes fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext ac_c_werror_flag=$ac_save_c_werror_flag fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_g" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_prog_cc_g" >&6; } if test "$ac_test_CFLAGS" = set; then CFLAGS=$ac_save_CFLAGS elif test $ac_cv_prog_cc_g = yes; then if test "$GCC" = yes; then CFLAGS="-g -O2" else CFLAGS="-g" fi else if test "$GCC" = yes; then CFLAGS="-O2" else CFLAGS= fi fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $CC option to accept ISO C89" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $CC option to accept ISO C89... " >&6; } if test "${ac_cv_prog_cc_c89+set}" = set; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else ac_cv_prog_cc_c89=no ac_save_CC=$CC cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #include #include #include #include /* Most of the following tests are stolen from RCS 5.7's src/conf.sh. */ struct buf { int x; }; FILE * (*rcsopen) (struct buf *, struct stat *, int); static char *e (p, i) char **p; int i; { return p[i]; } static char *f (char * (*g) (char **, int), char **p, ...) { char *s; va_list v; va_start (v,p); s = g (p, va_arg (v,int)); va_end (v); return s; } /* OSF 4.0 Compaq cc is some sort of almost-ANSI by default. It has function prototypes and stuff, but not '\xHH' hex character constants. These don't provoke an error unfortunately, instead are silently treated as 'x'. The following induces an error, until -std is added to get proper ANSI mode. Curiously '\x00'!='x' always comes out true, for an array size at least. It's necessary to write '\x00'==0 to get something that's true only with -std. */ int osf4_cc_array ['\x00' == 0 ? 1 : -1]; /* IBM C 6 for AIX is almost-ANSI by default, but it replaces macro parameters inside strings and character constants. */ #define FOO(x) 'x' int xlc6_cc_array[FOO(a) == 'x' ? 1 : -1]; int test (int i, double x); struct s1 {int (*f) (int a);}; struct s2 {int (*f) (double a);}; int pairnames (int, char **, FILE *(*)(struct buf *, struct stat *, int), int, int); int argc; char **argv; int main () { return f (e, argv, 0) != argv[0] || f (e, argv, 1) != argv[1]; ; return 0; } _ACEOF for ac_arg in '' -qlanglvl=extc89 -qlanglvl=ansi -std \ -Ae "-Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE" "-Xc -D__EXTENSIONS__" do CC="$ac_save_CC $ac_arg" if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_prog_cc_c89=$ac_arg fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext test "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" != "xno" && break done rm -f conftest.$ac_ext CC=$ac_save_CC fi # AC_CACHE_VAL case "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" in x) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: none needed" >&5 $as_echo "none needed" >&6; } ;; xno) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: unsupported" >&5 $as_echo "unsupported" >&6; } ;; *) CC="$CC $ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" >&6; } ;; esac if test "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" != xno; then : fi ac_ext=c ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu depcc="$CC" am_compiler_list= { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking dependency style of $depcc" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking dependency style of $depcc... " >&6; } if test "${am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type+set}" = set; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -z "$AMDEP_TRUE" && test -f "$am_depcomp"; then # We make a subdir and do the tests there. Otherwise we can end up # making bogus files that we don't know about and never remove. For # instance it was reported that on HP-UX the gcc test will end up # making a dummy file named `D' -- because `-MD' means `put the output # in D'. mkdir conftest.dir # Copy depcomp to subdir because otherwise we won't find it if we're # using a relative directory. cp "$am_depcomp" conftest.dir cd conftest.dir # We will build objects and dependencies in a subdirectory because # it helps to detect inapplicable dependency modes. For instance # both Tru64's cc and ICC support -MD to output dependencies as a # side effect of compilation, but ICC will put the dependencies in # the current directory while Tru64 will put them in the object # directory. mkdir sub am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type=none if test "$am_compiler_list" = ""; then am_compiler_list=`sed -n 's/^#*\([a-zA-Z0-9]*\))$/\1/p' < ./depcomp` fi am__universal=false case " $depcc " in #( *\ -arch\ *\ -arch\ *) am__universal=true ;; esac for depmode in $am_compiler_list; do # Setup a source with many dependencies, because some compilers # like to wrap large dependency lists on column 80 (with \), and # we should not choose a depcomp mode which is confused by this. # # We need to recreate these files for each test, as the compiler may # overwrite some of them when testing with obscure command lines. # This happens at least with the AIX C compiler. : > sub/conftest.c for i in 1 2 3 4 5 6; do echo '#include "conftst'$i'.h"' >> sub/conftest.c # Using `: > sub/conftst$i.h' creates only sub/conftst1.h with # Solaris 8's {/usr,}/bin/sh. touch sub/conftst$i.h done echo "${am__include} ${am__quote}sub/conftest.Po${am__quote}" > confmf # We check with `-c' and `-o' for the sake of the "dashmstdout" # mode. It turns out that the SunPro C++ compiler does not properly # handle `-M -o', and we need to detect this. Also, some Intel # versions had trouble with output in subdirs am__obj=sub/conftest.${OBJEXT-o} am__minus_obj="-o $am__obj" case $depmode in gcc) # This depmode causes a compiler race in universal mode. test "$am__universal" = false || continue ;; nosideeffect) # after this tag, mechanisms are not by side-effect, so they'll # only be used when explicitly requested if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" = xyes; then continue else break fi ;; msvisualcpp | msvcmsys) # This compiler won't grok `-c -o', but also, the minuso test has # not run yet. These depmodes are late enough in the game, and # so weak that their functioning should not be impacted. am__obj=conftest.${OBJEXT-o} am__minus_obj= ;; none) break ;; esac if depmode=$depmode \ source=sub/conftest.c object=$am__obj \ depfile=sub/conftest.Po tmpdepfile=sub/conftest.TPo \ $SHELL ./depcomp $depcc -c $am__minus_obj sub/conftest.c \ >/dev/null 2>conftest.err && grep sub/conftst1.h sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 && grep sub/conftst6.h sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 && grep $am__obj sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 && ${MAKE-make} -s -f confmf > /dev/null 2>&1; then # icc doesn't choke on unknown options, it will just issue warnings # or remarks (even with -Werror). So we grep stderr for any message # that says an option was ignored or not supported. # When given -MP, icc 7.0 and 7.1 complain thusly: # icc: Command line warning: ignoring option '-M'; no argument required # The diagnosis changed in icc 8.0: # icc: Command line remark: option '-MP' not supported if (grep 'ignoring option' conftest.err || grep 'not supported' conftest.err) >/dev/null 2>&1; then :; else am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type=$depmode break fi fi done cd .. rm -rf conftest.dir else am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type=none fi fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type" >&5 $as_echo "$am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type" >&6; } CCDEPMODE=depmode=$am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno \ && test "$am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type" = gcc3; then am__fastdepCC_TRUE= am__fastdepCC_FALSE='#' else am__fastdepCC_TRUE='#' am__fastdepCC_FALSE= fi # Make sure we can run config.sub. $SHELL "$ac_aux_dir/config.sub" sun4 >/dev/null 2>&1 || as_fn_error "cannot run $SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.sub" "$LINENO" 5 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking build system type" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking build system type... " >&6; } if test "${ac_cv_build+set}" = set; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else ac_build_alias=$build_alias test "x$ac_build_alias" = x && ac_build_alias=`$SHELL "$ac_aux_dir/config.guess"` test "x$ac_build_alias" = x && as_fn_error "cannot guess build type; you must specify one" "$LINENO" 5 ac_cv_build=`$SHELL "$ac_aux_dir/config.sub" $ac_build_alias` || as_fn_error "$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.sub $ac_build_alias failed" "$LINENO" 5 fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_build" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_build" >&6; } case $ac_cv_build in *-*-*) ;; *) as_fn_error "invalid value of canonical build" "$LINENO" 5;; esac build=$ac_cv_build ac_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS='-' set x $ac_cv_build shift build_cpu=$1 build_vendor=$2 shift; shift # Remember, the first character of IFS is used to create $*, # except with old shells: build_os=$* IFS=$ac_save_IFS case $build_os in *\ *) build_os=`echo "$build_os" | sed 's/ /-/g'`;; esac { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking host system type" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking host system type... " >&6; } if test "${ac_cv_host+set}" = set; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test "x$host_alias" = x; then ac_cv_host=$ac_cv_build else ac_cv_host=`$SHELL "$ac_aux_dir/config.sub" $host_alias` || as_fn_error "$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.sub $host_alias failed" "$LINENO" 5 fi fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_host" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_host" >&6; } case $ac_cv_host in *-*-*) ;; *) as_fn_error "invalid value of canonical host" "$LINENO" 5;; esac host=$ac_cv_host ac_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS='-' set x $ac_cv_host shift host_cpu=$1 host_vendor=$2 shift; shift # Remember, the first character of IFS is used to create $*, # except with old shells: host_os=$* IFS=$ac_save_IFS case $host_os in *\ *) host_os=`echo "$host_os" | sed 's/ /-/g'`;; esac # Check whether --with-gnu-ld was given. if test "${with_gnu_ld+set}" = set; then : withval=$with_gnu_ld; test "$withval" = no || with_gnu_ld=yes else with_gnu_ld=no fi # Prepare PATH_SEPARATOR. # The user is always right. if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then echo "#! /bin/sh" >conf$$.sh echo "exit 0" >>conf$$.sh chmod +x conf$$.sh if (PATH="/nonexistent;."; conf$$.sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then PATH_SEPARATOR=';' else PATH_SEPARATOR=: fi rm -f conf$$.sh fi ac_prog=ld if test "$GCC" = yes; then # Check if gcc -print-prog-name=ld gives a path. { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for ld used by GCC" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for ld used by GCC... " >&6; } case $host in *-*-mingw*) # gcc leaves a trailing carriage return which upsets mingw ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5 | tr -d '\015'` ;; *) ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5` ;; esac case $ac_prog in # Accept absolute paths. [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) re_direlt='/[^/][^/]*/\.\./' # Canonicalize the path of ld ac_prog=`echo $ac_prog| sed 's%\\\\%/%g'` while echo $ac_prog | grep "$re_direlt" > /dev/null 2>&1; do ac_prog=`echo $ac_prog| sed "s%$re_direlt%/%"` done test -z "$LD" && LD="$ac_prog" ;; "") # If it fails, then pretend we aren't using GCC. ac_prog=ld ;; *) # If it is relative, then search for the first ld in PATH. with_gnu_ld=unknown ;; esac elif test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for GNU ld" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for GNU ld... " >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for non-GNU ld" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for non-GNU ld... " >&6; } fi if test "${acl_cv_path_LD+set}" = set; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -z "$LD"; then IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}${PATH_SEPARATOR-:}" for ac_dir in $PATH; do test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. if test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog" || test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exeext"; then acl_cv_path_LD="$ac_dir/$ac_prog" # Check to see if the program is GNU ld. I'd rather use --version, # but apparently some GNU ld's only accept -v. # Break only if it was the GNU/non-GNU ld that we prefer. case `"$acl_cv_path_LD" -v 2>&1 < /dev/null` in *GNU* | *'with BFD'*) test "$with_gnu_ld" != no && break ;; *) test "$with_gnu_ld" != yes && break ;; esac fi done IFS="$ac_save_ifs" else acl_cv_path_LD="$LD" # Let the user override the test with a path. fi fi LD="$acl_cv_path_LD" if test -n "$LD"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $LD" >&5 $as_echo "$LD" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi test -z "$LD" && as_fn_error "no acceptable ld found in \$PATH" "$LINENO" 5 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if the linker ($LD) is GNU ld" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking if the linker ($LD) is GNU ld... " >&6; } if test "${acl_cv_prog_gnu_ld+set}" = set; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else # I'd rather use --version here, but apparently some GNU ld's only accept -v. case `$LD -v 2>&1 &5 $as_echo "$acl_cv_prog_gnu_ld" >&6; } with_gnu_ld=$acl_cv_prog_gnu_ld { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for shared library run path origin" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for shared library run path origin... " >&6; } if test "${acl_cv_rpath+set}" = set; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else CC="$CC" GCC="$GCC" LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS" LD="$LD" with_gnu_ld="$with_gnu_ld" \ ${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} "$ac_aux_dir/config.rpath" "$host" > conftest.sh . ./conftest.sh rm -f ./conftest.sh acl_cv_rpath=done fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $acl_cv_rpath" >&5 $as_echo "$acl_cv_rpath" >&6; } wl="$acl_cv_wl" acl_libext="$acl_cv_libext" acl_shlibext="$acl_cv_shlibext" acl_libname_spec="$acl_cv_libname_spec" acl_library_names_spec="$acl_cv_library_names_spec" acl_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec="$acl_cv_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec" acl_hardcode_libdir_separator="$acl_cv_hardcode_libdir_separator" acl_hardcode_direct="$acl_cv_hardcode_direct" acl_hardcode_minus_L="$acl_cv_hardcode_minus_L" # Check whether --enable-rpath was given. if test "${enable_rpath+set}" = set; then : enableval=$enable_rpath; : else enable_rpath=yes fi acl_libdirstem=lib searchpath=`(LC_ALL=C $CC -print-search-dirs) 2>/dev/null | sed -n -e 's,^libraries: ,,p' | sed -e 's,^=,,'` if test -n "$searchpath"; then acl_save_IFS="${IFS= }"; IFS=":" for searchdir in $searchpath; do if test -d "$searchdir"; then case "$searchdir" in */lib64/ | */lib64 ) acl_libdirstem=lib64 ;; *) searchdir=`cd "$searchdir" && pwd` case "$searchdir" in */lib64 ) acl_libdirstem=lib64 ;; esac ;; esac fi done IFS="$acl_save_IFS" fi use_additional=yes acl_save_prefix="$prefix" prefix="$acl_final_prefix" acl_save_exec_prefix="$exec_prefix" exec_prefix="$acl_final_exec_prefix" eval additional_includedir=\"$includedir\" eval additional_libdir=\"$libdir\" exec_prefix="$acl_save_exec_prefix" prefix="$acl_save_prefix" # Check whether --with-libiconv-prefix was given. if test "${with_libiconv_prefix+set}" = set; then : withval=$with_libiconv_prefix; if test "X$withval" = "Xno"; then use_additional=no else if test "X$withval" = "X"; then acl_save_prefix="$prefix" prefix="$acl_final_prefix" acl_save_exec_prefix="$exec_prefix" exec_prefix="$acl_final_exec_prefix" eval additional_includedir=\"$includedir\" eval additional_libdir=\"$libdir\" exec_prefix="$acl_save_exec_prefix" prefix="$acl_save_prefix" else additional_includedir="$withval/include" additional_libdir="$withval/$acl_libdirstem" fi fi fi LIBICONV= LTLIBICONV= INCICONV= LIBICONV_PREFIX= rpathdirs= ltrpathdirs= names_already_handled= names_next_round='iconv ' while test -n "$names_next_round"; do names_this_round="$names_next_round" names_next_round= for name in $names_this_round; do already_handled= for n in $names_already_handled; do if test "$n" = "$name"; then already_handled=yes break fi done if test -z "$already_handled"; then names_already_handled="$names_already_handled $name" uppername=`echo "$name" | sed -e 'y|abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-|ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___|'` eval value=\"\$HAVE_LIB$uppername\" if test -n "$value"; then if test "$value" = yes; then eval value=\"\$LIB$uppername\" test -z "$value" || LIBICONV="${LIBICONV}${LIBICONV:+ }$value" eval value=\"\$LTLIB$uppername\" test -z "$value" || LTLIBICONV="${LTLIBICONV}${LTLIBICONV:+ }$value" else : fi else found_dir= found_la= found_so= found_a= eval libname=\"$acl_libname_spec\" # typically: libname=lib$name if test -n "$acl_shlibext"; then shrext=".$acl_shlibext" # typically: shrext=.so else shrext= fi if test $use_additional = yes; then dir="$additional_libdir" if test -n "$acl_shlibext"; then if test -f "$dir/$libname$shrext"; then found_dir="$dir" found_so="$dir/$libname$shrext" else if test "$acl_library_names_spec" = '$libname$shrext$versuffix'; then ver=`(cd "$dir" && \ for f in "$libname$shrext".*; do echo "$f"; done \ | sed -e "s,^$libname$shrext\\\\.,," \ | sort -t '.' -n -r -k1,1 -k2,2 -k3,3 -k4,4 -k5,5 \ | sed 1q ) 2>/dev/null` if test -n "$ver" && test -f "$dir/$libname$shrext.$ver"; then found_dir="$dir" found_so="$dir/$libname$shrext.$ver" fi else eval library_names=\"$acl_library_names_spec\" for f in $library_names; do if test -f "$dir/$f"; then found_dir="$dir" found_so="$dir/$f" break fi done fi fi fi if test "X$found_dir" = "X"; then if test -f "$dir/$libname.$acl_libext"; then found_dir="$dir" found_a="$dir/$libname.$acl_libext" fi fi if test "X$found_dir" != "X"; then if test -f "$dir/$libname.la"; then found_la="$dir/$libname.la" fi fi fi if test "X$found_dir" = "X"; then for x in $LDFLAGS $LTLIBICONV; do acl_save_prefix="$prefix" prefix="$acl_final_prefix" acl_save_exec_prefix="$exec_prefix" exec_prefix="$acl_final_exec_prefix" eval x=\"$x\" exec_prefix="$acl_save_exec_prefix" prefix="$acl_save_prefix" case "$x" in -L*) dir=`echo "X$x" | sed -e 's/^X-L//'` if test -n "$acl_shlibext"; then if test -f "$dir/$libname$shrext"; then found_dir="$dir" found_so="$dir/$libname$shrext" else if test "$acl_library_names_spec" = '$libname$shrext$versuffix'; then ver=`(cd "$dir" && \ for f in "$libname$shrext".*; do echo "$f"; done \ | sed -e "s,^$libname$shrext\\\\.,," \ | sort -t '.' -n -r -k1,1 -k2,2 -k3,3 -k4,4 -k5,5 \ | sed 1q ) 2>/dev/null` if test -n "$ver" && test -f "$dir/$libname$shrext.$ver"; then found_dir="$dir" found_so="$dir/$libname$shrext.$ver" fi else eval library_names=\"$acl_library_names_spec\" for f in $library_names; do if test -f "$dir/$f"; then found_dir="$dir" found_so="$dir/$f" break fi done fi fi fi if test "X$found_dir" = "X"; then if test -f "$dir/$libname.$acl_libext"; then found_dir="$dir" found_a="$dir/$libname.$acl_libext" fi fi if test "X$found_dir" != "X"; then if test -f "$dir/$libname.la"; then found_la="$dir/$libname.la" fi fi ;; esac if test "X$found_dir" != "X"; then break fi done fi if test "X$found_dir" != "X"; then LTLIBICONV="${LTLIBICONV}${LTLIBICONV:+ }-L$found_dir -l$name" if test "X$found_so" != "X"; then if test "$enable_rpath" = no || test "X$found_dir" = "X/usr/$acl_libdirstem"; then LIBICONV="${LIBICONV}${LIBICONV:+ }$found_so" else haveit= for x in $ltrpathdirs; do if test "X$x" = "X$found_dir"; then haveit=yes break fi done if test -z "$haveit"; then ltrpathdirs="$ltrpathdirs $found_dir" fi if test "$acl_hardcode_direct" = yes; then LIBICONV="${LIBICONV}${LIBICONV:+ }$found_so" else if test -n "$acl_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec" && test "$acl_hardcode_minus_L" = no; then LIBICONV="${LIBICONV}${LIBICONV:+ }$found_so" haveit= for x in $rpathdirs; do if test "X$x" = "X$found_dir"; then haveit=yes break fi done if test -z "$haveit"; then rpathdirs="$rpathdirs $found_dir" fi else haveit= for x in $LDFLAGS $LIBICONV; do acl_save_prefix="$prefix" prefix="$acl_final_prefix" acl_save_exec_prefix="$exec_prefix" exec_prefix="$acl_final_exec_prefix" eval x=\"$x\" exec_prefix="$acl_save_exec_prefix" prefix="$acl_save_prefix" if test "X$x" = "X-L$found_dir"; then haveit=yes break fi done if test -z "$haveit"; then LIBICONV="${LIBICONV}${LIBICONV:+ }-L$found_dir" fi if test "$acl_hardcode_minus_L" != no; then LIBICONV="${LIBICONV}${LIBICONV:+ }$found_so" else LIBICONV="${LIBICONV}${LIBICONV:+ }-l$name" fi fi fi fi else if test "X$found_a" != "X"; then LIBICONV="${LIBICONV}${LIBICONV:+ }$found_a" else LIBICONV="${LIBICONV}${LIBICONV:+ }-L$found_dir -l$name" fi fi additional_includedir= case "$found_dir" in */$acl_libdirstem | */$acl_libdirstem/) basedir=`echo "X$found_dir" | sed -e 's,^X,,' -e "s,/$acl_libdirstem/"'*$,,'` LIBICONV_PREFIX="$basedir" additional_includedir="$basedir/include" ;; esac if test "X$additional_includedir" != "X"; then if test "X$additional_includedir" != "X/usr/include"; then haveit= if test "X$additional_includedir" = "X/usr/local/include"; then if test -n "$GCC"; then case $host_os in linux* | gnu* | k*bsd*-gnu) haveit=yes;; esac fi fi if test -z "$haveit"; then for x in $CPPFLAGS $INCICONV; do acl_save_prefix="$prefix" prefix="$acl_final_prefix" acl_save_exec_prefix="$exec_prefix" exec_prefix="$acl_final_exec_prefix" eval x=\"$x\" exec_prefix="$acl_save_exec_prefix" prefix="$acl_save_prefix" if test "X$x" = "X-I$additional_includedir"; then haveit=yes break fi done if test -z "$haveit"; then if test -d "$additional_includedir"; then INCICONV="${INCICONV}${INCICONV:+ }-I$additional_includedir" fi fi fi fi fi if test -n "$found_la"; then save_libdir="$libdir" case "$found_la" in */* | *\\*) . "$found_la" ;; *) . "./$found_la" ;; esac libdir="$save_libdir" for dep in $dependency_libs; do case "$dep" in -L*) additional_libdir=`echo "X$dep" | sed -e 's/^X-L//'` if test "X$additional_libdir" != "X/usr/$acl_libdirstem"; then haveit= if test "X$additional_libdir" = "X/usr/local/$acl_libdirstem"; then if test -n "$GCC"; then case $host_os in linux* | gnu* | k*bsd*-gnu) haveit=yes;; esac fi fi if test -z "$haveit"; then haveit= for x in $LDFLAGS $LIBICONV; do acl_save_prefix="$prefix" prefix="$acl_final_prefix" acl_save_exec_prefix="$exec_prefix" exec_prefix="$acl_final_exec_prefix" eval x=\"$x\" exec_prefix="$acl_save_exec_prefix" prefix="$acl_save_prefix" if test "X$x" = "X-L$additional_libdir"; then haveit=yes break fi done if test -z "$haveit"; then if test -d "$additional_libdir"; then LIBICONV="${LIBICONV}${LIBICONV:+ }-L$additional_libdir" fi fi haveit= for x in $LDFLAGS $LTLIBICONV; do acl_save_prefix="$prefix" prefix="$acl_final_prefix" acl_save_exec_prefix="$exec_prefix" exec_prefix="$acl_final_exec_prefix" eval x=\"$x\" exec_prefix="$acl_save_exec_prefix" prefix="$acl_save_prefix" if test "X$x" = "X-L$additional_libdir"; then haveit=yes break fi done if test -z "$haveit"; then if test -d "$additional_libdir"; then LTLIBICONV="${LTLIBICONV}${LTLIBICONV:+ }-L$additional_libdir" fi fi fi fi ;; -R*) dir=`echo "X$dep" | sed -e 's/^X-R//'` if test "$enable_rpath" != no; then haveit= for x in $rpathdirs; do if test "X$x" = "X$dir"; then haveit=yes break fi done if test -z "$haveit"; then rpathdirs="$rpathdirs $dir" fi haveit= for x in $ltrpathdirs; do if test "X$x" = "X$dir"; then haveit=yes break fi done if test -z "$haveit"; then ltrpathdirs="$ltrpathdirs $dir" fi fi ;; -l*) names_next_round="$names_next_round "`echo "X$dep" | sed -e 's/^X-l//'` ;; *.la) names_next_round="$names_next_round "`echo "X$dep" | sed -e 's,^X.*/,,' -e 's,^lib,,' -e 's,\.la$,,'` ;; *) LIBICONV="${LIBICONV}${LIBICONV:+ }$dep" LTLIBICONV="${LTLIBICONV}${LTLIBICONV:+ }$dep" ;; esac done fi else LIBICONV="${LIBICONV}${LIBICONV:+ }-l$name" LTLIBICONV="${LTLIBICONV}${LTLIBICONV:+ }-l$name" fi fi fi done done if test "X$rpathdirs" != "X"; then if test -n "$acl_hardcode_libdir_separator"; then alldirs= for found_dir in $rpathdirs; do alldirs="${alldirs}${alldirs:+$acl_hardcode_libdir_separator}$found_dir" done acl_save_libdir="$libdir" libdir="$alldirs" eval flag=\"$acl_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\" libdir="$acl_save_libdir" LIBICONV="${LIBICONV}${LIBICONV:+ }$flag" else for found_dir in $rpathdirs; do acl_save_libdir="$libdir" libdir="$found_dir" eval flag=\"$acl_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\" libdir="$acl_save_libdir" LIBICONV="${LIBICONV}${LIBICONV:+ }$flag" done fi fi if test "X$ltrpathdirs" != "X"; then for found_dir in $ltrpathdirs; do LTLIBICONV="${LTLIBICONV}${LTLIBICONV:+ }-R$found_dir" done fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for CFPreferencesCopyAppValue" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for CFPreferencesCopyAppValue... " >&6; } if test "${gt_cv_func_CFPreferencesCopyAppValue+set}" = set; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else gt_save_LIBS="$LIBS" LIBS="$LIBS -Wl,-framework -Wl,CoreFoundation" cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #include int main () { CFPreferencesCopyAppValue(NULL, NULL) ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : gt_cv_func_CFPreferencesCopyAppValue=yes else gt_cv_func_CFPreferencesCopyAppValue=no fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext LIBS="$gt_save_LIBS" fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $gt_cv_func_CFPreferencesCopyAppValue" >&5 $as_echo "$gt_cv_func_CFPreferencesCopyAppValue" >&6; } if test $gt_cv_func_CFPreferencesCopyAppValue = yes; then $as_echo "#define HAVE_CFPREFERENCESCOPYAPPVALUE 1" >>confdefs.h fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for CFLocaleCopyCurrent" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for CFLocaleCopyCurrent... " >&6; } if test "${gt_cv_func_CFLocaleCopyCurrent+set}" = set; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else gt_save_LIBS="$LIBS" LIBS="$LIBS -Wl,-framework -Wl,CoreFoundation" cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #include int main () { CFLocaleCopyCurrent(); ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : gt_cv_func_CFLocaleCopyCurrent=yes else gt_cv_func_CFLocaleCopyCurrent=no fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext LIBS="$gt_save_LIBS" fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $gt_cv_func_CFLocaleCopyCurrent" >&5 $as_echo "$gt_cv_func_CFLocaleCopyCurrent" >&6; } if test $gt_cv_func_CFLocaleCopyCurrent = yes; then $as_echo "#define HAVE_CFLOCALECOPYCURRENT 1" >>confdefs.h fi INTL_MACOSX_LIBS= if test $gt_cv_func_CFPreferencesCopyAppValue = yes || test $gt_cv_func_CFLocaleCopyCurrent = yes; then INTL_MACOSX_LIBS="-Wl,-framework -Wl,CoreFoundation" fi LIBINTL= LTLIBINTL= POSUB= case " $gt_needs " in *" need-formatstring-macros "*) gt_api_version=3 ;; *" need-ngettext "*) gt_api_version=2 ;; *) gt_api_version=1 ;; esac gt_func_gnugettext_libc="gt_cv_func_gnugettext${gt_api_version}_libc" gt_func_gnugettext_libintl="gt_cv_func_gnugettext${gt_api_version}_libintl" if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext=no if test $gt_api_version -ge 3; then gt_revision_test_code=' #ifndef __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION #define __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(major) ((major) == 0 ? 0 : -1) #endif typedef int array [2 * (__GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(0) >= 1) - 1]; ' else gt_revision_test_code= fi if test $gt_api_version -ge 2; then gt_expression_test_code=' + * ngettext ("", "", 0)' else gt_expression_test_code= fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for GNU gettext in libc" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for GNU gettext in libc... " >&6; } if { as_var=$gt_func_gnugettext_libc; eval "test \"\${$as_var+set}\" = set"; }; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #include $gt_revision_test_code extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr; extern int *_nl_domain_bindings; int main () { bindtextdomain ("", ""); return * gettext ("")$gt_expression_test_code + _nl_msg_cat_cntr + *_nl_domain_bindings ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : eval "$gt_func_gnugettext_libc=yes" else eval "$gt_func_gnugettext_libc=no" fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext fi eval ac_res=\$$gt_func_gnugettext_libc { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_res" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; } if { eval "gt_val=\$$gt_func_gnugettext_libc"; test "$gt_val" != "yes"; }; then am_save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS" for element in $INCICONV; do haveit= for x in $CPPFLAGS; do acl_save_prefix="$prefix" prefix="$acl_final_prefix" acl_save_exec_prefix="$exec_prefix" exec_prefix="$acl_final_exec_prefix" eval x=\"$x\" exec_prefix="$acl_save_exec_prefix" prefix="$acl_save_prefix" if test "X$x" = "X$element"; then haveit=yes break fi done if test -z "$haveit"; then CPPFLAGS="${CPPFLAGS}${CPPFLAGS:+ }$element" fi done { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for iconv" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for iconv... " >&6; } if test "${am_cv_func_iconv+set}" = set; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else am_cv_func_iconv="no, consider installing GNU libiconv" am_cv_lib_iconv=no cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #include #include int main () { iconv_t cd = iconv_open("",""); iconv(cd,NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL); iconv_close(cd); ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : am_cv_func_iconv=yes fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext if test "$am_cv_func_iconv" != yes; then am_save_LIBS="$LIBS" LIBS="$LIBS $LIBICONV" cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #include #include int main () { iconv_t cd = iconv_open("",""); iconv(cd,NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL); iconv_close(cd); ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : am_cv_lib_iconv=yes am_cv_func_iconv=yes fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext LIBS="$am_save_LIBS" fi fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $am_cv_func_iconv" >&5 $as_echo "$am_cv_func_iconv" >&6; } if test "$am_cv_func_iconv" = yes; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for working iconv" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for working iconv... " >&6; } if test "${am_cv_func_iconv_works+set}" = set; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else am_save_LIBS="$LIBS" if test $am_cv_lib_iconv = yes; then LIBS="$LIBS $LIBICONV" fi if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then : case "$host_os" in aix* | hpux*) am_cv_func_iconv_works="guessing no" ;; *) am_cv_func_iconv_works="guessing yes" ;; esac else cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #include #include int main () { /* Test against AIX 5.1 bug: Failures are not distinguishable from successful returns. */ { iconv_t cd_utf8_to_88591 = iconv_open ("ISO8859-1", "UTF-8"); if (cd_utf8_to_88591 != (iconv_t)(-1)) { static const char input[] = "\342\202\254"; /* EURO SIGN */ char buf[10]; const char *inptr = input; size_t inbytesleft = strlen (input); char *outptr = buf; size_t outbytesleft = sizeof (buf); size_t res = iconv (cd_utf8_to_88591, (char **) &inptr, &inbytesleft, &outptr, &outbytesleft); if (res == 0) return 1; } } #if 0 /* This bug could be worked around by the caller. */ /* Test against HP-UX 11.11 bug: Positive return value instead of 0. */ { iconv_t cd_88591_to_utf8 = iconv_open ("utf8", "iso88591"); if (cd_88591_to_utf8 != (iconv_t)(-1)) { static const char input[] = "\304rger mit b\366sen B\374bchen ohne Augenma\337"; char buf[50]; const char *inptr = input; size_t inbytesleft = strlen (input); char *outptr = buf; size_t outbytesleft = sizeof (buf); size_t res = iconv (cd_88591_to_utf8, (char **) &inptr, &inbytesleft, &outptr, &outbytesleft); if ((int)res > 0) return 1; } } #endif /* Test against HP-UX 11.11 bug: No converter from EUC-JP to UTF-8 is provided. */ if (/* Try standardized names. */ iconv_open ("UTF-8", "EUC-JP") == (iconv_t)(-1) /* Try IRIX, OSF/1 names. */ && iconv_open ("UTF-8", "eucJP") == (iconv_t)(-1) /* Try AIX names. */ && iconv_open ("UTF-8", "IBM-eucJP") == (iconv_t)(-1) /* Try HP-UX names. */ && iconv_open ("utf8", "eucJP") == (iconv_t)(-1)) return 1; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_run "$LINENO"; then : am_cv_func_iconv_works=yes else am_cv_func_iconv_works=no fi rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext \ conftest.$ac_objext conftest.beam conftest.$ac_ext fi LIBS="$am_save_LIBS" fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $am_cv_func_iconv_works" >&5 $as_echo "$am_cv_func_iconv_works" >&6; } case "$am_cv_func_iconv_works" in *no) am_func_iconv=no am_cv_lib_iconv=no ;; *) am_func_iconv=yes ;; esac else am_func_iconv=no am_cv_lib_iconv=no fi if test "$am_func_iconv" = yes; then $as_echo "#define HAVE_ICONV 1" >>confdefs.h fi if test "$am_cv_lib_iconv" = yes; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking how to link with libiconv" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking how to link with libiconv... " >&6; } { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $LIBICONV" >&5 $as_echo "$LIBICONV" >&6; } else CPPFLAGS="$am_save_CPPFLAGS" LIBICONV= LTLIBICONV= fi use_additional=yes acl_save_prefix="$prefix" prefix="$acl_final_prefix" acl_save_exec_prefix="$exec_prefix" exec_prefix="$acl_final_exec_prefix" eval additional_includedir=\"$includedir\" eval additional_libdir=\"$libdir\" exec_prefix="$acl_save_exec_prefix" prefix="$acl_save_prefix" # Check whether --with-libintl-prefix was given. if test "${with_libintl_prefix+set}" = set; then : withval=$with_libintl_prefix; if test "X$withval" = "Xno"; then use_additional=no else if test "X$withval" = "X"; then acl_save_prefix="$prefix" prefix="$acl_final_prefix" acl_save_exec_prefix="$exec_prefix" exec_prefix="$acl_final_exec_prefix" eval additional_includedir=\"$includedir\" eval additional_libdir=\"$libdir\" exec_prefix="$acl_save_exec_prefix" prefix="$acl_save_prefix" else additional_includedir="$withval/include" additional_libdir="$withval/$acl_libdirstem" fi fi fi LIBINTL= LTLIBINTL= INCINTL= LIBINTL_PREFIX= rpathdirs= ltrpathdirs= names_already_handled= names_next_round='intl ' while test -n "$names_next_round"; do names_this_round="$names_next_round" names_next_round= for name in $names_this_round; do already_handled= for n in $names_already_handled; do if test "$n" = "$name"; then already_handled=yes break fi done if test -z "$already_handled"; then names_already_handled="$names_already_handled $name" uppername=`echo "$name" | sed -e 'y|abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-|ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___|'` eval value=\"\$HAVE_LIB$uppername\" if test -n "$value"; then if test "$value" = yes; then eval value=\"\$LIB$uppername\" test -z "$value" || LIBINTL="${LIBINTL}${LIBINTL:+ }$value" eval value=\"\$LTLIB$uppername\" test -z "$value" || LTLIBINTL="${LTLIBINTL}${LTLIBINTL:+ }$value" else : fi else found_dir= found_la= found_so= found_a= eval libname=\"$acl_libname_spec\" # typically: libname=lib$name if test -n "$acl_shlibext"; then shrext=".$acl_shlibext" # typically: shrext=.so else shrext= fi if test $use_additional = yes; then dir="$additional_libdir" if test -n "$acl_shlibext"; then if test -f "$dir/$libname$shrext"; then found_dir="$dir" found_so="$dir/$libname$shrext" else if test "$acl_library_names_spec" = '$libname$shrext$versuffix'; then ver=`(cd "$dir" && \ for f in "$libname$shrext".*; do echo "$f"; done \ | sed -e "s,^$libname$shrext\\\\.,," \ | sort -t '.' -n -r -k1,1 -k2,2 -k3,3 -k4,4 -k5,5 \ | sed 1q ) 2>/dev/null` if test -n "$ver" && test -f "$dir/$libname$shrext.$ver"; then found_dir="$dir" found_so="$dir/$libname$shrext.$ver" fi else eval library_names=\"$acl_library_names_spec\" for f in $library_names; do if test -f "$dir/$f"; then found_dir="$dir" found_so="$dir/$f" break fi done fi fi fi if test "X$found_dir" = "X"; then if test -f "$dir/$libname.$acl_libext"; then found_dir="$dir" found_a="$dir/$libname.$acl_libext" fi fi if test "X$found_dir" != "X"; then if test -f "$dir/$libname.la"; then found_la="$dir/$libname.la" fi fi fi if test "X$found_dir" = "X"; then for x in $LDFLAGS $LTLIBINTL; do acl_save_prefix="$prefix" prefix="$acl_final_prefix" acl_save_exec_prefix="$exec_prefix" exec_prefix="$acl_final_exec_prefix" eval x=\"$x\" exec_prefix="$acl_save_exec_prefix" prefix="$acl_save_prefix" case "$x" in -L*) dir=`echo "X$x" | sed -e 's/^X-L//'` if test -n "$acl_shlibext"; then if test -f "$dir/$libname$shrext"; then found_dir="$dir" found_so="$dir/$libname$shrext" else if test "$acl_library_names_spec" = '$libname$shrext$versuffix'; then ver=`(cd "$dir" && \ for f in "$libname$shrext".*; do echo "$f"; done \ | sed -e "s,^$libname$shrext\\\\.,," \ | sort -t '.' -n -r -k1,1 -k2,2 -k3,3 -k4,4 -k5,5 \ | sed 1q ) 2>/dev/null` if test -n "$ver" && test -f "$dir/$libname$shrext.$ver"; then found_dir="$dir" found_so="$dir/$libname$shrext.$ver" fi else eval library_names=\"$acl_library_names_spec\" for f in $library_names; do if test -f "$dir/$f"; then found_dir="$dir" found_so="$dir/$f" break fi done fi fi fi if test "X$found_dir" = "X"; then if test -f "$dir/$libname.$acl_libext"; then found_dir="$dir" found_a="$dir/$libname.$acl_libext" fi fi if test "X$found_dir" != "X"; then if test -f "$dir/$libname.la"; then found_la="$dir/$libname.la" fi fi ;; esac if test "X$found_dir" != "X"; then break fi done fi if test "X$found_dir" != "X"; then LTLIBINTL="${LTLIBINTL}${LTLIBINTL:+ }-L$found_dir -l$name" if test "X$found_so" != "X"; then if test "$enable_rpath" = no || test "X$found_dir" = "X/usr/$acl_libdirstem"; then LIBINTL="${LIBINTL}${LIBINTL:+ }$found_so" else haveit= for x in $ltrpathdirs; do if test "X$x" = "X$found_dir"; then haveit=yes break fi done if test -z "$haveit"; then ltrpathdirs="$ltrpathdirs $found_dir" fi if test "$acl_hardcode_direct" = yes; then LIBINTL="${LIBINTL}${LIBINTL:+ }$found_so" else if test -n "$acl_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec" && test "$acl_hardcode_minus_L" = no; then LIBINTL="${LIBINTL}${LIBINTL:+ }$found_so" haveit= for x in $rpathdirs; do if test "X$x" = "X$found_dir"; then haveit=yes break fi done if test -z "$haveit"; then rpathdirs="$rpathdirs $found_dir" fi else haveit= for x in $LDFLAGS $LIBINTL; do acl_save_prefix="$prefix" prefix="$acl_final_prefix" acl_save_exec_prefix="$exec_prefix" exec_prefix="$acl_final_exec_prefix" eval x=\"$x\" exec_prefix="$acl_save_exec_prefix" prefix="$acl_save_prefix" if test "X$x" = "X-L$found_dir"; then haveit=yes break fi done if test -z "$haveit"; then LIBINTL="${LIBINTL}${LIBINTL:+ }-L$found_dir" fi if test "$acl_hardcode_minus_L" != no; then LIBINTL="${LIBINTL}${LIBINTL:+ }$found_so" else LIBINTL="${LIBINTL}${LIBINTL:+ }-l$name" fi fi fi fi else if test "X$found_a" != "X"; then LIBINTL="${LIBINTL}${LIBINTL:+ }$found_a" else LIBINTL="${LIBINTL}${LIBINTL:+ }-L$found_dir -l$name" fi fi additional_includedir= case "$found_dir" in */$acl_libdirstem | */$acl_libdirstem/) basedir=`echo "X$found_dir" | sed -e 's,^X,,' -e "s,/$acl_libdirstem/"'*$,,'` LIBINTL_PREFIX="$basedir" additional_includedir="$basedir/include" ;; esac if test "X$additional_includedir" != "X"; then if test "X$additional_includedir" != "X/usr/include"; then haveit= if test "X$additional_includedir" = "X/usr/local/include"; then if test -n "$GCC"; then case $host_os in linux* | gnu* | k*bsd*-gnu) haveit=yes;; esac fi fi if test -z "$haveit"; then for x in $CPPFLAGS $INCINTL; do acl_save_prefix="$prefix" prefix="$acl_final_prefix" acl_save_exec_prefix="$exec_prefix" exec_prefix="$acl_final_exec_prefix" eval x=\"$x\" exec_prefix="$acl_save_exec_prefix" prefix="$acl_save_prefix" if test "X$x" = "X-I$additional_includedir"; then haveit=yes break fi done if test -z "$haveit"; then if test -d "$additional_includedir"; then INCINTL="${INCINTL}${INCINTL:+ }-I$additional_includedir" fi fi fi fi fi if test -n "$found_la"; then save_libdir="$libdir" case "$found_la" in */* | *\\*) . "$found_la" ;; *) . "./$found_la" ;; esac libdir="$save_libdir" for dep in $dependency_libs; do case "$dep" in -L*) additional_libdir=`echo "X$dep" | sed -e 's/^X-L//'` if test "X$additional_libdir" != "X/usr/$acl_libdirstem"; then haveit= if test "X$additional_libdir" = "X/usr/local/$acl_libdirstem"; then if test -n "$GCC"; then case $host_os in linux* | gnu* | k*bsd*-gnu) haveit=yes;; esac fi fi if test -z "$haveit"; then haveit= for x in $LDFLAGS $LIBINTL; do acl_save_prefix="$prefix" prefix="$acl_final_prefix" acl_save_exec_prefix="$exec_prefix" exec_prefix="$acl_final_exec_prefix" eval x=\"$x\" exec_prefix="$acl_save_exec_prefix" prefix="$acl_save_prefix" if test "X$x" = "X-L$additional_libdir"; then haveit=yes break fi done if test -z "$haveit"; then if test -d "$additional_libdir"; then LIBINTL="${LIBINTL}${LIBINTL:+ }-L$additional_libdir" fi fi haveit= for x in $LDFLAGS $LTLIBINTL; do acl_save_prefix="$prefix" prefix="$acl_final_prefix" acl_save_exec_prefix="$exec_prefix" exec_prefix="$acl_final_exec_prefix" eval x=\"$x\" exec_prefix="$acl_save_exec_prefix" prefix="$acl_save_prefix" if test "X$x" = "X-L$additional_libdir"; then haveit=yes break fi done if test -z "$haveit"; then if test -d "$additional_libdir"; then LTLIBINTL="${LTLIBINTL}${LTLIBINTL:+ }-L$additional_libdir" fi fi fi fi ;; -R*) dir=`echo "X$dep" | sed -e 's/^X-R//'` if test "$enable_rpath" != no; then haveit= for x in $rpathdirs; do if test "X$x" = "X$dir"; then haveit=yes break fi done if test -z "$haveit"; then rpathdirs="$rpathdirs $dir" fi haveit= for x in $ltrpathdirs; do if test "X$x" = "X$dir"; then haveit=yes break fi done if test -z "$haveit"; then ltrpathdirs="$ltrpathdirs $dir" fi fi ;; -l*) names_next_round="$names_next_round "`echo "X$dep" | sed -e 's/^X-l//'` ;; *.la) names_next_round="$names_next_round "`echo "X$dep" | sed -e 's,^X.*/,,' -e 's,^lib,,' -e 's,\.la$,,'` ;; *) LIBINTL="${LIBINTL}${LIBINTL:+ }$dep" LTLIBINTL="${LTLIBINTL}${LTLIBINTL:+ }$dep" ;; esac done fi else LIBINTL="${LIBINTL}${LIBINTL:+ }-l$name" LTLIBINTL="${LTLIBINTL}${LTLIBINTL:+ }-l$name" fi fi fi done done if test "X$rpathdirs" != "X"; then if test -n "$acl_hardcode_libdir_separator"; then alldirs= for found_dir in $rpathdirs; do alldirs="${alldirs}${alldirs:+$acl_hardcode_libdir_separator}$found_dir" done acl_save_libdir="$libdir" libdir="$alldirs" eval flag=\"$acl_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\" libdir="$acl_save_libdir" LIBINTL="${LIBINTL}${LIBINTL:+ }$flag" else for found_dir in $rpathdirs; do acl_save_libdir="$libdir" libdir="$found_dir" eval flag=\"$acl_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\" libdir="$acl_save_libdir" LIBINTL="${LIBINTL}${LIBINTL:+ }$flag" done fi fi if test "X$ltrpathdirs" != "X"; then for found_dir in $ltrpathdirs; do LTLIBINTL="${LTLIBINTL}${LTLIBINTL:+ }-R$found_dir" done fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for GNU gettext in libintl" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for GNU gettext in libintl... " >&6; } if { as_var=$gt_func_gnugettext_libintl; eval "test \"\${$as_var+set}\" = set"; }; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else gt_save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS" CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS $INCINTL" gt_save_LIBS="$LIBS" LIBS="$LIBS $LIBINTL" cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #include $gt_revision_test_code extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr; extern #ifdef __cplusplus "C" #endif const char *_nl_expand_alias (const char *); int main () { bindtextdomain ("", ""); return * gettext ("")$gt_expression_test_code + _nl_msg_cat_cntr + *_nl_expand_alias ("") ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : eval "$gt_func_gnugettext_libintl=yes" else eval "$gt_func_gnugettext_libintl=no" fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext if { eval "gt_val=\$$gt_func_gnugettext_libintl"; test "$gt_val" != yes; } && test -n "$LIBICONV"; then LIBS="$LIBS $LIBICONV" cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #include $gt_revision_test_code extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr; extern #ifdef __cplusplus "C" #endif const char *_nl_expand_alias (const char *); int main () { bindtextdomain ("", ""); return * gettext ("")$gt_expression_test_code + _nl_msg_cat_cntr + *_nl_expand_alias ("") ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : LIBINTL="$LIBINTL $LIBICONV" LTLIBINTL="$LTLIBINTL $LTLIBICONV" eval "$gt_func_gnugettext_libintl=yes" fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext fi CPPFLAGS="$gt_save_CPPFLAGS" LIBS="$gt_save_LIBS" fi eval ac_res=\$$gt_func_gnugettext_libintl { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_res" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; } fi if { eval "gt_val=\$$gt_func_gnugettext_libc"; test "$gt_val" = "yes"; } \ || { { eval "gt_val=\$$gt_func_gnugettext_libintl"; test "$gt_val" = "yes"; } \ && test "$PACKAGE" != gettext-runtime \ && test "$PACKAGE" != gettext-tools; }; then gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext=yes else LIBINTL= LTLIBINTL= INCINTL= fi if test -n "$INTL_MACOSX_LIBS"; then if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" = "yes" \ || test "$nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext" = "yes"; then LIBINTL="$LIBINTL $INTL_MACOSX_LIBS" LTLIBINTL="$LTLIBINTL $INTL_MACOSX_LIBS" fi fi if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" = "yes" \ || test "$nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext" = "yes"; then $as_echo "#define ENABLE_NLS 1" >>confdefs.h else USE_NLS=no fi fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether to use NLS" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether to use NLS... " >&6; } { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $USE_NLS" >&5 $as_echo "$USE_NLS" >&6; } if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking where the gettext function comes from" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking where the gettext function comes from... " >&6; } if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" = "yes"; then if { eval "gt_val=\$$gt_func_gnugettext_libintl"; test "$gt_val" = "yes"; }; then gt_source="external libintl" else gt_source="libc" fi else gt_source="included intl directory" fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $gt_source" >&5 $as_echo "$gt_source" >&6; } fi if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" = "yes"; then if { eval "gt_val=\$$gt_func_gnugettext_libintl"; test "$gt_val" = "yes"; }; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking how to link with libintl" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking how to link with libintl... " >&6; } { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $LIBINTL" >&5 $as_echo "$LIBINTL" >&6; } for element in $INCINTL; do haveit= for x in $CPPFLAGS; do acl_save_prefix="$prefix" prefix="$acl_final_prefix" acl_save_exec_prefix="$exec_prefix" exec_prefix="$acl_final_exec_prefix" eval x=\"$x\" exec_prefix="$acl_save_exec_prefix" prefix="$acl_save_prefix" if test "X$x" = "X$element"; then haveit=yes break fi done if test -z "$haveit"; then CPPFLAGS="${CPPFLAGS}${CPPFLAGS:+ }$element" fi done fi $as_echo "#define HAVE_GETTEXT 1" >>confdefs.h $as_echo "#define HAVE_DCGETTEXT 1" >>confdefs.h fi POSUB=po fi INTLLIBS="$LIBINTL" { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether to enable maintainer-specific portions of Makefiles" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether to enable maintainer-specific portions of Makefiles... " >&6; } # Check whether --enable-maintainer-mode was given. if test "${enable_maintainer_mode+set}" = set; then : enableval=$enable_maintainer_mode; USE_MAINTAINER_MODE=$enableval else USE_MAINTAINER_MODE=no fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $USE_MAINTAINER_MODE" >&5 $as_echo "$USE_MAINTAINER_MODE" >&6; } if test $USE_MAINTAINER_MODE = yes; then MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE= MAINTAINER_MODE_FALSE='#' else MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE='#' MAINTAINER_MODE_FALSE= fi MAINT=$MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE BUILD_DATE="`date '+%D'`" cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define BUILD_DATE "$BUILD_DATE" _ACEOF # Check for programs. for ac_prog in gawk mawk nawk awk do # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if test "${ac_cv_prog_AWK+set}" = set; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$AWK"; then ac_cv_prog_AWK="$AWK" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_prog_AWK="$ac_prog" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi AWK=$ac_cv_prog_AWK if test -n "$AWK"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $AWK" >&5 $as_echo "$AWK" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi test -n "$AWK" && break done ac_ext=c ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu ac_ext=c ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}gcc", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}gcc; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$CC"; then ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_prog_CC="${ac_tool_prefix}gcc" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC if test -n "$CC"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC" >&5 $as_echo "$CC" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi fi if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_CC"; then ac_ct_CC=$CC # Extract the first word of "gcc", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy gcc; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+set}" = set; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="gcc" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_ct_CC" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi if test "x$ac_ct_CC" = x; then CC="" else case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in yes:) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} ac_tool_warned=yes ;; esac CC=$ac_ct_CC fi else CC="$ac_cv_prog_CC" fi if test -z "$CC"; then if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}cc", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}cc; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$CC"; then ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_prog_CC="${ac_tool_prefix}cc" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC if test -n "$CC"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC" >&5 $as_echo "$CC" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi fi fi if test -z "$CC"; then # Extract the first word of "cc", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy cc; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$CC"; then ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test. else ac_prog_rejected=no as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then if test "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" = "/usr/ucb/cc"; then ac_prog_rejected=yes continue fi ac_cv_prog_CC="cc" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS if test $ac_prog_rejected = yes; then # We found a bogon in the path, so make sure we never use it. set dummy $ac_cv_prog_CC shift if test $# != 0; then # We chose a different compiler from the bogus one. # However, it has the same basename, so the bogon will be chosen # first if we set CC to just the basename; use the full file name. shift ac_cv_prog_CC="$as_dir/$ac_word${1+' '}$@" fi fi fi fi CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC if test -n "$CC"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC" >&5 $as_echo "$CC" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi fi if test -z "$CC"; then if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then for ac_prog in cl.exe do # Extract the first word of "$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy $ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$CC"; then ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_prog_CC="$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC if test -n "$CC"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC" >&5 $as_echo "$CC" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi test -n "$CC" && break done fi if test -z "$CC"; then ac_ct_CC=$CC for ac_prog in cl.exe do # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+set}" = set; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_prog" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_ct_CC" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi test -n "$ac_ct_CC" && break done if test "x$ac_ct_CC" = x; then CC="" else case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in yes:) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} ac_tool_warned=yes ;; esac CC=$ac_ct_CC fi fi fi test -z "$CC" && { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;} as_fn_error "no acceptable C compiler found in \$PATH See \`config.log' for more details." "$LINENO" 5; } # Provide some information about the compiler. $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for C compiler version" >&5 set X $ac_compile ac_compiler=$2 for ac_option in --version -v -V -qversion; do { { ac_try="$ac_compiler $ac_option >&5" case "(($ac_try" in *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; esac eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" $as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 (eval "$ac_compiler $ac_option >&5") 2>conftest.err ac_status=$? if test -s conftest.err; then sed '10a\ ... rest of stderr output deleted ... 10q' conftest.err >conftest.er1 cat conftest.er1 >&5 fi rm -f conftest.er1 conftest.err $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; } done { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler... " >&6; } if test "${ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu+set}" = set; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ int main () { #ifndef __GNUC__ choke me #endif ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : ac_compiler_gnu=yes else ac_compiler_gnu=no fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu=$ac_compiler_gnu fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" >&6; } if test $ac_compiler_gnu = yes; then GCC=yes else GCC= fi ac_test_CFLAGS=${CFLAGS+set} ac_save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether $CC accepts -g" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether $CC accepts -g... " >&6; } if test "${ac_cv_prog_cc_g+set}" = set; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else ac_save_c_werror_flag=$ac_c_werror_flag ac_c_werror_flag=yes ac_cv_prog_cc_g=no CFLAGS="-g" cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ int main () { ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_prog_cc_g=yes else CFLAGS="" cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ int main () { ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : else ac_c_werror_flag=$ac_save_c_werror_flag CFLAGS="-g" cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ int main () { ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_prog_cc_g=yes fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext ac_c_werror_flag=$ac_save_c_werror_flag fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_g" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_prog_cc_g" >&6; } if test "$ac_test_CFLAGS" = set; then CFLAGS=$ac_save_CFLAGS elif test $ac_cv_prog_cc_g = yes; then if test "$GCC" = yes; then CFLAGS="-g -O2" else CFLAGS="-g" fi else if test "$GCC" = yes; then CFLAGS="-O2" else CFLAGS= fi fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $CC option to accept ISO C89" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $CC option to accept ISO C89... " >&6; } if test "${ac_cv_prog_cc_c89+set}" = set; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else ac_cv_prog_cc_c89=no ac_save_CC=$CC cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #include #include #include #include /* Most of the following tests are stolen from RCS 5.7's src/conf.sh. */ struct buf { int x; }; FILE * (*rcsopen) (struct buf *, struct stat *, int); static char *e (p, i) char **p; int i; { return p[i]; } static char *f (char * (*g) (char **, int), char **p, ...) { char *s; va_list v; va_start (v,p); s = g (p, va_arg (v,int)); va_end (v); return s; } /* OSF 4.0 Compaq cc is some sort of almost-ANSI by default. It has function prototypes and stuff, but not '\xHH' hex character constants. These don't provoke an error unfortunately, instead are silently treated as 'x'. The following induces an error, until -std is added to get proper ANSI mode. Curiously '\x00'!='x' always comes out true, for an array size at least. It's necessary to write '\x00'==0 to get something that's true only with -std. */ int osf4_cc_array ['\x00' == 0 ? 1 : -1]; /* IBM C 6 for AIX is almost-ANSI by default, but it replaces macro parameters inside strings and character constants. */ #define FOO(x) 'x' int xlc6_cc_array[FOO(a) == 'x' ? 1 : -1]; int test (int i, double x); struct s1 {int (*f) (int a);}; struct s2 {int (*f) (double a);}; int pairnames (int, char **, FILE *(*)(struct buf *, struct stat *, int), int, int); int argc; char **argv; int main () { return f (e, argv, 0) != argv[0] || f (e, argv, 1) != argv[1]; ; return 0; } _ACEOF for ac_arg in '' -qlanglvl=extc89 -qlanglvl=ansi -std \ -Ae "-Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE" "-Xc -D__EXTENSIONS__" do CC="$ac_save_CC $ac_arg" if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_prog_cc_c89=$ac_arg fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext test "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" != "xno" && break done rm -f conftest.$ac_ext CC=$ac_save_CC fi # AC_CACHE_VAL case "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" in x) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: none needed" >&5 $as_echo "none needed" >&6; } ;; xno) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: unsupported" >&5 $as_echo "unsupported" >&6; } ;; *) CC="$CC $ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" >&6; } ;; esac if test "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" != xno; then : fi ac_ext=c ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu depcc="$CC" am_compiler_list= { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking dependency style of $depcc" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking dependency style of $depcc... " >&6; } if test "${am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type+set}" = set; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -z "$AMDEP_TRUE" && test -f "$am_depcomp"; then # We make a subdir and do the tests there. Otherwise we can end up # making bogus files that we don't know about and never remove. For # instance it was reported that on HP-UX the gcc test will end up # making a dummy file named `D' -- because `-MD' means `put the output # in D'. mkdir conftest.dir # Copy depcomp to subdir because otherwise we won't find it if we're # using a relative directory. cp "$am_depcomp" conftest.dir cd conftest.dir # We will build objects and dependencies in a subdirectory because # it helps to detect inapplicable dependency modes. For instance # both Tru64's cc and ICC support -MD to output dependencies as a # side effect of compilation, but ICC will put the dependencies in # the current directory while Tru64 will put them in the object # directory. mkdir sub am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type=none if test "$am_compiler_list" = ""; then am_compiler_list=`sed -n 's/^#*\([a-zA-Z0-9]*\))$/\1/p' < ./depcomp` fi am__universal=false case " $depcc " in #( *\ -arch\ *\ -arch\ *) am__universal=true ;; esac for depmode in $am_compiler_list; do # Setup a source with many dependencies, because some compilers # like to wrap large dependency lists on column 80 (with \), and # we should not choose a depcomp mode which is confused by this. # # We need to recreate these files for each test, as the compiler may # overwrite some of them when testing with obscure command lines. # This happens at least with the AIX C compiler. : > sub/conftest.c for i in 1 2 3 4 5 6; do echo '#include "conftst'$i'.h"' >> sub/conftest.c # Using `: > sub/conftst$i.h' creates only sub/conftst1.h with # Solaris 8's {/usr,}/bin/sh. touch sub/conftst$i.h done echo "${am__include} ${am__quote}sub/conftest.Po${am__quote}" > confmf # We check with `-c' and `-o' for the sake of the "dashmstdout" # mode. It turns out that the SunPro C++ compiler does not properly # handle `-M -o', and we need to detect this. Also, some Intel # versions had trouble with output in subdirs am__obj=sub/conftest.${OBJEXT-o} am__minus_obj="-o $am__obj" case $depmode in gcc) # This depmode causes a compiler race in universal mode. test "$am__universal" = false || continue ;; nosideeffect) # after this tag, mechanisms are not by side-effect, so they'll # only be used when explicitly requested if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" = xyes; then continue else break fi ;; msvisualcpp | msvcmsys) # This compiler won't grok `-c -o', but also, the minuso test has # not run yet. These depmodes are late enough in the game, and # so weak that their functioning should not be impacted. am__obj=conftest.${OBJEXT-o} am__minus_obj= ;; none) break ;; esac if depmode=$depmode \ source=sub/conftest.c object=$am__obj \ depfile=sub/conftest.Po tmpdepfile=sub/conftest.TPo \ $SHELL ./depcomp $depcc -c $am__minus_obj sub/conftest.c \ >/dev/null 2>conftest.err && grep sub/conftst1.h sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 && grep sub/conftst6.h sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 && grep $am__obj sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 && ${MAKE-make} -s -f confmf > /dev/null 2>&1; then # icc doesn't choke on unknown options, it will just issue warnings # or remarks (even with -Werror). So we grep stderr for any message # that says an option was ignored or not supported. # When given -MP, icc 7.0 and 7.1 complain thusly: # icc: Command line warning: ignoring option '-M'; no argument required # The diagnosis changed in icc 8.0: # icc: Command line remark: option '-MP' not supported if (grep 'ignoring option' conftest.err || grep 'not supported' conftest.err) >/dev/null 2>&1; then :; else am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type=$depmode break fi fi done cd .. rm -rf conftest.dir else am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type=none fi fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type" >&5 $as_echo "$am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type" >&6; } CCDEPMODE=depmode=$am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno \ && test "$am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type" = gcc3; then am__fastdepCC_TRUE= am__fastdepCC_FALSE='#' else am__fastdepCC_TRUE='#' am__fastdepCC_FALSE= fi # MAKEINFO= # AC_CHECK_PROG(MAKEINFO, makeinfo, makeinfo) # AM_CONDITIONAL([HAVE_MAKEINFO], [test -n "$MAKEINFO"]) # add calls for gnulib if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if test "${ac_cv_prog_RANLIB+set}" = set; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$RANLIB"; then ac_cv_prog_RANLIB="$RANLIB" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_prog_RANLIB="${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi RANLIB=$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB if test -n "$RANLIB"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $RANLIB" >&5 $as_echo "$RANLIB" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi fi if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB"; then ac_ct_RANLIB=$RANLIB # Extract the first word of "ranlib", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy ranlib; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB+set}" = set; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$ac_ct_RANLIB"; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB="$ac_ct_RANLIB" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB="ranlib" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi ac_ct_RANLIB=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB if test -n "$ac_ct_RANLIB"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_RANLIB" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_ct_RANLIB" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi if test "x$ac_ct_RANLIB" = x; then RANLIB=":" else case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in yes:) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} ac_tool_warned=yes ;; esac RANLIB=$ac_ct_RANLIB fi else RANLIB="$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB" fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether ln -s works" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether ln -s works... " >&6; } LN_S=$as_ln_s if test "$LN_S" = "ln -s"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5 $as_echo "yes" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no, using $LN_S" >&5 $as_echo "no, using $LN_S" >&6; } fi # configure.ac:24: warning: AC_CANONICAL_HOST invoked multiple times (mmm...) case "$host_os" in linux*) $as_echo "#define NAMING_LINUX 1" >>confdefs.h ;; freebsd*) $as_echo "#define NAMING_BSD 1" >>confdefs.h ;; esac # Check headers. # getopt.h removed because we already have it; ac_ext=c ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking how to run the C preprocessor" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking how to run the C preprocessor... " >&6; } # On Suns, sometimes $CPP names a directory. if test -n "$CPP" && test -d "$CPP"; then CPP= fi if test -z "$CPP"; then if test "${ac_cv_prog_CPP+set}" = set; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else # Double quotes because CPP needs to be expanded for CPP in "$CC -E" "$CC -E -traditional-cpp" "/lib/cpp" do ac_preproc_ok=false for ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in '' yes do # Use a header file that comes with gcc, so configuring glibc # with a fresh cross-compiler works. # Prefer to if __STDC__ is defined, since # exists even on freestanding compilers. # On the NeXT, cc -E runs the code through the compiler's parser, # not just through cpp. "Syntax error" is here to catch this case. cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #ifdef __STDC__ # include #else # include #endif Syntax error _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_cpp "$LINENO"; then : else # Broken: fails on valid input. continue fi rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext # OK, works on sane cases. Now check whether nonexistent headers # can be detected and how. cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #include _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_cpp "$LINENO"; then : # Broken: success on invalid input. continue else # Passes both tests. ac_preproc_ok=: break fi rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext done # Because of `break', _AC_PREPROC_IFELSE's cleaning code was skipped. rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext if $ac_preproc_ok; then : break fi done ac_cv_prog_CPP=$CPP fi CPP=$ac_cv_prog_CPP else ac_cv_prog_CPP=$CPP fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CPP" >&5 $as_echo "$CPP" >&6; } ac_preproc_ok=false for ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in '' yes do # Use a header file that comes with gcc, so configuring glibc # with a fresh cross-compiler works. # Prefer to if __STDC__ is defined, since # exists even on freestanding compilers. # On the NeXT, cc -E runs the code through the compiler's parser, # not just through cpp. "Syntax error" is here to catch this case. cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #ifdef __STDC__ # include #else # include #endif Syntax error _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_cpp "$LINENO"; then : else # Broken: fails on valid input. continue fi rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext # OK, works on sane cases. Now check whether nonexistent headers # can be detected and how. cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #include _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_cpp "$LINENO"; then : # Broken: success on invalid input. continue else # Passes both tests. ac_preproc_ok=: break fi rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext done # Because of `break', _AC_PREPROC_IFELSE's cleaning code was skipped. rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext if $ac_preproc_ok; then : else { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;} as_fn_error "C preprocessor \"$CPP\" fails sanity check See \`config.log' for more details." "$LINENO" 5; } fi ac_ext=c ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for grep that handles long lines and -e" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for grep that handles long lines and -e... " >&6; } if test "${ac_cv_path_GREP+set}" = set; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -z "$GREP"; then ac_path_GREP_found=false # Loop through the user's path and test for each of PROGNAME-LIST as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_prog in grep ggrep; do for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do ac_path_GREP="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" { test -f "$ac_path_GREP" && $as_test_x "$ac_path_GREP"; } || continue # Check for GNU ac_path_GREP and select it if it is found. # Check for GNU $ac_path_GREP case `"$ac_path_GREP" --version 2>&1` in *GNU*) ac_cv_path_GREP="$ac_path_GREP" ac_path_GREP_found=:;; *) ac_count=0 $as_echo_n 0123456789 >"conftest.in" while : do cat "conftest.in" "conftest.in" >"conftest.tmp" mv "conftest.tmp" "conftest.in" cp "conftest.in" "conftest.nl" $as_echo 'GREP' >> "conftest.nl" "$ac_path_GREP" -e 'GREP$' -e '-(cannot match)-' < "conftest.nl" >"conftest.out" 2>/dev/null || break diff "conftest.out" "conftest.nl" >/dev/null 2>&1 || break as_fn_arith $ac_count + 1 && ac_count=$as_val if test $ac_count -gt ${ac_path_GREP_max-0}; then # Best one so far, save it but keep looking for a better one ac_cv_path_GREP="$ac_path_GREP" ac_path_GREP_max=$ac_count fi # 10*(2^10) chars as input seems more than enough test $ac_count -gt 10 && break done rm -f conftest.in conftest.tmp conftest.nl conftest.out;; esac $ac_path_GREP_found && break 3 done done done IFS=$as_save_IFS if test -z "$ac_cv_path_GREP"; then as_fn_error "no acceptable grep could be found in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin" "$LINENO" 5 fi else ac_cv_path_GREP=$GREP fi fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_path_GREP" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_path_GREP" >&6; } GREP="$ac_cv_path_GREP" { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for egrep" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for egrep... " >&6; } if test "${ac_cv_path_EGREP+set}" = set; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if echo a | $GREP -E '(a|b)' >/dev/null 2>&1 then ac_cv_path_EGREP="$GREP -E" else if test -z "$EGREP"; then ac_path_EGREP_found=false # Loop through the user's path and test for each of PROGNAME-LIST as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_prog in egrep; do for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do ac_path_EGREP="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" { test -f "$ac_path_EGREP" && $as_test_x "$ac_path_EGREP"; } || continue # Check for GNU ac_path_EGREP and select it if it is found. # Check for GNU $ac_path_EGREP case `"$ac_path_EGREP" --version 2>&1` in *GNU*) ac_cv_path_EGREP="$ac_path_EGREP" ac_path_EGREP_found=:;; *) ac_count=0 $as_echo_n 0123456789 >"conftest.in" while : do cat "conftest.in" "conftest.in" >"conftest.tmp" mv "conftest.tmp" "conftest.in" cp "conftest.in" "conftest.nl" $as_echo 'EGREP' >> "conftest.nl" "$ac_path_EGREP" 'EGREP$' < "conftest.nl" >"conftest.out" 2>/dev/null || break diff "conftest.out" "conftest.nl" >/dev/null 2>&1 || break as_fn_arith $ac_count + 1 && ac_count=$as_val if test $ac_count -gt ${ac_path_EGREP_max-0}; then # Best one so far, save it but keep looking for a better one ac_cv_path_EGREP="$ac_path_EGREP" ac_path_EGREP_max=$ac_count fi # 10*(2^10) chars as input seems more than enough test $ac_count -gt 10 && break done rm -f conftest.in conftest.tmp conftest.nl conftest.out;; esac $ac_path_EGREP_found && break 3 done done done IFS=$as_save_IFS if test -z "$ac_cv_path_EGREP"; then as_fn_error "no acceptable egrep could be found in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin" "$LINENO" 5 fi else ac_cv_path_EGREP=$EGREP fi fi fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_path_EGREP" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_path_EGREP" >&6; } EGREP="$ac_cv_path_EGREP" { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for ANSI C header files" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for ANSI C header files... " >&6; } if test "${ac_cv_header_stdc+set}" = set; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #include #include #include #include int main () { ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_header_stdc=yes else ac_cv_header_stdc=no fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then # SunOS 4.x string.h does not declare mem*, contrary to ANSI. cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #include _ACEOF if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 | $EGREP "memchr" >/dev/null 2>&1; then : else ac_cv_header_stdc=no fi rm -f conftest* fi if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then # ISC 2.0.2 stdlib.h does not declare free, contrary to ANSI. cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #include _ACEOF if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 | $EGREP "free" >/dev/null 2>&1; then : else ac_cv_header_stdc=no fi rm -f conftest* fi if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then # /bin/cc in Irix-4.0.5 gets non-ANSI ctype macros unless using -ansi. if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then : : else cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #include #include #if ((' ' & 0x0FF) == 0x020) # define ISLOWER(c) ('a' <= (c) && (c) <= 'z') # define TOUPPER(c) (ISLOWER(c) ? 'A' + ((c) - 'a') : (c)) #else # define ISLOWER(c) \ (('a' <= (c) && (c) <= 'i') \ || ('j' <= (c) && (c) <= 'r') \ || ('s' <= (c) && (c) <= 'z')) # define TOUPPER(c) (ISLOWER(c) ? ((c) | 0x40) : (c)) #endif #define XOR(e, f) (((e) && !(f)) || (!(e) && (f))) int main () { int i; for (i = 0; i < 256; i++) if (XOR (islower (i), ISLOWER (i)) || toupper (i) != TOUPPER (i)) return 2; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_run "$LINENO"; then : else ac_cv_header_stdc=no fi rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext \ conftest.$ac_objext conftest.beam conftest.$ac_ext fi fi fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_header_stdc" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_header_stdc" >&6; } if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then $as_echo "#define STDC_HEADERS 1" >>confdefs.h fi # On IRIX 5.3, sys/types and inttypes.h are conflicting. for ac_header in sys/types.h sys/stat.h stdlib.h string.h memory.h strings.h \ inttypes.h stdint.h unistd.h do : as_ac_Header=`$as_echo "ac_cv_header_$ac_header" | $as_tr_sh` ac_fn_c_check_header_compile "$LINENO" "$ac_header" "$as_ac_Header" "$ac_includes_default " eval as_val=\$$as_ac_Header if test "x$as_val" = x""yes; then : cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define `$as_echo "HAVE_$ac_header" | $as_tr_cpp` 1 _ACEOF fi done for ac_header in ctype.h errno.h stdio.h stdarg.h locale.h do : as_ac_Header=`$as_echo "ac_cv_header_$ac_header" | $as_tr_sh` ac_fn_c_check_header_mongrel "$LINENO" "$ac_header" "$as_ac_Header" "$ac_includes_default" eval as_val=\$$as_ac_Header if test "x$as_val" = x""yes; then : cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define `$as_echo "HAVE_$ac_header" | $as_tr_cpp` 1 _ACEOF fi done for ac_header in string.h stdlib.h unistd.h parted/parted.h do : as_ac_Header=`$as_echo "ac_cv_header_$ac_header" | $as_tr_sh` ac_fn_c_check_header_mongrel "$LINENO" "$ac_header" "$as_ac_Header" "$ac_includes_default" eval as_val=\$$as_ac_Header if test "x$as_val" = x""yes; then : cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define `$as_echo "HAVE_$ac_header" | $as_tr_cpp` 1 _ACEOF fi done # Check for library functions. #AC_CHECK_FUNCS([]) # Check for LFS # Check whether --enable-largefile was given. if test "${enable_largefile+set}" = set; then : enableval=$enable_largefile; fi if test "$enable_largefile" != no; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for special C compiler options needed for large files" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for special C compiler options needed for large files... " >&6; } if test "${ac_cv_sys_largefile_CC+set}" = set; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else ac_cv_sys_largefile_CC=no if test "$GCC" != yes; then ac_save_CC=$CC while :; do # IRIX 6.2 and later do not support large files by default, # so use the C compiler's -n32 option if that helps. cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #include /* Check that off_t can represent 2**63 - 1 correctly. We can't simply define LARGE_OFF_T to be 9223372036854775807, since some C++ compilers masquerading as C compilers incorrectly reject 9223372036854775807. */ #define LARGE_OFF_T (((off_t) 1 << 62) - 1 + ((off_t) 1 << 62)) int off_t_is_large[(LARGE_OFF_T % 2147483629 == 721 && LARGE_OFF_T % 2147483647 == 1) ? 1 : -1]; int main () { ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : break fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext CC="$CC -n32" if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_sys_largefile_CC=' -n32'; break fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext break done CC=$ac_save_CC rm -f conftest.$ac_ext fi fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_sys_largefile_CC" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_sys_largefile_CC" >&6; } if test "$ac_cv_sys_largefile_CC" != no; then CC=$CC$ac_cv_sys_largefile_CC fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for _FILE_OFFSET_BITS value needed for large files" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for _FILE_OFFSET_BITS value needed for large files... " >&6; } if test "${ac_cv_sys_file_offset_bits+set}" = set; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else while :; do cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #include /* Check that off_t can represent 2**63 - 1 correctly. We can't simply define LARGE_OFF_T to be 9223372036854775807, since some C++ compilers masquerading as C compilers incorrectly reject 9223372036854775807. */ #define LARGE_OFF_T (((off_t) 1 << 62) - 1 + ((off_t) 1 << 62)) int off_t_is_large[(LARGE_OFF_T % 2147483629 == 721 && LARGE_OFF_T % 2147483647 == 1) ? 1 : -1]; int main () { ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_sys_file_offset_bits=no; break fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #define _FILE_OFFSET_BITS 64 #include /* Check that off_t can represent 2**63 - 1 correctly. We can't simply define LARGE_OFF_T to be 9223372036854775807, since some C++ compilers masquerading as C compilers incorrectly reject 9223372036854775807. */ #define LARGE_OFF_T (((off_t) 1 << 62) - 1 + ((off_t) 1 << 62)) int off_t_is_large[(LARGE_OFF_T % 2147483629 == 721 && LARGE_OFF_T % 2147483647 == 1) ? 1 : -1]; int main () { ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_sys_file_offset_bits=64; break fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext ac_cv_sys_file_offset_bits=unknown break done fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_sys_file_offset_bits" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_sys_file_offset_bits" >&6; } case $ac_cv_sys_file_offset_bits in #( no | unknown) ;; *) cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define _FILE_OFFSET_BITS $ac_cv_sys_file_offset_bits _ACEOF ;; esac rm -rf conftest* if test $ac_cv_sys_file_offset_bits = unknown; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for _LARGE_FILES value needed for large files" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for _LARGE_FILES value needed for large files... " >&6; } if test "${ac_cv_sys_large_files+set}" = set; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else while :; do cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #include /* Check that off_t can represent 2**63 - 1 correctly. We can't simply define LARGE_OFF_T to be 9223372036854775807, since some C++ compilers masquerading as C compilers incorrectly reject 9223372036854775807. */ #define LARGE_OFF_T (((off_t) 1 << 62) - 1 + ((off_t) 1 << 62)) int off_t_is_large[(LARGE_OFF_T % 2147483629 == 721 && LARGE_OFF_T % 2147483647 == 1) ? 1 : -1]; int main () { ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_sys_large_files=no; break fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #define _LARGE_FILES 1 #include /* Check that off_t can represent 2**63 - 1 correctly. We can't simply define LARGE_OFF_T to be 9223372036854775807, since some C++ compilers masquerading as C compilers incorrectly reject 9223372036854775807. */ #define LARGE_OFF_T (((off_t) 1 << 62) - 1 + ((off_t) 1 << 62)) int off_t_is_large[(LARGE_OFF_T % 2147483629 == 721 && LARGE_OFF_T % 2147483647 == 1) ? 1 : -1]; int main () { ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_sys_large_files=1; break fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext ac_cv_sys_large_files=unknown break done fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_sys_large_files" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_sys_large_files" >&6; } case $ac_cv_sys_large_files in #( no | unknown) ;; *) cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define _LARGE_FILES $ac_cv_sys_large_files _ACEOF ;; esac rm -rf conftest* fi fi CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -D_FILE_OFFSET_BITS=${ac_cv_sys_file_offset_bits}" # hack # LIBS="$LIBS -ldl" ## better hack XLIBS="$LIBS" LIBS="$LIBS -ldl" saved_LIBS="$LIBS" ac_fn_c_check_header_mongrel "$LINENO" "parted/parted.h" "ac_cv_header_parted_parted_h" "$ac_includes_default" if test "x$ac_cv_header_parted_parted_h" = x""yes; then : else as_fn_error " not found; install GNU/Parted" "$LINENO" 5 as_fn_error "*** libparted >= 1.7.0 not installed - please install first ***" "$LINENO" 5 fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for uuid_generate in -luuid" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for uuid_generate in -luuid... " >&6; } if test "${ac_cv_lib_uuid_uuid_generate+set}" = set; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS LIBS="-luuid $LIBS" cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ /* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" #endif char uuid_generate (); int main () { return uuid_generate (); ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_lib_uuid_uuid_generate=yes else ac_cv_lib_uuid_uuid_generate=no fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_lib_uuid_uuid_generate" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_uuid_uuid_generate" >&6; } if test "x$ac_cv_lib_uuid_uuid_generate" = x""yes; then : cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define HAVE_LIBUUID 1 _ACEOF LIBS="-luuid $LIBS" else as_fn_error "libuuid not found; install e2fsprogs available at http://web.mit.edu/tytso/www/linux/e2fsprogs.html" "$LINENO" 5 as_fn_error "*** libparted >= 1.7.0 not installed - please install first ***" "$LINENO" 5 fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for ped_device_read in -lparted" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for ped_device_read in -lparted... " >&6; } if test "${ac_cv_lib_parted_ped_device_read+set}" = set; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS LIBS="-lparted $LIBS" cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ /* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" #endif char ped_device_read (); int main () { return ped_device_read (); ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_lib_parted_ped_device_read=yes else ac_cv_lib_parted_ped_device_read=no fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_lib_parted_ped_device_read" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_parted_ped_device_read" >&6; } if test "x$ac_cv_lib_parted_ped_device_read" = x""yes; then : cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define HAVE_LIBPARTED 1 _ACEOF LIBS="-lparted $LIBS" else as_fn_error "libparted not found; install GNU/Parted available at http://www.gnu.org/software/parted/parted.html" "$LINENO" 5 as_fn_error "*** libparted >= 1.7.0 not installed - please install first ***" "$LINENO" 5 fi case "$host_os" in gnu*) # The Hurd requires some special system libraries # with very generic names, which is why we special # case these tests. { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for lcm in -lshouldbeinlibc" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for lcm in -lshouldbeinlibc... " >&6; } if test "${ac_cv_lib_shouldbeinlibc_lcm+set}" = set; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS LIBS="-lshouldbeinlibc $LIBS" cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ /* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" #endif char lcm (); int main () { return lcm (); ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_lib_shouldbeinlibc_lcm=yes else ac_cv_lib_shouldbeinlibc_lcm=no fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_lib_shouldbeinlibc_lcm" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_shouldbeinlibc_lcm" >&6; } if test "x$ac_cv_lib_shouldbeinlibc_lcm" = x""yes; then : cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define HAVE_LIBSHOULDBEINLIBC 1 _ACEOF LIBS="-lshouldbeinlibc $LIBS" else as_fn_error "libshouldbeinlibc not found; install the Hurd development libraries." "$LINENO" 5 as_fn_error "*** libparted >= 1.7.0 not installed - please install first ***" "$LINENO" 5 fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for store_open in -lstore" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for store_open in -lstore... " >&6; } if test "${ac_cv_lib_store_store_open+set}" = set; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS LIBS="-lstore $LIBS" cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ /* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" #endif char store_open (); int main () { return store_open (); ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_lib_store_store_open=yes else ac_cv_lib_store_store_open=no fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_lib_store_store_open" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_store_store_open" >&6; } if test "x$ac_cv_lib_store_store_open" = x""yes; then : cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define HAVE_LIBSTORE 1 _ACEOF LIBS="-lstore $LIBS" else as_fn_error "libstore not found; install the Hurd development libraries." "$LINENO" 5 as_fn_error "*** libparted >= 1.7.0 not installed - please install first ***" "$LINENO" 5 fi ;; *) ;; esac { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for libparted - version >= 1.7.0" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for libparted - version >= 1.7.0... " >&6; } cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ /* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" #endif char ped_get_version (); int main () { return ped_get_version (); ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: failed" >&5 $as_echo "failed" >&6; } as_fn_error "*** libparted < 1.2.8 or == 1.3.0 can't execute test ***" "$LINENO" 5 fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext parted_config_major_version=`echo 1.7.0 | \ sed 's/\([0-9]*\).\([0-9]*\).\([0-9]*\)/\1/'` parted_config_minor_version=`echo 1.7.0 | \ sed 's/\([0-9]*\).\([0-9]*\).\([0-9]*\)/\2/'` parted_config_micro_version=`echo 1.7.0 | \ sed 's/\([0-9]*\).\([0-9]*\).\([0-9]*\)/\3/'` if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then : echo $ac_n "cross compiling; assumed OK... $ac_c" else cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #include #include #include int main () { int major, minor, micro; const char *version; major = 0; minor = 0; micro = 0; if ( !(version = ped_get_version ()) ) exit(1); /* if (sscanf(version, "%d.%d.%d", &major, &minor, µ) != 3) */ if(sscanf(version, "%d.%d.%d", &major, &minor, µ) <= 1) { printf("%s, bad version string\n", version); exit(1); } printf("%d.%d.%d ", major, minor, micro); if ((major > $parted_config_major_version) || ((major == $parted_config_major_version) && (minor > $parted_config_minor_version)) || ((major == $parted_config_major_version) && (minor == $parted_config_minor_version) && (micro >= $parted_config_micro_version))) { return 0; } else { printf("\n*** An old version of libparted (%s) was found.\n", version); printf("*** You need a version of libparted equal to or newer than %d.%d.%d.\n", $parted_config_major_version, $parted_config_minor_version, $parted_config_micro_version); printf("*** You can get it at - ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/parted/\n"); return 1; } } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_run "$LINENO"; then : { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5 $as_echo "yes" >&6; }; else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } ; as_fn_error "*** libparted >= 1.7.0 not installed - please install first ***" "$LINENO" 5 fi rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext \ conftest.$ac_objext conftest.beam conftest.$ac_ext fi PARTED_LIBS="$LIBS" LIBS="$saved_LIBS" LIBS="$LIBS -lparted" # 7 July 2009: New version of libparted does not have ped_free GFDISK_libparted_ped_free=ped_free { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for ped_free in libparted" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for ped_free in libparted... " >&6; } cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ extern void ped_free( ); int main () { ped_free(); return 0; ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5 $as_echo "yes" >&6; } else GFDISK_libparted_ped_free=free; { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define PED_FREE $GFDISK_libparted_ped_free _ACEOF LIBS="$XLIBS" saved_LIBS="$LIBS" ac_fn_c_check_header_mongrel "$LINENO" "ncurses.h" "ac_cv_header_ncurses_h" "$ac_includes_default" if test "x$ac_cv_header_ncurses_h" = x""yes; then : have_ncurses_h=true $as_echo "#define HAVE_NCURSES_H 1" >>confdefs.h else ac_fn_c_check_header_mongrel "$LINENO" "curses.h" "ac_cv_header_curses_h" "$ac_includes_default" if test "x$ac_cv_header_curses_h" = x""yes; then : have_ncurses_h=false $as_echo "#define HAVE_CURSES_H 1" >>confdefs.h else have_curses=false fi fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for getch in -lncurses" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for getch in -lncurses... " >&6; } if test "${ac_cv_lib_ncurses_getch+set}" = set; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS LIBS="-lncurses $LIBS" cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ /* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" #endif char getch (); int main () { return getch (); ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_lib_ncurses_getch=yes else ac_cv_lib_ncurses_getch=no fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_lib_ncurses_getch" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_ncurses_getch" >&6; } if test "x$ac_cv_lib_ncurses_getch" = x""yes; then : have_curses=true ; CURSES_LIBS="-lncurses" else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for getch in -lcurses" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for getch in -lcurses... " >&6; } if test "${ac_cv_lib_curses_getch+set}" = set; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS LIBS="-lcurses $LIBS" cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ /* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" #endif char getch (); int main () { return getch (); ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_lib_curses_getch=yes else ac_cv_lib_curses_getch=no fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_lib_curses_getch" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_curses_getch" >&6; } if test "x$ac_cv_lib_curses_getch" = x""yes; then : CURSES_LIBS="-lcurses" ; have_curses=true else have_curses=false fi fi fdisk_have_libtermcap=0 for ac_header in termcap.h do : ac_fn_c_check_header_mongrel "$LINENO" "termcap.h" "ac_cv_header_termcap_h" "$ac_includes_default" if test "x$ac_cv_header_termcap_h" = x""yes; then : cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define HAVE_TERMCAP_H 1 _ACEOF fi done { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for tgetnum in -ltermcap" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for tgetnum in -ltermcap... " >&6; } if test "${ac_cv_lib_termcap_tgetnum+set}" = set; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS LIBS="-ltermcap $LIBS" cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ /* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" #endif char tgetnum (); int main () { return tgetnum (); ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_lib_termcap_tgetnum=yes else ac_cv_lib_termcap_tgetnum=no fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_lib_termcap_tgetnum" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_termcap_tgetnum" >&6; } if test "x$ac_cv_lib_termcap_tgetnum" = x""yes; then : fdisk_have_libtermcap="termcap" else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for tgetnum in -ltermlib" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for tgetnum in -ltermlib... " >&6; } if test "${ac_cv_lib_termlib_tgetnum+set}" = set; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS LIBS="-ltermlib $LIBS" cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ /* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" #endif char tgetnum (); int main () { return tgetnum (); ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_lib_termlib_tgetnum=yes else ac_cv_lib_termlib_tgetnum=no fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_lib_termlib_tgetnum" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_termlib_tgetnum" >&6; } if test "x$ac_cv_lib_termlib_tgetnum" = x""yes; then : fdisk_have_libtermcap="termlib" else fdisk_have_libtermcap="false" fi fi if test "$fdisk_have_libtermcap" != "false" ; then $as_echo "#define HAVE_LIBTERMCAP 1" >>confdefs.h LIBS="$LIBS -l$fdisk_have_libtermcap" else $as_echo "#define HAVE_LIBTERMCAP 0" >>confdefs.h fi fdisk_have_libreadline=0 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for readline in -lreadline" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for readline in -lreadline... " >&6; } if test "${ac_cv_lib_readline_readline+set}" = set; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS LIBS="-lreadline $LIBS" cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ /* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" #endif char readline (); int main () { return readline (); ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_lib_readline_readline=yes else ac_cv_lib_readline_readline=no fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_lib_readline_readline" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_readline_readline" >&6; } if test "x$ac_cv_lib_readline_readline" = x""yes; then : fdisk_have_libreadline=1; LIBS="$LIBS -lreadline"; else fdisk_have_libreadline=0 fi for ac_header in readline/readline.h readline/history.h do : as_ac_Header=`$as_echo "ac_cv_header_$ac_header" | $as_tr_sh` ac_fn_c_check_header_mongrel "$LINENO" "$ac_header" "$as_ac_Header" "$ac_includes_default" eval as_val=\$$as_ac_Header if test "x$as_val" = x""yes; then : cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define `$as_echo "HAVE_$ac_header" | $as_tr_cpp` 1 _ACEOF else fdisk_have_libreadline=0; break; fi done ac_fn_c_check_type "$LINENO" "rl_compentry_func_t" "ac_cv_type_rl_compentry_func_t" " #if HAVE_LIBREADLINE # include # include #endif " if test "x$ac_cv_type_rl_compentry_func_t" = x""yes; then : cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define HAVE_RL_COMPENTRY_FUNC_T 1 _ACEOF fi cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define HAVE_LIBREADLINE $fdisk_have_libreadline _ACEOF # Check whether --with-check was given. if test "${with_check+set}" = set; then : withval=$with_check; fi if test x$with_check = xno; then have_check=false else saved_LIBS="$LIBS" saved_CFGLAGS="$CFLAGS" if test x$with_check != x; then CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -I$with_check/include" LIBS="$LIBS -L$with_check/lib -lcheck" fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for check >= 0.8.2" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for check >= 0.8.2... " >&6; } check_config_major_version=`echo 0.8.2 | \ sed 's/\([0-9]*\).\([0-9]*\).\([0-9]*\)/\1/'` check_config_minor_version=`echo 0.8.2 | \ sed 's/\([0-9]*\).\([0-9]*\).\([0-9]*\)/\2/'` check_config_micro_version=`echo 0.8.2 | \ sed 's/\([0-9]*\).\([0-9]*\).\([0-9]*\)/\3/'` if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then : echo $ac_n "cross compiling; assumed OK... $ac_c" else cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #include #include #include int main () { int major = CHECK_MAJOR_VERSION, minor = CHECK_MINOR_VERSION, micro = CHECK_MICRO_VERSION; const char *version; if ((major > $check_config_major_version) || ((major == $check_config_major_version) && (minor > $check_config_minor_version)) || ((major == $check_config_major_version) && (minor == $check_config_minor_version) && (micro >= $check_config_micro_version))) { return 0; } else { printf(" *** Looked for check version >= %d.%d.%d, found %d.%d.%d\n", $check_config_major_version, $check_config_minor_version, $check_config_micro_version, major, minor, micro); return 1; } } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_run "$LINENO"; then : { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5 $as_echo "yes" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } ; have_check=false fi rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext \ conftest.$ac_objext conftest.beam conftest.$ac_ext fi if test x$with_check != x; then CHECK_CFLAGS="-I$with_check/include" CHECK_LIBS="-L$with_check/lib -lcheck" else CHECK_LIBS="-lcheck" CHECK_CFLAGS="" fi LIBS="$saved_LIBS" fi if test x$have_check = xtrue; then MAKE_TESTS_TRUE= MAKE_TESTS_FALSE='#' else MAKE_TESTS_TRUE='#' MAKE_TESTS_FALSE= fi if test x$have_curses = xtrue; then MAKE_CFDISK_TRUE= MAKE_CFDISK_FALSE='#' else MAKE_CFDISK_TRUE='#' MAKE_CFDISK_FALSE= fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking how to create links" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking how to create links... " >&6; } rm -f test00 test01 touch test00 ln -s test00 test01 || : SYMLINK="" SYMLINKFROM="fdisk" if test -L test01; then SYMLINK="ln -s" else SYMLINKFROM="${sbindir}/fdisk" rm -f test01 ln test00 test01 || : if test -e test01; then SYMLINK="ln" else SYMLINK="cp" fi fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $SYMLINK" >&5 $as_echo "$SYMLINK" >&6; } rm -f test00 test01 # Check whether --with-gnu-ext was given. if test "${with_gnu_ext+set}" = set; then : withval=$with_gnu_ext; $as_echo "#define GNU_EXT 1" >>confdefs.h fi # Check whether --enable-cfdisk was given. if test "${enable_cfdisk+set}" = set; then : enableval=$enable_cfdisk; case "${enableval}" in yes) cfdisk=true ;; no) cfdisk=false ;; *) as_fn_error "bad value ${enableval} for --enable-cfdisk" "$LINENO" 5 ;; esac else cfdisk=auto fi if test x$cfdisk = xtrue && test x$have_curses != xtrue; then as_fn_error "*** curses required for cfdisk ***" "$LINENO" 5 fi if test x$cfdisk != xfalse && test x$have_curses = xtrue; then MAKE_CFDISK_TRUE= MAKE_CFDISK_FALSE='#' else MAKE_CFDISK_TRUE='#' MAKE_CFDISK_FALSE= fi # add for gnulib if test -z "$GETOPT_H"; then for ac_header in getopt.h do : ac_fn_c_check_header_mongrel "$LINENO" "getopt.h" "ac_cv_header_getopt_h" "$ac_includes_default" if test "x$ac_cv_header_getopt_h" = x""yes; then : cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define HAVE_GETOPT_H 1 _ACEOF else GETOPT_H=getopt.h fi done fi if test -z "$GETOPT_H"; then for ac_func in getopt_long_only do : ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "getopt_long_only" "ac_cv_func_getopt_long_only" if test "x$ac_cv_func_getopt_long_only" = x""yes; then : cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define HAVE_GETOPT_LONG_ONLY 1 _ACEOF else GETOPT_H=getopt.h fi done fi if test -z "$GETOPT_H"; then ac_fn_c_check_decl "$LINENO" "optreset" "ac_cv_have_decl_optreset" "#include " if test "x$ac_cv_have_decl_optreset" = x""yes; then : GETOPT_H=getopt.h fi fi if test -z "$GETOPT_H"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for working GNU getopt function" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for working GNU getopt function... " >&6; } if test "${gl_cv_func_gnu_getopt+set}" = set; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then : ac_fn_c_check_decl "$LINENO" "getopt_clip" "ac_cv_have_decl_getopt_clip" "#include " if test "x$ac_cv_have_decl_getopt_clip" = x""yes; then : gl_cv_func_gnu_getopt=no else gl_cv_func_gnu_getopt=yes fi else cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #include int main () { char *myargv[3]; myargv[0] = "conftest"; myargv[1] = "-+"; myargv[2] = 0; return getopt (2, myargv, "+a") != '?'; ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_run "$LINENO"; then : gl_cv_func_gnu_getopt=yes else gl_cv_func_gnu_getopt=no fi rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext \ conftest.$ac_objext conftest.beam conftest.$ac_ext fi fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $gl_cv_func_gnu_getopt" >&5 $as_echo "$gl_cv_func_gnu_getopt" >&6; } if test "$gl_cv_func_gnu_getopt" = "no"; then GETOPT_H=getopt.h fi fi ac_fn_c_check_decl "$LINENO" "getenv" "ac_cv_have_decl_getenv" "$ac_includes_default" if test "x$ac_cv_have_decl_getenv" = x""yes; then : ac_have_decl=1 else ac_have_decl=0 fi cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define HAVE_DECL_GETENV $ac_have_decl _ACEOF GNULIB_CHOWN=0; GNULIB_DUP2=0; GNULIB_ENVIRON=0; GNULIB_FCHDIR=0; GNULIB_FTRUNCATE=0; GNULIB_GETCWD=0; GNULIB_GETLOGIN_R=0; GNULIB_GETPAGESIZE=0; GNULIB_LCHOWN=0; GNULIB_LSEEK=0; GNULIB_READLINK=0; GNULIB_SLEEP=0; HAVE_DUP2=1; HAVE_FTRUNCATE=1; HAVE_GETPAGESIZE=1; HAVE_READLINK=1; HAVE_SLEEP=1; HAVE_DECL_ENVIRON=1; HAVE_DECL_GETLOGIN_R=1; HAVE_OS_H=0; HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H=0; REPLACE_CHOWN=0; REPLACE_FCHDIR=0; REPLACE_GETCWD=0; REPLACE_GETPAGESIZE=0; REPLACE_LCHOWN=0; REPLACE_LSEEK=0; { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether the preprocessor supports include_next" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether the preprocessor supports include_next... " >&6; } if test "${gl_cv_have_include_next+set}" = set; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else rm -rf conftestd1 conftestd2 mkdir conftestd1 conftestd2 cat < conftestd1/conftest.h #define DEFINED_IN_CONFTESTD1 #include_next #ifdef DEFINED_IN_CONFTESTD2 int foo; #else #error "include_next doesn't work" #endif EOF cat < conftestd2/conftest.h #ifndef DEFINED_IN_CONFTESTD1 #error "include_next test doesn't work" #endif #define DEFINED_IN_CONFTESTD2 EOF save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS" CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -Iconftestd1 -Iconftestd2" cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #include _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : gl_cv_have_include_next=yes else gl_cv_have_include_next=no fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext CPPFLAGS="$save_CPPFLAGS" rm -rf conftestd1 conftestd2 fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $gl_cv_have_include_next" >&5 $as_echo "$gl_cv_have_include_next" >&6; } if test $gl_cv_have_include_next = yes; then $as_echo "#define HAVE_INCLUDE_NEXT 1" >>confdefs.h INCLUDE_NEXT=include_next else INCLUDE_NEXT=include fi for ac_header in $gl_header_list do : as_ac_Header=`$as_echo "ac_cv_header_$ac_header" | $as_tr_sh` ac_fn_c_check_header_mongrel "$LINENO" "$ac_header" "$as_ac_Header" "$ac_includes_default" eval as_val=\$$as_ac_Header if test "x$as_val" = x""yes; then : cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define `$as_echo "HAVE_$ac_header" | $as_tr_cpp` 1 _ACEOF fi done if false; then GL_COND_LIBTOOL_TRUE= GL_COND_LIBTOOL_FALSE='#' else GL_COND_LIBTOOL_TRUE='#' GL_COND_LIBTOOL_FALSE= fi gl_cond_libtool=false gl_libdeps= gl_ltlibdeps= gl_source_base='lib' if test -n "$GETOPT_H"; then : gl_LIBOBJS="$gl_LIBOBJS getopt.$ac_objext" gl_LIBOBJS="$gl_LIBOBJS getopt1.$ac_objext" GETOPT_H=getopt.h $as_echo "#define __GETOPT_PREFIX rpl_" >>confdefs.h : fi : if test $gl_cv_have_include_next = yes; then gl_cv_next_unistd_h='<'unistd.h'>' else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking absolute name of " >&5 $as_echo_n "checking absolute name of ... " >&6; } if test "${gl_cv_next_unistd_h+set}" = set; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test $ac_cv_header_unistd_h = yes; then cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #include _ACEOF gl_cv_next_unistd_h='"'`(eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 | sed -n '\#/unistd.h#{ s#.*"\(.*/unistd.h\)".*#\1# s#^/[^/]#//&# p q }'`'"' else gl_cv_next_unistd_h='<'unistd.h'>' fi fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $gl_cv_next_unistd_h" >&5 $as_echo "$gl_cv_next_unistd_h" >&6; } fi NEXT_UNISTD_H=$gl_cv_next_unistd_h : if test $ac_cv_header_unistd_h = yes; then HAVE_UNISTD_H=1 else HAVE_UNISTD_H=0 fi gltests_libdeps= gltests_ltlibdeps= gl_source_base='tests' LIBGNU_LIBDEPS="$gl_libdeps" LIBGNU_LTLIBDEPS="$gl_ltlibdeps" # lib/Makefile is for GNULib ac_config_files="$ac_config_files Makefile src/Makefile doc/Makefile tests/Makefile po/Makefile.in m4/Makefile lib/Makefile" cat >confcache <<\_ACEOF # This file is a shell script that caches the results of configure # tests run on this system so they can be shared between configure # scripts and configure runs, see configure's option --config-cache. # It is not useful on other systems. If it contains results you don't # want to keep, you may remove or edit it. # # config.status only pays attention to the cache file if you give it # the --recheck option to rerun configure. # # `ac_cv_env_foo' variables (set or unset) will be overridden when # loading this file, other *unset* `ac_cv_foo' will be assigned the # following values. _ACEOF # The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values, # but we know of no workaround that is simple, portable, and efficient. # So, we kill variables containing newlines. # Ultrix sh set writes to stderr and can't be redirected directly, # and sets the high bit in the cache file unless we assign to the vars. ( for ac_var in `(set) 2>&1 | sed -n 's/^\([a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=.*/\1/p'`; do eval ac_val=\$$ac_var case $ac_val in #( *${as_nl}*) case $ac_var in #( *_cv_*) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: cache variable $ac_var contains a newline" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: cache variable $ac_var contains a newline" >&2;} ;; esac case $ac_var in #( _ | IFS | as_nl) ;; #( BASH_ARGV | BASH_SOURCE) eval $ac_var= ;; #( *) { eval $ac_var=; unset $ac_var;} ;; esac ;; esac done (set) 2>&1 | case $as_nl`(ac_space=' '; set) 2>&1` in #( *${as_nl}ac_space=\ *) # `set' does not quote correctly, so add quotes: double-quote # substitution turns \\\\ into \\, and sed turns \\ into \. sed -n \ "s/'/'\\\\''/g; s/^\\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1='\\2'/p" ;; #( *) # `set' quotes correctly as required by POSIX, so do not add quotes. sed -n "/^[_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*=/p" ;; esac | sort ) | sed ' /^ac_cv_env_/b end t clear :clear s/^\([^=]*\)=\(.*[{}].*\)$/test "${\1+set}" = set || &/ t end s/^\([^=]*\)=\(.*\)$/\1=${\1=\2}/ :end' >>confcache if diff "$cache_file" confcache >/dev/null 2>&1; then :; else if test -w "$cache_file"; then test "x$cache_file" != "x/dev/null" && { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: updating cache $cache_file" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: updating cache $cache_file" >&6;} cat confcache >$cache_file else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: not updating unwritable cache $cache_file" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: not updating unwritable cache $cache_file" >&6;} fi fi rm -f confcache test "x$prefix" = xNONE && prefix=$ac_default_prefix # Let make expand exec_prefix. test "x$exec_prefix" = xNONE && exec_prefix='${prefix}' DEFS=-DHAVE_CONFIG_H ac_libobjs= ac_ltlibobjs= for ac_i in : $LIBOBJS; do test "x$ac_i" = x: && continue # 1. Remove the extension, and $U if already installed. ac_script='s/\$U\././;s/\.o$//;s/\.obj$//' ac_i=`$as_echo "$ac_i" | sed "$ac_script"` # 2. Prepend LIBOBJDIR. When used with automake>=1.10 LIBOBJDIR # will be set to the directory where LIBOBJS objects are built. as_fn_append ac_libobjs " \${LIBOBJDIR}$ac_i\$U.$ac_objext" as_fn_append ac_ltlibobjs " \${LIBOBJDIR}$ac_i"'$U.lo' done LIBOBJS=$ac_libobjs LTLIBOBJS=$ac_ltlibobjs if test -n "$EXEEXT"; then am__EXEEXT_TRUE= am__EXEEXT_FALSE='#' else am__EXEEXT_TRUE='#' am__EXEEXT_FALSE= fi if test -z "${AMDEP_TRUE}" && test -z "${AMDEP_FALSE}"; then as_fn_error "conditional \"AMDEP\" was never defined. Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." "$LINENO" 5 fi if test -z "${am__fastdepCC_TRUE}" && test -z "${am__fastdepCC_FALSE}"; then as_fn_error "conditional \"am__fastdepCC\" was never defined. Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." "$LINENO" 5 fi if test -z "${MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE}" && test -z "${MAINTAINER_MODE_FALSE}"; then as_fn_error "conditional \"MAINTAINER_MODE\" was never defined. Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." "$LINENO" 5 fi if test -z "${am__fastdepCC_TRUE}" && test -z "${am__fastdepCC_FALSE}"; then as_fn_error "conditional \"am__fastdepCC\" was never defined. Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." "$LINENO" 5 fi if test -z "${MAKE_TESTS_TRUE}" && test -z "${MAKE_TESTS_FALSE}"; then as_fn_error "conditional \"MAKE_TESTS\" was never defined. Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." "$LINENO" 5 fi if test -z "${MAKE_CFDISK_TRUE}" && test -z "${MAKE_CFDISK_FALSE}"; then as_fn_error "conditional \"MAKE_CFDISK\" was never defined. Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." "$LINENO" 5 fi if test -z "${MAKE_CFDISK_TRUE}" && test -z "${MAKE_CFDISK_FALSE}"; then as_fn_error "conditional \"MAKE_CFDISK\" was never defined. Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." "$LINENO" 5 fi if test -z "${GL_COND_LIBTOOL_TRUE}" && test -z "${GL_COND_LIBTOOL_FALSE}"; then as_fn_error "conditional \"GL_COND_LIBTOOL\" was never defined. Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." "$LINENO" 5 fi gl_libobjs= gl_ltlibobjs= if test -n "$gl_LIBOBJS"; then # Remove the extension. sed_drop_objext='s/\.o$//;s/\.obj$//' for i in `for i in $gl_LIBOBJS; do echo "$i"; done | sed "$sed_drop_objext" | sort | uniq`; do gl_libobjs="$gl_libobjs $i.$ac_objext" gl_ltlibobjs="$gl_ltlibobjs $i.lo" done fi gl_LIBOBJS=$gl_libobjs gl_LTLIBOBJS=$gl_ltlibobjs gltests_libobjs= gltests_ltlibobjs= if test -n "$gltests_LIBOBJS"; then # Remove the extension. sed_drop_objext='s/\.o$//;s/\.obj$//' for i in `for i in $gltests_LIBOBJS; do echo "$i"; done | sed "$sed_drop_objext" | sort | uniq`; do gltests_libobjs="$gltests_libobjs $i.$ac_objext" gltests_ltlibobjs="$gltests_ltlibobjs $i.lo" done fi gltests_LIBOBJS=$gltests_libobjs gltests_LTLIBOBJS=$gltests_ltlibobjs : ${CONFIG_STATUS=./config.status} ac_write_fail=0 ac_clean_files_save=$ac_clean_files ac_clean_files="$ac_clean_files $CONFIG_STATUS" { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: creating $CONFIG_STATUS" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: creating $CONFIG_STATUS" >&6;} as_write_fail=0 cat >$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ASEOF || as_write_fail=1 #! $SHELL # Generated by $as_me. # Run this file to recreate the current configuration. # Compiler output produced by configure, useful for debugging # configure, is in config.log if it exists. debug=false ac_cs_recheck=false ac_cs_silent=false SHELL=\${CONFIG_SHELL-$SHELL} export SHELL _ASEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ASEOF || as_write_fail=1 ## -------------------- ## ## M4sh Initialization. ## ## -------------------- ## # Be more Bourne compatible DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then : emulate sh NULLCMD=: # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which # is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature. alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"' setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST else case `(set -o) 2>/dev/null` in #( *posix*) : set -o posix ;; #( *) : ;; esac fi as_nl=' ' export as_nl # Printing a long string crashes Solaris 7 /usr/bin/printf. as_echo='\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\' as_echo=$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo as_echo=$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo # Prefer a ksh shell builtin over an external printf program on Solaris, # but without wasting forks for bash or zsh. if test -z "$BASH_VERSION$ZSH_VERSION" \ && (test "X`print -r -- $as_echo`" = "X$as_echo") 2>/dev/null; then as_echo='print -r --' as_echo_n='print -rn --' elif (test "X`printf %s $as_echo`" = "X$as_echo") 2>/dev/null; then as_echo='printf %s\n' as_echo_n='printf %s' else if test "X`(/usr/ucb/echo -n -n $as_echo) 2>/dev/null`" = "X-n $as_echo"; then as_echo_body='eval /usr/ucb/echo -n "$1$as_nl"' as_echo_n='/usr/ucb/echo -n' else as_echo_body='eval expr "X$1" : "X\\(.*\\)"' as_echo_n_body='eval arg=$1; case $arg in #( *"$as_nl"*) expr "X$arg" : "X\\(.*\\)$as_nl"; arg=`expr "X$arg" : ".*$as_nl\\(.*\\)"`;; esac; expr "X$arg" : "X\\(.*\\)" | tr -d "$as_nl" ' export as_echo_n_body as_echo_n='sh -c $as_echo_n_body as_echo' fi export as_echo_body as_echo='sh -c $as_echo_body as_echo' fi # The user is always right. if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then PATH_SEPARATOR=: (PATH='/bin;/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 && { (PATH='/bin:/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 || PATH_SEPARATOR=';' } fi # IFS # We need space, tab and new line, in precisely that order. Quoting is # there to prevent editors from complaining about space-tab. # (If _AS_PATH_WALK were called with IFS unset, it would disable word # splitting by setting IFS to empty value.) IFS=" "" $as_nl" # Find who we are. Look in the path if we contain no directory separator. case $0 in #(( *[\\/]* ) as_myself=$0 ;; *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. test -r "$as_dir/$0" && as_myself=$as_dir/$0 && break done IFS=$as_save_IFS ;; esac # We did not find ourselves, most probably we were run as `sh COMMAND' # in which case we are not to be found in the path. if test "x$as_myself" = x; then as_myself=$0 fi if test ! -f "$as_myself"; then $as_echo "$as_myself: error: cannot find myself; rerun with an absolute file name" >&2 exit 1 fi # Unset variables that we do not need and which cause bugs (e.g. in # pre-3.0 UWIN ksh). But do not cause bugs in bash 2.01; the "|| exit 1" # suppresses any "Segmentation fault" message there. '((' could # trigger a bug in pdksh 5.2.14. for as_var in BASH_ENV ENV MAIL MAILPATH do eval test x\${$as_var+set} = xset \ && ( (unset $as_var) || exit 1) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset $as_var || : done PS1='$ ' PS2='> ' PS4='+ ' # NLS nuisances. LC_ALL=C export LC_ALL LANGUAGE=C export LANGUAGE # CDPATH. (unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH # as_fn_error ERROR [LINENO LOG_FD] # --------------------------------- # Output "`basename $0`: error: ERROR" to stderr. If LINENO and LOG_FD are # provided, also output the error to LOG_FD, referencing LINENO. Then exit the # script with status $?, using 1 if that was 0. as_fn_error () { as_status=$?; test $as_status -eq 0 && as_status=1 if test "$3"; then as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$2"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: $1" >&$3 fi $as_echo "$as_me: error: $1" >&2 as_fn_exit $as_status } # as_fn_error # as_fn_set_status STATUS # ----------------------- # Set $? to STATUS, without forking. as_fn_set_status () { return $1 } # as_fn_set_status # as_fn_exit STATUS # ----------------- # Exit the shell with STATUS, even in a "trap 0" or "set -e" context. as_fn_exit () { set +e as_fn_set_status $1 exit $1 } # as_fn_exit # as_fn_unset VAR # --------------- # Portably unset VAR. as_fn_unset () { { eval $1=; unset $1;} } as_unset=as_fn_unset # as_fn_append VAR VALUE # ---------------------- # Append the text in VALUE to the end of the definition contained in VAR. Take # advantage of any shell optimizations that allow amortized linear growth over # repeated appends, instead of the typical quadratic growth present in naive # implementations. if (eval "as_var=1; as_var+=2; test x\$as_var = x12") 2>/dev/null; then : eval 'as_fn_append () { eval $1+=\$2 }' else as_fn_append () { eval $1=\$$1\$2 } fi # as_fn_append # as_fn_arith ARG... # ------------------ # Perform arithmetic evaluation on the ARGs, and store the result in the # global $as_val. Take advantage of shells that can avoid forks. The arguments # must be portable across $(()) and expr. if (eval "test \$(( 1 + 1 )) = 2") 2>/dev/null; then : eval 'as_fn_arith () { as_val=$(( $* )) }' else as_fn_arith () { as_val=`expr "$@" || test $? -eq 1` } fi # as_fn_arith if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1 && test "X`expr 00001 : '.*\(...\)'`" = X001; then as_expr=expr else as_expr=false fi if (basename -- /) >/dev/null 2>&1 && test "X`basename -- / 2>&1`" = "X/"; then as_basename=basename else as_basename=false fi if (as_dir=`dirname -- /` && test "X$as_dir" = X/) >/dev/null 2>&1; then as_dirname=dirname else as_dirname=false fi as_me=`$as_basename -- "$0" || $as_expr X/"$0" : '.*/\([^/][^/]*\)/*$' \| \ X"$0" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ X"$0" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || $as_echo X/"$0" | sed '/^.*\/\([^/][^/]*\)\/*$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\/\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\/\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/ q } s/.*/./; q'` # Avoid depending upon Character Ranges. as_cr_letters='abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' as_cr_LETTERS='ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' as_cr_Letters=$as_cr_letters$as_cr_LETTERS as_cr_digits='0123456789' as_cr_alnum=$as_cr_Letters$as_cr_digits ECHO_C= ECHO_N= ECHO_T= case `echo -n x` in #((((( -n*) case `echo 'xy\c'` in *c*) ECHO_T=' ';; # ECHO_T is single tab character. xy) ECHO_C='\c';; *) echo `echo ksh88 bug on AIX 6.1` > /dev/null ECHO_T=' ';; esac;; *) ECHO_N='-n';; esac rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file if test -d conf$$.dir; then rm -f conf$$.dir/conf$$.file else rm -f conf$$.dir mkdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null fi if (echo >conf$$.file) 2>/dev/null; then if ln -s conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then as_ln_s='ln -s' # ... but there are two gotchas: # 1) On MSYS, both `ln -s file dir' and `ln file dir' fail. # 2) DJGPP < 2.04 has no symlinks; `ln -s' creates a wrapper executable. # In both cases, we have to default to `cp -p'. ln -s conf$$.file conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null && test ! -f conf$$.exe || as_ln_s='cp -p' elif ln conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then as_ln_s=ln else as_ln_s='cp -p' fi else as_ln_s='cp -p' fi rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.dir/conf$$.file conf$$.file rmdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null # as_fn_mkdir_p # ------------- # Create "$as_dir" as a directory, including parents if necessary. as_fn_mkdir_p () { case $as_dir in #( -*) as_dir=./$as_dir;; esac test -d "$as_dir" || eval $as_mkdir_p || { as_dirs= while :; do case $as_dir in #( *\'*) as_qdir=`$as_echo "$as_dir" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;; #'( *) as_qdir=$as_dir;; esac as_dirs="'$as_qdir' $as_dirs" as_dir=`$as_dirname -- "$as_dir" || $as_expr X"$as_dir" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ X"$as_dir" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || $as_echo X"$as_dir" | sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/ q } s/.*/./; q'` test -d "$as_dir" && break done test -z "$as_dirs" || eval "mkdir $as_dirs" } || test -d "$as_dir" || as_fn_error "cannot create directory $as_dir" } # as_fn_mkdir_p if mkdir -p . 2>/dev/null; then as_mkdir_p='mkdir -p "$as_dir"' else test -d ./-p && rmdir ./-p as_mkdir_p=false fi if test -x / >/dev/null 2>&1; then as_test_x='test -x' else if ls -dL / >/dev/null 2>&1; then as_ls_L_option=L else as_ls_L_option= fi as_test_x=' eval sh -c '\'' if test -d "$1"; then test -d "$1/."; else case $1 in #( -*)set "./$1";; esac; case `ls -ld'$as_ls_L_option' "$1" 2>/dev/null` in #(( ???[sx]*):;;*)false;;esac;fi '\'' sh ' fi as_executable_p=$as_test_x # Sed expression to map a string onto a valid CPP name. as_tr_cpp="eval sed 'y%*$as_cr_letters%P$as_cr_LETTERS%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'" # Sed expression to map a string onto a valid variable name. as_tr_sh="eval sed 'y%*+%pp%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'" exec 6>&1 ## ----------------------------------- ## ## Main body of $CONFIG_STATUS script. ## ## ----------------------------------- ## _ASEOF test $as_write_fail = 0 && chmod +x $CONFIG_STATUS || ac_write_fail=1 cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 # Save the log message, to keep $0 and so on meaningful, and to # report actual input values of CONFIG_FILES etc. instead of their # values after options handling. ac_log=" This file was extended by fdisk $as_me 1.2.5, which was generated by GNU Autoconf 2.65. Invocation command line was CONFIG_FILES = $CONFIG_FILES CONFIG_HEADERS = $CONFIG_HEADERS CONFIG_LINKS = $CONFIG_LINKS CONFIG_COMMANDS = $CONFIG_COMMANDS $ $0 $@ on `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q` " _ACEOF case $ac_config_files in *" "*) set x $ac_config_files; shift; ac_config_files=$*;; esac case $ac_config_headers in *" "*) set x $ac_config_headers; shift; ac_config_headers=$*;; esac cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 # Files that config.status was made for. config_files="$ac_config_files" config_headers="$ac_config_headers" config_commands="$ac_config_commands" _ACEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 ac_cs_usage="\ \`$as_me' instantiates files and other configuration actions from templates according to the current configuration. Unless the files and actions are specified as TAGs, all are instantiated by default. Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [TAG]... -h, --help print this help, then exit -V, --version print version number and configuration settings, then exit --config print configuration, then exit -q, --quiet, --silent do not print progress messages -d, --debug don't remove temporary files --recheck update $as_me by reconfiguring in the same conditions --file=FILE[:TEMPLATE] instantiate the configuration file FILE --header=FILE[:TEMPLATE] instantiate the configuration header FILE Configuration files: $config_files Configuration headers: $config_headers Configuration commands: $config_commands Report bugs to ." _ACEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 ac_cs_config="`$as_echo "$ac_configure_args" | sed 's/^ //; s/[\\""\`\$]/\\\\&/g'`" ac_cs_version="\\ fdisk config.status 1.2.5 configured by $0, generated by GNU Autoconf 2.65, with options \\"\$ac_cs_config\\" Copyright (C) 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This config.status script is free software; the Free Software Foundation gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it." ac_pwd='$ac_pwd' srcdir='$srcdir' INSTALL='$INSTALL' MKDIR_P='$MKDIR_P' AWK='$AWK' test -n "\$AWK" || AWK=awk _ACEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 # The default lists apply if the user does not specify any file. ac_need_defaults=: while test $# != 0 do case $1 in --*=*) ac_option=`expr "X$1" : 'X\([^=]*\)='` ac_optarg=`expr "X$1" : 'X[^=]*=\(.*\)'` ac_shift=: ;; *) ac_option=$1 ac_optarg=$2 ac_shift=shift ;; esac case $ac_option in # Handling of the options. -recheck | --recheck | --rechec | --reche | --rech | --rec | --re | --r) ac_cs_recheck=: ;; --version | --versio | --versi | --vers | --ver | --ve | --v | -V ) $as_echo "$ac_cs_version"; exit ;; --config | --confi | --conf | --con | --co | --c ) $as_echo "$ac_cs_config"; exit ;; --debug | --debu | --deb | --de | --d | -d ) debug=: ;; --file | --fil | --fi | --f ) $ac_shift case $ac_optarg in *\'*) ac_optarg=`$as_echo "$ac_optarg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;; esac as_fn_append CONFIG_FILES " '$ac_optarg'" ac_need_defaults=false;; --header | --heade | --head | --hea ) $ac_shift case $ac_optarg in *\'*) ac_optarg=`$as_echo "$ac_optarg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;; esac as_fn_append CONFIG_HEADERS " '$ac_optarg'" ac_need_defaults=false;; --he | --h) # Conflict between --help and --header as_fn_error "ambiguous option: \`$1' Try \`$0 --help' for more information.";; --help | --hel | -h ) $as_echo "$ac_cs_usage"; exit ;; -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \ | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil | --si | --s) ac_cs_silent=: ;; # This is an error. -*) as_fn_error "unrecognized option: \`$1' Try \`$0 --help' for more information." ;; *) as_fn_append ac_config_targets " $1" ac_need_defaults=false ;; esac shift done ac_configure_extra_args= if $ac_cs_silent; then exec 6>/dev/null ac_configure_extra_args="$ac_configure_extra_args --silent" fi _ACEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 if \$ac_cs_recheck; then set X '$SHELL' '$0' $ac_configure_args \$ac_configure_extra_args --no-create --no-recursion shift \$as_echo "running CONFIG_SHELL=$SHELL \$*" >&6 CONFIG_SHELL='$SHELL' export CONFIG_SHELL exec "\$@" fi _ACEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 exec 5>>config.log { echo sed 'h;s/./-/g;s/^.../## /;s/...$/ ##/;p;x;p;x' <<_ASBOX ## Running $as_me. ## _ASBOX $as_echo "$ac_log" } >&5 _ACEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 # # INIT-COMMANDS # # Capture the value of obsolete ALL_LINGUAS because we need it to compute # POFILES, UPDATEPOFILES, DUMMYPOFILES, GMOFILES, CATALOGS. But hide it # from automake < 1.5. eval 'OBSOLETE_ALL_LINGUAS''="$ALL_LINGUAS"' # Capture the value of LINGUAS because we need it to compute CATALOGS. LINGUAS="${LINGUAS-%UNSET%}" AMDEP_TRUE="$AMDEP_TRUE" ac_aux_dir="$ac_aux_dir" _ACEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 # Handling of arguments. for ac_config_target in $ac_config_targets do case $ac_config_target in "config.h") CONFIG_HEADERS="$CONFIG_HEADERS config.h" ;; "po-directories") CONFIG_COMMANDS="$CONFIG_COMMANDS po-directories" ;; "depfiles") CONFIG_COMMANDS="$CONFIG_COMMANDS depfiles" ;; "Makefile") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES Makefile" ;; "src/Makefile") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES src/Makefile" ;; "doc/Makefile") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES doc/Makefile" ;; "tests/Makefile") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES tests/Makefile" ;; "po/Makefile.in") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES po/Makefile.in" ;; "m4/Makefile") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES m4/Makefile" ;; "lib/Makefile") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES lib/Makefile" ;; *) as_fn_error "invalid argument: \`$ac_config_target'" "$LINENO" 5;; esac done # If the user did not use the arguments to specify the items to instantiate, # then the envvar interface is used. Set only those that are not. # We use the long form for the default assignment because of an extremely # bizarre bug on SunOS 4.1.3. if $ac_need_defaults; then test "${CONFIG_FILES+set}" = set || CONFIG_FILES=$config_files test "${CONFIG_HEADERS+set}" = set || CONFIG_HEADERS=$config_headers test "${CONFIG_COMMANDS+set}" = set || CONFIG_COMMANDS=$config_commands fi # Have a temporary directory for convenience. Make it in the build tree # simply because there is no reason against having it here, and in addition, # creating and moving files from /tmp can sometimes cause problems. # Hook for its removal unless debugging. # Note that there is a small window in which the directory will not be cleaned: # after its creation but before its name has been assigned to `$tmp'. $debug || { tmp= trap 'exit_status=$? { test -z "$tmp" || test ! -d "$tmp" || rm -fr "$tmp"; } && exit $exit_status ' 0 trap 'as_fn_exit 1' 1 2 13 15 } # Create a (secure) tmp directory for tmp files. { tmp=`(umask 077 && mktemp -d "./confXXXXXX") 2>/dev/null` && test -n "$tmp" && test -d "$tmp" } || { tmp=./conf$$-$RANDOM (umask 077 && mkdir "$tmp") } || as_fn_error "cannot create a temporary directory in ." "$LINENO" 5 # Set up the scripts for CONFIG_FILES section. # No need to generate them if there are no CONFIG_FILES. # This happens for instance with `./config.status config.h'. if test -n "$CONFIG_FILES"; then ac_cr=`echo X | tr X '\015'` # On cygwin, bash can eat \r inside `` if the user requested igncr. # But we know of no other shell where ac_cr would be empty at this # point, so we can use a bashism as a fallback. if test "x$ac_cr" = x; then eval ac_cr=\$\'\\r\' fi ac_cs_awk_cr=`$AWK 'BEGIN { print "a\rb" }' /dev/null` if test "$ac_cs_awk_cr" = "a${ac_cr}b"; then ac_cs_awk_cr='\r' else ac_cs_awk_cr=$ac_cr fi echo 'BEGIN {' >"$tmp/subs1.awk" && _ACEOF { echo "cat >conf$$subs.awk <<_ACEOF" && echo "$ac_subst_vars" | sed 's/.*/&!$&$ac_delim/' && echo "_ACEOF" } >conf$$subs.sh || as_fn_error "could not make $CONFIG_STATUS" "$LINENO" 5 ac_delim_num=`echo "$ac_subst_vars" | grep -c '$'` ac_delim='%!_!# ' for ac_last_try in false false false false false :; do . ./conf$$subs.sh || as_fn_error "could not make $CONFIG_STATUS" "$LINENO" 5 ac_delim_n=`sed -n "s/.*$ac_delim\$/X/p" conf$$subs.awk | grep -c X` if test $ac_delim_n = $ac_delim_num; then break elif $ac_last_try; then as_fn_error "could not make $CONFIG_STATUS" "$LINENO" 5 else ac_delim="$ac_delim!$ac_delim _$ac_delim!! " fi done rm -f conf$$subs.sh cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 cat >>"\$tmp/subs1.awk" <<\\_ACAWK && _ACEOF sed -n ' h s/^/S["/; s/!.*/"]=/ p g s/^[^!]*!// :repl t repl s/'"$ac_delim"'$// t delim :nl h s/\(.\{148\}\)..*/\1/ t more1 s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/\\n"\\/ p n b repl :more1 s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/"\\/ p g s/.\{148\}// t nl :delim h s/\(.\{148\}\)..*/\1/ t more2 s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/"/ p b :more2 s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/"\\/ p g s/.\{148\}// t delim ' >$CONFIG_STATUS || ac_write_fail=1 rm -f conf$$subs.awk cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 _ACAWK cat >>"\$tmp/subs1.awk" <<_ACAWK && for (key in S) S_is_set[key] = 1 FS = "" } { line = $ 0 nfields = split(line, field, "@") substed = 0 len = length(field[1]) for (i = 2; i < nfields; i++) { key = field[i] keylen = length(key) if (S_is_set[key]) { value = S[key] line = substr(line, 1, len) "" value "" substr(line, len + keylen + 3) len += length(value) + length(field[++i]) substed = 1 } else len += 1 + keylen } print line } _ACAWK _ACEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 if sed "s/$ac_cr//" < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1; then sed "s/$ac_cr\$//; s/$ac_cr/$ac_cs_awk_cr/g" else cat fi < "$tmp/subs1.awk" > "$tmp/subs.awk" \ || as_fn_error "could not setup config files machinery" "$LINENO" 5 _ACEOF # VPATH may cause trouble with some makes, so we remove $(srcdir), # ${srcdir} and @srcdir@ from VPATH if srcdir is ".", strip leading and # trailing colons and then remove the whole line if VPATH becomes empty # (actually we leave an empty line to preserve line numbers). if test "x$srcdir" = x.; then ac_vpsub='/^[ ]*VPATH[ ]*=/{ s/:*\$(srcdir):*/:/ s/:*\${srcdir}:*/:/ s/:*@srcdir@:*/:/ s/^\([^=]*=[ ]*\):*/\1/ s/:*$// s/^[^=]*=[ ]*$// }' fi cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 fi # test -n "$CONFIG_FILES" # Set up the scripts for CONFIG_HEADERS section. # No need to generate them if there are no CONFIG_HEADERS. # This happens for instance with `./config.status Makefile'. if test -n "$CONFIG_HEADERS"; then cat >"$tmp/defines.awk" <<\_ACAWK || BEGIN { _ACEOF # Transform confdefs.h into an awk script `defines.awk', embedded as # here-document in config.status, that substitutes the proper values into # config.h.in to produce config.h. # Create a delimiter string that does not exist in confdefs.h, to ease # handling of long lines. ac_delim='%!_!# ' for ac_last_try in false false :; do ac_t=`sed -n "/$ac_delim/p" confdefs.h` if test -z "$ac_t"; then break elif $ac_last_try; then as_fn_error "could not make $CONFIG_HEADERS" "$LINENO" 5 else ac_delim="$ac_delim!$ac_delim _$ac_delim!! " fi done # For the awk script, D is an array of macro values keyed by name, # likewise P contains macro parameters if any. Preserve backslash # newline sequences. ac_word_re=[_$as_cr_Letters][_$as_cr_alnum]* sed -n ' s/.\{148\}/&'"$ac_delim"'/g t rset :rset s/^[ ]*#[ ]*define[ ][ ]*/ / t def d :def s/\\$// t bsnl s/["\\]/\\&/g s/^ \('"$ac_word_re"'\)\(([^()]*)\)[ ]*\(.*\)/P["\1"]="\2"\ D["\1"]=" \3"/p s/^ \('"$ac_word_re"'\)[ ]*\(.*\)/D["\1"]=" \2"/p d :bsnl s/["\\]/\\&/g s/^ \('"$ac_word_re"'\)\(([^()]*)\)[ ]*\(.*\)/P["\1"]="\2"\ D["\1"]=" \3\\\\\\n"\\/p t cont s/^ \('"$ac_word_re"'\)[ ]*\(.*\)/D["\1"]=" \2\\\\\\n"\\/p t cont d :cont n s/.\{148\}/&'"$ac_delim"'/g t clear :clear s/\\$// t bsnlc s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/"/p d :bsnlc s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/\\\\\\n"\\/p b cont ' >$CONFIG_STATUS || ac_write_fail=1 cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 for (key in D) D_is_set[key] = 1 FS = "" } /^[\t ]*#[\t ]*(define|undef)[\t ]+$ac_word_re([\t (]|\$)/ { line = \$ 0 split(line, arg, " ") if (arg[1] == "#") { defundef = arg[2] mac1 = arg[3] } else { defundef = substr(arg[1], 2) mac1 = arg[2] } split(mac1, mac2, "(") #) macro = mac2[1] prefix = substr(line, 1, index(line, defundef) - 1) if (D_is_set[macro]) { # Preserve the white space surrounding the "#". print prefix "define", macro P[macro] D[macro] next } else { # Replace #undef with comments. This is necessary, for example, # in the case of _POSIX_SOURCE, which is predefined and required # on some systems where configure will not decide to define it. if (defundef == "undef") { print "/*", prefix defundef, macro, "*/" next } } } { print } _ACAWK _ACEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 as_fn_error "could not setup config headers machinery" "$LINENO" 5 fi # test -n "$CONFIG_HEADERS" eval set X " :F $CONFIG_FILES :H $CONFIG_HEADERS :C $CONFIG_COMMANDS" shift for ac_tag do case $ac_tag in :[FHLC]) ac_mode=$ac_tag; continue;; esac case $ac_mode$ac_tag in :[FHL]*:*);; :L* | :C*:*) as_fn_error "invalid tag \`$ac_tag'" "$LINENO" 5;; :[FH]-) ac_tag=-:-;; :[FH]*) ac_tag=$ac_tag:$ac_tag.in;; esac ac_save_IFS=$IFS IFS=: set x $ac_tag IFS=$ac_save_IFS shift ac_file=$1 shift case $ac_mode in :L) ac_source=$1;; :[FH]) ac_file_inputs= for ac_f do case $ac_f in -) ac_f="$tmp/stdin";; *) # Look for the file first in the build tree, then in the source tree # (if the path is not absolute). The absolute path cannot be DOS-style, # because $ac_f cannot contain `:'. test -f "$ac_f" || case $ac_f in [\\/$]*) false;; *) test -f "$srcdir/$ac_f" && ac_f="$srcdir/$ac_f";; esac || as_fn_error "cannot find input file: \`$ac_f'" "$LINENO" 5;; esac case $ac_f in *\'*) ac_f=`$as_echo "$ac_f" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;; esac as_fn_append ac_file_inputs " '$ac_f'" done # Let's still pretend it is `configure' which instantiates (i.e., don't # use $as_me), people would be surprised to read: # /* config.h. Generated by config.status. */ configure_input='Generated from '` $as_echo "$*" | sed 's|^[^:]*/||;s|:[^:]*/|, |g' `' by configure.' if test x"$ac_file" != x-; then configure_input="$ac_file. $configure_input" { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: creating $ac_file" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: creating $ac_file" >&6;} fi # Neutralize special characters interpreted by sed in replacement strings. case $configure_input in #( *\&* | *\|* | *\\* ) ac_sed_conf_input=`$as_echo "$configure_input" | sed 's/[\\\\&|]/\\\\&/g'`;; #( *) ac_sed_conf_input=$configure_input;; esac case $ac_tag in *:-:* | *:-) cat >"$tmp/stdin" \ || as_fn_error "could not create $ac_file" "$LINENO" 5 ;; esac ;; esac ac_dir=`$as_dirname -- "$ac_file" || $as_expr X"$ac_file" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ X"$ac_file" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ X"$ac_file" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ X"$ac_file" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || $as_echo X"$ac_file" | sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/ q } s/.*/./; q'` as_dir="$ac_dir"; as_fn_mkdir_p ac_builddir=. case "$ac_dir" in .) ac_dir_suffix= ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;; *) ac_dir_suffix=/`$as_echo "$ac_dir" | sed 's|^\.[\\/]||'` # A ".." for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix. ac_top_builddir_sub=`$as_echo "$ac_dir_suffix" | sed 's|/[^\\/]*|/..|g;s|/||'` case $ac_top_builddir_sub in "") ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;; *) ac_top_build_prefix=$ac_top_builddir_sub/ ;; esac ;; esac ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_pwd ac_abs_builddir=$ac_pwd$ac_dir_suffix # for backward compatibility: ac_top_builddir=$ac_top_build_prefix case $srcdir in .) # We are building in place. ac_srcdir=. ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir_sub ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd ;; [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) # Absolute name. ac_srcdir=$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix; ac_top_srcdir=$srcdir ac_abs_top_srcdir=$srcdir ;; *) # Relative name. ac_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd/$srcdir ;; esac ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_top_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix case $ac_mode in :F) # # CONFIG_FILE # case $INSTALL in [\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_INSTALL=$INSTALL ;; *) ac_INSTALL=$ac_top_build_prefix$INSTALL ;; esac ac_MKDIR_P=$MKDIR_P case $MKDIR_P in [\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ;; */*) ac_MKDIR_P=$ac_top_build_prefix$MKDIR_P ;; esac _ACEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 # If the template does not know about datarootdir, expand it. # FIXME: This hack should be removed a few years after 2.60. ac_datarootdir_hack=; ac_datarootdir_seen= ac_sed_dataroot=' /datarootdir/ { p q } /@datadir@/p /@docdir@/p /@infodir@/p /@localedir@/p /@mandir@/p' case `eval "sed -n \"\$ac_sed_dataroot\" $ac_file_inputs"` in *datarootdir*) ac_datarootdir_seen=yes;; *@datadir@*|*@docdir@*|*@infodir@*|*@localedir@*|*@mandir@*) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $ac_file_inputs seems to ignore the --datarootdir setting" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_file_inputs seems to ignore the --datarootdir setting" >&2;} _ACEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 ac_datarootdir_hack=' s&@datadir@&$datadir&g s&@docdir@&$docdir&g s&@infodir@&$infodir&g s&@localedir@&$localedir&g s&@mandir@&$mandir&g s&\\\${datarootdir}&$datarootdir&g' ;; esac _ACEOF # Neutralize VPATH when `$srcdir' = `.'. # Shell code in configure.ac might set extrasub. # FIXME: do we really want to maintain this feature? cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 ac_sed_extra="$ac_vpsub $extrasub _ACEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 :t /@[a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z_0-9]*@/!b s|@configure_input@|$ac_sed_conf_input|;t t s&@top_builddir@&$ac_top_builddir_sub&;t t s&@top_build_prefix@&$ac_top_build_prefix&;t t s&@srcdir@&$ac_srcdir&;t t s&@abs_srcdir@&$ac_abs_srcdir&;t t s&@top_srcdir@&$ac_top_srcdir&;t t s&@abs_top_srcdir@&$ac_abs_top_srcdir&;t t s&@builddir@&$ac_builddir&;t t s&@abs_builddir@&$ac_abs_builddir&;t t s&@abs_top_builddir@&$ac_abs_top_builddir&;t t s&@INSTALL@&$ac_INSTALL&;t t s&@MKDIR_P@&$ac_MKDIR_P&;t t $ac_datarootdir_hack " eval sed \"\$ac_sed_extra\" "$ac_file_inputs" | $AWK -f "$tmp/subs.awk" >$tmp/out \ || as_fn_error "could not create $ac_file" "$LINENO" 5 test -z "$ac_datarootdir_hack$ac_datarootdir_seen" && { ac_out=`sed -n '/\${datarootdir}/p' "$tmp/out"`; test -n "$ac_out"; } && { ac_out=`sed -n '/^[ ]*datarootdir[ ]*:*=/p' "$tmp/out"`; test -z "$ac_out"; } && { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $ac_file contains a reference to the variable \`datarootdir' which seems to be undefined. Please make sure it is defined." >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_file contains a reference to the variable \`datarootdir' which seems to be undefined. Please make sure it is defined." >&2;} rm -f "$tmp/stdin" case $ac_file in -) cat "$tmp/out" && rm -f "$tmp/out";; *) rm -f "$ac_file" && mv "$tmp/out" "$ac_file";; esac \ || as_fn_error "could not create $ac_file" "$LINENO" 5 ;; :H) # # CONFIG_HEADER # if test x"$ac_file" != x-; then { $as_echo "/* $configure_input */" \ && eval '$AWK -f "$tmp/defines.awk"' "$ac_file_inputs" } >"$tmp/config.h" \ || as_fn_error "could not create $ac_file" "$LINENO" 5 if diff "$ac_file" "$tmp/config.h" >/dev/null 2>&1; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_file is unchanged" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: $ac_file is unchanged" >&6;} else rm -f "$ac_file" mv "$tmp/config.h" "$ac_file" \ || as_fn_error "could not create $ac_file" "$LINENO" 5 fi else $as_echo "/* $configure_input */" \ && eval '$AWK -f "$tmp/defines.awk"' "$ac_file_inputs" \ || as_fn_error "could not create -" "$LINENO" 5 fi # Compute "$ac_file"'s index in $config_headers. _am_arg="$ac_file" _am_stamp_count=1 for _am_header in $config_headers :; do case $_am_header in $_am_arg | $_am_arg:* ) break ;; * ) _am_stamp_count=`expr $_am_stamp_count + 1` ;; esac done echo "timestamp for $_am_arg" >`$as_dirname -- "$_am_arg" || $as_expr X"$_am_arg" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ X"$_am_arg" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ X"$_am_arg" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ X"$_am_arg" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || $as_echo X"$_am_arg" | sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/ q } s/.*/./; q'`/stamp-h$_am_stamp_count ;; :C) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: executing $ac_file commands" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: executing $ac_file commands" >&6;} ;; esac case $ac_file$ac_mode in "po-directories":C) for ac_file in $CONFIG_FILES; do # Support "outfile[:infile[:infile...]]" case "$ac_file" in *:*) ac_file=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%:.*%%'` ;; esac # PO directories have a Makefile.in generated from Makefile.in.in. case "$ac_file" in */Makefile.in) # Adjust a relative srcdir. ac_dir=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'` ac_dir_suffix="/`echo "$ac_dir"|sed 's%^\./%%'`" ac_dots=`echo "$ac_dir_suffix"|sed 's%/[^/]*%../%g'` # In autoconf-2.13 it is called $ac_given_srcdir. # In autoconf-2.50 it is called $srcdir. test -n "$ac_given_srcdir" || ac_given_srcdir="$srcdir" case "$ac_given_srcdir" in .) top_srcdir=`echo $ac_dots|sed 's%/$%%'` ;; /*) top_srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir" ;; *) top_srcdir="$ac_dots$ac_given_srcdir" ;; esac # Treat a directory as a PO directory if and only if it has a # POTFILES.in file. This allows packages to have multiple PO # directories under different names or in different locations. if test -f "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/POTFILES.in"; then rm -f "$ac_dir/POTFILES" test -n "$as_me" && echo "$as_me: creating $ac_dir/POTFILES" || echo "creating $ac_dir/POTFILES" cat "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/POTFILES.in" | sed -e "/^#/d" -e "/^[ ]*\$/d" -e "s,.*, $top_srcdir/& \\\\," | sed -e "\$s/\(.*\) \\\\/\1/" > "$ac_dir/POTFILES" POMAKEFILEDEPS="POTFILES.in" # ALL_LINGUAS, POFILES, UPDATEPOFILES, DUMMYPOFILES, GMOFILES depend # on $ac_dir but don't depend on user-specified configuration # parameters. if test -f "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/LINGUAS"; then # The LINGUAS file contains the set of available languages. if test -n "$OBSOLETE_ALL_LINGUAS"; then test -n "$as_me" && echo "$as_me: setting ALL_LINGUAS in configure.in is obsolete" || echo "setting ALL_LINGUAS in configure.in is obsolete" fi ALL_LINGUAS_=`sed -e "/^#/d" -e "s/#.*//" "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/LINGUAS"` # Hide the ALL_LINGUAS assigment from automake < 1.5. eval 'ALL_LINGUAS''=$ALL_LINGUAS_' POMAKEFILEDEPS="$POMAKEFILEDEPS LINGUAS" else # The set of available languages was given in configure.in. # Hide the ALL_LINGUAS assigment from automake < 1.5. eval 'ALL_LINGUAS''=$OBSOLETE_ALL_LINGUAS' fi # Compute POFILES # as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(srcdir)/$(lang).po) # Compute UPDATEPOFILES # as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(lang).po-update) # Compute DUMMYPOFILES # as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(lang).nop) # Compute GMOFILES # as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(srcdir)/$(lang).gmo) case "$ac_given_srcdir" in .) srcdirpre= ;; *) srcdirpre='$(srcdir)/' ;; esac POFILES= UPDATEPOFILES= DUMMYPOFILES= GMOFILES= for lang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do POFILES="$POFILES $srcdirpre$lang.po" UPDATEPOFILES="$UPDATEPOFILES $lang.po-update" DUMMYPOFILES="$DUMMYPOFILES $lang.nop" GMOFILES="$GMOFILES $srcdirpre$lang.gmo" done # CATALOGS depends on both $ac_dir and the user's LINGUAS # environment variable. INST_LINGUAS= if test -n "$ALL_LINGUAS"; then for presentlang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do useit=no if test "%UNSET%" != "$LINGUAS"; then desiredlanguages="$LINGUAS" else desiredlanguages="$ALL_LINGUAS" fi for desiredlang in $desiredlanguages; do # Use the presentlang catalog if desiredlang is # a. equal to presentlang, or # b. a variant of presentlang (because in this case, # presentlang can be used as a fallback for messages # which are not translated in the desiredlang catalog). case "$desiredlang" in "$presentlang"*) useit=yes;; esac done if test $useit = yes; then INST_LINGUAS="$INST_LINGUAS $presentlang" fi done fi CATALOGS= if test -n "$INST_LINGUAS"; then for lang in $INST_LINGUAS; do CATALOGS="$CATALOGS $lang.gmo" done fi test -n "$as_me" && echo "$as_me: creating $ac_dir/Makefile" || echo "creating $ac_dir/Makefile" sed -e "/^POTFILES =/r $ac_dir/POTFILES" -e "/^# Makevars/r $ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/Makevars" -e "s|@POFILES@|$POFILES|g" -e "s|@UPDATEPOFILES@|$UPDATEPOFILES|g" -e "s|@DUMMYPOFILES@|$DUMMYPOFILES|g" -e "s|@GMOFILES@|$GMOFILES|g" -e "s|@CATALOGS@|$CATALOGS|g" -e "s|@POMAKEFILEDEPS@|$POMAKEFILEDEPS|g" "$ac_dir/Makefile.in" > "$ac_dir/Makefile" for f in "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir"/Rules-*; do if test -f "$f"; then case "$f" in *.orig | *.bak | *~) ;; *) cat "$f" >> "$ac_dir/Makefile" ;; esac fi done fi ;; esac done ;; "depfiles":C) test x"$AMDEP_TRUE" != x"" || { # Autoconf 2.62 quotes --file arguments for eval, but not when files # are listed without --file. Let's play safe and only enable the eval # if we detect the quoting. case $CONFIG_FILES in *\'*) eval set x "$CONFIG_FILES" ;; *) set x $CONFIG_FILES ;; esac shift for mf do # Strip MF so we end up with the name of the file. mf=`echo "$mf" | sed -e 's/:.*$//'` # Check whether this is an Automake generated Makefile or not. # We used to match only the files named `Makefile.in', but # some people rename them; so instead we look at the file content. # Grep'ing the first line is not enough: some people post-process # each Makefile.in and add a new line on top of each file to say so. # Grep'ing the whole file is not good either: AIX grep has a line # limit of 2048, but all sed's we know have understand at least 4000. if sed -n 's,^#.*generated by automake.*,X,p' "$mf" | grep X >/dev/null 2>&1; then dirpart=`$as_dirname -- "$mf" || $as_expr X"$mf" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ X"$mf" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ X"$mf" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ X"$mf" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || $as_echo X"$mf" | sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/ q } s/.*/./; q'` else continue fi # Extract the definition of DEPDIR, am__include, and am__quote # from the Makefile without running `make'. DEPDIR=`sed -n 's/^DEPDIR = //p' < "$mf"` test -z "$DEPDIR" && continue am__include=`sed -n 's/^am__include = //p' < "$mf"` test -z "am__include" && continue am__quote=`sed -n 's/^am__quote = //p' < "$mf"` # When using ansi2knr, U may be empty or an underscore; expand it U=`sed -n 's/^U = //p' < "$mf"` # Find all dependency output files, they are included files with # $(DEPDIR) in their names. We invoke sed twice because it is the # simplest approach to changing $(DEPDIR) to its actual value in the # expansion. for file in `sed -n " s/^$am__include $am__quote\(.*(DEPDIR).*\)$am__quote"'$/\1/p' <"$mf" | \ sed -e 's/\$(DEPDIR)/'"$DEPDIR"'/g' -e 's/\$U/'"$U"'/g'`; do # Make sure the directory exists. test -f "$dirpart/$file" && continue fdir=`$as_dirname -- "$file" || $as_expr X"$file" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ X"$file" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ X"$file" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ X"$file" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || $as_echo X"$file" | sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/ q } s/.*/./; q'` as_dir=$dirpart/$fdir; as_fn_mkdir_p # echo "creating $dirpart/$file" echo '# dummy' > "$dirpart/$file" done done } ;; esac done # for ac_tag as_fn_exit 0 _ACEOF ac_clean_files=$ac_clean_files_save test $ac_write_fail = 0 || as_fn_error "write failure creating $CONFIG_STATUS" "$LINENO" 5 # configure is writing to config.log, and then calls config.status. # config.status does its own redirection, appending to config.log. # Unfortunately, on DOS this fails, as config.log is still kept open # by configure, so config.status won't be able to write to it; its # output is simply discarded. So we exec the FD to /dev/null, # effectively closing config.log, so it can be properly (re)opened and # appended to by config.status. When coming back to configure, we # need to make the FD available again. if test "$no_create" != yes; then ac_cs_success=: ac_config_status_args= test "$silent" = yes && ac_config_status_args="$ac_config_status_args --quiet" exec 5>/dev/null $SHELL $CONFIG_STATUS $ac_config_status_args || ac_cs_success=false exec 5>>config.log # Use ||, not &&, to avoid exiting from the if with $? = 1, which # would make configure fail if this is the last instruction. $ac_cs_success || as_fn_exit $? fi if test -n "$ac_unrecognized_opts" && test "$enable_option_checking" != no; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: unrecognized options: $ac_unrecognized_opts" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: unrecognized options: $ac_unrecognized_opts" >&2;} fi fdisk-1.2.5/m4/0000755000175000017500000000000011564002645010143 500000000000000fdisk-1.2.5/m4/lcmessage.m40000644000175000017500000000261611527750771012306 00000000000000# lcmessage.m4 serial 3 (gettext-0.11.3) dnl Copyright (C) 1995-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program. dnl dnl This file can can be used in projects which are not available under dnl the GNU General Public License or the GNU Library General Public dnl License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext dnl functionality. dnl Please note that the actual code of the GNU gettext library is covered dnl by the GNU Library General Public License, and the rest of the GNU dnl gettext package package is covered by the GNU General Public License. dnl They are *not* in the public domain. dnl Authors: dnl Ulrich Drepper , 1995. # Check whether LC_MESSAGES is available in . AC_DEFUN([AM_LC_MESSAGES], [ AC_CACHE_CHECK([for LC_MESSAGES], am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES, [AC_TRY_LINK([#include ], [return LC_MESSAGES], am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES=yes, am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES=no)]) if test $am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES = yes; then AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LC_MESSAGES, 1, [Define if your file defines LC_MESSAGES.]) fi ]) fdisk-1.2.5/m4/include_next.m40000644000175000017500000000742711527750771013031 00000000000000# include_next.m4 serial 6 dnl Copyright (C) 2006-2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. dnl From Paul Eggert and Derek Price. AC_DEFUN([gl_INCLUDE_NEXT], [ AC_LANG_PREPROC_REQUIRE() AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether the preprocessor supports include_next], [gl_cv_have_include_next], [rm -rf conftestd1 conftestd2 mkdir conftestd1 conftestd2 cat < conftestd1/conftest.h #define DEFINED_IN_CONFTESTD1 #include_next #ifdef DEFINED_IN_CONFTESTD2 int foo; #else #error "include_next doesn't work" #endif EOF cat < conftestd2/conftest.h #ifndef DEFINED_IN_CONFTESTD1 #error "include_next test doesn't work" #endif #define DEFINED_IN_CONFTESTD2 EOF save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS" CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -Iconftestd1 -Iconftestd2" AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([#include ], [gl_cv_have_include_next=yes], [gl_cv_have_include_next=no]) CPPFLAGS="$save_CPPFLAGS" rm -rf conftestd1 conftestd2 ]) if test $gl_cv_have_include_next = yes; then dnl FIXME: Remove HAVE_INCLUDE_NEXT and update everything that uses it dnl to use @INCLUDE_NEXT@ instead. AC_DEFINE([HAVE_INCLUDE_NEXT], 1, [Define if your compiler supports the #include_next directive.]) INCLUDE_NEXT=include_next else INCLUDE_NEXT=include fi AC_SUBST([INCLUDE_NEXT]) ]) # gl_CHECK_NEXT_HEADERS(HEADER1 HEADER2 ...) # ------------------------------------------ # For each arg foo.h, if #include_next works, define NEXT_FOO_H to be # ''; otherwise define it to be # '"///usr/include/foo.h"', or whatever other absolute file name is suitable. # That way, a header file with the following line: # #@INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_FOO_H@ # behaves (after sed substitution) as if it contained # #include_next # even if the compiler does not support include_next. # The three "///" are to pacify Sun C 5.8, which otherwise would say # "warning: #include of /usr/include/... may be non-portable". # Use `""', not `<>', so that the /// cannot be confused with a C99 comment. # Note: This macro assumes that the header file is not empty after # preprocessing, i.e. it does not only define preprocessor macros but also # provides some type/enum definitions or function/variable declarations. AC_DEFUN([gl_CHECK_NEXT_HEADERS], [ AC_REQUIRE([gl_INCLUDE_NEXT]) AC_CHECK_HEADERS_ONCE([$1]) m4_foreach_w([gl_HEADER_NAME], [$1], [AS_VAR_PUSHDEF([gl_next_header], [gl_cv_next_]m4_quote(m4_defn([gl_HEADER_NAME]))) if test $gl_cv_have_include_next = yes; then AS_VAR_SET([gl_next_header], ['<'gl_HEADER_NAME'>']) else AC_CACHE_CHECK( [absolute name of <]m4_quote(m4_defn([gl_HEADER_NAME]))[>], m4_quote(m4_defn([gl_next_header])), [AS_VAR_PUSHDEF([gl_header_exists], [ac_cv_header_]m4_quote(m4_defn([gl_HEADER_NAME]))) if test AS_VAR_GET(gl_header_exists) = yes; then AC_LANG_CONFTEST( [AC_LANG_SOURCE( [[#include <]]m4_dquote(m4_defn([gl_HEADER_NAME]))[[>]] )]) dnl eval is necessary to expand ac_cpp. dnl Ultrix and Pyramid sh refuse to redirect output of eval, dnl so use subshell. AS_VAR_SET([gl_next_header], ['"'`(eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD | sed -n '\#/]m4_quote(m4_defn([gl_HEADER_NAME]))[#{ s#.*"\(.*/]m4_quote(m4_defn([gl_HEADER_NAME]))[\)".*#\1# s#^/[^/]#//&# p q }'`'"']) else AS_VAR_SET([gl_next_header], ['<'gl_HEADER_NAME'>']) fi AS_VAR_POPDEF([gl_header_exists])]) fi AC_SUBST( AS_TR_CPP([NEXT_]m4_quote(m4_defn([gl_HEADER_NAME]))), [AS_VAR_GET([gl_next_header])]) AS_VAR_POPDEF([gl_next_header])]) ]) fdisk-1.2.5/m4/gnulib-common.m40000644000175000017500000000666611527750771013122 00000000000000# gnulib-common.m4 serial 5 dnl Copyright (C) 2007-2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # gl_COMMON # is expanded unconditionally through gnulib-tool magic. AC_DEFUN([gl_COMMON], [ dnl Use AC_REQUIRE here, so that the code is expanded once only. AC_REQUIRE([gl_COMMON_BODY]) ]) AC_DEFUN([gl_COMMON_BODY], [ AH_VERBATIM([isoc99_inline], [/* Work around a bug in Apple GCC 4.0.1 build 5465: In C99 mode, it supports the ISO C 99 semantics of 'extern inline' (unlike the GNU C semantics of earlier versions), but does not display it by setting __GNUC_STDC_INLINE__. __APPLE__ && __MACH__ test for MacOS X. __APPLE_CC__ tests for the Apple compiler and its version. __STDC_VERSION__ tests for the C99 mode. */ #if defined __APPLE__ && defined __MACH__ && __APPLE_CC__ >= 5465 && !defined __cplusplus && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L && !defined __GNUC_STDC_INLINE__ # define __GNUC_STDC_INLINE__ 1 #endif]) ]) # gl_MODULE_INDICATOR([modulename]) # defines a C macro indicating the presence of the given module. AC_DEFUN([gl_MODULE_INDICATOR], [ AC_DEFINE([GNULIB_]translit([$1],[abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-],[ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___]), [1], [Define to 1 when using the gnulib module ]$1[.]) ]) # m4_foreach_w # is a backport of autoconf-2.59c's m4_foreach_w. # Remove this macro when we can assume autoconf >= 2.60. m4_ifndef([m4_foreach_w], [m4_define([m4_foreach_w], [m4_foreach([$1], m4_split(m4_normalize([$2]), [ ]), [$3])])]) # AC_PROG_MKDIR_P # is a backport of autoconf-2.60's AC_PROG_MKDIR_P. # Remove this macro when we can assume autoconf >= 2.60. m4_ifdef([AC_PROG_MKDIR_P], [], [ AC_DEFUN([AC_PROG_MKDIR_P], [AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_MKDIR_P])dnl defined by automake MKDIR_P='$(mkdir_p)' AC_SUBST([MKDIR_P])])]) # AC_C_RESTRICT # This definition overrides the AC_C_RESTRICT macro from autoconf 2.60..2.61, # so that mixed use of GNU C and GNU C++ and mixed use of Sun C and Sun C++ # works. # This definition can be removed once autoconf >= 2.62 can be assumed. AC_DEFUN([AC_C_RESTRICT], [AC_CACHE_CHECK([for C/C++ restrict keyword], ac_cv_c_restrict, [ac_cv_c_restrict=no # The order here caters to the fact that C++ does not require restrict. for ac_kw in __restrict __restrict__ _Restrict restrict; do AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM( [[typedef int * int_ptr; int foo (int_ptr $ac_kw ip) { return ip[0]; }]], [[int s[1]; int * $ac_kw t = s; t[0] = 0; return foo(t)]])], [ac_cv_c_restrict=$ac_kw]) test "$ac_cv_c_restrict" != no && break done ]) AH_VERBATIM([restrict], [/* Define to the equivalent of the C99 'restrict' keyword, or to nothing if this is not supported. Do not define if restrict is supported directly. */ #undef restrict /* Work around a bug in Sun C++: it does not support _Restrict, even though the corresponding Sun C compiler does, which causes "#define restrict _Restrict" in the previous line. Perhaps some future version of Sun C++ will work with _Restrict; if so, it'll probably define __RESTRICT, just as Sun C does. */ #if defined __SUNPRO_CC && !defined __RESTRICT # define _Restrict #endif]) case $ac_cv_c_restrict in restrict) ;; no) AC_DEFINE([restrict], []) ;; *) AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([restrict], [$ac_cv_c_restrict]) ;; esac ]) fdisk-1.2.5/m4/stdint_h.m40000644000175000017500000000205311527750771012152 00000000000000# stdint_h.m4 serial 3 (gettext-0.12) dnl Copyright (C) 1997-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program. dnl From Paul Eggert. # Define HAVE_STDINT_H_WITH_UINTMAX if exists, # doesn't clash with , and declares uintmax_t. AC_DEFUN([jm_AC_HEADER_STDINT_H], [ AC_CACHE_CHECK([for stdint.h], jm_ac_cv_header_stdint_h, [AC_TRY_COMPILE( [#include #include ], [uintmax_t i = (uintmax_t) -1;], jm_ac_cv_header_stdint_h=yes, jm_ac_cv_header_stdint_h=no)]) if test $jm_ac_cv_header_stdint_h = yes; then AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(HAVE_STDINT_H_WITH_UINTMAX, 1, [Define if exists, doesn't clash with , and declares uintmax_t. ]) fi ]) fdisk-1.2.5/m4/longdouble.m40000644000175000017500000000230011527750771012463 00000000000000# longdouble.m4 serial 1 (gettext-0.12) dnl Copyright (C) 2002-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program. dnl From Bruno Haible. dnl Test whether the compiler supports the 'long double' type. dnl Prerequisite: AC_PROG_CC AC_DEFUN([gt_TYPE_LONGDOUBLE], [ AC_CACHE_CHECK([for long double], gt_cv_c_long_double, [if test "$GCC" = yes; then gt_cv_c_long_double=yes else AC_TRY_COMPILE([ /* The Stardent Vistra knows sizeof(long double), but does not support it. */ long double foo = 0.0; /* On Ultrix 4.3 cc, long double is 4 and double is 8. */ int array [2*(sizeof(long double) >= sizeof(double)) - 1]; ], , gt_cv_c_long_double=yes, gt_cv_c_long_double=no) fi]) if test $gt_cv_c_long_double = yes; then AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE, 1, [Define if you have the 'long double' type.]) fi ]) fdisk-1.2.5/m4/intdiv0.m40000644000175000017500000000356511527750771011724 00000000000000# intdiv0.m4 serial 1 (gettext-0.11.3) dnl Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program. dnl From Bruno Haible. AC_DEFUN([gt_INTDIV0], [ AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether integer division by zero raises SIGFPE], gt_cv_int_divbyzero_sigfpe, [ AC_TRY_RUN([ #include #include static void #ifdef __cplusplus sigfpe_handler (int sig) #else sigfpe_handler (sig) int sig; #endif { /* Exit with code 0 if SIGFPE, with code 1 if any other signal. */ exit (sig != SIGFPE); } int x = 1; int y = 0; int z; int nan; int main () { signal (SIGFPE, sigfpe_handler); /* IRIX and AIX (when "xlc -qcheck" is used) yield signal SIGTRAP. */ #if (defined (__sgi) || defined (_AIX)) && defined (SIGTRAP) signal (SIGTRAP, sigfpe_handler); #endif /* Linux/SPARC yields signal SIGILL. */ #if defined (__sparc__) && defined (__linux__) signal (SIGILL, sigfpe_handler); #endif z = x / y; nan = y / y; exit (1); } ], gt_cv_int_divbyzero_sigfpe=yes, gt_cv_int_divbyzero_sigfpe=no, [ # Guess based on the CPU. case "$host_cpu" in alpha* | i[34567]86 | m68k | s390*) gt_cv_int_divbyzero_sigfpe="guessing yes";; *) gt_cv_int_divbyzero_sigfpe="guessing no";; esac ]) ]) case "$gt_cv_int_divbyzero_sigfpe" in *yes) value=1;; *) value=0;; esac AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(INTDIV0_RAISES_SIGFPE, $value, [Define if integer division by zero raises signal SIGFPE.]) ]) fdisk-1.2.5/m4/printf-posix.m40000644000175000017500000000310611527750771013000 00000000000000# printf-posix.m4 serial 2 (gettext-0.13.1) dnl Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program. dnl From Bruno Haible. dnl Test whether the printf() function supports POSIX/XSI format strings with dnl positions. AC_DEFUN([gt_PRINTF_POSIX], [ AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC]) AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether printf() supports POSIX/XSI format strings], gt_cv_func_printf_posix, [ AC_TRY_RUN([ #include #include /* The string "%2$d %1$d", with dollar characters protected from the shell's dollar expansion (possibly an autoconf bug). */ static char format[] = { '%', '2', '$', 'd', ' ', '%', '1', '$', 'd', '\0' }; static char buf[100]; int main () { sprintf (buf, format, 33, 55); return (strcmp (buf, "55 33") != 0); }], gt_cv_func_printf_posix=yes, gt_cv_func_printf_posix=no, [ AC_EGREP_CPP(notposix, [ #if defined __NetBSD__ || defined _MSC_VER || defined __MINGW32__ || defined __CYGWIN__ notposix #endif ], gt_cv_func_printf_posix="guessing no", gt_cv_func_printf_posix="guessing yes") ]) ]) case $gt_cv_func_printf_posix in *yes) AC_DEFINE(HAVE_POSIX_PRINTF, 1, [Define if your printf() function supports format strings with positions.]) ;; esac ]) fdisk-1.2.5/m4/inttypes.m40000644000175000017500000000171711527750771012223 00000000000000# inttypes.m4 serial 1 (gettext-0.11.4) dnl Copyright (C) 1997-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program. dnl From Paul Eggert. # Define HAVE_INTTYPES_H if exists and doesn't clash with # . AC_DEFUN([gt_HEADER_INTTYPES_H], [ AC_CACHE_CHECK([for inttypes.h], gt_cv_header_inttypes_h, [ AC_TRY_COMPILE( [#include #include ], [], gt_cv_header_inttypes_h=yes, gt_cv_header_inttypes_h=no) ]) if test $gt_cv_header_inttypes_h = yes; then AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(HAVE_INTTYPES_H, 1, [Define if exists and doesn't clash with .]) fi ]) fdisk-1.2.5/m4/uintmax_t.m40000644000175000017500000000235011527750771012346 00000000000000# uintmax_t.m4 serial 7 (gettext-0.12) dnl Copyright (C) 1997-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program. dnl From Paul Eggert. AC_PREREQ(2.13) # Define uintmax_t to 'unsigned long' or 'unsigned long long' # if it is not already defined in or . AC_DEFUN([jm_AC_TYPE_UINTMAX_T], [ AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_HEADER_INTTYPES_H]) AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_HEADER_STDINT_H]) if test $jm_ac_cv_header_inttypes_h = no && test $jm_ac_cv_header_stdint_h = no; then AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_TYPE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG]) test $ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long = yes \ && ac_type='unsigned long long' \ || ac_type='unsigned long' AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(uintmax_t, $ac_type, [Define to unsigned long or unsigned long long if and don't define.]) else AC_DEFINE(HAVE_UINTMAX_T, 1, [Define if you have the 'uintmax_t' type in or .]) fi ]) fdisk-1.2.5/m4/codeset.m40000644000175000017500000000157611527750771011775 00000000000000# codeset.m4 serial AM1 (gettext-0.10.40) dnl Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program. dnl From Bruno Haible. AC_DEFUN([AM_LANGINFO_CODESET], [ AC_CACHE_CHECK([for nl_langinfo and CODESET], am_cv_langinfo_codeset, [AC_TRY_LINK([#include ], [char* cs = nl_langinfo(CODESET);], am_cv_langinfo_codeset=yes, am_cv_langinfo_codeset=no) ]) if test $am_cv_langinfo_codeset = yes; then AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET, 1, [Define if you have and nl_langinfo(CODESET).]) fi ]) fdisk-1.2.5/m4/lib-ld.m40000644000175000017500000000653111564002615011472 00000000000000# lib-ld.m4 serial 3 (gettext-0.13) dnl Copyright (C) 1996-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. dnl Subroutines of libtool.m4, dnl with replacements s/AC_/AC_LIB/ and s/lt_cv/acl_cv/ to avoid collision dnl with libtool.m4. dnl From libtool-1.4. Sets the variable with_gnu_ld to yes or no. AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_PROG_LD_GNU], [AC_CACHE_CHECK([if the linker ($LD) is GNU ld], acl_cv_prog_gnu_ld, [# I'd rather use --version here, but apparently some GNU ld's only accept -v. case `$LD -v 2>&1 conf$$.sh echo "exit 0" >>conf$$.sh chmod +x conf$$.sh if (PATH="/nonexistent;."; conf$$.sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then PATH_SEPARATOR=';' else PATH_SEPARATOR=: fi rm -f conf$$.sh fi ac_prog=ld if test "$GCC" = yes; then # Check if gcc -print-prog-name=ld gives a path. AC_MSG_CHECKING([for ld used by GCC]) case $host in *-*-mingw*) # gcc leaves a trailing carriage return which upsets mingw ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5 | tr -d '\015'` ;; *) ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5` ;; esac case $ac_prog in # Accept absolute paths. [[\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*)] [re_direlt='/[^/][^/]*/\.\./'] # Canonicalize the path of ld ac_prog=`echo $ac_prog| sed 's%\\\\%/%g'` while echo $ac_prog | grep "$re_direlt" > /dev/null 2>&1; do ac_prog=`echo $ac_prog| sed "s%$re_direlt%/%"` done test -z "$LD" && LD="$ac_prog" ;; "") # If it fails, then pretend we aren't using GCC. ac_prog=ld ;; *) # If it is relative, then search for the first ld in PATH. with_gnu_ld=unknown ;; esac elif test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then AC_MSG_CHECKING([for GNU ld]) else AC_MSG_CHECKING([for non-GNU ld]) fi AC_CACHE_VAL(acl_cv_path_LD, [if test -z "$LD"; then IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}${PATH_SEPARATOR-:}" for ac_dir in $PATH; do test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. if test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog" || test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exeext"; then acl_cv_path_LD="$ac_dir/$ac_prog" # Check to see if the program is GNU ld. I'd rather use --version, # but apparently some GNU ld's only accept -v. # Break only if it was the GNU/non-GNU ld that we prefer. case `"$acl_cv_path_LD" -v 2>&1 < /dev/null` in *GNU* | *'with BFD'*) test "$with_gnu_ld" != no && break ;; *) test "$with_gnu_ld" != yes && break ;; esac fi done IFS="$ac_save_ifs" else acl_cv_path_LD="$LD" # Let the user override the test with a path. fi]) LD="$acl_cv_path_LD" if test -n "$LD"; then AC_MSG_RESULT($LD) else AC_MSG_RESULT(no) fi test -z "$LD" && AC_MSG_ERROR([no acceptable ld found in \$PATH]) AC_LIB_PROG_LD_GNU ]) fdisk-1.2.5/m4/glibc21.m40000644000175000017500000000172711527750771011570 00000000000000# glibc21.m4 serial 2 (fileutils-4.1.3, gettext-0.10.40) dnl Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program. # Test for the GNU C Library, version 2.1 or newer. # From Bruno Haible. AC_DEFUN([jm_GLIBC21], [ AC_CACHE_CHECK(whether we are using the GNU C Library 2.1 or newer, ac_cv_gnu_library_2_1, [AC_EGREP_CPP([Lucky GNU user], [ #include #ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__ #if (__GLIBC__ == 2 && __GLIBC_MINOR__ >= 1) || (__GLIBC__ > 2) Lucky GNU user #endif #endif ], ac_cv_gnu_library_2_1=yes, ac_cv_gnu_library_2_1=no) ] ) AC_SUBST(GLIBC21) GLIBC21="$ac_cv_gnu_library_2_1" ] ) fdisk-1.2.5/m4/lib-link.m40000644000175000017500000007205511564002615012034 00000000000000# lib-link.m4 serial 13 (gettext-0.17) dnl Copyright (C) 2001-2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. dnl From Bruno Haible. AC_PREREQ(2.54) dnl AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS(name [, dependencies]) searches for libname and dnl the libraries corresponding to explicit and implicit dependencies. dnl Sets and AC_SUBSTs the LIB${NAME} and LTLIB${NAME} variables and dnl augments the CPPFLAGS variable. dnl Sets and AC_SUBSTs the LIB${NAME}_PREFIX variable to nonempty if libname dnl was found in ${LIB${NAME}_PREFIX}/$acl_libdirstem. AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS], [ AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX]) AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_RPATH]) define([Name],[translit([$1],[./-], [___])]) define([NAME],[translit([$1],[abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-], [ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___])]) AC_CACHE_CHECK([how to link with lib[]$1], [ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_libs], [ AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY([$1], [$2]) ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_libs="$LIB[]NAME" ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_ltlibs="$LTLIB[]NAME" ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_cppflags="$INC[]NAME" ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_prefix="$LIB[]NAME[]_PREFIX" ]) LIB[]NAME="$ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_libs" LTLIB[]NAME="$ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_ltlibs" INC[]NAME="$ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_cppflags" LIB[]NAME[]_PREFIX="$ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_prefix" AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR([CPPFLAGS], [$INC]NAME) AC_SUBST([LIB]NAME) AC_SUBST([LTLIB]NAME) AC_SUBST([LIB]NAME[_PREFIX]) dnl Also set HAVE_LIB[]NAME so that AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS can reuse the dnl results of this search when this library appears as a dependency. HAVE_LIB[]NAME=yes undefine([Name]) undefine([NAME]) ]) dnl AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS(name, dependencies, includes, testcode) dnl searches for libname and the libraries corresponding to explicit and dnl implicit dependencies, together with the specified include files and dnl the ability to compile and link the specified testcode. If found, it dnl sets and AC_SUBSTs HAVE_LIB${NAME}=yes and the LIB${NAME} and dnl LTLIB${NAME} variables and augments the CPPFLAGS variable, and dnl #defines HAVE_LIB${NAME} to 1. Otherwise, it sets and AC_SUBSTs dnl HAVE_LIB${NAME}=no and LIB${NAME} and LTLIB${NAME} to empty. dnl Sets and AC_SUBSTs the LIB${NAME}_PREFIX variable to nonempty if libname dnl was found in ${LIB${NAME}_PREFIX}/$acl_libdirstem. AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS], [ AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX]) AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_RPATH]) define([Name],[translit([$1],[./-], [___])]) define([NAME],[translit([$1],[abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-], [ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___])]) dnl Search for lib[]Name and define LIB[]NAME, LTLIB[]NAME and INC[]NAME dnl accordingly. AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY([$1], [$2]) dnl Add $INC[]NAME to CPPFLAGS before performing the following checks, dnl because if the user has installed lib[]Name and not disabled its use dnl via --without-lib[]Name-prefix, he wants to use it. ac_save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS" AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR([CPPFLAGS], [$INC]NAME) AC_CACHE_CHECK([for lib[]$1], [ac_cv_lib[]Name], [ ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS" LIBS="$LIBS $LIB[]NAME" AC_TRY_LINK([$3], [$4], [ac_cv_lib[]Name=yes], [ac_cv_lib[]Name=no]) LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS" ]) if test "$ac_cv_lib[]Name" = yes; then HAVE_LIB[]NAME=yes AC_DEFINE([HAVE_LIB]NAME, 1, [Define if you have the $1 library.]) AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to link with lib[]$1]) AC_MSG_RESULT([$LIB[]NAME]) else HAVE_LIB[]NAME=no dnl If $LIB[]NAME didn't lead to a usable library, we don't need dnl $INC[]NAME either. CPPFLAGS="$ac_save_CPPFLAGS" LIB[]NAME= LTLIB[]NAME= LIB[]NAME[]_PREFIX= fi AC_SUBST([HAVE_LIB]NAME) AC_SUBST([LIB]NAME) AC_SUBST([LTLIB]NAME) AC_SUBST([LIB]NAME[_PREFIX]) undefine([Name]) undefine([NAME]) ]) dnl Determine the platform dependent parameters needed to use rpath: dnl acl_libext, dnl acl_shlibext, dnl acl_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, dnl acl_hardcode_libdir_separator, dnl acl_hardcode_direct, dnl acl_hardcode_minus_L. AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_RPATH], [ dnl Tell automake >= 1.10 to complain if config.rpath is missing. m4_ifdef([AC_REQUIRE_AUX_FILE], [AC_REQUIRE_AUX_FILE([config.rpath])]) AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC]) dnl we use $CC, $GCC, $LDFLAGS AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PROG_LD]) dnl we use $LD, $with_gnu_ld AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST]) dnl we use $host AC_REQUIRE([AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR_DEFAULT]) dnl we use $ac_aux_dir AC_CACHE_CHECK([for shared library run path origin], acl_cv_rpath, [ CC="$CC" GCC="$GCC" LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS" LD="$LD" with_gnu_ld="$with_gnu_ld" \ ${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} "$ac_aux_dir/config.rpath" "$host" > conftest.sh . ./conftest.sh rm -f ./conftest.sh acl_cv_rpath=done ]) wl="$acl_cv_wl" acl_libext="$acl_cv_libext" acl_shlibext="$acl_cv_shlibext" acl_libname_spec="$acl_cv_libname_spec" acl_library_names_spec="$acl_cv_library_names_spec" acl_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec="$acl_cv_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec" acl_hardcode_libdir_separator="$acl_cv_hardcode_libdir_separator" acl_hardcode_direct="$acl_cv_hardcode_direct" acl_hardcode_minus_L="$acl_cv_hardcode_minus_L" dnl Determine whether the user wants rpath handling at all. AC_ARG_ENABLE(rpath, [ --disable-rpath do not hardcode runtime library paths], :, enable_rpath=yes) ]) dnl AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY(name [, dependencies]) searches for libname and dnl the libraries corresponding to explicit and implicit dependencies. dnl Sets the LIB${NAME}, LTLIB${NAME} and INC${NAME} variables. dnl Also, sets the LIB${NAME}_PREFIX variable to nonempty if libname was found dnl in ${LIB${NAME}_PREFIX}/$acl_libdirstem. AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY], [ AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_MULTILIB]) define([NAME],[translit([$1],[abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-], [ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___])]) dnl Autoconf >= 2.61 supports dots in --with options. define([N_A_M_E],[m4_if(m4_version_compare(m4_defn([m4_PACKAGE_VERSION]),[2.61]),[-1],[translit([$1],[.],[_])],[$1])]) dnl By default, look in $includedir and $libdir. use_additional=yes AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([ eval additional_includedir=\"$includedir\" eval additional_libdir=\"$libdir\" ]) AC_LIB_ARG_WITH([lib]N_A_M_E[-prefix], [ --with-lib]N_A_M_E[-prefix[=DIR] search for lib$1 in DIR/include and DIR/lib --without-lib]N_A_M_E[-prefix don't search for lib$1 in includedir and libdir], [ if test "X$withval" = "Xno"; then use_additional=no else if test "X$withval" = "X"; then AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([ eval additional_includedir=\"$includedir\" eval additional_libdir=\"$libdir\" ]) else additional_includedir="$withval/include" additional_libdir="$withval/$acl_libdirstem" fi fi ]) dnl Search the library and its dependencies in $additional_libdir and dnl $LDFLAGS. Using breadth-first-seach. LIB[]NAME= LTLIB[]NAME= INC[]NAME= LIB[]NAME[]_PREFIX= rpathdirs= ltrpathdirs= names_already_handled= names_next_round='$1 $2' while test -n "$names_next_round"; do names_this_round="$names_next_round" names_next_round= for name in $names_this_round; do already_handled= for n in $names_already_handled; do if test "$n" = "$name"; then already_handled=yes break fi done if test -z "$already_handled"; then names_already_handled="$names_already_handled $name" dnl See if it was already located by an earlier AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS dnl or AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS call. uppername=`echo "$name" | sed -e 'y|abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-|ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___|'` eval value=\"\$HAVE_LIB$uppername\" if test -n "$value"; then if test "$value" = yes; then eval value=\"\$LIB$uppername\" test -z "$value" || LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$value" eval value=\"\$LTLIB$uppername\" test -z "$value" || LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }$value" else dnl An earlier call to AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS has determined dnl that this library doesn't exist. So just drop it. : fi else dnl Search the library lib$name in $additional_libdir and $LDFLAGS dnl and the already constructed $LIBNAME/$LTLIBNAME. found_dir= found_la= found_so= found_a= eval libname=\"$acl_libname_spec\" # typically: libname=lib$name if test -n "$acl_shlibext"; then shrext=".$acl_shlibext" # typically: shrext=.so else shrext= fi if test $use_additional = yes; then dir="$additional_libdir" dnl The same code as in the loop below: dnl First look for a shared library. if test -n "$acl_shlibext"; then if test -f "$dir/$libname$shrext"; then found_dir="$dir" found_so="$dir/$libname$shrext" else if test "$acl_library_names_spec" = '$libname$shrext$versuffix'; then ver=`(cd "$dir" && \ for f in "$libname$shrext".*; do echo "$f"; done \ | sed -e "s,^$libname$shrext\\\\.,," \ | sort -t '.' -n -r -k1,1 -k2,2 -k3,3 -k4,4 -k5,5 \ | sed 1q ) 2>/dev/null` if test -n "$ver" && test -f "$dir/$libname$shrext.$ver"; then found_dir="$dir" found_so="$dir/$libname$shrext.$ver" fi else eval library_names=\"$acl_library_names_spec\" for f in $library_names; do if test -f "$dir/$f"; then found_dir="$dir" found_so="$dir/$f" break fi done fi fi fi dnl Then look for a static library. if test "X$found_dir" = "X"; then if test -f "$dir/$libname.$acl_libext"; then found_dir="$dir" found_a="$dir/$libname.$acl_libext" fi fi if test "X$found_dir" != "X"; then if test -f "$dir/$libname.la"; then found_la="$dir/$libname.la" fi fi fi if test "X$found_dir" = "X"; then for x in $LDFLAGS $LTLIB[]NAME; do AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"]) case "$x" in -L*) dir=`echo "X$x" | sed -e 's/^X-L//'` dnl First look for a shared library. if test -n "$acl_shlibext"; then if test -f "$dir/$libname$shrext"; then found_dir="$dir" found_so="$dir/$libname$shrext" else if test "$acl_library_names_spec" = '$libname$shrext$versuffix'; then ver=`(cd "$dir" && \ for f in "$libname$shrext".*; do echo "$f"; done \ | sed -e "s,^$libname$shrext\\\\.,," \ | sort -t '.' -n -r -k1,1 -k2,2 -k3,3 -k4,4 -k5,5 \ | sed 1q ) 2>/dev/null` if test -n "$ver" && test -f "$dir/$libname$shrext.$ver"; then found_dir="$dir" found_so="$dir/$libname$shrext.$ver" fi else eval library_names=\"$acl_library_names_spec\" for f in $library_names; do if test -f "$dir/$f"; then found_dir="$dir" found_so="$dir/$f" break fi done fi fi fi dnl Then look for a static library. if test "X$found_dir" = "X"; then if test -f "$dir/$libname.$acl_libext"; then found_dir="$dir" found_a="$dir/$libname.$acl_libext" fi fi if test "X$found_dir" != "X"; then if test -f "$dir/$libname.la"; then found_la="$dir/$libname.la" fi fi ;; esac if test "X$found_dir" != "X"; then break fi done fi if test "X$found_dir" != "X"; then dnl Found the library. LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }-L$found_dir -l$name" if test "X$found_so" != "X"; then dnl Linking with a shared library. We attempt to hardcode its dnl directory into the executable's runpath, unless it's the dnl standard /usr/lib. if test "$enable_rpath" = no || test "X$found_dir" = "X/usr/$acl_libdirstem"; then dnl No hardcoding is needed. LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$found_so" else dnl Use an explicit option to hardcode DIR into the resulting dnl binary. dnl Potentially add DIR to ltrpathdirs. dnl The ltrpathdirs will be appended to $LTLIBNAME at the end. haveit= for x in $ltrpathdirs; do if test "X$x" = "X$found_dir"; then haveit=yes break fi done if test -z "$haveit"; then ltrpathdirs="$ltrpathdirs $found_dir" fi dnl The hardcoding into $LIBNAME is system dependent. if test "$acl_hardcode_direct" = yes; then dnl Using DIR/libNAME.so during linking hardcodes DIR into the dnl resulting binary. LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$found_so" else if test -n "$acl_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec" && test "$acl_hardcode_minus_L" = no; then dnl Use an explicit option to hardcode DIR into the resulting dnl binary. LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$found_so" dnl Potentially add DIR to rpathdirs. dnl The rpathdirs will be appended to $LIBNAME at the end. haveit= for x in $rpathdirs; do if test "X$x" = "X$found_dir"; then haveit=yes break fi done if test -z "$haveit"; then rpathdirs="$rpathdirs $found_dir" fi else dnl Rely on "-L$found_dir". dnl But don't add it if it's already contained in the LDFLAGS dnl or the already constructed $LIBNAME haveit= for x in $LDFLAGS $LIB[]NAME; do AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"]) if test "X$x" = "X-L$found_dir"; then haveit=yes break fi done if test -z "$haveit"; then LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }-L$found_dir" fi if test "$acl_hardcode_minus_L" != no; then dnl FIXME: Not sure whether we should use dnl "-L$found_dir -l$name" or "-L$found_dir $found_so" dnl here. LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$found_so" else dnl We cannot use $acl_hardcode_runpath_var and LD_RUN_PATH dnl here, because this doesn't fit in flags passed to the dnl compiler. So give up. No hardcoding. This affects only dnl very old systems. dnl FIXME: Not sure whether we should use dnl "-L$found_dir -l$name" or "-L$found_dir $found_so" dnl here. LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }-l$name" fi fi fi fi else if test "X$found_a" != "X"; then dnl Linking with a static library. LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$found_a" else dnl We shouldn't come here, but anyway it's good to have a dnl fallback. LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }-L$found_dir -l$name" fi fi dnl Assume the include files are nearby. additional_includedir= case "$found_dir" in */$acl_libdirstem | */$acl_libdirstem/) basedir=`echo "X$found_dir" | sed -e 's,^X,,' -e "s,/$acl_libdirstem/"'*$,,'` LIB[]NAME[]_PREFIX="$basedir" additional_includedir="$basedir/include" ;; esac if test "X$additional_includedir" != "X"; then dnl Potentially add $additional_includedir to $INCNAME. dnl But don't add it dnl 1. if it's the standard /usr/include, dnl 2. if it's /usr/local/include and we are using GCC on Linux, dnl 3. if it's already present in $CPPFLAGS or the already dnl constructed $INCNAME, dnl 4. if it doesn't exist as a directory. if test "X$additional_includedir" != "X/usr/include"; then haveit= if test "X$additional_includedir" = "X/usr/local/include"; then if test -n "$GCC"; then case $host_os in linux* | gnu* | k*bsd*-gnu) haveit=yes;; esac fi fi if test -z "$haveit"; then for x in $CPPFLAGS $INC[]NAME; do AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"]) if test "X$x" = "X-I$additional_includedir"; then haveit=yes break fi done if test -z "$haveit"; then if test -d "$additional_includedir"; then dnl Really add $additional_includedir to $INCNAME. INC[]NAME="${INC[]NAME}${INC[]NAME:+ }-I$additional_includedir" fi fi fi fi fi dnl Look for dependencies. if test -n "$found_la"; then dnl Read the .la file. It defines the variables dnl dlname, library_names, old_library, dependency_libs, current, dnl age, revision, installed, dlopen, dlpreopen, libdir. save_libdir="$libdir" case "$found_la" in */* | *\\*) . "$found_la" ;; *) . "./$found_la" ;; esac libdir="$save_libdir" dnl We use only dependency_libs. for dep in $dependency_libs; do case "$dep" in -L*) additional_libdir=`echo "X$dep" | sed -e 's/^X-L//'` dnl Potentially add $additional_libdir to $LIBNAME and $LTLIBNAME. dnl But don't add it dnl 1. if it's the standard /usr/lib, dnl 2. if it's /usr/local/lib and we are using GCC on Linux, dnl 3. if it's already present in $LDFLAGS or the already dnl constructed $LIBNAME, dnl 4. if it doesn't exist as a directory. if test "X$additional_libdir" != "X/usr/$acl_libdirstem"; then haveit= if test "X$additional_libdir" = "X/usr/local/$acl_libdirstem"; then if test -n "$GCC"; then case $host_os in linux* | gnu* | k*bsd*-gnu) haveit=yes;; esac fi fi if test -z "$haveit"; then haveit= for x in $LDFLAGS $LIB[]NAME; do AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"]) if test "X$x" = "X-L$additional_libdir"; then haveit=yes break fi done if test -z "$haveit"; then if test -d "$additional_libdir"; then dnl Really add $additional_libdir to $LIBNAME. LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }-L$additional_libdir" fi fi haveit= for x in $LDFLAGS $LTLIB[]NAME; do AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"]) if test "X$x" = "X-L$additional_libdir"; then haveit=yes break fi done if test -z "$haveit"; then if test -d "$additional_libdir"; then dnl Really add $additional_libdir to $LTLIBNAME. LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }-L$additional_libdir" fi fi fi fi ;; -R*) dir=`echo "X$dep" | sed -e 's/^X-R//'` if test "$enable_rpath" != no; then dnl Potentially add DIR to rpathdirs. dnl The rpathdirs will be appended to $LIBNAME at the end. haveit= for x in $rpathdirs; do if test "X$x" = "X$dir"; then haveit=yes break fi done if test -z "$haveit"; then rpathdirs="$rpathdirs $dir" fi dnl Potentially add DIR to ltrpathdirs. dnl The ltrpathdirs will be appended to $LTLIBNAME at the end. haveit= for x in $ltrpathdirs; do if test "X$x" = "X$dir"; then haveit=yes break fi done if test -z "$haveit"; then ltrpathdirs="$ltrpathdirs $dir" fi fi ;; -l*) dnl Handle this in the next round. names_next_round="$names_next_round "`echo "X$dep" | sed -e 's/^X-l//'` ;; *.la) dnl Handle this in the next round. Throw away the .la's dnl directory; it is already contained in a preceding -L dnl option. names_next_round="$names_next_round "`echo "X$dep" | sed -e 's,^X.*/,,' -e 's,^lib,,' -e 's,\.la$,,'` ;; *) dnl Most likely an immediate library name. LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$dep" LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }$dep" ;; esac done fi else dnl Didn't find the library; assume it is in the system directories dnl known to the linker and runtime loader. (All the system dnl directories known to the linker should also be known to the dnl runtime loader, otherwise the system is severely misconfigured.) LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }-l$name" LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }-l$name" fi fi fi done done if test "X$rpathdirs" != "X"; then if test -n "$acl_hardcode_libdir_separator"; then dnl Weird platform: only the last -rpath option counts, the user must dnl pass all path elements in one option. We can arrange that for a dnl single library, but not when more than one $LIBNAMEs are used. alldirs= for found_dir in $rpathdirs; do alldirs="${alldirs}${alldirs:+$acl_hardcode_libdir_separator}$found_dir" done dnl Note: acl_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec uses $libdir and $wl. acl_save_libdir="$libdir" libdir="$alldirs" eval flag=\"$acl_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\" libdir="$acl_save_libdir" LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$flag" else dnl The -rpath options are cumulative. for found_dir in $rpathdirs; do acl_save_libdir="$libdir" libdir="$found_dir" eval flag=\"$acl_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\" libdir="$acl_save_libdir" LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$flag" done fi fi if test "X$ltrpathdirs" != "X"; then dnl When using libtool, the option that works for both libraries and dnl executables is -R. The -R options are cumulative. for found_dir in $ltrpathdirs; do LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }-R$found_dir" done fi ]) dnl AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR(VAR, CONTENTS) appends the elements of CONTENTS to VAR, dnl unless already present in VAR. dnl Works only for CPPFLAGS, not for LIB* variables because that sometimes dnl contains two or three consecutive elements that belong together. AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR], [ for element in [$2]; do haveit= for x in $[$1]; do AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"]) if test "X$x" = "X$element"; then haveit=yes break fi done if test -z "$haveit"; then [$1]="${[$1]}${[$1]:+ }$element" fi done ]) dnl For those cases where a variable contains several -L and -l options dnl referring to unknown libraries and directories, this macro determines the dnl necessary additional linker options for the runtime path. dnl AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_FROM_LIBS([LDADDVAR], [LIBSVALUE], [USE-LIBTOOL]) dnl sets LDADDVAR to linker options needed together with LIBSVALUE. dnl If USE-LIBTOOL evaluates to non-empty, linking with libtool is assumed, dnl otherwise linking without libtool is assumed. AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_FROM_LIBS], [ AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_RPATH]) AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_MULTILIB]) $1= if test "$enable_rpath" != no; then if test -n "$acl_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec" && test "$acl_hardcode_minus_L" = no; then dnl Use an explicit option to hardcode directories into the resulting dnl binary. rpathdirs= next= for opt in $2; do if test -n "$next"; then dir="$next" dnl No need to hardcode the standard /usr/lib. if test "X$dir" != "X/usr/$acl_libdirstem"; then rpathdirs="$rpathdirs $dir" fi next= else case $opt in -L) next=yes ;; -L*) dir=`echo "X$opt" | sed -e 's,^X-L,,'` dnl No need to hardcode the standard /usr/lib. if test "X$dir" != "X/usr/$acl_libdirstem"; then rpathdirs="$rpathdirs $dir" fi next= ;; *) next= ;; esac fi done if test "X$rpathdirs" != "X"; then if test -n ""$3""; then dnl libtool is used for linking. Use -R options. for dir in $rpathdirs; do $1="${$1}${$1:+ }-R$dir" done else dnl The linker is used for linking directly. if test -n "$acl_hardcode_libdir_separator"; then dnl Weird platform: only the last -rpath option counts, the user dnl must pass all path elements in one option. alldirs= for dir in $rpathdirs; do alldirs="${alldirs}${alldirs:+$acl_hardcode_libdir_separator}$dir" done acl_save_libdir="$libdir" libdir="$alldirs" eval flag=\"$acl_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\" libdir="$acl_save_libdir" $1="$flag" else dnl The -rpath options are cumulative. for dir in $rpathdirs; do acl_save_libdir="$libdir" libdir="$dir" eval flag=\"$acl_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\" libdir="$acl_save_libdir" $1="${$1}${$1:+ }$flag" done fi fi fi fi fi AC_SUBST([$1]) ]) fdisk-1.2.5/m4/onceonly.m40000644000175000017500000000711711527750771012172 00000000000000# onceonly.m4 serial 5 dnl Copyright (C) 2002-2003, 2005-2006, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program. dnl This file defines some "once only" variants of standard autoconf macros. dnl AC_CHECK_HEADERS_ONCE like AC_CHECK_HEADERS dnl AC_CHECK_FUNCS_ONCE like AC_CHECK_FUNCS dnl AC_CHECK_DECLS_ONCE like AC_CHECK_DECLS dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_FUNC_STRCOLL]) like AC_FUNC_STRCOLL dnl The advantage is that the check for each of the headers/functions/decls dnl will be put only once into the 'configure' file. It keeps the size of dnl the 'configure' file down, and avoids redundant output when 'configure' dnl is run. dnl The drawback is that the checks cannot be conditionalized. If you write dnl if some_condition; then gl_CHECK_HEADERS(stdlib.h); fi dnl inside an AC_DEFUNed function, the gl_CHECK_HEADERS macro call expands to dnl empty, and the check will be inserted before the body of the AC_DEFUNed dnl function. dnl This is like onceonly.m4, except that it uses diversions to named sections dnl DEFAULTS and INIT_PREPARE in order to check all requested headers at once, dnl thus reducing the size of 'configure'. Works with autoconf-2.57. The dnl size reduction is ca. 9%. dnl Autoconf version 2.59 plus gnulib is required; this file is not needed dnl with Autoconf 2.60 or greater. AC_PREREQ([2.59]) # AC_CHECK_HEADERS_ONCE(HEADER1 HEADER2 ...) is a once-only variant of # AC_CHECK_HEADERS(HEADER1 HEADER2 ...). AC_DEFUN([AC_CHECK_HEADERS_ONCE], [ : m4_foreach_w([gl_HEADER_NAME], [$1], [ AC_DEFUN([gl_CHECK_HEADER_]m4_quote(translit(gl_HEADER_NAME, [./-], [___])), [ m4_divert_text([INIT_PREPARE], [gl_header_list="$gl_header_list gl_HEADER_NAME"]) gl_HEADERS_EXPANSION AH_TEMPLATE(AS_TR_CPP([HAVE_]m4_defn([gl_HEADER_NAME])), [Define to 1 if you have the <]m4_defn([gl_HEADER_NAME])[> header file.]) ]) AC_REQUIRE([gl_CHECK_HEADER_]m4_quote(translit(gl_HEADER_NAME, [./-], [___]))) ]) ]) m4_define([gl_HEADERS_EXPANSION], [ m4_divert_text([DEFAULTS], [gl_header_list=]) AC_CHECK_HEADERS([$gl_header_list]) m4_define([gl_HEADERS_EXPANSION], []) ]) # AC_CHECK_FUNCS_ONCE(FUNC1 FUNC2 ...) is a once-only variant of # AC_CHECK_FUNCS(FUNC1 FUNC2 ...). AC_DEFUN([AC_CHECK_FUNCS_ONCE], [ : m4_foreach_w([gl_FUNC_NAME], [$1], [ AC_DEFUN([gl_CHECK_FUNC_]m4_defn([gl_FUNC_NAME]), [ m4_divert_text([INIT_PREPARE], [gl_func_list="$gl_func_list gl_FUNC_NAME"]) gl_FUNCS_EXPANSION AH_TEMPLATE(AS_TR_CPP([HAVE_]m4_defn([gl_FUNC_NAME])), [Define to 1 if you have the `]m4_defn([gl_FUNC_NAME])[' function.]) ]) AC_REQUIRE([gl_CHECK_FUNC_]m4_defn([gl_FUNC_NAME])) ]) ]) m4_define([gl_FUNCS_EXPANSION], [ m4_divert_text([DEFAULTS], [gl_func_list=]) AC_CHECK_FUNCS([$gl_func_list]) m4_define([gl_FUNCS_EXPANSION], []) ]) # AC_CHECK_DECLS_ONCE(DECL1 DECL2 ...) is a once-only variant of # AC_CHECK_DECLS(DECL1, DECL2, ...). AC_DEFUN([AC_CHECK_DECLS_ONCE], [ : m4_foreach_w([gl_DECL_NAME], [$1], [ AC_DEFUN([gl_CHECK_DECL_]m4_defn([gl_DECL_NAME]), [ AC_CHECK_DECLS(m4_defn([gl_DECL_NAME])) ]) AC_REQUIRE([gl_CHECK_DECL_]m4_defn([gl_DECL_NAME])) ]) ]) fdisk-1.2.5/m4/xsize.m40000644000175000017500000000103111527750771011473 00000000000000# xsize.m4 serial 2 dnl Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program. AC_DEFUN([gl_XSIZE], [ dnl Prerequisites of lib/xsize.h. AC_REQUIRE([gl_SIZE_MAX]) AC_CHECK_HEADERS(stdint.h) ]) fdisk-1.2.5/m4/gettext.m40000644000175000017500000003457011564002615012017 00000000000000# gettext.m4 serial 60 (gettext-0.17) dnl Copyright (C) 1995-2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. dnl dnl This file can can be used in projects which are not available under dnl the GNU General Public License or the GNU Library General Public dnl License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext dnl functionality. dnl Please note that the actual code of the GNU gettext library is covered dnl by the GNU Library General Public License, and the rest of the GNU dnl gettext package package is covered by the GNU General Public License. dnl They are *not* in the public domain. dnl Authors: dnl Ulrich Drepper , 1995-2000. dnl Bruno Haible , 2000-2006. dnl Macro to add for using GNU gettext. dnl Usage: AM_GNU_GETTEXT([INTLSYMBOL], [NEEDSYMBOL], [INTLDIR]). dnl INTLSYMBOL can be one of 'external', 'no-libtool', 'use-libtool'. The dnl default (if it is not specified or empty) is 'no-libtool'. dnl INTLSYMBOL should be 'external' for packages with no intl directory, dnl and 'no-libtool' or 'use-libtool' for packages with an intl directory. dnl If INTLSYMBOL is 'use-libtool', then a libtool library dnl $(top_builddir)/intl/libintl.la will be created (shared and/or static, dnl depending on --{enable,disable}-{shared,static} and on the presence of dnl AM-DISABLE-SHARED). If INTLSYMBOL is 'no-libtool', a static library dnl $(top_builddir)/intl/libintl.a will be created. dnl If NEEDSYMBOL is specified and is 'need-ngettext', then GNU gettext dnl implementations (in libc or libintl) without the ngettext() function dnl will be ignored. If NEEDSYMBOL is specified and is dnl 'need-formatstring-macros', then GNU gettext implementations that don't dnl support the ISO C 99 formatstring macros will be ignored. dnl INTLDIR is used to find the intl libraries. If empty, dnl the value `$(top_builddir)/intl/' is used. dnl dnl The result of the configuration is one of three cases: dnl 1) GNU gettext, as included in the intl subdirectory, will be compiled dnl and used. dnl Catalog format: GNU --> install in $(datadir) dnl Catalog extension: .mo after installation, .gmo in source tree dnl 2) GNU gettext has been found in the system's C library. dnl Catalog format: GNU --> install in $(datadir) dnl Catalog extension: .mo after installation, .gmo in source tree dnl 3) No internationalization, always use English msgid. dnl Catalog format: none dnl Catalog extension: none dnl If INTLSYMBOL is 'external', only cases 2 and 3 can occur. dnl The use of .gmo is historical (it was needed to avoid overwriting the dnl GNU format catalogs when building on a platform with an X/Open gettext), dnl but we keep it in order not to force irrelevant filename changes on the dnl maintainers. dnl AC_DEFUN([AM_GNU_GETTEXT], [ dnl Argument checking. ifelse([$1], [], , [ifelse([$1], [external], , [ifelse([$1], [no-libtool], , [ifelse([$1], [use-libtool], , [errprint([ERROR: invalid first argument to AM_GNU_GETTEXT ])])])])]) ifelse([$2], [], , [ifelse([$2], [need-ngettext], , [ifelse([$2], [need-formatstring-macros], , [errprint([ERROR: invalid second argument to AM_GNU_GETTEXT ])])])]) define([gt_included_intl], ifelse([$1], [external], ifdef([AM_GNU_GETTEXT_][INTL_SUBDIR], [yes], [no]), [yes])) define([gt_libtool_suffix_prefix], ifelse([$1], [use-libtool], [l], [])) gt_NEEDS_INIT AM_GNU_GETTEXT_NEED([$2]) AC_REQUIRE([AM_PO_SUBDIRS])dnl ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, [ AC_REQUIRE([AM_INTL_SUBDIR])dnl ]) dnl Prerequisites of AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY. AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX]) AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_RPATH]) dnl Sometimes libintl requires libiconv, so first search for libiconv. dnl Ideally we would do this search only after the dnl if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then dnl if { eval "gt_val=\$$gt_func_gnugettext_libc"; test "$gt_val" != "yes"; }; then dnl tests. But if configure.in invokes AM_ICONV after AM_GNU_GETTEXT dnl the configure script would need to contain the same shell code dnl again, outside any 'if'. There are two solutions: dnl - Invoke AM_ICONV_LINKFLAGS_BODY here, outside any 'if'. dnl - Control the expansions in more detail using AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE. dnl Since AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE is only in autoconf >= 2.52 and not dnl documented, we avoid it. ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, , [ AC_REQUIRE([AM_ICONV_LINKFLAGS_BODY]) ]) dnl Sometimes, on MacOS X, libintl requires linking with CoreFoundation. gt_INTL_MACOSX dnl Set USE_NLS. AC_REQUIRE([AM_NLS]) ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, [ BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=no USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=no ]) LIBINTL= LTLIBINTL= POSUB= dnl Add a version number to the cache macros. case " $gt_needs " in *" need-formatstring-macros "*) gt_api_version=3 ;; *" need-ngettext "*) gt_api_version=2 ;; *) gt_api_version=1 ;; esac gt_func_gnugettext_libc="gt_cv_func_gnugettext${gt_api_version}_libc" gt_func_gnugettext_libintl="gt_cv_func_gnugettext${gt_api_version}_libintl" dnl If we use NLS figure out what method if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext=no ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, [ AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether included gettext is requested]) AC_ARG_WITH(included-gettext, [ --with-included-gettext use the GNU gettext library included here], nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext=$withval, nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext=no) AC_MSG_RESULT($nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext) nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext="$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext" if test "$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext" != "yes"; then ]) dnl User does not insist on using GNU NLS library. Figure out what dnl to use. If GNU gettext is available we use this. Else we have dnl to fall back to GNU NLS library. if test $gt_api_version -ge 3; then gt_revision_test_code=' #ifndef __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION #define __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(major) ((major) == 0 ? 0 : -1) #endif changequote(,)dnl typedef int array [2 * (__GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(0) >= 1) - 1]; changequote([,])dnl ' else gt_revision_test_code= fi if test $gt_api_version -ge 2; then gt_expression_test_code=' + * ngettext ("", "", 0)' else gt_expression_test_code= fi AC_CACHE_CHECK([for GNU gettext in libc], [$gt_func_gnugettext_libc], [AC_TRY_LINK([#include $gt_revision_test_code extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr; extern int *_nl_domain_bindings;], [bindtextdomain ("", ""); return * gettext ("")$gt_expression_test_code + _nl_msg_cat_cntr + *_nl_domain_bindings], [eval "$gt_func_gnugettext_libc=yes"], [eval "$gt_func_gnugettext_libc=no"])]) if { eval "gt_val=\$$gt_func_gnugettext_libc"; test "$gt_val" != "yes"; }; then dnl Sometimes libintl requires libiconv, so first search for libiconv. ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, , [ AM_ICONV_LINK ]) dnl Search for libintl and define LIBINTL, LTLIBINTL and INCINTL dnl accordingly. Don't use AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY([intl],[iconv]) dnl because that would add "-liconv" to LIBINTL and LTLIBINTL dnl even if libiconv doesn't exist. AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY([intl]) AC_CACHE_CHECK([for GNU gettext in libintl], [$gt_func_gnugettext_libintl], [gt_save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS" CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS $INCINTL" gt_save_LIBS="$LIBS" LIBS="$LIBS $LIBINTL" dnl Now see whether libintl exists and does not depend on libiconv. AC_TRY_LINK([#include $gt_revision_test_code extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr; extern #ifdef __cplusplus "C" #endif const char *_nl_expand_alias (const char *);], [bindtextdomain ("", ""); return * gettext ("")$gt_expression_test_code + _nl_msg_cat_cntr + *_nl_expand_alias ("")], [eval "$gt_func_gnugettext_libintl=yes"], [eval "$gt_func_gnugettext_libintl=no"]) dnl Now see whether libintl exists and depends on libiconv. if { eval "gt_val=\$$gt_func_gnugettext_libintl"; test "$gt_val" != yes; } && test -n "$LIBICONV"; then LIBS="$LIBS $LIBICONV" AC_TRY_LINK([#include $gt_revision_test_code extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr; extern #ifdef __cplusplus "C" #endif const char *_nl_expand_alias (const char *);], [bindtextdomain ("", ""); return * gettext ("")$gt_expression_test_code + _nl_msg_cat_cntr + *_nl_expand_alias ("")], [LIBINTL="$LIBINTL $LIBICONV" LTLIBINTL="$LTLIBINTL $LTLIBICONV" eval "$gt_func_gnugettext_libintl=yes" ]) fi CPPFLAGS="$gt_save_CPPFLAGS" LIBS="$gt_save_LIBS"]) fi dnl If an already present or preinstalled GNU gettext() is found, dnl use it. But if this macro is used in GNU gettext, and GNU dnl gettext is already preinstalled in libintl, we update this dnl libintl. (Cf. the install rule in intl/Makefile.in.) if { eval "gt_val=\$$gt_func_gnugettext_libc"; test "$gt_val" = "yes"; } \ || { { eval "gt_val=\$$gt_func_gnugettext_libintl"; test "$gt_val" = "yes"; } \ && test "$PACKAGE" != gettext-runtime \ && test "$PACKAGE" != gettext-tools; }; then gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext=yes else dnl Reset the values set by searching for libintl. LIBINTL= LTLIBINTL= INCINTL= fi ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, [ if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" != "yes"; then dnl GNU gettext is not found in the C library. dnl Fall back on included GNU gettext library. nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext=yes fi fi if test "$nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext" = "yes"; then dnl Mark actions used to generate GNU NLS library. BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes LIBINTL="ifelse([$3],[],\${top_builddir}/intl,[$3])/libintl.[]gt_libtool_suffix_prefix[]a $LIBICONV $LIBTHREAD" LTLIBINTL="ifelse([$3],[],\${top_builddir}/intl,[$3])/libintl.[]gt_libtool_suffix_prefix[]a $LTLIBICONV $LTLIBTHREAD" LIBS=`echo " $LIBS " | sed -e 's/ -lintl / /' -e 's/^ //' -e 's/ $//'` fi CATOBJEXT= if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" = "yes" \ || test "$nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext" = "yes"; then dnl Mark actions to use GNU gettext tools. CATOBJEXT=.gmo fi ]) if test -n "$INTL_MACOSX_LIBS"; then if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" = "yes" \ || test "$nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext" = "yes"; then dnl Some extra flags are needed during linking. LIBINTL="$LIBINTL $INTL_MACOSX_LIBS" LTLIBINTL="$LTLIBINTL $INTL_MACOSX_LIBS" fi fi if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" = "yes" \ || test "$nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext" = "yes"; then AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_NLS, 1, [Define to 1 if translation of program messages to the user's native language is requested.]) else USE_NLS=no fi fi AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to use NLS]) AC_MSG_RESULT([$USE_NLS]) if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then AC_MSG_CHECKING([where the gettext function comes from]) if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" = "yes"; then if { eval "gt_val=\$$gt_func_gnugettext_libintl"; test "$gt_val" = "yes"; }; then gt_source="external libintl" else gt_source="libc" fi else gt_source="included intl directory" fi AC_MSG_RESULT([$gt_source]) fi if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" = "yes"; then if { eval "gt_val=\$$gt_func_gnugettext_libintl"; test "$gt_val" = "yes"; }; then AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to link with libintl]) AC_MSG_RESULT([$LIBINTL]) AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR([CPPFLAGS], [$INCINTL]) fi dnl For backward compatibility. Some packages may be using this. AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETTEXT, 1, [Define if the GNU gettext() function is already present or preinstalled.]) AC_DEFINE(HAVE_DCGETTEXT, 1, [Define if the GNU dcgettext() function is already present or preinstalled.]) fi dnl We need to process the po/ directory. POSUB=po fi ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, [ dnl If this is used in GNU gettext we have to set BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL dnl to 'yes' because some of the testsuite requires it. if test "$PACKAGE" = gettext-runtime || test "$PACKAGE" = gettext-tools; then BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes fi dnl Make all variables we use known to autoconf. AC_SUBST(BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL) AC_SUBST(USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL) AC_SUBST(CATOBJEXT) dnl For backward compatibility. Some configure.ins may be using this. nls_cv_header_intl= nls_cv_header_libgt= dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this. DATADIRNAME=share AC_SUBST(DATADIRNAME) dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this. INSTOBJEXT=.mo AC_SUBST(INSTOBJEXT) dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this. GENCAT=gencat AC_SUBST(GENCAT) dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this. INTLOBJS= if test "$USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL" = yes; then INTLOBJS="\$(GETTOBJS)" fi AC_SUBST(INTLOBJS) dnl Enable libtool support if the surrounding package wishes it. INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX=gt_libtool_suffix_prefix AC_SUBST(INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX) ]) dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this. INTLLIBS="$LIBINTL" AC_SUBST(INTLLIBS) dnl Make all documented variables known to autoconf. AC_SUBST(LIBINTL) AC_SUBST(LTLIBINTL) AC_SUBST(POSUB) ]) dnl gt_NEEDS_INIT ensures that the gt_needs variable is initialized. m4_define([gt_NEEDS_INIT], [ m4_divert_text([DEFAULTS], [gt_needs=]) m4_define([gt_NEEDS_INIT], []) ]) dnl Usage: AM_GNU_GETTEXT_NEED([NEEDSYMBOL]) AC_DEFUN([AM_GNU_GETTEXT_NEED], [ m4_divert_text([INIT_PREPARE], [gt_needs="$gt_needs $1"]) ]) dnl Usage: AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION([gettext-version]) AC_DEFUN([AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION], []) fdisk-1.2.5/m4/check.m40000644000175000017500000001211111527750771011407 00000000000000 dnl Usage: dnl CHECK_CHECK([MINIMUM-VERSION, [ACTION-IF-FOUND [, ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND]]]) dnl dnl Adds the required libraries to $CHECK_LIBS and $CHECK_CFLAGS does an dnl AC_SUBST(CHECK_LIBS) and AC_SUBST(CHECK_CFLAGS) dnl AC_DEFUN([CHECK_CHECK], [ AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST]) AC_ARG_WITH(check, AS_HELP_STRING([--with-check=PATH], [prefix where check is installed [default=auto]])) if test x$with_check = xno; then $3 else dnl save LIBS saved_LIBS="$LIBS" saved_CFGLAGS="$CFLAGS" if test x$with_check != x; then CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -I$with_check/include" LIBS="$LIBS -L$with_check/lib -lcheck" fi AC_MSG_CHECKING(for check >= $1) dnl Get major, minor, and micro version from arg MINIMUM-VERSION check_config_major_version=`echo $1 | \ sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\1/'` check_config_minor_version=`echo $1 | \ sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\2/'` check_config_micro_version=`echo $1 | \ sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\3/'` dnl Compare MINIMUM-VERSION with libparted version AC_TRY_RUN([ #include #include #include int main () { int major = CHECK_MAJOR_VERSION, minor = CHECK_MINOR_VERSION, micro = CHECK_MICRO_VERSION; const char *version; if ((major > $check_config_major_version) || ((major == $check_config_major_version) && (minor > $check_config_minor_version)) || ((major == $check_config_major_version) && (minor == $check_config_minor_version) && (micro >= $check_config_micro_version))) { return 0; } else { printf(" *** Looked for check version >= %d.%d.%d, found %d.%d.%d\n", $check_config_major_version, $check_config_minor_version, $check_config_micro_version, major, minor, micro); return 1; } } ], AC_MSG_RESULT(yes), AC_MSG_RESULT(no) ; $3, [echo $ac_n "cross compiling; assumed OK... $ac_c"]) dnl restore orignial LIBS and set @CHECK_LIBS@ if test x$with_check != x; then CHECK_CFLAGS="-I$with_check/include" CHECK_LIBS="-L$with_check/lib -lcheck" else CHECK_LIBS="-lcheck" CHECK_CFLAGS="" fi AC_SUBST(CHECK_LIBS) AC_SUBST(CHECK_CFLAGS) LIBS="$saved_LIBS" dnl Execute ACTION-IF-FOUND $2 fi ]) dnl Usage: dnl CHECK_CHECK([MINIMUM-VERSION, [ACTION-IF-FOUND [, ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND]]]) dnl dnl Adds the required libraries to $CHECK_LIBS and $CHECK_CFLAGS does an dnl AC_SUBST(CHECK_LIBS) and AC_SUBST(CHECK_CFLAGS) dnl AC_DEFUN([CHECK_CHECK], [ AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST]) AC_ARG_WITH(check, AS_HELP_STRING([--with-check=PATH], [prefix where check is installed [default=auto]])) if test x$with_check = xno; then $3 else dnl save LIBS saved_LIBS="$LIBS" saved_CFGLAGS="$CFLAGS" if test x$with_check != x; then CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -I$with_check/include" LIBS="$LIBS -L$with_check/lib -lcheck" fi AC_MSG_CHECKING(for check >= $1) dnl Get major, minor, and micro version from arg MINIMUM-VERSION check_config_major_version=`echo $1 | \ sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\1/'` check_config_minor_version=`echo $1 | \ sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\2/'` check_config_micro_version=`echo $1 | \ sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\3/'` dnl Compare MINIMUM-VERSION with libparted version AC_TRY_RUN([ #include #include #include int main () { int major = CHECK_MAJOR_VERSION, minor = CHECK_MINOR_VERSION, micro = CHECK_MICRO_VERSION; const char *version; if ((major > $check_config_major_version) || ((major == $check_config_major_version) && (minor > $check_config_minor_version)) || ((major == $check_config_major_version) && (minor == $check_config_minor_version) && (micro >= $check_config_micro_version))) { return 0; } else { printf(" *** Looked for check version >= %d.%d.%d, found %d.%d.%d\n", $check_config_major_version, $check_config_minor_version, $check_config_micro_version, major, minor, micro); return 1; } } ], AC_MSG_RESULT(yes), AC_MSG_RESULT(no) ; $3, [echo $ac_n "cross compiling; assumed OK... $ac_c"]) dnl restore orignial LIBS and set @CHECK_LIBS@ if test x$with_check != x; then CHECK_CFLAGS="-I$with_check/include" CHECK_LIBS="-L$with_check/lib -lcheck" else CHECK_LIBS="-lcheck" CHECK_CFLAGS="" fi AC_SUBST(CHECK_LIBS) AC_SUBST(CHECK_CFLAGS) LIBS="$saved_LIBS" fi ]) dnl Usage: dnl CHECK_CURSES([ACTION-IF-FOUND [, ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND]]) dnl dnl Example: dnl CHECK_CURSES(, AC_MSG_ERROR([ncurses not installed; please install it first])) dnl dnl Adds the required libraries to $CURSES_LIBS and does an dnl AC_SUBST(CURSES_LIBS) dnl AC_DEFUN([CHECK_CURSES], [ AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST]) dnl save LIBS saved_LIBS="$LIBS" dnl why reset LIBS? dnl LIBS="" dnl Check for headers and library AC_CHECK_HEADER(ncurses.h, have_ncurses_h=true AC_DEFINE(HAVE_NCURSES_H, 1, [We have the ncurses.h header.]), [AC_CHECK_HEADER(curses.h, have_ncurses_h=false AC_DEFINE(HAVE_CURSES_H, 1, [We have the curses.h header.]), $2)]) AC_CHECK_LIB(ncurses, getch, [$1 ; CURSES_LIBS="-lncurses"], [AC_CHECK_LIB(curses, getch, [CURSES_LIBS="-lcurses" ; $1], $2)]) dnl set @CURSES_LIBS@ AC_SUBST(CURSES_LIBS) ])fdisk-1.2.5/m4/ulonglong.m40000644000175000017500000000204211527750771012340 00000000000000# ulonglong.m4 serial 3 dnl Copyright (C) 1999-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program. dnl From Paul Eggert. # Define HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG if 'unsigned long long' works. AC_DEFUN([jm_AC_TYPE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG], [ AC_CACHE_CHECK([for unsigned long long], ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long, [AC_TRY_LINK([unsigned long long ull = 1ULL; int i = 63;], [unsigned long long ullmax = (unsigned long long) -1; return ull << i | ull >> i | ullmax / ull | ullmax % ull;], ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long=yes, ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long=no)]) if test $ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long = yes; then AC_DEFINE(HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG, 1, [Define if you have the 'unsigned long long' type.]) fi ]) fdisk-1.2.5/m4/intmax.m40000644000175000017500000000217211527750771011640 00000000000000# intmax.m4 serial 1 (gettext-0.12) dnl Copyright (C) 2002-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program. dnl From Bruno Haible. dnl Test whether the system has the 'intmax_t' type, but don't attempt to dnl find a replacement if it is lacking. AC_DEFUN([gt_TYPE_INTMAX_T], [ AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_HEADER_INTTYPES_H]) AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_HEADER_STDINT_H]) AC_CACHE_CHECK(for intmax_t, gt_cv_c_intmax_t, [AC_TRY_COMPILE([ #include #include #if HAVE_STDINT_H_WITH_UINTMAX #include #endif #if HAVE_INTTYPES_H_WITH_UINTMAX #include #endif ], [intmax_t x = -1;], gt_cv_c_intmax_t=yes, gt_cv_c_intmax_t=no)]) if test $gt_cv_c_intmax_t = yes; then AC_DEFINE(HAVE_INTMAX_T, 1, [Define if you have the 'intmax_t' type in or .]) fi ]) fdisk-1.2.5/m4/longlong.m40000644000175000017500000000164311527750771012161 00000000000000# longlong.m4 serial 4 dnl Copyright (C) 1999-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program. dnl From Paul Eggert. # Define HAVE_LONG_LONG if 'long long' works. AC_DEFUN([jm_AC_TYPE_LONG_LONG], [ AC_CACHE_CHECK([for long long], ac_cv_type_long_long, [AC_TRY_LINK([long long ll = 1LL; int i = 63;], [long long llmax = (long long) -1; return ll << i | ll >> i | llmax / ll | llmax % ll;], ac_cv_type_long_long=yes, ac_cv_type_long_long=no)]) if test $ac_cv_type_long_long = yes; then AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LONG_LONG, 1, [Define if you have the 'long long' type.]) fi ]) fdisk-1.2.5/m4/iconv.m40000644000175000017500000001375311564002615011451 00000000000000# iconv.m4 serial AM6 (gettext-0.17) dnl Copyright (C) 2000-2002, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. dnl From Bruno Haible. AC_DEFUN([AM_ICONV_LINKFLAGS_BODY], [ dnl Prerequisites of AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY. AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX]) AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_RPATH]) dnl Search for libiconv and define LIBICONV, LTLIBICONV and INCICONV dnl accordingly. AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY([iconv]) ]) AC_DEFUN([AM_ICONV_LINK], [ dnl Some systems have iconv in libc, some have it in libiconv (OSF/1 and dnl those with the standalone portable GNU libiconv installed). AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST]) dnl for cross-compiles dnl Search for libiconv and define LIBICONV, LTLIBICONV and INCICONV dnl accordingly. AC_REQUIRE([AM_ICONV_LINKFLAGS_BODY]) dnl Add $INCICONV to CPPFLAGS before performing the following checks, dnl because if the user has installed libiconv and not disabled its use dnl via --without-libiconv-prefix, he wants to use it. The first dnl AC_TRY_LINK will then fail, the second AC_TRY_LINK will succeed. am_save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS" AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR([CPPFLAGS], [$INCICONV]) AC_CACHE_CHECK([for iconv], am_cv_func_iconv, [ am_cv_func_iconv="no, consider installing GNU libiconv" am_cv_lib_iconv=no AC_TRY_LINK([#include #include ], [iconv_t cd = iconv_open("",""); iconv(cd,NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL); iconv_close(cd);], am_cv_func_iconv=yes) if test "$am_cv_func_iconv" != yes; then am_save_LIBS="$LIBS" LIBS="$LIBS $LIBICONV" AC_TRY_LINK([#include #include ], [iconv_t cd = iconv_open("",""); iconv(cd,NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL); iconv_close(cd);], am_cv_lib_iconv=yes am_cv_func_iconv=yes) LIBS="$am_save_LIBS" fi ]) if test "$am_cv_func_iconv" = yes; then AC_CACHE_CHECK([for working iconv], am_cv_func_iconv_works, [ dnl This tests against bugs in AIX 5.1 and HP-UX 11.11. am_save_LIBS="$LIBS" if test $am_cv_lib_iconv = yes; then LIBS="$LIBS $LIBICONV" fi AC_TRY_RUN([ #include #include int main () { /* Test against AIX 5.1 bug: Failures are not distinguishable from successful returns. */ { iconv_t cd_utf8_to_88591 = iconv_open ("ISO8859-1", "UTF-8"); if (cd_utf8_to_88591 != (iconv_t)(-1)) { static const char input[] = "\342\202\254"; /* EURO SIGN */ char buf[10]; const char *inptr = input; size_t inbytesleft = strlen (input); char *outptr = buf; size_t outbytesleft = sizeof (buf); size_t res = iconv (cd_utf8_to_88591, (char **) &inptr, &inbytesleft, &outptr, &outbytesleft); if (res == 0) return 1; } } #if 0 /* This bug could be worked around by the caller. */ /* Test against HP-UX 11.11 bug: Positive return value instead of 0. */ { iconv_t cd_88591_to_utf8 = iconv_open ("utf8", "iso88591"); if (cd_88591_to_utf8 != (iconv_t)(-1)) { static const char input[] = "\304rger mit b\366sen B\374bchen ohne Augenma\337"; char buf[50]; const char *inptr = input; size_t inbytesleft = strlen (input); char *outptr = buf; size_t outbytesleft = sizeof (buf); size_t res = iconv (cd_88591_to_utf8, (char **) &inptr, &inbytesleft, &outptr, &outbytesleft); if ((int)res > 0) return 1; } } #endif /* Test against HP-UX 11.11 bug: No converter from EUC-JP to UTF-8 is provided. */ if (/* Try standardized names. */ iconv_open ("UTF-8", "EUC-JP") == (iconv_t)(-1) /* Try IRIX, OSF/1 names. */ && iconv_open ("UTF-8", "eucJP") == (iconv_t)(-1) /* Try AIX names. */ && iconv_open ("UTF-8", "IBM-eucJP") == (iconv_t)(-1) /* Try HP-UX names. */ && iconv_open ("utf8", "eucJP") == (iconv_t)(-1)) return 1; return 0; }], [am_cv_func_iconv_works=yes], [am_cv_func_iconv_works=no], [case "$host_os" in aix* | hpux*) am_cv_func_iconv_works="guessing no" ;; *) am_cv_func_iconv_works="guessing yes" ;; esac]) LIBS="$am_save_LIBS" ]) case "$am_cv_func_iconv_works" in *no) am_func_iconv=no am_cv_lib_iconv=no ;; *) am_func_iconv=yes ;; esac else am_func_iconv=no am_cv_lib_iconv=no fi if test "$am_func_iconv" = yes; then AC_DEFINE(HAVE_ICONV, 1, [Define if you have the iconv() function and it works.]) fi if test "$am_cv_lib_iconv" = yes; then AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to link with libiconv]) AC_MSG_RESULT([$LIBICONV]) else dnl If $LIBICONV didn't lead to a usable library, we don't need $INCICONV dnl either. CPPFLAGS="$am_save_CPPFLAGS" LIBICONV= LTLIBICONV= fi AC_SUBST(LIBICONV) AC_SUBST(LTLIBICONV) ]) AC_DEFUN([AM_ICONV], [ AM_ICONV_LINK if test "$am_cv_func_iconv" = yes; then AC_MSG_CHECKING([for iconv declaration]) AC_CACHE_VAL(am_cv_proto_iconv, [ AC_TRY_COMPILE([ #include #include extern #ifdef __cplusplus "C" #endif #if defined(__STDC__) || defined(__cplusplus) size_t iconv (iconv_t cd, char * *inbuf, size_t *inbytesleft, char * *outbuf, size_t *outbytesleft); #else size_t iconv(); #endif ], [], am_cv_proto_iconv_arg1="", am_cv_proto_iconv_arg1="const") am_cv_proto_iconv="extern size_t iconv (iconv_t cd, $am_cv_proto_iconv_arg1 char * *inbuf, size_t *inbytesleft, char * *outbuf, size_t *outbytesleft);"]) am_cv_proto_iconv=`echo "[$]am_cv_proto_iconv" | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/( /(/'` AC_MSG_RESULT([$]{ac_t:- }[$]am_cv_proto_iconv) AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(ICONV_CONST, $am_cv_proto_iconv_arg1, [Define as const if the declaration of iconv() needs const.]) fi ]) fdisk-1.2.5/m4/getopt.m40000644000175000017500000000470311527750771011644 00000000000000# getopt.m4 serial 14 dnl Copyright (C) 2002-2006, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # The getopt module assume you want GNU getopt, with getopt_long etc, # rather than vanilla POSIX getopt. This means your code should # always include for the getopt prototypes. AC_DEFUN([gl_GETOPT_SUBSTITUTE], [ AC_LIBOBJ([getopt]) AC_LIBOBJ([getopt1]) gl_GETOPT_SUBSTITUTE_HEADER gl_PREREQ_GETOPT ]) AC_DEFUN([gl_GETOPT_SUBSTITUTE_HEADER], [ GETOPT_H=getopt.h AC_DEFINE([__GETOPT_PREFIX], [[rpl_]], [Define to rpl_ if the getopt replacement functions and variables should be used.]) AC_SUBST([GETOPT_H]) ]) AC_DEFUN([gl_GETOPT_CHECK_HEADERS], [ if test -z "$GETOPT_H"; then AC_CHECK_HEADERS([getopt.h], [], [GETOPT_H=getopt.h]) fi if test -z "$GETOPT_H"; then AC_CHECK_FUNCS([getopt_long_only], [], [GETOPT_H=getopt.h]) fi dnl BSD getopt_long uses an incompatible method to reset option processing, dnl and (as of 2004-10-15) mishandles optional option-arguments. if test -z "$GETOPT_H"; then AC_CHECK_DECL([optreset], [GETOPT_H=getopt.h], [], [#include ]) fi dnl Solaris 10 getopt doesn't handle `+' as a leading character in an dnl option string (as of 2005-05-05). if test -z "$GETOPT_H"; then AC_CACHE_CHECK([for working GNU getopt function], [gl_cv_func_gnu_getopt], [AC_RUN_IFELSE( [AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[#include ]], [[ char *myargv[3]; myargv[0] = "conftest"; myargv[1] = "-+"; myargv[2] = 0; return getopt (2, myargv, "+a") != '?'; ]])], [gl_cv_func_gnu_getopt=yes], [gl_cv_func_gnu_getopt=no], [dnl cross compiling - pessimistically guess based on decls dnl Solaris 10 getopt doesn't handle `+' as a leading character in an dnl option string (as of 2005-05-05). AC_CHECK_DECL([getopt_clip], [gl_cv_func_gnu_getopt=no], [gl_cv_func_gnu_getopt=yes], [#include ])])]) if test "$gl_cv_func_gnu_getopt" = "no"; then GETOPT_H=getopt.h fi fi ]) AC_DEFUN([gl_GETOPT_IFELSE], [ AC_REQUIRE([gl_GETOPT_CHECK_HEADERS]) AS_IF([test -n "$GETOPT_H"], [$1], [$2]) ]) AC_DEFUN([gl_GETOPT], [gl_GETOPT_IFELSE([gl_GETOPT_SUBSTITUTE])]) # Prerequisites of lib/getopt*. AC_DEFUN([gl_PREREQ_GETOPT], [ AC_CHECK_DECLS_ONCE([getenv]) ]) fdisk-1.2.5/m4/signed.m40000644000175000017500000000140111527750771011603 00000000000000# signed.m4 serial 1 (gettext-0.10.40) dnl Copyright (C) 2001-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program. dnl From Bruno Haible. AC_DEFUN([bh_C_SIGNED], [ AC_CACHE_CHECK([for signed], bh_cv_c_signed, [AC_TRY_COMPILE(, [signed char x;], bh_cv_c_signed=yes, bh_cv_c_signed=no)]) if test $bh_cv_c_signed = no; then AC_DEFINE(signed, , [Define to empty if the C compiler doesn't support this keyword.]) fi ]) fdisk-1.2.5/m4/Makefile.in0000644000175000017500000002655011564002621012132 00000000000000# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.11.1 from Makefile.am. # @configure_input@ # Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, # 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, # Inc. # This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without # even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A # PARTICULAR PURPOSE. @SET_MAKE@ VPATH = @srcdir@ pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@ pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@ pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@ pkglibexecdir = $(libexecdir)/@PACKAGE@ am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644 install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA) transform = $(program_transform_name) NORMAL_INSTALL = : PRE_INSTALL = : POST_INSTALL = : NORMAL_UNINSTALL = : PRE_UNINSTALL = : POST_UNINSTALL = : build_triplet = @build@ host_triplet = @host@ subdir = m4 DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in ChangeLog ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4 am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/check.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/m4/getopt.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/gettext.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/m4/gnulib-common.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/m4/gnulib-comp.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/iconv.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/m4/include_next.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/m4/intlmacosx.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-ld.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-link.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-prefix.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/m4/libparted.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/nls.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/m4/onceonly.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/po.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/m4/progtest.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/unistd_h.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \ $(ACLOCAL_M4) mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES = SOURCES = DIST_SOURCES = DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST) ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@ AMTAR = @AMTAR@ AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@ AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@ AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@ AWK = @AWK@ CC = @CC@ CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@ CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ CHECK_CFLAGS = @CHECK_CFLAGS@ CHECK_LIBS = @CHECK_LIBS@ CPP = @CPP@ CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ CURSES_LIBS = @CURSES_LIBS@ CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@ DEFS = @DEFS@ DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@ ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@ ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@ ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@ EGREP = @EGREP@ EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@ GETOPT_H = @GETOPT_H@ GETTEXT_MACRO_VERSION = @GETTEXT_MACRO_VERSION@ GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@ GMSGFMT_015 = @GMSGFMT_015@ GNULIB_CHOWN = @GNULIB_CHOWN@ GNULIB_DUP2 = @GNULIB_DUP2@ GNULIB_ENVIRON = @GNULIB_ENVIRON@ GNULIB_FCHDIR = @GNULIB_FCHDIR@ GNULIB_FTRUNCATE = @GNULIB_FTRUNCATE@ GNULIB_GETCWD = @GNULIB_GETCWD@ GNULIB_GETLOGIN_R = @GNULIB_GETLOGIN_R@ GNULIB_GETPAGESIZE = @GNULIB_GETPAGESIZE@ GNULIB_LCHOWN = @GNULIB_LCHOWN@ GNULIB_LSEEK = @GNULIB_LSEEK@ GNULIB_READLINK = @GNULIB_READLINK@ GNULIB_SLEEP = @GNULIB_SLEEP@ GREP = @GREP@ HAVE_DECL_ENVIRON = @HAVE_DECL_ENVIRON@ HAVE_DECL_GETLOGIN_R = @HAVE_DECL_GETLOGIN_R@ HAVE_DUP2 = @HAVE_DUP2@ HAVE_FTRUNCATE = @HAVE_FTRUNCATE@ HAVE_GETPAGESIZE = @HAVE_GETPAGESIZE@ HAVE_OS_H = @HAVE_OS_H@ HAVE_READLINK = @HAVE_READLINK@ HAVE_SLEEP = @HAVE_SLEEP@ HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H = @HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H@ HAVE_UNISTD_H = @HAVE_UNISTD_H@ INCLUDE_NEXT = @INCLUDE_NEXT@ INSTALL = @INSTALL@ INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@ INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@ INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@ INTL_MACOSX_LIBS = @INTL_MACOSX_LIBS@ LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ LIBGNU_LIBDEPS = @LIBGNU_LIBDEPS@ LIBGNU_LTLIBDEPS = @LIBGNU_LTLIBDEPS@ LIBICONV = @LIBICONV@ LIBINTL = @LIBINTL@ LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@ LIBS = @LIBS@ LN_S = @LN_S@ LTLIBICONV = @LTLIBICONV@ LTLIBINTL = @LTLIBINTL@ LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@ MAINT = @MAINT@ MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@ MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@ MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ MSGFMT_015 = @MSGFMT_015@ MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@ NEXT_UNISTD_H = @NEXT_UNISTD_H@ OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@ PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@ PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@ PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@ PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@ PACKAGE_URL = @PACKAGE_URL@ PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@ PARTED_LIBS = @PARTED_LIBS@ PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@ POSUB = @POSUB@ RANLIB = @RANLIB@ REPLACE_CHOWN = @REPLACE_CHOWN@ REPLACE_FCHDIR = @REPLACE_FCHDIR@ REPLACE_GETCWD = @REPLACE_GETCWD@ REPLACE_GETPAGESIZE = @REPLACE_GETPAGESIZE@ REPLACE_LCHOWN = @REPLACE_LCHOWN@ REPLACE_LSEEK = @REPLACE_LSEEK@ SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@ SHELL = @SHELL@ STRIP = @STRIP@ SYMLINK = @SYMLINK@ SYMLINKFROM = @SYMLINKFROM@ USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@ VERSION = @VERSION@ XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ XGETTEXT_015 = @XGETTEXT_015@ XGETTEXT_EXTRA_OPTIONS = @XGETTEXT_EXTRA_OPTIONS@ abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@ abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@ abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@ abs_top_srcdir = @abs_top_srcdir@ ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@ am__include = @am__include@ am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@ am__quote = @am__quote@ am__tar = @am__tar@ am__untar = @am__untar@ bindir = @bindir@ build = @build@ build_alias = @build_alias@ build_cpu = @build_cpu@ build_os = @build_os@ build_vendor = @build_vendor@ builddir = @builddir@ datadir = @datadir@ datarootdir = @datarootdir@ docdir = @docdir@ dvidir = @dvidir@ exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ gl_LIBOBJS = @gl_LIBOBJS@ gl_LTLIBOBJS = @gl_LTLIBOBJS@ gltests_LIBOBJS = @gltests_LIBOBJS@ gltests_LTLIBOBJS = @gltests_LTLIBOBJS@ host = @host@ host_alias = @host_alias@ host_cpu = @host_cpu@ host_os = @host_os@ host_vendor = @host_vendor@ htmldir = @htmldir@ includedir = @includedir@ infodir = @infodir@ install_sh = @install_sh@ libdir = @libdir@ libexecdir = @libexecdir@ localedir = @localedir@ localstatedir = @localstatedir@ mandir = @mandir@ mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@ oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@ pdfdir = @pdfdir@ prefix = @prefix@ program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@ psdir = @psdir@ sbindir = @sbindir@ sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@ srcdir = @srcdir@ sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@ target_alias = @target_alias@ top_build_prefix = @top_build_prefix@ top_builddir = @top_builddir@ top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ EXTRA_DIST = codeset.m4 gettext.m4 glibc21.m4 iconv.m4 intdiv0.m4 intmax.m4 inttypes.m4 inttypes_h.m4 inttypes-pri.m4 isc-posix.m4 lcmessage.m4 lib-ld.m4 lib-link.m4 lib-prefix.m4 longdouble.m4 longlong.m4 nls.m4 po.m4 printf-posix.m4 progtest.m4 signed.m4 size_max.m4 stdint_h.m4 uintmax_t.m4 ulonglong.m4 wchar_t.m4 wint_t.m4 xsize.m4 all: all-am .SUFFIXES: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps) @for dep in $?; do \ case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \ *$$dep*) \ ( cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh ) \ && { if test -f $@; then exit 0; else break; fi; }; \ exit 1;; \ esac; \ done; \ echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu m4/Makefile'; \ $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) && \ $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu m4/Makefile .PRECIOUS: Makefile Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status @case '$?' in \ *config.status*) \ cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh;; \ *) \ echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)'; \ cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe);; \ esac; $(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES) cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh $(top_srcdir)/configure: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__configure_deps) cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh $(ACLOCAL_M4): @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh $(am__aclocal_m4_deps): tags: TAGS TAGS: ctags: CTAGS CTAGS: distdir: $(DISTFILES) @srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ list='$(DISTFILES)'; \ dist_files=`for file in $$list; do echo $$file; done | \ sed -e "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||;t" \ -e "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|;t"`; \ case $$dist_files in \ */*) $(MKDIR_P) `echo "$$dist_files" | \ sed '/\//!d;s|^|$(distdir)/|;s,/[^/]*$$,,' | \ sort -u` ;; \ esac; \ for file in $$dist_files; do \ if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \ if test -d $$d/$$file; then \ dir=`echo "/$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \ if test -d "$(distdir)/$$file"; then \ find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \ fi; \ if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \ cp -fpR $(srcdir)/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \ find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \ fi; \ cp -fpR $$d/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \ else \ test -f "$(distdir)/$$file" \ || cp -p $$d/$$file "$(distdir)/$$file" \ || exit 1; \ fi; \ done check-am: all-am check: check-am all-am: Makefile installdirs: install: install-am install-exec: install-exec-am install-data: install-data-am uninstall: uninstall-am install-am: all-am @$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am installcheck: installcheck-am install-strip: $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \ `test -z '$(STRIP)' || \ echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install mostlyclean-generic: clean-generic: distclean-generic: -test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES) -test . = "$(srcdir)" || test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES) maintainer-clean-generic: @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use" @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild." clean: clean-am clean-am: clean-generic mostlyclean-am distclean: distclean-am -rm -f Makefile distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic dvi: dvi-am dvi-am: html: html-am html-am: info: info-am info-am: install-data-am: install-dvi: install-dvi-am install-dvi-am: install-exec-am: install-html: install-html-am install-html-am: install-info: install-info-am install-info-am: install-man: install-pdf: install-pdf-am install-pdf-am: install-ps: install-ps-am install-ps-am: installcheck-am: maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am -rm -f Makefile maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic pdf: pdf-am pdf-am: ps: ps-am ps-am: uninstall-am: .MAKE: install-am install-strip .PHONY: all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic distclean \ distclean-generic distdir dvi dvi-am html html-am info info-am \ install install-am install-data install-data-am install-dvi \ install-dvi-am install-exec install-exec-am install-html \ install-html-am install-info install-info-am install-man \ install-pdf install-pdf-am install-ps install-ps-am \ install-strip installcheck installcheck-am installdirs \ maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean \ mostlyclean-generic pdf pdf-am ps ps-am uninstall uninstall-am # Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables. # Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded. .NOEXPORT: fdisk-1.2.5/m4/progtest.m40000644000175000017500000000555011564002615012176 00000000000000# progtest.m4 serial 4 (gettext-0.14.2) dnl Copyright (C) 1996-2003, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. dnl dnl This file can can be used in projects which are not available under dnl the GNU General Public License or the GNU Library General Public dnl License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext dnl functionality. dnl Please note that the actual code of the GNU gettext library is covered dnl by the GNU Library General Public License, and the rest of the GNU dnl gettext package package is covered by the GNU General Public License. dnl They are *not* in the public domain. dnl Authors: dnl Ulrich Drepper , 1996. AC_PREREQ(2.50) # Search path for a program which passes the given test. dnl AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(VARIABLE, PROG-TO-CHECK-FOR, dnl TEST-PERFORMED-ON-FOUND_PROGRAM [, VALUE-IF-NOT-FOUND [, PATH]]) AC_DEFUN([AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST], [ # Prepare PATH_SEPARATOR. # The user is always right. if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then echo "#! /bin/sh" >conf$$.sh echo "exit 0" >>conf$$.sh chmod +x conf$$.sh if (PATH="/nonexistent;."; conf$$.sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then PATH_SEPARATOR=';' else PATH_SEPARATOR=: fi rm -f conf$$.sh fi # Find out how to test for executable files. Don't use a zero-byte file, # as systems may use methods other than mode bits to determine executability. cat >conf$$.file <<_ASEOF #! /bin/sh exit 0 _ASEOF chmod +x conf$$.file if test -x conf$$.file >/dev/null 2>&1; then ac_executable_p="test -x" else ac_executable_p="test -f" fi rm -f conf$$.file # Extract the first word of "$2", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy $2; ac_word=[$]2 AC_MSG_CHECKING([for $ac_word]) AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_path_$1, [case "[$]$1" in [[\\/]]* | ?:[[\\/]]*) ac_cv_path_$1="[$]$1" # Let the user override the test with a path. ;; *) ac_save_IFS="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for ac_dir in ifelse([$5], , $PATH, [$5]); do IFS="$ac_save_IFS" test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if $ac_executable_p "$ac_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then echo "$as_me: trying $ac_dir/$ac_word..." >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD if [$3]; then ac_cv_path_$1="$ac_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" break 2 fi fi done done IFS="$ac_save_IFS" dnl If no 4th arg is given, leave the cache variable unset, dnl so AC_PATH_PROGS will keep looking. ifelse([$4], , , [ test -z "[$]ac_cv_path_$1" && ac_cv_path_$1="$4" ])dnl ;; esac])dnl $1="$ac_cv_path_$1" if test ifelse([$4], , [-n "[$]$1"], ["[$]$1" != "$4"]); then AC_MSG_RESULT([$]$1) else AC_MSG_RESULT(no) fi AC_SUBST($1)dnl ]) fdisk-1.2.5/m4/wchar_t.m40000644000175000017500000000155311527750771011771 00000000000000# wchar_t.m4 serial 1 (gettext-0.12) dnl Copyright (C) 2002-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program. dnl From Bruno Haible. dnl Test whether has the 'wchar_t' type. dnl Prerequisite: AC_PROG_CC AC_DEFUN([gt_TYPE_WCHAR_T], [ AC_CACHE_CHECK([for wchar_t], gt_cv_c_wchar_t, [AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include wchar_t foo = (wchar_t)'\0';], , gt_cv_c_wchar_t=yes, gt_cv_c_wchar_t=no)]) if test $gt_cv_c_wchar_t = yes; then AC_DEFINE(HAVE_WCHAR_T, 1, [Define if you have the 'wchar_t' type.]) fi ]) fdisk-1.2.5/m4/inttypes-pri.m40000644000175000017500000000222711527750771013010 00000000000000# inttypes-pri.m4 serial 1 (gettext-0.11.4) dnl Copyright (C) 1997-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program. dnl From Bruno Haible. # Define PRI_MACROS_BROKEN if exists and defines the PRI* # macros to non-string values. This is the case on AIX 4.3.3. AC_DEFUN([gt_INTTYPES_PRI], [ AC_REQUIRE([gt_HEADER_INTTYPES_H]) if test $gt_cv_header_inttypes_h = yes; then AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether the inttypes.h PRIxNN macros are broken], gt_cv_inttypes_pri_broken, [ AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include #ifdef PRId32 char *p = PRId32; #endif ], [], gt_cv_inttypes_pri_broken=no, gt_cv_inttypes_pri_broken=yes) ]) fi if test "$gt_cv_inttypes_pri_broken" = yes; then AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(PRI_MACROS_BROKEN, 1, [Define if exists and defines unusable PRI* macros.]) fi ]) fdisk-1.2.5/m4/inttypes_h.m40000644000175000017500000000210311527750771012520 00000000000000# inttypes_h.m4 serial 5 (gettext-0.12) dnl Copyright (C) 1997-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program. dnl From Paul Eggert. # Define HAVE_INTTYPES_H_WITH_UINTMAX if exists, # doesn't clash with , and declares uintmax_t. AC_DEFUN([jm_AC_HEADER_INTTYPES_H], [ AC_CACHE_CHECK([for inttypes.h], jm_ac_cv_header_inttypes_h, [AC_TRY_COMPILE( [#include #include ], [uintmax_t i = (uintmax_t) -1;], jm_ac_cv_header_inttypes_h=yes, jm_ac_cv_header_inttypes_h=no)]) if test $jm_ac_cv_header_inttypes_h = yes; then AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(HAVE_INTTYPES_H_WITH_UINTMAX, 1, [Define if exists, doesn't clash with , and declares uintmax_t. ]) fi ]) fdisk-1.2.5/m4/unistd_h.m40000644000175000017500000000474011527750771012160 00000000000000# unistd_h.m4 serial 11 dnl Copyright (C) 2006-2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. dnl Written by Simon Josefsson, Bruno Haible. AC_DEFUN([gl_UNISTD_H], [ dnl Use AC_REQUIRE here, so that the default behavior below is expanded dnl once only, before all statements that occur in other macros. AC_REQUIRE([gl_UNISTD_H_DEFAULTS]) gl_CHECK_NEXT_HEADERS([unistd.h]) AC_CHECK_HEADERS_ONCE([unistd.h]) if test $ac_cv_header_unistd_h = yes; then HAVE_UNISTD_H=1 else HAVE_UNISTD_H=0 fi AC_SUBST([HAVE_UNISTD_H]) ]) AC_DEFUN([gl_UNISTD_MODULE_INDICATOR], [ dnl Use AC_REQUIRE here, so that the default settings are expanded once only. AC_REQUIRE([gl_UNISTD_H_DEFAULTS]) GNULIB_[]m4_translit([$1],[abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-],[ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___])=1 ]) AC_DEFUN([gl_UNISTD_H_DEFAULTS], [ GNULIB_CHOWN=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_CHOWN]) GNULIB_DUP2=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_DUP2]) GNULIB_ENVIRON=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_ENVIRON]) GNULIB_FCHDIR=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_FCHDIR]) GNULIB_FTRUNCATE=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_FTRUNCATE]) GNULIB_GETCWD=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_GETCWD]) GNULIB_GETLOGIN_R=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_GETLOGIN_R]) GNULIB_GETPAGESIZE=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_GETPAGESIZE]) GNULIB_LCHOWN=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_LCHOWN]) GNULIB_LSEEK=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_LSEEK]) GNULIB_READLINK=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_READLINK]) GNULIB_SLEEP=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_SLEEP]) dnl Assume proper GNU behavior unless another module says otherwise. HAVE_DUP2=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_DUP2]) HAVE_FTRUNCATE=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_FTRUNCATE]) HAVE_GETPAGESIZE=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_GETPAGESIZE]) HAVE_READLINK=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_READLINK]) HAVE_SLEEP=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_SLEEP]) HAVE_DECL_ENVIRON=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_DECL_ENVIRON]) HAVE_DECL_GETLOGIN_R=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_DECL_GETLOGIN_R]) HAVE_OS_H=0; AC_SUBST([HAVE_OS_H]) HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H=0; AC_SUBST([HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H]) REPLACE_CHOWN=0; AC_SUBST([REPLACE_CHOWN]) REPLACE_FCHDIR=0; AC_SUBST([REPLACE_FCHDIR]) REPLACE_GETCWD=0; AC_SUBST([REPLACE_GETCWD]) REPLACE_GETPAGESIZE=0; AC_SUBST([REPLACE_GETPAGESIZE]) REPLACE_LCHOWN=0; AC_SUBST([REPLACE_LCHOWN]) REPLACE_LSEEK=0; AC_SUBST([REPLACE_LSEEK]) ]) fdisk-1.2.5/m4/nls.m40000644000175000017500000000226611564002615011124 00000000000000# nls.m4 serial 3 (gettext-0.15) dnl Copyright (C) 1995-2003, 2005-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. dnl dnl This file can can be used in projects which are not available under dnl the GNU General Public License or the GNU Library General Public dnl License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext dnl functionality. dnl Please note that the actual code of the GNU gettext library is covered dnl by the GNU Library General Public License, and the rest of the GNU dnl gettext package package is covered by the GNU General Public License. dnl They are *not* in the public domain. dnl Authors: dnl Ulrich Drepper , 1995-2000. dnl Bruno Haible , 2000-2003. AC_PREREQ(2.50) AC_DEFUN([AM_NLS], [ AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether NLS is requested]) dnl Default is enabled NLS AC_ARG_ENABLE(nls, [ --disable-nls do not use Native Language Support], USE_NLS=$enableval, USE_NLS=yes) AC_MSG_RESULT($USE_NLS) AC_SUBST(USE_NLS) ]) fdisk-1.2.5/m4/Makefile.am0000644000175000017500000000052111527750771012126 00000000000000EXTRA_DIST = codeset.m4 gettext.m4 glibc21.m4 iconv.m4 intdiv0.m4 intmax.m4 inttypes.m4 inttypes_h.m4 inttypes-pri.m4 isc-posix.m4 lcmessage.m4 lib-ld.m4 lib-link.m4 lib-prefix.m4 longdouble.m4 longlong.m4 nls.m4 po.m4 printf-posix.m4 progtest.m4 signed.m4 size_max.m4 stdint_h.m4 uintmax_t.m4 ulonglong.m4 wchar_t.m4 wint_t.m4 xsize.m4 fdisk-1.2.5/m4/intlmacosx.m40000644000175000017500000000457511563774324012532 00000000000000# intlmacosx.m4 serial 3 (gettext-0.18) dnl Copyright (C) 2004-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. dnl dnl This file can can be used in projects which are not available under dnl the GNU General Public License or the GNU Library General Public dnl License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext dnl functionality. dnl Please note that the actual code of the GNU gettext library is covered dnl by the GNU Library General Public License, and the rest of the GNU dnl gettext package package is covered by the GNU General Public License. dnl They are *not* in the public domain. dnl Checks for special options needed on MacOS X. dnl Defines INTL_MACOSX_LIBS. AC_DEFUN([gt_INTL_MACOSX], [ dnl Check for API introduced in MacOS X 10.2. AC_CACHE_CHECK([for CFPreferencesCopyAppValue], [gt_cv_func_CFPreferencesCopyAppValue], [gt_save_LIBS="$LIBS" LIBS="$LIBS -Wl,-framework -Wl,CoreFoundation" AC_TRY_LINK([#include ], [CFPreferencesCopyAppValue(NULL, NULL)], [gt_cv_func_CFPreferencesCopyAppValue=yes], [gt_cv_func_CFPreferencesCopyAppValue=no]) LIBS="$gt_save_LIBS"]) if test $gt_cv_func_CFPreferencesCopyAppValue = yes; then AC_DEFINE([HAVE_CFPREFERENCESCOPYAPPVALUE], [1], [Define to 1 if you have the MacOS X function CFPreferencesCopyAppValue in the CoreFoundation framework.]) fi dnl Check for API introduced in MacOS X 10.3. AC_CACHE_CHECK([for CFLocaleCopyCurrent], [gt_cv_func_CFLocaleCopyCurrent], [gt_save_LIBS="$LIBS" LIBS="$LIBS -Wl,-framework -Wl,CoreFoundation" AC_TRY_LINK([#include ], [CFLocaleCopyCurrent();], [gt_cv_func_CFLocaleCopyCurrent=yes], [gt_cv_func_CFLocaleCopyCurrent=no]) LIBS="$gt_save_LIBS"]) if test $gt_cv_func_CFLocaleCopyCurrent = yes; then AC_DEFINE([HAVE_CFLOCALECOPYCURRENT], [1], [Define to 1 if you have the MacOS X function CFLocaleCopyCurrent in the CoreFoundation framework.]) fi INTL_MACOSX_LIBS= if test $gt_cv_func_CFPreferencesCopyAppValue = yes || test $gt_cv_func_CFLocaleCopyCurrent = yes; then INTL_MACOSX_LIBS="-Wl,-framework -Wl,CoreFoundation" fi AC_SUBST([INTL_MACOSX_LIBS]) ]) fdisk-1.2.5/m4/size_max.m40000644000175000017500000000407211527750771012160 00000000000000# size_max.m4 serial 2 dnl Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program. dnl From Bruno Haible. AC_DEFUN([gl_SIZE_MAX], [ AC_CHECK_HEADERS(stdint.h) dnl First test whether the system already has SIZE_MAX. AC_MSG_CHECKING([for SIZE_MAX]) result= AC_EGREP_CPP([Found it], [ #include #if HAVE_STDINT_H #include #endif #ifdef SIZE_MAX Found it #endif ], result=yes) if test -z "$result"; then dnl Define it ourselves. Here we assume that the type 'size_t' is not wider dnl than the type 'unsigned long'. dnl The _AC_COMPUTE_INT macro works up to LONG_MAX, since it uses 'expr', dnl which is guaranteed to work from LONG_MIN to LONG_MAX. _AC_COMPUTE_INT([~(size_t)0 / 10], res_hi, [#include ], result=?) _AC_COMPUTE_INT([~(size_t)0 % 10], res_lo, [#include ], result=?) _AC_COMPUTE_INT([sizeof (size_t) <= sizeof (unsigned int)], fits_in_uint, [#include ], result=?) if test "$fits_in_uint" = 1; then dnl Even though SIZE_MAX fits in an unsigned int, it must be of type dnl 'unsigned long' if the type 'size_t' is the same as 'unsigned long'. AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include extern size_t foo; extern unsigned long foo; ], [], fits_in_uint=0) fi if test -z "$result"; then if test "$fits_in_uint" = 1; then result="$res_hi$res_lo"U else result="$res_hi$res_lo"UL fi else dnl Shouldn't happen, but who knows... result='~(size_t)0' fi fi AC_MSG_RESULT([$result]) if test "$result" != yes; then AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([SIZE_MAX], [$result], [Define as the maximum value of type 'size_t', if the system doesn't define it.]) fi ]) fdisk-1.2.5/m4/libparted.m40000644000175000017500000000674011527750771012313 00000000000000# library paths for libparted # written by Damien Genet dnl Usage: dnl CHECK_LIBPARTED([MINIMUM-VERSION, [ACTION-IF-FOUND [, ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND]]]) dnl where MINIMUM-VERSION must be >= 1.2.8 and != 1.3.0 dnl dnl Example: dnl CHECK_LIBPARTED(1.2.8, , [AC_MSG_ERROR([*** libparted >= 1.2.8 not installed - please install first ***])]) dnl dnl Adds the required libraries to $PARTED_LIBS and does an dnl AC_SUBST(PARTED_LIBS) dnl AC_DEFUN([CHECK_LIBPARTED], [ AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST]) dnl save LIBS saved_LIBS="$LIBS" dnl Check for headers and library AC_CHECK_HEADER(parted/parted.h, , [AC_MSG_ERROR([ not found; install GNU/Parted])] $3) AC_CHECK_LIB(uuid, uuid_generate, , [AC_MSG_ERROR([libuuid not found; install e2fsprogs available at http://web.mit.edu/tytso/www/linux/e2fsprogs.html])] $3) AC_CHECK_LIB(parted,ped_device_read, , [AC_MSG_ERROR([libparted not found; install GNU/Parted available at http://www.gnu.org/software/parted/parted.html])] $3) case "$host_os" in gnu*) # The Hurd requires some special system libraries # with very generic names, which is why we special # case these tests. AC_CHECK_LIB(shouldbeinlibc,lcm, , [AC_MSG_ERROR([libshouldbeinlibc not found; install the Hurd development libraries.])] $3) AC_CHECK_LIB(store,store_open, , [AC_MSG_ERROR([libstore not found; install the Hurd development libraries.])] $3) ;; *) ;; esac AC_MSG_CHECKING(for libparted - version >= $1) AC_TRY_LINK_FUNC(ped_get_version,, AC_MSG_RESULT(failed) AC_MSG_ERROR([*** libparted < 1.2.8 or == 1.3.0 can't execute test ***])) dnl Get major, minor, and micro version from arg MINIMUM-VERSION parted_config_major_version=`echo $1 | \ sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\1/'` parted_config_minor_version=`echo $1 | \ sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\2/'` parted_config_micro_version=`echo $1 | \ sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\3/'` dnl Compare MINIMUM-VERSION with libparted version AC_TRY_RUN([ #include #include #include int main () { int major, minor, micro; const char *version; major = 0; minor = 0; micro = 0; if ( !(version = ped_get_version ()) ) exit(1); /* if (sscanf(version, "%d.%d.%d", &major, &minor, µ) != 3) */ if(sscanf(version, "%d.%d.%d", &major, &minor, µ) <= 1) { printf("%s, bad version string\n", version); exit(1); } printf("%d.%d.%d ", major, minor, micro); if ((major > $parted_config_major_version) || ((major == $parted_config_major_version) && (minor > $parted_config_minor_version)) || ((major == $parted_config_major_version) && (minor == $parted_config_minor_version) && (micro >= $parted_config_micro_version))) { return 0; } else { printf("\n*** An old version of libparted (%s) was found.\n", version); printf("*** You need a version of libparted equal to or newer than %d.%d.%d.\n", $parted_config_major_version, $parted_config_minor_version, $parted_config_micro_version); printf("*** You can get it at - ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/parted/\n"); return 1; } } ], AC_MSG_RESULT(yes); $2, AC_MSG_RESULT(no) ; $3, [echo $ac_n "cross compiling; assumed OK... $ac_c"]) dnl restore orignial LIBS and set @PARTED_LIBS@ PARTED_LIBS="$LIBS" LIBS="$saved_LIBS" AC_SUBST(PARTED_LIBS) dnl Execute ACTION-IF-FOUND $2 ]) fdisk-1.2.5/m4/ChangeLog0000644000175000017500000000355411527750771011655 000000000000002009-01-28 gettextize * gettext.m4: Upgrade to gettext-0.17. * iconv.m4: Upgrade to gettext-0.17. * lib-ld.m4: Upgrade to gettext-0.17. * lib-link.m4: Upgrade to gettext-0.17. * lib-prefix.m4: Upgrade to gettext-0.17. * nls.m4: Upgrade to gettext-0.17. * po.m4: Upgrade to gettext-0.17. * progtest.m4: Upgrade to gettext-0.17. 2008-10-23 Christian * check.m4: New file, part of ../acinclude.m4. * libparted.m4: New file, part of ../acinclude.m4. 2008-09-23 gettextize * codeset.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.1. * gettext.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.1. * glibc21.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.1. * iconv.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.1. * intdiv0.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.1. * intmax.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.1. * inttypes.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.1. * inttypes_h.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.1. * inttypes-pri.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.1. * isc-posix.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.1. * lcmessage.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.1. * lib-ld.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.1. * lib-link.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.1. * lib-prefix.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.1. * longdouble.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.1. * longlong.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.1. * nls.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.1. * po.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.1. * printf-posix.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.1. * progtest.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.1. * signed.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.1. * size_max.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.1. * stdint_h.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.1. * uintmax_t.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.1. * ulonglong.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.1. * wchar_t.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.1. * wint_t.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.1. * xsize.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.1. * Makefile.am: New file. fdisk-1.2.5/m4/po.m40000644000175000017500000004460611564002615010752 00000000000000# po.m4 serial 15 (gettext-0.17) dnl Copyright (C) 1995-2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. dnl dnl This file can can be used in projects which are not available under dnl the GNU General Public License or the GNU Library General Public dnl License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext dnl functionality. dnl Please note that the actual code of the GNU gettext library is covered dnl by the GNU Library General Public License, and the rest of the GNU dnl gettext package package is covered by the GNU General Public License. dnl They are *not* in the public domain. dnl Authors: dnl Ulrich Drepper , 1995-2000. dnl Bruno Haible , 2000-2003. AC_PREREQ(2.50) dnl Checks for all prerequisites of the po subdirectory. AC_DEFUN([AM_PO_SUBDIRS], [ AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MAKE_SET])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_INSTALL])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_MKDIR_P])dnl defined by automake AC_REQUIRE([AM_NLS])dnl dnl Release version of the gettext macros. This is used to ensure that dnl the gettext macros and po/Makefile.in.in are in sync. AC_SUBST([GETTEXT_MACRO_VERSION], [0.17]) dnl Perform the following tests also if --disable-nls has been given, dnl because they are needed for "make dist" to work. dnl Search for GNU msgfmt in the PATH. dnl The first test excludes Solaris msgfmt and early GNU msgfmt versions. dnl The second test excludes FreeBSD msgfmt. AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(MSGFMT, msgfmt, [$ac_dir/$ac_word --statistics /dev/null >&]AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD[ 2>&1 && (if $ac_dir/$ac_word --statistics /dev/null 2>&1 >/dev/null | grep usage >/dev/null; then exit 1; else exit 0; fi)], :) AC_PATH_PROG(GMSGFMT, gmsgfmt, $MSGFMT) dnl Test whether it is GNU msgfmt >= 0.15. changequote(,)dnl case `$MSGFMT --version | sed 1q | sed -e 's,^[^0-9]*,,'` in '' | 0.[0-9] | 0.[0-9].* | 0.1[0-4] | 0.1[0-4].*) MSGFMT_015=: ;; *) MSGFMT_015=$MSGFMT ;; esac changequote([,])dnl AC_SUBST([MSGFMT_015]) changequote(,)dnl case `$GMSGFMT --version | sed 1q | sed -e 's,^[^0-9]*,,'` in '' | 0.[0-9] | 0.[0-9].* | 0.1[0-4] | 0.1[0-4].*) GMSGFMT_015=: ;; *) GMSGFMT_015=$GMSGFMT ;; esac changequote([,])dnl AC_SUBST([GMSGFMT_015]) dnl Search for GNU xgettext 0.12 or newer in the PATH. dnl The first test excludes Solaris xgettext and early GNU xgettext versions. dnl The second test excludes FreeBSD xgettext. AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(XGETTEXT, xgettext, [$ac_dir/$ac_word --omit-header --copyright-holder= --msgid-bugs-address= /dev/null >&]AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD[ 2>&1 && (if $ac_dir/$ac_word --omit-header --copyright-holder= --msgid-bugs-address= /dev/null 2>&1 >/dev/null | grep usage >/dev/null; then exit 1; else exit 0; fi)], :) dnl Remove leftover from FreeBSD xgettext call. rm -f messages.po dnl Test whether it is GNU xgettext >= 0.15. changequote(,)dnl case `$XGETTEXT --version | sed 1q | sed -e 's,^[^0-9]*,,'` in '' | 0.[0-9] | 0.[0-9].* | 0.1[0-4] | 0.1[0-4].*) XGETTEXT_015=: ;; *) XGETTEXT_015=$XGETTEXT ;; esac changequote([,])dnl AC_SUBST([XGETTEXT_015]) dnl Search for GNU msgmerge 0.11 or newer in the PATH. AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(MSGMERGE, msgmerge, [$ac_dir/$ac_word --update -q /dev/null /dev/null >&]AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD[ 2>&1], :) dnl Installation directories. dnl Autoconf >= 2.60 defines localedir. For older versions of autoconf, we dnl have to define it here, so that it can be used in po/Makefile. test -n "$localedir" || localedir='${datadir}/locale' AC_SUBST([localedir]) dnl Support for AM_XGETTEXT_OPTION. test -n "${XGETTEXT_EXTRA_OPTIONS+set}" || XGETTEXT_EXTRA_OPTIONS= AC_SUBST([XGETTEXT_EXTRA_OPTIONS]) AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([po-directories], [[ for ac_file in $CONFIG_FILES; do # Support "outfile[:infile[:infile...]]" case "$ac_file" in *:*) ac_file=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%:.*%%'` ;; esac # PO directories have a Makefile.in generated from Makefile.in.in. case "$ac_file" in */Makefile.in) # Adjust a relative srcdir. ac_dir=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'` ac_dir_suffix="/`echo "$ac_dir"|sed 's%^\./%%'`" ac_dots=`echo "$ac_dir_suffix"|sed 's%/[^/]*%../%g'` # In autoconf-2.13 it is called $ac_given_srcdir. # In autoconf-2.50 it is called $srcdir. test -n "$ac_given_srcdir" || ac_given_srcdir="$srcdir" case "$ac_given_srcdir" in .) top_srcdir=`echo $ac_dots|sed 's%/$%%'` ;; /*) top_srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir" ;; *) top_srcdir="$ac_dots$ac_given_srcdir" ;; esac # Treat a directory as a PO directory if and only if it has a # POTFILES.in file. This allows packages to have multiple PO # directories under different names or in different locations. if test -f "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/POTFILES.in"; then rm -f "$ac_dir/POTFILES" test -n "$as_me" && echo "$as_me: creating $ac_dir/POTFILES" || echo "creating $ac_dir/POTFILES" cat "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/POTFILES.in" | sed -e "/^#/d" -e "/^[ ]*\$/d" -e "s,.*, $top_srcdir/& \\\\," | sed -e "\$s/\(.*\) \\\\/\1/" > "$ac_dir/POTFILES" POMAKEFILEDEPS="POTFILES.in" # ALL_LINGUAS, POFILES, UPDATEPOFILES, DUMMYPOFILES, GMOFILES depend # on $ac_dir but don't depend on user-specified configuration # parameters. if test -f "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/LINGUAS"; then # The LINGUAS file contains the set of available languages. if test -n "$OBSOLETE_ALL_LINGUAS"; then test -n "$as_me" && echo "$as_me: setting ALL_LINGUAS in configure.in is obsolete" || echo "setting ALL_LINGUAS in configure.in is obsolete" fi ALL_LINGUAS_=`sed -e "/^#/d" -e "s/#.*//" "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/LINGUAS"` # Hide the ALL_LINGUAS assigment from automake < 1.5. eval 'ALL_LINGUAS''=$ALL_LINGUAS_' POMAKEFILEDEPS="$POMAKEFILEDEPS LINGUAS" else # The set of available languages was given in configure.in. # Hide the ALL_LINGUAS assigment from automake < 1.5. eval 'ALL_LINGUAS''=$OBSOLETE_ALL_LINGUAS' fi # Compute POFILES # as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(srcdir)/$(lang).po) # Compute UPDATEPOFILES # as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(lang).po-update) # Compute DUMMYPOFILES # as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(lang).nop) # Compute GMOFILES # as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(srcdir)/$(lang).gmo) case "$ac_given_srcdir" in .) srcdirpre= ;; *) srcdirpre='$(srcdir)/' ;; esac POFILES= UPDATEPOFILES= DUMMYPOFILES= GMOFILES= for lang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do POFILES="$POFILES $srcdirpre$lang.po" UPDATEPOFILES="$UPDATEPOFILES $lang.po-update" DUMMYPOFILES="$DUMMYPOFILES $lang.nop" GMOFILES="$GMOFILES $srcdirpre$lang.gmo" done # CATALOGS depends on both $ac_dir and the user's LINGUAS # environment variable. INST_LINGUAS= if test -n "$ALL_LINGUAS"; then for presentlang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do useit=no if test "%UNSET%" != "$LINGUAS"; then desiredlanguages="$LINGUAS" else desiredlanguages="$ALL_LINGUAS" fi for desiredlang in $desiredlanguages; do # Use the presentlang catalog if desiredlang is # a. equal to presentlang, or # b. a variant of presentlang (because in this case, # presentlang can be used as a fallback for messages # which are not translated in the desiredlang catalog). case "$desiredlang" in "$presentlang"*) useit=yes;; esac done if test $useit = yes; then INST_LINGUAS="$INST_LINGUAS $presentlang" fi done fi CATALOGS= if test -n "$INST_LINGUAS"; then for lang in $INST_LINGUAS; do CATALOGS="$CATALOGS $lang.gmo" done fi test -n "$as_me" && echo "$as_me: creating $ac_dir/Makefile" || echo "creating $ac_dir/Makefile" sed -e "/^POTFILES =/r $ac_dir/POTFILES" -e "/^# Makevars/r $ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/Makevars" -e "s|@POFILES@|$POFILES|g" -e "s|@UPDATEPOFILES@|$UPDATEPOFILES|g" -e "s|@DUMMYPOFILES@|$DUMMYPOFILES|g" -e "s|@GMOFILES@|$GMOFILES|g" -e "s|@CATALOGS@|$CATALOGS|g" -e "s|@POMAKEFILEDEPS@|$POMAKEFILEDEPS|g" "$ac_dir/Makefile.in" > "$ac_dir/Makefile" for f in "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir"/Rules-*; do if test -f "$f"; then case "$f" in *.orig | *.bak | *~) ;; *) cat "$f" >> "$ac_dir/Makefile" ;; esac fi done fi ;; esac done]], [# Capture the value of obsolete ALL_LINGUAS because we need it to compute # POFILES, UPDATEPOFILES, DUMMYPOFILES, GMOFILES, CATALOGS. But hide it # from automake < 1.5. eval 'OBSOLETE_ALL_LINGUAS''="$ALL_LINGUAS"' # Capture the value of LINGUAS because we need it to compute CATALOGS. LINGUAS="${LINGUAS-%UNSET%}" ]) ]) dnl Postprocesses a Makefile in a directory containing PO files. AC_DEFUN([AM_POSTPROCESS_PO_MAKEFILE], [ # When this code is run, in config.status, two variables have already been # set: # - OBSOLETE_ALL_LINGUAS is the value of LINGUAS set in configure.in, # - LINGUAS is the value of the environment variable LINGUAS at configure # time. changequote(,)dnl # Adjust a relative srcdir. ac_dir=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'` ac_dir_suffix="/`echo "$ac_dir"|sed 's%^\./%%'`" ac_dots=`echo "$ac_dir_suffix"|sed 's%/[^/]*%../%g'` # In autoconf-2.13 it is called $ac_given_srcdir. # In autoconf-2.50 it is called $srcdir. test -n "$ac_given_srcdir" || ac_given_srcdir="$srcdir" case "$ac_given_srcdir" in .) top_srcdir=`echo $ac_dots|sed 's%/$%%'` ;; /*) top_srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir" ;; *) top_srcdir="$ac_dots$ac_given_srcdir" ;; esac # Find a way to echo strings without interpreting backslash. if test "X`(echo '\t') 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t'; then gt_echo='echo' else if test "X`(printf '%s\n' '\t') 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t'; then gt_echo='printf %s\n' else echo_func () { cat < "$ac_file.tmp" if grep -l '@TCLCATALOGS@' "$ac_file" > /dev/null; then # Add dependencies that cannot be formulated as a simple suffix rule. for lang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do frobbedlang=`echo $lang | sed -e 's/\..*$//' -e 'y/ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ/abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz/'` cat >> "$ac_file.tmp" < /dev/null; then # Add dependencies that cannot be formulated as a simple suffix rule. for lang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do frobbedlang=`echo $lang | sed -e 's/_/-/g' -e 's/^sr-CS/sr-SP/' -e 's/@latin$/-Latn/' -e 's/@cyrillic$/-Cyrl/' -e 's/^sr-SP$/sr-SP-Latn/' -e 's/^uz-UZ$/uz-UZ-Latn/'` cat >> "$ac_file.tmp" <> "$ac_file.tmp" < has the 'wint_t' type. dnl Prerequisite: AC_PROG_CC AC_DEFUN([gt_TYPE_WINT_T], [ AC_CACHE_CHECK([for wint_t], gt_cv_c_wint_t, [AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include wint_t foo = (wchar_t)'\0';], , gt_cv_c_wint_t=yes, gt_cv_c_wint_t=no)]) if test $gt_cv_c_wint_t = yes; then AC_DEFINE(HAVE_WINT_T, 1, [Define if you have the 'wint_t' type.]) fi ]) fdisk-1.2.5/m4/isc-posix.m40000644000175000017500000000213311527750771012253 00000000000000# isc-posix.m4 serial 2 (gettext-0.11.2) dnl Copyright (C) 1995-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program. # This file is not needed with autoconf-2.53 and newer. Remove it in 2005. # This test replaces the one in autoconf. # Currently this macro should have the same name as the autoconf macro # because gettext's gettext.m4 (distributed in the automake package) # still uses it. Otherwise, the use in gettext.m4 makes autoheader # give these diagnostics: # configure.in:556: AC_TRY_COMPILE was called before AC_ISC_POSIX # configure.in:556: AC_TRY_RUN was called before AC_ISC_POSIX undefine([AC_ISC_POSIX]) AC_DEFUN([AC_ISC_POSIX], [ dnl This test replaces the obsolescent AC_ISC_POSIX kludge. AC_CHECK_LIB(cposix, strerror, [LIBS="$LIBS -lcposix"]) ] ) fdisk-1.2.5/m4/lib-prefix.m40000644000175000017500000001503611564002615012370 00000000000000# lib-prefix.m4 serial 5 (gettext-0.15) dnl Copyright (C) 2001-2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. dnl From Bruno Haible. dnl AC_LIB_ARG_WITH is synonymous to AC_ARG_WITH in autoconf-2.13, and dnl similar to AC_ARG_WITH in autoconf 2.52...2.57 except that is doesn't dnl require excessive bracketing. ifdef([AC_HELP_STRING], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_ARG_WITH], [AC_ARG_WITH([$1],[[$2]],[$3],[$4])])], [AC_DEFUN([AC_][LIB_ARG_WITH], [AC_ARG_WITH([$1],[$2],[$3],[$4])])]) dnl AC_LIB_PREFIX adds to the CPPFLAGS and LDFLAGS the flags that are needed dnl to access previously installed libraries. The basic assumption is that dnl a user will want packages to use other packages he previously installed dnl with the same --prefix option. dnl This macro is not needed if only AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS is used to locate dnl libraries, but is otherwise very convenient. AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_PREFIX], [ AC_BEFORE([$0], [AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS]) AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC]) AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST]) AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_MULTILIB]) AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX]) dnl By default, look in $includedir and $libdir. use_additional=yes AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([ eval additional_includedir=\"$includedir\" eval additional_libdir=\"$libdir\" ]) AC_LIB_ARG_WITH([lib-prefix], [ --with-lib-prefix[=DIR] search for libraries in DIR/include and DIR/lib --without-lib-prefix don't search for libraries in includedir and libdir], [ if test "X$withval" = "Xno"; then use_additional=no else if test "X$withval" = "X"; then AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([ eval additional_includedir=\"$includedir\" eval additional_libdir=\"$libdir\" ]) else additional_includedir="$withval/include" additional_libdir="$withval/$acl_libdirstem" fi fi ]) if test $use_additional = yes; then dnl Potentially add $additional_includedir to $CPPFLAGS. dnl But don't add it dnl 1. if it's the standard /usr/include, dnl 2. if it's already present in $CPPFLAGS, dnl 3. if it's /usr/local/include and we are using GCC on Linux, dnl 4. if it doesn't exist as a directory. if test "X$additional_includedir" != "X/usr/include"; then haveit= for x in $CPPFLAGS; do AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"]) if test "X$x" = "X-I$additional_includedir"; then haveit=yes break fi done if test -z "$haveit"; then if test "X$additional_includedir" = "X/usr/local/include"; then if test -n "$GCC"; then case $host_os in linux* | gnu* | k*bsd*-gnu) haveit=yes;; esac fi fi if test -z "$haveit"; then if test -d "$additional_includedir"; then dnl Really add $additional_includedir to $CPPFLAGS. CPPFLAGS="${CPPFLAGS}${CPPFLAGS:+ }-I$additional_includedir" fi fi fi fi dnl Potentially add $additional_libdir to $LDFLAGS. dnl But don't add it dnl 1. if it's the standard /usr/lib, dnl 2. if it's already present in $LDFLAGS, dnl 3. if it's /usr/local/lib and we are using GCC on Linux, dnl 4. if it doesn't exist as a directory. if test "X$additional_libdir" != "X/usr/$acl_libdirstem"; then haveit= for x in $LDFLAGS; do AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"]) if test "X$x" = "X-L$additional_libdir"; then haveit=yes break fi done if test -z "$haveit"; then if test "X$additional_libdir" = "X/usr/local/$acl_libdirstem"; then if test -n "$GCC"; then case $host_os in linux*) haveit=yes;; esac fi fi if test -z "$haveit"; then if test -d "$additional_libdir"; then dnl Really add $additional_libdir to $LDFLAGS. LDFLAGS="${LDFLAGS}${LDFLAGS:+ }-L$additional_libdir" fi fi fi fi fi ]) dnl AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX creates variables acl_final_prefix, dnl acl_final_exec_prefix, containing the values to which $prefix and dnl $exec_prefix will expand at the end of the configure script. AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX], [ dnl Unfortunately, prefix and exec_prefix get only finally determined dnl at the end of configure. if test "X$prefix" = "XNONE"; then acl_final_prefix="$ac_default_prefix" else acl_final_prefix="$prefix" fi if test "X$exec_prefix" = "XNONE"; then acl_final_exec_prefix='${prefix}' else acl_final_exec_prefix="$exec_prefix" fi acl_save_prefix="$prefix" prefix="$acl_final_prefix" eval acl_final_exec_prefix=\"$acl_final_exec_prefix\" prefix="$acl_save_prefix" ]) dnl AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([statement]) evaluates statement, with the dnl variables prefix and exec_prefix bound to the values they will have dnl at the end of the configure script. AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX], [ acl_save_prefix="$prefix" prefix="$acl_final_prefix" acl_save_exec_prefix="$exec_prefix" exec_prefix="$acl_final_exec_prefix" $1 exec_prefix="$acl_save_exec_prefix" prefix="$acl_save_prefix" ]) dnl AC_LIB_PREPARE_MULTILIB creates a variable acl_libdirstem, containing dnl the basename of the libdir, either "lib" or "lib64". AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_PREPARE_MULTILIB], [ dnl There is no formal standard regarding lib and lib64. The current dnl practice is that on a system supporting 32-bit and 64-bit instruction dnl sets or ABIs, 64-bit libraries go under $prefix/lib64 and 32-bit dnl libraries go under $prefix/lib. We determine the compiler's default dnl mode by looking at the compiler's library search path. If at least dnl of its elements ends in /lib64 or points to a directory whose absolute dnl pathname ends in /lib64, we assume a 64-bit ABI. Otherwise we use the dnl default, namely "lib". acl_libdirstem=lib searchpath=`(LC_ALL=C $CC -print-search-dirs) 2>/dev/null | sed -n -e 's,^libraries: ,,p' | sed -e 's,^=,,'` if test -n "$searchpath"; then acl_save_IFS="${IFS= }"; IFS=":" for searchdir in $searchpath; do if test -d "$searchdir"; then case "$searchdir" in */lib64/ | */lib64 ) acl_libdirstem=lib64 ;; *) searchdir=`cd "$searchdir" && pwd` case "$searchdir" in */lib64 ) acl_libdirstem=lib64 ;; esac ;; esac fi done IFS="$acl_save_IFS" fi ]) fdisk-1.2.5/m4/gnulib-comp.m40000644000175000017500000001511511527750771012555 00000000000000# DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY! # Copyright (C) 2002-2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU # General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General # Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program # that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under # the same distribution terms as the rest of that program. # # Generated by gnulib-tool. # # This file represents the compiled summary of the specification in # gnulib-cache.m4. It lists the computed macro invocations that need # to be invoked from configure.ac. # In projects using CVS, this file can be treated like other built files. # This macro should be invoked from ./configure.ac, in the section # "Checks for programs", right after AC_PROG_CC, and certainly before # any checks for libraries, header files, types and library functions. AC_DEFUN([gl_EARLY], [ m4_pattern_forbid([^gl_[A-Z]])dnl the gnulib macro namespace m4_pattern_allow([^gl_ES$])dnl a valid locale name m4_pattern_allow([^gl_LIBOBJS$])dnl a variable m4_pattern_allow([^gl_LTLIBOBJS$])dnl a variable AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_RANLIB]) ]) # This macro should be invoked from ./configure.ac, in the section # "Check for header files, types and library functions". AC_DEFUN([gl_INIT], [ AM_CONDITIONAL([GL_COND_LIBTOOL], [false]) gl_cond_libtool=false gl_libdeps= gl_ltlibdeps= m4_pushdef([AC_LIBOBJ], m4_defn([gl_LIBOBJ])) m4_pushdef([AC_REPLACE_FUNCS], m4_defn([gl_REPLACE_FUNCS])) m4_pushdef([AC_LIBSOURCES], m4_defn([gl_LIBSOURCES])) m4_pushdef([gl_LIBSOURCES_LIST], []) m4_pushdef([gl_LIBSOURCES_DIR], []) gl_COMMON gl_source_base='lib' gl_GETOPT AC_SUBST([LIBINTL]) AC_SUBST([LTLIBINTL]) gl_UNISTD_H m4_ifval(gl_LIBSOURCES_LIST, [ m4_syscmd([test ! -d ]gl_LIBSOURCES_DIR[ || for gl_file in ]gl_LIBSOURCES_LIST[ ; do if test ! -r ]gl_LIBSOURCES_DIR[/$gl_file ; then echo "missing file ]gl_LIBSOURCES_DIR[/$gl_file" >&2 exit 1 fi done])dnl m4_if(m4_sysval, [0], [], [AC_FATAL([expected source file, required through AC_LIBSOURCES, not found])]) ]) m4_popdef([gl_LIBSOURCES_DIR]) m4_popdef([gl_LIBSOURCES_LIST]) m4_popdef([AC_LIBSOURCES]) m4_popdef([AC_REPLACE_FUNCS]) m4_popdef([AC_LIBOBJ]) AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS_PRE([ gl_libobjs= gl_ltlibobjs= if test -n "$gl_LIBOBJS"; then # Remove the extension. sed_drop_objext='s/\.o$//;s/\.obj$//' for i in `for i in $gl_LIBOBJS; do echo "$i"; done | sed "$sed_drop_objext" | sort | uniq`; do gl_libobjs="$gl_libobjs $i.$ac_objext" gl_ltlibobjs="$gl_ltlibobjs $i.lo" done fi AC_SUBST([gl_LIBOBJS], [$gl_libobjs]) AC_SUBST([gl_LTLIBOBJS], [$gl_ltlibobjs]) ]) gltests_libdeps= gltests_ltlibdeps= m4_pushdef([AC_LIBOBJ], m4_defn([gltests_LIBOBJ])) m4_pushdef([AC_REPLACE_FUNCS], m4_defn([gltests_REPLACE_FUNCS])) m4_pushdef([AC_LIBSOURCES], m4_defn([gltests_LIBSOURCES])) m4_pushdef([gltests_LIBSOURCES_LIST], []) m4_pushdef([gltests_LIBSOURCES_DIR], []) gl_COMMON gl_source_base='tests' m4_ifval(gltests_LIBSOURCES_LIST, [ m4_syscmd([test ! -d ]gltests_LIBSOURCES_DIR[ || for gl_file in ]gltests_LIBSOURCES_LIST[ ; do if test ! -r ]gltests_LIBSOURCES_DIR[/$gl_file ; then echo "missing file ]gltests_LIBSOURCES_DIR[/$gl_file" >&2 exit 1 fi done])dnl m4_if(m4_sysval, [0], [], [AC_FATAL([expected source file, required through AC_LIBSOURCES, not found])]) ]) m4_popdef([gltests_LIBSOURCES_DIR]) m4_popdef([gltests_LIBSOURCES_LIST]) m4_popdef([AC_LIBSOURCES]) m4_popdef([AC_REPLACE_FUNCS]) m4_popdef([AC_LIBOBJ]) AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS_PRE([ gltests_libobjs= gltests_ltlibobjs= if test -n "$gltests_LIBOBJS"; then # Remove the extension. sed_drop_objext='s/\.o$//;s/\.obj$//' for i in `for i in $gltests_LIBOBJS; do echo "$i"; done | sed "$sed_drop_objext" | sort | uniq`; do gltests_libobjs="$gltests_libobjs $i.$ac_objext" gltests_ltlibobjs="$gltests_ltlibobjs $i.lo" done fi AC_SUBST([gltests_LIBOBJS], [$gltests_libobjs]) AC_SUBST([gltests_LTLIBOBJS], [$gltests_ltlibobjs]) ]) LIBGNU_LIBDEPS="$gl_libdeps" AC_SUBST([LIBGNU_LIBDEPS]) LIBGNU_LTLIBDEPS="$gl_ltlibdeps" AC_SUBST([LIBGNU_LTLIBDEPS]) ]) # Like AC_LIBOBJ, except that the module name goes # into gl_LIBOBJS instead of into LIBOBJS. AC_DEFUN([gl_LIBOBJ], [ AS_LITERAL_IF([$1], [gl_LIBSOURCES([$1.c])])dnl gl_LIBOBJS="$gl_LIBOBJS $1.$ac_objext" ]) # Like AC_REPLACE_FUNCS, except that the module name goes # into gl_LIBOBJS instead of into LIBOBJS. AC_DEFUN([gl_REPLACE_FUNCS], [ m4_foreach_w([gl_NAME], [$1], [AC_LIBSOURCES(gl_NAME[.c])])dnl AC_CHECK_FUNCS([$1], , [gl_LIBOBJ($ac_func)]) ]) # Like AC_LIBSOURCES, except the directory where the source file is # expected is derived from the gnulib-tool parameterization, # and alloca is special cased (for the alloca-opt module). # We could also entirely rely on EXTRA_lib..._SOURCES. AC_DEFUN([gl_LIBSOURCES], [ m4_foreach([_gl_NAME], [$1], [ m4_if(_gl_NAME, [alloca.c], [], [ m4_define([gl_LIBSOURCES_DIR], [lib]) m4_append([gl_LIBSOURCES_LIST], _gl_NAME, [ ]) ]) ]) ]) # Like AC_LIBOBJ, except that the module name goes # into gltests_LIBOBJS instead of into LIBOBJS. AC_DEFUN([gltests_LIBOBJ], [ AS_LITERAL_IF([$1], [gltests_LIBSOURCES([$1.c])])dnl gltests_LIBOBJS="$gltests_LIBOBJS $1.$ac_objext" ]) # Like AC_REPLACE_FUNCS, except that the module name goes # into gltests_LIBOBJS instead of into LIBOBJS. AC_DEFUN([gltests_REPLACE_FUNCS], [ m4_foreach_w([gl_NAME], [$1], [AC_LIBSOURCES(gl_NAME[.c])])dnl AC_CHECK_FUNCS([$1], , [gltests_LIBOBJ($ac_func)]) ]) # Like AC_LIBSOURCES, except the directory where the source file is # expected is derived from the gnulib-tool parameterization, # and alloca is special cased (for the alloca-opt module). # We could also entirely rely on EXTRA_lib..._SOURCES. AC_DEFUN([gltests_LIBSOURCES], [ m4_foreach([_gl_NAME], [$1], [ m4_if(_gl_NAME, [alloca.c], [], [ m4_define([gltests_LIBSOURCES_DIR], [tests]) m4_append([gltests_LIBSOURCES_LIST], _gl_NAME, [ ]) ]) ]) ]) # This macro records the list of files which have been installed by # gnulib-tool and may be removed by future gnulib-tool invocations. AC_DEFUN([gl_FILE_LIST], [ build-aux/link-warning.h lib/dummy.c lib/getopt.c lib/getopt.in.h lib/getopt1.c lib/getopt_int.h lib/gettext.h lib/unistd.in.h m4/getopt.m4 m4/gnulib-common.m4 m4/include_next.m4 m4/onceonly.m4 m4/unistd_h.m4 ]) fdisk-1.2.5/Makefile.in0000644000175000017500000005774611564002622011626 00000000000000# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.11.1 from Makefile.am. # @configure_input@ # Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, # 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, # Inc. # This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without # even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A # PARTICULAR PURPOSE. @SET_MAKE@ VPATH = @srcdir@ pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@ pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@ pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@ pkglibexecdir = $(libexecdir)/@PACKAGE@ am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644 install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA) transform = $(program_transform_name) NORMAL_INSTALL = : PRE_INSTALL = : POST_INSTALL = : NORMAL_UNINSTALL = : PRE_UNINSTALL = : POST_UNINSTALL = : build_triplet = @build@ host_triplet = @host@ @MAKE_TESTS_TRUE@am__append_1 = tests subdir = . DIST_COMMON = README $(am__configure_deps) $(srcdir)/Makefile.am \ $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(srcdir)/config.h.in \ $(top_srcdir)/configure ABOUT-NLS AUTHORS COPYING ChangeLog \ INSTALL NEWS THANKS TODO autotools/config.guess \ autotools/config.rpath autotools/config.sub autotools/depcomp \ autotools/install-sh autotools/missing autotools/texinfo.tex ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4 am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/check.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/m4/getopt.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/gettext.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/m4/gnulib-common.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/m4/gnulib-comp.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/iconv.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/m4/include_next.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/m4/intlmacosx.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-ld.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-link.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-prefix.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/m4/libparted.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/nls.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/m4/onceonly.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/po.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/m4/progtest.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/unistd_h.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \ $(ACLOCAL_M4) am__CONFIG_DISTCLEAN_FILES = config.status config.cache config.log \ configure.lineno config.status.lineno mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d CONFIG_HEADER = config.h CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES = SOURCES = DIST_SOURCES = RECURSIVE_TARGETS = all-recursive check-recursive dvi-recursive \ html-recursive info-recursive install-data-recursive \ install-dvi-recursive install-exec-recursive \ install-html-recursive install-info-recursive \ install-pdf-recursive install-ps-recursive install-recursive \ installcheck-recursive installdirs-recursive pdf-recursive \ ps-recursive uninstall-recursive RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS = mostlyclean-recursive clean-recursive \ distclean-recursive maintainer-clean-recursive AM_RECURSIVE_TARGETS = $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS:-recursive=) \ $(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS:-recursive=) tags TAGS ctags CTAGS \ distdir dist dist-all distcheck ETAGS = etags CTAGS = ctags DIST_SUBDIRS = m4 po src doc lib tests DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST) distdir = $(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION) top_distdir = $(distdir) am__remove_distdir = \ { test ! -d "$(distdir)" \ || { find "$(distdir)" -type d ! -perm -200 -exec chmod u+w {} ';' \ && rm -fr "$(distdir)"; }; } am__relativize = \ dir0=`pwd`; \ sed_first='s,^\([^/]*\)/.*$$,\1,'; \ sed_rest='s,^[^/]*/*,,'; \ sed_last='s,^.*/\([^/]*\)$$,\1,'; \ sed_butlast='s,/*[^/]*$$,,'; \ while test -n "$$dir1"; do \ first=`echo "$$dir1" | sed -e "$$sed_first"`; \ if test "$$first" != "."; then \ if test "$$first" = ".."; then \ dir2=`echo "$$dir0" | sed -e "$$sed_last"`/"$$dir2"; \ dir0=`echo "$$dir0" | sed -e "$$sed_butlast"`; \ else \ first2=`echo "$$dir2" | sed -e "$$sed_first"`; \ if test "$$first2" = "$$first"; then \ dir2=`echo "$$dir2" | sed -e "$$sed_rest"`; \ else \ dir2="../$$dir2"; \ fi; \ dir0="$$dir0"/"$$first"; \ fi; \ fi; \ dir1=`echo "$$dir1" | sed -e "$$sed_rest"`; \ done; \ reldir="$$dir2" DIST_ARCHIVES = $(distdir).tar.gz GZIP_ENV = --best distuninstallcheck_listfiles = find . -type f -print distcleancheck_listfiles = find . -type f -print ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@ AMTAR = @AMTAR@ AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@ AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@ AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@ AWK = @AWK@ CC = @CC@ CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@ CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ CHECK_CFLAGS = @CHECK_CFLAGS@ CHECK_LIBS = @CHECK_LIBS@ CPP = @CPP@ CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ CURSES_LIBS = @CURSES_LIBS@ CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@ DEFS = @DEFS@ DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@ ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@ ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@ ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@ EGREP = @EGREP@ EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@ GETOPT_H = @GETOPT_H@ GETTEXT_MACRO_VERSION = @GETTEXT_MACRO_VERSION@ GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@ GMSGFMT_015 = @GMSGFMT_015@ GNULIB_CHOWN = @GNULIB_CHOWN@ GNULIB_DUP2 = @GNULIB_DUP2@ GNULIB_ENVIRON = @GNULIB_ENVIRON@ GNULIB_FCHDIR = @GNULIB_FCHDIR@ GNULIB_FTRUNCATE = @GNULIB_FTRUNCATE@ GNULIB_GETCWD = @GNULIB_GETCWD@ GNULIB_GETLOGIN_R = @GNULIB_GETLOGIN_R@ GNULIB_GETPAGESIZE = @GNULIB_GETPAGESIZE@ GNULIB_LCHOWN = @GNULIB_LCHOWN@ GNULIB_LSEEK = @GNULIB_LSEEK@ GNULIB_READLINK = @GNULIB_READLINK@ GNULIB_SLEEP = @GNULIB_SLEEP@ GREP = @GREP@ HAVE_DECL_ENVIRON = @HAVE_DECL_ENVIRON@ HAVE_DECL_GETLOGIN_R = @HAVE_DECL_GETLOGIN_R@ HAVE_DUP2 = @HAVE_DUP2@ HAVE_FTRUNCATE = @HAVE_FTRUNCATE@ HAVE_GETPAGESIZE = @HAVE_GETPAGESIZE@ HAVE_OS_H = @HAVE_OS_H@ HAVE_READLINK = @HAVE_READLINK@ HAVE_SLEEP = @HAVE_SLEEP@ HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H = @HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H@ HAVE_UNISTD_H = @HAVE_UNISTD_H@ INCLUDE_NEXT = @INCLUDE_NEXT@ INSTALL = @INSTALL@ INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@ INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@ INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@ INTL_MACOSX_LIBS = @INTL_MACOSX_LIBS@ LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ LIBGNU_LIBDEPS = @LIBGNU_LIBDEPS@ LIBGNU_LTLIBDEPS = @LIBGNU_LTLIBDEPS@ LIBICONV = @LIBICONV@ LIBINTL = @LIBINTL@ LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@ LIBS = @LIBS@ LN_S = @LN_S@ LTLIBICONV = @LTLIBICONV@ LTLIBINTL = @LTLIBINTL@ LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@ MAINT = @MAINT@ MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@ MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@ MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ MSGFMT_015 = @MSGFMT_015@ MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@ NEXT_UNISTD_H = @NEXT_UNISTD_H@ OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@ PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@ PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@ PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@ PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@ PACKAGE_URL = @PACKAGE_URL@ PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@ PARTED_LIBS = @PARTED_LIBS@ PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@ POSUB = @POSUB@ RANLIB = @RANLIB@ REPLACE_CHOWN = @REPLACE_CHOWN@ REPLACE_FCHDIR = @REPLACE_FCHDIR@ REPLACE_GETCWD = @REPLACE_GETCWD@ REPLACE_GETPAGESIZE = @REPLACE_GETPAGESIZE@ REPLACE_LCHOWN = @REPLACE_LCHOWN@ REPLACE_LSEEK = @REPLACE_LSEEK@ SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@ SHELL = @SHELL@ STRIP = @STRIP@ SYMLINK = @SYMLINK@ SYMLINKFROM = @SYMLINKFROM@ USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@ VERSION = @VERSION@ XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ XGETTEXT_015 = @XGETTEXT_015@ XGETTEXT_EXTRA_OPTIONS = @XGETTEXT_EXTRA_OPTIONS@ abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@ abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@ abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@ abs_top_srcdir = @abs_top_srcdir@ ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@ am__include = @am__include@ am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@ am__quote = @am__quote@ am__tar = @am__tar@ am__untar = @am__untar@ bindir = @bindir@ build = @build@ build_alias = @build_alias@ build_cpu = @build_cpu@ build_os = @build_os@ build_vendor = @build_vendor@ builddir = @builddir@ datadir = @datadir@ datarootdir = @datarootdir@ docdir = @docdir@ dvidir = @dvidir@ exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ gl_LIBOBJS = @gl_LIBOBJS@ gl_LTLIBOBJS = @gl_LTLIBOBJS@ gltests_LIBOBJS = @gltests_LIBOBJS@ gltests_LTLIBOBJS = @gltests_LTLIBOBJS@ host = @host@ host_alias = @host_alias@ host_cpu = @host_cpu@ host_os = @host_os@ host_vendor = @host_vendor@ htmldir = @htmldir@ includedir = @includedir@ infodir = @infodir@ install_sh = @install_sh@ libdir = @libdir@ libexecdir = @libexecdir@ localedir = @localedir@ localstatedir = @localstatedir@ mandir = @mandir@ mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@ oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@ pdfdir = @pdfdir@ prefix = @prefix@ program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@ psdir = @psdir@ sbindir = @sbindir@ sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@ srcdir = @srcdir@ sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@ target_alias = @target_alias@ top_build_prefix = @top_build_prefix@ top_builddir = @top_builddir@ top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ # lib for GNULib SUBDIRS = m4 po src doc lib $(am__append_1) EXTRA_DIST = autotools/config.rpath \ autotools/config.rpath \ ABOUT-NLS AUTHORS THANKS ChangeLog NEWS README fdisk.spec ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I m4 all: config.h $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) all-recursive .SUFFIXES: am--refresh: @: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps) @for dep in $?; do \ case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \ *$$dep*) \ echo ' cd $(srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu'; \ $(am__cd) $(srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu \ && exit 0; \ exit 1;; \ esac; \ done; \ echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu Makefile'; \ $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) && \ $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu Makefile .PRECIOUS: Makefile Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status @case '$?' in \ *config.status*) \ echo ' $(SHELL) ./config.status'; \ $(SHELL) ./config.status;; \ *) \ echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)'; \ cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $@ $(am__depfiles_maybe);; \ esac; $(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES) $(SHELL) ./config.status --recheck $(top_srcdir)/configure: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__configure_deps) $(am__cd) $(srcdir) && $(AUTOCONF) $(ACLOCAL_M4): @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(am__cd) $(srcdir) && $(ACLOCAL) $(ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS) $(am__aclocal_m4_deps): config.h: stamp-h1 @if test ! -f $@; then \ rm -f stamp-h1; \ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) stamp-h1; \ else :; fi stamp-h1: $(srcdir)/config.h.in $(top_builddir)/config.status @rm -f stamp-h1 cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status config.h $(srcdir)/config.h.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__configure_deps) ($(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOHEADER)) rm -f stamp-h1 touch $@ distclean-hdr: -rm -f config.h stamp-h1 # This directory's subdirectories are mostly independent; you can cd # into them and run `make' without going through this Makefile. # To change the values of `make' variables: instead of editing Makefiles, # (1) if the variable is set in `config.status', edit `config.status' # (which will cause the Makefiles to be regenerated when you run `make'); # (2) otherwise, pass the desired values on the `make' command line. $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS): @fail= failcom='exit 1'; \ for f in x $$MAKEFLAGS; do \ case $$f in \ *=* | --[!k]*);; \ *k*) failcom='fail=yes';; \ esac; \ done; \ dot_seen=no; \ target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \ list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \ echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \ if test "$$subdir" = "."; then \ dot_seen=yes; \ local_target="$$target-am"; \ else \ local_target="$$target"; \ fi; \ ($(am__cd) $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $$local_target) \ || eval $$failcom; \ done; \ if test "$$dot_seen" = "no"; then \ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) "$$target-am" || exit 1; \ fi; test -z "$$fail" $(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS): @fail= failcom='exit 1'; \ for f in x $$MAKEFLAGS; do \ case $$f in \ *=* | --[!k]*);; \ *k*) failcom='fail=yes';; \ esac; \ done; \ dot_seen=no; \ case "$@" in \ distclean-* | maintainer-clean-*) list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)' ;; \ *) list='$(SUBDIRS)' ;; \ esac; \ rev=''; for subdir in $$list; do \ if test "$$subdir" = "."; then :; else \ rev="$$subdir $$rev"; \ fi; \ done; \ rev="$$rev ."; \ target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \ for subdir in $$rev; do \ echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \ if test "$$subdir" = "."; then \ local_target="$$target-am"; \ else \ local_target="$$target"; \ fi; \ ($(am__cd) $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $$local_target) \ || eval $$failcom; \ done && test -z "$$fail" tags-recursive: list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \ test "$$subdir" = . || ($(am__cd) $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) tags); \ done ctags-recursive: list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \ test "$$subdir" = . || ($(am__cd) $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) ctags); \ done ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES) list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \ unique=`for i in $$list; do \ if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \ done | \ $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \ END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \ mkid -fID $$unique tags: TAGS TAGS: tags-recursive $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) config.h.in $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \ $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP) set x; \ here=`pwd`; \ if ($(ETAGS) --etags-include --version) >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ include_option=--etags-include; \ empty_fix=.; \ else \ include_option=--include; \ empty_fix=; \ fi; \ list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \ if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \ test ! -f $$subdir/TAGS || \ set "$$@" "$$include_option=$$here/$$subdir/TAGS"; \ fi; \ done; \ list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) config.h.in $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \ unique=`for i in $$list; do \ if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \ done | \ $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \ END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \ shift; \ if test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$*$$unique"; then :; else \ test -n "$$unique" || unique=$$empty_fix; \ if test $$# -gt 0; then \ $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \ "$$@" $$unique; \ else \ $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \ $$unique; \ fi; \ fi ctags: CTAGS CTAGS: ctags-recursive $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) config.h.in $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \ $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP) list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) config.h.in $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \ unique=`for i in $$list; do \ if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \ done | \ $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \ END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \ test -z "$(CTAGS_ARGS)$$unique" \ || $(CTAGS) $(CTAGSFLAGS) $(AM_CTAGSFLAGS) $(CTAGS_ARGS) \ $$unique GTAGS: here=`$(am__cd) $(top_builddir) && pwd` \ && $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) \ && gtags -i $(GTAGS_ARGS) "$$here" distclean-tags: -rm -f TAGS ID GTAGS GRTAGS GSYMS GPATH tags distdir: $(DISTFILES) $(am__remove_distdir) test -d "$(distdir)" || mkdir "$(distdir)" @srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ list='$(DISTFILES)'; \ dist_files=`for file in $$list; do echo $$file; done | \ sed -e "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||;t" \ -e "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|;t"`; \ case $$dist_files in \ */*) $(MKDIR_P) `echo "$$dist_files" | \ sed '/\//!d;s|^|$(distdir)/|;s,/[^/]*$$,,' | \ sort -u` ;; \ esac; \ for file in $$dist_files; do \ if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \ if test -d $$d/$$file; then \ dir=`echo "/$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \ if test -d "$(distdir)/$$file"; then \ find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \ fi; \ if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \ cp -fpR $(srcdir)/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \ find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \ fi; \ cp -fpR $$d/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \ else \ test -f "$(distdir)/$$file" \ || cp -p $$d/$$file "$(distdir)/$$file" \ || exit 1; \ fi; \ done @list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \ if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \ test -d "$(distdir)/$$subdir" \ || $(MKDIR_P) "$(distdir)/$$subdir" \ || exit 1; \ fi; \ done @list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \ if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \ dir1=$$subdir; dir2="$(distdir)/$$subdir"; \ $(am__relativize); \ new_distdir=$$reldir; \ dir1=$$subdir; dir2="$(top_distdir)"; \ $(am__relativize); \ new_top_distdir=$$reldir; \ echo " (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) top_distdir="$$new_top_distdir" distdir="$$new_distdir" \\"; \ echo " am__remove_distdir=: am__skip_length_check=: am__skip_mode_fix=: distdir)"; \ ($(am__cd) $$subdir && \ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \ top_distdir="$$new_top_distdir" \ distdir="$$new_distdir" \ am__remove_distdir=: \ am__skip_length_check=: \ am__skip_mode_fix=: \ distdir) \ || exit 1; \ fi; \ done -test -n "$(am__skip_mode_fix)" \ || find "$(distdir)" -type d ! -perm -755 \ -exec chmod u+rwx,go+rx {} \; -o \ ! -type d ! -perm -444 -links 1 -exec chmod a+r {} \; -o \ ! -type d ! -perm -400 -exec chmod a+r {} \; -o \ ! -type d ! -perm -444 -exec $(install_sh) -c -m a+r {} {} \; \ || chmod -R a+r "$(distdir)" dist-gzip: distdir tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -c >$(distdir).tar.gz $(am__remove_distdir) dist-bzip2: distdir tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | bzip2 -9 -c >$(distdir).tar.bz2 $(am__remove_distdir) dist-lzma: distdir tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | lzma -9 -c >$(distdir).tar.lzma $(am__remove_distdir) dist-xz: distdir tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | xz -c >$(distdir).tar.xz $(am__remove_distdir) dist-tarZ: distdir tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | compress -c >$(distdir).tar.Z $(am__remove_distdir) dist-shar: distdir shar $(distdir) | GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -c >$(distdir).shar.gz $(am__remove_distdir) dist-zip: distdir -rm -f $(distdir).zip zip -rq $(distdir).zip $(distdir) $(am__remove_distdir) dist dist-all: distdir tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -c >$(distdir).tar.gz $(am__remove_distdir) # This target untars the dist file and tries a VPATH configuration. Then # it guarantees that the distribution is self-contained by making another # tarfile. distcheck: dist case '$(DIST_ARCHIVES)' in \ *.tar.gz*) \ GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -dc $(distdir).tar.gz | $(am__untar) ;;\ *.tar.bz2*) \ bzip2 -dc $(distdir).tar.bz2 | $(am__untar) ;;\ *.tar.lzma*) \ lzma -dc $(distdir).tar.lzma | $(am__untar) ;;\ *.tar.xz*) \ xz -dc $(distdir).tar.xz | $(am__untar) ;;\ *.tar.Z*) \ uncompress -c $(distdir).tar.Z | $(am__untar) ;;\ *.shar.gz*) \ GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -dc $(distdir).shar.gz | unshar ;;\ *.zip*) \ unzip $(distdir).zip ;;\ esac chmod -R a-w $(distdir); chmod a+w $(distdir) mkdir $(distdir)/_build mkdir $(distdir)/_inst chmod a-w $(distdir) test -d $(distdir)/_build || exit 0; \ dc_install_base=`$(am__cd) $(distdir)/_inst && pwd | sed -e 's,^[^:\\/]:[\\/],/,'` \ && dc_destdir="$${TMPDIR-/tmp}/am-dc-$$$$/" \ && am__cwd=`pwd` \ && $(am__cd) $(distdir)/_build \ && ../configure --srcdir=.. --prefix="$$dc_install_base" \ $(DISTCHECK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS) \ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) dvi \ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) check \ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install \ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) installcheck \ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) uninstall \ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) distuninstallcheck_dir="$$dc_install_base" \ distuninstallcheck \ && chmod -R a-w "$$dc_install_base" \ && ({ \ (cd ../.. && umask 077 && mkdir "$$dc_destdir") \ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) DESTDIR="$$dc_destdir" install \ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) DESTDIR="$$dc_destdir" uninstall \ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) DESTDIR="$$dc_destdir" \ distuninstallcheck_dir="$$dc_destdir" distuninstallcheck; \ } || { rm -rf "$$dc_destdir"; exit 1; }) \ && rm -rf "$$dc_destdir" \ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) dist \ && rm -rf $(DIST_ARCHIVES) \ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) distcleancheck \ && cd "$$am__cwd" \ || exit 1 $(am__remove_distdir) @(echo "$(distdir) archives ready for distribution: "; \ list='$(DIST_ARCHIVES)'; for i in $$list; do echo $$i; done) | \ sed -e 1h -e 1s/./=/g -e 1p -e 1x -e '$$p' -e '$$x' distuninstallcheck: @$(am__cd) '$(distuninstallcheck_dir)' \ && test `$(distuninstallcheck_listfiles) | wc -l` -le 1 \ || { echo "ERROR: files left after uninstall:" ; \ if test -n "$(DESTDIR)"; then \ echo " (check DESTDIR support)"; \ fi ; \ $(distuninstallcheck_listfiles) ; \ exit 1; } >&2 distcleancheck: distclean @if test '$(srcdir)' = . ; then \ echo "ERROR: distcleancheck can only run from a VPATH build" ; \ exit 1 ; \ fi @test `$(distcleancheck_listfiles) | wc -l` -eq 0 \ || { echo "ERROR: files left in build directory after distclean:" ; \ $(distcleancheck_listfiles) ; \ exit 1; } >&2 check-am: all-am check: check-recursive all-am: Makefile config.h installdirs: installdirs-recursive installdirs-am: install: install-recursive install-exec: install-exec-recursive install-data: install-data-recursive uninstall: uninstall-recursive install-am: all-am @$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am installcheck: installcheck-recursive install-strip: $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \ `test -z '$(STRIP)' || \ echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install mostlyclean-generic: clean-generic: distclean-generic: -test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES) -test . = "$(srcdir)" || test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES) maintainer-clean-generic: @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use" @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild." clean: clean-recursive clean-am: clean-generic mostlyclean-am distclean: distclean-recursive -rm -f $(am__CONFIG_DISTCLEAN_FILES) -rm -f Makefile distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic distclean-hdr distclean-tags dvi: dvi-recursive dvi-am: html: html-recursive html-am: info: info-recursive info-am: install-data-am: install-dvi: install-dvi-recursive install-dvi-am: install-exec-am: install-html: install-html-recursive install-html-am: install-info: install-info-recursive install-info-am: install-man: install-pdf: install-pdf-recursive install-pdf-am: install-ps: install-ps-recursive install-ps-am: installcheck-am: maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-recursive -rm -f $(am__CONFIG_DISTCLEAN_FILES) -rm -rf $(top_srcdir)/autom4te.cache -rm -f Makefile maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean: mostlyclean-recursive mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic pdf: pdf-recursive pdf-am: ps: ps-recursive ps-am: uninstall-am: .MAKE: $(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS) $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS) all \ ctags-recursive install-am install-strip tags-recursive .PHONY: $(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS) $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS) CTAGS GTAGS \ all all-am am--refresh check check-am clean clean-generic \ ctags ctags-recursive dist dist-all dist-bzip2 dist-gzip \ dist-lzma dist-shar dist-tarZ dist-xz dist-zip distcheck \ distclean distclean-generic distclean-hdr distclean-tags \ distcleancheck distdir distuninstallcheck dvi dvi-am html \ html-am info info-am install install-am install-data \ install-data-am install-dvi install-dvi-am install-exec \ install-exec-am install-html install-html-am install-info \ install-info-am install-man install-pdf install-pdf-am \ install-ps install-ps-am install-strip installcheck \ installcheck-am installdirs installdirs-am maintainer-clean \ maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean mostlyclean-generic pdf \ pdf-am ps ps-am tags tags-recursive uninstall uninstall-am # Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables. # Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded. .NOEXPORT: fdisk-1.2.5/po/0000755000175000017500000000000011564002645010241 500000000000000fdisk-1.2.5/po/quot.sed0000644000175000017500000000023111564002614011636 00000000000000s/"\([^"]*\)"/“\1â€/g s/`\([^`']*\)'/‘\1’/g s/ '\([^`']*\)' / ‘\1’ /g s/ '\([^`']*\)'$/ ‘\1’/g s/^'\([^`']*\)' /‘\1’ /g s/“â€/""/g fdisk-1.2.5/po/Rules-quot0000644000175000017500000000337611564002614012171 00000000000000# Special Makefile rules for English message catalogs with quotation marks. DISTFILES.common.extra1 = quot.sed boldquot.sed en@quot.header en@boldquot.header insert-header.sin Rules-quot .SUFFIXES: .insert-header .po-update-en en@quot.po-create: $(MAKE) en@quot.po-update en@boldquot.po-create: $(MAKE) en@boldquot.po-update en@quot.po-update: en@quot.po-update-en en@boldquot.po-update: en@boldquot.po-update-en .insert-header.po-update-en: @lang=`echo $@ | sed -e 's/\.po-update-en$$//'`; \ if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext"; then PATH=`pwd`/../src:$$PATH; GETTEXTLIBDIR=`cd $(top_srcdir)/src && pwd`; export GETTEXTLIBDIR; fi; \ tmpdir=`pwd`; \ echo "$$lang:"; \ ll=`echo $$lang | sed -e 's/@.*//'`; \ LC_ALL=C; export LC_ALL; \ cd $(srcdir); \ if $(MSGINIT) -i $(DOMAIN).pot --no-translator -l $$ll -o - 2>/dev/null | sed -f $$tmpdir/$$lang.insert-header | $(MSGCONV) -t UTF-8 | $(MSGFILTER) sed -f `echo $$lang | sed -e 's/.*@//'`.sed 2>/dev/null > $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po; then \ if cmp $$lang.po $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ rm -f $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po; \ else \ if mv -f $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po $$lang.po; then \ :; \ else \ echo "creation of $$lang.po failed: cannot move $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po to $$lang.po" 1>&2; \ exit 1; \ fi; \ fi; \ else \ echo "creation of $$lang.po failed!" 1>&2; \ rm -f $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po; \ fi en@quot.insert-header: insert-header.sin sed -e '/^#/d' -e 's/HEADER/en@quot.header/g' $(srcdir)/insert-header.sin > en@quot.insert-header en@boldquot.insert-header: insert-header.sin sed -e '/^#/d' -e 's/HEADER/en@boldquot.header/g' $(srcdir)/insert-header.sin > en@boldquot.insert-header mostlyclean: mostlyclean-quot mostlyclean-quot: rm -f *.insert-header fdisk-1.2.5/po/stamp-po0000644000175000017500000000001211564002645011635 00000000000000timestamp fdisk-1.2.5/po/fdisk.pot0000644000175000017500000010351411564002645012011 00000000000000# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: GNU fdisk 1.2.5\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: bug-fdisk@gnu.org\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2011-05-15 18:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" #: src/common.c:259 msgid "The resulting partition is not properly aligned for best performance" msgstr "" #: src/common.c:276 #, c-format msgid "Partition %s is being used. You must unmount it before you modify it." msgstr "" #: src/common.c:293 src/fdisk.c:330 #, c-format msgid "Partition(s) on %s are being used." msgstr "" #: src/common.c:312 msgid "" "The extended partition is not empty. Deleting it will delete any partitions " "inside it. Do you want to continue?" msgstr "" #: src/common.c:741 #, c-format msgid "Size (min %s, max %s)" msgstr "" #: src/common.c:744 src/cfdisk.c:1984 msgid "Size" msgstr "" #: src/common.c:763 #, c-format msgid "%s is an invalid partition size" msgstr "" #: src/common.c:887 #, c-format msgid "%s number (1-%d)" msgstr "" #: src/common.c:893 msgid "Expecting a partition number." msgstr "" #: src/common.c:900 msgid "Partition doesn't exist." msgstr "" #: src/common.c:928 msgid "Expecting a disk label type." msgstr "" #: src/common.c:955 msgid "primary" msgstr "" #: src/common.c:959 msgid "extended" msgstr "" #: src/common.c:963 msgid "logical" msgstr "" #: src/common.c:968 msgid "Can't create any more partitions." msgstr "" #: src/common.c:985 msgid "Expecting a partition type." msgstr "" #: src/common.c:1028 msgid "Expecting a file system type." msgstr "" #: src/common.c:1034 #, c-format msgid "Unknown file system type \"%s\"." msgstr "" #: src/common.c:1069 msgid "Expecting a flag." msgstr "" #: src/common.c:1075 #, c-format msgid "Unknown flag \"%s\"." msgstr "" #: src/common.c:1260 msgid "First cylinder" msgstr "" #: src/common.c:1263 msgid "Last cilynder or +size or +sizeMB or +sizeKB or +size%" msgstr "" #: src/common.c:1264 msgid "Last cylinder or +size or +sizeMB or +sizeKB" msgstr "" #: src/common.c:1268 msgid "First sector" msgstr "" #: src/common.c:1271 msgid "Last sector or +size or +sizeMB or +sizeKB or +size%" msgstr "" #: src/common.c:1272 msgid "Last sector or +size or +sizeMB or +sizeKB" msgstr "" #: src/common.c:1275 src/fdisk.c:1057 msgid "Start" msgstr "" #: src/common.c:1276 msgid "End or +size" msgstr "" #: src/common.c:1309 src/common.c:1477 src/common.c:1830 src/common.c:1927 #: src/common.c:2169 src/common.c:2267 src/common.c:2290 src/common.c:2311 #: src/common.c:2335 src/fdisk.c:1559 src/fdisk.c:1900 src/fdisk.c:1982 msgid "Partition" msgstr "" #: src/common.c:1349 src/common.c:1470 src/common.c:1788 src/common.c:1822 #: src/common.c:2117 src/common.c:2174 msgid "WARNING: This writes all data to disk automatically, continue?" msgstr "" #: src/common.c:1356 msgid "Source device" msgstr "" #: src/common.c:1360 msgid "Source partition" msgstr "" #: src/common.c:1364 msgid "Can't copy an extended partition." msgstr "" #: src/common.c:1370 msgid "Destination partition" msgstr "" #: src/common.c:1436 msgid "New disk label type" msgstr "" #: src/common.c:1484 msgid "File system" msgstr "" #: src/common.c:1494 #, c-format msgid "The partition is too small to create %s filesystem on it." msgstr "" #: src/common.c:1500 #, c-format msgid "The partition is too big to create %s filesystem on it" msgstr "" #: src/common.c:1558 src/cfdisk.c:1854 src/fdisk.c:684 msgid "Partition type" msgstr "" #: src/common.c:1566 msgid "An extended partition cannot hold a file system." msgstr "" #: src/common.c:1572 src/common.c:1793 src/common.c:2314 src/fdisk.c:695 msgid "File system type" msgstr "" #: src/common.c:1581 src/common.c:1934 src/cfdisk.c:1857 msgid "Partition name" msgstr "" #: src/common.c:1651 #, c-format msgid "" "You requested a partition from %s to %s.\n" "The closest location we can manage is %s to %s. Is this still acceptable to " "you?" msgstr "" #: src/common.c:1684 #, c-format msgid "The size of the partition is too small for %s filesystem" msgstr "" #: src/common.c:1687 #, c-format msgid "The size of the partition is too big for %s filesystem" msgstr "" #: src/common.c:1836 msgid "Can't move an extended partition." msgstr "" #: src/common.c:1877 msgid "Can't move a partition onto itself. Try using resize, perhaps?" msgstr "" #: src/common.c:1891 msgid "Couldn't run the partition copy" msgstr "" #: src/common.c:2010 src/fdisk.c:1407 #, c-format msgid "" "A %s %s partition was found at %s -> %s. Do you want to add it to the " "partition table?" msgstr "" #: src/common.c:2051 src/fdisk.c:1445 msgid "searching for file systems" msgstr "" #: src/common.c:2338 msgid "Flag to change" msgstr "" #: src/common.c:2343 msgid "New state" msgstr "" #: src/common.c:2362 msgid "WARNING: This writes all data to disk, continue?" msgstr "" #: src/common.c:2429 #, c-format msgid "Fixing partition order on %s partition label type not implemented." msgstr "" #: src/common.c:2551 #, c-format msgid "Partition %i does not end on cylinder boundary." msgstr "" #: src/common.c:2582 #, c-format msgid "Total allocated sectors %lld greater than the maximum %lld" msgstr "" #: src/common.c:2587 #, c-format msgid "%lld unallocated sectors" msgstr "" #: src/common.c:2675 msgid "open" msgstr "" #: src/common.c:2676 msgid "create" msgstr "" #: src/common.c:2677 msgid "check" msgstr "" #: src/common.c:2678 msgid "copy" msgstr "" #: src/common.c:2679 msgid "resize" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:84 msgid "" "Copyright (C) 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.\n" "This is free software. You may redistribute copies of it under the terms " "of\n" "the GNU General Public License .\n" "There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law.\n" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:90 msgid "Usage: cfdisk [OPTION]... [DEVICE]\n" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:95 msgid "displays this help message" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:96 msgid "displays the version" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:97 msgid "use an arrow cursor instead of reverse video" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:98 msgid "create a new partition table on the disk" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:99 msgid "TYPE" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:99 msgid "use align TYPE, can be none, cyl, min or opt" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:100 msgid "UNIT" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:100 msgid "sets the default display units to UNIT" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:101 msgid "displays a list of supported partition types" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:107 msgid "" "This is a curses-based disk partition manipulation program, which allows you " "create, destroy, resize, move and copy partitions on a hard drive.\n" "\n" "Copyright (C) 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.\n" "\n" "Key\tFunction\n" "---\t--------\n" "\n" " n\tCreate a new partition residing on the free space.\n" " d\tDelete the selected partition.\n" " c\tCheck the selected partition for consistency.\n" " r\tResize the selected partition or change the size of the entry in the " "partition table\n" " o\tMove the partition to another place on the drive.\n" " y\tCopies another partition over the selected one.\n" " s\tLook for deleted file systems in the selected free space.\n" " b\tDisplay or change partition flags, such as the bootable flag.\n" " t\tChange the system type on the partition in the partition in case it is " "currently wrong.\n" " m\tChange the partition name, if supported.\n" " x\tMaximize the extended partition.\n" " z\tMinimize the extended partition.\n" " u\tChange the display units.\n" " i\tDisplay partition info.\n" " w\tWrite the changes to the disk.\n" " q\tQuit the program.\n" " h\tDisplay this help.\n" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:584 src/cfdisk.c:692 src/cfdisk.c:697 src/cfdisk.c:775 #: src/cfdisk.c:1779 src/cfdisk.c:1782 src/cfdisk.c:1808 msgid "Invalid key" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:663 msgid "No more text" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:663 msgid "No more choices" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:759 msgid "Bug in the program. The programmer is an idiot." msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:832 msgid "No more characters to delete" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:844 msgid "String too long" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:861 src/cfdisk.c:929 msgid "Yes" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:862 src/cfdisk.c:930 msgid "No" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:928 msgid "Fix" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:931 msgid "OK" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:932 msgid "Retry" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:933 msgid "Ignore" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:934 src/cfdisk.c:1099 src/cfdisk.c:1106 src/cfdisk.c:1113 #: src/cfdisk.c:1239 src/cfdisk.c:1245 src/cfdisk.c:1336 src/cfdisk.c:1437 #: src/cfdisk.c:1604 src/cfdisk.c:2119 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:953 msgid "Information" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:956 msgid "Warning!" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:959 msgid "Error!" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:962 msgid "Fatal exception!" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:965 msgid "Bug in the program" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:968 msgid "Unsupported" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1015 #, c-format msgid "We are now %s." msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1017 #, c-format msgid "An operation is now taking place." msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1019 #, c-format msgid "Progress: %3.1f%% Time left: %4.2ld:%.2ld" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1052 msgid "Press any key to continue" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1096 src/cfdisk.c:1236 src/cfdisk.c:1333 msgid "Begining" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1096 msgid "Create the partition at the begining of the free space" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1097 src/cfdisk.c:1237 src/cfdisk.c:1334 src/fdisk.c:1057 msgid "End" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1097 msgid "Create the partition at the end of the free space" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1098 src/cfdisk.c:1238 src/cfdisk.c:1335 src/cfdisk.c:1436 #: src/cfdisk.c:1603 msgid "Custom" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1098 src/cfdisk.c:1238 src/cfdisk.c:1335 msgid "Select custom start and end position of the partition" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1099 src/cfdisk.c:1106 src/cfdisk.c:1113 msgid "Do not create a partition" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1103 src/cfdisk.c:1853 src/cfdisk.c:2033 src/cfdisk.c:2037 msgid "Primary" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1103 msgid "Create primary partition" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1104 src/cfdisk.c:1851 src/cfdisk.c:2028 src/fdisk.c:1135 msgid "Extended" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1104 msgid "Create extended partition" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1105 msgid "BSD disklabel" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1105 msgid "Create a new BSD disklabel" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1110 msgid "FreeBSD" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1110 msgid "Create a FreeBSD partition type" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1111 msgid "OpenBSD" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1111 msgid "Create a OpenBSD partition type" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1112 msgid "NetBSD" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1112 msgid "Create a NetBSD partition type" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1127 msgid "Report a bug in the function menu_new and win a cookie." msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1135 msgid "Cannot create more primary partitions" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1142 msgid "Type of partition you want to create" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1160 msgid "Where do you want to put the partition" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1173 msgid "Can't create partition." msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1189 src/fdisk.c:888 msgid "" "Editing a BSD label, before writing the msdos partition table is not " "supported in GNU fdisk." msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1199 msgid "" "This partition seems to contain a filesystem. This is going to destroy it. " "Are you sure you want to continue?" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1214 msgid "There is no BSD label on this partition. Do you want to create one?" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1234 msgid "Fixed start" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1234 msgid "Don't move the beginning of the partition" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1236 msgid "Place it as back as possible on partitions that support it" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1237 msgid "Place it as forward as possible on partitions that support it" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1239 src/cfdisk.c:1245 msgid "Do not resize the partition" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1243 src/cfdisk.c:2097 msgid "Resize" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1243 msgid "Resize the filesystem" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1244 msgid "Change size" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1244 msgid "Change the size of the partition (if you know what you are doing)" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1257 msgid "What do you want to do?" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1262 msgid "Can't resize the partition. Alter the size? (For experts only)" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1270 msgid "Could not open the filesystem for resizing" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1275 src/fdisk.c:1577 msgid "We can't resize this filesystem type" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1308 msgid "Where to place the resized partition" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1320 msgid "Couldn't resize partition." msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1333 msgid "Move the partition to the begining of the free space" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1334 msgid "Move the partition to the end of the free space" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1336 msgid "Do not move the partition" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1347 msgid "Can't open the filesystem" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1352 msgid "We can't move this partition" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1356 msgid "Select free space to move the partition to" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1371 msgid "You can't move this partition here" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1379 msgid "Where do you want to move the partition" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1387 src/fdisk.c:768 msgid "Partition move failed" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1404 #, c-format msgid "The partition has %s set as a filesystem. Use it?" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1410 #, c-format msgid "Can't create filesystem %s, you'll have to choose another" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1415 msgid "The filesystem was not created successfully" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1418 msgid "The filesystem was created successfully." msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1425 msgid "The consistency check failed." msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1428 msgid "The consistency of the partition seems to be OK." msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1435 msgid "Continue" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1435 msgid "Proceed with the rescue" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1436 msgid "Select custom area to look for partitions (for experts only)" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1437 msgid "Return to the main menu" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1443 msgid "This will try to rescue broken or deleted partitions" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1454 msgid "There was an error during rescue" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1467 msgid "Finished looking for partitions" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1475 msgid "Partition not copied successfully" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1478 msgid "Partition copied successfully" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1488 msgid "You should not delete this partition." msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1496 msgid "Do you want to delete this partition?" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1499 msgid "Can't delete partition" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1512 msgid "Couldn't maximize this partition" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1528 msgid "Couldn't minimize the extended partition" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1544 msgid "Commit failed." msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1547 msgid "Partition table successfully written." msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1554 msgid "Sectors" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1554 msgid "Show the sizes in sectors" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1555 msgid "Bytes" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1555 msgid "Show the sizes in bytes" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1556 msgid "Kilobytes" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1556 msgid "Use 1,000 bytes as unit size" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1557 msgid "Megabytes" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1557 msgid "Use 1,000,000 bytes as unit size" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1558 msgid "Gigabytes" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1558 msgid "Use 1,000,000,000 bytes as unit size" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1559 msgid "Terabytes" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1559 msgid "Use 1,000,000,000,000 bytes as unit size" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1560 msgid "Percents" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1560 msgid "Show the sizes in percents" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1561 msgid "Compact" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1561 msgid "Show the size in most appropriate units" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1562 msgid "Kibibytes" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1562 msgid "Use 1,024 bytes as unit size" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1563 msgid "Mebibytes" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1563 msgid "Use 1,048,576 bytes as unit size" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1564 msgid "Gibibytes" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1564 msgid "Use 1,073,741,824 bytes as unit size" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1565 msgid "Tebibytes" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1565 msgid "Use 1,099,511,627,776 bytes as unit size" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1566 msgid "Cylinders" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1566 msgid "Show the sizes in cylinders" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1567 msgid "CHS" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1567 msgid "Show the sizes in CHS units" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1602 msgid "Auto" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1602 msgid "Try to automatically set the correct type" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1603 msgid "Select a custom filesystem type (for experts only)" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1604 msgid "Do not change the filesystem type" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1610 msgid "Set the filesystem type of the partition" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1618 msgid "Couldn't change the filesystem type" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1627 msgid "The partition label doesn't support partition names" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1631 msgid "Name wasn't changed successfully." msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1634 msgid "Name was changed successfully." msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1647 src/cfdisk.c:2024 msgid "Bootable" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1648 msgid "Root" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1649 msgid "Swap" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1650 msgid "Hidden" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1651 msgid "RAID" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1652 msgid "LVM" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1653 msgid "LBA" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1654 msgid "HP Service" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1655 msgid "Palo" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1656 msgid "Prep" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1657 msgid "MSFT Reserved" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1702 msgid "Partition flags (press Esc two times to end)" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1714 msgid "Other partition flags (for experts only):" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1752 msgid "No flags can be changed for this partition" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1789 src/cfdisk.c:1797 msgid "No more flags" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1816 msgid "cfdisk help" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1839 msgid "Possible partition device" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1844 msgid "Free space inside an extended partition" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1846 src/cfdisk.c:2043 msgid "Free space" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1849 src/cfdisk.c:2030 msgid "Logical" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1863 msgid "Partition size in bytes" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1866 msgid "Partition size in sectors" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1869 msgid "Portion of the hard disk" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1877 msgid "Filesystem type" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1884 msgid "System type" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1889 msgid "System type name" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1895 msgid "Position" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1899 msgid "Start (cyl,heads,sector)" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1902 msgid "End (cyl,heads,sector)" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1909 src/cfdisk.c:1978 src/cfdisk.c:2089 msgid "Flags" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1914 msgid "Partition info" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1977 msgid "Number" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1979 msgid "Part Type" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1980 msgid "Filesystem" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:1981 msgid "Label" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:2033 msgid "Pri/Ext" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:2035 msgid "None" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:2089 msgid "Change the flags of the current partition" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:2090 msgid "New" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:2090 msgid "Create new partition from free space" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:2091 msgid "Edit" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:2091 msgid "Edit this BSD disklabel" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:2092 msgid "Rescue" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:2092 msgid "Look for deleted and corrupted partitions in the free space" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:2093 msgid "Make FS" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:2093 msgid "Creates a filesystem on the partition" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:2094 msgid "Check" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:2094 msgid "Check partition for consistency" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:2095 msgid "Rename" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:2095 msgid "Change partition name" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:2096 msgid "Copy" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:2096 msgid "Write another partition over this one (requires commit)" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:2097 msgid "Resizes the current partition (requires commit)" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:2098 msgid "Maximize" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:2098 msgid "Enlarges the partition to the maximum possible size" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:2099 msgid "Minimize" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:2099 msgid "Shrinks the partition to the minimum possible size" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:2100 msgid "Move" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:2100 msgid "Moves the current partition (requires commit)" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:2101 msgid "Delete" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:2101 msgid "Delete the current partition" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:2102 msgid "Type" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:2102 msgid "Set the filesystem type (doesn't convert the filesystem)" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:2103 msgid "Units" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:2103 msgid "Change units of the partition size display" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:2104 msgid "Commit" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:2104 msgid "Write the changes to the disk" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:2105 src/cfdisk.c:2406 src/cfdisk.c:2411 msgid "Quit" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:2105 msgid "End editing this partition table" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:2106 msgid "Info" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:2106 msgid "Display additional partition information" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:2107 msgid "Help" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:2107 msgid "Display help" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:2118 msgid "Select" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:2118 msgid "Select this as the source partition" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:2119 msgid "Abort partition copy" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:2135 msgid "Partition table has changed, are you sure you want to quit?" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:2140 msgid "Are you sure you want to quit?" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:2295 src/cfdisk.c:2310 msgid "No more partitions" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:2369 #, c-format msgid "Disk: %s Disk type: %s Size: %s" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:2373 #, c-format msgid "Disk: %s Disk type: %s" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:2378 #, c-format msgid "Heads: %s Sectors per track: %s Cylinders: %s" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:2405 msgid "Choose" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:2405 msgid "Prompt for device address" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:2406 src/cfdisk.c:2411 msgid "Quit program" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:2410 msgid "Create" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:2410 msgid "Create new partition table" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:2416 msgid "Cannot find a device automatically" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:2420 src/cfdisk.c:2430 msgid "Invalid device" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:2424 msgid "Enter path to the device" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:2443 msgid "Cannot find a partition table on the disk" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:2446 src/cfdisk.c:2456 msgid "Creation of partition table failed" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:2452 msgid "Internal error initializing disk flags" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:2470 #, c-format msgid "%s, %s" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:2478 msgid "Device file" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:2544 msgid "OPTIONs:" msgstr "" #: src/cfdisk.c:2623 src/cfdisk.c:2634 #, c-format msgid "Invalid device\n" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:157 msgid "" "NUMBER is the partition number used by Linux. On MS-DOS disk labels, the " "primary partitions number from 1 to 4, logical partitions from 5 onwards.\n" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:160 msgid "LABEL-TYPE is one of: " msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:161 msgid "FLAG is one of: " msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:162 msgid "UNIT is one of: " msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:166 msgid "FS-TYPE is one of: " msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:167 msgid "" "START and END are disk locations, such as 4GB or 10%. Negative values count " "from the end of the disk. For example, -1s specifies exactly the last " "sector.\n" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:174 msgid "The partition must have one of the following FS-TYPEs: " msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:233 #, c-format msgid "%0.f%%\t(time left %.2ld:%.2ld)" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:313 #, c-format msgid "" "Partition %s is being used. You must unmount it before you modify it with " "Parted." msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:608 msgid "Command action" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:728 msgid "Do you want to create the filesystem on the partition?" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:844 #, c-format msgid "Minor: %d\n" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:845 #, c-format msgid "Flags: " msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:846 #, c-format msgid "File System: %s\n" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:847 #, c-format msgid "Size: " msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:852 #, c-format msgid "Minimum size: " msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:855 #, c-format msgid "Maximum size: " msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:911 msgid "" "There is a BSD partition on the disk but it seems to contain a filesystem. " "This is going to destroy it. Are you sure you want to continue?" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:928 msgid "" "There is a BSD partition on the disk, but there is no BSD disklabel on it. " "Do you want to create one?" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:947 #, c-format msgid "There was an error opening the *BSD partition on %s.\n" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:972 #, c-format msgid "There is no *BSD partition on %s.\n" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:1016 #, c-format msgid "" "\n" "Disk %s: %lld %s, %lld bytes\n" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:1024 #, c-format msgid "" "%lld heads, %lld sectors/track, %lld cylinders, total %lld sectors\n" "Units = sectors of %d * %d = %d bytes\n" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:1029 #, c-format msgid "" "%lld heads, %lld sectors/track, %lld cylinders\n" "Units = cylinders of %lld * %d = %s bytes\n" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:1046 msgid "# " msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:1047 msgid "start" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:1047 msgid "end" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:1047 msgid "blocks" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:1047 msgid "id" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:1047 msgid "system" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:1056 msgid "Device" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:1057 msgid "Boot" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:1057 msgid "Blocks" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:1057 msgid "Id" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:1058 msgid "System" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:1128 msgid "82" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:1128 msgid "Linux Swap / Solaris" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:1131 msgid "a5" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:1131 msgid "Free/Net/OpenBSD" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:1133 msgid "83" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:1133 msgid "Linux" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:1135 msgid "5" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:1168 #, c-format msgid "" "\n" "Disk %s: %d heads, %d sectors, %d cylinders\n" "\n" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:1170 #, c-format msgid "Nr AF Hd Sec Cyl Hd Sec Cyl Start Size ID\n" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:1260 #, c-format msgid "Raw printing on %s not supported\n" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:1265 #, c-format msgid "Device: %s\n" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:1288 #, c-format msgid "There is no partition %d on %s\n" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:1513 msgid "WARNING: rescue writes all data to disk automatically, continue" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:1516 src/fdisk.c:1649 msgid "Start?" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:1518 src/fdisk.c:1651 msgid "End?" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:1545 msgid "don't move the beginning of the partition" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:1546 msgid "place it at the beginning of the free space before it" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:1547 msgid "place it at the end" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:1548 msgid "select custom start and end" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:1567 msgid "You can't resize this filesystem type." msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:1587 msgid "No filesystem detected on the partition." msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:1610 msgid "Place for the resized partition" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:1619 msgid "Resize of the partition failed" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:1637 msgid "WARNING: resize writes all data to disk automatically, continue" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:1640 msgid "Partition number?" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:1715 msgid "New device?" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:1722 msgid "" "WARNING: changes were made to the disk, are you sure you want to discard them" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:1765 msgid "Changing display/entry units to sectors" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:1770 msgid "Changing display/entry units to cylinders" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:1788 msgid "" "You should reinstall your boot loader before rebooting. Read section 4 of " "the Parted User documentation for more information." msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:1796 msgid "Don't forget to update /etc/fstab, if necessary.\n" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:1800 #, c-format msgid "" "\n" "Writing all changes to %s.\n" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:1826 msgid "Partition copy failed" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:1854 #, c-format msgid "System types for this disk label type are not available.\n" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:1894 msgid "" "WARNING: System types for this disk label type seem unavailable, continue?" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:1924 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:1926 #, c-format msgid "Changed type of partition %d to %x (%s)\n" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:1945 msgid "Number of sectors" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:1957 msgid "Number of heads" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:1969 msgid "Number of cylinders" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:1992 msgid "New beginning of data" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:1997 #, c-format msgid "Value out of range." msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:2147 src/fdisk.c:2412 msgid "d" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:2150 msgid " d delete a BSD partition" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:2156 src/fdisk.c:2421 msgid "l" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:2159 msgid " l list known filesystem types" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:2163 src/fdisk.c:2331 src/fdisk.c:2428 msgid "m" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:2166 src/fdisk.c:2334 src/fdisk.c:2431 msgid " m print this menu" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:2170 src/fdisk.c:2435 msgid "n" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:2173 msgid " n add a new BSD partition" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:2179 src/fdisk.c:2339 src/fdisk.c:2346 src/fdisk.c:2449 msgid "p" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:2182 msgid " p print the BSD partition table" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:2187 src/fdisk.c:2353 src/fdisk.c:2456 msgid "q" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:2190 src/fdisk.c:2356 src/fdisk.c:2459 msgid " q quit without saving changes" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:2195 src/fdisk.c:2361 msgid "r" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:2198 src/fdisk.c:2364 msgid " r return to the main menu" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:2204 src/fdisk.c:2472 msgid "t" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:2207 msgid " t change a partition's filesystem id" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:2213 src/fdisk.c:2479 msgid "u" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:2216 src/fdisk.c:2482 msgid " u change display/entry units" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:2220 src/fdisk.c:2384 src/fdisk.c:2494 msgid "w" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:2223 msgid " w write disklabel to disk" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:2238 src/fdisk.c:2377 src/fdisk.c:2487 msgid "v" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:2240 msgid " v move a partition" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:2246 src/fdisk.c:2293 msgid "c" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:2249 msgid " c rescue a lost partition" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:2254 msgid "z" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:2257 msgid " z resize a partition and its file system" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:2261 src/fdisk.c:2324 msgid "h" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:2264 msgid " h check the consistency of a partition" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:2268 src/fdisk.c:2442 msgid "o" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:2271 msgid " o copy the partition over another partition" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:2275 msgid "k" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:2278 msgid " k creates a filesystem on a partition" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:2285 src/fdisk.c:2405 msgid "b" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:2288 msgid " b move beginning of data in a partition" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:2296 msgid " c change number of cylinders" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:2301 msgid "e" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:2304 msgid " e list extended partitions" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:2308 msgid "f" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:2311 msgid " f fix partition order" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:2315 msgid "g" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:2318 msgid " g create an IRIX (SGI) partition table" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:2327 msgid " h change number of heads" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:2342 src/fdisk.c:2349 src/fdisk.c:2452 msgid " p print the partition table" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:2369 src/fdisk.c:2463 msgid "s" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:2372 msgid " s change number of sectors/track" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:2380 src/fdisk.c:2490 msgid " v verify the partition table" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:2387 src/fdisk.c:2497 msgid " w write table to disk and exit" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:2398 msgid "a" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:2401 msgid " a toggle bootable flag" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:2408 msgid " b edit bsd disklabel" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:2415 msgid " d delete a partition" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:2424 msgid " l list known partition types" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:2438 msgid " n add a new partition" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:2445 msgid " o create a new empty DOS partition table" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:2466 msgid " s create a new empty Sun disklabel" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:2475 msgid " t change a partition's system id" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:2501 msgid "x" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:2504 msgid " x extra functionality (experts only)" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:2578 msgid "dynamic memory allocation failure" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:2677 #, c-format msgid "" "Warning: alignment option is ignored in util-linux compatibile mode. Switch " "to cylinder alignment.\n" msgstr "" #: src/fdisk.c:2706 src/fdisk.c:2752 #, c-format msgid "Unable to open %s\n" msgstr "" #: src/strlist.c:139 src/strlist.c:186 msgid "Error during translation" msgstr "" fdisk-1.2.5/po/POTFILES.in0000644000175000017500000000015711527750771011752 00000000000000# List of source files which contain translatable strings. src/common.c src/cfdisk.c src/fdisk.c src/strlist.c fdisk-1.2.5/po/Makevars0000644000175000017500000000346311527750771011674 00000000000000# -*- Makefile -*- # Makefile variables for PO directory in any package using GNU gettext. # Usually the message domain is the same as the package name. DOMAIN = $(PACKAGE) # These two variables depend on the location of this directory. subdir = po top_builddir = .. # These options get passed to xgettext. XGETTEXT_OPTIONS = --keyword=_ --keyword=N_ # This is the copyright holder that gets inserted into the header of the # $(DOMAIN).pot file. Set this to the copyright holder of the surrounding # package. (Note that the msgstr strings, extracted from the package's # sources, belong to the copyright holder of the package.) Translators are # expected to transfer the copyright for their translations to this person # or entity, or to disclaim their copyright. The empty string stands for # the public domain; in this case the translators are expected to disclaim # their copyright. COPYRIGHT_HOLDER = Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This is the email address or URL to which the translators shall report # bugs in the untranslated strings: # - Strings which are not entire sentences, see the maintainer guidelines # in the GNU gettext documentation, section 'Preparing Strings'. # - Strings which use unclear terms or require additional context to be # understood. # - Strings which make invalid assumptions about notation of date, time or # money. # - Pluralisation problems. # - Incorrect English spelling. # - Incorrect formatting. # It can be your email address, or a mailing list address where translators # can write to without being subscribed, or the URL of a web page through # which the translators can contact you. MSGID_BUGS_ADDRESS = bug-fdisk@gnu.org # This is the list of locale categories, beyond LC_MESSAGES, for which the # message catalogs shall be used. It is usually empty. EXTRA_LOCALE_CATEGORIES = fdisk-1.2.5/po/en@boldquot.header0000644000175000017500000000247111564002614013607 00000000000000# All this catalog "translates" are quotation characters. # The msgids must be ASCII and therefore cannot contain real quotation # characters, only substitutes like grave accent (0x60), apostrophe (0x27) # and double quote (0x22). These substitutes look strange; see # http://www.cl.cam.ac.uk/~mgk25/ucs/quotes.html # # This catalog translates grave accent (0x60) and apostrophe (0x27) to # left single quotation mark (U+2018) and right single quotation mark (U+2019). # It also translates pairs of apostrophe (0x27) to # left single quotation mark (U+2018) and right single quotation mark (U+2019) # and pairs of quotation mark (0x22) to # left double quotation mark (U+201C) and right double quotation mark (U+201D). # # When output to an UTF-8 terminal, the quotation characters appear perfectly. # When output to an ISO-8859-1 terminal, the single quotation marks are # transliterated to apostrophes (by iconv in glibc 2.2 or newer) or to # grave/acute accent (by libiconv), and the double quotation marks are # transliterated to 0x22. # When output to an ASCII terminal, the single quotation marks are # transliterated to apostrophes, and the double quotation marks are # transliterated to 0x22. # # This catalog furthermore displays the text between the quotation marks in # bold face, assuming the VT100/XTerm escape sequences. # fdisk-1.2.5/po/insert-header.sin0000644000175000017500000000124011564002614013417 00000000000000# Sed script that inserts the file called HEADER before the header entry. # # At each occurrence of a line starting with "msgid ", we execute the following # commands. At the first occurrence, insert the file. At the following # occurrences, do nothing. The distinction between the first and the following # occurrences is achieved by looking at the hold space. /^msgid /{ x # Test if the hold space is empty. s/m/m/ ta # Yes it was empty. First occurrence. Read the file. r HEADER # Output the file's contents by reading the next line. But don't lose the # current line while doing this. g N bb :a # The hold space was nonempty. Following occurrences. Do nothing. x :b } fdisk-1.2.5/po/remove-potcdate.sin0000644000175000017500000000066011564002614013770 00000000000000# Sed script that remove the POT-Creation-Date line in the header entry # from a POT file. # # The distinction between the first and the following occurrences of the # pattern is achieved by looking at the hold space. /^"POT-Creation-Date: .*"$/{ x # Test if the hold space is empty. s/P/P/ ta # Yes it was empty. First occurrence. Remove the line. g d bb :a # The hold space was nonempty. Following occurrences. Do nothing. x :b } fdisk-1.2.5/po/en@quot.header0000644000175000017500000000226311564002614012745 00000000000000# All this catalog "translates" are quotation characters. # The msgids must be ASCII and therefore cannot contain real quotation # characters, only substitutes like grave accent (0x60), apostrophe (0x27) # and double quote (0x22). These substitutes look strange; see # http://www.cl.cam.ac.uk/~mgk25/ucs/quotes.html # # This catalog translates grave accent (0x60) and apostrophe (0x27) to # left single quotation mark (U+2018) and right single quotation mark (U+2019). # It also translates pairs of apostrophe (0x27) to # left single quotation mark (U+2018) and right single quotation mark (U+2019) # and pairs of quotation mark (0x22) to # left double quotation mark (U+201C) and right double quotation mark (U+201D). # # When output to an UTF-8 terminal, the quotation characters appear perfectly. # When output to an ISO-8859-1 terminal, the single quotation marks are # transliterated to apostrophes (by iconv in glibc 2.2 or newer) or to # grave/acute accent (by libiconv), and the double quotation marks are # transliterated to 0x22. # When output to an ASCII terminal, the single quotation marks are # transliterated to apostrophes, and the double quotation marks are # transliterated to 0x22. # fdisk-1.2.5/po/Makefile.in.in0000644000175000017500000003620411564002614012634 00000000000000# Makefile for PO directory in any package using GNU gettext. # Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000-2007 by Ulrich Drepper # # This file can be copied and used freely without restrictions. It can # be used in projects which are not available under the GNU General Public # License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext # functionality. # Please note that the actual code of GNU gettext is covered by the GNU # General Public License and is *not* in the public domain. # # Origin: gettext-0.17 GETTEXT_MACRO_VERSION = 0.17 PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ VERSION = @VERSION@ PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@ SHELL = /bin/sh @SET_MAKE@ srcdir = @srcdir@ top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ VPATH = @srcdir@ prefix = @prefix@ exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ datarootdir = @datarootdir@ datadir = @datadir@ localedir = @localedir@ gettextsrcdir = $(datadir)/gettext/po INSTALL = @INSTALL@ INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ # We use $(mkdir_p). # In automake <= 1.9.x, $(mkdir_p) is defined either as "mkdir -p --" or as # "$(mkinstalldirs)" or as "$(install_sh) -d". For these automake versions, # @install_sh@ does not start with $(SHELL), so we add it. # In automake >= 1.10, @mkdir_p@ is derived from ${MKDIR_P}, which is defined # either as "/path/to/mkdir -p" or ".../install-sh -c -d". For these automake # versions, $(mkinstalldirs) and $(install_sh) are unused. mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) @install_sh@ -d install_sh = $(SHELL) @install_sh@ MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@ mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@ GMSGFMT_ = @GMSGFMT@ GMSGFMT_no = @GMSGFMT@ GMSGFMT_yes = @GMSGFMT_015@ GMSGFMT = $(GMSGFMT_$(USE_MSGCTXT)) MSGFMT_ = @MSGFMT@ MSGFMT_no = @MSGFMT@ MSGFMT_yes = @MSGFMT_015@ MSGFMT = $(MSGFMT_$(USE_MSGCTXT)) XGETTEXT_ = @XGETTEXT@ XGETTEXT_no = @XGETTEXT@ XGETTEXT_yes = @XGETTEXT_015@ XGETTEXT = $(XGETTEXT_$(USE_MSGCTXT)) MSGMERGE = msgmerge MSGMERGE_UPDATE = @MSGMERGE@ --update MSGINIT = msginit MSGCONV = msgconv MSGFILTER = msgfilter POFILES = @POFILES@ GMOFILES = @GMOFILES@ UPDATEPOFILES = @UPDATEPOFILES@ DUMMYPOFILES = @DUMMYPOFILES@ DISTFILES.common = Makefile.in.in remove-potcdate.sin \ $(DISTFILES.common.extra1) $(DISTFILES.common.extra2) $(DISTFILES.common.extra3) DISTFILES = $(DISTFILES.common) Makevars POTFILES.in \ $(POFILES) $(GMOFILES) \ $(DISTFILES.extra1) $(DISTFILES.extra2) $(DISTFILES.extra3) POTFILES = \ CATALOGS = @CATALOGS@ # Makevars gets inserted here. (Don't remove this line!) .SUFFIXES: .SUFFIXES: .po .gmo .mo .sed .sin .nop .po-create .po-update .po.mo: @echo "$(MSGFMT) -c -o $@ $<"; \ $(MSGFMT) -c -o t-$@ $< && mv t-$@ $@ .po.gmo: @lang=`echo $* | sed -e 's,.*/,,'`; \ test "$(srcdir)" = . && cdcmd="" || cdcmd="cd $(srcdir) && "; \ echo "$${cdcmd}rm -f $${lang}.gmo && $(GMSGFMT) -c --statistics -o $${lang}.gmo $${lang}.po"; \ cd $(srcdir) && rm -f $${lang}.gmo && $(GMSGFMT) -c --statistics -o t-$${lang}.gmo $${lang}.po && mv t-$${lang}.gmo $${lang}.gmo .sin.sed: sed -e '/^#/d' $< > t-$@ mv t-$@ $@ all: check-macro-version all-@USE_NLS@ all-yes: stamp-po all-no: # Ensure that the gettext macros and this Makefile.in.in are in sync. check-macro-version: @test "$(GETTEXT_MACRO_VERSION)" = "@GETTEXT_MACRO_VERSION@" \ || { echo "*** error: gettext infrastructure mismatch: using a Makefile.in.in from gettext version $(GETTEXT_MACRO_VERSION) but the autoconf macros are from gettext version @GETTEXT_MACRO_VERSION@" 1>&2; \ exit 1; \ } # $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot is only created when needed. When xgettext finds no # internationalized messages, no $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot is created (because # we don't want to bother translators with empty POT files). We assume that # LINGUAS is empty in this case, i.e. $(POFILES) and $(GMOFILES) are empty. # In this case, stamp-po is a nop (i.e. a phony target). # stamp-po is a timestamp denoting the last time at which the CATALOGS have # been loosely updated. Its purpose is that when a developer or translator # checks out the package via CVS, and the $(DOMAIN).pot file is not in CVS, # "make" will update the $(DOMAIN).pot and the $(CATALOGS), but subsequent # invocations of "make" will do nothing. This timestamp would not be necessary # if updating the $(CATALOGS) would always touch them; however, the rule for # $(POFILES) has been designed to not touch files that don't need to be # changed. stamp-po: $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot test ! -f $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot || \ test -z "$(GMOFILES)" || $(MAKE) $(GMOFILES) @test ! -f $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot || { \ echo "touch stamp-po" && \ echo timestamp > stamp-poT && \ mv stamp-poT stamp-po; \ } # Note: Target 'all' must not depend on target '$(DOMAIN).pot-update', # otherwise packages like GCC can not be built if only parts of the source # have been downloaded. # This target rebuilds $(DOMAIN).pot; it is an expensive operation. # Note that $(DOMAIN).pot is not touched if it doesn't need to be changed. $(DOMAIN).pot-update: $(POTFILES) $(srcdir)/POTFILES.in remove-potcdate.sed if LC_ALL=C grep 'GNU @PACKAGE@' $(top_srcdir)/* 2>/dev/null | grep -v 'libtool:' >/dev/null; then \ package_gnu='GNU '; \ else \ package_gnu=''; \ fi; \ if test -n '$(MSGID_BUGS_ADDRESS)' || test '$(PACKAGE_BUGREPORT)' = '@'PACKAGE_BUGREPORT'@'; then \ msgid_bugs_address='$(MSGID_BUGS_ADDRESS)'; \ else \ msgid_bugs_address='$(PACKAGE_BUGREPORT)'; \ fi; \ case `$(XGETTEXT) --version | sed 1q | sed -e 's,^[^0-9]*,,'` in \ '' | 0.[0-9] | 0.[0-9].* | 0.1[0-5] | 0.1[0-5].* | 0.16 | 0.16.[0-1]*) \ $(XGETTEXT) --default-domain=$(DOMAIN) --directory=$(top_srcdir) \ --add-comments=TRANSLATORS: $(XGETTEXT_OPTIONS) @XGETTEXT_EXTRA_OPTIONS@ \ --files-from=$(srcdir)/POTFILES.in \ --copyright-holder='$(COPYRIGHT_HOLDER)' \ --msgid-bugs-address="$$msgid_bugs_address" \ ;; \ *) \ $(XGETTEXT) --default-domain=$(DOMAIN) --directory=$(top_srcdir) \ --add-comments=TRANSLATORS: $(XGETTEXT_OPTIONS) @XGETTEXT_EXTRA_OPTIONS@ \ --files-from=$(srcdir)/POTFILES.in \ --copyright-holder='$(COPYRIGHT_HOLDER)' \ --package-name="$${package_gnu}@PACKAGE@" \ --package-version='@VERSION@' \ --msgid-bugs-address="$$msgid_bugs_address" \ ;; \ esac test ! -f $(DOMAIN).po || { \ if test -f $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot; then \ sed -f remove-potcdate.sed < $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot > $(DOMAIN).1po && \ sed -f remove-potcdate.sed < $(DOMAIN).po > $(DOMAIN).2po && \ if cmp $(DOMAIN).1po $(DOMAIN).2po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ rm -f $(DOMAIN).1po $(DOMAIN).2po $(DOMAIN).po; \ else \ rm -f $(DOMAIN).1po $(DOMAIN).2po $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot && \ mv $(DOMAIN).po $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot; \ fi; \ else \ mv $(DOMAIN).po $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot; \ fi; \ } # This rule has no dependencies: we don't need to update $(DOMAIN).pot at # every "make" invocation, only create it when it is missing. # Only "make $(DOMAIN).pot-update" or "make dist" will force an update. $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot: $(MAKE) $(DOMAIN).pot-update # This target rebuilds a PO file if $(DOMAIN).pot has changed. # Note that a PO file is not touched if it doesn't need to be changed. $(POFILES): $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot @lang=`echo $@ | sed -e 's,.*/,,' -e 's/\.po$$//'`; \ if test -f "$(srcdir)/$${lang}.po"; then \ test "$(srcdir)" = . && cdcmd="" || cdcmd="cd $(srcdir) && "; \ echo "$${cdcmd}$(MSGMERGE_UPDATE) $${lang}.po $(DOMAIN).pot"; \ cd $(srcdir) && $(MSGMERGE_UPDATE) $${lang}.po $(DOMAIN).pot; \ else \ $(MAKE) $${lang}.po-create; \ fi install: install-exec install-data install-exec: install-data: install-data-@USE_NLS@ if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \ $(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir); \ for file in $(DISTFILES.common) Makevars.template; do \ $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$file \ $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \ done; \ for file in Makevars; do \ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \ done; \ else \ : ; \ fi install-data-no: all install-data-yes: all $(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$(datadir) @catalogs='$(CATALOGS)'; \ for cat in $$catalogs; do \ cat=`basename $$cat`; \ lang=`echo $$cat | sed -e 's/\.gmo$$//'`; \ dir=$(localedir)/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES; \ $(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$$dir; \ if test -r $$cat; then realcat=$$cat; else realcat=$(srcdir)/$$cat; fi; \ $(INSTALL_DATA) $$realcat $(DESTDIR)$$dir/$(DOMAIN).mo; \ echo "installing $$realcat as $(DESTDIR)$$dir/$(DOMAIN).mo"; \ for lc in '' $(EXTRA_LOCALE_CATEGORIES); do \ if test -n "$$lc"; then \ if (cd $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang && LC_ALL=C ls -l -d $$lc 2>/dev/null) | grep ' -> ' >/dev/null; then \ link=`cd $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang && LC_ALL=C ls -l -d $$lc | sed -e 's/^.* -> //'`; \ mv $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc.old; \ mkdir $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc; \ (cd $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc.old && \ for file in *; do \ if test -f $$file; then \ ln -s ../$$link/$$file $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc/$$file; \ fi; \ done); \ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc.old; \ else \ if test -d $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc; then \ :; \ else \ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc; \ mkdir $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc; \ fi; \ fi; \ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc/$(DOMAIN).mo; \ ln -s ../LC_MESSAGES/$(DOMAIN).mo $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc/$(DOMAIN).mo 2>/dev/null || \ ln $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES/$(DOMAIN).mo $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc/$(DOMAIN).mo 2>/dev/null || \ cp -p $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES/$(DOMAIN).mo $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc/$(DOMAIN).mo; \ echo "installing $$realcat link as $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc/$(DOMAIN).mo"; \ fi; \ done; \ done install-strip: install installdirs: installdirs-exec installdirs-data installdirs-exec: installdirs-data: installdirs-data-@USE_NLS@ if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \ $(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir); \ else \ : ; \ fi installdirs-data-no: installdirs-data-yes: $(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$(datadir) @catalogs='$(CATALOGS)'; \ for cat in $$catalogs; do \ cat=`basename $$cat`; \ lang=`echo $$cat | sed -e 's/\.gmo$$//'`; \ dir=$(localedir)/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES; \ $(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$$dir; \ for lc in '' $(EXTRA_LOCALE_CATEGORIES); do \ if test -n "$$lc"; then \ if (cd $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang && LC_ALL=C ls -l -d $$lc 2>/dev/null) | grep ' -> ' >/dev/null; then \ link=`cd $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang && LC_ALL=C ls -l -d $$lc | sed -e 's/^.* -> //'`; \ mv $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc.old; \ mkdir $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc; \ (cd $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc.old && \ for file in *; do \ if test -f $$file; then \ ln -s ../$$link/$$file $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc/$$file; \ fi; \ done); \ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc.old; \ else \ if test -d $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc; then \ :; \ else \ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc; \ mkdir $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc; \ fi; \ fi; \ fi; \ done; \ done # Define this as empty until I found a useful application. installcheck: uninstall: uninstall-exec uninstall-data uninstall-exec: uninstall-data: uninstall-data-@USE_NLS@ if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \ for file in $(DISTFILES.common) Makevars.template; do \ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \ done; \ else \ : ; \ fi uninstall-data-no: uninstall-data-yes: catalogs='$(CATALOGS)'; \ for cat in $$catalogs; do \ cat=`basename $$cat`; \ lang=`echo $$cat | sed -e 's/\.gmo$$//'`; \ for lc in LC_MESSAGES $(EXTRA_LOCALE_CATEGORIES); do \ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc/$(DOMAIN).mo; \ done; \ done check: all info dvi ps pdf html tags TAGS ctags CTAGS ID: mostlyclean: rm -f remove-potcdate.sed rm -f stamp-poT rm -f core core.* $(DOMAIN).po $(DOMAIN).1po $(DOMAIN).2po *.new.po rm -fr *.o clean: mostlyclean distclean: clean rm -f Makefile Makefile.in POTFILES *.mo maintainer-clean: distclean @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;" @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild." rm -f stamp-po $(GMOFILES) distdir = $(top_builddir)/$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir) dist distdir: $(MAKE) update-po @$(MAKE) dist2 # This is a separate target because 'update-po' must be executed before. dist2: stamp-po $(DISTFILES) dists="$(DISTFILES)"; \ if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \ dists="$$dists Makevars.template"; \ fi; \ if test -f $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot; then \ dists="$$dists $(DOMAIN).pot stamp-po"; \ fi; \ if test -f $(srcdir)/ChangeLog; then \ dists="$$dists ChangeLog"; \ fi; \ for i in 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9; do \ if test -f $(srcdir)/ChangeLog.$$i; then \ dists="$$dists ChangeLog.$$i"; \ fi; \ done; \ if test -f $(srcdir)/LINGUAS; then dists="$$dists LINGUAS"; fi; \ for file in $$dists; do \ if test -f $$file; then \ cp -p $$file $(distdir) || exit 1; \ else \ cp -p $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir) || exit 1; \ fi; \ done update-po: Makefile $(MAKE) $(DOMAIN).pot-update test -z "$(UPDATEPOFILES)" || $(MAKE) $(UPDATEPOFILES) $(MAKE) update-gmo # General rule for creating PO files. .nop.po-create: @lang=`echo $@ | sed -e 's/\.po-create$$//'`; \ echo "File $$lang.po does not exist. If you are a translator, you can create it through 'msginit'." 1>&2; \ exit 1 # General rule for updating PO files. .nop.po-update: @lang=`echo $@ | sed -e 's/\.po-update$$//'`; \ if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then PATH=`pwd`/../src:$$PATH; fi; \ tmpdir=`pwd`; \ echo "$$lang:"; \ test "$(srcdir)" = . && cdcmd="" || cdcmd="cd $(srcdir) && "; \ echo "$${cdcmd}$(MSGMERGE) $$lang.po $(DOMAIN).pot -o $$lang.new.po"; \ cd $(srcdir); \ if $(MSGMERGE) $$lang.po $(DOMAIN).pot -o $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po; then \ if cmp $$lang.po $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ rm -f $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po; \ else \ if mv -f $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po $$lang.po; then \ :; \ else \ echo "msgmerge for $$lang.po failed: cannot move $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po to $$lang.po" 1>&2; \ exit 1; \ fi; \ fi; \ else \ echo "msgmerge for $$lang.po failed!" 1>&2; \ rm -f $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po; \ fi $(DUMMYPOFILES): update-gmo: Makefile $(GMOFILES) @: # Recreate Makefile by invoking config.status. Explicitly invoke the shell, # because execution permission bits may not work on the current file system. # Use @SHELL@, which is the shell determined by autoconf for the use by its # scripts, not $(SHELL) which is hardwired to /bin/sh and may be deficient. Makefile: Makefile.in.in Makevars $(top_builddir)/config.status @POMAKEFILEDEPS@ cd $(top_builddir) \ && @SHELL@ ./config.status $(subdir)/$@.in po-directories force: # Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make not to export all variables. # Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded. .NOEXPORT: fdisk-1.2.5/po/boldquot.sed0000644000175000017500000000033111564002614012500 00000000000000s/"\([^"]*\)"/“\1â€/g s/`\([^`']*\)'/‘\1’/g s/ '\([^`']*\)' / ‘\1’ /g s/ '\([^`']*\)'$/ ‘\1’/g s/^'\([^`']*\)' /‘\1’ /g s/“â€/""/g s/“/“/g s/â€/â€/g s/‘/‘/g s/’/’/g fdisk-1.2.5/po/ChangeLog0000644000175000017500000000147411563775636011761 000000000000002011-05-15 gettextize * Makefile.in.in: Upgrade to gettext-0.17. * Rules-quot: New file, from gettext-0.17. 2009-10-08 gettextize * Rules-quot: New file, from gettext-0.17. 2009-01-28 gettextize * Makefile.in.in: Upgrade to gettext-0.17. * Rules-quot: New file, from gettext-0.17. 2008-09-23 gettextize * Makefile.in.in: New file, from gettext-0.14.1. * Rules-quot: New file, from gettext-0.14.1. * boldquot.sed: New file, from gettext-0.14.1. * en@boldquot.header: New file, from gettext-0.14.1. * en@quot.header: New file, from gettext-0.14.1. * insert-header.sin: New file, from gettext-0.14.1. * quot.sed: New file, from gettext-0.14.1. * remove-potcdate.sin: New file, from gettext-0.14.1. fdisk-1.2.5/ABOUT-NLS0000644000175000017500000022532611564002614011000 000000000000001 Notes on the Free Translation Project *************************************** Free software is going international! The Free Translation Project is a way to get maintainers of free software, translators, and users all together, so that free software will gradually become able to speak many languages. A few packages already provide translations for their messages. If you found this `ABOUT-NLS' file inside a distribution, you may assume that the distributed package does use GNU `gettext' internally, itself available at your nearest GNU archive site. But you do _not_ need to install GNU `gettext' prior to configuring, installing or using this package with messages translated. Installers will find here some useful hints. These notes also explain how users should proceed for getting the programs to use the available translations. They tell how people wanting to contribute and work on translations can contact the appropriate team. When reporting bugs in the `intl/' directory or bugs which may be related to internationalization, you should tell about the version of `gettext' which is used. The information can be found in the `intl/VERSION' file, in internationalized packages. 1.1 Quick configuration advice ============================== If you want to exploit the full power of internationalization, you should configure it using ./configure --with-included-gettext to force usage of internationalizing routines provided within this package, despite the existence of internationalizing capabilities in the operating system where this package is being installed. So far, only the `gettext' implementation in the GNU C library version 2 provides as many features (such as locale alias, message inheritance, automatic charset conversion or plural form handling) as the implementation here. It is also not possible to offer this additional functionality on top of a `catgets' implementation. Future versions of GNU `gettext' will very likely convey even more functionality. So it might be a good idea to change to GNU `gettext' as soon as possible. So you need _not_ provide this option if you are using GNU libc 2 or you have installed a recent copy of the GNU gettext package with the included `libintl'. 1.2 INSTALL Matters =================== Some packages are "localizable" when properly installed; the programs they contain can be made to speak your own native language. Most such packages use GNU `gettext'. Other packages have their own ways to internationalization, predating GNU `gettext'. By default, this package will be installed to allow translation of messages. It will automatically detect whether the system already provides the GNU `gettext' functions. If not, the included GNU `gettext' library will be used. This library is wholly contained within this package, usually in the `intl/' subdirectory, so prior installation of the GNU `gettext' package is _not_ required. Installers may use special options at configuration time for changing the default behaviour. The commands: ./configure --with-included-gettext ./configure --disable-nls will, respectively, bypass any pre-existing `gettext' to use the internationalizing routines provided within this package, or else, _totally_ disable translation of messages. When you already have GNU `gettext' installed on your system and run configure without an option for your new package, `configure' will probably detect the previously built and installed `libintl.a' file and will decide to use this. This might not be desirable. You should use the more recent version of the GNU `gettext' library. I.e. if the file `intl/VERSION' shows that the library which comes with this package is more recent, you should use ./configure --with-included-gettext to prevent auto-detection. The configuration process will not test for the `catgets' function and therefore it will not be used. The reason is that even an emulation of `gettext' on top of `catgets' could not provide all the extensions of the GNU `gettext' library. Internationalized packages usually have many `po/LL.po' files, where LL gives an ISO 639 two-letter code identifying the language. Unless translations have been forbidden at `configure' time by using the `--disable-nls' switch, all available translations are installed together with the package. However, the environment variable `LINGUAS' may be set, prior to configuration, to limit the installed set. `LINGUAS' should then contain a space separated list of two-letter codes, stating which languages are allowed. 1.3 Using This Package ====================== As a user, if your language has been installed for this package, you only have to set the `LANG' environment variable to the appropriate `LL_CC' combination. If you happen to have the `LC_ALL' or some other `LC_xxx' environment variables set, you should unset them before setting `LANG', otherwise the setting of `LANG' will not have the desired effect. Here `LL' is an ISO 639 two-letter language code, and `CC' is an ISO 3166 two-letter country code. For example, let's suppose that you speak German and live in Germany. At the shell prompt, merely execute `setenv LANG de_DE' (in `csh'), `export LANG; LANG=de_DE' (in `sh') or `export LANG=de_DE' (in `bash'). This can be done from your `.login' or `.profile' file, once and for all. You might think that the country code specification is redundant. But in fact, some languages have dialects in different countries. For example, `de_AT' is used for Austria, and `pt_BR' for Brazil. The country code serves to distinguish the dialects. The locale naming convention of `LL_CC', with `LL' denoting the language and `CC' denoting the country, is the one use on systems based on GNU libc. On other systems, some variations of this scheme are used, such as `LL' or `LL_CC.ENCODING'. You can get the list of locales supported by your system for your language by running the command `locale -a | grep '^LL''. Not all programs have translations for all languages. By default, an English message is shown in place of a nonexistent translation. If you understand other languages, you can set up a priority list of languages. This is done through a different environment variable, called `LANGUAGE'. GNU `gettext' gives preference to `LANGUAGE' over `LANG' for the purpose of message handling, but you still need to have `LANG' set to the primary language; this is required by other parts of the system libraries. For example, some Swedish users who would rather read translations in German than English for when Swedish is not available, set `LANGUAGE' to `sv:de' while leaving `LANG' to `sv_SE'. Special advice for Norwegian users: The language code for Norwegian bokma*l changed from `no' to `nb' recently (in 2003). During the transition period, while some message catalogs for this language are installed under `nb' and some older ones under `no', it's recommended for Norwegian users to set `LANGUAGE' to `nb:no' so that both newer and older translations are used. In the `LANGUAGE' environment variable, but not in the `LANG' environment variable, `LL_CC' combinations can be abbreviated as `LL' to denote the language's main dialect. For example, `de' is equivalent to `de_DE' (German as spoken in Germany), and `pt' to `pt_PT' (Portuguese as spoken in Portugal) in this context. 1.4 Translating Teams ===================== For the Free Translation Project to be a success, we need interested people who like their own language and write it well, and who are also able to synergize with other translators speaking the same language. Each translation team has its own mailing list. The up-to-date list of teams can be found at the Free Translation Project's homepage, `http://translationproject.org/', in the "Teams" area. If you'd like to volunteer to _work_ at translating messages, you should become a member of the translating team for your own language. The subscribing address is _not_ the same as the list itself, it has `-request' appended. For example, speakers of Swedish can send a message to `sv-request@li.org', having this message body: subscribe Keep in mind that team members are expected to participate _actively_ in translations, or at solving translational difficulties, rather than merely lurking around. If your team does not exist yet and you want to start one, or if you are unsure about what to do or how to get started, please write to `coordinator@translationproject.org' to reach the coordinator for all translator teams. The English team is special. It works at improving and uniformizing the terminology in use. Proven linguistic skills are praised more than programming skills, here. 1.5 Available Packages ====================== Languages are not equally supported in all packages. The following matrix shows the current state of internationalization, as of November 2007. The matrix shows, in regard of each package, for which languages PO files have been submitted to translation coordination, with a translation percentage of at least 50%. Ready PO files af am ar az be bg bs ca cs cy da de el en en_GB eo +----------------------------------------------------+ Compendium | [] [] [] [] | a2ps | [] [] [] [] [] | aegis | () | ant-phone | () | anubis | [] | ap-utils | | aspell | [] [] [] [] [] | bash | [] | bfd | | bibshelf | [] | binutils | | bison | [] [] | bison-runtime | [] | bluez-pin | [] [] [] [] [] | cflow | [] | clisp | [] [] [] | console-tools | [] [] | coreutils | [] [] [] [] | cpio | | cpplib | [] [] [] | cryptonit | [] | dialog | | diffutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] | doodle | [] | e2fsprogs | [] [] | enscript | [] [] [] [] | fetchmail | [] [] () [] [] | findutils | [] | findutils_stable | [] [] [] | flex | [] [] [] | fslint | | gas | | gawk | [] [] [] | gcal | [] | gcc | [] | gettext-examples | [] [] [] [] [] | gettext-runtime | [] [] [] [] [] | gettext-tools | [] [] | gip | [] | gliv | [] [] | glunarclock | [] | gmult | [] [] | gnubiff | () | gnucash | [] [] () () [] | gnuedu | | gnulib | [] | gnunet | | gnunet-gtk | | gnutls | [] | gpe-aerial | [] [] | gpe-beam | [] [] | gpe-calendar | | gpe-clock | [] [] | gpe-conf | [] [] | gpe-contacts | | gpe-edit | [] | gpe-filemanager | | gpe-go | [] | gpe-login | [] [] | gpe-ownerinfo | [] [] | gpe-package | | gpe-sketchbook | [] [] | gpe-su | [] [] | gpe-taskmanager | [] [] | gpe-timesheet | [] | gpe-today | [] [] | gpe-todo | | gphoto2 | [] [] [] [] | gprof | [] [] | gpsdrive | | gramadoir | [] [] | grep | [] [] | gretl | () | gsasl | | gss | | gst-plugins-bad | [] [] | gst-plugins-base | [] [] | gst-plugins-good | [] [] [] | gst-plugins-ugly | [] [] | gstreamer | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | gtick | () | gtkam | [] [] [] [] | gtkorphan | [] [] | gtkspell | [] [] [] [] | gutenprint | [] | hello | [] [] [] [] [] | herrie | [] | hylafax | | idutils | [] [] | indent | [] [] [] [] | iso_15924 | | iso_3166 | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | iso_3166_2 | | iso_4217 | [] [] [] | iso_639 | [] [] [] [] | jpilot | [] | jtag | | jwhois | | kbd | [] [] [] [] | keytouch | [] [] | keytouch-editor | [] | keytouch-keyboa... | [] | latrine | () | ld | [] | leafpad | [] [] [] [] [] | libc | [] [] [] [] | libexif | [] | libextractor | [] | libgpewidget | [] [] [] | libgpg-error | [] | libgphoto2 | [] [] | libgphoto2_port | [] [] | libgsasl | | libiconv | [] [] | libidn | [] [] [] | lifelines | [] () | lilypond | [] | lingoteach | | lprng | | lynx | [] [] [] [] | m4 | [] [] [] [] | mailfromd | | mailutils | [] | make | [] [] | man-db | [] [] [] | minicom | [] [] [] | nano | [] [] [] | opcodes | [] | parted | [] [] | pilot-qof | | popt | [] [] [] | psmisc | [] | pwdutils | | qof | | radius | [] | recode | [] [] [] [] [] [] | rpm | [] | screem | | scrollkeeper | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | sed | [] [] [] | shared-mime-info | [] [] [] [] () [] [] [] | sharutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] | shishi | | skencil | [] () | solfege | | soundtracker | [] [] | sp | [] | system-tools-ba... | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | tar | [] [] | texinfo | [] [] [] | tin | () () | tuxpaint | [] [] [] [] [] [] | unicode-han-tra... | | unicode-transla... | | util-linux | [] [] [] [] | util-linux-ng | [] [] [] [] | vorbis-tools | [] | wastesedge | () | wdiff | [] [] [] [] | wget | [] [] [] | xchat | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | xkeyboard-config | [] | xpad | [] [] [] | +----------------------------------------------------+ af am ar az be bg bs ca cs cy da de el en en_GB eo 6 0 2 1 8 26 2 40 48 2 56 88 15 1 15 18 es et eu fa fi fr ga gl gu he hi hr hu id is it +--------------------------------------------------+ Compendium | [] [] [] [] [] | a2ps | [] [] [] () | aegis | | ant-phone | [] | anubis | [] | ap-utils | [] [] | aspell | [] [] [] | bash | [] | bfd | [] [] | bibshelf | [] [] [] | binutils | [] [] [] | bison | [] [] [] [] [] [] | bison-runtime | [] [] [] [] [] | bluez-pin | [] [] [] [] [] | cflow | [] | clisp | [] [] | console-tools | | coreutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] | cpio | [] [] [] | cpplib | [] [] | cryptonit | [] | dialog | [] [] [] | diffutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | doodle | [] [] | e2fsprogs | [] [] [] | enscript | [] [] [] | fetchmail | [] | findutils | [] [] [] | findutils_stable | [] [] [] [] | flex | [] [] [] | fslint | | gas | [] [] | gawk | [] [] [] [] () | gcal | [] [] | gcc | [] | gettext-examples | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | gettext-runtime | [] [] [] [] [] [] | gettext-tools | [] [] [] [] | gip | [] [] [] [] | gliv | () | glunarclock | [] [] [] | gmult | [] [] [] | gnubiff | () () | gnucash | () () () | gnuedu | [] | gnulib | [] [] [] | gnunet | | gnunet-gtk | | gnutls | | gpe-aerial | [] [] | gpe-beam | [] [] | gpe-calendar | | gpe-clock | [] [] [] [] | gpe-conf | [] | gpe-contacts | [] [] | gpe-edit | [] [] [] [] | gpe-filemanager | [] | gpe-go | [] [] [] | gpe-login | [] [] [] | gpe-ownerinfo | [] [] [] [] [] | gpe-package | [] | gpe-sketchbook | [] [] | gpe-su | [] [] [] [] | gpe-taskmanager | [] [] [] | gpe-timesheet | [] [] [] [] | gpe-today | [] [] [] [] | gpe-todo | [] | gphoto2 | [] [] [] [] [] | gprof | [] [] [] [] [] | gpsdrive | [] | gramadoir | [] [] | grep | [] [] [] | gretl | [] [] [] () | gsasl | [] [] | gss | [] [] | gst-plugins-bad | [] [] [] [] | gst-plugins-base | [] [] [] [] | gst-plugins-good | [] [] [] [] [] | gst-plugins-ugly | [] [] [] [] | gstreamer | [] [] [] | gtick | [] [] [] | gtkam | [] [] [] [] | gtkorphan | [] [] | gtkspell | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | gutenprint | [] | hello | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | herrie | [] | hylafax | | idutils | [] [] [] [] [] | indent | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | iso_15924 | [] | iso_3166 | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | iso_3166_2 | [] | iso_4217 | [] [] [] [] [] [] | iso_639 | [] [] [] [] [] [] | jpilot | [] [] | jtag | [] | jwhois | [] [] [] [] [] | kbd | [] [] | keytouch | [] [] [] | keytouch-editor | [] | keytouch-keyboa... | [] [] | latrine | [] [] | ld | [] [] [] [] | leafpad | [] [] [] [] [] [] | libc | [] [] [] [] [] | libexif | [] | libextractor | [] | libgpewidget | [] [] [] [] [] | libgpg-error | [] | libgphoto2 | [] [] [] | libgphoto2_port | [] [] | libgsasl | [] [] | libiconv | [] [] [] | libidn | [] [] | lifelines | () | lilypond | [] [] [] | lingoteach | [] [] [] | lprng | | lynx | [] [] [] | m4 | [] [] [] [] | mailfromd | | mailutils | [] [] | make | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | man-db | [] | minicom | [] [] [] [] | nano | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | opcodes | [] [] [] [] | parted | [] [] [] | pilot-qof | | popt | [] [] [] [] | psmisc | [] [] | pwdutils | | qof | [] | radius | [] [] | recode | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | rpm | [] [] | screem | | scrollkeeper | [] [] [] | sed | [] [] [] [] [] | shared-mime-info | [] [] [] [] [] [] | sharutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | shishi | [] | skencil | [] [] | solfege | [] | soundtracker | [] [] [] | sp | [] | system-tools-ba... | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | tar | [] [] [] [] [] | texinfo | [] [] [] | tin | [] () | tuxpaint | [] [] | unicode-han-tra... | | unicode-transla... | [] [] | util-linux | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | util-linux-ng | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | vorbis-tools | | wastesedge | () | wdiff | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | wget | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | xchat | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | xkeyboard-config | [] [] [] [] | xpad | [] [] [] | +--------------------------------------------------+ es et eu fa fi fr ga gl gu he hi hr hu id is it 85 22 14 2 48 101 61 12 2 8 2 6 53 29 1 52 ja ka ko ku ky lg lt lv mk mn ms mt nb ne nl nn +--------------------------------------------------+ Compendium | [] | a2ps | () [] [] | aegis | () | ant-phone | [] | anubis | [] [] [] | ap-utils | [] | aspell | [] [] | bash | [] | bfd | | bibshelf | [] | binutils | | bison | [] [] [] | bison-runtime | [] [] [] | bluez-pin | [] [] [] | cflow | | clisp | [] | console-tools | | coreutils | [] | cpio | [] | cpplib | [] | cryptonit | [] | dialog | [] [] | diffutils | [] [] [] | doodle | | e2fsprogs | [] | enscript | [] | fetchmail | [] [] | findutils | [] | findutils_stable | [] | flex | [] [] | fslint | | gas | | gawk | [] [] | gcal | | gcc | | gettext-examples | [] [] [] | gettext-runtime | [] [] [] | gettext-tools | [] [] | gip | [] [] | gliv | [] | glunarclock | [] [] | gmult | [] [] [] | gnubiff | | gnucash | () () () | gnuedu | | gnulib | [] [] | gnunet | | gnunet-gtk | | gnutls | [] | gpe-aerial | [] | gpe-beam | [] | gpe-calendar | [] | gpe-clock | [] [] [] | gpe-conf | [] [] [] | gpe-contacts | [] | gpe-edit | [] [] [] | gpe-filemanager | [] [] | gpe-go | [] [] [] | gpe-login | [] [] [] | gpe-ownerinfo | [] [] | gpe-package | [] [] | gpe-sketchbook | [] [] | gpe-su | [] [] [] | gpe-taskmanager | [] [] [] [] | gpe-timesheet | [] | gpe-today | [] [] | gpe-todo | [] | gphoto2 | [] [] | gprof | [] | gpsdrive | [] | gramadoir | () | grep | [] [] | gretl | | gsasl | [] | gss | | gst-plugins-bad | [] | gst-plugins-base | [] | gst-plugins-good | [] | gst-plugins-ugly | [] | gstreamer | [] | gtick | [] | gtkam | [] [] | gtkorphan | [] | gtkspell | [] [] | gutenprint | [] | hello | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | herrie | [] | hylafax | | idutils | [] | indent | [] [] | iso_15924 | [] | iso_3166 | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | iso_3166_2 | [] | iso_4217 | [] [] [] | iso_639 | [] [] [] [] | jpilot | () () | jtag | | jwhois | [] | kbd | [] | keytouch | [] | keytouch-editor | [] | keytouch-keyboa... | | latrine | [] | ld | | leafpad | [] [] | libc | [] [] [] | libexif | | libextractor | | libgpewidget | [] | libgpg-error | | libgphoto2 | [] | libgphoto2_port | [] | libgsasl | [] | libiconv | [] | libidn | [] [] | lifelines | [] | lilypond | [] | lingoteach | [] | lprng | | lynx | [] [] | m4 | [] [] | mailfromd | | mailutils | | make | [] [] [] | man-db | | minicom | [] | nano | [] [] [] | opcodes | [] | parted | [] [] | pilot-qof | | popt | [] [] [] | psmisc | [] [] [] | pwdutils | | qof | | radius | | recode | [] | rpm | [] [] | screem | [] | scrollkeeper | [] [] [] [] | sed | [] [] | shared-mime-info | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | sharutils | [] [] | shishi | | skencil | | solfege | () () | soundtracker | | sp | () | system-tools-ba... | [] [] [] [] | tar | [] [] [] | texinfo | [] [] | tin | | tuxpaint | () [] [] | unicode-han-tra... | | unicode-transla... | | util-linux | [] [] | util-linux-ng | [] [] | vorbis-tools | | wastesedge | [] | wdiff | [] [] | wget | [] [] | xchat | [] [] [] [] | xkeyboard-config | [] [] [] | xpad | [] [] [] | +--------------------------------------------------+ ja ka ko ku ky lg lt lv mk mn ms mt nb ne nl nn 51 2 25 3 2 0 6 0 2 2 20 0 11 1 103 6 or pa pl pt pt_BR rm ro ru rw sk sl sq sr sv ta +--------------------------------------------------+ Compendium | [] [] [] [] [] | a2ps | () [] [] [] [] [] [] | aegis | () () | ant-phone | [] [] | anubis | [] [] [] | ap-utils | () | aspell | [] [] [] | bash | [] [] | bfd | | bibshelf | [] | binutils | [] [] | bison | [] [] [] [] [] | bison-runtime | [] [] [] [] [] | bluez-pin | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | cflow | [] | clisp | [] | console-tools | [] | coreutils | [] [] [] [] | cpio | [] [] [] | cpplib | [] | cryptonit | [] [] | dialog | [] | diffutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] | doodle | [] [] | e2fsprogs | [] [] | enscript | [] [] [] [] [] | fetchmail | [] [] [] | findutils | [] [] [] | findutils_stable | [] [] [] [] [] [] | flex | [] [] [] [] [] | fslint | [] | gas | | gawk | [] [] [] [] | gcal | [] | gcc | [] [] | gettext-examples | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | gettext-runtime | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | gettext-tools | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | gip | [] [] [] [] | gliv | [] [] [] [] [] [] | glunarclock | [] [] [] [] [] [] | gmult | [] [] [] [] | gnubiff | () [] | gnucash | () [] | gnuedu | | gnulib | [] [] [] | gnunet | | gnunet-gtk | [] | gnutls | [] [] | gpe-aerial | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | gpe-beam | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | gpe-calendar | [] [] [] [] | gpe-clock | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | gpe-conf | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | gpe-contacts | [] [] [] [] [] | gpe-edit | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | gpe-filemanager | [] [] | gpe-go | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | gpe-login | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | gpe-ownerinfo | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | gpe-package | [] [] | gpe-sketchbook | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | gpe-su | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | gpe-taskmanager | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | gpe-timesheet | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | gpe-today | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | gpe-todo | [] [] [] [] | gphoto2 | [] [] [] [] [] [] | gprof | [] [] [] | gpsdrive | [] [] | gramadoir | [] [] | grep | [] [] [] [] | gretl | [] [] [] | gsasl | [] [] [] | gss | [] [] [] [] | gst-plugins-bad | [] [] [] | gst-plugins-base | [] [] | gst-plugins-good | [] [] | gst-plugins-ugly | [] [] [] | gstreamer | [] [] [] [] | gtick | [] | gtkam | [] [] [] [] [] | gtkorphan | [] | gtkspell | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | gutenprint | [] | hello | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | herrie | [] [] [] | hylafax | | idutils | [] [] [] [] [] | indent | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | iso_15924 | | iso_3166 | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | iso_3166_2 | | iso_4217 | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | iso_639 | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | jpilot | | jtag | [] | jwhois | [] [] [] [] | kbd | [] [] [] | keytouch | [] | keytouch-editor | [] | keytouch-keyboa... | [] | latrine | | ld | [] | leafpad | [] [] [] [] [] [] | libc | [] [] [] [] | libexif | [] [] | libextractor | [] [] | libgpewidget | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | libgpg-error | [] [] [] | libgphoto2 | [] | libgphoto2_port | [] [] [] | libgsasl | [] [] [] [] | libiconv | [] [] [] | libidn | [] [] () | lifelines | [] [] | lilypond | | lingoteach | [] | lprng | [] | lynx | [] [] [] | m4 | [] [] [] [] [] | mailfromd | [] | mailutils | [] [] [] | make | [] [] [] [] | man-db | [] [] [] [] | minicom | [] [] [] [] [] | nano | [] [] [] [] | opcodes | [] [] | parted | [] | pilot-qof | | popt | [] [] [] [] | psmisc | [] [] | pwdutils | [] [] | qof | [] [] | radius | [] [] | recode | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | rpm | [] [] [] [] | screem | | scrollkeeper | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | sed | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | shared-mime-info | [] [] [] [] [] [] | sharutils | [] [] [] [] | shishi | [] | skencil | [] [] [] | solfege | [] | soundtracker | [] [] | sp | | system-tools-ba... | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | tar | [] [] [] [] | texinfo | [] [] [] [] | tin | () | tuxpaint | [] [] [] [] [] [] | unicode-han-tra... | | unicode-transla... | | util-linux | [] [] [] [] | util-linux-ng | [] [] [] [] | vorbis-tools | [] | wastesedge | | wdiff | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | wget | [] [] [] [] | xchat | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | xkeyboard-config | [] [] [] | xpad | [] [] [] | +--------------------------------------------------+ or pa pl pt pt_BR rm ro ru rw sk sl sq sr sv ta 0 5 77 31 53 4 58 72 3 45 46 9 45 122 3 tg th tk tr uk ven vi wa xh zh_CN zh_HK zh_TW zu +---------------------------------------------------+ Compendium | [] [] [] [] | 19 a2ps | [] [] [] | 19 aegis | [] | 1 ant-phone | [] [] | 6 anubis | [] [] [] | 11 ap-utils | () [] | 4 aspell | [] [] [] | 16 bash | [] | 6 bfd | | 2 bibshelf | [] | 7 binutils | [] [] [] [] | 9 bison | [] [] [] [] | 20 bison-runtime | [] [] [] [] | 18 bluez-pin | [] [] [] [] [] [] | 28 cflow | [] [] | 5 clisp | | 9 console-tools | [] [] | 5 coreutils | [] [] [] | 18 cpio | [] [] [] [] | 11 cpplib | [] [] [] [] [] | 12 cryptonit | [] | 6 dialog | [] [] [] | 9 diffutils | [] [] [] [] [] | 29 doodle | [] | 6 e2fsprogs | [] [] | 10 enscript | [] [] [] | 16 fetchmail | [] [] | 12 findutils | [] [] [] | 11 findutils_stable | [] [] [] [] | 18 flex | [] [] | 15 fslint | [] | 2 gas | [] | 3 gawk | [] [] [] | 16 gcal | [] | 5 gcc | [] [] [] | 7 gettext-examples | [] [] [] [] [] [] | 29 gettext-runtime | [] [] [] [] [] [] | 28 gettext-tools | [] [] [] [] [] | 20 gip | [] [] | 13 gliv | [] [] | 11 glunarclock | [] [] [] | 15 gmult | [] [] [] [] | 16 gnubiff | [] | 2 gnucash | () [] | 5 gnuedu | [] | 2 gnulib | [] | 10 gnunet | | 0 gnunet-gtk | [] [] | 3 gnutls | | 4 gpe-aerial | [] [] | 14 gpe-beam | [] [] | 14 gpe-calendar | [] [] | 7 gpe-clock | [] [] [] [] | 21 gpe-conf | [] [] [] | 16 gpe-contacts | [] [] | 10 gpe-edit | [] [] [] [] [] | 22 gpe-filemanager | [] [] | 7 gpe-go | [] [] [] [] | 19 gpe-login | [] [] [] [] [] | 21 gpe-ownerinfo | [] [] [] [] | 21 gpe-package | [] | 6 gpe-sketchbook | [] [] | 16 gpe-su | [] [] [] [] | 21 gpe-taskmanager | [] [] [] [] | 21 gpe-timesheet | [] [] [] [] | 18 gpe-today | [] [] [] [] [] | 21 gpe-todo | [] [] | 8 gphoto2 | [] [] [] [] | 21 gprof | [] [] | 13 gpsdrive | [] | 5 gramadoir | [] | 7 grep | [] | 12 gretl | | 6 gsasl | [] [] [] | 9 gss | [] | 7 gst-plugins-bad | [] [] [] | 13 gst-plugins-base | [] [] | 11 gst-plugins-good | [] [] [] [] [] | 16 gst-plugins-ugly | [] [] [] | 13 gstreamer | [] [] [] | 18 gtick | [] [] | 7 gtkam | [] | 16 gtkorphan | [] | 7 gtkspell | [] [] [] [] [] [] | 27 gutenprint | | 4 hello | [] [] [] [] [] | 38 herrie | [] [] | 8 hylafax | | 0 idutils | [] [] | 15 indent | [] [] [] [] [] | 28 iso_15924 | [] [] | 4 iso_3166 | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 54 iso_3166_2 | [] [] | 4 iso_4217 | [] [] [] [] [] | 24 iso_639 | [] [] [] [] [] | 26 jpilot | [] [] [] [] | 7 jtag | [] | 3 jwhois | [] [] [] | 13 kbd | [] [] [] | 13 keytouch | [] | 8 keytouch-editor | [] | 5 keytouch-keyboa... | [] | 5 latrine | [] [] | 5 ld | [] [] [] [] | 10 leafpad | [] [] [] [] [] | 24 libc | [] [] [] | 19 libexif | [] | 5 libextractor | [] | 5 libgpewidget | [] [] [] | 20 libgpg-error | [] | 6 libgphoto2 | [] [] | 9 libgphoto2_port | [] [] [] | 11 libgsasl | [] | 8 libiconv | [] [] | 11 libidn | [] [] | 11 lifelines | | 4 lilypond | [] | 6 lingoteach | [] | 6 lprng | [] | 2 lynx | [] [] [] | 15 m4 | [] [] [] | 18 mailfromd | [] [] | 3 mailutils | [] [] | 8 make | [] [] [] | 20 man-db | [] | 9 minicom | [] | 14 nano | [] [] [] | 20 opcodes | [] [] | 10 parted | [] [] [] | 11 pilot-qof | [] | 1 popt | [] [] [] [] | 18 psmisc | [] [] | 10 pwdutils | [] | 3 qof | [] | 4 radius | [] [] | 7 recode | [] [] [] | 25 rpm | [] [] [] [] | 13 screem | [] | 2 scrollkeeper | [] [] [] [] | 26 sed | [] [] [] [] | 23 shared-mime-info | [] [] [] | 29 sharutils | [] [] [] | 23 shishi | [] | 3 skencil | [] | 7 solfege | [] | 3 soundtracker | [] [] | 9 sp | [] | 3 system-tools-ba... | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 38 tar | [] [] [] | 17 texinfo | [] [] [] | 15 tin | | 1 tuxpaint | [] [] [] | 19 unicode-han-tra... | | 0 unicode-transla... | | 2 util-linux | [] [] [] | 20 util-linux-ng | [] [] [] | 20 vorbis-tools | [] [] | 4 wastesedge | | 1 wdiff | [] [] | 23 wget | [] [] [] | 20 xchat | [] [] [] [] | 29 xkeyboard-config | [] [] [] | 14 xpad | [] [] [] | 15 +---------------------------------------------------+ 76 teams tg th tk tr uk ven vi wa xh zh_CN zh_HK zh_TW zu 163 domains 0 3 1 74 51 0 143 21 1 57 7 45 0 2036 Some counters in the preceding matrix are higher than the number of visible blocks let us expect. This is because a few extra PO files are used for implementing regional variants of languages, or language dialects. For a PO file in the matrix above to be effective, the package to which it applies should also have been internationalized and distributed as such by its maintainer. There might be an observable lag between the mere existence a PO file and its wide availability in a distribution. If November 2007 seems to be old, you may fetch a more recent copy of this `ABOUT-NLS' file on most GNU archive sites. The most up-to-date matrix with full percentage details can be found at `http://translationproject.org/extra/matrix.html'. 1.6 Using `gettext' in new packages =================================== If you are writing a freely available program and want to internationalize it you are welcome to use GNU `gettext' in your package. Of course you have to respect the GNU Library General Public License which covers the use of the GNU `gettext' library. This means in particular that even non-free programs can use `libintl' as a shared library, whereas only free software can use `libintl' as a static library or use modified versions of `libintl'. Once the sources are changed appropriately and the setup can handle the use of `gettext' the only thing missing are the translations. The Free Translation Project is also available for packages which are not developed inside the GNU project. Therefore the information given above applies also for every other Free Software Project. Contact `coordinator@translationproject.org' to make the `.pot' files available to the translation teams. fdisk-1.2.5/Makefile.am0000644000175000017500000000043611527750770011612 00000000000000PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ VERSION = @VERSION@ # lib for GNULib SUBDIRS = m4 po src doc lib if MAKE_TESTS SUBDIRS += tests endif MAKE_TESTS EXTRA_DIST = autotools/config.rpath \ autotools/config.rpath \ ABOUT-NLS AUTHORS THANKS ChangeLog NEWS README fdisk.spec ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I m4 fdisk-1.2.5/configure.ac0000644000175000017500000001126311564002240012023 00000000000000# 2.59 is needed by GNULib modules AC_PREREQ([2.59]) AC_INIT(fdisk, 1.2.5, [bug-fdisk@gnu.org]) AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR(autotools) AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE AM_CONFIG_HEADER(config.h) AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION([0.17]) AM_GNU_GETTEXT([external]) AM_MAINTAINER_MODE dnl set some basic variables BUILD_DATE="`date '+%D'`" AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(BUILD_DATE, "$BUILD_DATE", [The date of the build.]) # Check for programs. AC_PROG_AWK AC_LANG_C AC_PROG_CC dnl check for makeinfo # MAKEINFO= # AC_CHECK_PROG(MAKEINFO, makeinfo, makeinfo) # AM_CONDITIONAL([HAVE_MAKEINFO], [test -n "$MAKEINFO"]) # add calls for gnulib gl_EARLY AC_PROG_INSTALL AC_PROG_LN_S # configure.ac:24: warning: AC_CANONICAL_HOST invoked multiple times (mmm...) AC_CANONICAL_HOST case "$host_os" in linux*) AC_DEFINE([NAMING_LINUX], [1], [Define 1 if this is an OS with Linux naming scheme]) ;; freebsd*) AC_DEFINE([NAMING_BSD], [1], [Define 1 if this is an OS with BSD naming scheme]) ;; esac # Check headers. # getopt.h removed because we already have it; AC_CHECK_HEADERS([ctype.h errno.h stdio.h stdarg.h locale.h]) AC_CHECK_HEADERS([string.h stdlib.h unistd.h parted/parted.h]) # Check for library functions. #AC_CHECK_FUNCS([]) # Check for LFS AC_SYS_LARGEFILE CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -D_FILE_OFFSET_BITS=${ac_cv_sys_file_offset_bits}" dnl libparted # hack # LIBS="$LIBS -ldl" ## better hack XLIBS="$LIBS" LIBS="$LIBS -ldl" CHECK_LIBPARTED([1.7.0], , AC_MSG_ERROR([*** libparted >= 1.7.0 not installed - please install first ***])) AC_SUBST(PARTED_LIBS) LIBS="$LIBS -lparted" # 7 July 2009: New version of libparted does not have ped_free GFDISK_libparted_ped_free=ped_free AC_MSG_CHECKING([for ped_free in libparted]) AC_LINK_IFELSE( [AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[extern void ped_free( );]], [[ped_free(); return 0;]])], [AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)], [GFDISK_libparted_ped_free=free; AC_MSG_RESULT([no])]) AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([PED_FREE], [$GFDISK_libparted_ped_free], [Defined to `free' in system where libparted does not export ped_free]) LIBS="$XLIBS" dnl ncurses dnl CHECK_CURSES defined in m4/check.m4 CHECK_CURSES(have_curses=true , have_curses=false) AC_SUBST(CURSES_LIBS) dnl readline checking dnl check for libtermcap first fdisk_have_libtermcap=0 AC_CHECK_HEADERS([termcap.h]) AC_CHECK_LIB( [termcap], [tgetnum], [fdisk_have_libtermcap="termcap"], [AC_CHECK_LIB( [termlib], [tgetnum], [fdisk_have_libtermcap="termlib"], [fdisk_have_libtermcap="false"])]) if test "$fdisk_have_libtermcap" != "false" ; then AC_DEFINE( [HAVE_LIBTERMCAP], 1, [Defined to 1 if you have termcap or termlib library]) LIBS="$LIBS -l$fdisk_have_libtermcap" else AC_DEFINE( [HAVE_LIBTERMCAP], 0, [Defined to 1 if you have termcap or termlib library]) fi dnl check for readline fdisk_have_libreadline=0 AC_CHECK_LIB([readline], [readline], [fdisk_have_libreadline=1; LIBS="$LIBS -lreadline";], [fdisk_have_libreadline=0], []) AC_CHECK_HEADERS([readline/readline.h readline/history.h], [], [fdisk_have_libreadline=0; break;]) AC_CHECK_TYPES([rl_compentry_func_t], [], [], [ #if HAVE_LIBREADLINE # include # include #endif ]) AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([HAVE_LIBREADLINE], [$fdisk_have_libreadline], [Defined to 1 if your system have readline library]) dnl readline checking dnl Check if we have check... dnl PKG_CHECK_MODULES([CHECK],[check >= 0.8.2], have_check=true, have_check=false) CHECK_CHECK([0.8.2], have_check=true, have_check=false) AM_CONDITIONAL(MAKE_TESTS, test x$have_check = xtrue) AM_CONDITIONAL(MAKE_CFDISK, test x$have_curses = xtrue) dnl Check how to create the {g,l}fdisk links AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to create links]) rm -f test00 test01 touch test00 ln -s test00 test01 || : SYMLINK="" SYMLINKFROM="fdisk" if test -L test01; then SYMLINK="ln -s" else SYMLINKFROM="${sbindir}/fdisk" rm -f test01 ln test00 test01 || : if test -e test01; then SYMLINK="ln" else SYMLINK="cp" fi fi AC_MSG_RESULT($SYMLINK) AC_SUBST(SYMLINK) AC_SUBST(SYMLINKFROM) rm -f test00 test01 AC_ARG_WITH([gnu-ext], AS_HELP_STRING([--with-gnu-ext],[Enable GNU extensions]), AC_DEFINE([GNU_EXT], [1], [Define to 1 if you enable GNU extensions])) AC_ARG_ENABLE(cfdisk, AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-cfdisk],[Do not compile cfdisk]), [case "${enableval}" in yes) cfdisk=true ;; no) cfdisk=false ;; *) AC_MSG_ERROR(bad value ${enableval} for --enable-cfdisk) ;; esac], [cfdisk=auto]) if test x$cfdisk = xtrue && test x$have_curses != xtrue; then AC_MSG_ERROR([*** curses required for cfdisk ***]) fi AM_CONDITIONAL(MAKE_CFDISK, test x$cfdisk != xfalse && test x$have_curses = xtrue) # add for gnulib gl_INIT # lib/Makefile is for GNULib AC_CONFIG_FILES([Makefile src/Makefile doc/Makefile tests/Makefile po/Makefile.in m4/Makefile lib/Makefile]) AC_OUTPUT fdisk-1.2.5/COPYING0000644000175000017500000010451311527750770010612 00000000000000 GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE Version 3, 29 June 2007 Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. Preamble The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for software and other kinds of works. The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed to take away your freedom to share and change the works. By contrast, the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change all versions of a program--to make sure it remains free software for all its users. We, the Free Software Foundation, use the GNU General Public License for most of our software; it applies also to any other work released this way by its authors. You can apply it to your programs, too. When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new free programs, and that you know you can do these things. To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you these rights or asking you to surrender the rights. Therefore, you have certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others. For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same freedoms that you received. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights. Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps: (1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it. For the developers' and authors' protection, the GPL clearly explains that there is no warranty for this free software. For both users' and authors' sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to authors of previous versions. Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer can do so. This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of protecting users' freedom to change the software. The systematic pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable. Therefore, we have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those products. If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users. Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents. States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could make it effectively proprietary. To prevent this, the GPL assures that patents cannot be used to render the program non-free. The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and modification follow. TERMS AND CONDITIONS 0. Definitions. "This License" refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License. "Copyright" also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of works, such as semiconductor masks. "The Program" refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this License. Each licensee is addressed as "you". "Licensees" and "recipients" may be individuals or organizations. To "modify" a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of an exact copy. The resulting work is called a "modified version" of the earlier work or a work "based on" the earlier work. A "covered work" means either the unmodified Program or a work based on the Program. To "propagate" a work means to do anything with it that, without permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a computer or modifying a private copy. Propagation includes copying, distribution (with or without modification), making available to the public, and in some countries other activities as well. To "convey" a work means any kind of propagation that enables other parties to make or receive copies. Mere interaction with a user through a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying. An interactive user interface displays "Appropriate Legal Notices" to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2) tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License. If the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion. 1. Source Code. The "source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications to it. "Object code" means any non-source form of a work. A "Standard Interface" means an interface that either is an official standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that is widely used among developers working in that language. The "System Libraries" of an executable work include anything, other than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an implementation is available to the public in source code form. A "Major Component", in this context, means a major essential component (kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system (if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it. The "Corresponding Source" for a work in object code form means all the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to control those activities. However, it does not include the work's System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but which are not part of the work. For example, Corresponding Source includes interface definition files associated with source files for the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require, such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those subprograms and other parts of the work. The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding Source. The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that same work. 2. Basic Permissions. All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated conditions are met. This License explicitly affirms your unlimited permission to run the unmodified Program. The output from running a covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its content, constitutes a covered work. This License acknowledges your rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law. You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains in force. You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose of having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you with facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do not control copyright. Those thus making or running the covered works for you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction and control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you. Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under the conditions stated below. Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10 makes it unnecessary. 3. Protecting Users' Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law. No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article 11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such measures. When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work's users, your or third parties' legal rights to forbid circumvention of technological measures. 4. Conveying Verbatim Copies. You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice; keep intact all notices stating that this License and any non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code; keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all recipients a copy of this License along with the Program. You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey, and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee. 5. Conveying Modified Source Versions. You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: a) The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified it, and giving a relevant date. b) The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is released under this License and any conditions added under section 7. This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to "keep intact all notices". c) You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy. This License will therefore apply, along with any applicable section 7 additional terms, to the whole of the work, and all its parts, regardless of how they are packaged. This License gives no permission to license the work in any other way, but it does not invalidate such permission if you have separately received it. d) If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has interactive interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices, your work need not make them do so. A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work, and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program, in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an "aggregate" if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation's users beyond what the individual works permit. Inclusion of a covered work in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other parts of the aggregate. 6. Conveying Non-Source Forms. You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License, in one of these ways: a) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by the Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium customarily used for software interchange. b) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a written offer, valid for at least three years and valid for as long as you offer spare parts or customer support for that product model, to give anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software in the product that is covered by this License, on a durable physical medium customarily used for software interchange, for a price no more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this conveying of source, or (2) access to copy the Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge. c) Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the written offer to provide the Corresponding Source. This alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially, and only if you received the object code with such an offer, in accord with subsection 6b. d) Convey the object code by offering access from a designated place (gratis or for a charge), and offer equivalent access to the Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no further charge. You need not require recipients to copy the Corresponding Source along with the object code. If the place to copy the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source may be on a different server (operated by you or a third party) that supports equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain clear directions next to the object code saying where to find the Corresponding Source. Regardless of what server hosts the Corresponding Source, you remain obligated to ensure that it is available for as long as needed to satisfy these requirements. e) Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding Source of the work are being offered to the general public at no charge under subsection 6d. A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be included in conveying the object code work. A "User Product" is either (1) a "consumer product", which means any tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family, or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation into a dwelling. In determining whether a product is a consumer product, doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage. For a particular product received by a particular user, "normally used" refers to a typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user actually uses, or expects or is expected to use, the product. A product is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent the only significant mode of use of the product. "Installation Information" for a User Product means any methods, procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from a modified version of its Corresponding Source. The information must suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because modification has been made. If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a fixed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied by the Installation Information. But this requirement does not apply if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install modified object code on the User Product (for example, the work has been installed in ROM). The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for the User Product in which it has been modified or installed. Access to a network may be denied when the modification itself materially and adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and protocols for communication across the network. Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided, in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly documented (and with an implementation available to the public in source code form), and must require no special password or key for unpacking, reading or copying. 7. Additional Terms. "Additional permissions" are terms that supplement the terms of this License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions. Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent that they are valid under applicable law. If additional permissions apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by this License without regard to the additional permissions. When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of it. (Additional permissions may be written to require their own removal in certain cases when you modify the work.) You may place additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work, for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission. Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders of that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms: a) Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or b) Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal Notices displayed by works containing it; or c) Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in reasonable ways as different from the original version; or d) Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or authors of the material; or e) Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or f) Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that material by anyone who conveys the material (or modified versions of it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient, for any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on those licensors and authors. All other non-permissive additional terms are considered "further restrictions" within the meaning of section 10. If the Program as you received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is governed by this License along with a term that is a further restriction, you may remove that term. If a license document contains a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms of that license document, provided that the further restriction does not survive such relicensing or conveying. If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating where to find the applicable terms. Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions; the above requirements apply either way. 8. Termination. You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to propagate or modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third paragraph of section 11). However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a) provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means prior to 60 days after the cessation. Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after your receipt of the notice. Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under this License. If your rights have been terminated and not permanently reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same material under section 10. 9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies. You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or run a copy of the Program. Ancillary propagation of a covered work occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance. However, nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or modify any covered work. These actions infringe copyright if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or propagating a covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so. 10. Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients. Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and propagate that work, subject to this License. You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License. An "entity transaction" is a transaction transferring control of an organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an organization, or merging organizations. If propagation of a covered work results from an entity transaction, each party to that transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever licenses to the work the party's predecessor in interest had or could give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts. You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the rights granted or affirmed under this License. For example, you may not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation (including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it. 11. Patents. A "contributor" is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based. The work thus licensed is called the contributor's "contributor version". A contributor's "essential patent claims" are all patent claims owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version, but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a consequence of further modification of the contributor version. For purposes of this definition, "control" includes the right to grant patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of this License. Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free patent license under the contributor's essential patent claims, to make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and propagate the contents of its contributor version. In the following three paragraphs, a "patent license" is any express agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent (such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to sue for patent infringement). To "grant" such a patent license to a party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a patent against the party. If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license, and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a publicly available network server or other readily accessible means, then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend the patent license to downstream recipients. "Knowingly relying" means you have actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the covered work in a country, or your recipient's use of the covered work in a country, would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that country that you have reason to believe are valid. If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify or convey a specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered work and works based on it. A patent license is "discriminatory" if it does not include within the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is conditioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are specifically granted under this License. You may not convey a covered work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is in the business of distributing software, under which you make payment to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying the work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the parties who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory patent license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work conveyed by you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily for and in connection with specific products or compilations that contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement, or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007. Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law. 12. No Surrender of Others' Freedom. If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot convey a covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may not convey it at all. For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program. 13. Use with the GNU Affero General Public License. Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into a single combined work, and to convey the resulting work. The terms of this License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work, but the special requirements of the GNU Affero General Public License, section 13, concerning interaction through a network will apply to the combination as such. 14. Revised Versions of this License. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of the GNU General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU General Public License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered version or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of the GNU General Public License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future versions of the GNU General Public License can be used, that proxy's public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you to choose that version for the Program. Later license versions may give you additional or different permissions. However, no additional obligations are imposed on any author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a later version. 15. Disclaimer of Warranty. THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. 16. Limitation of Liability. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR CONVEYS THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. 17. Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16. If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms, reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the Program, unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a copy of the Program in return for a fee. END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively state the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. Copyright (C) This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program. If not, see . Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. If the program does terminal interaction, make it output a short notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode: Copyright (C) This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate parts of the General Public License. Of course, your program's commands might be different; for a GUI interface, you would use an "about box". You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary. For more information on this, and how to apply and follow the GNU GPL, see . The GNU General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General Public License instead of this License. But first, please read . fdisk-1.2.5/ChangeLog0000644000175000017500000000442311527750770011330 0000000000000021/07/2009 Christian * Handle system where `ped_free' is not defined. 08/03/2009 Christian * configure.ac: Better check's for readline and termcap * src/ui.c: Better code for systems were readline is not found 2009-01-28 gettextize * configure.ac (AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION): Bump to 0.17. 01/11/2009 Christian * GNU fdisk 1.2 Released 12/29/2008 Christian * ui.c: Bug fixed (http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-fdisk/2008-12/msg00011.html) * common.c: Bug fixed (http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-fdisk/2008-12/msg00010.html) 10/23/2008 Christian * fdisk.c: Make `do_change_system_type' not case sensitive to list all known partition types 10/22/2008 Christian * fdisk.c: rename `do_list_devices' to `fdisk_do_list_devices' and make it global. * fdisk.c: rename `print_partition_size' to `fdisk_print_partition_size' and male it global. * fdisk.c: Remove code to open disk from `fdisk' function and move it in `common.c->fdisk_interactive_mode'. * common.c: Change `fdisk_interactive_mode' prototype to accept a device as first parameter. * fdisk: Added code to make fdisk work with devices or files without partition table. 10/17/2008 Christian * common.c: new global `compat_mode'. * common.c: make get_position show `or +size%' when not `compat_mode' * fdisk.c: use `compat_mode' rather than `fdisk_compatibility_mode'. 10/16/2008 Christian * fdisk.c: do_mkpart bug-fixed. 10/04/2008 Christian * ui.c: Add termcap initialization routine. 09/28/2008 Christian * Completed readline support. * Better command line option handling. * Add getopt module from GNU Lib. Please see the RCS change log. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ This file is part of GNU fdisk Copyright (C) 2006 Free Software Foundation Inc. This file may be modified and/or distributed without restriction. This is not an invitation to misrepresent the history of GNU fdisk. fdisk-1.2.5/aclocal.m40000644000175000017500000011063311564002612011401 00000000000000# generated automatically by aclocal 1.11.1 -*- Autoconf -*- # Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, # 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without # even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A # PARTICULAR PURPOSE. m4_ifndef([AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION], [m4_copy([m4_PACKAGE_VERSION], [AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION])])dnl m4_if(m4_defn([AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION]), [2.65],, [m4_warning([this file was generated for autoconf 2.65. You have another version of autoconf. It may work, but is not guaranteed to. If you have problems, you may need to regenerate the build system entirely. To do so, use the procedure documented by the package, typically `autoreconf'.])]) # Copyright (C) 2002, 2003, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION(VERSION) # ---------------------------- # Automake X.Y traces this macro to ensure aclocal.m4 has been # generated from the m4 files accompanying Automake X.Y. # (This private macro should not be called outside this file.) AC_DEFUN([AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION], [am__api_version='1.11' dnl Some users find AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION and mistake it for a way to dnl require some minimum version. Point them to the right macro. m4_if([$1], [1.11.1], [], [AC_FATAL([Do not call $0, use AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([$1]).])])dnl ]) # _AM_AUTOCONF_VERSION(VERSION) # ----------------------------- # aclocal traces this macro to find the Autoconf version. # This is a private macro too. Using m4_define simplifies # the logic in aclocal, which can simply ignore this definition. m4_define([_AM_AUTOCONF_VERSION], []) # AM_SET_CURRENT_AUTOMAKE_VERSION # ------------------------------- # Call AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION and AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION so they can be traced. # This function is AC_REQUIREd by AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE. AC_DEFUN([AM_SET_CURRENT_AUTOMAKE_VERSION], [AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION([1.11.1])dnl m4_ifndef([AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION], [m4_copy([m4_PACKAGE_VERSION], [AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION])])dnl _AM_AUTOCONF_VERSION(m4_defn([AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION]))]) # AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND -*- Autoconf -*- # Copyright (C) 2001, 2003, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # For projects using AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR([foo]), Autoconf sets # $ac_aux_dir to `$srcdir/foo'. In other projects, it is set to # `$srcdir', `$srcdir/..', or `$srcdir/../..'. # # Of course, Automake must honor this variable whenever it calls a # tool from the auxiliary directory. The problem is that $srcdir (and # therefore $ac_aux_dir as well) can be either absolute or relative, # depending on how configure is run. This is pretty annoying, since # it makes $ac_aux_dir quite unusable in subdirectories: in the top # source directory, any form will work fine, but in subdirectories a # relative path needs to be adjusted first. # # $ac_aux_dir/missing # fails when called from a subdirectory if $ac_aux_dir is relative # $top_srcdir/$ac_aux_dir/missing # fails if $ac_aux_dir is absolute, # fails when called from a subdirectory in a VPATH build with # a relative $ac_aux_dir # # The reason of the latter failure is that $top_srcdir and $ac_aux_dir # are both prefixed by $srcdir. In an in-source build this is usually # harmless because $srcdir is `.', but things will broke when you # start a VPATH build or use an absolute $srcdir. # # So we could use something similar to $top_srcdir/$ac_aux_dir/missing, # iff we strip the leading $srcdir from $ac_aux_dir. That would be: # am_aux_dir='\$(top_srcdir)/'`expr "$ac_aux_dir" : "$srcdir//*\(.*\)"` # and then we would define $MISSING as # MISSING="\${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/missing" # This will work as long as MISSING is not called from configure, because # unfortunately $(top_srcdir) has no meaning in configure. # However there are other variables, like CC, which are often used in # configure, and could therefore not use this "fixed" $ac_aux_dir. # # Another solution, used here, is to always expand $ac_aux_dir to an # absolute PATH. The drawback is that using absolute paths prevent a # configured tree to be moved without reconfiguration. AC_DEFUN([AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND], [dnl Rely on autoconf to set up CDPATH properly. AC_PREREQ([2.50])dnl # expand $ac_aux_dir to an absolute path am_aux_dir=`cd $ac_aux_dir && pwd` ]) # AM_CONDITIONAL -*- Autoconf -*- # Copyright (C) 1997, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2008 # Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # serial 9 # AM_CONDITIONAL(NAME, SHELL-CONDITION) # ------------------------------------- # Define a conditional. AC_DEFUN([AM_CONDITIONAL], [AC_PREREQ(2.52)dnl ifelse([$1], [TRUE], [AC_FATAL([$0: invalid condition: $1])], [$1], [FALSE], [AC_FATAL([$0: invalid condition: $1])])dnl AC_SUBST([$1_TRUE])dnl AC_SUBST([$1_FALSE])dnl _AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([$1_TRUE])dnl _AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([$1_FALSE])dnl m4_define([_AM_COND_VALUE_$1], [$2])dnl if $2; then $1_TRUE= $1_FALSE='#' else $1_TRUE='#' $1_FALSE= fi AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS_PRE( [if test -z "${$1_TRUE}" && test -z "${$1_FALSE}"; then AC_MSG_ERROR([[conditional "$1" was never defined. Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally.]]) fi])]) # Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2009 # Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # serial 10 # There are a few dirty hacks below to avoid letting `AC_PROG_CC' be # written in clear, in which case automake, when reading aclocal.m4, # will think it sees a *use*, and therefore will trigger all it's # C support machinery. Also note that it means that autoscan, seeing # CC etc. in the Makefile, will ask for an AC_PROG_CC use... # _AM_DEPENDENCIES(NAME) # ---------------------- # See how the compiler implements dependency checking. # NAME is "CC", "CXX", "GCJ", or "OBJC". # We try a few techniques and use that to set a single cache variable. # # We don't AC_REQUIRE the corresponding AC_PROG_CC since the latter was # modified to invoke _AM_DEPENDENCIES(CC); we would have a circular # dependency, and given that the user is not expected to run this macro, # just rely on AC_PROG_CC. AC_DEFUN([_AM_DEPENDENCIES], [AC_REQUIRE([AM_SET_DEPDIR])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AM_MAKE_INCLUDE])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AM_DEP_TRACK])dnl ifelse([$1], CC, [depcc="$CC" am_compiler_list=], [$1], CXX, [depcc="$CXX" am_compiler_list=], [$1], OBJC, [depcc="$OBJC" am_compiler_list='gcc3 gcc'], [$1], UPC, [depcc="$UPC" am_compiler_list=], [$1], GCJ, [depcc="$GCJ" am_compiler_list='gcc3 gcc'], [depcc="$$1" am_compiler_list=]) AC_CACHE_CHECK([dependency style of $depcc], [am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type], [if test -z "$AMDEP_TRUE" && test -f "$am_depcomp"; then # We make a subdir and do the tests there. Otherwise we can end up # making bogus files that we don't know about and never remove. For # instance it was reported that on HP-UX the gcc test will end up # making a dummy file named `D' -- because `-MD' means `put the output # in D'. mkdir conftest.dir # Copy depcomp to subdir because otherwise we won't find it if we're # using a relative directory. cp "$am_depcomp" conftest.dir cd conftest.dir # We will build objects and dependencies in a subdirectory because # it helps to detect inapplicable dependency modes. For instance # both Tru64's cc and ICC support -MD to output dependencies as a # side effect of compilation, but ICC will put the dependencies in # the current directory while Tru64 will put them in the object # directory. mkdir sub am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type=none if test "$am_compiler_list" = ""; then am_compiler_list=`sed -n ['s/^#*\([a-zA-Z0-9]*\))$/\1/p'] < ./depcomp` fi am__universal=false m4_case([$1], [CC], [case " $depcc " in #( *\ -arch\ *\ -arch\ *) am__universal=true ;; esac], [CXX], [case " $depcc " in #( *\ -arch\ *\ -arch\ *) am__universal=true ;; esac]) for depmode in $am_compiler_list; do # Setup a source with many dependencies, because some compilers # like to wrap large dependency lists on column 80 (with \), and # we should not choose a depcomp mode which is confused by this. # # We need to recreate these files for each test, as the compiler may # overwrite some of them when testing with obscure command lines. # This happens at least with the AIX C compiler. : > sub/conftest.c for i in 1 2 3 4 5 6; do echo '#include "conftst'$i'.h"' >> sub/conftest.c # Using `: > sub/conftst$i.h' creates only sub/conftst1.h with # Solaris 8's {/usr,}/bin/sh. touch sub/conftst$i.h done echo "${am__include} ${am__quote}sub/conftest.Po${am__quote}" > confmf # We check with `-c' and `-o' for the sake of the "dashmstdout" # mode. It turns out that the SunPro C++ compiler does not properly # handle `-M -o', and we need to detect this. Also, some Intel # versions had trouble with output in subdirs am__obj=sub/conftest.${OBJEXT-o} am__minus_obj="-o $am__obj" case $depmode in gcc) # This depmode causes a compiler race in universal mode. test "$am__universal" = false || continue ;; nosideeffect) # after this tag, mechanisms are not by side-effect, so they'll # only be used when explicitly requested if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" = xyes; then continue else break fi ;; msvisualcpp | msvcmsys) # This compiler won't grok `-c -o', but also, the minuso test has # not run yet. These depmodes are late enough in the game, and # so weak that their functioning should not be impacted. am__obj=conftest.${OBJEXT-o} am__minus_obj= ;; none) break ;; esac if depmode=$depmode \ source=sub/conftest.c object=$am__obj \ depfile=sub/conftest.Po tmpdepfile=sub/conftest.TPo \ $SHELL ./depcomp $depcc -c $am__minus_obj sub/conftest.c \ >/dev/null 2>conftest.err && grep sub/conftst1.h sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 && grep sub/conftst6.h sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 && grep $am__obj sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 && ${MAKE-make} -s -f confmf > /dev/null 2>&1; then # icc doesn't choke on unknown options, it will just issue warnings # or remarks (even with -Werror). So we grep stderr for any message # that says an option was ignored or not supported. # When given -MP, icc 7.0 and 7.1 complain thusly: # icc: Command line warning: ignoring option '-M'; no argument required # The diagnosis changed in icc 8.0: # icc: Command line remark: option '-MP' not supported if (grep 'ignoring option' conftest.err || grep 'not supported' conftest.err) >/dev/null 2>&1; then :; else am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type=$depmode break fi fi done cd .. rm -rf conftest.dir else am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type=none fi ]) AC_SUBST([$1DEPMODE], [depmode=$am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type]) AM_CONDITIONAL([am__fastdep$1], [ test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno \ && test "$am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type" = gcc3]) ]) # AM_SET_DEPDIR # ------------- # Choose a directory name for dependency files. # This macro is AC_REQUIREd in _AM_DEPENDENCIES AC_DEFUN([AM_SET_DEPDIR], [AC_REQUIRE([AM_SET_LEADING_DOT])dnl AC_SUBST([DEPDIR], ["${am__leading_dot}deps"])dnl ]) # AM_DEP_TRACK # ------------ AC_DEFUN([AM_DEP_TRACK], [AC_ARG_ENABLE(dependency-tracking, [ --disable-dependency-tracking speeds up one-time build --enable-dependency-tracking do not reject slow dependency extractors]) if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno; then am_depcomp="$ac_aux_dir/depcomp" AMDEPBACKSLASH='\' fi AM_CONDITIONAL([AMDEP], [test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno]) AC_SUBST([AMDEPBACKSLASH])dnl _AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([AMDEPBACKSLASH])dnl ]) # Generate code to set up dependency tracking. -*- Autoconf -*- # Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2008 # Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. #serial 5 # _AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS # ------------------------------ AC_DEFUN([_AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS], [{ # Autoconf 2.62 quotes --file arguments for eval, but not when files # are listed without --file. Let's play safe and only enable the eval # if we detect the quoting. case $CONFIG_FILES in *\'*) eval set x "$CONFIG_FILES" ;; *) set x $CONFIG_FILES ;; esac shift for mf do # Strip MF so we end up with the name of the file. mf=`echo "$mf" | sed -e 's/:.*$//'` # Check whether this is an Automake generated Makefile or not. # We used to match only the files named `Makefile.in', but # some people rename them; so instead we look at the file content. # Grep'ing the first line is not enough: some people post-process # each Makefile.in and add a new line on top of each file to say so. # Grep'ing the whole file is not good either: AIX grep has a line # limit of 2048, but all sed's we know have understand at least 4000. if sed -n 's,^#.*generated by automake.*,X,p' "$mf" | grep X >/dev/null 2>&1; then dirpart=`AS_DIRNAME("$mf")` else continue fi # Extract the definition of DEPDIR, am__include, and am__quote # from the Makefile without running `make'. DEPDIR=`sed -n 's/^DEPDIR = //p' < "$mf"` test -z "$DEPDIR" && continue am__include=`sed -n 's/^am__include = //p' < "$mf"` test -z "am__include" && continue am__quote=`sed -n 's/^am__quote = //p' < "$mf"` # When using ansi2knr, U may be empty or an underscore; expand it U=`sed -n 's/^U = //p' < "$mf"` # Find all dependency output files, they are included files with # $(DEPDIR) in their names. We invoke sed twice because it is the # simplest approach to changing $(DEPDIR) to its actual value in the # expansion. for file in `sed -n " s/^$am__include $am__quote\(.*(DEPDIR).*\)$am__quote"'$/\1/p' <"$mf" | \ sed -e 's/\$(DEPDIR)/'"$DEPDIR"'/g' -e 's/\$U/'"$U"'/g'`; do # Make sure the directory exists. test -f "$dirpart/$file" && continue fdir=`AS_DIRNAME(["$file"])` AS_MKDIR_P([$dirpart/$fdir]) # echo "creating $dirpart/$file" echo '# dummy' > "$dirpart/$file" done done } ])# _AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS # AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS # ----------------------------- # This macro should only be invoked once -- use via AC_REQUIRE. # # This code is only required when automatic dependency tracking # is enabled. FIXME. This creates each `.P' file that we will # need in order to bootstrap the dependency handling code. AC_DEFUN([AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS], [AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([depfiles], [test x"$AMDEP_TRUE" != x"" || _AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS], [AMDEP_TRUE="$AMDEP_TRUE" ac_aux_dir="$ac_aux_dir"]) ]) # Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2005 # Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # serial 8 # AM_CONFIG_HEADER is obsolete. It has been replaced by AC_CONFIG_HEADERS. AU_DEFUN([AM_CONFIG_HEADER], [AC_CONFIG_HEADERS($@)]) # Do all the work for Automake. -*- Autoconf -*- # Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, # 2005, 2006, 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # serial 16 # This macro actually does too much. Some checks are only needed if # your package does certain things. But this isn't really a big deal. # AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(PACKAGE, VERSION, [NO-DEFINE]) # AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([OPTIONS]) # ----------------------------------------------- # The call with PACKAGE and VERSION arguments is the old style # call (pre autoconf-2.50), which is being phased out. PACKAGE # and VERSION should now be passed to AC_INIT and removed from # the call to AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE. # We support both call styles for the transition. After # the next Automake release, Autoconf can make the AC_INIT # arguments mandatory, and then we can depend on a new Autoconf # release and drop the old call support. AC_DEFUN([AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE], [AC_PREREQ([2.62])dnl dnl Autoconf wants to disallow AM_ names. We explicitly allow dnl the ones we care about. m4_pattern_allow([^AM_[A-Z]+FLAGS$])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AM_SET_CURRENT_AUTOMAKE_VERSION])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_INSTALL])dnl if test "`cd $srcdir && pwd`" != "`pwd`"; then # Use -I$(srcdir) only when $(srcdir) != ., so that make's output # is not polluted with repeated "-I." AC_SUBST([am__isrc], [' -I$(srcdir)'])_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([am__isrc])dnl # test to see if srcdir already configured if test -f $srcdir/config.status; then AC_MSG_ERROR([source directory already configured; run "make distclean" there first]) fi fi # test whether we have cygpath if test -z "$CYGPATH_W"; then if (cygpath --version) >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then CYGPATH_W='cygpath -w' else CYGPATH_W=echo fi fi AC_SUBST([CYGPATH_W]) # Define the identity of the package. dnl Distinguish between old-style and new-style calls. m4_ifval([$2], [m4_ifval([$3], [_AM_SET_OPTION([no-define])])dnl AC_SUBST([PACKAGE], [$1])dnl AC_SUBST([VERSION], [$2])], [_AM_SET_OPTIONS([$1])dnl dnl Diagnose old-style AC_INIT with new-style AM_AUTOMAKE_INIT. m4_if(m4_ifdef([AC_PACKAGE_NAME], 1)m4_ifdef([AC_PACKAGE_VERSION], 1), 11,, [m4_fatal([AC_INIT should be called with package and version arguments])])dnl AC_SUBST([PACKAGE], ['AC_PACKAGE_TARNAME'])dnl AC_SUBST([VERSION], ['AC_PACKAGE_VERSION'])])dnl _AM_IF_OPTION([no-define],, [AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(PACKAGE, "$PACKAGE", [Name of package]) AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(VERSION, "$VERSION", [Version number of package])])dnl # Some tools Automake needs. AC_REQUIRE([AM_SANITY_CHECK])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_ARG_PROGRAM])dnl AM_MISSING_PROG(ACLOCAL, aclocal-${am__api_version}) AM_MISSING_PROG(AUTOCONF, autoconf) AM_MISSING_PROG(AUTOMAKE, automake-${am__api_version}) AM_MISSING_PROG(AUTOHEADER, autoheader) AM_MISSING_PROG(MAKEINFO, makeinfo) AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_INSTALL_SH])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_INSTALL_STRIP])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_MKDIR_P])dnl # We need awk for the "check" target. The system "awk" is bad on # some platforms. AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_AWK])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MAKE_SET])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AM_SET_LEADING_DOT])dnl _AM_IF_OPTION([tar-ustar], [_AM_PROG_TAR([ustar])], [_AM_IF_OPTION([tar-pax], [_AM_PROG_TAR([pax])], [_AM_PROG_TAR([v7])])]) _AM_IF_OPTION([no-dependencies],, [AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_CC], [_AM_DEPENDENCIES(CC)], [define([AC_PROG_CC], defn([AC_PROG_CC])[_AM_DEPENDENCIES(CC)])])dnl AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_CXX], [_AM_DEPENDENCIES(CXX)], [define([AC_PROG_CXX], defn([AC_PROG_CXX])[_AM_DEPENDENCIES(CXX)])])dnl AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_OBJC], [_AM_DEPENDENCIES(OBJC)], [define([AC_PROG_OBJC], defn([AC_PROG_OBJC])[_AM_DEPENDENCIES(OBJC)])])dnl ]) _AM_IF_OPTION([silent-rules], [AC_REQUIRE([AM_SILENT_RULES])])dnl dnl The `parallel-tests' driver may need to know about EXEEXT, so add the dnl `am__EXEEXT' conditional if _AM_COMPILER_EXEEXT was seen. This macro dnl is hooked onto _AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT early, see below. AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS_PRE(dnl [m4_provide_if([_AM_COMPILER_EXEEXT], [AM_CONDITIONAL([am__EXEEXT], [test -n "$EXEEXT"])])])dnl ]) dnl Hook into `_AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT' early to learn its expansion. Do not dnl add the conditional right here, as _AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT may be further dnl mangled by Autoconf and run in a shell conditional statement. m4_define([_AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT], m4_defn([_AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT])[m4_provide([_AM_COMPILER_EXEEXT])]) # When config.status generates a header, we must update the stamp-h file. # This file resides in the same directory as the config header # that is generated. The stamp files are numbered to have different names. # Autoconf calls _AC_AM_CONFIG_HEADER_HOOK (when defined) in the # loop where config.status creates the headers, so we can generate # our stamp files there. AC_DEFUN([_AC_AM_CONFIG_HEADER_HOOK], [# Compute $1's index in $config_headers. _am_arg=$1 _am_stamp_count=1 for _am_header in $config_headers :; do case $_am_header in $_am_arg | $_am_arg:* ) break ;; * ) _am_stamp_count=`expr $_am_stamp_count + 1` ;; esac done echo "timestamp for $_am_arg" >`AS_DIRNAME(["$_am_arg"])`/stamp-h[]$_am_stamp_count]) # Copyright (C) 2001, 2003, 2005, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # AM_PROG_INSTALL_SH # ------------------ # Define $install_sh. AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_INSTALL_SH], [AC_REQUIRE([AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND])dnl if test x"${install_sh}" != xset; then case $am_aux_dir in *\ * | *\ *) install_sh="\${SHELL} '$am_aux_dir/install-sh'" ;; *) install_sh="\${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/install-sh" esac fi AC_SUBST(install_sh)]) # Copyright (C) 2003, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # serial 2 # Check whether the underlying file-system supports filenames # with a leading dot. For instance MS-DOS doesn't. AC_DEFUN([AM_SET_LEADING_DOT], [rm -rf .tst 2>/dev/null mkdir .tst 2>/dev/null if test -d .tst; then am__leading_dot=. else am__leading_dot=_ fi rmdir .tst 2>/dev/null AC_SUBST([am__leading_dot])]) # Add --enable-maintainer-mode option to configure. -*- Autoconf -*- # From Jim Meyering # Copyright (C) 1996, 1998, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2008 # Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # serial 5 # AM_MAINTAINER_MODE([DEFAULT-MODE]) # ---------------------------------- # Control maintainer-specific portions of Makefiles. # Default is to disable them, unless `enable' is passed literally. # For symmetry, `disable' may be passed as well. Anyway, the user # can override the default with the --enable/--disable switch. AC_DEFUN([AM_MAINTAINER_MODE], [m4_case(m4_default([$1], [disable]), [enable], [m4_define([am_maintainer_other], [disable])], [disable], [m4_define([am_maintainer_other], [enable])], [m4_define([am_maintainer_other], [enable]) m4_warn([syntax], [unexpected argument to AM@&t@_MAINTAINER_MODE: $1])]) AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to am_maintainer_other maintainer-specific portions of Makefiles]) dnl maintainer-mode's default is 'disable' unless 'enable' is passed AC_ARG_ENABLE([maintainer-mode], [ --][am_maintainer_other][-maintainer-mode am_maintainer_other make rules and dependencies not useful (and sometimes confusing) to the casual installer], [USE_MAINTAINER_MODE=$enableval], [USE_MAINTAINER_MODE=]m4_if(am_maintainer_other, [enable], [no], [yes])) AC_MSG_RESULT([$USE_MAINTAINER_MODE]) AM_CONDITIONAL([MAINTAINER_MODE], [test $USE_MAINTAINER_MODE = yes]) MAINT=$MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE AC_SUBST([MAINT])dnl ] ) AU_DEFUN([jm_MAINTAINER_MODE], [AM_MAINTAINER_MODE]) # Check to see how 'make' treats includes. -*- Autoconf -*- # Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2005, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # serial 4 # AM_MAKE_INCLUDE() # ----------------- # Check to see how make treats includes. AC_DEFUN([AM_MAKE_INCLUDE], [am_make=${MAKE-make} cat > confinc << 'END' am__doit: @echo this is the am__doit target .PHONY: am__doit END # If we don't find an include directive, just comment out the code. AC_MSG_CHECKING([for style of include used by $am_make]) am__include="#" am__quote= _am_result=none # First try GNU make style include. echo "include confinc" > confmf # Ignore all kinds of additional output from `make'. case `$am_make -s -f confmf 2> /dev/null` in #( *the\ am__doit\ target*) am__include=include am__quote= _am_result=GNU ;; esac # Now try BSD make style include. if test "$am__include" = "#"; then echo '.include "confinc"' > confmf case `$am_make -s -f confmf 2> /dev/null` in #( *the\ am__doit\ target*) am__include=.include am__quote="\"" _am_result=BSD ;; esac fi AC_SUBST([am__include]) AC_SUBST([am__quote]) AC_MSG_RESULT([$_am_result]) rm -f confinc confmf ]) # Fake the existence of programs that GNU maintainers use. -*- Autoconf -*- # Copyright (C) 1997, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2008 # Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # serial 6 # AM_MISSING_PROG(NAME, PROGRAM) # ------------------------------ AC_DEFUN([AM_MISSING_PROG], [AC_REQUIRE([AM_MISSING_HAS_RUN]) $1=${$1-"${am_missing_run}$2"} AC_SUBST($1)]) # AM_MISSING_HAS_RUN # ------------------ # Define MISSING if not defined so far and test if it supports --run. # If it does, set am_missing_run to use it, otherwise, to nothing. AC_DEFUN([AM_MISSING_HAS_RUN], [AC_REQUIRE([AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND])dnl AC_REQUIRE_AUX_FILE([missing])dnl if test x"${MISSING+set}" != xset; then case $am_aux_dir in *\ * | *\ *) MISSING="\${SHELL} \"$am_aux_dir/missing\"" ;; *) MISSING="\${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/missing" ;; esac fi # Use eval to expand $SHELL if eval "$MISSING --run true"; then am_missing_run="$MISSING --run " else am_missing_run= AC_MSG_WARN([`missing' script is too old or missing]) fi ]) # Copyright (C) 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # AM_PROG_MKDIR_P # --------------- # Check for `mkdir -p'. AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_MKDIR_P], [AC_PREREQ([2.60])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MKDIR_P])dnl dnl Automake 1.8 to 1.9.6 used to define mkdir_p. We now use MKDIR_P, dnl while keeping a definition of mkdir_p for backward compatibility. dnl @MKDIR_P@ is magic: AC_OUTPUT adjusts its value for each Makefile. dnl However we cannot define mkdir_p as $(MKDIR_P) for the sake of dnl Makefile.ins that do not define MKDIR_P, so we do our own dnl adjustment using top_builddir (which is defined more often than dnl MKDIR_P). AC_SUBST([mkdir_p], ["$MKDIR_P"])dnl case $mkdir_p in [[\\/$]]* | ?:[[\\/]]*) ;; */*) mkdir_p="\$(top_builddir)/$mkdir_p" ;; esac ]) # Helper functions for option handling. -*- Autoconf -*- # Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2005, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # serial 4 # _AM_MANGLE_OPTION(NAME) # ----------------------- AC_DEFUN([_AM_MANGLE_OPTION], [[_AM_OPTION_]m4_bpatsubst($1, [[^a-zA-Z0-9_]], [_])]) # _AM_SET_OPTION(NAME) # ------------------------------ # Set option NAME. Presently that only means defining a flag for this option. AC_DEFUN([_AM_SET_OPTION], [m4_define(_AM_MANGLE_OPTION([$1]), 1)]) # _AM_SET_OPTIONS(OPTIONS) # ---------------------------------- # OPTIONS is a space-separated list of Automake options. AC_DEFUN([_AM_SET_OPTIONS], [m4_foreach_w([_AM_Option], [$1], [_AM_SET_OPTION(_AM_Option)])]) # _AM_IF_OPTION(OPTION, IF-SET, [IF-NOT-SET]) # ------------------------------------------- # Execute IF-SET if OPTION is set, IF-NOT-SET otherwise. AC_DEFUN([_AM_IF_OPTION], [m4_ifset(_AM_MANGLE_OPTION([$1]), [$2], [$3])]) # Check to make sure that the build environment is sane. -*- Autoconf -*- # Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2005, 2008 # Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # serial 5 # AM_SANITY_CHECK # --------------- AC_DEFUN([AM_SANITY_CHECK], [AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether build environment is sane]) # Just in case sleep 1 echo timestamp > conftest.file # Reject unsafe characters in $srcdir or the absolute working directory # name. Accept space and tab only in the latter. am_lf=' ' case `pwd` in *[[\\\"\#\$\&\'\`$am_lf]]*) AC_MSG_ERROR([unsafe absolute working directory name]);; esac case $srcdir in *[[\\\"\#\$\&\'\`$am_lf\ \ ]]*) AC_MSG_ERROR([unsafe srcdir value: `$srcdir']);; esac # Do `set' in a subshell so we don't clobber the current shell's # arguments. Must try -L first in case configure is actually a # symlink; some systems play weird games with the mod time of symlinks # (eg FreeBSD returns the mod time of the symlink's containing # directory). if ( set X `ls -Lt "$srcdir/configure" conftest.file 2> /dev/null` if test "$[*]" = "X"; then # -L didn't work. set X `ls -t "$srcdir/configure" conftest.file` fi rm -f conftest.file if test "$[*]" != "X $srcdir/configure conftest.file" \ && test "$[*]" != "X conftest.file $srcdir/configure"; then # If neither matched, then we have a broken ls. This can happen # if, for instance, CONFIG_SHELL is bash and it inherits a # broken ls alias from the environment. This has actually # happened. Such a system could not be considered "sane". AC_MSG_ERROR([ls -t appears to fail. Make sure there is not a broken alias in your environment]) fi test "$[2]" = conftest.file ) then # Ok. : else AC_MSG_ERROR([newly created file is older than distributed files! Check your system clock]) fi AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)]) # Copyright (C) 2001, 2003, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # AM_PROG_INSTALL_STRIP # --------------------- # One issue with vendor `install' (even GNU) is that you can't # specify the program used to strip binaries. This is especially # annoying in cross-compiling environments, where the build's strip # is unlikely to handle the host's binaries. # Fortunately install-sh will honor a STRIPPROG variable, so we # always use install-sh in `make install-strip', and initialize # STRIPPROG with the value of the STRIP variable (set by the user). AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_INSTALL_STRIP], [AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_INSTALL_SH])dnl # Installed binaries are usually stripped using `strip' when the user # run `make install-strip'. However `strip' might not be the right # tool to use in cross-compilation environments, therefore Automake # will honor the `STRIP' environment variable to overrule this program. dnl Don't test for $cross_compiling = yes, because it might be `maybe'. if test "$cross_compiling" != no; then AC_CHECK_TOOL([STRIP], [strip], :) fi INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM="\$(install_sh) -c -s" AC_SUBST([INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM])]) # Copyright (C) 2006, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # serial 2 # _AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE(VARIABLE) # --------------------------- # Prevent Automake from outputting VARIABLE = @VARIABLE@ in Makefile.in. # This macro is traced by Automake. AC_DEFUN([_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE]) # AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE(VARIABLE) # --------------------------- # Public sister of _AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE. AC_DEFUN([AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE], [_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE($@)]) # Check how to create a tarball. -*- Autoconf -*- # Copyright (C) 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # serial 2 # _AM_PROG_TAR(FORMAT) # -------------------- # Check how to create a tarball in format FORMAT. # FORMAT should be one of `v7', `ustar', or `pax'. # # Substitute a variable $(am__tar) that is a command # writing to stdout a FORMAT-tarball containing the directory # $tardir. # tardir=directory && $(am__tar) > result.tar # # Substitute a variable $(am__untar) that extract such # a tarball read from stdin. # $(am__untar) < result.tar AC_DEFUN([_AM_PROG_TAR], [# Always define AMTAR for backward compatibility. AM_MISSING_PROG([AMTAR], [tar]) m4_if([$1], [v7], [am__tar='${AMTAR} chof - "$$tardir"'; am__untar='${AMTAR} xf -'], [m4_case([$1], [ustar],, [pax],, [m4_fatal([Unknown tar format])]) AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to create a $1 tar archive]) # Loop over all known methods to create a tar archive until one works. _am_tools='gnutar m4_if([$1], [ustar], [plaintar]) pax cpio none' _am_tools=${am_cv_prog_tar_$1-$_am_tools} # Do not fold the above two line into one, because Tru64 sh and # Solaris sh will not grok spaces in the rhs of `-'. for _am_tool in $_am_tools do case $_am_tool in gnutar) for _am_tar in tar gnutar gtar; do AM_RUN_LOG([$_am_tar --version]) && break done am__tar="$_am_tar --format=m4_if([$1], [pax], [posix], [$1]) -chf - "'"$$tardir"' am__tar_="$_am_tar --format=m4_if([$1], [pax], [posix], [$1]) -chf - "'"$tardir"' am__untar="$_am_tar -xf -" ;; plaintar) # Must skip GNU tar: if it does not support --format= it doesn't create # ustar tarball either. (tar --version) >/dev/null 2>&1 && continue am__tar='tar chf - "$$tardir"' am__tar_='tar chf - "$tardir"' am__untar='tar xf -' ;; pax) am__tar='pax -L -x $1 -w "$$tardir"' am__tar_='pax -L -x $1 -w "$tardir"' am__untar='pax -r' ;; cpio) am__tar='find "$$tardir" -print | cpio -o -H $1 -L' am__tar_='find "$tardir" -print | cpio -o -H $1 -L' am__untar='cpio -i -H $1 -d' ;; none) am__tar=false am__tar_=false am__untar=false ;; esac # If the value was cached, stop now. We just wanted to have am__tar # and am__untar set. test -n "${am_cv_prog_tar_$1}" && break # tar/untar a dummy directory, and stop if the command works rm -rf conftest.dir mkdir conftest.dir echo GrepMe > conftest.dir/file AM_RUN_LOG([tardir=conftest.dir && eval $am__tar_ >conftest.tar]) rm -rf conftest.dir if test -s conftest.tar; then AM_RUN_LOG([$am__untar /dev/null 2>&1 && break fi done rm -rf conftest.dir AC_CACHE_VAL([am_cv_prog_tar_$1], [am_cv_prog_tar_$1=$_am_tool]) AC_MSG_RESULT([$am_cv_prog_tar_$1])]) AC_SUBST([am__tar]) AC_SUBST([am__untar]) ]) # _AM_PROG_TAR m4_include([m4/check.m4]) m4_include([m4/getopt.m4]) m4_include([m4/gettext.m4]) m4_include([m4/gnulib-common.m4]) m4_include([m4/gnulib-comp.m4]) m4_include([m4/iconv.m4]) m4_include([m4/include_next.m4]) m4_include([m4/intlmacosx.m4]) m4_include([m4/lib-ld.m4]) m4_include([m4/lib-link.m4]) m4_include([m4/lib-prefix.m4]) m4_include([m4/libparted.m4]) m4_include([m4/nls.m4]) m4_include([m4/onceonly.m4]) m4_include([m4/po.m4]) m4_include([m4/progtest.m4]) m4_include([m4/unistd_h.m4])